ET B1 T 2005 English

beta
BETA Modular Installation Devices

Technical Information
on Catalog ET B1
Electrical Installations from A to Z
2 4 6 NT
Techn. Information ET B1 T INT 2005
1 3 5 N
Catalogs for the division:

Electrical Installation Technology
ALPHA Distribution Boards and Terminal Blocks

ALPHA Small Distribution Boards
and Distribution Boards
ET A1
Order No.
E86060-K8210-A101-A5-7600
ALPHA 400-ZS Meter Cabinets
ET A2
Order No.
Regional catalogs available on request
ALPHA FIX
Terminal Blocks
ET A5
Order No.
E86060-K8250-A101-A5-7600
Order No.
E86060-K8220-A101-A6-7600
ET B1
Flags for fast orientation

New products not contained in the
previous catalogs
Ordering
Order nos., prices and weights generally apply
to the same quantity:
Items
Set or
Package
The package size (abbreviated as PS) specifies
the minimum quantity of a product to be ordered.
You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
The packing unit (abbreviated as P. unit) specifies the number of items, sets or packages in a
master carton.
Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog / price list may
be subject to European/German and/or US export regulations.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval by the competent authorities.
According to current provisions, the following
export regulations must be observed with respect to the products featured in this catalog/
price list:
AL
GAMMA Building Management Systems

Order No.
E86060-K8230-A101-A5-7600
ET G1
Products marked other than "N" require an

export license.
In the case of software products, the export
designations of the relevant data medium
must also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an "AL not equal to N"
are subject to European or German export
authorization when being exported outside
the EU.
DELTA Switches and Outlets

Order No.
E86060-K8240-A101-A5-7600
Number of the German Export List
ET D1
ECCN Number of the US Export List

(Export Control Classification Number).
Products marked other than "N" are subject
to a reexport license in specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export
designations of the relevant data medium
must also be generally adhered to.
The A&D Offline Mall

Order No.
E86060-D4001-A110-C3-7600
Internet
Visit our Automation and Drives Web site on the
Internet. You will find us at the following addresses:
Automation and Drives:
http://www.siemens.com/automation
Electrical Installation Technology:
http://www.siemens.de/installationstechnik
or for our A&D Offline Mall (CA 01):
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
CA 01
Goods marked "ECCN not equal to N" are

subject to US reexport authorization.
Even without a label, or with the label "AL: N" or

"ECCN: N" authorization may be required due to
the final destination and purpose for which the
goods are to be used.
The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export
authorizations indicated on order confirmations,
delivery notes and invoices.
Errors excepted and subject to change without
prior notice.
Line protection
Low-voltage
fuse systems
SR60 busbar system
Miniature circuit-breakers
BETA
Personnel and
fire protection
Residual current
protective devices
Modular Installation
Devices
Lightning current,
overvoltage and
device protection
Lightning and surge arresters
Manual switching
Switches
Electrical switching
Switching devices
Time switching
Timers
Power supply
Power supply units
Measuring
Measuring devices
Monitoring
Monitoring devices
Catalog ET B1 T INT 2005

(International Edition)
4
Invalid: Catalog ET B1 October 2003
The products included in this

catalog are also included in the
CD-ROM catalog CA 01
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A110-C3-7600
Modular installation
devices mounting depth
55 mm N-System
Notes on product
changeover
Appendix
The products and systems listed in this catalog

are manufactured using a quality management
system certified by BVQI according to
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000-12
(Certificate No. 117779)
Siemens AG 2005
AuD_Einleitungsseiten_en.FH10 Wed Apr 06 14:13:44 2005
Seite 1
Welcome to
Automation and Drives
We would like to welcome you to Automation and

Drives and our comprehensive range of products,
systems, solutions and services for production and
process automation and building technology
worldwide.
With Totally Integrated Automation and Totally
Integrated Power, we deliver solution platforms based
on standards that offer you a considerable savings
potential.
Discover the world of our technology now. If you need
more detailed information, please contact one of your
regional Siemens partners.
They will be glad to assist you.
Probedruck
Seite 2
Probedruck
Seite 3
Totally Integrated Automation

innovations for more productivity
With the launch of Totally Integrated Automation in 1996, we

were the first ones on the market to consistently implement
the trend from equipment to an integrated automation solution, and have continuously improved the system ever since.
Whether your industry is process- and production-oriented or
a hybrid, Totally Integrated Automation is a unique "common
solution" platform that covers all the sectors.
Totally Integrated Automation is an integrated platform for the
entire production line - from receiving to technical processing
ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning
MES
Manufacturing
Execution
Systems
Control
SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication
Ethernet
Ethernet
Production
Order
Management
Material
Management
Production
Operations
Recording
Equipment
Management
SINAUT Telecontrol
System
SIMATIC
Software
Ethernet
SIMATIC
Machine Vision
Industrial
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial Wireless
Communication/
MOBIC
Safety Integrated
PROCESS FIELD
PROFIBUS
PC-based Automation
AS-Interface
Building
Technology
GAMMA instabus
Probedruck
Micro-Automation
and
Actuator-Sensor
Interface Level
ECOFAST IP65
Decentral
Automation System
Seite 4
and production areas to shipping. Thanks to the system-oriented

engineering environment, integrated, open communications
as well as intelligent diagnostics options, your plant now
benefits in every phase of the life cycle.
In fact, to this day we are the only company worldwide that
can offer a control system based on an integrated platform
for both the production and process industry.
Plant
Information
Management
Product Specification
Management System
Detailed
Production
Scheduling
Laboratory Information
Management System
SIMATIC IT Framework
Production Modeler
SIMATIC
Controller/
Automation
System
SENTRON
Circuit
Breakers
SIMATIC
Distributed
I/O
SINUMERIK
Numeric
Control
SIMOTION
Motion Control
System
SIMODRIVE
SINAMICS
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine
Interface
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control
System
Field Instrumentation /
Analytics
Sensor
Technology
IQ-Sense
SIMOCODE-DP
Motor
Protection
and Control
HART
PROFIBUS PA
SIWAREX
Weighing
Technology
Drive Systems/
SINAMICS
Probedruck
Seite 5
Totally Integrated Power

energy distribution and management
from one source
Totally Integrated Power by Siemens offers integrated

solutions for energy distribution in functional and industrial
buildings covering everything from medium-high voltage to
power outlets.
Totally Integrated Power is based on integration in
planning and configuration as well as coordinated products
and systems. In addition, it features communications and
software modules for connecting power distribution systems
to industrial automation and building automation, thereby
offering a substantial savings potential.
Communications
HMI
Process/production
automation
Load
management
U
I
cos o
P
W
PROCESS FIELD BUS
Products and systems
110 kV
Planning and configuration
Probedruck
Graphs
Prognoses
Maintenance
Substation
Distribution
Maintenance
task
Message/
error
management
Selective
protection
Seite 6
Protocols
Power
quality
DATE:
Cost center
EMPLOYEE
Building
automation
COST CENTER
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING
PAY PERIOD ENDING
DATE
SUN
MON
TUE
WED
THUR
FRI
SUN
MON
TUE
WED
THUR
FRI
SUN
MON
TUE
WED
THUR
FRI
SAT
SUN
TOTAL
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
SAT
SUN
TOTAL
IN
OUT
IN
Hall 1
Distribution 3
Infeed II
Air conditioning system

checkup
Replacing circuit
breaker contacts
Replacing meters
OUT
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
central ON
OFF
DATE
SAT
SUN
TOTAL
IN
OUT
local ON
OFF
tripped
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
CODES
V=VACATION
H=HOLIDAY
S=SICK
REGULAR
HOLIDAY
OTHER
OVER THE HOURS

TIME & ONE-HALF
SICK
VACATION
instabus EIB
Probedruck
New developments in 2004
In the spring of 2004 we introduced numerous new modular installation devices at the Light & Building Trade Fair. These new
devices round off our range for the future. Another move in the conversion of devices from 55 mm to 70 mm mounting depth
has thus been taken.
Devices with a mounting depth of 55 mm are still available; see the chapter "Modular installation devices, mounting depth
55 mm N-System". For the autumn of 2005 we are planning a basic range that will provide you with suitable devices over the
long term. Further information can be found in the chapter "Notes on product changeover".
5SY4 miniature circuit-breakers for 80 A

A unique possibility of protecting cables up to 80 A with
one compact device (overall width 1 MW) with a switching
capacity of 10 kA. A complete range in 1, 2,
3 and 4-pole design (incl. additional components and accessories) reflects the capabilities of the 5SY series.
More details can be found in the chapter
"Miniature circuit-breakers".
5TT5 7 Insta contactors

Quiet switching, also in residential buildings with a
DC magnet system, for connection to AC voltages.
More details can be found in the
chapter "Switching devices".
SIGRES residual current circuit-breakers for severe

environmental conditions.
Patented active capacitor protection for longer service life.
An effective and reliable solution
for use in indoor swimmingpools, agriculture, the chemical
industry and the food processing
industry.
chapter "Residual current
protective devices".
7LF6 stairwell lighting timers

No running noises, quiet switching, push-to-lock knurling
wheel setting and with advance warning prior to disconnecting. A complete series of devices with
functional variants.
More details can be found in the chapter
"Timers".
4AC3 transformers for permanent loads

Supply of safety extra-low voltage with only 10 % voltage
fluctuation under load; configured acc. to EN 61558-2-2.
chapter "Power supply units".
7KT1 3 multimeters and multicounters

With a unique and new matrix selection of 23 or 35 measured values and rotating field monitoring. All selected
measured values at a
glance. Models with
PROFIBUS or LAN
connection.
7KT1 5 E-counters
New-type model, all devices with power indication and
rotating field monitoring. Models with LAN connection.
More details can
be found in the
chapter "Measuring devices".
More details can be

found in the chapter
"Measuring devices".
7KT 1 3 LAN server

Possibility of issuing readings from 10 multimeters or
E-counters through MS Excel. Upper and lower limit values or time delay can be set.
chapter "Measuring devices".
7LQ2 dusk switches

With light sensors for surface or flush mounting.
Expandable to 24 channels with only one light sensor.
chapter "Monitoring devices".
10
Low-Voltage
Fuse Systems
NEOZED fuse system
1/2
Introduction
1/4
1/5
1/8
Product overview
NEOZED fuse links
NEOZED fuse links
SILIZED (utilization category gR)
NEOZED fuse bases
NEOZED fuse disconnectors
MINIZED switch disconnectors
1/11
1/21
1/23
1/42
Product overview
DIAZED fuse links
DIAZED fuse links SILIZED
(utilization category gR)
DIAZED fuse bases
LV HRC fuse system
1/51
1/55
1/82
1/118
1/131
1/132
Product overview
LV HRC fuse links
LV HRC SITOR fuse links
LV HRC fuse bases
LV HRC signal detectors
LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
Cylindrical fuse system
1/157
1/159
1/166
1/175
Product overview
Cylindrical fuse links
Cylindrical fuse links SITOR
Bases for cylindrical fuses
SITOR fuse links for

special applications
1/179
1/180
1/185
1/189
Product overview
For rectifiers in electrolysis systems
For SITOR thyristor sets
For railway supply rectifiers
General data for

SITOR semiconductor
safety fuses
1/192
1/200
1/203
1/204
Technical explanations
Specifying the rated current
Terms
Characteristic curves
DIAZED fuse system
1/27
1/29
1/39
1/1
Low-Voltage Fuse Systems

Introduction
Overview
Selectivity
Several fuses are usually connected in series in one system. And
when things get serious, selectivity ensures that in the system, only
the faulty electrical circuit is switched off and not the entire operational process.
Siemens fuses of utilization category gL/gG at a rated voltage of up
to 230 V AC and a ratio of 1:1.25 are selective among themselves,
i.e. from rated current level to rated current level. This is achieved by
means of the considerably smaller spread of 5 % of the time/current characteristics. In this case, the demand for a standard with
a ratio of 1:1.6 has been more than met.
It is therefore possible to use smaller conductor cross-sections due
to the lower rated currents.
Utilization categories
Fuses are divided according to their function according to utilization
categories. The first letter defines the function class and the second
the object to be protected:
Breaking capacity
A key feature of these fuses is their high rated breaking capacity with
the smallest footprint. The basic demands and circuit data for tests
voltage, power factor, actuating angle etc. are specified in both
national (DIN VDE 0636) and international (IEC 60 269) regulations.
However, for a constant failsafe rated breaking capacity, from the
smallest non-permissible overload current through to the highest
breaking current, a number of quality characteristics need to be
taken into account when designing and manufacturing fuse links.
These include the design of the fuse-element with regard to dimensions and punch dimension and its position in the fuse body, as well
as its compressive strength and the thermal resistance of the body.
The chemical purity, particle size and the density of the quartz sand
also play a key role.
The rated breaking capacity for AC voltage for NEOZED- and the
majority of DIAZED fuses - is 50 kA AC, and in the case of LV HRC
fuses, it is even 120 kA AC.
.
1st letter
a r Partial range protection
(accompanied fuses):
Fuse links that carry currents at least up to their rated current and
can switch currents above a specific multiple of their rated current
up to their rated breaking capacity.
g r Full range protection
(general purpose fuses):
Fuse links that can continuously carry currents up to at least their
specified rated current and can switch currents from the smallest
melting current through to the breaking current. Overload and
short-circuit protection.
2nd letter
G r Cable and line protection (general applications)
M r Switching device protection/motor protection (for protection of
motor circuits)
R r Semiconductor protection/thyristor protection
(for protection of rectifiers)
L r Cable and line protection (in compliance with DIN VDE)
B r Mine equipment protection
Tr r Transformer protection
The designations "slow" and "quick" still apply for DIAZED fuses.
These are defined in IEC/CEE/DIN VDE.
In the case of "quick" characteristics, the fuse blows in the breaking
range faster than those of utilization category gL/gG. In the case of
DIAZED fuse links for DC railway network protection, the "slow" characteristic is particularly suitable for switching off direct currents with
greater inductance.
Both characteristics are also suitable for the protection of cables and
lines.
Full range fuses (gL/gG, gR, quick, slow) reliably break the current
in the event of non-permissible overload and
short-circuit currents.
Partial range fuses (aM, aR) exclusively serve short-circuit
protection.
The following utilization categories are included in the product
range:
gL (DIN VDE)/gG (IEC) r Full range cable and line protection
aM (DIN VDE/IEC) r Partial range switching device protection
aR (DIN VDE/IEC) r Partial range semiconductor protection
gR (DIN VDE/IEC) r Full range semiconductor protection
Quick (DIN VDE/IEC/CEE) r Full range cable and line
protection
Slow (DIN VDE) r Full range cable and line protection
1/2
Siemens ET B1 T 2005
Faster arcing and precise arc quenching are the requirements for a reliable
breaking capacity.
Current limiting
As well as a failsafe rated breaking capacity, the current-limiting effect of a fuse link is of key importance for the cost effectiveness of a
system. In the event of short-circuit breaking by a fuse, the breaking
current continues to flow through the network until the fuse link is
switched off. The breaking current is merely limited through the system impedance.
The simultaneous melting of all the bottlenecks of a fuse-element
produce a sequence of tiny partial arcs that ensure a fast breaking
operation with strong current limiting. The current limiting is also
strongly influenced by the production quality of the fuse - which in
the case of Siemens fuses is extremely high. For example, an LV
HRC fuse link, size 2 A to 224 A, limits a breaking current with a possible r.m.s. value of approx. 50 kA to a let-through current with a
peak value of approx. 18 kA. This strong current limiting provides
constant protection for the system against excessive loads.
Introduction
Overview
Rated power dissipation

The cost effectiveness of a fuse depends largely on the rated power
dissipation (power loss). This should be as low as possible and have
low self-heating. However, when assessing the power loss of a fuse,
it must also be taken into account that there is a physical dependence between the rated breaking capacity and the rated power
dissipation. On the one hand, fuse-elements need to be thick in
order to achieve the lowest possible resistance value, while a high
rated breaking capacity requires the thinnest possible fuseelements in order to achieve reliable arc quenching.
Siemens fuses have the lowest possible rated power dissipation
while also providing the highest possible load breaking reliability.
These values lie far below the limit values specified in the regulations. This means low temperature rises, reliable breaking capacity
and high cost effectiveness.
Load capability with increased ambient temperature

The time/current characteristics of the NEOZED/DIAZED/LV HRC
fuse links refers to the ambient temperature of 20 C 5 C in compliance with DIN VDE 0636. If higher ambient temperatures are used
(see diagram) a lower load capability can be planned. For example,
at an ambient temperature of 50 C, an LV HRC fuse link is required
that can handle 90 % of the rated current. This then means that an
increase in ambient temperature will have no influence on the breaking behavior.
Load-carrying capacity
Assignment of cable and line protection

When assigning fuses to cable and line protection in the event of an
overload, in compliance with DIN VDE 0100 Part 430, the following
conditions must be met:
(1) IB In Iz (rated current rule)
(2) I2 1.45 x Iz (tripping rule)
IB: Operational current of the electrical circuit
In: Rated current of the selected protective device
Iz: Permissible current carrying capacity of the cable or line under
specified operating conditions
I2: Tripping current of the protective device under specified operating conditions ("conventional tripping current").
These days, the factor 1.45 has become an internationally accepted
compromise of the protection and utilization ratio of a line, taking into
account the breaking behavior of the protective device (e.g. fuse).
In compliance with the supplementary requirements for
DIN VDE 0636, Siemens fuse links of utilization category gL/gG fulfill
the following conditions:
"Load breaking switching with I2 = 1.45 In during conventional test
duration under special test conditions in accordance with the
supplementary requirements of DIN VDE 0636".
This therefore permits direct assignment.
120
%
100
90
80
I2_06648b
60
6
7
40
20
0
3
4
20
40 50 60
80
100 C 120
Ambient temperature
Test setup in compliance with DIN VDE 0636/201
8
9
10
12
13
1/3
NEOZED Fuse System

Product overview
Overview
Fuse links
Fuse bases
Fuse disconnectors
Switch disconnectors
1/4
NEOZED Fuse System
NEOZED fuse links
Technical specifications
NEOZED fuse links
Standards
DIN VDE 0636-301, DIN VDE 0680, IEC 60269-1, -3-1, EN 60269-1, -3-1
Dimensions
DIN 49522, DIN 49523, DIN 49524, DIN 49525
Utilization category
gL/gG
Rated voltage Un
V AC
V DC
400
250
Rated current In
2 ... 100
Rated breaking capacity
kA AC
kA DC
50
8
any, but preferably vertical
Mounting position
using adapter sleeves
Non-interchangeability
Resistance to climate
up to 45 at 95 % rel. humidity
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20
Selection and ordering data

Size
Identification
color
In
Order No.
Weight
PS*/
P. unit
1 item
A
kg
Items
Rated voltage 400 V AC/250 V DC, utilization category gL/gG

Consumer packing, package of 10
D01
D02
2
4
6
pink
brown
green
5SE2 302
5SE2 304
5SE2 306
0.006
0.006
0.006
10
10
10
10
13
16
red
black
gray
5SE2 310
5SE2 013-2A
5SE2 316
0.007
0.007
0.007
10
10
10
20
25
32
blue
yellow
black
5SE2 320
5SE2 325
5SE2 332
0.012
0.013
0.014
10
10
10
35
40
50
black
black
white
5SE2 335
5SE2 340
5SE2 350
0.014
0.014
0.015
10
10
10
copper
5SE2 363
0.016
10
80
100
silver
red
5SE2 280
5SE2 300
0.039
0.042
10
10
20
25
blue
yellow
5SE2 820
5SE2 825
0.011
0.012
10
10
63
D03
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
Versions for Italy only (no approvals)

D01
12
13
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
1/5
NEOZED Fuse System

NEOZED fuse links
Series 5SE2
D01, D02, D03
Size:
Utilization category:
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
400 V AC/250 V DC
Rated current:
2 ... 100 A
Time/current characteristics diagram
Melting I2ts values diagram
4
2
5
1 0
6
I2 _ 1 0 8 8 9
6
[A 2 s ]
6 A
1 0 A
1 3 A
1 6 A
2 0 A
2 5 A
3 2 A
3 5 A
4 0 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0 A
4 A
1 0
2 A
v s
[s ]
1 0
I2 _ 1 0 8 8 7
4
2
6
1 0
4
6
4
2
2
2
1 0
6
2 5 A
2 0 A
3
1 0
6
1 6 A
4
1 3 A
2
2
1
1 0
1 0 A
2
1 0
6
6
6 A
4
4
2
2
4 A
1
1 0
0
1 0
1 0
4
s
-1
1 0
-2
1 0
-3
- 4
1 0
s
2 A
1 0
-1
1 0
1 0
2
6
4
1 0
2
4
6 8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
2
-2
1 0
6
4
8 1 0
2
1
4
6
8 1 0
8 1 0
p
[A ]
Current limitation diagram

2
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 3 A
1 0 A
6 A
4 A
6
4
2
3
1 0
2 A
I2 _ 1 0 8 8 8
1
4
1 0
[A ]
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
2
3
1 0
6
4
2
1 0
6
4
1 0
2
4
6 8 1 0
6 8 1 0
6 8 1 0
6 8 1 0
e ff
$ Peak short-circuit current with largest DC component

% Peak short-circuit current without DC component
1/6
[A ]
4
[A ]
6 8 1 0
NEOZED Fuse System
NEOZED fuse links
Series 5SE2
Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
Type
D01, D02, D03

gL/gG
400 V AC/250 V DC
2 ... 100 A
In
Pv
DJ
I2ts
1 ms
3
4
I2ta
4 ms
230 V AC
400 V AC
(t < 4 ms)
A
A2s
A2s
1.2
12.5
46.7
A2s
1.4
13.6
48
A2s
5SE2 202, 5SE2 302

5SE2 204, 5SE2 304
5SE2 206, 5SE2 306
2
4
6
1.6
1.3
1.7
19
14
19
2.9
22
58
3.9
30
75
5SE2 210, 5SE2 310

5SE2 013-2A
5SE2 216, 5SE2 316
10
13
16
1.3
1.95
2.1
16
23
24
120
220
375
136
244
410
220
290
675
280
370
890
5SE2 220, 5SE2 320

5SE2 225, 5SE2 325
5SE2 332
20
25
32
2.4
3.2
3.6
26
33
34
740
1210
2560
810
1300
2800
1250
1900
4300
1650
2600
5500
5SE2 235, 5SE2 335

5SE2 340
5SE2 250, 5SE2 350
35
40
50
3.8
4
4.2
36
37
38
3060
4320
6750
3500
4800
7400
5100
7900
10500
6500
9500
13000
5SE2 263, 5SE2 363 63

80
5SE2 280
100
5SE2 300
5.3
5.3
6.4
45
43
47
10000
13000
22100
10900
15400
30000
16000
25000
46000
20500
34500
60000
5
6
7
Dimensional drawings
5SE2
5,5 max
Size
Dimensions
d2 min
d3
D01
2 ... 16
9.8
11
D02
20 ... 63
13.8
D03
80 ... 100
20.8
d4 max
36
15.3
10
36
22.5
18
43
d4
d3
d2
I2_10886
In
10
12
13
1/7
NEOZED Fuse System

NEOZED fuse links SILIZED
NEOZED fuse links
Standards
DIN VDE 0636-301, DIN VDE 0680, IEC 60269-1, -3-1, EN 60269-1, -3-1
Dimensions
DIN 49522, DIN 49523, DIN 49524, DIN 49525

gR
Rated voltage Un
V AC
V DC
400
250
Rated current In
10 ... 63
kA AC
kA DC
50
8
Mounting position
using adapter sleeves
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20

Size
In
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Rated voltage 400 V AC/250 V DC, utilization category gR

Consumer packing, package of 10
1/8
D01
10
16
5SE1 310
5SE1 316
0.006
0.007
10
10
D02
20
25
35
5SE1 320
5SE1 325
5SE1 335
0.012
0.012
0.012
10
10
10
50
63
5SE1 350
5SE1 363
0.013
0.014
10
10
NEOZED Fuse System

Series 5SE1 3..
D01, D02
Size:
gR
Rated voltage:
400 V AC/250 V DC
Rated current:
10 ... 63 A
Melting I ts values diagram
v s
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
4
2
3
1 0
2
s
-1
1 0
5
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 1 1 4 7 5
I2 _ 1 1 4 7 3
1 0
1 0
s
1 0
-2
-3
1 0
s
- 4
1 0
2
2
1 0
1 0
6
7
6
4
4
2
1 0
1
1 0
6 3 A
5 0 A
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
3 5 A
2 5 A
2
1 0
6
6
2 0 A
2
1 0 A
-1
1 0
3 5 A
6 3 A
2 5 A
1 6 A
5 0 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 0 A
4
1 0
9
6
6
4
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
3
4
4
[A ]
8 1 0
10
-3
1 0
1 0
1 0
4
p
8 1 0
6
[A ]

4
I2 _ 1 1 4 7 4
1 0
[A ]
3 5 A
3 2 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 0 A
1 0
12
6 3 A
5 0 A
4
13
6
4
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
[A ]
8 1 0

1/9
NEOZED Fuse System

Series 5SE1
Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
D01, D02
gR
400 V AC/250 V DC
10 ... 63 A
Type
5SE1 310
5SE1 316
5SE1 320
5SE1 325
5SE1 335
5SE1 350
5SE1 363
In
Pv
DJ
I2ts
I2ta
1 ms
4 ms
230 V AC
400 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
A2s
10
16
20
6.9
6.2
8.1
64
61
64
30
31
50
30
34
56
56
92
146
73
120
190
25
35
50
63
8.2
16.7
12.0
15.5
63
100
80
96
120
145
460
845
120
182
540
932
166
361
1510
3250
215
470
1960
4230
5SE1
5,5 max
Size
d4
d3
d2
I2_10886
1/10
In
Dimensions
11
36
15.3
36
D01
2 ... 16
D02
20 ... 63
NEOZED Fuse System
NEOZED fuse-bases
Overview
Fuse bases made of molded plastic
With protection against contact according to BGV A2 (VBG4)
1- and 3-pole
Size D01 and D02
For mounting rail
Anti-slip terminal at ingoing and outgoing feeder
For busbar mounting
3
4

1- and 3-pole
Size D01 and D02
For mounting rail
For busbar mounting
Available with and without cover
Fuse bases made of ceramic
1- and 3-pole
Size D01, D02 and D03
For mounting rail or screw connection
Range of terminals available for ingoing and outgoing feeder
Available with and without cover or alternatively with cap
Covers and caps
Molded plastic
Clip-on or screw-on
5
6
7
8
9
Busbars and matching terminals

Insulated/not insulated
1- and 3-pole
Size D01 and D02
10
Screw caps
Molded plastic or ceramic
Sealable or with inspection hole
12
13
1/11
NEOZED Fuse System

NEOZED fuse bases
Design
Correct infeed
All NEOZED bases must be fed from the bottom to ensure an
insulated threaded ring when the fuse link is being removed.
Types of connection
The terminals of the NEOZED bases are available in different
versions to facilitate various installation methods.
NEOZED base D01 with:

R = anti-slip terminal
NEOZED base D01 for 16 A, 5SG1 330 with terminal version "R",
mounted onto a 5SH5 321 busbar in fork-type version, non-insulated.
The busbar has a load capacity of up to 116 A.
NEOZED base with:

B = clamp-type terminal
F = anti-slip terminal
K = screw head contact
NEOZED base with:

S = saddle terminal
1/12
Terminals
The terminals of NEOZED bases feature the following combinations:
KK, SS, KS, BB and R.
The conventional designation signifies the following, e.g. "KS"= :
1st letter: screw head contact, incoming feeder, bottom terminal
2nd letter: saddle terminal, outgoing feeder, top terminal
NEOZED base D01 for 16 A, 5SG1 330 with terminal version "R",
mounted onto a 5SH5 517 busbar. The busbar has a load capacity of
up to 160 A.
NEOZED base D01 for 16 A, 5SG5 330 with terminal version "R", mounted
onto a three-phase 5SH5 320 busbar. The busbar has a load capacity of
up to 120 A.
NEOZED Fuse System
NEOZED fuse bases
Terminals
Terminal
Size
D01
D02
D03
S
D02
D03
R
D01
mm2
mm2
mm2
1.5
4
1.5
25
1.5
10
50
10
1.5
25
1.5
10
50
10
1.5
16
1.5
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
1.2
2.0
2.5
3.5
FR2
D02
D01
D02
Conductor cross-sections
Minimum conductor cross-section of 1.5 mm2 must be
observed in accordance with VDE 0638
Rigid, minimum
Rigid, maximum
Flexible with sleeve, min.
3
4
Tightening torque
Screw M4
Screw M5
Screw M6
Screw M8
Terminal designations
B
= clamp-type terminal
K
= screw head contact
S
= saddle terminal
R
= anti-slip terminal
FR2 = anti-slip terminal
Anti-slip terminals differ in the

Terminal level for the conductors
Terminal level for the busbars
Busbar version (fork-type or pin)
Modular size
Different versions cannot be busbar mounted with each other.
To facilitate assignment of the busbars, we have introduced the
terminal marking FR2.

Size
In
Matching
cover
Terminals 1) MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.150
0.150
1/6
1/6
with protection against contact BGV A2 (VBG4), molded plastic

1-pole
D01
D02
16
63
FR2
1.5
5SG1 300
5SG1 700
6
7
8
9
10
3-pole
D01
D02
16
63
FR2
4.5
0.450
0.450
5SG5 300
5SG5 700
1/2
1/2
12
1-pole
with cover
D01
D02
16
63
(A1)
(A1)
R
R
1.5
1.5
5SG1 330
5SG1 730
0.068
0.087
1/15
1/15
D01
D02
16
63
A1
A1
R
R
1.5
1.5
5SG1 331
5SG1 731
0.056
0.080
1/15
1/15
D01
D02
16
63
(A2)
(A2)
R
R
4.5
4.5
5SG5 330
5SG5 730
0.216
0.252
1/5
1/5
without cover
3-pole
with cover
(A1) means that the fuse base is supplied with cover

as standard.
A1 means that the fuse base is supplied without cover,
the cover can be ordered separately as a spare part.
1) For terminal version, see above and page 1/12.
1/13
13
NEOZED Fuse System

NEOZED fuse bases

Size
In
Matching
cover
Terminals 1) MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Ceramic
1-pole
with cover
D01
D02
D02
16
63
63
(A4)
(A10)
(A10)
BB
SS
KS
1.5
1.5
1.5
5SG1 553
5SG1 653
5SG1 693
0.083
0.093
0.090
1/15
1/15
1/15
without cover
D01
16
A4
BB
1.5
5SG1 595
0.071
1/15
D02
D02
D03
63
63
100
A10
A10
A6, A9
SS
KS
KS
1.5
1.5
2.5
5SG1 655
5SG1 695
5SG1 812
0.081
0.078
0.176
1/15
1/15
1/10
for screw connection only, without cover

D01
D02
D03
16
63
100
A4
A10
A6, A9
BB
SS
KS
1.5
1.5
2.5
5SG1 590
5SG1 650
5SG1 810
0.061
0.078
0.176
1/15
1/15
1/10
D01
D02
D03
16
63
100
(A8)
(A8)
(A9)
BB
SS
KS
1.5
1.5
2.5
5SG1 594
5SG1 694
5SG1 813
0.105
0.115
0.242
1/15
1/15
1/10
D01
D02
D02
16
63
63
(A5)
(A11)
(A11)
BB
SS
KS
4.5
4.5
4.5
5SG5 553
5SG5 653
5SG5 693
0.263
0.240
0.290
1/5
1/5
1/5
D01
D02
D02
16
63
63
A5
A11
A11
BB
SS
KS
4.5
4.5
4.5
5SG5 555
5SG5 655
5SG5 695
0.228
0.265
0.255
1/5
1/5
1/5
BB
SS
KS
4.5
4.5
4.5
5SG5 550
5SG5 650
5SG5 690
0.228
0.260
0.250
1/5
1/5
1/5
with cap
3-pole
with cover
without cover
for screw connection only, without cover

D01
D02
D02
16
63
63
A5
A11
A11
(A4) means
that the fuse base is supplied with cover as standard.
A4 means
that the fuse base is supplied without cover,
the cover can be ordered separately as a spare part.
1) For terminal version, see pages 1/12 and 1/13.
1/14
NEOZED Fuse System
NEOZED fuse bases
Accessories
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
NEOZED covers made of molded plastic

cover A1 (for sizes D01, D02), clip-on
1.5
5SH5 244
0.008
1/15
cover A2 (for sizes D01, D02), clip-on
4.5
5SH5 245
0.017
1/5
cover A4 (for size D01), clip-on

1.5
1.5
5SH5 251
5SH5 253
0.012
0.020
1/15
1/15

4.5
4.5
5SH5 252
5SH5 254
0.035
0.045
1/5
1/5
cover A6 (for size D03), screw-on
2.5
5SH5 233
0.021
1/20
5SH5 235
5SH5 234
0.034
0.066
1/20
1/10
NEOZED caps made of molded plastic

cover A8, clip-on
cover A9, screw-on
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/15
NEOZED Fuse System

NEOZED fuse bases
Accessories
Size
Length
approx.
Conductor Load
crosscapacity
section
up to
mm
mm2
For
MW
Terminals 1)
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Busbars
the load capacity values are valid for centered infeed.
fork-type terminals, non-insulated
1-pole
D01
D02
1000
1000
20
36
116
168
R, K
R, K
1.5
1.5
5SH5 321
5SH5 322
0.214
0.321
1/50
1/50
fork-type terminals, insulated

1-pole
D01/D02
1000
24
160
R, FR2, K
1.5
5SH5 517
0.550
1/50
1000
1000
16
16
120
120
R, K
FR2, K
1.5
1.5
5SH5 320
5SH5 515
0.843
0.584
1/20
1/10
1000
16
130
1.5
5SH5 324
0.320
1/50
D01/D02
1000
16
120
1.5
5SH5 323
0.843
1/20
D01
D01
1000
216
16
16
120
120
FR1
FR2, K
1
1
5SH5 512
5ST2 204
0.630
0.090
1/15
1/25
for 5SH5 320, 5SH5 323, 5SH5 512, 5ST2 204
5SH5 514
0.001
10
for 5SH5 515, 5SH5 517, 5SH5 324
5ST2 156
0.017
10
Busbar adapters
5SH5 503
0.280
3-pole
D01/D02
D01/D02
pins, insulated
degree of pollution 2
1-pole
D01/D02
3-pole
End caps for busbars
for clipping onto busbars

12 mm 5 mm, with 40 mm center clearance,
device width 4.5 MW,
with connection cables, 3 mm 16 mm2 for rated current 63 A,
for mounting of modular installation devices
busbar adapter for clipping onto busbars with 60 mm
center clearance, see SR60 busbar system
1) For terminal version, see pages 1/12 and 1/13.
1/16
NEOZED Fuse System
NEOZED fuse bases
Accessories
Version/size
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Busbar terminals
non-insulated, pin-type
for conductors from 6 mm2 ... 35 mm2
5ST2 203
0.001
1/20
insulated, for clipping onto fork-type or pin-type

not suitable for 55 mm mounting depth
5ST2 157
0.030
insulated, fork-type
5SH5 328
0.014
10
insulated, pin-type
5SH5 327
0.014
10
non-insulated, pin-type
for two conductors, each from 2 mm2 ... 16 mm2
5SH5 326
0.016
1/10
5SH4 116
5SH4 163
0.007
0.008
10
10
5SH4 316
5SH4 363
5SH4 100
0.014
0.015
0.070
10
10
3
5SH4 317
5SH4 362
0.014
0.017
10
10
NEOZED screw caps

molded plastic, with inspection hole
D01
D02
ceramic
D01, sealable
D02, sealable
D03
ceramic, with inspection hole
D01
D02
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/17
NEOZED Fuse System

NEOZED fuse bases
Accessories
Size
For
fuse
Identification
color
Order No.
up to A
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
NEOZED adapter sleeves

D01
2
4
6
pink
brown
green
5SH5 002
5SH5 004
5SH5 006
0.001
0.001
0.001
10
10
10
10/13
red
5SH5 010
0.001
10
D02
20
25
32/35/40
blue
yellow
black
5SH5 020
5SH5 025
5SH5 035
0.001
0.001
0.001
10
10
10
50
white
5SH5 050
0.001
10
D03
80
silver
5SH5 080
0.001
10
pink
brown
green
5SH5 402
5SH5 404
5SH5 406
0.001
0.001
0.001
10
10
10
red
gray
5SH5 410
5SH5 416
0.001
0.001
10
10
5SH5 100
0.016
5SH5 400
0.001
25
5SH5 417
0.001
25
for adaptation of NEOZED fuse links D01 from 2 A ... 16 A,

for insertion in NEOZED bases D02
D02
2
4
6
10/13
16
NEOZED adapter sleeve fitter
NEOZED retaining springs

for adaptation of NEOZED screw caps D02
to fit NEOZED fuse links D01
D02
2 ... 16
for application in the five new German Laender, for adaptation

of DL screw caps to insert NEOZED fuse links D01 in DL bases.
DL
2 ... 16
with protection against contact BGV A2 (VBG4), molded plastic
with anti-slip terminal D01/D02
5SG1 300, 5SG1 700, 5SG5 300, 5SG5 700
6,5
44
45
81
I2_07445a
90
27
57
63,5
2 6 ,6
7 9 ,8
1/18
4 5
7 1 ,5
5 8 ,7
IA 2 _ 0 7 5 3 6
with cover
5SG1 330, 5SG1 331, 5SG1 730, 5SG1 731, 5SG5 330, 5SG5 730
4
4 4
4 7 ,2
5 9 ,2
P r o te c tiv e c a p
NEOZED Fuse System
NEOZED fuse bases
Ceramic
NEOZED base
3
4
5SG1, 5SG5
p r o te c tiv e
c o v e r
c a p
Type
Version
Size
Type of
connection
A I2 _ 0 6 2 5 8 a
s c re w
Dimensions
a
g
not sealed/
sealed
clip-on with cover

5SG1 553
5SG1 653
5SG1 693
1-pole
D01
D02
D02
BB
SS
KS
26.8
26.8
26.8
36
36
36
40
41
41
56
56
56
70
70
70
23/26.5
23/26.5
23/26.5
54
59
60
5SG5 553
5SG5 653
5SG5 693
3-pole
D01
D02
D02
BB
SS
KS
80.8
80.8
80.8
36
36
36
40
41
41
56
56
56
70
70
70
23/26.5
23/26.5
23/26.5
54
59
60
clip-on without cover

5SG1 595
5SG1 655
5SG1 695
5SG1 812
1-pole
D01
D02
D02
D03
BB
SS
KS
KS
26.8
26.8
26.8
44.9
36
36
36
50
40
41
41
44
56
56
56
54.5
70
70
70
76
23/26.5
23/26.5
23/26.5
44
54
59
60
86
5SG5 555
5SG5 655
5SG5 695
3-pole
D01
D02
D02
BB
SS
KS
80.8
80.8
80.8
36
36
36
40
41
41
56
56
56
70
70
70
23/26.5
23/26.5
23/26.5
54
59
60
6
7
8
9
screw-on without cover

5SG1 590
5SG1 650
5SG1 810
1-pole
D01
D02
D03
BB
SS
KS
26.8
26.8
44.9
36
36
50
40
41
46
56
56
54.5
70
70
76
23/26.5
23/26.5
44
54
59
86
20
20
32
22
22
32
5SG5 550
5SG5 650
5SG5 690
3-pole
D01
D02
D02
BB
SS
KS
80.8
80.8
80.8
36
36
36
40
41
41
56
56
56
70
70
70
23/26.5
23/26.5
23/26.5
54
59
60
74
74
74
22
22
22
Connection type:
K = Screw head contact
B = Clamp-type terminal
S = Saddle terminal
BB= Incoming feeder clamp-type terminal

Outgoing feeder clamp-type terminal
SS = Incoming feeder saddle terminal
Outgoing feeder saddle terminal
KS = Incoming feeder screw head contact
Outgoing feeder saddle terminal
NEOZED base with cap

D01/D02
5SG1 594, 5SG1 694
5SH5 235 cap (A8)
13
44
32
32
max.50
max.53
max. 76
I2_06442
I2_06441
48
max. 70,5
max.100
26,5
4,5x6
68,5
22
20
31,5
12
D03
5SG1 813
5SH5 234 cap (A9)
3,2
10
1/19
NEOZED Fuse System

NEOZED fuse bases
NEOZED covers made of molded plastic
45
71,5
I2_07537
NEOZED cover for NEOZED base, made of molded plastic

5SH5 244 (A1) and 5SH5 245 (A2)
26,6
79,8
5SH5 252 (A5) and 5SH5 254 (A11)
5SH5 233 (A6)
45
70
45
70
45
60
I2_06207b
I2_06209b
I2_06206b
NEOZED cover
5SH5 251 (A4) and 5SH5 253 (A10)
16
45
27
12
21
81
12
21
13
18
NEOZED screw caps

5SG4
Type
Size
Sealable
for
mounting
depth
Dimensions
a
b
5SH4 116
5SH4 163
5SH4 316
5SH4 363
5SH4 100
5SH4 317
5SH4 362
D01
D02
D01
D02
D03
D01
D02
x
x
55/70
55/70
70
70
76
70
70
24.5
24.5
33
33
37
29.5
30.5
I2_06253c
1/20
23
23
26.5
26.5
44
25
25
NEOZED Fuse System
Benefits
With draw-out type for safe, no-voltage changing of fuse links
Rated voltage: 415 V AC/48 V DC
No switching under load

With anti-slip terminal according to BGV A2 (VBG4) in the incoming
and outgoing cable
5SG7 6
Valid standards
DIN VDE 0638/09.81, EN 60947-3
Dimensions
DIN 43880
Main switch characteristic
EN 60204-1
V
V
230/400 AC, 240/415 AC

48 DC: 1-pole, 110 DC: 2-pole in series
Rated current In
16
Rated insulation voltage
V AC 400
Rated impulse withstand voltage
V AC 2500
kA
Rated voltage Un
yes
Mounting position
vertical
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 in distribution

boards with section cover
IP20
C
6
7
50 AC
Sealable when switched on
Ambient temperature
EN 60664-1
Dielectric characteristic
3
4
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20
Terminals
Terminal
FR1
Size
D01
minimum conductor cross-section of 1.5 mm2 must be observed,
in accordance with VDE 0638
Rigid, minimum
Rigid, maximum
mm2
mm2
1.5
16
mm2
1.5
9
10
FR1 = anti-slip terminal
Modular size
terminal marking FR1.
12
13
1/21
NEOZED Fuse System

Number of
poles
Terminals
In
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
D01, draw-out type

2
16
FR1
5SG7 610
0.070
1+N
16
FR1
5SG7 650
0.150
16
FR1
5SG7 620
0.150
16
FR1
5SG7 630
0.220
3+N
16
FR1
5SG7 660
0.300
1
2 N
1 N
2 4
1 3
2 4 6
1 3 5
2 4 6 N
1 3 5 N
D01, draw-out type
5SG7 6.0
I2_07988
88
45
70
18
1/22
36
54
72
44
64
107
NEOZED Fuse System
Overview
MINIZED switch disconnector D01, draw-out type
55 mm mounting depth
Size D01
For mounting rail
For busbar mounting
Knob-operated switch and screw cap can be sealed
Special version for Italy for 25 A
Suitable for direct starting on load
) MINIZED switch disconnector D01, draw-out type
* NEOZED fuse link D01
0 Busbar, insulated, pins
1 Terminal, not insulated or insulated, pins
6
5
13
12
13
I2_07335a
MINIZED switch disconnector D02, draw-out type
12
13
I2_08536
12
Size D02
For mounting rail
For busbar mounting
Knob-operated switch and screw cap can be sealed
Suitable for direct starting on load
) MINIZED switch disconnector D02, draw-out type
* NEOZED fuse link D01
+ NEOZED fuse link D02
, NEOZED adapter sleeve
- NEOZED adapter
0 Busbar, insulated single-phase or 3-phase, fork-type
1 Terminal, not insulated or insulated, fork-type
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/23
NEOZED Fuse System
Benefits
Function
MINIZED switch disconnectors belong to the NEOZED fuse range.
They completely disconnect the phase in the incoming and outgoing
cable by switching off. They are suited for NEOZED fuse links.
A mechanical interlock prevents closing if NEOZED fuse links have
not been correctly screwed in or plugged in.
Universal application
The MINIZED switch disconnectors D02 can accept both D02 and
D01 fuse links. For inserting D01 fuse links, a retaining spring is used
in the screw cap or an adapter is plugged into the drawer,
depending on the version.
Busbar mounting
For the MINIZED switch disconnector D02, the incoming and
outgoing terminals are identical and can be mounted on busbars.
Infeed and/or busbar mounting is possible from the top or bottom.
5SG7 7
5SG7 1.2
Valid standards
DIN VDE 0638/09.81, EN 60947-3
Dimensions
DIN 43880
Main switch characteristic
EN 60204-1
EN 60664-1
Dielectric characteristic
Rated voltage Un
V
V
230/400 AC, 240/415 AC

48 DC 1-pole, 110 DC 2-pole in series
Rated current In
16
V AC
400
V AC
2500
kA
50 AC
63
Switching capacity
Utilization category according to VDE 0638
AC-22
AC-23
DC -22
A
A
A
16
10
16
63
Utilization category acc. to EN 60947-3
AC-22A
AC-23A
DC-22A
AC-22B
AC-23B
DC-22B
A
A
A
A
A
A
16
10
16
63
35
63
No-voltage changing of fuse links
yes
With terminals according to BGV A2 (VGB4) in the ingoing

and outgoing feeder
yes
Tightening torque
Nm
1.2
yes
Sealable when switched on
vertical
Mounting position
Mounting depth
55
mm
Ambient temperature
70
IP20
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 in distribution

boards with section cover
C
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20
Terminals
Terminal
FR1
FR2
Size
D01
D02
minimum conductor cross-section of 1.5 mm2 must be observed,
in accordance with VDE 0638
Rigid, minimum
Rigid, maximum
FR1= anti-slip terminal
FR2= anti-slip terminal
Modular size
terminal markings FR1 and FR2.
1/24
5SG7 132-8BA..
mm2
mm2
1.5
16
1.5
mm
25, 35, 50
NEOZED Fuse System

Number of
poles
In
Terminals
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SG7 713
0.080
1/3
5SG7 713-1B
0.080
1/3
5SG7 753
0.150
1/2
5SG7 753-1B
0.150
1/2
5SG7 723
0.160
1/2
5SG7 723-1B
0.160
1/2
5SG7 733
0.254
5SG7 733-1B
0.254
5SG7 763
0.310
5SG7 763-1B
0.310
D01, draw-out type, mounting depth 55 mm

1
16
FR1
Version for Italy only (no approvals)

25
1
2 N
1+N
16
FR1

25
1 N
2 4
16
FR1

25
1 3
2 4 6
16
FR1

25
1 3 5
2 4 6 N
3+N
16
FR1

25
FR2
1.5
5SG7 112
0.132
1+N
63
FR2
5SG7 152
0.265
63
FR2
5SG7 122
0.226
10
63
FR2
4.5
5SG7 132
0.410
1 N
2 4
6
7
63
2 N
1 3 5 N
3
4
1 3
2 4 6
Versions for Austria (KELAG) only

3
1 3 5
2 4 6 N
3+N
25
5SG7 132-8BA25
0.410
35
5SG7 132-8BA35
0.410
50
5SG7 132-8BA50
0.410
5SG7 162
0.520
63
FR2
1 3 5 N
1/25
12
13
NEOZED Fuse System
Accessories
Size
For
fuse
Identification
color
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SH5 510
0.012
1/50
5SH5 528
0.050
up to A

Terminal
not insulated, up to 25 mm2

Auxiliary switch
for contact position indication, for retrofitting on the right side
using the factory-fitted brackets, 0.5 MW
Contact:
230 V AC, 6 A
24 V AC, 50 mA
24 V DC, 50 mA
1 NO + 1 NC
Adapter sleeve
D02
20
25
35/40
blue
yellow
black
5SH5 521
5SH5 522
5SH5 523
0.001
0.001
0.001
10
10
10
50
white
5SH5 524
0.001
10
green
red
gray
5SH5 530
5SH5 531
5SH5 520
0.002
0.002
0.002
3
3
3
NEOZED adapter
for insertion of NEOZED fuse links D01 in
MINIZED switch disconnectors D02
D01
2 ... 6
10
16
5SG7 7.3
2
64
45
83
I2_10890
5SH5 528
auxiliary switch
36
36
54
72
I2_06198c
18
35
88
5
N
20
44
54
9
49

5SG7 1.2, 5SG7 132-8BA..
N
1
N
1
26,8
1/26
53,6
53,6
80,4
107,2
I2_07547a
I2 07546a
45
89
44
64,2
DIAZED Fuse System
Product overview
Overview
DIAZED fuse links
3
4
DIAZED fuse links SILIZED (utilization category gR)
5
6
7
DIAZED fuse bases and accessories
8
9
10
12
13
1/27
DIAZED Fuse System

Product overview
Overview
1
2
3
13
14
16
15
15
10
9
12
11
I2_08559a
The DIAZED component system

As a result of the well-designed modular system, the components
can be combined in any way to meet the various requirements and
to facilitate different installation methods.
It is particularly suitable for tough operating conditions.
As modular installation devices, the bases are mounted in distribution boards according to DIN 43880 or in switchgear cabinets on a
standard mounting rail according to EN 50021. However, bases
exclusively designed for screw connection are also available.
A special busbar with oblong holes and a load capacity of up to 80 A
facilitates adaptation during mounting.
The EZR bus-mounting system
The high-performing EZR bus-mounting system for screw connection is an outstanding feature.
The busbars, which are particularly suited for bus-mounting bases,
have a load capacity of up to 150 A with lateral infeed.
1/28
$
%
&
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
4
DIAZED base
DIAZED cover
DIAZED cover ring
DIAZED cap
DIAZED bus-mounting base, EZR
DIAZED bus-mounting base, EZR, 3-phase
DIAZED cover ring, EZR for bus-mounting base
DIAZED fuse link DII
DIAZED fuse link NDz
DIAZED screw adapter
DIAZED adapter sleeve
DIAZED screw cap
Busbar, oblong hole, single-phase
Terminal, fork-type terminal, non-insulated
EZR busbar
EZR terminal
DIAZED Fuse System
DIAZED fuse links
Overview
Correct infeed
All DIAZED bases must be fed from the bottom to ensure an
insulated threaded ring when the fuse link is being removed.
Types of connection
S = saddle terminal
Contact stability
DIAZED screw adapters are essential in the DIAZED base
for stable contacting.
Designation system
The conventional designation signifies the following, e.g. "BS" = :
1st letter: clamp-type terminal, incoming feeder, bottom terminal
2nd letter: saddle terminal, outgoing feeder, top terminal
6
7
K
B
3
4
8
9
10
DIAZED 5SF6 005 bus-mounting base DII for 25 A with terminal version "B"
mounted onto an EZR 5SH3 54 busbar. The feeding conductors are clamped
to the 8JH4 122 bus-mounting terminal. The busbar has a load capacity of
up to 150 A.
DIAZED bus-mounting base DII 3-phase for 3 x 25 A, 5SF2 07 with terminal

version "B" mounted onto 3 EZR 5SH3 54 busbars. The busbars have a load
capacity of 150 A each respectively.
12
DIAZED fuse links

Standards
DIN VDE 0635, DIN VDE 0636-301, DIN VDE 0680,

IEC 60269-1, -3-1, CEE 16, EN 60269-1, -3-1
Dimensions
DIN 49510, DIN 49511, DIN 49514,

DIN 49515, DIN 49516
gL/gG
Characteristic
slow and quick

V AC
V DC
500, 690, 750

500, 600, 750
Rated current In
2 ... 100
kA AC 50, 40 at E16
kA DC 8, 1.6 at E16
Rated voltage Un
Mounting position
due to screw adapter or adapter sleeves
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529

in the distribution board
IP20
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20
13
1/29
DIAZED Fuse System

DIAZED fuse links

Size
Identification
color
In
Thread
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SA2 11
5SA2 21
5SA2 31
0.013
0.013
0.013
10
10
10
Rated voltage 500 V AC/500 V DC

DIN VDE 0635
slow
TNDz
2
4
6
pink
brown
green
E16
10
red
5SA2 51
0.013
10
16
20
25
gray
blue
yellow
5SA2 61
5SA2 71
5SA2 81
0.013
0.015
0.016
10
10
10
2
4
6
pink
brown
green
5SA1 11
5SA1 21
5SA1 31
0.013
0.013
0.013
10
10
10
quick
NDz
E16
10
red
5SA1 51
0.013
10
16
20
25
gray
blue
yellow
5SA1 61
5SA1 71
5SA1 81
0.013
0.015
0.016
10
10
10
2
4
6
pink
brown
green
5SB2 11
5SB2 21
5SB2 31
0.026
0.026
0.026
5
5
5
DIN VDE 0636-301, IEC 60269-3-1

utilization category gL/gG
DII
DIII
DIV 1)
E27
10
red
5SB2 51
0.027
16
20
25
gray
blue
yellow
5SB2 61
5SB2 71
5SB2 81
0.028
0.029
0.031
5
5
5
32
35
50
63
black
black
white
copper
E33
5SB4 010
5SB4 11
5SB4 21
5SB4 31
0.048
0.050
0.051
0.054
5
5
5
5
silver
red
R1
5SC2 11
5SC2 21
0.110
0.110
3
3
pink
brown
green
E27
5SB1 11
5SB1 21
5SB1 31
0.026
0.026
0.026
5
5
5
80
100
DIN VDE 0635

quick
for 5SB1 41 a DIAZED screw adapter
for 6 A is used
DII
2
4
6
10
10
16
red
red
gray
5SB1 41
5SB1 51
5SB1 61
0.026
0.027
0.028
5
5
5
20
25
blue
yellow
5SB1 71
5SB1 81
0.029
0.031
5
5
DIII
35
50
63
black
white
copper
E33
5SB3 11
5SB3 21
5SB3 31
0.050
0.051
0.054
5
5
5
DIV
80
100
silver
red
R1
5SC1 11
5SC1 21
0.110
0.110
3
3
1) Rated voltage 500 V AC/400 V DC
1/30
DIAZED Fuse System
DIAZED fuse links

Size
Identification
color
In
Thread
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SD8 002
5SD8 004
5SD8 006
0.068
0.068
0.068
5
5
5

DIN VDE 0636-301, IEC 60269-3-1
utilization category gL/gG,
DIAZED screw adapters DII are used
for fuse links 2 A ... 25 A
DIII
2
4
6
pink
brown
green
E33
10
16
red
gray
5SD8 010
5SD8 016
0.068
0.069
5
5
20
25
blue
yellow
5SD8 020
5SD8 025
0.071
0.072
5
5
35
50
63
black
white
copper
5SD8 035
5SD8 050
5SD8 063
0.078
0.080
0.082
5
5
5
5SD6 01
5SD6 02
5SD6 03
0.068
0.068
0.068
5
5
5
5
6
7

DIN VDE 0635
for direct current railway facilities,
quick
DIAZED screw adapters DII are used
for fuse links 2 A ... 25 A
DIII
2
4
6
pink
brown
green
E33
10
16
red
gray
5SD6 04
5SD6 05
0.068
0.069
5
5
20
25
35
50
blue
yellow
black
white
5SD6 06
5SD6 07
5SD6 08
5SD6 10
0.071
0.072
0.078
0.080
5
5
5
5
63
copper
5SD6 11
0.082
3
4
8
9
10
12
13
1/31
DIAZED Fuse System

DIAZED fuse links
Series 5SA2
Size:
E16
Characteristic:
slow
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/500 V DC
Rated current:
2 ... 25 A
[s ]
2
I2 _ 0 7 5 4 5 c
6
4
[A 2 s ]
I2 _ 0 6 0 6 9 c
2
5
1 0
v s
1 0
4
1 0
1 0
6
4
4
2
2
1 0
6
1 0
2
6
4
4
2
2 5 A
3
1 0
1
1 0
2 0 A
1 6 A
6
6
4
4
2
2
1 0
1 0 A
2
1 0
0
6 A
4
4
2
2
1 0
4 A
1
1 0
-1
6
4
1 6 A
2 A
-2
1 0
4 A
6 A
1 0 A
2 5 A
2 A
1 0
2 0 A
1 0
1 0
s
-1
-2
1 0
1 0
-3
1 0
s
- 4
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
2
Type
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
6
[A ]
e ff
8 1 0

5
I2 _ 0 7 0 3 2 b
1 0
6
[A ]
4
2
1 0
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 0 A
6
4
2
1 0
4 A
3
2 A
6
4
2
1 0
6
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

1/32
[A ]
8 1 0
In
Pv
DJ
I2ts
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
5SA2 11
5SA2 21
5SA2 31
2
4
6
0.85
1.3
1.9
15
17
14
5SA2 51
5SA2 61
5SA2 71
10
16
20
1.4
2.4
2.6
17
30
36
200
290
470
190
550
1990
5SA2 81
25
3.4
34
1000
2090
Type
I2ta
230 V AC
320 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
5SA2 11
5SA2 21
5SA2 31
6 A
4
[A ]
6.6
22
66
7.8
26
76
0.7
34
100
5SA2 51
5SA2 61
5SA2 71
240
890
1200
270
950
1350
340
1090
1620
5SA2 81
2400
2600
3450
1.2
8.5
40
2.3
13
80
DIAZED Fuse System
DIAZED fuse links
Series 5SA1
Size:
E16
Characteristic:
quick
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/500 V DC
Rated current:
2 ... 25 A
[s ]
2
I2 _ 0 6 0 7 2 b
6
4
[A 2 s ]
I2 _ 0 6 0 8 6 b
2
5
1 0
v s
1 0
4
1 0
1 0
6
4
4
2
2
1 0
6
1 0
s
1 0
1 0
2
-1
s
1 0
-2
-3
1 0
4
1 0
2 0 A
2
1 6 A
1 0 A
2
1 0
0
1 0
2 5 A
4
- 4
1 0
1
1 0
6
7
6
4
6 A
1 0
-1
1 0
6
2
2 A
-2
1 0
4 A
1 0 A
2 0 A
6 A
1 6 A
2 A
2
2 5 A
1 0
4 A
4
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
[A ]
8 1 0
10
2
-3
1 0
Type
0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
6
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
6

4
I2 _ 1 1 5 0 1
1 0
[A ]
6
1
In
Pv
5SA1 11
5SA1 21
5SA1 31
2
4
6
1.5
1.9
2.7
5SA1 51
5SA1 61
5SA1 71
10
16
20
3.4
3.7
4.4
5SA1 81
25
4.9
12
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 0 A
6 A
2
3
1 0
13
4 A
2 A
6
4
2
2
1 0
6
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
[A ]
3
4
8 1 0

1/33
DIAZED Fuse System

DIAZED fuse links
Series 5SB2, 5SB4, 5SC2
Size:
DII, DIII, DIV
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/500 V DC
Rated current:
2 ... 100 A

I2 _ 0 7 5 5 2 a
I2 _ 0 7 5 5 1 a
6 A
1 0 A
1 6 A
2 0 A
2 5 A
3 2 A
3 5 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0 A
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
4 A
2 A
2
5
1 0
v s
1 0
4
1 0
1 0
6
4
1 0 0 A
2
6
8 0 A
6 3 A
4
1 0
2
1 0
5 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
4
4
2
2 5 A
3
1 0
1
1 0
2 0 A
6
1 6 A
4
4
2
2
1 0
1 0 A
2
1 0
0
6 A
4
4
2
2
1 0
4 A
1
1 0
-1
6
4
1 0
1 0
-2
1 0
2 A
1 0
-1
1 0
2
4
-2
1 0
6
8 1 0
-3
1 0
2
1 0
s
- 4
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
4
2
Type
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
[A ]
6
1
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 0 A
6 A
4 A
[A ]
I2 _ 0 6 0 5 5 b
1 0
2
4
1 0
6
4
2
1 0
1 0
6
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

1/34
[A ]
DJ
8 1 0
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
2.6
2.0
2.2
15
13
14
5SB2 51
5SB2 61
5SB2 71
10
16
20
1.6
2.4
2.6
20
23
26
120
500
750
140
580
1100
5SB2 81
5SB4 010
5SB4 11
5SB4 21
25
32
35
50
3.4
3.6
3.7
5.7
38
23
25
41
1600
2300
3450
6500
2000
2500
3000
5200
5SB4 31
5SC2 11
5SC2 21
63
80
100
6.9
7.5
8.8
48
33
46
11000
14600
28600
12000
16400
30000
Type
I2ta
3.7
15
42
3.9
16
45
230 V AC
320 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
6.6
22
66
8.8
28
85
I2ts
2
4
6
5SB2 11
5SB2 21
5SB2 31
2
Pv
5SB2 11
5SB2 21
5SB2 31
2 A
In
4
[A ]
10.7
34
100
5SB2 51
5SB2 61
5SB2 71
240
890
1200
300
1060
1450
340
1090
1620
5SB2 81
5SB4 010
5SB4 11
5SB4 21
2400
3450
5200
9750
3150
4150
6200
12350
3450
4850
7200
14500
5SB4 31
5SC2 11
5SC2 21
16500
23000
44000
22200
28500
56000
26500
32500
65000
DIAZED Fuse System
DIAZED fuse links
Series 5SB1, 5SB3, 5SC1
Size:
DII, DIII, DIV
quick
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/500 V DC
Rated current:
2 ... 100 A

I2 _ 0 6 0 7 8 b
I2 _ 0 6 0 8 7 b
1 6 A
2 0 A
2 5 A
3 5 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0 A
1 0 A
6 A
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
4 A
2 A
2
5
1 0
v s
1 0
4
1 0
1 0
6
4
1 0 0 A
2
2
1 0
6
8 0 A
4
1 0
2
5 0 A
2
3
1 0
1
1 0
3 5 A
2 5 A
4
2 0 A
2
1 6 A
1 0 A
2
1 0
0
1 0
6
4
6 A
1 0
-1
1 0
1 0
1 0
-2
1 0
2 A
-1
1 0
0
1 0
1 0
-2
8 1 0
-3
1 0
s
2
- 4
1 0
s
6
8 1 0
s
2
8 1 0
e ff
4
2
Type
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
1 0 0
8 0
6 3
5 0
3 5
2 5
2 0
1 6
1 0
6 A
1 0
6
4
2
3
1 0
I2 _ 1 1 5 0 2
2
1
Pv
DJ
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
4
[A ]
8 1 0
I2ts
I2ta
4 ms
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
2
4
6
1.5
1.9
2.7
3
13
18
5SB1 41, 5SB1 51

5SB1 61
5SB1 71
10
16
20
3.4
3.7
4.4
23
24
31
102
130
185
204
260
370
5SB1 81
5SB3 11
5SB3 21
25
35
50
4.9
8.3
9.9
34
39
49
250
640
1960
500
1280
3920
5SB3 31
5SC1 11
5SC1 21
63
80
100
12.8
12.7
15.4
63
45
55
3880
10890
17400
7760
21780
34800
5SB1 11
5SB1 21
5SB1 31
In
[A ]
4 A
4
[A ]
6
7
6 3 A
6
2.5
15.6
36
2 A
4
2
2
1 0
6
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
[A ]
8 1 0

10
5
31.2
72
4 A
3
4
1/35
12
13
DIAZED Fuse System

DIAZED fuse links
Series 5SD8
Size:
DIII
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
690 V AC/600 V DC
Rated current:
2 ... 63 A
[s ]
2
I2 _ 0 6 4 2 5 b
6
4
[A 2 s ]
I2 _ 0 6 4 1 2 c
2
5
1 0
v s
1 0
4
1 0
1 0
6
4
4
2
2
1 0
6
6 3 A
1 0
2
5 0 A
4
3 5 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
3
1 0
1
1 0
6
4
4 A
2 A
0
1 0
1 0 A
2 0 A
6 A
1 6 A
3 0 A
2 5 A
6 3 A
1 0 A
6 A
5 0 A
1 0
6
6
4
4 A
2
1 0
-1
1 0
6
4
4
2
1 0
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
s
-1
-2
1 0
1 0
-3
1 0
s
- 4
2 A
s
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
2
Type
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
1
2
6 3 A
5 0 A
3 5 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 0 A
6 A
1 0
I2 _ 0 7 1 0 1 a
6
4
4 A
2
3
1 0
2 A
6
4
2
1 0
6
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

1/36
[A ]
In
Pv
[A ]
4
[A ]
8 1 0
I2ts
I2ta
4 ms
242 V AC
A2s
A2 s
5SD8 002
5SD8 004
5SD8 006
2
4
6
1
1.2
1.6
4.4
40
88
7
62
140
5SD8 010
5SD8 016
5SD8 020
10
16
20
1.4
1.8
2
240
380
750
380
600
1200
5SD8 025
5SD8 035
5SD8 050
25
35
50
2.3
3.1
4.6
2000
3300
7000
3200
5100
11000
5SD8 063
63
5.5
9500
15000
DIAZED Fuse System
DIAZED fuse links
Series 5SD6
Size:
DIII
quick (railway network protection)
Rated voltage:
750 V AC/750 V DC
Rated current:
2 ... 63 A
[s ]
2
I2 _ 0 6 0 7 7 b
6
4
[A 2 s ]
I2 _ 0 6 0 4 8 a
2
4
1 0
v s
1 0
4
1 0
1 0
6
4
6 3 A
5 0 A
2
1 0
6
1 0
2
2 5 A
2 0 A
2
1 0
1
1 0
1 6 A
1 0 A
6
4
4 A
2
2 A
0
1 0
1 0 A
6 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
3 0 A
2 5 A
6 3 A
2
6 A
1
1 0
5 0 A
1 0
2
1 0
-1
2 A
4
1 0
2
1 0
-2
1 0
-1
1 0
-2
1 0
-3
- 4
1 0
s
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
[A ]
e ff
4
2
1 0
Type
0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
[A ]
6 3 A
5 0 A
3 5 A
2 0 /2 5 A
1 6 A
1 0 A
6 A
2
I2 _ 0 6 4 1 1 a
1 0
In
Pv
-1
-3
4 A
4
1 0
6
7
3 5 A
6
8 1 0
10
I2ts
I2ta
4 ms
500 V AC
A2s
A2 s
5SD6 01
5SD6 02
5SD6 03
2
4
6
2.8
4
4.8
0.7
4.5
10
5SD6 04
5SD6 05
5SD6 06
10
16
20
4.8
5.9
6.3
50
78
125
135
220
380
5SD6 07
5SD6 08
5SD6 10
25
35
50
8.3
13
16.5
265
550
1800
800
1600
5500
5SD6 11
63
18
3100
9600
2
13
29
12
13
4 A
2 A
3
1 0
6
4
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
[A ]
3
4

1/37
DIAZED Fuse System

DIAZED fuse links
500 V DC
5SA1, 5SA2
Fuse link
TNDz/E16, NDz/E16
I2_06251a
13,2
49
5SB1, 5SB2
Rated current A
10
16
20
25
Dimension d
10
12
14
Fuse link
22,5
I2_06247a
DII/E27
Rated current A
10
16
20
25
Dimension d
10
12
14
49
5SB3, 5SB4
Fuse link
DIII/E33
Rated current A
32
35
50
63
Dimension d
16
16
18
20
Fuse link
DIV/R1
Rated current A
80
100
28
I2_06248a
49
5SC1, 5SC2
Dimension d
34,5
I2_06682
57
690 V AC/600 V DC and 750 V AC/750 V DC

5SD8, 5SD6
Fuse link
28
I2_06329a
70
1/38
DIII/E33
Rated current A
10
16
20
25
35
50
63
Dimension d
10
12
14
16
18
20
DIAZED Fuse System

Standards
DIN VDE 0635, DIN VDE 0636-301, DIN VDE 0680,

IEC 60269-3-1, CEE 16, EN 60269-3-1
Dimensions
DIN VDE 49510, DIN VDE 49511, DIN VDE 49514,

DIN VDE 49515, DIN VDE 49516
gR
3
4
high-speed
Characteristic
V AC
500
V DC
500
Rated current In
16 ... 100
kA AC 50, 40
Rated voltage Un
kA DC 8, 1.6
Mounting position
due to screw adapter or adapter sleeves

in the distribution board
IP20
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20

Size
In
Identification
color
Thread
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
DIN VDE 0636-301

for semiconductor protection, designation, yellow ring
utilization category gR, super-quick.
For 30 A fuse links the DIAZED screw adapter DII for 25 A is used
DII
16
20
25
gray
blue
yellow
E27
30
DIII
35
50
63
DIV
80
100
6
7
5SD4 20
5SD4 30
5SD4 40
0.028
0.029
0.031
5
5
5
5SD4 80
0.031
black
white
copper
E33
5SD4 50
5SD4 60
5SD4 70
0.050
0.051
0.054
5
5
5
silver
red
R1
5SD5 10
5SD5 20
0.110
0.110
3
3
9
10
12
13
1/39
DIAZED Fuse System

Series 5SD4, 5SD5
Size:
DII, DIII, DIV
gR
Characteristic:
super-quick
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/500 V DC
Rated current:
16 ... 100 A
v s
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
4
2
3
2
5
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 0 7 0 7 0 b
I2 _ 0 6 4 2 6 c
1 0
1 0
6
4
4
2
2
2
1 0
6
1 0
6
4
4
2
1 0 0 A
3
1 0
1
1 0
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
3 5 A
3 0 A
2
1 0
6
2 5 A
2 0 A
4
3 0 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
-1
1 0
5 0 A
2 5 A
8 0 A
3 5 A
6 3 A
1 0 0 A
1 6 A
1
1 0
6
6
4
1 0
-1
1 0
-2
1 0
-3
1 0
1 0
s
- 4
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
[A ]
8 1 0
2
-3
1 0
1 0
1 0
[A ]
p
Type
3
8 1 0
[A ]
I2 _ 0 6 0 5 4 b
1 0
4
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
2
3 5 A
3 0 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
3
1 0
6
1 6 A
4
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

1/40
[A ]
In
Pv
DJ
I2ts
I2ta
1 ms
500 V AC
A2 s
A2 s
5SD4 20
5SD4 30
5SD4 40
16
20
25
12.1
12.3
12.5
63
69
61
16.2
35.8
48.9
60
139
205
5SD4 80
5SD4 50
5SD4 60
30
35
50
13.4
14.8
18.5
65
62
66
85
135
340
310
539
1250
5SD4 70
5SD5 10
5SD5 20
63
80
100
28
34.3
41.5
84
77
83
530
980
1950
1890
4200
8450
DIAZED Fuse System

500 V AC/500 V DC
5SD4 20, 5SD4 30, 5SD4 40, 5SD4 80
d
22,5
I2_06247a
Fuse link
3
4
DII/E27
Rated current A
16
20
25
30
Dimension d
10
12
14
14
49
5SD4 50, 5SD4 60, 5SD4 70
28
I2_06248a
Fuse link
DIII/E33
Rated current A
35
50
63
Dimension d
16
18
20
Fuse link
DIV/R1
Rated current A
80
100
49
5SD5 10, 5SD5 20
Dimension d
6
7
34,5
I2_06682
57
8
9
10
12
13
1/41
DIAZED Fuse System

DIAZED fuse bases
Terminals
Terminal
Size
DII
DIII
K
NDz
DII
DIII
S
DIII
DIV
R
DII
DIII
mm2
mm2
mm2
1.5
10
10
2.5
25
25
1.0
6
6
1.5
10
10
2.5
25
25
2.5
25
25
10
50
50
1.5
35
35
1.5
35
35
Nm
Nm
Nm
Nm
1.2
2.0
2.5
3.5
Rigid, minimum
Rigid, maximum
Flexible with sleeve, max.
Tightening torque
Screw M4
Screw M5
Screw M6
Screw M8
S = saddle terminal
R = anti-slip terminal

Size
In
Thread
Terminals 1) Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
DIAZED base made of ceramic

rated voltage 500 V AC/500 V DC
(for 690 VAC/600 V DC, size DIII bases are to be used
together with DIAZED 5SH1 170 screw caps and DIAZED
5SD8 fuse links)
1-pole
NDz
25
E16
KK
5SF1 012
0.060
1/20
DII
25
E27
BB
5SF1 005
0.093
1/15
DIII
63
E33
BS
5SF1 205
0.191
1/15
DIII
63
E33
SS
5SF1 215
0.154
1/15
for screw connection only

NDz
25
E16
KK
5SF1 01
0.055
1/20
DII
25
E27
BB
5SF1 024
0.093
1/15
DIII
63
E33
BS
5SF1 224
0.137
1/15
DIII
63
E33
SS
5SF1 214
0.141
1/15
DIV
100
R1
flat
termination
5SF1 401
0.380
E33S
KK
5SF4 230
0.460

only for DIAZED 5SH1 161 screw caps,
only for DIAZED screw adapters DII and DIII,
only for DIAZED 5SD6 fuse links
with fine thread, with cap.
1-pole
DIII
63

(for 690 VAC/600 V DC, size DIII bases are to be used
together with DIAZED 5SH1 170 screw caps and
DIAZED 5SD8 fuse links)
3-pole
with cap and N-type fixpoint terminal
DII
325
E27
BB
5SF5 067
0.400
1/8
DIII
363
E33
BB
5SF5 237
0.580
1/8
for screw connection only, with cap and N-type fixpoint terminal
DII
325
E27
KB
5SF5 066
0.410
1/8
DIII
363
E33
KB
5SF5 236
0.590
1/8
1) For terminal markings, see above and page 1/29.
1/42
DIAZED Fuse System
DIAZED fuse bases

Size
In
Thread
Terminals 1) Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
DIAZED base made of molded plastic

for mounting rail or screw connection
Casing: silicone-free
halogen-free
heat-resistant to 150 C
creep resistance CTI 225
self-extinguishing according to UL 94
1-pole
3-pole
DII
25
E27
RR
5SF1 060
0.152
1/9
DIII
63
E33
RR
5SF1 260
0.186
1/9
DII
325
E27
RR
5SF5 068
0.457
1/3
DIII
363
E33
RR
5SF5 268
0.538
1/3
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIAZED bus-mounting bases, EZR

for clipping onto 5SH3 5 power rail
only for screw connection
1-pole
DII
DIII
25
63
E27
E33
B
B
5SF6 005
5SF6 205
0.072
0.135
1/15
1/15
DII
325
E27
5SF2 07
0.351
1/5
10
3-pole
1) For terminal markings, see see page 1/29 and 1/42.
12
13
1/43
DIAZED Fuse System

DIAZED fuse bases
Accessories
Size
Thread
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Mounting parts
DIAZED busbars with oblong holes
approx. 1000 mm long
cross-section: 12 mm 2 mm, load capacity up to 80 A
for DII, sufficient for 25 bases,
5SH3 500
0.095
25
cross-section: 13 mm 3 mm, load capacity up to 120 A

for DIII, sufficient for 19 bases
5SH3 501
0.180
25
Terminals, non-insulated
pin, for two conductors from 2 1.5 mm2 up to 16 mm2
5SH5 326
0.016
1/10
fork-type, for conductors up to 35 mm2
5SH3 502
0.010
25
5SH3 54
5SH3 55
5SH3 56
0.740
0.740
0.740
1/5
1/5
1/5
8JH4 122
8JH4 124
0.012
0.024
1
1
(5 DIAZED bases = 12 MW)

DII
E27
5SH2 032
0.017
1/20
(4 DIAZED bases = 12 MW)

DIII
E33
5SH2 232
0.020
1/20
Busbars for DIAZED EZR bus-mounting bases

suitable for fork-type terminal connection,
ready-made drilling with thread for screw adapters,
approx. 2000 mm long
cross-section: 16 mm x 3 mm, load capacity up to 150 A
for lateral incoming supply
for DII
for DII and DIII
for DII
sufficient for 42 5SF6 005 bases

EZR bus-mounting terminals

non-insulated
for conductors up to 16 mm2
for conductors up to 35 mm2
DIAZED covers
DIAZED cover
made of molded plastic
not for SILIZED fuse links
1-pole
Caps
molded plastic
1-pole
NDz
DII
DIII
E16
E27
E33
5SH2 01
5SH2 02
5SH2 22
0.028
0.038
0.048
1/10
1/20
1/20
DIV
R1
5SH2 40
0.115
1/5
molded plastic
also for bus-mounting base EZR
DII
E27
DIII
E33
5SH3 401
5SH3 411
0.013
0.014
5
5
ceramic
DII and DIII also for bus-mounting base EZR
NDz
E16
DII
E27
DIII
E33
5SH3 30
5SH3 32
5SH3 34
0.020
0.029
0.035
1/100
10
10
Cover rings
1-pole
1/44
DIAZED Fuse System
DIAZED fuse bases
Accessories
Size
Thread
for fuse
links
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Screw adapters, adapter sleeves

DIAZED screw adapters
NDz
E16
2
4
6
5SH3 28
5SH3 31
5SH3 05
0.002
0.002
0.002
10
10
10
10
16
5SH3 06
5SH3 07
0.002
0.002
10
10
2
4
6
5SH3 10
5SH3 11
5SH3 12
0.015
0.015
0.015
10
10
10
10
16
20
5SH3 13
5SH3 14
5SH3 15
0.015
0.014
0.012
10
10
10
25
5SH3 16
0.012
10
35
50
63
5SH3 17
5SH3 18
5SH3 20
0.019
0.018
0.017
10
10
10
80
100
5SH3 21
5SH3 22
0.006
0.005
10
10
DIAZED adapter sleeves

for snapping onto DIAZED screw caps,
if E16 DIAZED fuse links
are inserted in DII DIAZED bases
5SH3 01
0.012
10
if DII DIAZED fuse links

are inserted in DIII DIAZED bases
5SH3 02
0.023
10
DIAZED adapter sleeve fitter for DII/DIII
5SH3 703
0.025
also for mounting in DIAZED base DIII

DII 1)
DIII 1)
E27
E33
DIAZED adapter sleeves

for DIV bases
DIV
R1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
1) Suitable for a rated voltage of up to 750 V.
13
1/45
DIAZED Fuse System

DIAZED fuse bases
Accessories
Size
In
Thread
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
DIAZED screw caps

ceramic
NDz
25
E16
5SH1 11
0.016
molded plastic, with inspection hole, black,

not for SILIZED fuse links
DII
25
E27
5SH1 221
0.026
DIII
63
E33
5SH1 231
0.042
narrow version, ceramic

DII
25
E27
5SH1 12
0.034
DIII
63
E33
5SH1 13
0.059
mushroom shape, ceramic, with inspection hole, sealable

DII
25
E27
5SH1 22
0.050
DIII
63
E33
5SH1 23
0.080
100
R1
5SH1 141
0.181
63
E33S
5SH1 161
0.084
63
E33
5SH1 170
0.086
ceramic
DIV

only for 5SD6 DIAZED fuse links
and 5SF4 230 DIAZED fuse bases
made of ceramic, with fine thread
DIII

only for 5SD8 DIAZED fuse links
made of ceramic, prolonged version
DIII
1/46
DIAZED Fuse System
DIAZED fuse bases
DIAZED bases made of ceramic
500 V AC/500 V DC
1-pole
5SF1
d
Version
Type of
connection
I2_06242a
h
b
Type
Dimensions
d
g h
KK
KK
29
29
49
49
44.6 55
44.6 55
75 32
75 32
49
49 4.2
DII/25 A
5SF1 005
5SF1 024
BB
BB
38.4
38.4
41
41
46.6 53
46.6 53
83 34
83 34
63
63 4.3
DIII/63 A
5SF1 205
5SF1 215
5SF1 224
5SF1 214
BS
SS
BS
SS
45.5
45.5
45.5
45.5
46
46
46
46
47
47
47
47
54
54
54
54
83
83
83
83
78
78
78
78
DIV/100 A
5SF1 401
flat termination 68
68
79
NDz/25 A
5SF1 012
5SF1 01
43
43
43
43
110 65
4.3
4.3
116 6.5
750 V AC/750 V DC, for DIAZED fuse links 750 V AC

1-pole, with cap
5SF4 230
3
4
5
6
7
8
105
12
M6
I2_06443
50
65
80
max.113
500 V AC/500 V DC
3-pole, with cap, DII/DIII
5SF5
a
Dimensions
a
b
DII/3 x 25 A
5SF5 067
5SF5 066
106
106
106
106
48
48
32
5.2
45
45
52
52
86
86
DIII/3 x 63 A
5SF5 237
5SF5 236
127
127
130
130
54
54
32
5.2
45
45
52
52
85
85
DIAZED bases made of molded plastic
13
5SF1 060, 5SF1 260

5SF5 068, 5SF5 268
45
80
I2_11344
10
12
I2_08035
Version
Type
Type
Dimensions
a
b
5SF1 060
5SF1 260
40
50
5SF5 068
5SF5 268
120
150
43,6
55
1/47
DIAZED Fuse System

DIAZED fuse bases
DIAZED bus-mounting bases, EZR
5SF6 005
5SF6 205
18
18
5,3
11
14
31
max.83
51,5
55
34
16
34
max.49
5SF2 07
36,5
16
122
36,5
15
5x6
36,5
17
16,5
86,5
15,5
30
58,5
max.84
I2_06446
Mounting parts
Busbars for DIAZED EZR bus-mounting bases
5SH3 54
3/16"
16
I2_06447
47
30,6
1927
30,6
5SH3 55
3/16"
16
I2_06448
40
57
1881
40
5SH3 56
M4
I2_06449
16
3/16"
62
1/48
69
23
1863
62
11
14
31
max.83
I2_06445
27
max.38,5
I2_06444
22
20,5
30
16
41,5
45
37
31
DIAZED Fuse System
DIAZED fuse bases
DIAZED covers
DIAZED cover made of molded plastic
5SH2
I2_06255b
Size
Type
Dimensions
a
b
DII/E27
5SH2 032
41
51
27.5
19
DIII/E33
5SH2 232
52
51
34.5
18.5
I2_06246b
Cap made of molded plastic

5SH2
Size
Type
Dimensions
a max.
b max.
c max.
NDz/E16
5SH2 01
33
68
51.7
75
DII/E27
5SH2 02
43
74.7
53.6
83
DIII/E33
5SH2 22
51
90.5
53.6
83
DIV/R1
5SH2 40
67
74.5
104
Size
Type
Dimensions
a
b
DII/E27
5SH3 401
39.5
35.5
33.5
17.5
DIII/E33
5SH3 411
49.5
45.5
41.5
17.5
NDz/E16
5SH3 30
30
26
26
16.5
DII/E27
5SH3 32
41.5
35
38
17.5
DIII/E33
5SH3 34
51.5
45
44
19
118
d max.
Cover rings made of molded plastic

5SH3
b
a
I2_06683a
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
DIAZED screw caps

5SH1
I2_06253c
Type
Dimensions
a
b
Size
NDz/E16
5SH1 11
35
28
DII/E27
5SH1 221
5SH1 12
5SH1 22
42
45.5
43
33
34
39
DIII/E33
5SH1 231
5SH1 13
5SH1 23
42
45.5
47
40
43
45
750 V AC/750 V DC
5SH1 161
48
48
DIII/E33S
690 V AC/600 V DC
5SH1 170
68
43
DIV/R1
5SH1 141
65
53
12
13
1/49
DIAZED Fuse System

Notes
1/50
LV HRC Fuse System
Product overview
Overview
LV HRC fuse links
3
4
5
6
7
LV HRC fuse bases
8
9
10
12
13
1/51
LV HRC Fuse System

Product overview
Overview
LV HRC components
LV HRC fuse links are made up of the following components:
$ LV HRC fuse base from the SR60 busbar system
% LV HRC fuse base for busbar mounting
& LV HRC fuse base, 3-pole
( LV HRC fuse base, 1-pole
) LV HRC contact covers
* LV HRC fuse link
+ LV HRC signal detector
, LV HRC phase barrier
- LV HRC protective cover
. LV HRC fuse bases with slewing equipment,
1 0 . 1 - for screw connection on mounting plate
1 0 . 2 - for screw connection on busbar system
1 0 . 3 - for claw fixing on busbar
/ LV HRC protective cover for LV HRC fuse bases with
slewing equipment
0 LV HRC slewing equipment
1 LV HRC fuse base cover
2 LV HRC isolating link with insulated grip lugs
3 LV HRC isolating link with non-insulated grip lugs
4 LCV HRC fuse puller with sleeve
5 LV HRC fuse puller
The product range

Areas of application
LV HRC fuses are used for installation systems in non-residential,
commercial and industrial buildings as well as in systems of
power supply companies. They therefore protect essential building
parts and installations.
LV HRC fuses are fuse systems to be operated by experts. There are
no constructional requirements for a non-interchangeability of rated
current and protection against contact.
The components and auxiliary equipment is designed in a way as to
ensure the safe replacement of LV HRC fuses or isolation of systems.
Sizes
LV HRC fuse links are available in the sizes 000, 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
and 4a.
Utilization categories
Utilization category gL/gG is available for cable and conductor
protection and aM for short-circuit protection of switching devices
and gR/aR.
LV HRC components:
5
4
3
2
6
7
10.1
13
10.2
14
I2_08552a
1/52
10.3
15
12
11
16
17
LV HRC Fuse System
Product overview
Overview
LV HRC fuse links with combination alarm
3
4
Impaired view
A quick detection of failed fuse links in systems is often not
possible. If they are mounted in fuse bases with slewing equipment
or LV HRC switch disconnectors, the sight is often impaired.
The LV HRC fuse links have a clearly visible center indicator
red: functioning
white: not functioning
Better safe than sorry
In addition to this, the LV HRC fuse links are equipped with a front
indicator on the top. This considerably improves the view of one or
the other indicator.
The combination alarm

Siemens LV HRC fuse links have a combination alarm, a combination of center indicator and front indicator. Thus, a failed LV HRC
fuse link can be detected from different directions.
Front indicator
For standard applications which are characterized by freely accessible fuse links allowing an easy detection of failed fuse links,
product series with front and without center indicators are available.
triggered
6
7
not triggered
LV HRC fuse links with combination alarm
Insulated grip lugs

Insulated grip lugs must be made of metal. They are integrated in the
top and bottom covers of the fuse link and provide greater safety
when replacing. The mark indicating that the grip lugs are insulated
is shown below:
8
9
Silver-plated contact pin

LV HRC fuse links are always equipped with silver-plated contact
pins. This means that they are non-corroding and have less power
loss.
10
triggered
not triggered
LV HRC fuse links with front indicator
12
13
1/53
LV HRC Fuse System

Product overview
Overview
Highly-automated manufacturing
Environmental protection is an ongoing task for todays modern

industrial society and requires action!
Environmentally compatible recycling of LV HRC/HV HRC fuses
National and global environmental problems - for example global
warming, the destruction of the ozone layer, the deterioration of the
ground and water resources - have all proven the necessity of common action. The recycling law, which was enacted in Germany at the
end of 1996, requires companies to recycle materials and thus to
save resources.
Responsibility of the industry
Industry has been called upon to acknowledge its responsibility
towards future generations and to take the initiative. Manufacturers
of low-voltage and high-voltage fuses and high-voltage HRC fuses
are very aware of this responsibility and are determined to focus
more than ever on "protecting" the environment and taking care of
our natural resources.
An overview of the production line with integrated test stations
How is recycling organized?

Acting on a Siemens AG initiative, various German manufacturers of
LV/HV HRC fuses have formed the non-profit association
"NH/HH-Recycling e.V." Taking into account the prevailing legal
regulations, the committee aims to actively contribute towards the
protection of the environment and its natural resources by
supporting the proper recycling of fuse links.
How are fuses recycled in Germany?
LV HRC and HV HRC fuse links without packaging will be accepted
for recycling. Electrical wholesalers will provide Euro pallet boxes for
this purpose. In the case of large quantities, Euro pallet boxes can
also be delivered to you directly on-site. For further information,
please contact our regional Siemens A&D ET sales managers.
Material recycling
The used fuses are completely melted by an officially certified recycler. The copper and silver gained are put back into the
materials cycle. Residual materials, such as slag, are used in road
and dam building. The "NH/HH-Recycling e.V." association plans to
donate any profits arising from these processes to non-profit
organizations for the purpose of environmental research.
Please help us: be a part of our initiative and ask for the signs that
stand for the recycling of LV HRC fuses.
Automated manufacturing sequences guarantee quality and precision
1/54
NH
HH
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
LV HRC fuse links
3NA6 ...-4/-4KK
3NA6
3NA7
3NA6... -6
3
4
3NA7... -6
gL/gG
Rated voltage Un
Size 000 and 00
V AC
500
V DC
250
V AC
400
500
V DC
440
Rated current In
10 ... 400
2 ... 400
kA AC
120
kA DC
25
Sizes 1 and 2
Combination alarm
yes
690
690
2 ... 315
Insulated grip lugs
yes
yes
Non-insulated grip lugs
yes
yes
Contact pins
non-corroding, silver-plated
Resistance to climate at 95% relative humidity
DIN VDE 0636-201, DIN VDE 0680-4, IEC 60269-1, -2-1, EN 60269-1
Dimensions
DIN 43620
3NA3
3NA3... -6
gL/gG
6
7
-20 ... +50
Standards
3ND1
3ND2
aM
Rated voltage Un
Size 000 and 00
Sizes 1 and 2
Size 3
V AC
500
V DC
250
V AC
500
V DC
440
V AC
500
690
690
690
V DC
440
Size 4 (IEC design) and 4a
V AC
500
V DC
440
Rated current In
2 ... 1250
2 ... 500
kA AC
120
Contact pins
non-corroding, silver-plated
Front indicator (without center indicator)
yes
6 ... 160, 500, 630 63 ... 400
10
yes
Non-insulated grip lugs

Resistance to climate at 95% relative humidity
500
-20 ... +50
Standards
DIN VDE 0636-201, DIN VDE 0680-4, IEC 60269-1, -2-1, EN 60269-1
Dimensions
DIN 43620
12
13
1/55
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links

Size
Width
In
Un
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
mm
kg
Items
3NA6 803-4
3NA6 805-4
3NA6 807-4
0.135
0.135
0.135
3
3
3
25
32
35
3NA6 810-4
3NA6 812-4
3NA6 814-4
0.135
0.135
0.135
3
3
3
40
50
63
3NA6 817-4
3NA6 820-4
3NA6 822-4
0.135
0.135
0.135
3
3
3
80
100
3NA6 824-4
3NA6 830-4
0.135
0.135
3
3
3NA6 824-4KK
3NA6 830-4KK
3NA6 832-4
0.200
0.200
0.200
3
3
3
3NA6 836-4
0.200
3NA6 114-4
3NA6 117-4
3NA6 120-4
0.290
0.290
0.290
3
3
3
63
80
100
3NA6 122-4
3NA6 124-4
3NA6 130-4
0.290
0.290
0.290
3
3
3
125
160
3NA6 132-4
3NA6 136-4
0.290
0.290
3
3
47.2
200
224
250
3NA6 140-4
3NA6 142-4
3NA6 144-4
0.430
0.430
0.430
3
3
3
47.2
50
63
80
3NA6 220-4
3NA6 222-4
3NA6 224-4
0.450
0.450
0.450
3
3
3
100
125
160
3NA6 230-4
3NA6 232-4
3NA6 236-4
0.450
0.450
0.450
3
3
3
200
224
3NA6 240-4
3NA6 242-4
0.450
0.450
3
3
250
300
3NA6 244-4
3NA6 250-4
0.450
0.650
3
3
315
355
400
3NA6 252-4
3NA6 254-4
3NA6 260-4
0.650
0.650
0.650
3
3
3
Insulated
grip lugs
Order No.
LV HRC fuse links with combination alarm, utilization category gL/gG

LV HRC fuse links of size 000 can also be used in LV HRC fuse bases,
LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors, LV HRC fuse strips as well as in
LV HRC in-line fuse switch disconnectors of size 00
000
00
21
30
10
16
20
80
100
125
400 V AC
400 V AC
160
30
57.8
1/56
35
40
50
400 V AC
400 V AC
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links

Size
Width
In
Un
mm
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Insulated
grip lugs
Order No.
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
LV HRC fuse links with combination alarm,

utilization category gG
The 300 A and 355 A fuse links do not conform to a VDE mark.
They correspond to the standard, but are not permissible.
000
00
3NA7 802
3NA7 804
3NA7 801
3NA6 802
3NA6 804
3NA6 801
0.135
0.135
0.135
3
3
3
10
16
20
3NA7 803
3NA7 805
3NA7 807
3NA6 803
3NA6 805
3NA6 807
0.136
0.136
0.136
3
3
3
25
32
35
3NA7 810
3NA7 812
3NA7 814
3NA6 810
3NA6 812
3NA6 814
0.136
0.136
0.136
3
3
3
40
50
63
3NA7 817
3NA7 820
3NA7 822
3NA6 817
3NA6 820
3NA6 822
0.136
0.136
0.136
3
3
3
80
100
3NA7 824
3NA7 830
3NA6 824
3NA6 830
0.136
0.136
3
3
3NA7 824-7
3NA7 830-7
3NA7 832
3NA6 824-7
3NA6 830-7
3NA6 832
0.211
0.211
0.211
3
3
3
3NA7 836
3NA6 836
0.211
3NA7 105
3NA7 107
3NA7 110
3NA6 105
3NA6 107
3NA6 110
0.290
0.290
0.290
3
3
3
35
40
50
3NA7 114
3NA7 117
3NA7 120
3NA6 114
3NA6 117
3NA6 120
0.290
0.290
0.290
3
3
3
63
80
100
3NA7 122
3NA7 124
3NA7 130
3NA6 122
3NA6 124
3NA6 130
0.290
0.290
0.290
3
3
3
125
160
3NA7 132
3NA7 136
3NA6 132
3NA6 136
0.290
0.290
3
3
47.2
200
224
250
3NA7 140
3NA7 142
3NA7 144
3NA6 140
3NA6 142
3NA6 144
0.440
0.440
0.440
3
3
3
47.2
35
50
63
3NA7 214
3NA7 220
3NA7 222
3NA6 214
3NA6 220
3NA6 222
0.450
0.450
0.450
3
3
3
80
100
125
3NA7 224
3NA7 230
3NA7 232
3NA6 224
3NA6 230
3NA6 232
0.450
0.450
0.450
3
3
3
160
200
3NA7 236
3NA7 240
3NA6 236
3NA6 240
013
013
0.450
0.450
3
3
224
250
3NA7 242
3NA7 244
3NA6 242
3NA6 244
013
013
0.450
0.450
3
3
300
315
3NA7 252
3NA6 250
3NA6 252
013
013
0.641
0.660
3
3
355
400
3NA7 260
3NA6 254
3NA6 260
013
013
0.641
0.660
3
3
21
30
2
4
6
80
100
125
500 V AC/
250 V DC
500 V AC/
250 V DC
160
30
57.8
16
20
25
500 V AC/
440 V DC
500 V AC/
440 V DC
1/57
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links

Size
Width
In
Un
mm
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Insulated
grip lugs
Order No.
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
LV HRC fuse links with combination alarm,

utilization category gG
The 300 A fuse links do not conform to a VDE mark.
000
00
3NA7 802-6
3NA7 804-6
3NA7 801-6
3NA6 802-6
3NA6 804-6
3NA6 801-6
0.136
0.136
0.136
3
3
3
10
16
20
3NA7 803-6
3NA7 805-6
3NA7 807-6
3NA6 803-6
3NA6 805-6
3NA6 807-6
0.136
0.136
0.136
3
3
3
25
32
35
3NA7 810-6
3NA7 812-6
3NA7 814-6
3NA6 810-6
3NA6 812-6
3NA6 814-6
0.136
0.136
0.136
3
3
3
3NA7 817-6
3NA7 820-6
3NA7 822-6
3NA6 817-6
3NA6 820-6
3NA6 822-6
0.211
0.211
0.211
3
3
3
80
100
3NA7 824-6
3NA7 830-6
3NA6 824-6
3NA6 830-6
0.211
0.211
3
3
50
63
80
690 V AC/, 3NA7 120-6

440 V DC 3NA7 122-6
3NA7 124-6
3NA6 120-6
3NA6 122-6
3NA6 124-6
0.290
0.290
0.290
3
3
3
100
125
160
3NA7 130-6
3NA7 132-6
3NA7 136-6
3NA6 130-6
3NA6 132-6
3NA6 136-6
0.290
0.290
0.290
3
3
3
47.2
200
3NA7 140-6
3NA6 140-6
0.440
47.2
80
100
125
3NA7 224-6
3NA7 230-6
3NA7 232-6
3NA6 224-6
3NA6 230-6
3NA6 232-6
0.450
0.450
0.450
3
3
3
160
200
3NA7 236-6
3NA7 240-6
3NA6 236-6
3NA6 240-6
0.450
0.450
3
3
224
250
3NA7 242-6
3NA7 244-6
3NA6 242-6
3NA6 244-6
0.660
0.660
3
3
300
315
3NA7 250-6
3NA7 252-6
3NA6 250-6
3NA6 252-6
0.660
0.660
3
3
21
30
30
57.8
2
4
6
40
50
63
690 V AC/
250 V DC
690 V AC/
250 V DC
690 V AC/
440 V DC
Further versions on request.
1/58
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links

Size
Width
In
Un
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
mm
kg
Items
3NA3 802
3NA3 804
3NA3 801
0.133
0.133
0.133
3
3
3
10
16
20
3NA3 803
3NA3 805
3NA3 807
0.133
0.133
0.133
3
3
3
25
32
35
3NA3 810
3NA3 812
3NA3 814
0.133
0.133
0.133
3
3
3
40
50
63
3NA3 817
3NA3 820
3NA3 822
0.133
0.133
0.133
3
3
3
80
100
3NA3 824
3NA3 830
0.133
0.133
3
3
3NA3 814-7
3NA3 820-7
3NA3 822-7
0.200
0.200
0.200
3
3
3
3NA3 824-7
3NA3 830-7
3NA3 832
0.200
0.200
0.217
3
3
3
3NA3 836
0.217
3NA3 001
3NA3 003
3NA3 005
0.340
0.340
0.340
3
3
3
20
25
32
3NA3 007
3NA3 010
3NA3 012
0.340
0.340
0.340
3
3
3
35
40
50
3NA3 014
3NA3 017
3NA3 020
0.340
0.340
0.340
3
3
3
63
80
100
3NA3 022
3NA3 024
3NA3 030
0.340
0.340
0.340
3
3
3
125
160
3NA3 032
3NA3 036
0.340
0.340
3
3
3NA3 105
3NA3 107
3NA3 110
0.290
0.290
0.290
3
3
3
35
40
50
3NA3 114
3NA3 117
3NA3 120
0.300
0.300
0.300
3
3
3
63
80
100
3NA3 122
3NA3 124
3NA3 130
0.300
0.300
0.300
3
3
3
125
160
3NA3 132
3NA3 136
0.300
0.300
3
3
200
224
250
3NA3 140
3NA3 142
3NA3 144
0.440
0.440
0.440
3
3
3
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Order No.
LV HRC fuse links with front indicator, utilization category gL/gG

000
00
21
30
2
4
6
35
50
63
500 V AC/
250 V DC
500 V AC/
250 V DC
80
100
125
160
0
30
30
47.2
6
10
16
16
20
25
500 V AC/
440 V DC
500 V AC/
440 V DC
1/59
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links

Size
Width
In
Un
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
mm
kg
Items
3NA3 214
3NA3 220
3NA3 222
0.453
0.453
0.453
3
3
3
80
100
125
3NA3 224
3NA3 230
3NA3 232
0.453
0.453
0.453
3
3
3
160
200
3NA3 236
3NA3 240
0.453
0.453
3
3
224
250
3NA3 242
3NA3 244
0.453
0.453
3
3
300
315
3NA3 250
3NA3 252
0.647
0.647
3
3
355
400
3NA3 254
3NA3 260
0.647
0.647
3
3
3NA3 340
3NA3 342
3NA3 344
0.647
0.640
0.647
3
3
3
300
315
3NA3 350
3NA3 352
0.647
0.647
3
3
355
400
3NA3 354
3NA3 360
0.647
0.647
3
3
71.2
425
500
630
3NA3 362
3NA3 365
3NA3 372
1.000
1.000
1.000
3
3
3
101.8
630
800
1000
3NA3 472
3NA3 475
3NA3 480
2.500
2.500
2.500
1
1
1
3NA3 482
2.500
3NA3 665
3NA3 672
3NA3 675
2.700
2.700
2.700
1
1
1
3NA3 680
3NA3 682
2.840
2.840
1
1
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Order No.

The 300 A, 355 A and 425 A fuse links do not conform to a VDE mark.
Fuse Links, size 4a can only be installed in 3NH7 520 LV HRC fuse
base,size 4a.
2
47.2
57.8
4
(IEC design)
57.8
35
50
63
200
224
250
500 V AC/
440 V DC
500 V AC/
440 V DC
500 V AC/
440 V DC
1250
4A
101.8
500
630
800
1000
1250
1/60
500 V AC/
440 V DC
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links

Size
Width
In
Un
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
mm
kg
Items
3NA3 802-6
3NA3 804-6
3NA3 801-6
0.135
0.135
0.135
3
3
3
10
16
20
3NA3 803-6
3NA3 805-6
3NA3 807-6
0.135
0.135
0.135
3
3
3
25
32
35
3NA3 810-6
3NA3 812-6
3NA3 814-6
0.135
0.135
0.135
3
3
3
3NA3 817-6
3NA3 820-6
3NA3 822-6
0.200
0.200
0.200
3
3
3
3NA3 824-6
3NA3 830-6
0.200
0.200
3
3
3NA3 120-6
3NA3 122-6
3NA3 124-6
0.290
0.290
0.290
3
3
3
100
125
160
3NA3 130-6
3NA3 132-6
3NA3 136-6
0.290
0.290
0.290
3
3
3
47.2
200
3NA3 140-6
0.426
47.2
80
100
125
3NA3 224-6
3NA3 230-6
3NA3 232-6
0.426
0.426
0.426
3
3
3
160
200
3NA3 236-6
3NA3 240-6
0.426
0.426
3
3
224
250
3NA3 242-6
3NA3 244-6
0.660
0.680
3
3
300
315
3NA3 250-6
3NA3 252-6
0.660
0.680
3
3
3NA3 344-6
3NA3 352-6
0.660
0.660
3
3
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Order No.

The 300 A and 425 A fuse links do not conform to a VDE mark.
000
00
21
30
2
4
6
40
50
63
690 V AC/
250 V DC
690 V AC/
250 V DC
80
100
30
57.8
50
63
80
690 V AC/
440 V DC
690 V AC/
440 V DC
57.8
250
315
690 V AC/
440 V DC
71.2
355
400
3NA3 354-6
3NA3 360-6
1.000
1.000
3
3
425
500
3NA3 362-6
3NA3 365-6
1.000
1.000
3
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/61
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links

Size
Width
In
Un
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
mm
kg
Items
3ND1 801
3ND1 803
3ND1 805
0.130
0.130
0.130
3
3
3
20
25
32
3ND1 807
3ND1 810
3ND1 812
0.130
0.130
0.130
3
3
3
35
40
50
3ND1 814
3ND1 817
3ND1 820
0.130
0.130
0.130
3
3
3
63
80
3ND1 822
3ND1 824
0.130
0.130
3
3
Non-insulated
grip lugs
Order No.
LV HRC fuse links with front indicator, utilization category aM

000
6
10
16
500 V AC
00
30
100
125
160
500 V AC
3ND1 830
3ND1 832
3ND1 836
0.192
0.192
0.192
3
3
3
30
63
80
100
690 V AC
3ND2 122
3ND2 124
3ND2 130
0.290
0.290
0.440
3
3
3
47.2
125
160
3ND2 132
3ND2 136
0.440
0.440
3
3
200
250
3ND2 140
3ND2 144
0.440
0.440
3
3
3ND2 232
3ND2 236
0.440
0.440
3
3
200
250
3ND2 240
3ND2 244
0.440
0.440
3
3
57.8
315
355
400
3ND2 252
3ND2 254
3ND2 260
0.650
0.650
0.650
3
3
3
57.8
315
355
400
3ND2 352
3ND2 354
3ND2 360
0.650
0.650
0.650
3
3
3
71.2
500
630
3ND1 365
3ND1 372
1.030
1.000
3
3
1/62
21
47.2
125
160
690 V AC
690 V AC
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA6 8..-4/-4KK
Size:
000, 00
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
400 V AC
Rated current:
10 ... 160 A
Melting/I2ts values diagram
v s
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
1 0
1 0
2
s
-1
1 0
6
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 1 1 4 1 7
1 0 A
1 6 A
2 0 A
2 5 A
3 2 A
3 5 A
4 0 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 6 0 A
I2 _ 1 1 4 1 5
1 0
s
1 0
6
6
-2
-3
2
2
1 0
6
4
8 0 A
6 3 A
4
1 0
6
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
2 5 A
3
1 0
2 0 A
6
6
4
6
7
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
2
1
1 6 0 A
6
1 0
- 4
1 0
1 6 A
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0 A
2
1 0
6
6
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
Type
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
[A ]
e ff
8 1 0
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
2
8 0 A
1 0
I2 _ 1 1 4 1 6
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
6
4
1 6 A
1 0 A
3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

[A ]
Pv
DJ
4
[A ]
8 1 0
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2 s
10
16
20
1.0
1.7
2.0
8
11
15
120
370
670
130
420
750
3NA6 810-4
3NA6 812-4
3NA6 814-4
25
32
35
2.3
2.6
2.7
17
18
21
1200
2200
3000
1380
2500
3300
3NA6 817-4
3NA6 820-4
3NA6 822-4
40
50
63
3.1
3.8
3.9
24
25
23
4000
6000
9300
4500
6800
10250
3NA6 824-4, 3NA6 824-4KK

3NA6 830-4, 3NA6 830-4KK
3NA6 832-4
3NA6 836-4
80
100
125
160
4.9
5.4
8.9
11.3
26
29
44
52
14200
25600
36000
58000
18300
33600
50000
85000
Type
I2ta
230 V AC
400 V AC
A2 s
A2s
3NA6 803-4
3NA6 805-4
3NA6 807-4
180
580
1000
265
750
1370
3NA6 810-4
3NA6 812-4
3NA6 814-4
1800
3400
4900
2340
4550
6750
3NA6 817-4
3NA6 820-4
3NA6 822-4
6100
9100
12400
8700
11600
17900
27000
48300
70000
120000
38000
69200
91300
158000
3NA6 824-4, 3NA6 824-4KK

3NA6 830-4, 3NA6 830-4KK
3NA6 832-4
3NA6 836-4
10
I2ts
3NA6 803-4
3NA6 805-4
3NA6 807-4
In
[A ]
s
1 0
s
1 0
3
4
1/63
12
13
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA6 1..-4
Size:
1
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
400 V AC
Rated current:
35 ... 250 A
6
4
1 0
1 0
-1
s
1 0
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 1 1 4 2 0
I2 _ 1 1 4 1 8
v s
1 0
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
8 0 A
1 0 0
1 2 5
1 6 0
2 0 0
2 2 4
2 5 0
3 5 A
4 0 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
1 0
-2
s
1 0
6
6
4
-3
- 4
1 0
2
2
1 0
6
1 0
6
4
4
2 5 0 A
2 2 4 A
2 0 0 A
2
1
1 0
1 0
6
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
4
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
4
[A ]
8 1 0
Type
-3
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
[A ]
e ff
[A ]
I2 _ 1 1 4 1 9
1 0
4
2 5 0
2 2 4
2 0 0
1 6 0
1 2 5
1 0 0
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
1 0
6
4
A
A
A
A
A
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

1/64
[A ]
Pv
DJ
3NA6 114-4
3NA6 117-4
3NA6 120-4
35
40
50
3.2
3.6
4.6
16
16
20
3NA6 122-4
3NA6 124-4
3NA6 130-4
63
80
100
6.0
7.5
8.9
21
29
30
3NA6 132-4
3NA6 136-4
3NA6 140-4
125
160
200
10.7
13.9
15.0
31
34
36
3NA6 142-4
3NA6 144-4
224
250
16.1
17.3
37
39
Type
I2ts
1 0
In
I2ta
1 ms
4 ms
230 V AC 400 V AC
A2 s
A2 s
A2s
A2s
3NA6 114-4
3NA6 117-4
3NA6 120-4
3000
4000
6000
3300
4500
6800
4900
6100
9100
6750
8700
11600
3NA6 122-4
3NA6 124-4
3NA6 130-4
7700
12000
24000
9800
16000
30600
14200
23100
40800
19000
30700
56200
3NA6 132-4
3NA6 136-4
3NA6 140-4
36000
58000
115000
50000
85000
135000
70000
120000
218000
91300
158000
285000
3NA6 142-4
3NA6 144-4
145000
205000
170000
230000
299000
420000
392000
551000
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA6 2..-4
Size:
2
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
400 V AC
Rated current:
50 ... 400 A
Melting/I ts values diagram
v s
1 0
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0
1 2 5
1 6 0
2 0 0
2 2 4
2 5 0
3 1 5
3 5 5
4 0 0
I2 _ 1 1 4 2 1
1 0
1 0
1 0
-1
s
1 0
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 1 1 4 2 3
-2
s
1 0
6
6
4
-3
3
4
- 4
1 0
2
2
1 0
6
1 0
4 0 0
3 5 5
3 1 5
2 5 0
2 2 4
2 0 0
6
4
4
2
2
1
1 0
1 0
6
6
2
2
0
6
4
4
A
A
A
A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4
1 0
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
4
1 0
6
7
A
2
-1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
9
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
Type
-3
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
[A ]
I2 _ 1 1 4 2 2
1 0
2
4 0 0 A
3 5 5 A
3 0 0 /3 1 5 A
2 5 0 A
2 2 4 A
2 0 0 A
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
1 0
6
3
2
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

[A ]
In
Pv
DJ
3NA6 220-4
3NA6 222-4
50
63
4.7
5.9
16
16
3NA6 224-4
3NA6 230-4
3NA6 232-4
80
100
125
6.8
7.4
9.8
21
22
27
3NA6 236-4
3NA6 240-4
3NA6 242-4
160
200
224
12.6
14.9
15.4
34
33
31
3NA6 244-4
3NA6 250-4
3NA6 252-4
250
300
315
17.9
19.4
21.4
38
34
35
3NA6 254-4
3NA6 260-4
355
400
26.0
27.5
49
52
Type
I2ts
1 0
4
[A ]
8 1 0
10
[A ]
e ff
1 0
12
13
I2ta
1 ms
4 ms
230 V AC 400 V AC
A2 s
A2 s
A2s
A2s
3NA6 220-4
3NA6 222-4
6000
7700
6800
9800
9100
14200
11600
19000
3NA6 224-4
3NA6 230-4
3NA6 232-4
12000
24000
36000
16000
30600
50000
23100
40800
70000
30700
56200
91300
3NA6 236-4
3NA6 240-4
3NA6 242-4
58000
115000
145000
85000
135000
170000
120000
218000
299000
158000
285000
392000
3NA6 244-4
3NA6 250-4
3NA6 252-4
205000
361000
361000
230000
433000
433000
420000
670000
670000
551000
901000
901000
3NA6 254-4
3NA6 260-4
441000
529000
538000
676000
800000
1155000
1060000
1515000
1/65
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA3 8, 3NA6 8, 3NA7 8
Size:
000, 00
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/250 V DC
Rated current:
2 ... 160 A
6
4
2
5
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 8 0 b
I2 _ 0 6 1 9 7 b
1 0 A
1 6 A
2 0 A
2 5 A
3 2 A
3 5 A
4 0 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 6 0 A
v s
1 0
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
6 A
2 A
4 A
1 0
6
6
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
4
4
2
2
2
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
1
1 0
2 5 A
3
1 0
2 0 A
6
6
4
4
1 6 A
1 0
2
2
0
1 0
s
1 0 A
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
-1
-2
1 0
2
-1
1 0
6 A
s
-3
1 0
4 A
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
- 4
2 A
2
-2
1 0
1 0
6
4
2
-3
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
[A ]
e ff

2
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
2
1 0
6
4
2
I2 _ 0 6 0 5 6 a
1 0 A
1 0
6 A
6
4 A
4
2 A
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
1 0
[A ]
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
4
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

1/66
[A ]
4
[A ]
8 1 0
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
Size:
000, 00
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/250 V DC
Rated current:
2 ... 160 A
Type
In
Pv
DJ
K
I2ts
I2ta
1 ms
4 ms
230 V AC
400 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
A2s
A2s
3NA3 802, 3NA6 802, 3NA7 802

3NA3 804, 3NA6 804, 3NA7 804
3NA3 801, 3NA6 801, 3NA7 801
2
4
6
1.3
0.9
1.3
8
6
8
2
11
46
2
13
50
4
18
80
6
22
110
9
27
150
3NA3 803, 3NA6 803, 3NA7 803

3NA3 805, 3NA6 805, 3NA7 805
3NA3 807, 3NA6 807, 3NA7 807
10
16
20
1
1.7
2
8
11
15
120
370
670
130
420
750
180
580
1000
265
750
1370
370
1000
1900
3NA3 810, 3NA6 810, 3NA7 810

3NA3 812, 3NA6 812, 3NA7 812
3NA3 814, 3NA3 814-7, 3NA6 814, 3NA7 814
25
32
35
2.3
2.6
2.7
17
18
21
1 200
2200
3000
1380
2400
3300
1800
3400
4900
2340
4550
6750
3300
6400
9300
3NA3 817, 3NA6 817, 3NA7 817

3NA3 820, 3NA3 820-7, 3NA6 820, 3NA7 820
3NA3 822, 3NA3 822-7, 3NA6 822, 3NA7 822
40
50
63
3.1
3.8
4.6
24
25
28
4000
6000
7700
4500
6800
9800
6100
9100
14200
8700
11600
19000
12100
16000
26500
3NA3 824, 3NA3 824-7, 3NA6 824,

3NA6 824-7, 3NA7 824, 3NA7 824-7
3NA3 830, 3NA3 830-7, 3NA6 830,
3NA6 830-7, 3NA7 830, 3NA7 830-7
80
5.8
33
12000
16000
23100
30700
43000
100
6.6
34
24000
30600
40800
56200
80000
125
160
8.9
11.3
44
52
36000
58000
50000
85000
70000
120000
91300
158000
130000
223000
3NA3 832, 3NA6 832, 3NA7 832

3NA3 836, 3NA6 836, 3NA7 836
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/67
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA3 0
Size:
0
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/440 V DC
Rated current:
6 ... 160 A
6
4
1 0
2
-1
1 0
6
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 8 1 b
I2 _ 0 6 0 8 8 a
6 A
v s
1 0
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
1 6 A
2 0 A
2 5 A
3 2 A
3 5 A
4 0 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 6 0 A
1 0 A
1 0
s
1 0
-2
-3
1 0
1 0
2
2
1 0
6
6
4
2
2
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
4
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
2 5 A
3
1 0
2 0 A
6
4
4
1 6 A
2
-1
1 0
1 0 A
2
1 0
6
6
4
6 A
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
Type
In
Pv
DJ
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
[A ]
e ff
8 1 0
1
4
6
4
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
20
25
32
2.3
2.7
3
13
15
13
670
1200
2200
750
1380
2400
3NA3 014
3NA3 017
3NA3 020
35
40
50
3
3.4
4.5
17
17
24
3000
4000
6000
3300
4500
6800
3NA3 022
3NA3 024
3NA3 030
63
80
100
5.8
7
8.2
27
34
37
7700
12000
24000
9800
16000
30600
1 6 A
3NA3 032
3NA3 036
125
160
10.2
13.5
38
44
36000
58000
50000
85000
1 0 A
Type
I2ta
8 1 0
e ff

1/68
A2s
3NA3 007
3NA3 010
3NA3 012
4 ms
A2s
50
130
420
1 0
1 ms
46
120
370
6 A
I2ts
6
9
11
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 0
8 1 0
1.5
1
1.9
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
2
6
10
16
I2 _ 0 6 0 6 2 a
4
[A ]
3NA3 001
3NA3 003
3NA3 005
[A ]
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
- 4
1 0
1 0
[A ]
230 V AC
400 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
3NA3 001
3NA3 003
3NA3 005
80
180
580
110
265
750
150
370
1000
3NA3 007
3NA3 010
3NA3 012
1000
1800
3400
1370
2340
4550
1900
3300
6400
3NA3 014
3NA3 017
3NA3 020
4900
6100
9100
6750
8700
11600
9300
12100
16000
3NA3 022
3NA3 024
3NA3 030
14200
23100
40800
19000
30700
56200
26500
43000
80000
3NA3 032
3NA3 036
70000
120000
91300
158000
130000
223000
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
Size:
1
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/440 V DC
Rated current:
16 ... 250 A
I2 _ 0 6 0 8 2 b
A
3
4
2
6
1 0
1 0
[A 2 s ]
v s
A
1 6 A
2 0 A
2 5 A
3 5 A
4 0 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0
1 2 5
1 6 0
2 0 0
2 2 4
2 5 0
[s ]
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 6 3 c
1 0
4
4
2 5 0 A
2 2 4 A
2 0 0 A
2
2
1 0
6
4
2
1
1 0
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
4
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
3
1 0
2 5 A
6
6
-1
1 0
4
4
2
2
-1
1 0
6
7
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
2 0 A
s
1 6 A
1 0
-2
1 0
1
1 0
6
6
4
-3
1 0
2
-2
1 0
1 0
-4
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
[A ]
e ff
4
2
Type
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
6
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
2 5 0
2 2 4
2 0 0
1 6 0
1 2 5
1 0 0
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
2
1 0
6
I2 _ 0 6 0 5 3 b
4
A
A
A
A
A
A
4 0 A
3 5 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
4
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

[A ]
DJ
8 1 0
10
I2ts
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
16
20
25
2.1
2.4
2.8
8
10
11
370
670
1200
420
750
1380
3NA3 114, 3NA6 114, 3NA7 114

3NA3 117, 3NA6 117, 3NA7 117
3NA3 120, 3NA6 120, 3NA7 120
35
40
50
3.2
3.6
4.6
16
16
20
3000
4000
6000
3300
4500
6800
63
3NA3 122, 3NA6 122, 3NA7 122
80
3NA3 124, 3NA6 124, 3NA7 124
3NA3 130, 3NA6 130, 3NA7 130 100
6
7.5
8.9
21
29
30
7700
12000
24000
9800
16000
30600
3NA3 132, 3NA6 132, 3NA7 132 125

3NA3 136, 3NA6 136, 3NA7 136 160
3NA3 140, 3NA6 140, 3NA7 140 200
10.7
13.9
15
31
34
36
36000
58000
115000
50000
85000
135000
3NA3 142, 3NA6 142, 3NA7 142 224

3NA3 144, 3NA6 144, 3NA7 144 250
16.1
17.3
37
39
145000
205000
170000
230000
Pv
3NA3 105, 3NA6 105, 3NA7 105

3NA3 107, 3NA6 107, 3NA7 107
3NA3 110, 3NA6 110, 3NA7 110
Type
1 0
In
[A ]
6
6
1 0
3
4
I2ta
230 V AC
400 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
3NA3 105, 3NA6 105, 3NA7 105

3NA3 107, 3NA6 107, 3NA7 107
3NA3 110, 3NA6 110, 3NA7 110
580
1000
1800
750
1370
2340
1000
1900
3300
3NA3 114, 3NA6 114, 3NA7 114

3NA3 117, 3NA6 117, 3NA7 117
3NA3 120, 3NA6 120, 3NA7 120
4900
6100
9100
6750
8700
11600
9300
12100
16000
3NA3 122, 3NA6 122, 3NA7 122

3NA3 124, 3NA6 124, 3NA7 124
3NA3 130, 3NA6 130, 3NA7 130
14200
23100
40800
19000
30700
56200
26500
43000
80000
70000
3NA3 132, 3NA6 132, 3NA7 132
3NA3 136, 3NA6 136, 3NA7 136 120000
3NA3 140, 3NA6 140, 3NA7 140 218000
91300
158000
285000
130000
223000
400000
3NA3 142, 3NA6 142, 3NA7 142 299000

3NA3 144, 3NA6 144, 3NA7 144 420000
392000
551000
550000
780000
1/69
12
13
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links
Size:
2
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/440 V DC
Rated current:
35 ... 400 A
3 5 A
v s
4
2
1 0
8
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 7 9 b
[s ]
4
2
6
[A 2 s ]
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 8 5 a
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 6 0 A
2 0 0 A
2 2 4 A
2 5 0 A
3 0 0 /3 1 5 A
3 5 5 A
4 0 0 A
1 0
s
1 0
6
6
-1
s
1 0
4
4
-2
s
1 0
2
2
2
1 0
6
-3
s
- 4
1 0
7
1 0
6
4
4
2
2
1
1 0
1 0
4 0 0
3 5 5
3 0 0
2 5 0
2 2 4
2 0 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
4
2
2
-1
1 0
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4
1 0
1
6
6
4
4
3 5 A
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
Type
-3
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
1
2
[A ]
4 0 0
3 5 5
3 0 0
2 5 0
2 2 4
2 0 0
1 6 0
1 2 5
1 0 0
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 6 0 a
6
4
A
A
/3 1 5 A
A
A
A
A
A
A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
In
Pv
DJ
[A ]
e ff
8 1 0
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
35
50
63
3.2
4.7
5.9
12
16
16
3000
6000
7700
3300
6800
9800
80
3NA3 224, 3NA6 224, 3NA7 224
3NA3 230, 3NA6 230, 3NA7 230 100
3NA3 232, 3NA6 232, 3NA7 232 125
6.8
7.4
9.8
21
22
27
12000
24000
36000
16000
30600
50000
3NA3 236, 3NA6 236, 3NA7 236 160

3NA3 240, 3NA6 240, 3NA7 240 200
3NA3 242, 3NA6 242, 3NA7 242 224
12.6
14.9
15.4
34
33
31
58000
115000
145000
85000
135000
170000
3NA3 244, 3NA6 244, 3NA7 244 250

300
3NA3 250, 3NA6 250
3NA3 252, 3NA6 252, 3NA7 252 315
17.9
19.4
21.4
38
34
35
205000
361000
361000
230000
433000
433000
355
3NA3 254, 3NA6 254
3NA3 260, 3NA6 260, 3NA7 260 400
26.0
27.5
49
52
441000
529000
538000
676000
3NA3 214, 3NA6 214, 3NA7 214

3NA3 220, 3NA6 220, 3NA7 220
3NA3 222, 3NA6 222, 3NA7 222
Type
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

1/70
[A ]
I2ts
3 5 A
4
1 0
4
[A ]
e ff
1 0
A
A
/3 1 5 A
A
A
A
I2ta
230 V AC
400 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
3NA3 214, 3NA6 214, 3NA7 214

3NA3 220, 3NA6 220, 3NA7 220
3NA3 222, 3NA6 222, 3NA7 222
4900
9100
14200
6750
11600
19000
9300
16000
26500
3NA3 224, 3NA6 224, 3NA7 224

3NA3 230, 3NA6 230, 3NA7 230
3NA3 232, 3NA6 232, 3NA7 232
23100
40800
70000
30700
56200
91300
43000
80000
130000
3NA3 236, 3NA6 236, 3NA7 236

3NA3 240, 3NA6 240, 3NA7 240
3NA3 242, 3NA6 242, 3NA7 242
120000
218000
299000
158000
285000
392000
223000
400000
550000
3NA3 244, 3NA6 244, 3NA7 244

3NA3 250, 3NA6 250
3NA3 252, 3NA6 252, 3NA7 252
420000
670000
670000
551000
901000
901000
780000
1275000
1275000
800000
3NA3 254, 3NA6 254
3NA3 260, 3NA6 260, 3NA7 260 1155000
1060000
1515000
1500000
2150000
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA3 3
Size:
3
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/440 V DC
Rated current:
200 ... 630 A
v s
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
4
2
3
6 3 0
5 0 0
4 2
4
6
4
2
2
1 0
6
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 7 0 b
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 5 1 a
1 0
-1
1 0
5 A
0 0
3 5 5
3 0
2
4
A
A
0 /3
5 0
2 2 4
2 0
-2
s
1 0
2
1 5 A
-3
s
s
6
7
A
0 A
4
2
6 3 0 A
6
5 0
4 2
4 0
3 5
3 0
2 5
2 2
2 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
-4
1 0
7
1 0
2
1 0
1 0
0 A
5 A
0 A
5 A
0 /3 1 5 A
0 A
4 A
0 A
8
6
6
4
4
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
9
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
2
2
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
[A ]
e ff
8 1 0
6
[A ]
1
2
I2 _ 0 6 0 6 1 a
1 0
6 3 0 A
5 0 0 A
4 2 5 A
4 0 0 A
3 5 5 A
3 0 0 /3 1 5 A
4
2 5 0 A
2 2 4 A
2 0 0 A
2
1 0
6
4
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
2
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
8 1 0
I2ts
Pv
DJ
3NA3 340
3NA3 342
3NA3 344
200
224
250
14.9
15.4
17.9
32
31
36
115000
145000
205000
135000
170000
230000
3NA3 350
3NA3 352
3NA3 354
300
315
355
19.4
21.4
26.0
19
22
26
361000
361000
441000
433000
433000
538000
3NA3 360
3NA3 362
3NA3 365
400
425
500
27.5
26.5
36.5
28
34
41
529000
650000
785000
676000
970000
1270000
3NA3 372
630
44.0
50
1900000
2700000
Type
I2ta
4
[A ]
In
Type
-3
1 0
3
4
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
230 V AC
400 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
3NA3 340
3NA3 342
3NA3 344
218000
299000
420000
285000
392000
551000
400000
550000
780000
3NA3 350
3NA3 352
3NA3 354
670000
670000
800000
901000
901000
1060000
1275000
1275000
1500000
3NA3 360
3NA3 362
3NA3 365
1155000
1515000
1915000
1515000
1856000
2260000
2150000
2270000
2700000
3NA3 372
3630000
4340000
5400000

1/71
10
12
13
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA3 4
Size:
4 (IEC design)
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/440 V DC
Rated current:
630 ... 1000 A
v s
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
4
2
3
1 2 5 0
1 0 0 0
8 0 0
6 3
6
4
1 0
1 0
6
A
-1
1 0
4
A
0 A
1 0
6
1 0
I2 _ 0 7 5 5 6 b
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 0 7 5 4 9 a
1 0
s
1 0
6
4
-3
- 4
1 0
2
1
1 0
1 0
1 2 5 0 A
1 0 0 0 A
6
6
4
4
8 0 0 A
2
2
0
1 0
6 3 0 A
6
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
2
Type
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
[A ]
e ff
8 1 0
6
I2 _ 0 7 5 5 0 a
1
2
1 2 5 0 A
5
1 0 0 0 A
8 0 0 A
6 3 0 A
6
4
1 0
8 1 0
2
4
8 1 0
2
4
e ff

1/72
[A ]
8 1 0
DJ
8 1 0
I2ts
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
630
800
47
59
37
43
1900000
3480000
2700000
5620000
3NA3 480
3NA3 482
1000
1250
74
99
56
65
7920000
11880000
10400000
18200000
Type
I2ta
1 0
Pv
4
[A ]
3NA3 472
3NA3 475
[A ]
In
1 0
-2
1 0
8
1 0
230 V AC
400 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
3NA3 472
3NA3 475
3630000
7210000
4340000
8510000
5400000
10400000
3NA3 480
3NA3 482
13600000
23900000
16200000
29100000
19000000
34800080
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA3 6
Size:
4a
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
500 V AC/440 V DC
Rated current:
500 ... 1250 A
v s
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
4
2
3
1 0
1 2 5 0 A
1 0 0 0 A
8 0 0 A
6 3 0 A
5 0 0 A
6
4
2
2
1 0
6
I2 _ 0 6 0 7 3 b
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 4 9 a
1 0
1 0
0 s
1 0
1 0
6
-1
4
1 0
2
-2
1 0
1 0
-3 s
6
7
6
4
4
-4
1 0
2
1
1 0
1 0
1 2 5 0 A
1 0 0 0 A
6
6
4
4
8 0 0 A
2
2
0
1 0
6 3 0 A
6
1 0
5 0 0 A
6
6
4
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
9
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
Type
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
[A ]
e ff
8 1 0
6
I2 _ 0 6 0 5 7 a
Pv
DJ
4
[A ]
8 1 0
I2ts
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
3NA3 665
3NA3 672
3NA3 675
500
630
800
43
47
59
30
37
43
785000
1900000
3480000
1270000
2700000
5620000
3NA3 680
3NA3 682
1000
1250
74
99
56
65
7920000
11880000
10400000
18200000
Type
I2ta
[A ]
In
1
2
2
1 2 5
1 0 0
8 0 0
6 3 0
5 0 0
5
1 0
6
0 A
0 A
A
A
A
230 V AC
400 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
3NA3 665
3NA3 672
3NA3 675
1915000
3630000
7210000
2260000
4340000
8510000
2700000
5400000
10400000
3NA3 680
3NA3 682
13600000
23900000
16200000
29100000
19000000
34800000
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
2
4
8 1 0
2
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
3
4

1/73
10
12
13
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA3 8..-6, 3NA6 8..-6, 3NA7 8..-6
Size:
000, 00
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
690 V AC/250 V DC
Rated current:
2 ... 100 A
1 0 A
6 A
1 0
1 0
6
[A 2 s ]
v s
4 A
2 A
[s ]
1 6 A
2 0 A
2 5 A
3 2 A
3 5 A
4 0 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0 A
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 5 2 a
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 7 6 b
-1
1 0
s
1 0
-2
s
1 0
1 0
-3
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
2
2
1 0
6
1 0
6 3 A
6
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2
2
1
1 0
1 0
6
2 0 A
4
1 6 A
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
1 0 A
6
6
4
4
6 A
2
-1
1 0
4 A
1
1 0
6
6
4
4
2 A
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
Type
-3
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0

1
4
I2 _ 0 6 0 5 9 a
2
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
2
1 0
6
4
2
1 0 A
3
1 0
6 A
6
In
Pv
DJ
[A ]
e ff
[A ]
-4
1 0
6
4
[A ]
8 1 0
I2ts
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
3NA3 802-6, 3NA6 802-6, 3NA7 802-6

3NA3 804-6, 3NA6 804-6, 3NA7 804-6
3NA3 801-6, 3NA6 801-6, 3NA7 801-6
2
4
6
1.3
0.9
1.3
8
6
8
2
11
36
2
13
44
3NA3 803-6, 3NA6 803-6, 3NA7 803-6

3NA3 805-6, 3NA6 805-6, 3NA7 805-6
3NA3 807-6, 3NA6 807-6, 3NA7 807-6
10
16
20
1
1.7
2
8
11
15
90
330
570
120
360
690
3NA3 810-6, 3NA6 810-6, 3NA7 810-6

3NA3 812-6, 3NA6 812-6, 3NA7 812-6
3NA3 814-6, 3NA6 814-6, 3NA7 814-6
25
32
35
2.3
3.1
3.6
17
19
23
1200
1600
2100
1380
2600
3100
3NA3 817-6, 3NA6 817-6, 3NA7 817-6

3NA3 820-6, 3NA6 820-6, 3NA7 820-6
3NA3 822-6, 3NA6 822-6, 3NA7 822-6
40
50
63
3.6
4.9
5.7
18
28
33
3200
4400
7600
4700
7400
10100
3NA3 824-6, 3NA6 824-6, 3NA7 824-6 80

3NA3 830-6, 3NA6 830-6, 3NA7 830-6 100
6.7
9.1
38
40
13500 17000
21200 30500
4 A
4
Type
2 A
2
2
1 0
6
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

1/74
[A ]
I2ta
230 V AC
400 V AC
690 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
3NA3 802-6, 3NA6 802-6, 3NA7 802-6

3NA3 804-6, 3NA6 804-6, 3NA7 804-6
3NA3 801-6, 3NA6 801-6, 3NA7 801-6
4
18
80
6
22
110
9
27
150
3NA3 803-6, 3NA6 803-6, 3NA7 803-6

3NA3 805-6, 3NA6 805-6, 3NA7 805-6
3NA3 807-6, 3NA6 807-6, 3NA7 807-6
180
580
1000
265
750
1370
370
1000
1900
3NA3 810-6, 3NA6 810-6, 3NA7 810-6

3NA3 812-6, 3NA6 812-6, 3NA7 812-6
3NA3 814-6, 3NA6 814-6, 3NA7 814-6
1800
3100
4000
2340
4100
5000
3300
5800
7800
3NA3 817-6, 3NA6 817-6, 3NA7 817-6 6000

3NA3 820-6, 3NA6 820-6, 3NA7 820-6 9100
3NA3 822-6, 3NA6 822-6, 3NA7 822-6 13600
8600
11200
17000
12000
19000
24000
3NA3 824-6, 3NA6 824-6, 3NA7 824-6 24300

3NA3 830-6, 3NA6 830-6, 3NA7 830-6 42400
32000
52000
55000
75000
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA3 1..-6, 3NA6 1..-6, 3NA7 1..-6
Size:
1
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
690 V AC/440 V DC
Rated current:
50 ... 200 A
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
4
2
1 0
2 0 0 A
1 6 0
1 2 5
1 0
8
6
4
2
2
1 0
6
1 0
7
1 0
v s
I2 _ 0 6 0 4 3 b
I2 _ 0 6 0 4 4 a
1 0
1 0
4
s
1 0
-1
-2
1 0
s
1 0
0 A
0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4
A
-3
s
1 0
1 0
- 4
6
7
6
4
4
2
2 0 0 A
5
1 0
1
1 0
1 6 0 A
6
4
4
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
2
2
1 0
0
1 0
6 3 A
6
6
5 0 A
4
4
2
2
1 0
1 0
-1
6
6
4
4
2
2
1 0
-2
1 0
6
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
2
Type
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
DJ
8 1 0
10
I2ts
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
6.7 21
7.6 22
6.7 22
440
7600
13500
7400
10100
17000
3NA3 130-6, 3NA6 130-6, 3NA7 130-6 100

3NA3 132-6, 3NA6 132-6, 3NA7 132-6 125
3NA3 136-6, 3NA6 136-6, 3NA7 136-6 160
8.7 28
10.5 29
13.8 33
21200
36000
58000
30500
50000
85000
3NA3 140-6, 3NA6 140-6, 3NA7 140-6 200
16.6 35
[A ]
I2 _ 0 6 0 4 2 a
Pv
4
[A ]
50
63
80
3NA3 120-6, 3NA6 120-6, 3NA7 120-6

3NA3 122-6, 3NA6 122-6, 3NA7 122-6
3NA3 124-6, 3NA6 124-6, 3NA7 124-6
In
2 0 0
1 6 0
1 2 5
1 0 0
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
1 0
Type
A
230 V AC
400 V AC
690 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
11200
17000
32000
1900
24000
55000
3NA3 130-6, 3NA6 130-6, 3NA7 130-6 42400

3NA3 132-6, 3NA6 132-6, 3NA7 132-6 69500
3NA3 136-6, 3NA6 136-6, 3NA7 136-6 120000
52000
82200
155000
75000
130000
223000
3NA3 140-6, 3NA6 140-6, 3NA7 140-6 211000
240000
360000
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
[A ]
12
I2ta
9100
13600
24300
3NA3 120-6, 3NA6 120-6, 3NA7 120-6

3NA3 122-6, 3NA6 122-6, 3NA7 122-6
3NA3 124-6, 3NA6 124-6, 3NA7 124-6
1 0
132000 144000
A
A
3
4

1/75
13
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA3 2..-6, 3NA6 2..-6, 3NA7 2..-6
Size:
2
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
690 V AC/440 V DC
Rated current:
80 ... 315 A
v s
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
4
2
3
3 0 0 /3 1 5 A
2 5 0 A
2 2 4 A
2 0 0 A
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6
4
2
2
1 0
6
2
8
1 0
1 0
I2 _ 0 7 5 4 1 a
1 0
I2 _ 0 7 5 3 9 a
1 0
1 0
4
s
1 0
-1
1 0
-2
1 0
1 0
-3
- 4
1 0
4
2
1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
3 0 0
2 5 0
2 4 0
2 0 0
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
1 6 0 A
6
6
4
4
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
2
-1
1 0
1 0
/3 1 5 A
A
A
A
6
4
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
Type
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0

2
1
[A ]
I2 _ 0 7 5 4 0 a
1 0
3 1 5
2 5 0
2 2 4
2 0 0
1 6 0
1 2 5
1 0 0
8 0 A
1 0
A
A
A
A
A
A
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

1/76
[A ]
I2ts
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
6.6 22
8.5 26
9.8 29
3NA3 236-6, 3NA6 236-6, 3NA7 236-6 160

3NA3 240-6, 3NA6 240-6, 3NA7 240-6 200
3NA3 242-6, 3NA6 242-6, 3NA7 242-6 224
13.3 31
16.1 33
19.9 38
58000 85000
132000 144000
125000 162000
3NA3 244-6, 3NA6 244-6, 3NA7 244-6 250

3NA3 250-6, 3NA6 250-6, 3NA7 250-6 300
3NA3 252-6, 3NA6 252-6, 3NA7 252-6 315
23
44
25.6 38
28.2 42
180000 215000
300000 380000
300000 380000
Type
DJ
8 1 0
3NA3 224-6, 3NA6 224-6, 3NA7 224-6 80

3NA3 230-6, 3NA6 230-6, 3NA7 230-6 100
3NA3 232-6, 3NA6 232-6, 3NA7 232-6 125
13500
21200
36000
17000
30500
50000
I2ta
230 V AC
400 V AC
690 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
24300
42400
69500
32000
52000
82200
55000
75000
130000
3NA3 236-6, 3NA6 236-6, 3NA7 236-6 120000

3NA3 240-6, 3NA6 240-6, 3NA7 240-6 211000
3NA3 242-6, 3NA6 242-6, 3NA7 242-6 300000
155000
240000
300000
223000
360000
450000
3NA3 244-6, 3NA6 244-6, 3NA7 244-6 453000

3NA3 250-6, 3NA6 250-6, 3NA7 250-6 480000
3NA3 252-6, 3NA6 252-6, 3NA7 252-6 480000
350000
625000
625000
525000
940000
940000
3NA3 224-6, 3NA6 224-6, 3NA7 224-6

3NA3 230-6, 3NA6 230-6, 3NA7 230-6
3NA3 232-6, 3NA6 232-6, 3NA7 232-6
1 0
Pv
1 0
In
4
[A ]
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
Series 3NA3 3..-6
Size:
3
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
690 V AC/440 V DC
Rated current:
250 ... 500 A
v s
6
4
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
4
2
3
1 0
6
4
2
2
1 0
6
5 0 0
4 2 5
4 0
3
I2 _ 0 7 5 4 4 a
1 0
I2 _ 0 7 5 4 2 a
1 0
2
0
1 0
8
1 0
s
1 0
A
0 A
5 5 A
3 1 5 A
2 5 0 A
-1
-2
1 0
s
-3
1 0
2
s
- 4
1 0
7
1 0
6
7
6
4
4
2
2
1
1 0
5 0 0
4 2 5
4 0 0
3 5 5
3 1 5
6
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
A
A
A
A
A
2 5 0 A
5
1 0
8
6
6
4
4
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
9
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
2
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
6
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
[A ]
I2 _ 0 7 5 4 3 a
1 0
1
2
5 0 0
4 2 5
4 0 0
3 5 5
3 1 5
2 5 0
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
3NA3 344-6
3NA3 352-6
3NA3 354-6
250
315
355
23
28.2
32.5
44
42
40
180000
300000
380000
215000
380000
470000
3NA3 360-6
3NA3 362-6
3NA3 365-6
400
425
500
33.2
35.3
43.5
42
44
52
540000
625000
810000
675000
765000
1000000
Type
I2ta
230 V AC
400 V AC
690 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
A
A
A
1 0
I2ts
A
A
8 1 0
DJ
Pv
4
[A ]
In
Type
-3
1 0
3NA3 344-6
3NA3 352-6
3NA3 354-6
453000
480000
585000
350000
625000
760000
525000
940000
1150000
3NA3 360-6
3NA3 362-6
3NA3 365-6
847000
925000
1300000
1100000
1200000
1700000
1650000
1800000
2500000
1 0
1 0
2
e ff
[A ]

10
12
13
3
4
1/77
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links
Series 3ND1 8
Size:
000, 00
aM
Rated voltage:
500 V AC
Rated current:
6 ... 160 A

6
6 A
s
2
1 0
1 0 A
1 6 A
2 0 A
2 5 A
3 2 A
3 5 A
4 0 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 6 0 A
v s
1 0
4
s
1 0
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 0 4 6 a
I2 _ 0 6 0 6 7 b
1 0
-1
s
1 0
1 0
-2
s
1 0
6
6
-3
4
4
2
2
1
1 0
1 0
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
6
6
4
4
1 0 0 A
2
2
0
1 0
8 0 A
4
1 0
6 3 A
6
6
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
4
4
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0 A
2
1 0
6
6
4
4
6 A
2
2
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
[A ]
8 1 0

Type
2
1 0
6
4
I2 _ 0 6 0 6 5 a
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
2
[A ]
1 0 A
2
6 A
3
1 0
6
In
Pv
DJ
I2ts
1 ms
4 ms
A2s
A2s
3ND1 801
3ND1 803
3ND1 805
6
10
16
0.8
0.5
0.8
7
5
7
32
150
570
55
260
800
3ND1 807
3ND1 810
3ND1 812
20
25
32
1
1.2
1.5
8
9
10
830
1400
2300
1200
2000
3300
3ND1 814
3ND1 817
3ND1 820
35
40
50
1.8
2
2.4
11
12
14
2600
3700
5800
3800
5500
8400
3ND1 822
3ND1 824
3ND1 830
63
80
100
3.3
4.5
4.9
17
20
18
9300
15000
26000
13000
21000
37000
3ND1 832
3ND1 836
125
160
6.3
9.3
22
31
41000
64000
60000
92000
Type
I2ta
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff

1/78
[A ]
230 V AC
400 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
3ND1 801
3ND1 803
3ND1 805
60
280
1000
75
320
1300
110
430
1600
3ND1 807
3ND1 810
3ND1 812
1300
2200
3800
1600
2800
4500
2200
3300
5400
3ND1 814
3ND1 817
3ND1 820
4200
5700
5200
5100
7200
10500
6300
9300
12500
3ND1 822
3ND1 824
3ND1 830
15000
21500
44000
16500
27000
56000
21000
34000
76000
3ND1 832
3ND1 836
76000
105000
98000
130000
135000
170000
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
Series 3ND1 3.., 3ND2
Size:
1, 2, 3
aM
Rated voltage:
690 V AC
Rated current:
63 ... 630 A
6
4
0
1 0
1 0
s
2
1 0
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0
1 2 5
1 6 0
2 0 0
2 5 0
3 1 5
3 5 5
4 0 0
5 0 0
6 3 0
v s
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
I2 _ 0 6 0 6 4 b
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 4 1 3 b
1 0
1 0
6
6
-1
1 0
-2
1 0
-3
1 0
2
4
4
1 0
1 0
- 4
6 3
5 0
4 0
3 5
3 1
2 5
2 0
0 A
0 A
0 A
5 A
5 A
0 A
0 A
6
7
6
6
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6
6
4
4
2
2
-2
1 0
6 3 A
4
1 0
6
4
4
2
2
-3
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
6
[A ]
e ff
8 1 0
6
1 0
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
4
[A ]
8 1 0
10
2
1
6 3 0
5 0 0
4 0 0
3 5 5
3 1 5
2 5 0
2 0 0
1 6 0
1 2 5
1 0 0
8 0 A
6 3 A
[A ]
6
4
I2 _ 0 6 0 6 6 a
1 0
3
4
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
12
A
A
1 0
13
6
4
1 0
2
4
8 1 0
2
4
8 1 0
2
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0

1/79
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse links
Series 3ND1 3.., 3ND2
Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
1, 2, 3
aM
690 V AC
63 ... 630 A
Type
In
A
Pv
W
DJ
K
I2ts
I2ta
1 ms
4 ms
230 V AC
400 V AC
690 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
A2s
A2s
3ND2 122
3ND2 124
63
80
4
4.9
12.2
13
14000
24200
17700
30800
19300
36500
25600
48000
42000
80000
3ND2 130
3ND2 132
3ND2 136
100
125
160
5.8
8.1
11.4
15
16.5
18
45600
57000
90000
59000
74300
114000
65000
73000
107000
85000
97000
142000
140000
160000
235000
3ND2 140
3ND2 144
200
250
14.1
18
19.5
22
150000
250000
198000
313000
172000
260000
228000
340000
375000
565000
3ND2 232
3ND2 236
125
160
8.1
11.4
16.5
18
57000
90000
74300
114000
73000
107000
97000
142000
160000
235000
3ND2 240
3ND2 244
3ND2 252
200
250
315
14.1
18
22.6
19.5
22
30
150000
250000
370000
198000
313000
450000
172000
260000
460000
228000
340000
610000
375000
565000
1000000
3ND2 254
3ND2 260
355
400
24.7
30.8
29
35
540000
615000
643000
750000
645000
688000
855000
910000
1400000
1500000
3ND2 352
3ND2 354
3ND2 360
315
355
400
22.6
24.7
30.8
30
29
26
370000
540000
615000
450000
643000
750000
460000
645000
688000
610000
855000
910000
1000000
1400000
1500000
3ND1 365
3ND1 372
500
630
47
50
40
43
730000
920000
933000
1375000
876000
1300000
1095000
1800000
1825000
2600000
1/80
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse links
LV HRC fuse links
Sizes 000 to 3 and 4a
d
Size
gL/gG
000
Utilization
category
aM
w
00
gL/gG
I2 _ 1 0 8 9 9
Size 4 (IEC design)

65
55
gL/gG
gL/gG
90
202
aM
0
aM
102
gL/gG
aM
I2_11335
gL/gG
In
Un
2 ...
2 ...
2 ...
10 ...
2 ...
10 ...
2 ...
100
35
100
100
35
100
35
6 ...
80
35 ...
40 ...
80 ...
80 ...
40 ...
80 ...
40 ...
160
100
160
160
100
160
100
100 ... 160

6 ... 160
16 ...
50 ...
16 ...
35 ...
50 ...
16 ...
50 ...
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
63 ... 100
Type
21
54
30
54
h2
d1
d2
80
45
80
45
14
500 AC
3ND1 8..
500 AC/250 DC
690 AC/250 DC
500 AC/250 DC
400 AC
690 AC/250 DC
500 AC/250 DC
690 AC/250 DC
3NA3 8..
3NA3 8..-6
3NA6 8..
3NA6 8..-4
3NA6 8..-6
3NA7 8..
3NA7 8..-6
500 AC
3ND1 8..
500 AC/440 DC
3NA3 0..
30
67
126
45
14
500 AC/440 DC
690 AC/440 DC
500 AC/440 DC
400 AC
690 AC/440 DC
500 AC/440 DC
690 AC/440 DC
3NA3 1..
3NA3 1..-6
3NA6 1..
3NA6 1..-4
3NA6 1..-6
3NA7 1..
3NA7 1..-6
30
75
137
50
15
3ND2 1..
500 AC/440 DC
690 AC/440 DC
500 AC/440 DC
400 AC
690 AC/440 DC
500 AC/440 DC
690 AC/440 DC
3NA3 1..
3NA3 1..-6
3NA6 1..
3NA6 1..-4
3NA6 1..-6
3NA7 1..
3NA7 1..-6
125 ...
690 AC
3ND2 1..
500 AC/440 DC
690 AC/440 DC
500 AC/440 DC
400 AC
690 AC/440 DC
500 AC/440 DC
690 AC/440 DC
3NA3 2..
3NA3 2..-6
3NA6 2..
3NA6 2..-4
3NA6 2..-6
3NA7 2..
3NA7 2..-6
250
h1
3NA3 8..
3NA3 8..-6
3NA6 8..
3NA6 8..-4
3NA6 8..-6
3NA7 8..
3NA7 8..-6
690 AC
250
200
250
300
200
300
200
500 AC/250 DC
690 AC/250 DC
500 AC/250 DC
400 AC
690 AC/250 DC
500 AC/250 DC
690 AC/250 DC
200 ... 250

200
200 ... 250
200 ... 250
200
200 ... 250
200
35 ...
80 ...
35 ...
50 ...
80 ...
35 ...
80 ...
Dimensions
aM
125 ...
250
690 AC
3ND2 2..
gL/gG
300 ...
224 ...
300 ...
315 ...
224 ...
315 ...
224 ...
400
315
400
400
315
400
315
500 AC/440 DC
690 AC/440 DC
500 AC/440 DC
400 AC
690 AC/440 DC
500 AC/440 DC
690 AC/440 DC
3NA3 2..
3NA3 2..-6
3NA6 2..
3NA6 2..-4
3NA6 2..-6
3NA7 2..
3NA7 2..-6
aM
315 ...
400
690 AC
3ND2 2..
gL/gG
200 ... 400

250, 315
500 AC/440 DC
690 AC/440 DC
3NA3 3..
3NA3 3..-6
aM
315 ...
400
690 AC
3ND2 3..
gL/gG
425 ...
355 ...
630
500
500 AC/440 DC
690 AC/440 DC
3NA3 3..
3NA3 3..-6
3
4
5
6
7
8
47
75
137
51
9
10
47
75
151
58
10
58
74
151
59
13
12
13
58
74
151
71
13
71
74
151
70
13
aM
500, 630
690 AC
3ND1 3..
gL/gG
630 ... 1250
500 AC/440 DC
3NA3 4..
see adjacent drawing
4A
gL/gG
500 ... 1250
500 AC/440 DC
3NA3 6..
102
97
201
95
20
1/81
LV HRC Fuse System

Application
I2_10894
I2_10893
Arrangement options
Six-pulse bridge converter B6

with phase fuses and DC fuse
(reversible connection)
I2_10896

with phase fuses
I2_10895

with phase fuses and DC fuse
(switching for converter)

with arm fuses
I2_10897
Properties
SITOR fuse links protect converter equipment against
short-circuits.
The power semiconductors used in these devices (diodes,
thyristors, GTOs and others) require high-speed elements for
protection due to their low thermal capacity. SITOR fuse links
(high-speed fuse links for semiconductor protection).
The following types of short-circuit faults can occur:
Internal short circuit:
A faulty semiconductor device causes a short circuit within the
chassis converter
External short circuit:
A fault in the load causes a short circuit on the output side of the
chassis converter
Shoot-throughs:
In the event of a failure of the chassis converter control system
during inverter operation (commutation failure), the converter connection forms a short-circuit type connection between the DC
and AC power supply system.
Fuse links can be arranged in a number of ways within the converter
connection. A distinction is made between phase fuses in threephase current incoming feeders and, if applicable, DC fuses and
arm fuses in the arms of the converter connections (see adjacent
graphs). In the case of center tap connections, fuse links can only
be arranged as phase fuses in three-phase current incoming
feeders.
When using SITOR fuse links of utilization category aR, the overload
protection of converter equipment, up to approx. 3.5 times the rated
current of the fuse link, is taken from conventional protective devices
(for example, thermal-delayed overload relays) or, in the case of
controlled power converters, from the current limiter (exception:
general purpose fuses).
As semiconductor protection, SITOR fuse links of the series 3NE1 ...0 with utilization category gS are also suitable for the overload and
short-circuit protection of cables, lines and power rails.
All other dual-function fuses of the SITOR series have a gR characteristic. Overload protection is ensured as long as the rated current
of the SITOR fuse links of the series 3NE1 ..-0 is selected as In Iz
(DIN VDE 0100 Part 430).
The rules of DIN VDE 0100 Part 430 must be applied when rating
short-circuit protection for cables, lines and power rails.
I2_10898
Six-pulse bridge converter B6 with arm fuses

(reversible connection)
Three-phase bidirectional connection

W3 with phase fuses
1/82
with arm fuses
LV HRC Fuse System
Type
3NC2 423
3NC2 423-3
3NC2 425
3NC2 425-3
3NC2 427
3NC2 427-3
3NC2 428
3NC2 428-3
3NC2 431
3NC2 431-3
gR
Utilization category (IEC 60269)
3NC2 432
3NC2 432-3
V AC 500
Rated current In
150 1)
200 1)
250 1)
300 1)
350 1)
400 1)
Melting I2t value I2ts (tvs = 1 ms)
A2s
7000
13600
21000
28000
53000
83000
Breaking I2t value I2tA at Un
A2s
33000
64000
99000
132000
249000
390000
Temperature rise at In (body center)
26
25
30
40
35
30
Power dissipation at In
35
40
50
65
60
50
0.85
Varying load factor WL

Weight approx.
3
4
aR
Rated voltage Un
kg
0.95
Accessories
Fuse base, 1-pole
3NH3 430
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
Fuse switch disconnectors
3NP54
Switch disconnector with fuses
3KL61 30-1.B0
Type
3NE8 714-1
gR
3NE8 715-1
3NE8 701-1
3NE8 702-1
3NE8 717-1
6
7
3NE8 718-1
aR
Rated voltage Un
690 AC/700 DC
Rated current In
20
25
32
40
50
63
A2s
12
19
40
69
115
215
A2s
83
140
285
490
815
1550
40
45
55
60
70
10
12
15
16

Weight approx.
according to UL 248-13
Approval
kg
0.13
Type
3NE8 720-1
aR
3NE8 721-1
3NE8 722-1
3NE8 724-1
3NE8 725-1
3NE8 727-1
3NE8 731-1
Rated voltage Un
690 AC/700 DC
Rated current In
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
A2s
380
695
1250
2350
4200
7750
12000
A2s
2700
4950
9100
17000
30000
55000
85500
80
75
80
100
120
125
150
18
19
23
31
36
42
54
0.9
0.95
Approval
Weight approx.
kg
Type
0.9
0.85
12
0.13
3NC8 423
3NC8 423-3
3NC8 425
3NC8 425-3
3NC8 427
3NC8 427-3
3NC8 431
3NC8 431-3
3NC8 434
3NC8 434-3
gR
3NC8 444-3
V AC 660
Rated current In
150 1)
200 1)
250
350 1)
500 1)
10001)
A2s
1100
2400
4400
11000
28000
400000
A2s
17600
38400
70400
176000
448000
2480000
33
46
95
65
75
110
40
55
72
95
130
140
Weight approx.
600
0.85
kg
13
aR
Rated voltage Un
10
0.9
0.95
Accessories
Fuse base, 1-pole
3NH3 430
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NP54
3KL61 30-1AB0
1) Cooling air speed 1 m/s. In case of natural air cooling, reduction of 5 %.
1/83
LV HRC Fuse System

Type
3NE1 813-0 3NE1 814-0 3NE1 815-0 3NE1 803-0 3NE1 802-0 3NE1 817-0 3NE1 818-0 3NE1 820-0
gR/gS
V AC 690
Rated voltage Un
Rated current In
16
20
25
35
40
50
63
80
A2s
18
41
74
166
295
461
903
1843
A2s
200
430
780
1700
3000
4400
9000
18000
Temperature rise at In
(body center) 1)
25
30
35
30
35
40
Power dissipation at In 1)
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
3.5
8.0
1.0
Approval
kg
Weight approx.
0.13
Accessories
Fuse base, 1-pole
3-pole
3NH3 030
3NH4 030
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NP40/3NP50
3KL50 30-1.B00
3KM50 30-1.B00
Type
3NE1 021-0 3NE1 022-0 3NE1 224-0 3NE1 225-0 3NE1 227-0 3NE1 230-0
3KL52 301.B00
3KM52 301.B00
gR/gS
V AC 690
Rated voltage Un
Rated current In
100
125
160
200
250
315
A2s
3100
6000
7400
14500
29500
46100
A2s
33000
63000
60000
100000
200000
310000
(body center) 1)
36
40
60
65
75
80
10
11
24
27
30
38
1)
1.0
Approval
0.20
0.55
Fuse base, 1-pole
3NH3 030
3NH3 230
3NH3 330
3-pole
3NH4 030
3NH4 230
3NH4 330
kg
Weight approx.
Accessories
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NP40
3NP50
3NP42
3NP52
3NP53
3KL52 30-1.B00
3KM52 30-1.B00
3KL55 30-1.B00
3KM55 30-1.B00
3KL57 30-1.B00
3KM57 30-1.B00
Type
gR/gS
V AC 690
Rated voltage Un
Rated current In
350
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
A2s
58000
84000
104000
149000
215000
293000
437000
723000
A2s
430000
590000
750000
950000
1700000
2350000
3400000
5000000
(body center) 1)
75
85
90
65
70
68
70
42
45
56
50
55
60
59
1)
53
1.0
Approval
Weight approx.
kg
0.7
0.95
Accessories
Fuse base, 1-pole
3NH3 330
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NH3 430
3NP53
3NP54
3KL57 30-1.B00
3KM57 30-1.B00
3KL61 30-1AB0
1) Temperature rise and power dissipation for operation in LV HRC fuse base.
1/84
3KL62
LV HRC Fuse System
Type
3NE1 437-1 3NE1 438-1
Rated voltage Un
V AC
600
Rated current In
710
800
A2s
321000
437000
A2s
2460000
3350000
Temperature rise at In (body center) 1) K
85
95
65
72

2
Breaking I t value I tA at Un
1.0
Approval
Weight approx.
3
4
gR
kg
0.95
Accessories
Fuse base, 1-pole
3NH3 430
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NP54
3KL62 30
Type
gR

Rated voltage Un
V AC 690
Rated current In
125
160
200
250
315
350
450
500
A2s
3115
2650
5645
11520
22580
29500
46100
66400
A2s
23000
15840
44000
68800
135500
177000
276000
398000
55
70
62
70
75
82
100
13.5
30
28
35
42
44
62
Weight approx.
Approval
kg
0.2
0.55
3NH3 230
0.7
Accessories
Fuse base, 1-pole
3NH3 030
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NH3 340
3NP50
3NP52
3NP53
3NP54
3KL52
3KL55
3KL57
3KL61
Type
3NE1 435-2 3NE1 436-2 3NE1 447-2 3NE1 437-2 3NE1 438-2 3NE1 448-2
V AC 690
Rated current In
560
630
670
710
800
850
A2s
130000
203000
240000
265000
361000
520000
A2s
845000
1320000
1557000
1725000
2348000
3810000
80
82
90
60
62
65
12
95
72
82
76
13
1.0
Approval
Weight approx.
10
gR

Rated voltage Un
65
1.0
6
7
kg
1.0
Accessories
Fuse base, 1-pole
3NH3 340
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NP54
3NP54
3KL61
3KL62
1) Temperature rise and power dissipation for operation in LV HRC fuse base.
1/85
LV HRC Fuse System

Type
gR
aR
V AC 690
Rated voltage Un
Rated current In
25
35
50
63
80
100
125
160
A2s
30
70
120
260
450
850
1400
2800
A2s
180
400
700
1400
2400
4200
6500
1300
35
45
65
70
80
90
110
130
14
16
19
22
28
38
Temperature rise at In (body center) K

0.95
Approval
kg
Weight approx.
0.20
Accessories
Fuse base,
1-pole
3-pole
3NH3 030
3NH4 030
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NP40
3NP50
3KL50 30-1.B00
3KM50 30-1.B00
Type
3NE4 327-0B
aR
3KL52 30-1.B00
3KM52 30-1.B00
3NE4 330-0B
3NE4 333-0B
3NE4 334-0B
3NE4 337
V AC 800
Rated voltage Un
Rated current In
250
315
450
500
710
A2s
3600
7400
29400
42500
142000
A2s
29700
60700
191000
276000
923000
175
170
190
195
170
105
120
140
155
0.85

kg
Weight approx.
0.95
0.7
Accessories
Fuse base, 1-pole
3NH3 330
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NH3 430
3NP53
3NP54
3KL57 30-1.B00
3KM57 30-1.B00
3KL61
Type
3NE4 101
gR
3NE4 102
3NE4 117
3NE4 118
3KL62
3NE4 120
3NE4 121
3NE4 122
3NE4 124
aR
V AC 1000
Rated voltage Un
Rated current In
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
A2s
40
75
120
230
450
900
1800
3600
A2s
280
500
800
1500
3000
6000
14000
29000
45
50
65
78
82
85
100
120
12
13
16
20
22
24
30
35
0.9
Approval
kg
Weight approx.
0.27
Accessories
Fuse base,
1-pole
3-pole
3NH3 120
3NH4 230
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NP42, 3NP52
3KL55 30-1.B00
3KM55 30-1.B00
1/86
LV HRC Fuse System
Type
3NE3 221
aR
3NE3 222
3NE3 224
3NE3 225
3NE3 227
Rated voltage Un
V AC 1000
Rated current In
100
125
160
200
250
A2s
665
1040
1850
4150
6650
A2s
4800
7200
13000
30000
48000
65
70
90
80
90
28
36
42

2
0.95
3
4
50
1.0
Approval
kg
Weight approx.
0.55
Accessories
Fuse base,
1-pole
3-pole
3NH3 230
3NH4 230
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NP42, 3NP52
3KL55 30-1.B00
3KM55 30-1.B00
Type
3NE3 230-0B
aR
3NE3 231
3NE3 232-0B
3NE3 233
Rated voltage Un
V AC 1000
Rated current In
315
350
400
450
A2s
13400
16600
22600
29500
A2s
80000
100000
135000
175000
100
120
140
130
65
75
85
95
0.95
0.9
Approval

kg
Weight approx.
6
7
8
9
0.55
Accessories
10
Fuse base, 1-pole
3NH3 330
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NP53
3KL57 30-1.B00
3KM57 30-1.B00
Type
3NE3 3320B
3NE3 333
3NE3 3340B
3NE3 335
3NE3 336
3NE3 337-8 3NE3 338-8 3NE3 340-8
12
aR

Rated voltage Un
V AC 1000
900
800
690
Rated current In
400
450
500
560
630
710
800
900
A2s
22600
29500
46100
66400
104000
149000
184000
223000
A2s
135000
175000
260000
360000
600000
800000
850000
1300000
120
125
115
120
110
125
140
160
85
90
95
100
105
130
165

2

0.7
Approval
Weight approx.
kg
0.95
0.7
Accessories
Fuse base, 1-pole
3NH3 430
Fuse puller
3NX1 011
3NP54
3KL61 30-1AB0
3KL62
1/87
13
LV HRC Fuse System

Type
3NE3 421
3NE3 626
3NE3 430
3NE3 432
3NE3 635
3NE3 434
3NE3 635-6
3NE3 636
3NE3 637
3NE3 637-1 1)
aR

Rated voltage Un
V AC 1000
Rated current In
100
224
315
400
450
500
630
710
A2s
1800
7200
29000
48500
65000
116000
170000
260000
A2s
13500
54000
218000
364000
488000
870000
1280000
1950000
45
140
120
130
150
120
136
170
25
85
80
110
95
132
145
1.0

Weight approx.
kg
Type
1.15
3NE5 424
3NE5 430
3NE5 431
3NE5 433
3NE5 433-1
aR

Rated voltage Un
3NE5 426
V AC 1500
Rated current In
160
224
315
350
450
A2s
7200
18400
41500
57000
116000
A2s
54000
138000
311000
428000
870000
75
100
125
150
150
56
80
115
135
145
1.0

Weight approx.
kg
Type
3NE5 627
aR
Rated voltage Un
0.95
1.95
3NE5 633
3NE5 643
V AC 1500
Rated current In
250
450
600
A2s
11200
78500
260000
A2s
84000
590000
1950000
170
130
145
1.0

Weight approx.
160
160
kg
1.6
3NE7 425 3NE7 427 3NE7 431 3NE7 432 3NE7 633
3NE7 648-1 2) 3NE7 636
3NE7 637-1 2)
3NE7 633-1 2)
3NE7 636-1 2)
Type
aR

Rated voltage Un
V AC 2000
Rated current In
200
250
350
400
450
525
630
710
A2s
18400
29000
74000
116000
128000
149000
260000
415000
A2s
138000
218000
555000
870000
960000
1120000
1950000
3110000
85
110
105
130
165
210
200
230
75
110
120
150
160
210
220
275
1.0

Weight approx.
kg
1.95
Type
3NE9 632-1
aR
Rated voltage Un
3NE9 634-1
3NE9 636-1A
V AC 2500
Rated current In
400
500
630
A2s
81000
170000
385000
A2s
620000
1270000
2800000
160
180
198
205
235
275
1.0

Weight approx.
kg
1) Gauge 140 mm, M12 screw connection.

2) M12 screw connection
1/88
2.5
LV HRC Fuse System

Size
Utilization
category
In
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Rated voltage 500 V AC

with bolt-on links
mounting dimensions: 110 mm
3 1)
150
200
250
gR
gR
gR
3NC2 423-3
3NC2 425-3
3NC2 427-3
1.060
1.050
1.060
3
3
3
300
350
400
gR
aR
aR
3NC2 428-3
3NC2 431-3
3NC2 432-3
1.070
1.050
1.060
3
3
3
150
200
250
gR
gR
gR
3NC2 423
3NC2 425
3NC2 427
1.050
1.070
1.050
3
3
3
300
350
400
gR
aR
aR
3NC2 428
3NC2 431
3NC2 432
1.050
1.060
1.050
3
3
3
20
25
32
gR
gR
gR
3NE8 714-1
3NE8 715-1
3NE8 701-1
0.130
0.130
0.131
10
10
10
40
50
63
gR
gR
aR
3NE8 702-1
3NE8 717-1
3NE8 718-1
0.131
0.132
0.132
10
10
10
80
100
125
aR
aR
aR
3NE8 720-1
3NE8 721-1
3NE8 722-1
0.131
0.130
0.131
10
10
10
160
200
250
aR
aR
aR
3NE8 724-1
3NE8 725-1
3NE8 727-1
0.132
0.130
0.133
10
10
10
315
aR
3NE8 731-1
0.134
10
150
200
250
gR
gR
gR
3NC8 423-3
3NC8 425-3
3NC8 427-3
1.060
1.060
1.060
3
3
3
350
500
1000
gR
gR
aR
3NC8 431-3
3NC8 434-3
3NC8 444-3
1.070
1.060
1.080
3
3
3
150
200
250
gR
gR
gR
3NC8 423
3NC8 425
3NC8 427
1.040
1.060
1.070
3
3
3
350
500
gR
gR
3NC8 431
3NC8 434
1.060
1.090
3
3
special design with 2 oblong slots

3

with bolt-on links
000
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

with bolt-on links
3
10
Special design with 2 oblong slots

3 1)
1) Cladding dimensions and grip lugs according to IEC 60269-2-1;

but blade slotted according to IEC 60269-4-1.
12
13
1/89
LV HRC Fuse System


Size
In
Utilization
category
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items

for mounting in LV HRC fuse bases
16
20
25
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
3NE1 813-0
3NE1 814-0
3NE1 815-0
0.127
0.128
0.127
3
3
3
35
40
50
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
3NE1 803-0
3NE1 802-0
3NE1 817-0
0.128
0.127
0.128
3
3
3
63
80
gR/gS
gR/gS
3NE1 818-0
3NE1 820-0
0.128
0.129
3
3
00
100
125
gR/gS
gR/gS
3NE1 021-0
3NE1 022-0
0.202
0.202
3
3
160
200
250
315
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
3NE1 224-0
3NE1 225-0
3NE1 227-0
3NE1 230-0
0.580
0.582
0.580
0.581
3
3
3
3
350
400
450
500
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
3NE1 331-0
3NE1 332-0
3NE1 333-0
3NE1 334-0
0.766
0.743
0.760
0.766
3
3
3
3
560
630
710
800
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
gR/gS
3NE1 435-0
3NE1 436-0
3NE1 437-0
3NE1 438-0
1.110
1.110
1.110
1.120
3
3
3
3
710
800
gR
gR
3NE1 437-1
3NE1 438-1
1.120
1.110
3
3
000

3
1/90
LV HRC Fuse System

Size
In
Utilization
category
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.203

00
125
gR
3NE1 022-2
3
4
5
00
160
200
250
315
gR
gR
gR
gR
3NE1 224-2
3NE1 225-2
3NE1 227-2
3NE1 230-2
0.613
0.612
0.626
0.615
3
3
3
3
350
450
500
gR
gR
gR
3NE1 331-2
3NE1 333-2
3NE1 334-2
0.754
0.768
0.768
3
3
3
560
630
670
gR
gR
gR
3NE1 435-2
3NE1 436-2
3NE1 447-2
1.140
1.170
1.170
3
3
3
710
800
850
gR
gR
gR
3NE1 437-2
3NE1 438-2
3NE1 448-2
1.150
1.180
1.200
3
3
3
25
35
50
gR
gR
gR
3NE8 015-1
3NE8 003-1
3NE8 017-1
0.205
0.204
0.203
3
3
3
63
80
100
gR
aR
aR
3NE8 018-1
3NE8 020-1
3NE8 021-1
0.205
0.203
0.205
3
3
3
125
160
aR
aR
3NE8 022-1
3NE8 024-1
0.213
0.207
3
3
with bolt-on links

250
315
450
aR
aR
aR
3NE4 327-0B
3NE4 330-0B
3NE4 333-0B
0.753
0.760
0.760
3
3
3
500
710
aR
aR
3NE4 334-0B
3NE4 337
0.754
0.771
3
3

8
9
10
12
13
2 1)
6
7
1/91
LV HRC Fuse System


Size
In
Utilization
category
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items

0
32
40
50
gR
3NE4 101
3NE4 102
3NE4 117
0.278
0.277
0.276
3
3
3
63
80
100
aR
3NE4 118
3NE4 120
3NE4 121
0.279
0.276
0.278
3
3
3
3NE4 122
3NE4 124
0.279
0.279
3
3
3NE3 221
3NE3 222
3NE3 224
0.580
0.568
0.573
3
3
3
200
250
315
3NE3 225
3NE3 227
3NE3 230-0B
0.570
0.580
0.585
3
3
3
350
400
450
3NE3 231
3NE3 232-0B
3NE3 233
0.590
0.576
0.720
3
3
3
3NE3 332-0B
3NE3 333
3NE3 334-0B
0.759
0.748
0.753
3
3
3
560
630
3NE3 335
3NE3 336
0.756
0.760
3
3
710 2)
800 3)
900 4)
3NE3 337-8
3NE3 338-8
3NE3 340-8
0.762
0.764
0.753
3
3
3
3NE3 421
3NE3 626
3NE3 430
1.150
1.300
1.240
3
3
3
400
450
450 5)
3NE3 432
3NE3 635
3NE3 635-6
1.240
1.170
1.180
3
3
3
500
630
710
3NE3 434
3NE3 636
3NE3 637
1.490
1.210
1.190
3
3
3
125
160
with bolt-on links
1 1)
2 1)
100
125
160
400
450
500
aR
aR

3
100
224
315
aR
mounting dimensions: 140 mm, M12 screw connection

3
710
aR
3NE3 637-1
1.240
160
224
315
aR
3NE5 424
3NE5 426
3NE5 430
1.950
1.960
1.950
2
2
2
350
450
450 6)
3NE5 431
3NE5 433
3NE5 433-1
1.950
1.950
1.960
2
2
2
250
450
600
3NE5 627
3NE5 633
3NE5 643
1.560
1.580
1.580
3
3
3

with bolt-on links
3

2) Rated voltage 900 V AC.
5) Design corresponds to 3NE6 4.. and 3NE9 4...
1/92
LV HRC Fuse System

Size
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3NE7 425
3NE7 427
3NE7 431
3NE7 432
1.950
1.970
1.980
1.970
2
2
2
2
450
450 1)
525 1)
3NE7 633
3NE7 633-1
3NE7 648-1
1.960
1.980
1.970
2
2
2
630
630 1)
710 1)
3NE7 636
3NE7 636-1
3NE7 637-1
1.990
2.020
1.990
2
2
2
In
Utilization
category
Order No.
A
with bolt-on links
3
200
250
350
400
aR

with bolt-on links
3
400 1)
500 1)
1)
630
aR
3NE9 632-1
3NE9 634-1
3NE9 636-1A
2.540
2.550
2.550
1
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/93
LV HRC Fuse System

Series 3NC2 4..
Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
3
gR or aR
500 V AC
150 ... 400 A
Let-through characteristics (current limitation at 50 Hz)
[A ]
[s ]
6
4
vs
10 3
Let-through current
Virtual pre-arcing time
10 5
I2_10809
10 4
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
I2_10812
Unlimited peak values:

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
4 0 0
3 5 0
3 0 0
2 5 0
2 0 0
1 5 0
10 4
A
A
A
A
A
A
10 1
6
4
2 0 0 A
4 0 0 A
3 0 0 A
2
1 5 0 A
10 0
2 5 0 A
3 5 0 A
10 3
10 3
6
4
8 10 4
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
8 10 3
Prospective short-circuit current
Correction factor kA for breaking I2t value
6
[A ]
8 10 4
Peak arc voltage
Peak arc voltage s [ V ]
1200
Correction factor
I2_10811
1400
1
0.8
0.6
1000
800
600
400
0.4
200
0.2
0
0
1/94
100
200
400
300
Recovery voltage
500
w [V ]
600
200
400
600
Recovery voltage w [ V ]
8 10 5
800
[A ]
LV HRC Fuse System
Series 3NE8 71.-1, 3NE8 70.-1
000
Size:
gR or aR
Rated voltage:
690 V AC/700 V DC
Rated current:
20 ... 63 A
vs
[s ]
[A]
6
4
Let-through current
10 4
I2_10813
10 4
I2_10816
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
4
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
10 3
6
7
10 1
3 2 A
2 0 A
6
4
2 5 A
5 0 A
4 0 A

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
2
6 3 A
2
10 2
10 2
10 0
6
4
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
3
4
[A]
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
10 -3
10 1
8 10 2
6
[A ]
8 10 3
Peak arc voltage
0.8
0.6
0.4
1200
13
1000
800
600
400
ADA94-5004a-v
Correction factor
12
1400
200
0.2
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
1/95
LV HRC Fuse System

Series 3NE8 72.-1, 3NE8 731-1
Size:
000
aR
Rated voltage:
690 V AC/700 V DC
Rated current:
80 ... 315 A
10 3
Let-through current
vs
[A]
6
4
[s ]
10 5
I2_10817
10 4
6
4
2
10 2
I2_10820

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
2
3 1 5
2 5 0
2 0 0
1 6 0
1 2 5
1 0 0
8 0 A
10 4
6
6
4
2
10 1
3 1 5 A
2 5 0 A
2 0 0 A
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
2
10 0
6
4
A
A
A
A
10 3
6
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 1
6 8 10 2
6 8 10 3
4 6 8 10 4
[A ]
Peak arc voltage
1400
Correction factor
6
4
0.8
0.6
0.4
1200
1000
800
600
ADA94-5003a-v
400
0.2
0
1/96
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
200
0
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
[A]
LV HRC Fuse System
3
gR or aR
660 V AC
150 ... 1000 A
10 3

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
Let-through current
vs
[A]
6
4
[s ]
10 5
I2_10821
10 4
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
I2_10824
Series 3NC8 4..

Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
3 5 0 A
3 0 0 A
6
7
2 5 0 A
2 0 0 A
1 5 0 A
10 4
6
4 0 0 A
10 1
6
4
1 0 0 0 A
10 0
5 0
3 5
2
2
6
4
2
10 -1
10 3
10 2
0 A
0 A
5 0 A
0 0 A
1 5 0 A
3
4
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
[A]
8
9
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
4
p
[A ]
Peak arc voltage
Correction factor
0.8
1 0 0 0 A
0.6
1 5 0 ... 5 0 0 A
0.4
12
I2_10823
1400
1200
13
1000
1 0 0 0 A
800
1 5 0 ... 5 0 0 A
600
400
200
0.2
0
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
200
400
600
800
1/97
LV HRC Fuse System

000
gR/gS
690 V AC
16 ... 80 A

8 0 A
[A]
[s ]
6
4
vs
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
Let-through current
10 4
I2_10825
10 4
10 3
6
4
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 5 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
2
10 2
6
4
2
10 1
10 3
6
4
6
4

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
2
10 2
10 2
10 0
6
4
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 1
6 8 10 2
6 8 10 3
4 6 8 10 4
[A ]
Peak arc voltage
1400
Correction factor
0.8
0.6
0.4
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0.2
0
0
1/98
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

I2_10828
Series 3NE1 8..-0

Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
800
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
[A]
LV HRC Fuse System
Series 3NE1 02.-0, 3NE1 2..-0
Size:
00, 1
gR/gS
Rated voltage:
690 V AC
Rated current:
100 ... 315 A
10 5
I2_10829
10 4
[A ]
6
4
Let-through current
vs
2
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
3 1 5 A
2 5 0 A
2 0 0 A
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
6
4
2
10 1
I2_10831

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
3 1 5
2 5 0
2 0 0
1 2 5
1 0 0
10 4
A
A
/1 6 0 A
A
6
4
6
4
3
4
6
7
2
10 3
10 3
10 0
6
4
8 10 4
8 10 5
[A ]
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
8 10 3
8 10 4
Peak arc voltage
0.8
Correction factor
12
1400
3 N E 1 2 ..-0
3 N E 1 0 2 .-0
0.6
0.4
1200
13
1000
800
600
400
200
0.2
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
1/99
LV HRC Fuse System

Series 3NE1 33.-0, 3NE1 43.-0
Size:
2, 3
gR/gS
Rated voltage:
690 V AC
Rated current:
350 ... 800 A
Let-through current
2
10 3
6
4
2
10 2

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
[A ]
[s ]
6
4
vs
10 5
I2_10832
10 4
I2_10834
8 0 0
7 1 0
6 3 0
5 6 0
5 0 0
4 5 0
4 0 0
3 5 0
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
10 4
6
4
8 0 0 A
7 1 0
6 3 0
5 6
5
2
10 1
6
4
2
10 0
A
A
0 A
0 0
4 5 0
4 0
3
A
A
0 A
5 0 A
10 3
10 3
6
4
8 10 4
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
4
p
[A ]
Peak arc voltage
1400
0.8
0.6
0.4
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0.2
0
0
1/100
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

8 10 5
10 -1
Correction factor
800
[A ]
LV HRC Fuse System
Series 3NE1 437.-1, 3NE1 438.-1
Size:
3
gR
Rated voltage:
600 V AC
Rated current:
710 and 800 A

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
10 3
vs
[A ]
6
4
6
4
2
10 2
Let-through current
[s ]
10 5
I2_10835
10 4
I2_10838
8 0 0 A
7 1 0 A
6
7
6
4
8 0 0 A
7 1 0 A
2
10 1
3
4
6
4
2
10 4
10 3
10 0
6
4
8 10 4
8 10 5
[A ]
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
4
p
[A ]
Peak arc voltage
Correction factor
12
1400
0.8
0.6
0.4
1200
13
1000
800
600
400
200
0.2
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
1/101
LV HRC Fuse System

Series 3NE1 022-2, 3NE1 2..-2, 3NE1 33.-2
Size:
00, 1
gR
Rated voltage:
690 V AC
Rated current:
125 ... 500 A
[A ]
[s ]
6
4
vs
2
10 3
6
4
Let-through current
10 5
I2_10839
10 4
5 0 0 A
4 5 0 A
3 5 0 A
3 1 5 A
2 5 0 A
2 0 0 A
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
2
10 2
6
4
2
I2_10842

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
5 0 0
4 5 0
3 5 0
3 1 5
2 5 0
2 0 0
1 6 0
1 2 5
10 4
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
6
4
10 1
6
4
2
10 0
10 3
10 3
6
4
8 10 4
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
8 10 3
6
[A ]
8 10 4
Peak arc voltage
I2_10841
2000
0.8
Correction factor
1800
1 6 0 A
0.6
1 2 5 A
0.4
1600
1 6 0 ... 3 1 5 A
1400
1200
1000
1 2 5 A
800
3 5 0 A
600
400
0.2
200
0
1/102
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
0
0
200
400
600
800
8 10 5
[A ]
LV HRC Fuse System
3
gR
690 V AC
560 ... 850 A
6
4

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
10 3
Let-through current
vs
[A ]
[s ]
10 5
I2_10843
10 4
6
4
2
10 2
I2_10846
Series 3NE1 4..-2

Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
8 5 0
8 0 0
7 1 0
6 7 0
6 3 0
5 6 0
6
4
2
A
A
6
7
A
A
A
A
8 5 0 A
8 0 0 A
7 1 0 A
6 7 0 A
6 3 0 A
5 6 0 A
10 1
6
4
2
10 0
10 4
10 3
6
4
8 10 4
3
4
8 10 5
[A ]
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4 6 8 10 5
[A ]
Peak arc voltage
Correction factor
1800
0.8
0.6
0.4
12
I2_10845
2000
13
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
0.2
200
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
200
400
600
800
1/103
LV HRC Fuse System

00
gR or aR
690 V AC
25 ... 160 A
Let-through current
vs
2
10 3
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
[A]
6
4
[s ]
10 4
I2_10847
10 4
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
3 5 A
2 5 A
10 3
6
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
3 5 A
2 5 A
10 1
6
4
2
10 0
6
4

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
10 2
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 1
6 8 10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4
p
[A ]
Peak arc voltage
I2_10849
2000
1
1800
Correction factor
I2_10850
Series 3NE8 0..-1

Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
0.8
0.6
0.4
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
0.2
200
0
1/104
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
0
0
200
400
600
800
[A]
LV HRC Fuse System
Series 3NE4 3..-0B, 3NE4 337
Size:
2
aR
Rated voltage:
800 V AC
Rated current:
250 ... 710 A
[A ]
[s ]
6
4
vs
Let-through current
10 5
I2_10851
10 4
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
I2_10854

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
5 0 0 A
4 5 0 A
6
7
3 1 5 A
10 4
6
4
7 1 0 A
2 5 0 A
10 1
6
4
7 1 0 A
5 0 0 A
4 5 0 A
3 1 5 A
2 5 0 A
2
10 0
6
4
3
4
10 3
10 3
8 10 4
8 10 5
[A ]
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4 6 8 10 5
[A ]
Peak arc voltage
4 5 0 A
0.6
3 1 5 A
0.4
13
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
ADA94-5003a-v
Correction factor
1800
0.8
12
I2_10853
2000
0.2
0
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
400
200
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1/105
LV HRC Fuse System

0
gR or aR
1000 V AC
32 ... 160 A
[s ]
[A]
6
4
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
Let-through current
vs
10 4
I2_10855
10 4
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
I2_10858
Series 3NE4 1..

Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 2 A
10 3
6
4
10 1
6
4

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
2
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 2 A
2
10 0
6
4
2
10 2
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
2
6 8 10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
Peak arc voltage
2500
Correction factor
4
[A ]
I2_10856
0.8
0.6
0.4
I2_10857
10 -3
10 1
2000
1500
1000
500
0.2
0
0
1/106
200
400
600
Recovery voltage
800
w [V ]
1000
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
[A]
LV HRC Fuse System
1
aR
1000 V AC
100 ... 225 A

I2_10859
10 4
2 5 0
2 0 0
1 6 0
1 2 5
1 0 0
10 4
Let-through current
vs
[A]
[s ]
6
4
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
A
A
A
A
6
7
2
10 3
10 1

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
3
4
5
6
4
6
4
I2_10862
Series 3NE3 22.

Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
2
10 0
10 2
10 2
2 5 0 A
2 0 0 A
1 6 0 A
1 2 5 A
1 0 0 A
6
4
2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
[A]
10 -1
8
9
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
2
6 8 10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
Peak arc voltage
2500
Correction factor
4
[A ]
I2_10860
0.8
0.6
0.4
12
I2_10861
10 -3
10 1
2000
13
1500
1000
500
0.2
0
0
200
400
600
Recovery voltage
800
w [V ]
1000
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1/107
LV HRC Fuse System

1
aR
1000 V AC
315 ... 450 A
[A ]
[s ]
6
4
vs
2
10 3
Let-through current
10 5
I2_10863
10 4
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
I2_10864
Series 3NE3 23.

Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
4 5 0
4 0 0
3 5 0
3 1 5
A
A
A
A
10 4
6
2
4
10 1
6
4
4 5 0 A
4 0 0 A
3 5 0 A
3 0 0 A
2
10 0
10 3
10 3
6
4
8 10 4
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
2
8 10 3
8 10 4
Peak arc voltage
2500
Correction factor
6
[A ]
I2_10860
0.8
0.6
0.4
I2_10861
10 -3
10 2
2000
1500
1000
500
0.2
0
0
1/108
200
400
600
Recovery voltage
800
w [V ]
1000
200
400
600
800
1000
8 10 5
1200
[A ]
LV HRC Fuse System
Rated current:
2
aR
1000 V AC (up to 630 A)
900 V AC (710 A)
800 V AC (800 A)
690 V AC (900 A)
400 ... 900 A
[A ]
[s ]
6
4
vs
10 5
I2_10865
10 4
10 3
Let-through current
3
4
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
I2_10867
Series 3NE3 3..

Size:
Rated voltage:

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
9 0 0
8 0 0
7 1 0
6 3 0
5 6 0
5 0 0
4 5 0
4 0 0
A
A
A
A
A
A
10 4
6
2
4
10 1
6
4
10 0
6
4
2
6
7
8
9 0 0 A
8 0 0 A
7 1 0 A
6 3 0 A
5 6 0 A
5 0 0 A
4 5 0 A
4 0 0 A
10 3
10 3
8 10 4
8 10 5
[A ]
10 -1
6
4
10
2
10 -2
6
4
2
2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
2500
0.8
4 0 0 ... 6 3 0 A
7 1 0 A
8 0 0 A
9 0 0 A
0.6
12
Peak arc voltage
Correction factor
4
[A ]
I2_10866
0.4
13
I2_10861
10 -3
10 2
2000
1500
1000
500
0.2
0
0
200
400
600
Recovery voltage
800
w [V ]
1000
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1/109
LV HRC Fuse System

Series 3NE3 4.., 3NE3 6..
Size:
3
aR
Rated voltage:
1000 V AC
Rated current:
100 ... 710 A
I2_10868
10 4
vs
10 3
Let-through current
[A ]
[s ]
6
4
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
7 1 0
6 3 0
5 0 0
4 5 0
4 0 0
3 1 5

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
I2_10871
A
A
A
A
A
A
2 2 4 A
104
1 0 0 A
6
4
2
10 1
6
4
7 1 0 A
6 3 0 A
5 0 0 A
4 5 0 A
4 0 0 A
3 1 5 A
2 2 4 A
1 0 0 A
2
10 0
6
4
2
103
6
8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4
[A ]
6 8 10 5
Peak arc voltage
I2_10869
2000
1800
Correction factor
0.8
0.6
0.4
I2_10870
10 -3
10 2
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
0.2
200
0
1/110
200
400
600
Recovery voltage
800
w [V ]
1000
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
2
p
[A ]
LV HRC Fuse System
3
aR
1500 V AC
160 ... 600 A
[s ]
Let-through current
vs

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
[A ]
6
4
I2_10872
10 4
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
I2_10875
Series 3NE5 4..

Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
4 5 0 A
3 5 0 A
3 1 5 A
2 2 4 A
1 6 0 A
104
6
7
6
4
2
10 1
6
4
3
4
2
10 0
103
10 3
4 5 0 A
3 5 0 A
3 1 5 A
2 2 4 A
1 6 0 A
6
4
2
10 -1
2
6 8 10 4
4
6 8 10 5
2
p
[A ]
8
9
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4
[A ]
6 8 10 5
Peak arc voltage
0.6
0.4
3200
13
2800
2400
2000
1600
1200
800
I201_10873
Correction factor
3600
0.8
12
I2_10874
4000
0.2
0
1000
500
Recovery voltage
1500
w
[V ]
400
0
400
800
1200
1600
2000
1/111
LV HRC Fuse System

3
aR
1500 V AC
250 ... 600 A

6 0 0 A

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
[A ]
c
2
10 3
Let-through current
vs
[s ]
6
4
I2_10876
10 4
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
I2_10877
Series 3NE5 6..

Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
4 5 0 A
2 5 0 A
104
6
4
2
10 1
6
4
4 5 0 A
6 0 0 A
2 5 0 A
10 0
103
10 3
6
4
6 8 10 4
8 10 5
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4
[A ]
6 8 10 5
Peak arc voltage
I2_10874
4000
1
Correction factor
3600
0.8
0.6
0.4
3200
2800
2400
2000
1600
1200
I201_10873
800
0.2
0
1/112
1000
500
Recovery voltage
1500
w
[V ]
400
0
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2
p
[A ]
LV HRC Fuse System
Size:
3
aR
Rated voltage:
2000 V AC
Rated current:
200 to 710 A
[A ]
2
10 3
Let-through current
vs
[s ]
6
4
10 5
I2_10878
10 4
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
I2_10881

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
7 1 0
6 3 0
5 2 5
4 0 0
3 5 0
A
A
A
/4 5 0 A
A
2 5 0 A
2 0 0 A
7 1 0 A
6 3 0 A
5 2 5 A
4 5 0 A
4 0 0 A
3 5 0 A
2 5 0 A
2 0 0 A
6
4
2
10 0
6
4
10 3
10 3
8 10 4
8 10 5
5
6
7
10 4
6
10 1
3
4
[A ]
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4
[A ]
6 8 10 5
Peak arc voltage
4000
1
0.6
0.4
ADA94-5029b
Correction factor
3600
0.8
0.2
500
1000
1500
2000
12
I2_10880
10 -3
10 2
3200
13
2800
2400
2000
1600
1200
800
400
0
400
800
1200 1600
2000
2400
1/113
LV HRC Fuse System

3
aR
2500 V AC
400 ... 630 A
vs
[A ]
[s ]
6
4
10 3
Let-through current
10 5
I2_10882
10 4
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
I2_10885
Series 3NE9 63.

Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
6 3 0 A

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
5 0 0 A
4 0 0 A
10 4
6
10 1
6
4
6 3 0 A
5 0 0 A
4 0 0 A
10 0
10 3
10 3
6
4
8 10 4
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4
[A ]
6 8 10 5
Peak arc voltage
Correction factor
0.8
0.6
0.4
I2_10884
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0.2
1/114
400
800
1200 1600 2000 2400 2800

500
1000
1500
2000
2500
8 10 5
3000
[A ]
LV HRC Fuse System
3NC2 4..-3, 3NC8 4..-3
14
18
3
4
12
140
71,5
108
108
71,5
140
11,5
3NC2 4.., 3NC8 4..
5
11,5
14
12
18
11,5
14
81
60
70
6
7
12
18
70
70
10
10
81
60
70
I2 11336
I2_11337
3NE1 8..-0
3NE1 02.-0, 3NE1 022-2, 3NE8 0..-1

15
15
I2_06714
49,4
2,2
53,8
79,9
10
3NE1 33.-0, 3NE1 33.-2
35,8
60
12
3NE1 43.-0, 3NE1 43.-1, 3NE1 4..-2
25
32
2,5
73
149
68
66,5
73
135
66,5
13
73
151
I2_11343
3NE1 2..-0, 3NE1 2..-2
6
30
10
35,8
53,3
40
10
21
48
20
8,5
40,5
21
54
78
100
50,3
2,3
8,5
I2_06713
53
79
3NE8 7..-1
52
60
10
6
70
10
6
52
70
I2_07071
25
47,5
60
72
10
I2_06715
40,5
63,5
60,4
82,1
I2_06717
1/115
LV HRC Fuse System

3NE4 3..-0B, 3NE4 337
3NE4 1..
14,5
15 14
12,5
65
125
73,5
141,5
107,5
10,5
11,5
47
30
I2_06450
10,5
11,5
10
12,5
14,5
58
60
10
71
48
60
I2_11338
18
12,5 12,5
12
d
a
73
a
110
14
3NE3 22., 3NE3 23., 3NE3 3..

10,5
3NE3 4.., 3NE3 6.., 3NE3 637-1,

3NE5 4.., 3NE5 433-1, 3NE5 6..,
3NE7 4.., 3NE7 6.., 3NE9 63.-1
10,5
c
12
10
18
14
d
f
g
10
I2_06473a
81
60
70
70
Type
I2_11339
135
31
12.5
40.5
13.5
52
63.5
3NE3 3..
149
38
19.5
47.5
15
60
72
3NE3 635-6
128
11.5
3NE3 635-6
see adjacent drawing
3NE3 637-1
170
138
13
3NE5 4.., 3NE7 4.., 240

3NE7 6..
208
11.5
171.5
3NE5 433-1,
3NE7 6..-1
240
208
13
171.5
3NE5 6..
200
168
11.5
131.5
3NE9 63.-1
287
255
13
220
10
91.5
M10
160
91.5
28
3NE3 4.., 3NE3 6..
70
70
81,5
96
109
I2_11340
Dimensions
a
1/116
a
3NE3 22., 3NE3 23.
10
Type
Dimensions
LV HRC Fuse System
More information
Standards
The SITOR fuse links comply with the following standards:
IEC 60269-4
EN 60269-4
If noted in the selection and ordering data and characteristic curves,
the SITOR fuse links also comply with the following standards and
regulations:
IEC 60269-2-1
DIN VDE 0636-201
(for installation in LV HRC fuse bases according to VDE 0636/201,
as well as in fuse switch disconnectors and switch disconnectors
with fuses)
u
The following SITOR fuse links and LV HRC fuse bases are also
u recognized:
Series
Registration number
Reference
3NC1 0..
3NC1 4..
3NC2 2..
3NE1 ...
3NE3 2..
3NE3 3..
3NE4 1..
3NE8 0..-1
3NE8 7..-1
JFHR2
E167357
3NC1 1..
JDDZ
E223216
3NC1 038-.
3NC1 09.
3NC1 49.
3NC2 29.
IZLT2
E220063
3NH3 030
3NH3 120
3NH3 230
3NH3 330
3NH3 430
(JFHR2)
(E171267)
IEC 60269-4-1
DIN VDE 0636-401
(for screwing onto power rail). SITOR fuse links of size 1 to 3 with
gauge 110 mm are also suitable for installation in LV HRC fuse
bases according to IEC 60269-2-1 and in fuse switch disconnectors and switch disconnectors with fuses.
All SITOR fuse links with rated voltage Un 1000 V are CE-marked
according to the low-voltage Directive 73/23/EWG. The CE
marking confirms conformance of the products with the requirements of the Directive.
Environment-friendly recycling
In 1995, seven German manufacturers of LV HRC/HV HRC fuse links
founded a non-profit association.
NH
LV HRC/HV HRC Recycling
HH
The objective is to provide a useful recycling option for used fuse

links and determine an acceptable disposal concept that meets all
the requirements of modern environment protection.
Used fuse links are sorted according to product type and are accepted back without packaging for recycling, melted down and the
recovered materials are fed back into the material cycle.
In accordance with the regulations, statutes and articles of the
association, any surplus from the recycling process is donated to
a university in order to encourage research in the area of fuse link
technology.
For further information, please visit our Web site at:
http://www.nh-hh-recycling.de
Disclaimer
The products described here were developed as part of an overall
plant or machine to perform safety-related functions. A complete failsafe system usually contains sensors, evaluation units, signaling
units and concepts for failsafe disconnection. It is the responsibility
of the manufacturer of a plant or machine to ensure the correct overall function. Siemens AG, its branches and affiliated companies
(hereafter "Siemens"), is not in a position to guarantee the function of
an overall plant or machine that was not designed by Siemens.
Siemens can accept no liability for recommendations, either explicit
or implicit, contained in the following description. Furthermore, no
warranty or liability claims above and beyond those provided for in
the Siemens General Terms and Conditions can be derived from the
description.
Caution
Fuses must always be fitted by a qualified technician.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/117
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse bases
Overview
Terminals for all applications
Terminals are as different as the requirements of individual systems.
Flat termination with screw

Flat termination with screw is suitable for connecting busbars or cable lugs. It contains a torsion-proof screw connection with shim,
spring washer and nut. When tightening the nut, the torque must be
observed because of the considerable leverage effect.
Double busbar connection
This connection differs from flat terminations in so far as one busbar
each can be led over and under the flat termination.
Siemens Lyra contact

The silver-plated Lyra contact provides a large contact area for the
pin of the LV HRC fuse link. This limits heat transmission, thus reducing oxidation, which in turn reduces power loss. The large contact
area also facilitates replacement of LV HRC fuse links.
The contact is charged by the spring washer, which has been
mechanically galvanized. This will prevent hydrogen embrittlement.
The contact is resistant to aging and there will be no dreaded
annealing of contacts, which considerably improves operational
reliability.
Flat termination with with nut

With the flat termination with nut, connection of the nut is torsionproof. When tightening the nut, the torque must be observed because of the considerable leverage effect.
Terminal strip
Up to three conductors can be clamped to the terminal strip.
Clamp-type terminal connection

The clamp-type terminal connection is prepared for connecting two
conductors.
Saddle-type terminal connection

One conductor can be clamped to the saddle-type terminal
connection.
1/118
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse bases
LV HRC bases, LV HRC bus-mounting bases
000/00
4A
Rated current In
Size
A
160
160
250
400
630
1250
1250
Rated voltage Un
V AC
690 1)
690 1)
V DC
250
440
kA AC
120
kA DC
25
3
4
Flat terminations
screw
M8
nut
M8
M10
Nm
14
38
mm2
2.5 ... 50
mm2
6 ... 70
mm2
2.5 ... 50
conductor cross-section, 3-wire
mm2
1.5 ... 16
max. torque
for attachment of LV HRC base
Nm
max. tightening torque
M12
M16
65
Clamp-type terminal connection

conductor cross-section
Saddle-type terminal connection
6
7
Box terminal
Terminal strip
2.5
LV HRC fuse bases with slewing equipment

Size
2/3
4A
20
32
screw
M8
M10
M12
M16
nut
M8
14
38
Rated voltage Un
Power loss
000/00
V AC
690
V DC
440
8
9
Flat terminations
max. tightening torque
Nm
65
10
1) Also suitable for 1000-V SITOR fuse links.
12
13
1/119
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse bases

Size
In
Design
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
LV HRC fuse bases

000/00
160
1-pole
with flat terminations, screw
with clamp-type terminal connections
with saddle-type terminal connections
3NH3 030
3NH3 031
3NH3 032
0.235
0.230
0.266
3
3
3
with flat terminations and terminal strip

with flat terminations, nut
with flat and saddle-type terminal connection
3NH3 035
3NH3 038
3NH3 050
0.230
0.207
0.227
3
3
3
made of molded plastic, for mounting rail

and screw fixing
with flat terminations, screw
3NH3 051
3NH3 052
0.160
0.190
1
1
125
with box terminal, up to 50 mm2
3NH3 053
0.155
160
3-pole, with phase barriers

with flat terminations
3NH4 030
3NH4 031
3NH4 032
0.700
0.800
0.800
1
1
1
with flat terminations and terminal strip
3NH4 035
0.750
1-pole
3NH3 120
3NH3 122
0.460
0.460
3
3
1-pole
with double busbar connections
3NH3 230
3NH3 220
0.789
0.789
3
3
3-pole
with screw-type terminal connections
3NH4 230
2.100
1-pole
3NH3 330
3NH3 320
0.843
1.000
1
1
1-pole
3NH3 430
3NH3 420
1.100
1.100
1
1
1-pole
3NH3 530
3.000
160
160
160
250
250
4
(IEC design)
1/120
400
630
1250
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse bases

Size
In
Design
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.150
0.150
0.150
1/3
1/3
1
LV HRC bus-mounting bases for busbars

for busbars 12 mm x 5 mm to 12 mm x 10 mm
busbar clearance 40 mm
000/00
160
1-pole
with saddle-type terminal connection, top
bottom
terminal strip, top
3NH3 036
3NH3 037
3NH3 048
3
4
5
000/00
80
3-pole, tandem design

3 outgoing feeders, top and bottom with
saddle-type terminal connection
with 4 phase barriers
with 2 non-interrupted phase barriers
3NH4 037
3NH4 045
0.800
0.800
1
1
6
7
LV HRC fuse bases with slewing equipment

Degree of soiling 3
Degree of protection: open IP10, closed IP20
1-pole, with flat termination
000/00
2/3
160
250
400
and
630
supplied with additional saddle-type

terminal connections
with screw connection for mounting plate
with claw fixing for non-perforated busbar
with screw connection for perforated busbar
3NH7 030
3NH7 031
3NH7 032
1.000
1.000
1.000
1/3
1/3
1/3

with screw connection for perforated busbar
3NH7 230
3NH7 231
3NH7 232
2.500
2.500
2.500
1
1
1

3NH7 330
3NH7 331
4.800
4.800
1
1
with screw connection for perforated

busbar, can be used as disconnector
3NH7 332
4.800
9
10
12
13
4A
1250
3NH7 520
5.200
1/121
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse bases

Size
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Mounting parts for LV HRC fuse bases

LV HRC contact cover
protection against contact for contact pieces
000/00
0
1
3NX3 105
3NX3 114
3NX3 106
0.013
0.010
0.027
2
2
2
2
3
3NX3 107
3NX3 108
0.031
0.038
2
2
3NH3 0/3NH4 0
3NH3 1
3NH3 2
000/00
0
1
3NX2 023
3NX2 030
3NX2 024
0.025
0.050
0.053
2
2
2
3NH3 3
3NH3 4
2
3
3NX2 025
3NX2 026
0.066
0.101
2
2
LV HRC protective cover IP2X

for LV HRC fuse bases, size 000/00
1 and 3-pole
3NX3 115
0.039
1/10
LV HRC cover IP2X

for LV HRC protective cover IP2X
3NX3 116
0.014
1/10
outgoing terminal
incoming terminal
3NX3 105
3NX3 113
0.013
0.006
2
2
LV HRC phase barriers

for 3NH3 0 LV HRC bus-mounting bases
phase barrier
3NX2 027
0.017
end barrier
3NX2 028
0.020
for 3NH4 0 LV HRC bus-mounting base in tandem design

non-interrupted phase barrier
3NX2 031
0.050
LV HRC partitions
for side-by-side mounting of LV HRC fuse bases
and as end barrier for side-by-side arrangement
Type
Mounting parts for LV HRC bus-mounting bases

LV HRC contact covers
for mounting onto contacts to ensure protection against contact
1/122
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse bases

Size
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Mounting parts for LV HRC fuses

Fuse puller
for LV HRC fuse links
000 ... 4
without sleeve
3NX1 013
0.280
with sleeve
3NX1 014
0.480
Isolating link
for LV HRC fuse bases and fuse switch disconnectors
with insulated grip lugs
silver-plated
000/00
0
3NG1 002
3NG1 102
0.080
0.110
1/6
1/6
1
2
3
3NG1 202
3NG1 302
3NG1 402
0.170
0.240
0.290
1/3
1/3
1/3
4
4a
3NG1 503
3NG1 505
0.708
0.730
1/6
1/3
with non-insulated grip lugs

tinned
nickel-plated
3
4
6
7
8
Fuse base cover

for LV HRC fuse bases
according to DIN 43620
red with yellow information label
"power supply isolating point"
000/00
1, 2, 3
3NX1 003
3NX1 004
0.050
0.100
3
3
9
10
12
13
1/123
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse bases
LV HRC fuse bases
1- and 3-pole
Size
Size 000/00 to 3
In
Num- Connection
ber of
poles
Type
M8 plug connection
Saddle-type terminal
connection
Flat termination
3NH3 0..
M8 plug connection
connection
Flat termination
3NH4 0..
connection
Terminal strip
LV HRC
bus
mounting
base 2)
3NH3 0..
29
A
160
w1
I2 _ 1 1 3 4 6
000/00
d
1
d
2
d
3
w
w
d
1
d
3
d
2
d3
40
60
28
44
64
23
30
29
102
23
37
26
95
102
150 173
24
39
60
250
M10 flat termination

Double busbar
connection
3NH3 2..
35
49
177 201
35
55
84
3NH4 2..
400

Double busbar
connection
3NH3 3..
35
49
202 226
35
55
90
630

Double busbar
connection
3NH3 4..
35
49
212 241
35
55
101
1250 1
3NH3 5..
50
4A
Can only be used in bases with slewing equipment
2) LV HRC bus-mounting bases are only connected on one side using

terminals, the second connection is made through the bottom of the base.
d2
24
38
1) Size 4 LV HRC fuse links are also screwed onto the base.
1/124
d1
23
30
I2 _ 1 1 3 4 8
h2
102 122
3NH3 1..
h1
Flat termination
Clamp-type terminal
connection
h
1
2
34
1-pole
w2
160
LV HRC bus-mounting base 2)
30
29
I2 _ 1 1 3 4 7
Size 4 1)
Dimensions
163
102 270 max. 51

307
1161) 144
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse bases
Space requirements when installing LV HRC fuse bases
1-piece LV HRC fuse base, 3-pole
3-piece LV HRC fuse base, 1-pole
LV HRC phase barrier

I2_11363
I2_11362
I2_11361
Barrier
Spacer
3
4
5
Size
Mounting width (mm) of LV HRC fuse bases
1-piece, 3-pole
Base with
intermediate phase
barrier, without side
phase barrier
000/00
102
Mounting
height
(mm)
3-piece, 1-pole
Base with
intermediate and
2 side phase
barriers
106
Base with
intermediate phase
barrier, without side
phase barrier
100
Distance
through spacer
Base with
intermediate and
2 side phase
barriers
104
LV HRC bus-mounting base see page 1/124 and 1/128.
1)
Mounting
depth
(mm)
3NX2 0.. phase barriers

with respective bases 2)
138
86
114
90
128
142
178
90
163
177
158
172
202
110
184
224
20
227
118
208
272
32
242
132
Installation without barriers; for mounting see page 1/126 and 1/127.
n/a
4A
Can only be used in bases with slewing equipment
n/a
6
7
9
10
1) Placing an additional base on the barrier and plug-on part does not
increase the distance, rather the bases lie flat directly on top of one
another.
2) This measurement specifies the required overall mounting depth with
base t and the overall mounting height h.
12
3) If the bases are installed directly on a side wall in the distribution board,
one spacer part can be broken off. This would reduce the distance
measurement.
13
1/125
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse bases
Drill hole dimensions for base plate mounting
Sizes
1 to 3
Size
4
Type
Dimensions
w1
w2
000/00
3NH3 0..
17
48
25.5
3NH3 1..
19
74
25
7.5
3NH3 2..
31
88
26
10.5
3NH3 3..
31
100
26
10.5
3NH3 4..
31
108
26
10.5
3NH3 530
36
30
141
25
13
Size
Type
Dimensions
h1
h2
000/00
3NH4 0..
15
70
46
3NH4 230
26
110.5
88
25
h1
h2
l
7.5
Size
I2 _ 1 1 3 5 0
I2 _ 1 1 3 4 9
LV HRC bases 1-pole

Sizes
000/00 and 0
w
2
I2 _ 1 1 3 5 1
w
2
w1
w
2
w
1
1/126
w2
7.5
I2 _ 1 1 3 5 3
h
l
Size 1
I2 _ 1 1 3 5 2
LV HRC bases 3-pole

Size 000/00
w
2
w
1
10
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse bases
LV HRC bases, 3-piece, 1-pole
Sizes 000/00 and 0
Type
Dimensions
w1
w2
w3
h1
h2
I2 _ 1 1 3 5 4
Size
w
1
w
2
w
2
000/00
3NH3 0..
17
34
48
25.5
3NH3 1..
17
41
74
25
7.5
7.5
3NH3 2..
31
25
88
26
10.5
3NH3 3..
31
38
100
26
10.5
3NH3 4..
31
50
108
26
10.5
3NH3 530
36
30
95
141
25
13
3
4
5
6
7
I2 _ 1 1 3 5 5
Sizes 1, 2 and 3
w
1
w
2
w
2
w
2
I2 _ 1 1 3 5 6
Size 4
10
12
w
2
w
3
w
2
w
3
w
2
w
1
13
Note:
These LV HRC bases are mounted without phase barriers.
A minimum clearance of a = 25 mm is required.
1/127
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse bases
LV HRC bus-mounting bases in tandem design
Space requirements for
3-piece, 1-pole LV HRC bus-mounting bases, staggered
Saddle-type terminal connection: 175
Terminal strip: 182
38
230
213,5
I2_11364
Busbar center-to-center clearance 40 mm

3NH4 037, 3NH4 045
71
33
33
I2_06498a
82
28
107
44
91
LV HRC bases with slewing equipment, 1-pole

Sizes 000/00 to 4a

c
Size
4a
p
I2_11358
Sizes
1 and 2/3
I2_11360
Size
000/00
I2_11357
I2_11359
k
k
h1
h2
h1
h1
h2
h1
h1
h2
h1
Size
In
Type
Dimensions
a
120
17
18
200
20
19
30
10.5
177
25
40
300
25
25
30
30
10.5
220.5
30.5
35
350
40
30
31.5
45
13
270
40
26
440
50
3NH7 03.
44
149
45
88.5
250
3NH7 23.
68
230
68
123.5
23
102.5
25
2/3
630
3NH7 33.
90
270
96
153.5
15.5
122.5
4A
1250
3NH7 520
116
350
154.5
217.5
69
170
79
25
160
1/128
22.5
000/00
h1
9.5
h2
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC fuse bases
Mounting parts for LV HRC fuse bases
LV HRC partitions
Sizes 000/00 to 3, 3NX3 10
Size 000/00
3NX3 023
1,65
Type
000/00
3NX3 105
38
47.5
34
11.5
30
3NX3 106
61.5
57
42.5
35
46
3NX3 107
74
65
51
35
46
3NX3 108
81.5
77.5
57.5
35
46
3,5
3
4
I2_06493
138,5
Dimensions
41,3
55,8
35
Size
1,6
I2_06492
36,5
31
I2_11365
Sizes 0 to 3
3NX2 030, 3NX2 024 to 3NX2 026
16,1
86
6,2
14,3
6
7
3NX3 115 LV HRC protection cover,

with 3NX3 116 LV HRC shrouding cover
69
c
d
Size 000/00, degree of protection IP2X

33
13
Size
Type
Dimensions
3NX2 030
87.6
178.5
7.7
12.3
3NX2 024
107.3
202.5
7.7
12.3
3NX2 025
115.3
227.5
14.2
25.1
3NX2 026
129.8
242
20.2
37.2
I2_11366
141
8
9
Mounting parts for LV HRC bus-mounting bases

for 1-pole design and tandem design,
3NX3 105
47,5
34
I2_11368
11,5
30
50
30
I2_11367
38
10
3-pole,
3NX3 113
LV HRC partitions
3NX2 027
phase barrier
3NX2 028
end barrier
12
3NX2 031 non-interrupted,

for LV HRC bases in tandem design
13
230
I2_06499a
113,5
114
I2_06502a
82
I2_06684a
86,5
81,5
1/129
LV HRC Fuse System

LV HRC fuse bases
Mounting parts for LV HRC fuses
Fuse puller
Sizes 000 to 4
3NX1 013 (without sleeve), 3NX1 014 (with sleeve)
27,5
I2_06503a
47,5
68
125
130
136
sleeve
24
66
350
26
92,5
Size
Type
Dimensions
a
b
c
000/00
3NG1 002
44
15
48
78
54
20.5
19
3NG1 102
60.5
15
48
125
68
20.5
19
3NG1 202
61
20
53
135
72
23
24
3NG1 302
61
26
61
150
72
23
29
3NG1 402
61
32
73
150
72
23
36
a
e
d
Isolating link
with insulated grip lug, sizes 000/00 to 3
3NG1 .02
13
I2_06490
3,5
c
Isolating link with non-insulated grip lugs

Size 4a
3NG1 505
88
197
150
200
68
61
53,5
Size 4
3NG1 503
16
32
I2_06685a
6
40
30
I2_06511a
50
85
105
1/130
50
85
105
LV HRC Fuse System
LV HRC signal detectors
Overview
The signal detector supports monitoring of LV HRC fuse links of 10 A
or higher. The signal detector can be mounted onto any LV HRC fuse
link of size 000 to 4 with non-insulated grip lugs.
The signal detector link is connected in parallel to the LV HRC
fuse link via spring contacts.
In the event of a fault, the LV HRC fuse link is released simultaneously with the LV HRC fuse signaling link. A tripping pin in the LV HRC
fuse signaling link switches a microswitch for 250 V AC/5 A.
In order to replace the signal detector link, the signal detector is
removed from the LV HRC fuse link. It is then off circuit.
$
%
&
(
)
*
LV HRC fuse link

Signal detector
Microswitch
Spring contact
Flap
Signal detector link
3
4
2
3
I2_07855
LV HRC signal detector

for LV HRC fuse links with non-insulated grip lugs
rated voltage up to 690 V AC/600 V DC
contact: microswitch 250 V AC, 6 A
connection: flat connector 2.3 mm ... 0.5 mm
1
Size
Order No.
000 ... 4
3NX1 021
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.036
1/4
6
7
8
4 2
000 ... 4

rated voltage up to 690 V AC/600 V DC
response value > 9 V; 2.5 A; for standard applications
response value > 2 V; 7 A; only for meshed systems
3NX1 022
0.015
1/12
3NX1 023
0.015
1/12
9
10
LV HRC signal detector
3NX1 021
3NX1 022, 3NX1 023
I2_07857a
66
12
13
I2_07856a
115
11
25
15
40
1/131
LV HRC Fuse System

Application
Design
SENTRIC 3NP4 and 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are switching devices for the occasional manual switching/isolating of
loads and distribution boards. They are able to switch on, control
and switch off the specified rated current (including a specific
overload).
With the SENTRIC 3NP4 and 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors,
all poles of downstream electric loads can be safely disconnected from the system under load.
The SENTRIC 3NP4 and 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are
ideal for mounting on and in distribution boards (e.g. ALPHA,
SIKUS), meter cabinets (e.g. ALPHA 400-ZS) and molded-plastic distribution system, such as SENTRIC 8HP.
The ability to mount them on a range of different busbar systems
allows their very diverse implementation in switchgear cabinet
and control engineering.
The sizes SENTRIC 3NP4 LV HRC 000 2) and LV HRC 00 can be
snapped onto 35 mm mounting rails and are ideal for combining
with other switching devices e.g. in capacitor modules for p.f.
compensation.
SENTRIC 3NP4 and 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors
Used together with semiconductor fuses (e.g. SITOR), they
provide effective protection for frequency converters and soft
starters.
SENTRIC NP fuse switch disconnectors
The SENTRIC 3NP4 and 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors comprise a base and a removable fuse carrier with view and measuring window.
The base contains integral lyra contacts, arcing chambers and
terminal fittings. The fuse links/isolating links are contained in the
fuse carrier.
The fuse links can be replaced without tools.
The three conducting paths in the base and the fuse links in the
fuse carrier are separated by partitions that overlap when opening and closing the device.
This type of failsafe protection is called "complete compartmentalization" and effectively prevents phase arcing.
SENTRIC 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are also equipped
with locating springs, which are fitted to the side of the base.
These enable the "high speed closing" of devices, regardless of
the actuation speed of the operator.
used with LV HRC fuses of sizes LV HRC 000 to LV HRC 3 according to IEC 60269-2-1, DIN VDE 0636-201 and DIN 43620.
SITOR semiconductor fuses can continue to be used for a wide
range of applications.
For more detailed information, please refer to the instruction
manual for the SENTRIC 3NP4 and 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors.
Auxiliary switches
The SENTRIC 3NP4 and 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors also
be retrofitted with auxiliary switches for indicating the switching
position of the fuse carrier.
One switching element (1 CO) can be mounted on
SENTRIC 3NP4 fuse switch disconnectors size LV HRC 000 and
two switching elements (1 CO) on sizes LV HRC 00 to LV HRC 3
respectively.
3NP40 10
3NP40 70
3NP52 with open fuse carrier

climate proof and comply with the standards IEC 60947-1,
IEC 60947-3 and EN 60947-1, EN 60947-3.
For use in heavily sulfurous atmospheres, the SENTRIC 3NP5
series, as well as the 3NP40 1 and 3NP40 7 versions, are available as tinned models (delivery on request).
The SENTRIC 3NP5 fuse switch disconnector series also complies with the standard BS 5419 and is approved for use in shipboard systems. 1)
All SENTRIC 3NP4 and 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors can be
sealed as standard (or can be sealed through accessories).
1) Always use approved fuse links.

2) Corresponds to fuse size LV HRC 000 (LV HRC 00C) or LV HRC 00 with
reduced dimensions; maximum width 21 mm according to IEC 60269-2-1
and DIN 43620.
1/132
SENTRIC 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors can also be delivered

with a 2-pole auxiliary switch (1 NO + 1 NC) if required. The version with fuse monitoring is fitted with this auxiliary switch as
standard.
LV HRC Fuse System
Function
Fuse monitoring using the SIRIUS circuit-breaker
Electronic fuse monitors
For fuse monitoring, a SIRIUS circuit-breaker is factory-fitted and

hard-wired to the fuse carrier of the SENTRIC 3NP4 and 3NP5
fuse switch disconnectors.
For electronic fuse monitoring, the EF monitor is factory-fitted

and hard-wired to the fuse carrier of SENTRIC 3NP5 fuse switchdisconnectors.
If the fuse carrier is closed, the three conducting paths of the

SIRIUS circuit-breaker are switched in parallel to the fuse links to
be monitored. If the fuse carrier is open, all main conducting
paths of the circuit-breaker are off circuit.
The EF monitor works independently of any loads. Failure of a

fuse can be relayed to a control room through integrated auxiliary switches (2 NO + 1 NC) by means of a centralized fault indication or used to isolate the load through e.g. a contactor
The internal resistance of the circuit-breaker is great enough not

to impair the protective function of the monitored fuse links.
Actuation of the auxiliary switch depends on the ES version.

Version "A" stands for "open-circuit principle", version "R" for
closed-circuit principle" (see block diagram).
Failure of a fuse will trigger the circuit-breaker. The auxiliary

switch of the circuit-breaker can be used for indication purposes
or to disconnect the main circuit, e.g. through a contactor.
The signal lead for the SENTRIC 3NP4 fuse switch-disconnector
size LV HRC 00 needs to be ordered separately. Sizes LV HRC 1
to LV HRC 3 are connected using flat connectors.
Delivery of the SENTRIC 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors includes the signal lead, complete with connector.
SIRIUS circuit-breakers cannot be used for fuse monitoring in
branch circuits with circuit-breakers where a fault may result in
> 220 V DC feedback.
If a fuse is tripped, a green LED signal flashes (general fault) and

the location of the failed fuse is indicated by a red LED. Using
more than one device facilitates identification of the affected
branch circuit.
The EF monitor is automatically reset to the standby position
once the faulty fuses are replaced. This state is indicated visually
by the status display (green LED).
The Ef monitor is also suitable for use in industrial systems badly
afflicted by harmonics.
In the case of parallel cables and meshed systems, only a

voltage difference of > 24 V at the switch will trigger the circuitbreaker.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/133
LV HRC Fuse System
Type
3NP40 1
Standards
IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-3
3NP40 7
3NP42 7
3NP43 7
3NP44 7
Rated continuous current Iu

for fuse links acc. to DIN 43620
A
Size
160 1)
00C/000
160
00
250
1 and 0
400
2 and 1
630
3 and 2
Conventional free air thermal current Ith
160 1)
160
250
400
630
Rated operational voltage Ue

50 Hz/60 Hz AC
DC
V
V
690
220
(3 current paths connected in series)
690
440
(2 current paths conn. in series)
Rated insulation voltage Ui
690
690
800 3)
800 3)
800 3)
Rated impulse voltage Uimp
kV
000/100 (35)
50 (50)
00/160
50
1/250
50
2/400
50
3/630
50
maximum permissible let-through I2t value
Size/A
kA (rms value)
kA2s
56 (7.8)
158
551
1515
4340
permissible let-through current of the fuse
kA (peak value)
11 (5)
15
25
35
55
with fuse links

rated current
at 690 V
Size/A
kA (rms value)
000/100
100
00/160
50
1/250
50
2/400
50
3/630
50
permissible let-through current of the fuse
kA (peak value)
15
15
25
35
55
Size
000
00
A (rms value)
800 (p.f. = 0.45)
800
2000
3200
5040
A
A
160
100
160
100
250
250
400
400
630
630
at 500 V AC, with fuse links

or isolating links
rated breaking current Ic (p.f. = 0.35)
rated operational current Ie for
AC-21B,
AC-22B
AC-23B
Size
000
00
A (rms value)
320 (p.f. = 0.45)
320
750
1200
1890
A
A
A
160
100
40
160
100
40
250
250
400
400
630
630

or isolating links
Size
000
00
A (rms value)
200/240
(p.f. = 0.45/0.95)
200/240
(p.f. = 0.45/0.95)
375
600
945
A
A
A
160
50
25
160
50
25
250
400
630
Size
000
00
A
A
80/160
80/160
250
400
630
Rated conditional short-circuit current

with fuses (by fast switch on)
with fuse links
rated current)
at 400 V AC (690 V)
Short-circuit strength with fuses

(with closed disconnector)
Rated making and breaking capacity

(incoming supply from top or bottom)
or isolating links
AC-21B, AC-22B
AC-23B

AC-21B,
AC-22B
AC-23B
at 220 V/240 V DC, with fuse links 2)4)5)
or isolating links
rated operational current Ie at
220 V DC-23B/DC-21B
440 V DC-21B
1) 125/160 A only with 3NY1 236 supply terminals and with 3NY1 822 (125 A)
and 3NY1 824 (160 A) 21 mm-wide fuse links; see accessories.
2) When switching without load (AC-20 B, DC-20 B), direct voltages
up to 690 V DC can be applied.
3) For safety monitoring max. 690 V.
4) For degree of soiling 2, the disconnectors can be used up to 1000 V
AC-20 B, DC-20 B (switching without load).
5) Conducting paths in series: 3 for 3NP40; 2 for 3NP42, 3NP43 and 3NP44.
1/134
LV HRC Fuse System
Type
3NP40 1
Standards
IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-3
3NP40 7
3NP42 7
3NP43 7
3NP44 7
3
4
Capacitor switching capacity

at 400 V AC
capacitor rating
rated current In
kvar
A
50
72
50
72
at 525 V AC
capacitor rating
rated current In
kvar
A
50
55
50
55
Permissible ambient temperature
25 ... +55 1) for operation, 50 ... +80 for storage
Mechanical lifetime
Operating
cycles
2000
1000
1000
2000
1600
Degree of protection (operator side)

without insulating cover/cable lug cover
IP00 (3NP40 with box terminal and properly connected conductors: IP20)
with insulating cover/cable lug cover
IP30 (switch closed), IP20 (switch open)
Power dissipation of switch at Ith

(plus power dissipation of fuse links)
without busbar adapter
4.5 (at 100 A)
10
15
30
47
with busbar adapter
8.5 (at 100 A)
20
47
83
127
flat termination for lug,

max. conductor cross-section (stranded)
mm2
up to 2 70
(M8)
up to 150
(M10)
up to 240
(M10)
up to 2 240
(M12)
box terminal/terminal
(finely stranded with end sleeve)
mm2
1.5 ... 50 (35)
2.5 ... 70 (50)
70 ... 150
120 ... 240
150 ... 300
power rail (width thickness)
mm
22 5
22 ... 30 5 ... 10 22 ... 30 5 ... 10 25 ... 40 5 ... 10
88
up to 9 8
up to 16 8
up to 20 10
up to 24 10
Main conductor connection
laminated Cu strips, non-perforated in terminals mm

(width thickness)
6
7
8
Tightening torque for terminal screws

for flat termination
Nm
10 ... 12
25
25
30
with SIGUT box terminal/terminal
Nm
3 ... 3.5
8 ... 10
3NY3 035 50 Hz/60 Hz to 230 V AC

rated operational current Ie for AC-14
0.25 (Ith = 5 A), at 24 V DC: Ie = 0.45 A; flat connectors according to DIN 46244: A 2.8 0.5
3NY3 030 50 Hz/60 Hz to 230 V AC

rated operational current Ie for AC-13
0.1 (Ith = 0.1 A); quick-connect terminal according to DIN 46245: A 2.8 1
Auxiliary switch 1 CO (accessories)
Permissible mounting position
10
vertical or horizontal installation (no reduction of specified switching capacity)
1) Only with isolating links; otherwise, please observe specifications of fuse

manufacturer.
12
13
1/135
LV HRC Fuse System
Type
3NP50
Standards
IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-3
3NP52
3NP53
3NP54
Rated continuous current Iu

for fuse links acc. to DIN 43620
(when using semiconductor fuse links,
reduction of rated current required)
A
Size
160
00
250
1 and 0
400
2 and 1
630
3 and 2
250
400
630
Conventional free air thermal current Ith
160

50 Hz/60 Hz AC
DC
V
V
690
440 (3 conducting paths in series),
220 (2 conducting paths in series and for fuse monitoring through 3RV)
690 1)
690 1)
690 1)
690 1)
Rated impulse voltage Uimp
kV
with fuse links

rated current
at 500 V AC
Size/A
kA (rms value)
00/160
50
1/250
50
2/400
50
3/630
50
permissible let-through current of the fuses
kA (peak value)
15
25
40
50
Size/A
kA (rms value)
00/160
100
1/250
100
2/400
50
3/630
50
kA2s
223
780
2150
5400
permissible let-through current of the fuses
kA (peak value)
23
32
40
60
Rated short-circuit making capacity

with isolating links 2)
at 500 V AC
Size
kA (peak value)
00
6
1
17
2
17
3
17

breaking current Ic (p.f. = 0.35)
rated operational current Ie for AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B
Size
A (rms value)
A
00
1600
160
1
2500
250
0
1600
160
2
4000
400
1
2500
250
3
5040
630
2
4000
400

rated operational current Ie for AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B
A (rms value)
A
1300
160
2500
250
1600
160
4000
400
2500
250
5040
400
4000
400

with fuses (by fast switch on)
Short-circuit strength with fuses

(with closed disconnector)
with fuse links
rated current
at 500 V AC
maximum permissible let-through
I 2t
value
Rated making and breaking capacity 2)

(incoming supply from top or bottom) 3)

AC-21B, AC-22B
AC-23B
A (rms value)
800
1280
1000
2520
1600
3200
2520
A
A
160
100
250
160
160
125
400
315
250
200
630
400
400
315
at 220 V DC, with fuse links

breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms)
rated operational current Ie for DC-23B
A
A
640
160
1000
250
640
160
1600
250
1600
250
2520
400
1600
400
Size
A (rms value)
00
1600
1
2500
2
2500
3
4000
A
A
160
160
250
250
400
315
630
500
Switching capacity with isolating links 4)

(incoming supply from top or bottom) 4)
at 400 V AC, with isolating links
AC-21B, AC-22B
AC-23B
AC-21B, AC-22B
AC-23B
A (rms value)
1300
2500
2500
4000
A
A
160
160
250
250
400
315
630
500

AC-21B, AC-22B
AC-23B
A (rms value)
800
1280
1600
2520
A
A
160
100
250
160
400
200
630
315
at 220 V DC, with isolating links

breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms)
rated operational current Ie for DC-23B
A
A
640
160
1000
200
1600
400
1600
400
Switching capacity for horizontal installation

up to 690 V AC-22B
1) Ui = 1000 V is possible when maintaining pollution degree 2 (instead of 3).
2) Rated making and breaking current according to IEC 60947-3:
Rated making current I = 10 Ie (AC-23); 3 Ie (AC-22);
1.5 Ie (AC-21);
Rated breaking current Ie = 8 Ie (AC-23); 3 Ie (AC-22);
1.5 Ie (AC-21).
1/136
no reduction of the specified switching capacity

(values for 230 to 690 V AC on request)
3) When electronic fuse monitors are used,
infeed must be from the top.
4) Use silver-plated isolating links.
LV HRC Fuse System
Type
3NP50
3NP52
3NP53
3NP54
3
4
Capacitor switching capacity

at 400 V AC
capacitor rating
rated current In
kvar
A
80
116
90
130
150
216
250
361
at 525 V AC
capacitor rating
rated current In
kvar
A
100
110
125
137
200
220
300
330
25 ... + 55 for operation 1), 50 ... + 80 for storage
Mechanical lifetime
Operating
cycles
1600
Degree of protection
without molded-plastic cover
IP00 2)
with insulating cover and

closed fuse carrier on the operator side
with open handle unit
IP30
IP10
Power loss of the switch at Ith

(plus power dissipation of the fuse links)
without busbar adapter
7.8 (16.3) 3)
7.5
15
39
mm2
mm
mm2
2.5 ... 120

16 ... 22
2.5 ... 50
6 ... 150
22 ... 30
35 ... 120
6 ... 240
22 ... 30
6 ... 2 240
22 ... 30
Nm
Nm
Nm
18 ... 22
18 ... 22
9 ... 11
25 ... 30
25 ... 30
5 ... 6
25 ... 30
25 ... 30
25 ... 30
25 ... 30
M8
M8
M8
M 10
M 10
2M6
M 10
M 10
M 10
M 10
2.5 ... 70
25
M8
6 ... 2 70
25
M 10
6 ... 2 120
30
M 10
Main conductor connection

cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded)
busbar
clamp connections
Tightening torque
with cable lug
with power rail
with clamp connection
Terminal screws
with cable lug
with power rail
with clamp connection
Ground terminal
lug according to DIN 46234
busbar
terminal screws
mm2
mm
Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC (accessories)

(the same voltage potential must be applied to both NO and NC contact)
at 50 Hz/60 Hz to 400 V AC,
rated operational current Ie at AC-12/AC-15 A
6
7
9
10
16/6
flat connector (DIN 46244)
A 6.30.8
Permissible mounting position
vertical or horizontal installation

(switching capacity is sometimes reduced with horizontal installation)
Fuse monitor with 3RV circuit-breaker
see circuit-breaker
Electronic fuse monitoring

rated voltage 50 Hz/60 Hz AC
400 15% ... 500 V +10%, self-powered (incoming supply from top)
max. making current

continuous current
breaking current
A
A
A
20
5
5
switching capacity
VA
1000
short-circuit strength (1 ms)

response time
temperature range (operation)
plug-in connectors/connections
A
s
C
100
<1
10 ... +75
6-pole
minimum potential difference required

between top and bottom connections
of the switch (e.g. for use in meshed systems)
> 10
12
13
2 NO + 1 NC
Signal contact for electronic

fuse monitoring
rated operational current Ie
at 250 V, DC-13
at 240 V, AC-15
A
A
0.27
1.5
rated free air

thermal current Ith
1) When using isolating links. If using fuse links, please observe

specifications of fuse manufacturer.
2) For 3NP52 with clamp connection, degree of protection IP10.
3) With busbar adapter.
1/137
LV HRC Fuse System

for power distribution

Rated
Connection type (double-ended)
uninter- Connection
for conductor
rupted
cross-section
current
Iu
mm2
For fuse
links
according
to DIN
43620 1)
For
isolating
links 2)
Degree of protection IP00,

without fuse links,
without isolating links,
with terminal screws
Order No.
Size
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
for mounting and installation

up to 160 A, also clip-on for mounting rail
160 3)
Box terminal
1.550
000 4)
00
3NP40 100CH01
0.512
160
Flat termination
Box terminal
up to 2 70 (M 8)
2.570 or 2 2.5-16
00 and 000 00
3NP40 700CA01
3NP40 700CH01
0.749
0.800
1
1
250
Flat termination
up to 150 (M 10)
1 and 0
1 and 0
3NP42 700CA01
2.430
400
Flat termination
up to 240 (M 10)
2 and 1
2 and 1
3NP43 700CA01
3.610
630
Flat termination
up to 2 240 (M 12)
3 and 2
3 and 2
3NP44 700CA01
4.980
for snapping onto busbar system,

busbar center-to-center clearance 40 mm
3NP40 10
Rails of width 12 mm or 15 mm and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm 5)

with adapter, deep, e.g. for installation in ALPHA meter cabinets
(ALPHA 400-ZS) and ALPHA distribution boards (STAB/SIKUS)
160 3)
160
Box terminal
Flat termination
Box terminal
3NP40 70
1.550
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
000 4)
00
3NP40 150CK01
3NP40 150CJ01
0.952
0.970
1
1
up to 2 70 (M 8)
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
00 and 000 00
3NP40 750CE01
3NP40 750CF01
1.210
1.240
1
1
2.570 or 2 2.5-16
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
00 and 000 00
3NP40 750CK01
3NP40 750CJ01
1.290
1.270
1
1
3NP40 151CK01
3NP40 151CJ01
0.892
0.888
1
1
00 and 000 00 and 000 3NP40 751CE01

3NP40 751CF01
1.180
1.180
1
1
00 and 000 00 and 000 3NP40 751CK01

3NP40 751CJ01
1.260
1.210
1
1
1 and 0
with adapter, flat, according to DIN 43620 Part 6, for general applications and
ALPHA distribution boards (STAB/SIKUS)
160 3)
160
Box terminal
Flat termination
Box terminal
3NP42 70
250
Flat termination
1.550
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
up to 2 70 (M 8)
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
2.570 OR 2 2.5-16
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
up to 240 (M 10)
Connection bottom
or top
000 4)
00
1 and 0
3NP42 751CG01
3.710
00
3NP40 161CK01
3NP40 161CJ01
0.916
0.950
1
1
00 and 000 00
3NP40 761CE01
3NP40 761CF01
1.200
1.200
1
1
00 and 000 00
3NP40 761CK01
3NP40 761CJ01
1.290
1.240
1
1
up to 150 (M 10)
Connection,
bottom or top
1 and 0
1 and 0
3NP42 761CG01
3.710
up to 240 (M 10)
Connection,
bottom or top
2 and 1
2 and 1
3NP43 761CG01
5.440
up to 2 240 (M 12)
Connection,
bottom or top
3 and 2
3 and 2
3NP44 761CG01
7.680

Rails of width 12 mm to 30 mm and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm 5) flat,
T and I profiles, as well as on Rittal PLS systems.
160 3)
160
Box terminal 6)
Flat termination
Box terminal 6)
3NP40 16
250
400
630
Flat termination
Flat termination
Flat termination
1.550
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
up to 2 70 (M 8)
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
2.570 OR 2 2.5-16
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
000 4)
3NP42 76
For all fuse switch disconnectors with flat terminations, use the relevant cable lug covers (3NY7 101 to 3NY7 141) in order to ensure
protection against finger touch according to VBG4, see accessories.
1) See LV HRC fuse links
3) 125/160 A only possible with 3NY1 822 (125 A) and 3NY1 824 (160 A)
21 mm fuse links, see accessories.
1/138
4) Corresponds to size 00 with maximum width 21 mm

(according to IEC 60269-2-1 and DIN 43620).
5) For mounting on 5 mm thick busbars, a bar thickness compensation is
required for 3NP42 and 3NP43, see accessories.
3NP44 can only be mounted on 10 mm thick busbars!
6) No further cover required for 3NP40 with box terminal.
LV HRC Fuse System

with fuse monitoring through SIRIUS circuit-breaker 1) 2)

Rated
uninterrupted
current
Iu
Connection type (double-ended)

Connection
for conductor
cross-section
For fuse
For
links
isolating
according to links 4)
3)
DIN 43620
mm2
Size
Size
IP00,
without fuse links,
Weight PS*/
1 item P. unit
Order No.
kg
Items

up to 160 A, also clip-on for mounting rail
160
Flat termination
Box terminal
up to 2 70 (M 8)
2.570 or 2 2.5-16
00 and 000
00
3NP40 700FA01
3NP40 700FH01
1.270
1.350
1
1
250
Flat termination
up to 150 (M 10)
1 and 0
1 and 0
3NP42 700FA01
2.940
400
Flat termination
up to 240 (M 10)
2 and 1
2 and 1
3NP43 700FA01
4.170
630
Flat termination
up to 2 240 (M 12)
3 and 2
3 and 2
3NP44 700FA01
5.490
Rails of width 12 mm or 15 mm and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm 5)

with adapter, deep, e.g. for installation in ALPHA meter cabinets
(ALPHA 400-ZS) and ALPHA distribution boards (STAB/SIKUS)
Flat termination
Box terminal
up to 2 70 (M 8)
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
2.570 or 2 2.5-16
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
00 and 000
00
3NP40 750FE01
3NP40 750FF01
1.810
1.780
1
1
00 and 000
00
3NP40 750FK01
3NP40 750FJ01
1.820
1.830
1
1
00 and 000
00 and 000 3NP40 751FE01

3NP40 751FF01
1.610
1.620
1
1
00 and 000
00 and 000 3NP40 751FK01

3NP40 751FJ01
1.710
1.630
1
1
1 and 0
1 and 0
3NP42 751FG01
4.210
With adapter, flat, according to DIN 43620 Part 6, for general applications and
ALPHA distribution boards (STAB/SIKUS)
160
Flat termination
Box terminal
250
Flat termination
up to 2 70 (M 8)
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
2.570 or 2 2.5-16
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
up to 240 (M 10)
connection, top
or bottom
5
6
7

160
3
4
8
9
10

Rails of width 12 mm to 30 mm and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm 5) flat,
T and I profiles, as well as on Rittal PLS systems.
160
Flat termination
Box terminal
250
400
630
Flat termination
Flat termination
Flat termination
up to 2 70 (M 8)
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
2.570 or 2 2.5-16
Connection, top
Connection, bottom
00 and 000
00
3NP40 761FE01
3NP40 761FF01
1.670
1.890
1
1
00 and 000
00
3NP40 761FK01
3NP40 761FJ01
1.750
1.910
1
1
up to 150 (M 10)
Connection,
bottom or top
1 and 0
1 and 0
3NP42 761FG01
4.170
up to 240 (M 10)
Connection,
bottom or top
2 and 1
2 and 1
3NP43 761FG01
5.840
up to 2 240 (M 12)
Connection,
bottom or top
3 and 2
3 and 2
3NP44 761FG01
8.230
with electronic fuse monitoring

Through electronic fuse monitoring for installation as a single unit 5TT3 170.
For all fuse switch disconnectors with flat terminations, use the relevant cable lug covers (3NY7 101 to 3NY7 141) in order to ensure
protection against finger touch according to VBG4, see accessories.
5) For mounting on 5 mm thick busbars, a bar thickness compensation is

required for 3NP42 and 3NP43, see accessories.
3NP44 can only be mounted on 10 mm thick busbars!
1) SIRIUS circuit-breaker as standard with auxiliary switch 1 NO+ 1 NC.

On request 3NP40 7 also available with auxiliary switch 2 NO or 2 NC.
2) For 3NP40 7 with output socket for auxiliary switch, the signal lead must be
ordered separately, see accessories.
For 3NP41 to 3NP44, the auxiliary switch must be connected through the
flat termination 2.8 mm 0.5 mm according to DIN 46244-A.
1/139
12
13
LV HRC Fuse System

Accessories
For fuse switch
disconnectors
Version
Order No.
Weight PS*/
1 item P. unit
kg
Items
Quick retaining plate

between 2 mounting rails according to
EN 50022 and EN 50023
3NY1 995
busbar center-to-center clearance,

125 mm
3NP40 10,
3NP40 70
3NY1 995
0.135
busbar center-to-center clearance,

125 mm
3NP42 70
3NY7 322
0.249
Cable lug covers

and finger touch cover
according to VBG 4
(1 set=2 pieces)
for single mounting or
2 adapter devices
3NP40 7 with flat termination 1)

3NP42 7
3NP43
3NP44
3NY7 101
3NY7 121
3NY7 131
3NY7 141
0.065
0.220
0.221
0.319
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
Connection terminals
(1 set=3 pieces)
3NP42 7
70 mm2150 mm2
3NY7 120
0.333
1 set
3NP43
120 mm2240 mm2
3NY7 130
0.583
1 set
3NP44
150 mm2300 mm2
3NY7 140
0.725
1 set
solid/stranded:
2.5 mm216 mm2
3NY7 102
solid with end sleeve:
2.5 mm210 mm2
3NY7 105
0.131
1 set
0.113
1 set
3NY1 237
0.265
3NY1 238
0.434
3NY1 438
0.650
Triple terminal
(1 set = 3 items)
3NY7 102
3NY1 263
for mounting on
box terminals
3NP40 1,
3NP40 7
for mounting on
flat terminations
3NP40 7
3-phase busbar
modular width 90 mm = 5 MW
3NP40 1
permissible connection 25 mm2

or supply terminal
3NY1 237
3NY1 263
0.267
Cap
for 1 blank space in 3NY1 238
3NP40 1
3NY1 265
0.012
Feeder terminal
(1 set = 3 items)
for Iu max = 225 A
3NP40 1
conductor cross-section 3NY1 236

solid/stranded:
25 mm295 mm2
solid with end sleeve:
16 mm270 mm2
0.262
1 set
Overreaching protection
3NP42 7,
3NP43,
3NP44
3NY7 481
0.021
Sealing pin
(1 Pack = 10 items)
3NP42 7,
3NP43,
3NP44
3NY7 482
0.056
10
Busbar thickness compensation

(1 assembly kit = 5 items)
for 5 mm busbars only
3NP42 7,
3NP43
3NY7 381
0.064
1 set
Handle unit
gray with inscription label
with voltage inspection holes
3NP40 1
3NP40 7
3NY7 003
3NY7 001
0.160
0.220
1
1
Auxiliary switch 1 CO
for sizes 000 and 00
with self-tapping screws
for sizes 1 to 3 to clip on
3NP40 1 to 3NP44
3NY3 035
0.004
3NY3 030
0.004
3NY1 822
3NY1 824
0.130
0.129
1
1
3NY1 910
3NY1 911
0.097
0.261
1
1
NSE00172
3NY1 238
3NY7 481
3NY3 035
for Iu max = 225 A

for 2 switch
disconnectors
for 3 switch
disconnectors
for 4 switch
disconnectors
connecting bar
Electronically optimized
Fuse links size 000
3NP40 1
with non-insulated grip lugs,
utilization category gL/gG for cable and
line protection, overall width 21 mm
according to IEC 60269-2-1 and
DIN 43620
Signal lead
for connection to output socket of fuse
monitor size 00
1-m cable with connector
3-m cable with connector
3NP40 7
3NP40 7
400 V/125 A
400 V/160 A
1) The fuse switch-disconnector with mounted cable lug covers, together with
molded-plastic masking frame for distributor/device field/incoming feeder
unit, is easy to install in the meter center.
1/140
LV HRC Fuse System

Accessories
Covers
For fuse switch disconnectors
for installation in any distribution boards
Height Width Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
mm
kg
Items
1)
Molded-plastic covers
3NY1 251
3NP40 1
3NP40 7 with box terminals
3NP40 7 with flat termination
215 130
215 130
215 130
3NY1 251
3NY7 200
3NY7 201
0.052
0.037
0.046
1
1
1
3NP42 7
3NP43
3NP44
375 220
375 245
375 290
3NY7 220
3NY7 230
3NY7 240
0.112
0.117
0.125
1
1
1
197 215.5
3NY1 258
0.063
197 215.5
197 215.5
208 229
208 229
208 229
3NY1 262
3NY1 264
3NY7 500
3NY7 501
3NY7 502
0.093
0.091
0.120
0.120
0.054
1
1
1
1
1
309 216
375 245
375 290
3NY7 220
3NY7 230
3NY7 240
0.112
0.117
0.125
1
1
1
for installation in ALPHA 400-ZS meter cabinets

see "Installation and mounting" manual, Order No. E20001P285A526V1.
2 3NP40 1
for distributor/device field
1 3NP40 1 left
or suitable for incoming feeder unit 1 3NP40 1 right
1 3NP40 7 left
in meter center
1
(mounting on busbar)
2 3NP40 7
3NP42 7
3NP43
3NP44
for installation in ALPHA 160 and ALPHA 400 wall-mounted distribution boards
(STAB 160/STAB 400) and ALPHA 630 floor-mounted distribution board (SIKUS 630)
for attachment on mounting plate
or busbars
for further information,
see catalog ET A1
"ALPHA distribution boards"
1 3NP40 1 right
1 3NP40 1 left
2 3NP40 1
166 199
166 199
166 199
3NY1 260
3NY1 261
3NY1 248
0.082
0.086
0.036
1
1
1
1 3NP40 7 left
1 3NP40 7 right
2 3NP40 7
3NP42 7
3NP43
3NP44
208 229
208 229
208 236
3NY7 500
3NY7 501
3NY7 502
0.120
0.120
0.054
1
1
1
309 216 2)
375 245
375 290
3NY7 820
3NY7 230
3NY7 240
0.113
0.117
0.125
1
1
1
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
for installation in STAB/SIKUS Universal 8GF

Covers and fuse assemblies are available for all switch disconnectors for fuse links, sizes 000 to 3.
Order Nos. and prices on request.
8HP casing
Order No.
Size
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
for installation in molded-plastic distribution system SENTRIC 8HP

for installation in 8HP
complete casing with
fuse switch disconnectors
1 3NP40 10
1 3NP40 70
1
1
8HP6 431
8HP6 422
0.221
0.224
1
1
2 3NP40 10
3 3NP40 10
1 3NP40 70
2 3NP40 70
1 3NP40 70
2 3NP40 70
1 3NP42 70
2
2
2
2
8HP6 432
8HP6 432
8HP6 423
8HP6 424
0.465
0.465
0.230
0.203
1
1
1
1
2.5
2.5
2.5
8HP6 423
8HP6 424
8HP6 427
0.230
0.203
0.250
1
1
1
12
NSE00173a
13
See also; catalog "8HP molded-plastic distribution system",
Order No. 8ZX1012-0HP54-5AB1.
1) For installation in ALPHA wall and floor-mounted distributors and meters
(STAB, SIKUS, SIPRO), special covers are sometimes required,
see accessories.
2) The 3NY7 220 insulating cover (for installation in any distribution board)
can also be used with 8GE3 818-0 mounting plate.
1/141
LV HRC Fuse System

Accessories
Covers
Height Width Order No.
Weight PS*/
1 item P. unit
mm
kg
Items
for installation in 8GD/8GA STAB-/SIKUS distribution board "Classic"

see "Installation and mounting" manual Order No. E20001-P285-A526-V1.
for fixing
between two mounting rails
with 3NY1 995 quick retaining plate
3NY1 250
in a field of width B1
in a field of width B2/2
3NY1 253
1 3NP40 10 right with and

without auxiliary switch
1 3NP40 10 left with and without
auxiliary switch
2 3NP40 10 with and without
auxiliary switch
auxiliary switch
auxiliary switch
(supports included in delivery)
auxiliary switch
(supports included in delivery)
5 3NP40 10
with and without auxiliary switch
197 215.5
3NY1 256
0.116
197 215.5
3NY1 257
0.118
197 215.5
3NY1 258
0.063
197 235
3NY1 250
0.075
197 485
3NY1 253
0.225
197 485
3NY1 254
0.188
197 485
3NY1 255
0.125
3NY1 255
3NY1 260
Supports
(1 set = 10 items)
for 3NY1 253 and 3NY1 254
insulating covers
3NP40 1
3NY1 271
0.100
1 set
Insulating cover
for snapping
3NP40 1 switch disconnectors
onto mounting rails with special
8GD9 device holders and for
mounting onto busbars
(except 3NY1 247)
1 3NP40 1 right with and with- 166 199

out auxiliary switch
1 3NP40 1 left with and without 166 199
auxiliary switch
3NY1 260
0.082
3NY1 261
0.086

auxiliary switch
auxiliary switch
166 199
3NY1 248
0.036
166 469
3NY1 247
0.072
3NP40 1
Width 90
3NY1 270
0.040
1 set
208 219
208 219
3NY7 800
3NY7 801
0.100
0.120
1
1
208 222
3NY7 802
0.060
309 216
3NY7 820
0.113
1 3NP40 7 left
208 229
3NY7 500
0.120
1 3NP40 7 right
208 229
3NY7 501
0.120
2 3NP40 7
208 236
3NY7 502
0.054
1 3NP42 70
309 216 1)
3NY7 820
0.113
to 8GD9 591 mounting plate
1 3NP43 70
375 245
3NY7 230
0.117
to 8GD9 592 mounting plate
1 3NP44 70
375 290
3NY7 240
0.125
3NY1 247
Blanking cover
(1 set = 10 items)
for covering blank space
in the 3NY1 2 insulating cover
1 3NP40 7 left
for attachment between
1 3NP40 7 right
two mounting rails
with 3NY1 995 quick retaining plate 2 3NP40 7
with 3NY1 322 quick retaining plate 1 3NP42 7
for attachment to 8GD9 100
mounting plate
for attachment
1) For mounting on 8GD9 590 mounting plate, the 3NY7 220 insulating cover
can also be used.
1/142
LV HRC Fuse System

for advanced technical demands

Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing feature
Rated Connection type (double-ended)
uninter- Connection
for conductor
rupted
cross-section
current
Iu
For fuse links For

Auxiliary
according to isolating switch on
1)
DIN 43620 links
switch
disconnector
IP00, without fuse links,
Weight PS*/
1 item P. unit
Order No.
mm2
Size
Size
Version
kg
Items
2.5150 2)
00 and 000
00
without 3)
3NP50 600CA00
1 NO + 1 NC 3NP50 600CA10
1.600
1.650
1
1
Clamp connections 1-wire

2.550
or
2-wire
1 2.550
1 2.535
00 and 000
00
without 3)
3NP50 600CB00
1 NO + 1 NC 3NP50 600CB10
1.730
1.740
1
1
1 and 0
without
3NP52 600CA00
1 NO + 1 NC 3NP52 600CA10
5.470
5.490
1
1
1 and 0
3NP52 600CB00
without
1 NO + 1 NC 3NP52 600CB10
5.600
5.810
1
1
2 and 1
without
3NP53 600CA00
1 NO + 1 NC 3NP53 600CA10
6.530
6.550
1
1

160
250
Flat termination 6)
Flat termination
6150 4)
Clamp connections 35120
400
Flat termination
6240 4)
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
630
Flat termination
62 240
4)
3 and 2
without
3NP54 600CA00
1 NO + 1 NC 3NP54 600CA10
7.940
7.950
1
1
10
for adaptation to busbar systems 5),

Rails of width 12 mm and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm
160
2.5150 2)
Connection,
bottom
00 and 000
without
3NP50 651CF00
1 NO + 1 NC 3NP50 651CF10
2.380
2.370
1
1
Clamp connections 1-wire

2.550
or
2-wire
1 2.550
1 2.535
connection,
bottom
00 and 000
3NP50 651CG00
without
1 NO + 1 NC 3NP50 651CG10
2.430
2.430
1
1
Flat termination

Use switch version "Mounting and installation" and busbar adapter, see accessories.
2) According to DIN 46234 or 16 mm2 95 mm2 according to DIN 46235
(use lug M 10 if required).
3) If auxiliary switch is retrofitted, additional drill holes are required on the
switch.
4) According to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; with lug according to DIN 46235:
min. conductor cross-section 16 mm2 (use lug M 12 if required).
5) For accessories and additional devices on busbar systems,
see accessories and distribution board, busbar systems and switchgear.
6) For 3NP50 60 with flat terminations, the relevant 3NY1 106 cable lug covers must be used (see accessories) for the purpose of protection against
accidental contact according to DIN VDE 0106 Part 100.
1/143
12
13
LV HRC Fuse System


with fuse monitoring through SIRIUS circuit-breaker 1)
Rated Connection type (double-ended)
uninter- Connection
for conductor
rupted
cross-section
current
Iu
For
fuse links
according
to DIN
43620 2)
Auxiliary
switch on
switch disconnector
Auxiliary
switch
on circuitbreaker
Size
Version
Version
IP00,
without fuse links,
Weight PS*/
1 item P. unit
Order No.
mm2
kg
Items

with plug-in connection of the auxiliary switch connecting cable
(length approx. 1 m) to the circuit-breaker
160
Flat termination 6) 2.5150 3)
00 and 000 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP50 600EA86

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
3NP50 600EA26
2.480
2.550
1
1
Clamp
connections
00 and 000 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP50 600EB86
2.610
3NP50 600EB26
2.650
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP52 600EA86
3NP52 600EA26
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
6.010
6.860
1
1
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP52 600EB86
7.090
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
3NP52 600EB26
6.650
1-wire
2.550
2-wire
1 2.550
1 2.535
250
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
Flat termination
6150 4)
1 and 0
Clamp
connections
35120
1 and 0
400
Flat termination
6240 4)
2 and 1
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP53 600EA86
3NP53 600EA26
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
7.080
5.410
1
1
630
Flat termination
62 240 4)
3 and 2
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP54 600EA86
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
3NP54 600EA26
8.460
9.230
1
1

160
Flat termination
2.5150 3)
Connection,
bottom
00 and 000 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP50 651EF86

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
3NP50 651EF26
2.900
2.950
1
1
Clamp
connections
1-wire
00 and 000 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP50 651EG86
3.020
3NP50 651EG26
2.970
2.550
2-wire
1 2.550
1 2.535
connection,
bottom
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO

1) SIRIUS circuit-breaker on request, also auxiliary switch 2 NC.
2) See LV HRC fuse links.
3) According to DIN 46234 or 16 mm295 mm2 according to DIN 46235
see accessories and distribution board, busbar systems and switchgear.
1/144
LV HRC Fuse System


with electronic fuse monitoring ES (self-powered) Version "A" (open-circuit principle) 1)
for rated operational voltage Ue from 400 V to 500 V
Incoming supply must come from above!
Rated Connection type
For fuse links
uninter- (double-ended)
according to
rupted Connection for conduc- DIN 43620 2)
current
tor cross-secIu
tion
Auxiliary
switch on
switch disconnector
Auxiliary
switch
on fuse
monitor
Degree of protection IP00,

without fuse links,
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3
4
Order No.
mm2
Size
Version
Version

with plug-in connection of auxiliary switch connecting cable
(length approx. 1 m) for fuse monitoring
status display: green LED illuminated, fault indication: green LED flashing
fuse failure: red LED (display per phase)
160
250
Flat
2.5120 3)
termination 5)
00 and 000
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC
3NP50 600HA13
2.370
Clamp
1-wire
connections 2.550
2-wire
1 2.550
1 2.535
00 and 000
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC
3NP50 600HB13
2.500
1 and 0
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC
3NP52 600HA13
5.860
Flat
termination
6150 4)
5
6
7
8
9
400
Flat
termination
6240 4)
2 and 1
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC
3NP53 600HA13
6.950
630
Flat
termination
6240 4)
3 and 2
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC
3NP54 600HA13
8.510
10
12
13
1) Version "R" (closed-circuit principle) on request! (See also block diagram)

1/145
LV HRC Fuse System


with electronic fuse monitoring (self-powered) Version "A" (open-circuit principle) 1)
for rated operational voltage Ue from 400 V to 500 V
Incoming supply must come from above!
Rated
Connection type
uninter- (double-ended)
rupted Connection for conductor
current
cross-section
Iu
For fuse
links according to DIN
43620 2)
Auxiliary
switch on
switch disconnector
Auxiliary
switch
on fuse
monitor
Size
Version
Version
IP00, without fuse links,
Weight PS*/
1 item P. unit
Order No.
mm2
kg
Items
2.770

160
Flat
termination
2.5120 3)
connection,
bottom
00 and 000
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 1 NC
3NP50 651HF13

1) Version "R" (closed-circuit principle) on request! (See also block diagram)
see accessories and components for distribution systems.
1/146
LV HRC Fuse System

Accessories
For fuse switch
disconnectors
Height Width
Order No.
Weight PS*/
1 item P. unit
mm
kg
Items
for installation in any distribution board
3NY1 107
3NY1 106
Molded-plastic cover
for installation
in cabinet
3NP50 with and with- 215 135

3NY1 105
0.045
with auxiliary switch
215 135
3NY1 115
0.044
for installation
in metal front panel
with and without

auxiliary switch
220 160
3NY1 125
0.062
for connection
terminals

3NY1 107
0.073
for cable lug
connections

3NY1 106
0.071
for separate covering
of top and bottom
cable lug connections
with auxiliary switch
290 135
3NY1 116
0.071

3NY1 108
0.048
250 149
3NY1 208
0.531
300 220
3NY1 210
0.287
300 245
3NY1 211
0.298
300 290
3NY1 212
0.313
3NP52
cover length 99 mm
3NY1 241
0.205
1 set
3NP53/3NP54 60
cover length 95 mm
cover length 120 mm
3TX6 5463B
3NY1 245
0.260
0.336
1 set
1 set
Assembly kit for installation 3NP50 60

with molded-plastic cover,
3NP52 60
fixing bracket
3NP53 60
and small components
3NP54 60
3NY1 212
3TX6 5463B
for switches with and

Cover for
cable lug connection
(1 set = 6 items)
screw onto
free screw end
for protection against
accidental contact
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
for installation in any distribution board

Conductor cross-section
Clamp connections
(1 set = 3 items)
3NP50
2.550 mm2 1)
3NY1 903
0.108
1 set
3NP52
35120 mm2
3NY1 907
0.225
1 set
Busbar adapter
for 60-mm busbar
system
3NP50
108 mm wide
8US12 914SB00
0.551
3NP52, 3NP53.3
NP54 2)
250 mm wide
8US12 104AG00
(length 320 mm,
terminal screws M 10,
connecting cables must be
made up)
3.060
10
3NY1 907
12
8US12 104AG00
Sealing eye
can be retrofitted
(1 pack = 10 items)
3NP50
3NY1 940
0.010
1 set
1) Also available in 2-wire version: 1 2.5 mm2 to 50 mm2 and 1 2.5 mm2
to 35 mm2.
2) Switch is wider than adapter; however, this can be expanded to 276 mm
using 2 8US19 982BM00 lateral modules.
1/147
13
LV HRC Fuse System

Accessories
3NY1 074
For fuse switch

disconnectors
Order No.
kg
Items
Handle unit
3NP50 6 ..C. .0
3NP52 60.C. .0
3NP53 60.C. .0
3NP54 60.C. .0
3NY1 074
3NY1 371
3NY1 372
3NY1 373
0.620
0.263
1.510
1.690
1
1
1
1
with fuse monitoring

through circuit-breaker 3RV1
(with auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC),
with plug-in connection,
without connector and connecting cable
3NP50 6 ..E. .6
3NP52 60.E. .6
3NP53 60.E. .6
3NP54 60.E. .6
3NY1 420
3NY1 421
3NY1 422
3NY1 423
1.400
1.900
1.980
2.600
1
1
1
1
3NP5 with 3RV1
3NY1 910
3NY1 911
0.097
0.261
1
1
with electronic
fuse monitoring for 400 V-500 V
(with auxiliary switch 2 NO + 1 NC),
with plug-in connection,
without connector and connecting cable
3NP50 6 ..H .13

3NP52 60.H .13
3NP53 60.H .13
3NP54 60.H .13
3NY1 5130
3NY1 5132
3NY1 5133
3NY1 5134
1.230
2.130
2.140
0.325
1
1
1
1
Connector and connecting cable (6-pole)

3 m long
3NP5 with ES
3NY1 915
0.372
Strain relief assembly kit

for control cable of
3NP5 with ES
3NY1 918
0.024
1 set
with actuating cams,

screws and washers
(mounting kit)
3NP50 1)
3NY3 033
0.015
with fixing bracket

and screws
(mounting kit)
3NP523NP54
3NY3 034
0.015
Arc chamber
(for 3NP52, 3NP53 and
3NP54, 3 items
each are required)
3NP50
3NY4 031
0.218
3NP52
3NY4 011
0.215
3NP53, 3NP54
3NY4 012
0.240
3NY1 210
3NY1 211
3NY1 212
3NY1 102
3NY1 103
3NY1 104
0.071
0.075
0.084
1
1
1
Connector and connecting cable

1 m long
3 m long
Weight PS*/
1 item P. unit
3NY1 5133
3NY1 915
Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC
3NY3 033
3NY3 034
3NY4 031
3NY4 011
as replacement for covers
from assembly kits for
installation
(without fixing brackets
and small components)
300 220 mm
300 245 mm
300 290 mm
1) If retrofitted, drill holes required.
1/148
LV HRC Fuse System
2 7
N S E 0 0 1 9 0 a
3NY1 995 quick fitting plate

for 3NP40 10 and 3NP40 70
7,5
2 5 ,5
NSE00192
M5
100
50
M5
50
28,5
85
For installation
STAB 8GD wallmounted
distribution
boards,
upper
perforations
with 50 mm
clearance
1 7 4
21
28
3,5
28,5
NSE 00196a
62,5
16
13
12
NSE 00194a
21
72
NSE00195
18
28
3,5
3NP40 151CJ01
with busbar adapter, flat, rails; width 12 mm or 15 mm
and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm, bottom connection
19
41,5
18
7,5
19
121,5
144,5
40
40
NSE 00202a
89
12
NSE 00907a
100,5
13
7,5
100,5
69,5
60
25,5 25,5
201
60
11,5
72
100,5
69,5
168
168
14
19
89
60
11,5
25,5 25,5
222
3NP40 161CK01
with busbar adapter, rails of width 12, 15, 20, 25 mm or
30 mm and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm, flat, T, I profiles and
other renowned busbar systems, top connection
NSE 00204a
19
60
89
10,5
3NP40 161CJ01
with busbar adapter, rails of width 12, 15, 20 mm or
30 mm and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm, flat, T, I profiles and
other renowned busbar systems, bottom connection
93
25,5 25,5
NSE 00205a
201
14
72
25,5 25,5
10
7,5
18
18
144,5
40
40
16,5
19
201
3NP40 150CJ01
with busbar adapter, deep, rails; width 12 mm or 15 mm
and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm, bottom connection
16,5
3NP40 151CK01
with busbar adapter, flat, rails; width 12 mm or 15 mm
and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm, top connection
89
72
25,5 25,5
174
8
10
30
215
NSE 00200a
6
7
9
100,5
144,5
40
40
58,5
89
NSE 00201a
130
16,5
3NP40 10
with 3NY1 251 molded-plastic cover
21
NSE 00197a
10,5
21
3
4
5
3NP40 10
with 3NY1 236 supply terminal
18
35
63
28,5
14
3NP40 10
with 3NY1 235 triple terminal
20
35
3NY1 265
cap
for 3NY1 238
3-phase busbar
62,5
3NP40 10
with 3NY1 237 3-phase busbar
for 2 fuse switch disconnectors
9,5
A u x ilia r y s w itc h
2 5 ,5
5,8
97,5
43,5
34,5
2,5
97,5
43,5
M5
125
155
50
NSE00191
6 4 ,5
4 4 ,5
5 0
1 6 8 ,5
1 4 3
1 2 6 ,5
5 2
5 ,8
68
1 2 7 ,5
85
70
17,5
NSE00193
8 9
3NP40 10
with 3NY1 995 quick retaining plate
mounting rail center-to-center
clearance 125 mm
70
7 3 ,5
4 4
4 8
13,8
Cutout
for 3NP35
and 3NP40 10
3NP40 10
72
201
1/149
LV HRC Fuse System
3NP40 70
for mounting
3NP42 70, 3NP43 70, 3NP44 70

for mounting
8 3 ,5
4 5
3 6 ,5
d
NSE00207
1 0 8
N S E 0 _ 0 0 2 0 6 b
1 0 1
1 7
8 3 ,5
7 0
1 7 0
5 0
1 9 0
Drilling pattern for 3NP40 70

Type
184
3NP42 70
210
3NP43 70
256
3NP44 70
3NY73 22 quick retaining
plate
NSE0_00522a
170
65
NSE00213
16
157
NSE0_00523a
84
17
217
Cutouts 2)
for 3NP42
195
70
50
5,8
11
116
114
130
118
198
Type
h
81
81
25
111
72
50
For plastic frame

Cutouts 2)
for 3NP40 70
161
130
40
40
170
65
$ Bottom edge disconnector-base

% Center disconnector-base
50
238
110
16
NSE00209
50
For metal frames

cutout for 3NP4
11
NSE0_00212a
17
19
108
70
Drilling pattern for 3NP44
3NP40 751
with busbar adapter, flat,
rails of width 12 mm or 15 mm
and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm
50
85
116
130
11
NSE0_00211a
93
50
84
70
161
130
40
40
122,5
50
274,4
85
M6
132
19
114
6,5
NSE0_00210a
108
66
45.5
215
80
48
255
94.5
48
267
11
3NP40 750
with busbar adapter, deep,
rails of width 12 mm or 15 mm
NSE0_00524a
243
288
300
81,7
97,5
5,8
70
83,5
NSE00208
50
Cover between
assembly kit
Type
Panel cutout min.

H
h 1)
Cutouts 2)
for 3NP43
Cutouts 2)
for 3NP44
375
375
375
210
235
280
275
315
325
157
174
178
Insulating cover in front of panel

3NP40 1 3NY1 251
3NP40 7 3NY7 200,
3NY7 201
3NP42 7 3NY7 220
3NP43 7 3NY7 230
3NP44 7 3NY7 240
11
11
162
130
130
215
215
100
118
155
195
87
110
220
245
290
375
375
375
198
224
270
275
315
325
157
174
178
177,5
220
245
290
267
100
110
130
NSE0_00526a
180
195
50
100
118
315
215
215
174
130
130
NSE0_00525a
3NP40 1 3NY1 251

3NP40 7 3NY7 200,
3NY7 201
3NP42 7 3NY7 220
3NP43 7 3NY7 230
3NP44 7 3NY7 240
50
NSE 00906a
Insulating cover behind panel
270
224
1) h = distance from upper edge of panel cutout to center of

disconnector mounting.
1/150
2) Cover is placed open on the switchgear cabinet panel, for cover behind
control cabinet panel: cutout dimensions on request.
LV HRC Fuse System
3NP40 700F
1 1 4 ,5
5 7
19
3
4
210
64
16
241,5
3NP40 751F
with busbar adapter, flat, 40 mm,
rails; width 12 mm or 15 mm
6
7
3NP40 760F
with busbar adapter, flat, 60 mm,
19
189
60
189
8
220,5
NSE 00904a
220,5
NSE 00903a
64
16
60
179
160,7
40 40
19
NSE 00902a
1 9 3 ,5
64
16
8 3 ,5
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 0 1 c
6 4
1 6
1 5 8 ,5
160,7
40 40
11,6
3 6 ,5
3NP40 750F
with busbar adapter, deep, 40 mm,
10
12
13
1/151
LV HRC Fuse System
a
19
111
b
72
217
Type
b 1)
3NP42 75-1
3NP42 76-1
3NP43 76-1
3NP44 76-1
184
184
210
256
243
243
288
300
83 2)
83 2)
97
112
45.5
45.5
48
48
111
111
125
139
40
60
60
60
3NY7 201 molded-plastic cover

for 3NP40 7.for 3NP40 7.-CA01

for 3NP42
89
375
215
NSE0_00527a
215
40
NSE00216
130
40

for 3NP40 7
NSE00214
16
17
84
70
170
50
186
168
60
60
108
with busbar adapter,

rails; width 12 mm to 30 mm
flat, T and I profiles
3NP42 751
3NP42 761
3NP43 761
3NP44 761
NSE00215
10,5
3NP40 761
with busbar adapter,
rails; width 12 mm to 30 mm
and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm,
flat-, T and I profiles
130
220

for 3NP44

for 1 3NP42 70 switch-disconnector
for installation in STAB-/SIKUS distribution
boards
271
309
49
375
375
67,5
70,5

for 3NP43
NSE00217
NSE00220
245
NSE00218
290
1) For VBG4 plus dimension c of cable lug covers

(see page 1/153).
2) When installed together with size 000 or size 00 in STAB/SIKUS
distribution boards, 3NY7 820 molded-plastic cover is used as a depth
compensation (underneath).
1/152
NSE00219
216
LV HRC Fuse System
for 1 3NP40 switch-disconnector, right
for installation in SIKUS 3200-, STAB 160- and
400- and SIKUS 630 distribution boards
N S E 0 _ 0 0 2 2 3 b
64
6 4
1 0 8
2 3 6
6 4
229
94
108
Cable lug cover for 3NP42 to 3NP44,

3NY7 121, 3NY7 131, 3NY7 141
NSE00225
Type
3NY7 121
3NY7 131
3NY7 141
181
207
253
65
79
94
67
50
47
6
7
8
35
30
61
Cable lug cover for 3NP40 7

with flat termination, 3NY7 101
3
4
47
47
2 0 8
208
NSE00222
229
NSE00224
4 6
46
208
NSE00221
64

for 2x 3NP40 switch disconnectors
46

for 1 3NP40 switch-disconnector, left
9
10
12
13
1/153
LV HRC Fuse System
3NP50 60, 160 A
for mounting
97,5
36
NSE00226
230
196
30
30
30
a
45
135
19
30
215
3NY1 115 135
215
95.5 38
3NY1 106 135
290
144.5 64
3NY1 108 135
290
144.5 64
3NY1 208 149
250
115
95.5 38
53.5
For plastic frame

Cutout
for 3NP50 60, with and
Cutout
for 3NY1 208 mounting kit
70
191
207,5
NSE0_00229a
5,8
300
3NY1 105 135
NSE00230
196
161,5
NSE00228a
3NP50 60, 160 A

with fuse monitoring through 3RV1 circuit-breaker,
with plug-in connector
Type
205
228
91
22
36 36
134
Auxiliary switch
34
M8
12
97
84
63
NSE0_00227a
NSE0_00231a
165
173
63
70
5,8
15
31
116
3NP50 60, 160 A

with molded-plastic cover
for any type of installation
130
126,5
143
134
For metal frames

Cutout for 3NP5
228
h
Type
Cover between
assembly kit
NSE 00906a
Type
Panel cutout min.

B
h 1)
215
130
206
115
Molded-plastic cover behind panel

3NP50 6 3NY1 105 2) 135
3NP50 6 3NY1 125
3NP52 6 3NY1 210
222
300
210
293
146
3NP53 6 3NY1 211
245
300
235
293
146
3NP54 6 3NY1 212
290
300
280
293
146
Molded-plastic cover in front of panel
1) h = distance from upper edge of panel cutout to center of disconnector

mounting.
2) With standard molded-plastic cover behind panel and corresponding
panel cutout, the standard switching capacity is reduced to the following
AC 23B values: For 400 V Ie 160 V, at 500 V from Ie 160 V to 125 A and at
690 V from Ie 100 A to 50 A.
1/154
3NP50 6 3NY1 105
135
215
130
205
115
3NP50 6 3NY1 208
149
250
143
191
3NP52 6 3NY1 210
220
300
210
262
132
3NP53 6 3NY1 211
245
300
234
262
132
3NP54 6 3NY1 212
290
300
279
262
132
LV HRC Fuse System
f
1 0
7 6
2 8 0
3 0 0
251
c
d
s
t
M 8
28
262
280
76
u
w
10
f
r
12
9
20
60
NSE00232
a
b
3NP5. 60, 250 to 630 A

with molded-plastic cover, for installation
NSE00234
3NP5. 60, 250 to 630 A

for mounting
N S E 0 _ 0 0 2 3 3 b
3NP5. 60, 250 to 630 A with fuse monitoring

through 3RV circuit-breaker, with plug-in connection
q
3 3 2
N S E 0 _ 0 0 2 3 5 b
9 4
Cutout
for 3NP52 60,
3NP53 60 and
3NP54 60
Type
3NP52 60
3NP53 60
3NP54 60
207
231
276
202
226
271
130
130
200
93
106
111
62
70
85
176
192
207
38
39
40.5
41
39
40.5
Type
k 1)
l 1)
3NP52 60
3NP53 60
3NP54 60
11.5
11.5
11.5
M 10
M 10
M 10
M8
M 10
M 10
336
352
367
25
25
30
32
25
25
212
228
243
3.6
4.4
6
Type
3NP52 60
3NP53 60
3NP54 60
156
180
225
210
234
279
89.5 220
105.5 245
120.5 290
31
NSE00237
165
12
18
34
22
36 36
134
302
17
12
40
83,5
40
196
63
63
M8
10
NSE00236
18
116
156
19
13,5
6
7
9
3NP50 65, 160 A with busbar adapter,

with fuse monitoring through 3RV circuit-breaker,
with plug-in connection
97,5
45
50
19
186.5 200.5
202.5 216.5
217.5 231.5
1) Through-hole for screw
3NP50 65, 160 A with busbar adapter,

rails; width 12 mm and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm
3
4
3NP5. 60, 160 to 630 A

with electronic fuse monitoring,
with plug-in connection and control
cable
161,5
228
228
3NP50 60, 160 A

with electronic fuse monitoring,
with plug-in connection and control
cable
102
13
3NP5. 60, 250 to 630 A

with electronic
fuse monitoring,
with plug-in connection and control cable
y
x
299
272
150
136
NSE00238
NSE00239
228
NSE00240
1/155
LV HRC Fuse System
Schematics
Function auxiliary contact - main contact at SENTRIC 3NP4 and 3NP5
ON
OFF
10
20
15
70
1-4
(1 S)
1-2
(1 )
3NP40 1, (3 S)
3NP4. 7
OFF
10
15
10
15
20
13-14
(1 NO)
21-22
(1 NC)
3NP50 60 (3 NO)
77
20
13-14
21-22
3NP52 60
3NP53 60
3NP54 60
61
Contact closed
Contact open
(1 NO)
(1 NC)
(3 NO)
(3 NO)
(3 NO)
Auxiliary circuit switch

2
13 21
4
1
14 22
for 3NP401
and 3NP4.7
NSE 00174d
ON
for 3NP5
SENTRIC 3NP fuse switch disconnectors with fuse monitoring

(with circuit-breaker 3RV1, with auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC)
Circuit diagram of main circuit
Circuit diagram of auxiliary circuit
3~ ...Hz ...V
L1
L2
L3
L1
1~ ...Hz ...V
BU
BK
F2
F1
13 21
33 41
Q2
Q1
S0
34 42
14 22
33
I> I> I>

2 4
6
Q2
34
NSE00175a
K1
F1
M
3~
Q1 = fuse switch disconnector

Q2 = circuit-breaker
K1 = contactor
S1 = ON pushbutton
S0 = OFF pushbutton
F1 = overload relay
F2 = control-circuit fuse
NSE00176a
S1
BN
WH
K1
K1
SENTRIC 3NP5 fuse switch disconnector with electronic fuse monitoring

Block diagram
L1
L2
L3
LED display
Running
Fault F1
Fault F2
Fault F3
Voltages
F1
F2
Microcontroller
Resistor
network
F3
Switching stage
Synchronization signals
Parameterization
Power supply
unit
11
L1' L2'
23
24
33
34
L3'
ANSE00177
Version "A" (open-circuit principle):

Auxiliary switches only pick up if fuse faulty and voltage is applied.
Version "R" (closed-circuit principle):
Auxiliary contacts pick up as soon as voltage is applied and as long as fuses are intact.
1/156
12
X1
Signal lines BN
BK BU
GY WH
RD
Cylindrical Fuse System
Product overview
Overview
3
4
5
SITOR cylindrical fuse links
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/157

Product overview
Benefits
Application
Cylindrical fuses are used for line protection or for protecting switching devices. The design is used all over the world.
Disconnectors
Cylinder fuse bases are disconnectors that cannot be switched
under load.
VDE mark
Cylindrical fuses are not included in the standard
DIN VDE 0636-201, the German version of IEC 60269-2-1.
Therefore this design did not receive the VDE mark.
Safety
No-voltage changing of the fuse links.
Signal detector
When a fuse link fails, an LED in the window of the fuse link flashes.
1/158
Type
mm mm
Size
3NW6 3..
3NW6 0..
3NW6 1..
3NW6 2..
8 32
10 38
14 51
22 58
3
4
IEC 60269-1, -2, -2-1

NF C 60-200, 63-210, 63-211
NBN C 63269-2en-2-1
CEI 32-4, -12
Standards
gL/gG
gL/gG and aM
V AC
400 or 500 (see selection table)
Rated current In
0.5 ... 100
kA AC
100, but 400 V versions: 20
Rated voltages Un
Mounting position

Size
In
Un
Utilization category gL/gG Utilization category aM

Order No.
mm mm
Order No.
V AC
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items

8 32
2
4
6
400
3NW6 302-1
3NW6 304-1
3NW6 301-1
0.004
0.004
0.004
10
10
10
3NW6 303-1
3NW6 305-1
3NW6 307-1
0.004
0.004
0.004
10
10
10
3NW8 000-1
3NW8 011-1
0.003
0.008
10
10
2
4
6
3NW6 002-1
3NW6 004-1
3NW6 001-1
3NW8 002-1
3NW8 004-1
3NW8 001-1
0.008
0.008
0.008
10
10
10
8
10
12
3NW6 008-1
3NW6 003-1
3NW6 006-1
3NW8 008-1
3NW8 003-1
3NW8 006-1
0.008
0.008
0.008
10
10
10
16
20
25
3NW6 005-1
3NW6 007-1
3NW6 010-1
3NW8 005-1
3NW8 007-1
3NW8 010-1
0.008
0.008
0.008
0.008
10
10
10
10
3NW6 012-1
0.008
10
3NW6 104-1
3NW6 101-1
3NW8 102-1
3NW8 104-1
3NW8 101-1
0.019
0.019
0.019
10
10
10
8
10
12
3NW6 108-1
3NW6 103-1
3NW6 106-1
3NW8 108-1
3NW8 103-1
3NW8 106-1
0.019
0.019
0.019
10
10
10
16
20
25
3NW6 105-1
3NW6 107-1
3NW6 110-1
3NW8 105-1
3NW8 107-1
3NW8 110-1
0.019
0.019
0.019
10
10
10
32
40
3NW6 112-1
3NW6 117-1
3NW8 112-1
3NW8 117-1
0.019
0.019
10
10
10
16
20
10 38
0.5
1
500
400
32
14 51
22 58
2
4
6
500
50
400
3NW6 120-1
3NW8 120-1
0.019
10
8
10
12
500
3NW6 208-1
3NW6 203-1
3NW6 206-1
3NW8 203-1
3NW8 206-1
0.051
0.051
0.051
10
10
10
16
20
25
3NW6 205-1
3NW6 207-1
3NW6 210-1
3NW8 205-1
3NW8 207-1
3NW8 210-1
0.051
0.051
0.051
10
10
10
32
40
50
3NW6 212-1
3NW6 217-1
3NW6 220-1
3NW8 212-1
3NW8 217-1
3NW8 220-1
0.051
0.051
0.051
10
10
10
63
80
100
3NW6 222-1
3NW6 224-1
3NW6 230-1
3NW8 222-1
3NW8 224-1
3NW8 230-1
0.051
0.051
0.051
10
10
10
400
1/159
6
7
8
9
10
12
13

Series 3NW6 30.-1
Size:
8 mm 32 mm
gL/gG
Rated voltage:
400 V AC
Rated current:
2 ... 20 A
v s
2
3
1 0
4 0 0 A
2 3 0 A
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 6 0 5 b
1 0
2
3
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 6 0 1 c
6
4
4
2
2
2
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
2 A
6 A
4 A
1 0
1 6 A
1 0 A
2 0 A
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 6
2 0
n
[A ]
2
-1
1 0
Type
6
In
Pv
DJ
A
2
-2
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0

I2 _ 0 6 5 5 9 b
1 0
2 0 A
6
[A ]
1
4
1 6 A
2
1 0 A
3
1 0
6 A
4 A
2 A
4
2
2
1 0
6
4
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
$
%
Peak short-circuit current with largest DC component

Peak short-circuit current without DC component
1/160
[A ]
3NW6 302-1
3NW6 304-1
3NW6 301-1
2
4
6
2
1.5
1.5
27
19
20.5
3NW6 303-1
3NW6 305-1
3NW6 307-1
10
16
20
0.7
1.1
1.7
15
29
34.5
I2ts
I2ta
1 ms
400 V AC
A2s
A2s
1.6
5
48
230
600
790
6
21
85
530
1400
1800
Series 3NW6 0
Size:
Rated voltage:
10 mm 38 mm
gL/gG
500 V AC (2 ... 25 A)
400 V AC (32 A)
Rated current:
2 ... 32 A
[A 2 s ]
v s
2
3
1 0
5 0 0 A
4 0 0 A
2 3 0 A
4
2
1 0
t
t
I2 _ 0 6 5 6 1 d
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 6 0 2 b
A
8 A
1 0
1 2
1 6
2 0
2 5
3 2
6 A
4 A
2 A
1 0
[s ]
5
s
6
6
4
4
2
2
2
1 0
6
7
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
3
4
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 2
1 6
2 0
n
2 5
[A ]
3 2
2
-1
1 0
In
Pv
DJ
2
4
6
2.2
1.2
1.6
32
16.5
23
3NW6 008-1 8
3NW6 003-1 10
3NW6 006-1 12
2.3
0.7
0.9
35
16
33
3NW6 005-1 16
3NW6 007-1 20
3NW6 010-1 25
1.3
2.1
2.1
3NW6 012-1 32
2.5
Type
6
4
2
-2
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
6
[A ]
I2 _ 0 6 5 5 7 b
1 0
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 2 A
1 0 A
2
3NW6 002-1
3NW6 004-1
3NW6 001-1
I2ts
I2ta
1 ms
230 V AC 400 V AC 500 V AC
A2s
A2s
1.6
5
48
5
16
70
A2s
6.5
19
84
A2s
8
26
120
110
230
390
180
420
510
140
570
600
350
1050
1200
38
51.5
54
600
640
1300
950
1200
2200
1300
1700
2800
1700
2100
3200
51
2360
4000
4200
10
12
8 A
6 A
4 A
3
1 0
2 A
13
4
2
2
1 0
6
4
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
$
%
[A ]

1/161

Series 3NW6 1
Size:
Rated voltage:
14 mm 51 mm
gL/gG
500 V AC (4 ... 40 A)
400 V AC (50 A)
Rated current:
4 ... 50 A
1 0
5 0 0 A
4 0 0 A
2 3 0 A
2
2
1 0
t
t
I2 _ 0 6 5 9 9 c
[A 2 s ]
v s
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 6 0 3 b
A
8 A
1 0
1 2
1 6
2 0
2 5
3 2
4 0
5 0
[s ]
6 A
4 A
1 0
6
4
4
2
2
2
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
6
8
1 0
1 2
2 0
1 6
2 5
4 0
3 2
n
5 0
[A ]
2
-2
1 0
Type
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
6
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0
6

4
I2 _ 0 6 5 6 0 b
1 0
[A ]
4
2
1
5 0
4 0
3 2
2 5
2 0
1 6
1 0
A
A
A
A
A
A
1 2 A
1 0 A
8 A
6 A
4 A
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
2
e ff
$
%

1/162
4
[A ]
In
8 1 0
Pv
DJ
I2ts
I2ta
1 ms
230 V AC 400 V AC 500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
A2s
4
6
8
1.9
2.5
2.4
19
25
18
5
48
110
16
85
200
20
100
250
26
120
350
3NW6 103-1 10
3NW6 106-1 12
3NW6 105-1 16
0.8
1.0
1.6
12
16
27
230
390
600
420
600
1000
750
800
1400
1050
1200
1700
3NW6 107-1 20
3NW6 116-1 25
3NW6 112-1 32
2.3
2.2
3.2
32.5
31.5
39.5
670
1300
2500
1400
2300
4100
1800
2800
5500
2100
3200
6500
3NW6 117-1 40
3NW6 120-1 50
4.5
4.8
48
55
3600
8000
6100
12200
8000
16000
9200
3NW6 104-1
3NW6 101-1
3NW6 108-1
Series 3NW6 2
Size:
Rated voltage:
22 mm 58 mm
gL/gG
500 V AC (8 ... 80 A)
400 V AC (100 A)
Rated current:
8 ... 100 A

I2 _ 0 6 6 0 4 b
8 A
1 0 A
1 2 A
1 6 A
2 0 A
2 5 A
3 2 A
4 0 A
5 0 A
6 3 A
8 0 A
1 0 0 A
v s
2
3
1 0
5 0 0 A
4 0 0 A
2 3 0 A
[A 2 s ]
[s ]
1 0
1 0
t
t
I2 _ 0 6 6 0 0 c
1 0
5
s
6
4
4
2
2
2
1 0
6
7
3
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
3
4
2
2
0
1 0
8
1
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 2
1 6
2 0
2 5
3 2
4 0
5 0
6 3
n
8 0
[A ]
1 0 0
Type
-2
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
6
4
e ff
[A ]
8 1 0

2
1
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 2 A
1 0 A
[A ]
I2 _ 0 6 5 5 8 b
4
2
4
1 0
6
4
2
In
Pv
DJ
I2ts
I2ta
1 ms
230 V AC 400 V AC 500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
A2s
3NW6 208-1 8
3NW6 203-1 10
3NW6 206-1 12
2.5
0.9
1.1
15
10.5
12
110
230
390
200
420
600
170
760
800
350
1050
1200
3NW6 205-1 16
3NW6 207-1 20
3NW6 210-1 25
1.6
2.4
2.7
14.5
22.5
24
600
670
1300
1000
1200
2100
1400
1800
2800
1700
2200
3300
3NW6 212-1 32
3NW6 217-1 40
3NW6 220-1 50
3.2
4.9
5.9
28
35
46
2450 4400
3600 6200
6800 11400
6100
8000
16200
7200
10000
20600
3NW6 222-1 63
3NW6 224-1 80
3NW6 230-1 100
6.8
7.5
8.4
48
48
55
12500 18800
24700 30500
46000 64700
24000
43000
80000
30000
52500
6
4
2
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
e ff
$
%
12
13
8 A
3
1 0
10
[A ]

1/163

Series 3NW8
Size:
10 mm 38 mm
14 mm 51 mm
22 mm 58 mm
aM
Rated voltage:
500 V AC
400 V AC (3NW8 120-1, 3NW8 230-1)
Rated current:
0.5 ... 100 A
5 0 0 A
4 0 0 A
[A 2 s ]
4
2
1 0
4
2
1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-2
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
2
-3
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
6
8 1 0
[A ]
e ff
1 0
4

2
6
4
2
3
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 5 6 6 b
1 0
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 2 A
1 0 A
8 A
6 A
4 A
2 A
2
1
[A ]
6
4
1 A
0 ,5 A
4
2
2
1 0
6
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
6
e ff
$
%
8 A
1 0
1 2
1 6
2 0
2 5
3 2
4 0
5 0
6 3
8 0
1 0
6 A
4 A
2 A
1 A
1 0
0 ,5 A
v s
A
A
0 A
[s ]
1 0
I2 _ 0 6 5 6 7 b
I2 _ 0 6 9 9 5 b
1 0

1/164
8 1 0
[A ]
0 ,5
1 0 1 2
1 6 2 0 2 5 3 2 4 0 5 0 6 3 8 0 1 0 0
n [A ]
Cylindrical fuse inks
Series 3NW8
Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
Type
10 mm 38 mm
14 mm 51 mm
22 mm 58 mm
aM
500 V AC
400 V AC (3NW8 120-1, 3NW8 230-1)
0.5 ... 100 A
Size
mm
10 38
In
Pv
DJ
K
3
4
I2ts
I2ta
1 ms
400 V AC
500 V AC
A2s
A2s
A2s
0.5
1
2
0.5
0.08
0.15
2.2
1.5
2.3
3
7
30
5
15
70
8
20
82
3NW8 004-1
3NW8 001-1
3NW8 008-1
4
6
8
0.25
0.4
0.5
4.5
7
8
100
140
240
220
300
510
250
340
610
3NW8 003-1
3NW8 006-1
3NW8 005-1
10
12
16
0.56
0.66
0.8
10
12.5
15
440
600
800
960
1300
2200
1100
1500
2500
3NW8 007-1
3NW8 010-1
20
25
1
1.25
20
23
1350
2300
3200
5000
3200
2
4
6
0.2
0.35
0.5
2.5
4
6
30
100
140
70
220
300
82
250
340
3NW8 108-1
3NW8 103-1
3NW8 106-1
8
10
12
0.6
0.65
0.75
7.5
8
10
240
440
600
510
960
1300
610
1100
1500
3NW8 105-1
3NW8 107-1
3NW8 110-1
16
20
25
1.08
1.3
1.7
14
18.5
20
800
1350
2300
2200
3200
5000
2500
3800
5700
3NW8 112-1
3NW8 117-1
3NW8 120-1
32
40
50
1.9
2.25
2.8
23
24
34
3600
5800
10000
8000
13000
23000
9500
14500
10
12
16
0.75
0.8
1.2
7.5
8.5
13
440
600
800
960
1300
2200
1100
1500
2500
3NW8 207-1
3NW8 210-1
3NW8 212-1
20
25
32
1.46
1.7
2.5
16.6
17.8
27
1350
2300
3600
3200
5000
8000
3800
5700
9500
3NW8 217-1
3NW8 220-1
3NW8 222-1
40
50
63
3
3.4
4.1
23
29
32.6
5800
10000
17000
13000
23000
36000
14500
26000
44000
3NW8 224-1
3NW8 230-1
80
100
5
6.1
38
43
28000
46000
62000
118000
70000
3NW8 000-1
3NW8 011-1
3NW8 002-1
14 51
3NW8 102-1
3NW8 104-1
3NW8 101-1
22 58
3NW8 203-1
3NW8 206-1
3NW8 205-1
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
3NW6 3
8,5
I2_06702b
31,5
13
I2_06703b
38
10,3
3NW6 0, 3NW8 0
I2_06701b
14,3
3NW6 1, 3NW8 1
51
3NW6 2, 3NW8 2
22,2
I2_06704b
58
1/165

Overview
Permissible load and required conductor cross-section for operation in
cylindrical fuse bases and cylindrical fuse switch disconnectors
For SITOR Rated Required Cylindrical fuse bases
fuse links current conductor
crosssection
1-pole
2-pole
Cu
In
Type
mm2
1
1
1
Fuse
tongs
3-pole
1-pole
Imax Type
Imax Type
Imax
Type
Imax
Type
Imax
10
12
16
1.5
1.5
2.5
10
12
16
10
12
16
10
12
16
10
12
16
10
12
16
10
12
16
3NC1 020
3NC1 025
3NC1 032
20
25
32
2.5
4
6
20
25
32
20
24
28
20
24
28
20
25
30
20
25
32
20
25
29
3NC1 401
3NC1 402
3NC1 403
1
2
3
1
1
1
3NC1 404
3NC1 405
3NC1 406
4
5
6
1
1
1
3NC1 410
3NC1 415
3NC1 420
10
15
20
3NC1 425
3NC1 430
3NC1 432
3NC1 451-1
1
2
3
3NC1 000 3NC1 091
3NC1 000 3NC1 491
3
6
8
Imax Type
3NC1 010
3NC1 012
3NC1 016
3NC1 038-3
3
6
8
3-pole
3
6
8
3NC1 038-2
3
6
8
Type
2-pole
3NC1 003
3NC1 006
3NC1 008
3NC1 038-1
3
6
8
Cylindrical fuse switch disconnectors
1
2
3
3NC1 092
3NC1 492
3
6
8
1
2
3
3NC1 093
3NC1 493
3
6
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
1.5
1.5
2.5
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
25
30
32
4
6
6
25
30
32
25
28
31
24
27
30
23
25
30
3NC1 440
3NC1 450
40
50
10
10
40
50
38
48
37
46
36
44
3NC2 220
3NC2 225
3NC2 232
20
25
32
2.5
4
6
3NC2 240
3NC2 250
40
50
10
10
40
50
40
50
39
48
38
46
3NC2 263 63
3NC2 280 80
3NC2 200 100
16
25
35
63
80
100
60
74
95
58
71
90
56
69
85
1/166
3NC2 258-1
20
25
32
3NC1 000 3NC2 291
20
25
32
3NC2 292
20
25
32
3NC2 293
20
25
32
Type
3NC1 003 3NC1 006 3NC1 008 3NC1 010 3NC1 012 3NC1 016 3NC1 020 3NC1 025 3NC1 032
aR

Rated voltage Un
600 AC/400 DC
Rated current In
10
12
16
20
25
32
A 2s
15
25
34
60
95
A 2s
30
50
70
120
150
260
390
600
30
25
40
50
60
80
90
110
1.2
2.5
3.5
4.8
7.5
Weight approx.
kg
0.01

2
1.5
Type
3NC1 401 3NC1 402 3NC1 403 3NC1 404 3NC1 405 3NC1 406 3NC1 410
aR
Rated voltage Un
660 AC/700 DC
Rated current In
10
A 2s
1.6
3.6
A 2s
11
22
90
30
40
50
20
30
50
2.5
1.5
690 AC/700 DC
3
6
7
Approval
kg
Weight approx.
Type
3
4
0.02
3NC1 415 3NC1 420 3NC1 425 3NC1 430 3NC1 432 3NC1 440 3NC1 450
Rated voltage Un
660 AC/700 DC
Rated current In
15
20
25
30
32
40
50
Melting I t value I ts (tvs = 1 ms)
A 2s
10
26
44
58
95
110
220
A 2s
22
60
130
150
800
980
1800
60
70
80
100
110
5.5
7.6
Approval
Weight approx.
aR
kg
0.02
Type
3NC2 220 3NC2 225 3NC2 232 3NC2 240 3NC2 250 3NC2 263 3NC2 280 3NC2 200
aR
Rated voltage Un
660 AC/700 DC
Rated current In
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
A 2s
34
60
95
185
155
310
620
1250
A 2s
370
560
850
1350
1120
2700
5100
10000
40
50
65
80
90
100
110
4.6
5.6
8.5
9.5
11
13.5
600 AC/700 DC
12
16
Approval
Weight approx.
10
kg
0.06
13
1/167


Size
In
Un
mm mm
V AC/V DC
Utilization
category
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3NC1 003
3NC1 006
3NC1 008
0.009
0.009
0.009
10
10
10
10
12
16
3NC1 010
3NC1 012
3NC1 016
0.009
0.009
0.009
10
10
10
20
25
32
3NC1 020
3NC1 025
3NC1 032
0.009
0.009
0.009
10
10
10
3NC1 401
3NC1 402
3NC1 403
3NC1 404
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
10
10
10
10
3NC1 405
3NC1 406
0.020
0.020
10
10
10
15
20
3NC1 410
3NC1 415
3NC1 420
25
30
32
3NC1 425
3NC1 430
3NC1 432
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
10
10
10
10
0.020
0.021
10
10
40
50
3NC1 440
3NC1 450
0.021
0.021
10
10
3NC2 220
3NC2 225
3NC2 232
0.056
0.056
0.056
5
5
5
40
50
3NC2 240
3NC2 250
0.056
0.056
5
5
63
80
100
3NC2 263
3NC2 280
3NC2 200
0.056
0.057
0.057
5
5
5
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3NC1 000
0.069

10 38
3
6
8
14 51
22 58
600/
1
2
3
4
660/700
5
6
690/700
20
25
32
690/700
600/700
aR
aR
aR
Accessories
For cylindrical fuse links
Version
Order No.
Fuse tongs
3NC1, 3NC2

3NC1 0
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
3NC1 091
3NC1 092
3NC1 093
0.065
0.131
0.197
12
6
4
3NC1 4
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
3NC1 491
3NC1 492
3NC1 493
0.125
0.233
0.350
6
3
2
3NC2 2
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
3NC2 291
3NC2 292
3NC2 293
0.193
0.381
0.584
6
3
2
3NC1 0
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
3NC1 038-1
3NC1 038-2
3NC1 038-3
0.042
0.077
0.113
10
8
6
3NC1 4
1-pole 1)
3NC1 451-1
0.120
3NC2 2
1-pole 1)
3NC2 258-1
0.238
Cylindrical fuse bases
1) The cylindrical fuse bases can be modularly expanded to make multi-pole

bases.
1/168
Series 3NC1 0
Size:
Rated voltage:
Rated current:
10 mm x 38 mm
aR
600 V AC/400 V DC
3 ... 32 A
vs
10 3
L e t-th ro u g h c u rre n t
[A ]
[s]
6
4
1 0
I2_11453
10 4
I2 _ 1 1 4 5 4
6
4
2
10 2
2
31 02
2 85
2 60
1 36
3
1 0
6
A
A
A
10 1
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
1 2 A
1 0 A
8 A
6 A
3 A
6
4
2
10 0
6
4
1 2 A
1 0 A
8 A
6 A
3 A
2
1 0
6
7
6
4
3
4
4
2
1 0
1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
8 1 0
P r o s p e c tiv e s h o r t- c ir c u it c u r r e n t
2
p
[A ]
8 1 0
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
2
6 8 10 1
6 8 10 2
4 6 8 10 3
[A]
Correction factor kA factor for breaking I2t value
1400
6
4
1200
00
2
0 -1
6
4
2
0 -2
13
1000
800
600
400
6
4
200
2
0 -3
10 2
12
Peak arc voltage
I2_11456
10 -3
10 0
0
2
6 8
10 3
6 8
10 4
4 6 8
[A]
10 5
200
400
600
800
1/169

Series 3NC1 40, 3NC1 41
Size:
14 mm x 51 mm
aR
Rated voltage:
660 V AC/700 V DC (1 ... 4 A); 690 V AC/700 V DC (5 ... 50 A)
Rated current:
1 to 10 A
Let-through current
[A]
[s]
6
4
vs
10
I2_11459
10 4
I2_11460
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
2
10 3
1 0 A
6
4
5 A
10 2
10 1
6
4
4
1 0 A
6 A
5 A
4 A
3 A
2 A
1 A
2
10 0
6
4
2
101
10 1
4 6 8 10 2
4 6 8 10 3
4 6 8 10 4
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 0
6 8 10 1
6 8 10 2
4 6 8 10 3
[A]
Peak arc voltage
0.6
1200
I2_11461
Correction factor
0.8
I2_11462
1400
1
1000
800
600
400
0.4
200
0.2
0
0
1/170
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
200
400
600
800
4 6 810 5
2
p
[A]
Series 3NC1 415, 3NC1 42., 3NC1 440, 3NC1 450
Size:
14 mm x 51 mm
aR
Rated voltage:
690 V AC/700 V DC
Rated current:
15 ... 50 A
I2_11463
10 4
10
[A]
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
vs
Let-through current
[s]
6
4
I2_11464
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 2 A
3 0 A
2
10 3
6
7
6
4
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 5 A
2
10 2
10 1
6
4
4
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 2 A
3 0 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 5 A
2
10 0
6
4
3
4
2
101
10 1
4 6 8 10 2
4 6 8 10 3
4 6 8 10 4
4 6 810 5
2
p
[A]
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
10
6
4
2
10 -3
10 1
6 8 10 2
6 8 10 3
4 6 8 10 4
[A]
12
Peak arc voltage
0.8
3 0 A
0.6
3 2 A
1200
Correction factor
I2_11465
I2_11462
1400
13
1000
800
600
400
0.4
200
0.2
0
0
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
200
400
600
800
1/171

Rated current:
22 mm x 58 mm
aR
690 V AC/700 V DC (20 ... 80 A)
600 V AC/700 V DC (100 A)
20 ... 100 A
[A]
[s]
6
4
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
Let-through current
vs
10 4
I2_11470
10 4
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
I2_11471
Series 3NC2 2
Size:
Rated voltage:
10 3
6
10 1
1 0 0 A
8 0 A
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
6
4
2
10 0
6
4
10 2
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
2
6 8 10 2
6 8 10 3
Peak arc voltage

1400
1200
[V ]
0.8
Peak arc voltage
Correction factor
4 6 8 10 4
[A]
I2_11472
I2_11466
10 -3
10 1
0.6
0.4
1000
800
600
400
200
0.2
0
0
1/172
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
200
400
600
800
[A]
3NC1 4, 3NC1 5
I2_11379
10,2
I2_11377
9,5
38
10
51
3NC2 2
3NC1 1
22,2
9,5
I2_11380
10,2
I2_11378
6,5
3
4
14,3
3NC1 0
9,5
35
38
16
58

3NC1 09.
6
7
37
58
64,5
I2_11382
81
45
17,7
35,4
53,1
85
3NC1 49.
I2_11383
45
42,5
69
75,5
27
10
95,5
81
54
3NC2 29.
70
76
I2_11384
45
43
12
36
72
108
117,5
13
1/173

Cylindrical fuse bases
76
I2_11385
3NC1 038-1 to 3NC1 038-3
20
41
21,5
20 20
60,5
26
88
90
24
103,5
I2_11386
3NC1 451-2
50
50,5
110,8
126,5
I2_11387
3NC2 258-1
33
1/174
66,2
66,5

Benefits
IEC 60269-1, -2, -2-1
Rated voltage 400 V AC and 690 V AC
No switching under load
Off-circuit changing of fuses

Without or with signal detector for signaling the tripping of the
fuse link
3NW7 3
3NW7 0
3NW7 1
3NW7 2
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
22 x 58
3
4
available soon
Fuse bases for cylindrical fuses
Type
Size
mm x mm
Standards
IEC 60269-1, -2, -2-1

NF C 60-200, 63-210, 63-211
NBN C 63269-2en-2-1
CEI 32-4, -12
UL Approval
U 1)
CSA Approval
cU
Utilization category acc. to EN 60947-3
AC 20B (switching without load), DC 20B
s cU
Rated voltage Un
V AC
400
690
Rated voltage according to UL/CSA
V AC
400
600
Rated current In
A AC
0.5 ... 100
6
7
Mounting position
available soon
in the distribu- IP20

tion board
anti-slip terminals
Terminal version
rigid, solid
stranded
finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
mm2
mm2
Conductor cross-sections acc. to UL/CSA

AWG (American wire gauge )
1.5 ... 10
2.5 ... 16
1.5 ... 10
2.5 ... 10
2.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 16
4 ... 10
4 ... 50
4 ... 35
10 ... 18 solid
6 ... 10 solid and

stranded
available soon
14
20
Stripped lengths
mm
11
Tightening torque
Nm
2.0
8
9
2.5
1) The U Approval only applies to bases for cylindrical fuses without signal detectors; approval is expected to be available soon for bases
with signal detectors.
10
12
13
1/175


In
A
Size
For fuse links
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
mm x mm
kg
Items
Draw-out type
without signal detector
1-pole
2
20
32
50
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
1
1
1.5
3NW7 310
3NW7 011
3NW7 111
0.058
0.080
0.095
1
1
1
100
22 x 58
3NW7 211
0.145
2 N
20
32
50
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
2
2
3
3NW7 350
3NW7 051
3NW7 151
0.120
0.167
0.215
1
1
1
1 N
100
22 x 58
3NW7 251
0.330
2 4
20
32
50
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
2
2
3
3NW7 320
3NW7 021
3NW7 121
0.112
0.162
0.195
1
1
1
1 3
100
22 x 58
3NW7 221
0.300
2 4 6
20
32
50
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
3
3
4.5
3NW7 330
3NW7 031
3NW7 131
0.167
0.243
0.295
1
1
1
1 3 5
100
22 x 58
3NW7 231
0.691
2 4 6 N
20
32
50
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
4
4
6
3NW7 360
3NW7 061
3NW7 161
0.227
0.327
0.315
1
1
1
1 3 5 N
100
22 x 58
3NW7 261
0.475
1-pole + N
2-pole
3-pole
3-pole + N
with signal detector

1-pole
2
20
32
50
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
1
1
1.5
3NW7 312
3NW7 012
3NW7 112
0.058
0.080
0.095
1
1
1
100
22 x 58
3NW7 212
0.145
2 N
20
32
50
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
2
2
3
3NW7 352
3NW7 052
3NW7 152
0.120
0.167
0.215
1
1
1
1 N
100
22 x 58
3NW7 252
0.330
2 4
20
32
50
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
2
2
3
3NW7 322
3NW7 022
3NW7 122
0.112
0.162
0.195
1
1
1
1 3
100
22 x 58
3NW7 222
0.300
2 4 6
20
32
50
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
3
3
4.5
3NW7 332
3NW7 032
3NW7 132
0.167
0.243
0.295
1
1
1
1 3 5
100
22 x 58
3NW7 232
0.480
2 4 6 N
20
32
50
8 x 32
10 x 38
14 x 51
4
4
6
3NW7 362
3NW7 062
3NW7 162
0.227
0.327
0.315
1
1
1
1 3 5 N
100
22 x 58
3NW7 262
0.475
0.5
3NW7 901
3NW7 902
0.050
0.050
1
1
1-pole + N
2-pole
3-pole
3-pole + N
Auxiliary switch
for indicating disconnection of the fuse link
Solely for application of Striker fuse links
(not currently available in the Siemens manufacturing program)
for retrofitting with factory-fitted
brackets, 0.5 MW.
contact: 250 V AC, 5 A,
Minimum contact load: 12 V, 25 mA
for fuse bases
for fuse bases
1/176
14 x 51
22 x 58
3NW7 installation fuse bases
for cylindrical fuse links
Size 8 mm 32 mm
3NW7 3
72
54
Size 10 mm 38 mm
3NW7 0
18
72
54
5
6
7
66
47,5
37
81
36
I2_07852a
81
36
I2_07852a
18
3
4
66
47,5
37
Size 14 mm 51 mm
3NW7 1
81
108
94
90
45
54
27
70
54,6
42,5
I2_07853a
10
108
72
144
42,5
6,8
70
12
13
3NW7 901
auxiliary switches
3NW7 902
auxiliary switches
I2_10891
I2_10892
I2_07869a
120,4
116,8
36
45
Size 22 mm 58 mm
3NW7 2
49,8
48,5
45
90
45
90
49,8
48,5
1/177

Notes
1/178
SITOR Fuse Links for Special Applications
Product overview
Overview
for rectifiers in electrolysis systems
3
4
5
for SITOR thyristor sets
6
7
for railway supply rectifiers
8
9
10
12
13
1/179

Type
3NC5 531 1)
aR
3NC5 841 1)
3NC5 840 1)
3NC5 838 1)
Rated voltage Un
V AC 800
Rated current In
350 2)
630 2)
1000
A2s
66000
185000
360000
A2s
260000
888000
1728000
200
110
80
145
150
170
1.2
1.4
1.2
600 2)
800 2)
130
0.9
0.67
kg
Weight approx.
Type
3NE9 440-6
3NE9 450
gR
aR
Rated voltage Un
V AC 600
Rated current In 3)
850
A2s
3NE6 437
3NE6 444
900
710 4)
900 4)
400000
100000
400000
A2s
2480000
620000
1920000
74
80
85
210
1.0
0.9
150
1.0
kg
Weight approx.
1250 4)
3NE9 450-7
3NE6 437-7
600
900
1250 5)
710 5)
100000
2480000
620000
105
110
170
210
150
1.1
1.0

In
Un
V AC
Utilization
category
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3NC5 531
3NC5 840
3NC5 841
3NC5 838
0.671
1.400
1.180
1.190
3
3
3
3
3NE6 437-7
3NE9 450-7
1.160
1.240
3
3
3NE6 437
3NE9 440-6
3NE6 444
3NE9 450
1.090
1.080
1.170
1.110
3
3
3
3

for screwing onto water-cooled power rails
350
600
630
800
800
1000
800
1000
710
1250
900
600
aR
for air-cooled rectifiers in electrolysis systems

710
850
900
1250
800
1000
1000
800
gR
aR
1) Maximum tightening torque:

- M10 thread (with indicator): 40 Nm
- M10 capped thread: 50 Nm, depth of screw entry 9 mm
- M24 1.5 thread: 60 Nm.
2) Temperature of water-cooled power rail max. +45 C.
3) Maximum tightening torque: M10 capped thread: 35 Nm, depth of screw entry 9 mm.
4) Cooling air speed 2 m/s.
5) Bottom (cooled) connection max. +60 C, top connection (M10) max. +110 C.
1/180
Series 3NC5 531, 3NC5 8..
aR
Rated voltage:
800 V AC(350 A, 600 A),
1000 V AC (600 A, 800 A)
Rated current:
350 ... 800 A
[A]
[s]
6
8 0 0 A
6 3 0 A
6 0 0 A
Let-through current
I2_11433
6
4
vs
105
I2_11432
10 4
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
3 5 0 A
104
6
7
10 1
6
4
3 5 0 A
2
10 0

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
2
6 0 0 A
6 3 0 A
8 0 0 A
103
10 3
6
4
8 10 4
3
4
8 10 5
2
p
[A]
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
10
2
2
6 8 10 3
Correction factor kA for
6 8 10 4

breaking I2t value
Peak arc voltage

2000
0.8
6 3 0 A
6 0 0 A
8 0 0 A
0.6
1800
Correction factor
4 6 8 10 5
[A]
I2_11434
0.4
3 5 0 A
I2_11435
10 -3
10 2
12
1600
6 0 0 A
8 0 0 A
1400
1200
1000
13
3 5 0 A
6 3 0 A
800
600
400
0.2
200
0
0
200
400
600
Recovery voltage
800
w [V]
1000
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1/181

aR, gR
Rated voltage:
600 V AC (1250 A),
800 V AC (710 A, 1250 A),
900 V AC (710 A)
Rated current:
710 ... 1250 A
Time/current characteristics diagrams
[s]
vs
2
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
6
4
2
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
10 1
10 1
8 5 0 A
6
4
7 1 0 A
10 0
10 0
6
4
6
4
10 -1
10 -1
6
4
6
4
10 -2
10 -2
6
4
6
4
9 0 0 A
2
2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
1/182
1 2 5 0 A
6
4
10 -3
10 2
I2_11437
10 4
I2_11436
6
4
vs
[s]
10 4
4 6 8 10 5
[A]
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4 6 8 10 5
[A]
aR, gR
Rated voltage:
600 V AC (1250 A),
800 V AC (710 A, 1250 A),
900 V AC (710 A)
Rated current:
710 ... 1250 A
I2_11438
105
[A]
6
8 5 0 /9 0 0 /1 2 5 0 A
Let-through current
3
4
5
4
7 1 0 A
2
6
7
104
6
4

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
103
10 3
8 10 4
8 10 5

2
Correction factor kA for breaking I t value
Peak arc voltage
0.6
9 0 0 A
7 1 0 A
0.4
2000
7 1 0 A
9 0 0 A
1800
Correction factor
8 0 0 A
1 2 5 0 A
0.8
[A]
I2_11439
2
p
1600
I2_11440
1400
10
1200
1000
8 5 0 A
1 2 5 0 A
800
600
400
0.2
200
0
0
200
400
600
Recovery voltage
800
w [V]
1000
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
12
13
1/183

3NC5 531
3NC5 8..
M10
9
M10
24,5
91
SW41
b
a
Type
3NE6 4.., 3NE9 4..,
3NC5 838,
3NC5 841
98
88.5
3NC5 844
119
109.5
c
25
20.5
3NE6 4..-7, 3NE9 4..-7
10
M10
11
M10
28
70
100
125
10
I2_11371
b
a
10
28
70
10
70
81,5
89
76
3NE6 444
99
86
70
81,5
75,5
83
I2_11372
Dimensions
3NE6 437,
3NE9 440-6,
3NE9 450
1/184
Dimensions
a
Type
I2_11370
73
40
M24
M10
0,3
SW41
11
50
50
28
M10
I2_11369
Type
3NE4 117-5
3NE4 121-5
gR
aR
3NE4 146-5
3NE3 525-5 1)
3NE3 535-5 1)
Rated voltage Un
V AC 1000
800
1000
Rated current In
50
100
170
200 2)
450 2)
A2s
135
900
7370
7150
64500
A2s
1100
7400
60500
44000
395000
95
135
142
75
130
20
35
43
50
90

2
0.85

Weight approx.
0.28
kg
0.7
3NE4 327-6B 1)
Type
3NE4 330-6B 1)
3NE4 333-6B 1)
3NE4 334-6B 1)
3NE4 337-6 1)
aR

Rated voltage Un
V AC 800
Rated current In
250
315
450
500
710
A2s
3600
7400
29400
42500
142000
A2s
29700
60700
191000
276000
923000
175
170
190
195
170
105
120
140
155
0.85

Weight approx.
3
4
5
6
7
0.95
0.65
kg

Utilization
category
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3NE3 525-5
3NE3 535-5
0.744
0.746
3
3
gR
aR
3NE4 117-5
3NE4 121-5
3NE4 146-5
0.303
0.309
0.311
1/3
1/3
1/3
aR
3NE4 327-6B
3NE4 330-6B
3NE4 333-6B
0.692
0.688
0.690
3
3
3
3NE4 334-6B
3NE4 337-6
0.688
0.689
3
3
In
Un
V AC
200
450
1000
aR
50
100
170
1000
250
315
450
800
Order No.
for SITOR 6QG10 thyristor sets

800
9
10
500
710
13
1) Maximum tightening torque: M10 capped thread: 35 Nm, depth of screw entry 9 mm.
2) Cooling air speed 0.5 m/s. In case of natural air cooling, reduction of 5%.
12
1/185

Series 3NE3 5.5-5, 3NE4 1..-5
aR, gR
Rated voltage:
800 V AC (170 A)
1000 V AC (50 A, 100 A, 200 A, 450 A)
Rated current:
50 ... 450 A
4 5 0 A
2
10 4
1 7 0 A
2 0 0 A
1 0 0 A
Let-through current
2
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
4
5 0 A
2
10 3
1 7 0 A
2
5 0 A
10 1
1 0 0 A
2 0 0 A
4 5 0 A
6
4

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
2
10 2
10 2
10 0
6
4
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
6 8 10 5
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
2
6 8 10 2
6 8 10 3
4 6 8 10 4
[A]
Peak arc voltage

2000
0.8
1 7 0 A
0.6
5 0 /1 0 0 A
2 0 0 /4 5 0 A
0.4
1800
I2_11443
I2_11444
10 -3
10 1
Correction factor
I2_11442
[A]
[s]
6
4
vs

I2_11441
10 4
1600
1 7 0 A
1400
2 0 0 A
1200
1000
800
600
400
0.2
200
0
0
1/186
200
400
600
Recovery voltage
800
w [V]
1000
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
[A]
Series 3NE4 3..-6B, 3NE4 337-6
aR
Rated voltage:
800 V AC
Rated current:
250 ... 710 A
[A]
[s]
Let-through current
I2_11446
6
4
vs
105
I2_11445
10 4
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
4
7 1 0 A
5 0 0 A
4 5 0 A
3 1 5 A
104
2 5 0 A
6
7
10 1
7 1 0 A
5 0 0 A
4 5 0 A
3 1 5 A
2 5 0 A
6
4
2

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
103
10 3
10 0
6
4
8 10 4
8 10 5
2
p
[A]
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
10
2
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4 6 8 10 5
[A]
Peak arc voltage

I2_11448
2000
1
Correction factor
1800
0.8
4 5 0 A
0.6
3 1 5 A
0.4
1600
12
1400
1200
1000
13
800
600
400
0.2
200
0
0
3
4
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1/187

15
77
M10
20
73
82,5
60
60
I2_11373
60
66
62
1/188
26
40
10,4
10
53
54
30
47
I2_11375
3NE4 1..-5
52
57
60
15
76
77
I2_11374
10,5
M10
3NE4 3..-6B, 3NE4 337-6
55
20
3NE3 5..-5
Type
3NC7 327-2
aR
3NC7 331-2
Rated voltage Un
V AC 680
Rated current In
250
350
A2s
244000
550000
A2s
635000
1430000
45
66
25
32

2
0.9

Weight approx.
3
4
5
0.7
kg

In
Un
V AC
250
350
680
Utilization
category
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.725
0.740
3
3

aR
3NC7 327-2
3NC7 331-2
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/189

Series 3NC7 3..-2
aR
Rated voltage:
680 V AC
Rated current:
250 A, 350 A
[A]
[s]
3 5 0 A
Let-through current
I2_11450
6
4
vs
105
I2_11449
10 4
10 3
6
4
2
10 2
6
4
2 5 0 A
104
6
10 1
6
4

DC component 50 %
DC component 0 %
2
3 5 0 A
2 5 0 A
103
10 3
10 0
6
4
8 10 4
8 10 5
2
10 -1
6
4
2
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 2
6 8 10 3
6 8 10 4
4 6 8 10 5
[A]
Peak arc voltage

I2_11452
2000
1
Correction factor
1800
0.8
0.6
0.4
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
0.2
200
0
0
1/190
100
200
300 400 500 600 700

800
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
2
p
[A]
3NC7 3..-2
12,5
68
57
10,5
119
10,5
3
4
79
I2_11376
7
30
57
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/191
General Data for SITOR Semiconductor Safety Fuses

Overview
Fuse links are selected according to rated voltage, rated
current, breaking I2t value I2tA and varying load factor, taking
into account any further conditions specified. Unless stated
otherwise, all of the following data refer to AC operation from
45 Hz to 62 Hz.
Rated voltage Un
The rated voltage of a SITOR fuse link is the voltage specified as the
r.m.s. value of the AC voltage on the fuse link and in the order and
configuration data and the characteristics.
Always ensure that the rated voltage of the fuse link you select is
such that the fuse link will reliably quench the voltage driving the
short-circuit current. The driving voltage must not exceed the value
Un + 10 %. Please note that the supply voltage Uv0 of a power converter can also be increased by 10 %. If, in the shorted circuit, two
arms of a converter connection are connected in series, and if the
short-circuit current is sufficiently high, it can be assumed that voltage sharing is uniform. It is essential to observe the instructions in
Series connection of fuse links on page 1/198.
Rectifier operation
With converter equipment that can only be used for rectifier operation, the supply voltage Uv0 is the driving voltage.
Inverter operation
With converter equipment that can also be used for inverter operation, shoot-throughs may occur as faults. In this case, the driving
voltage UWK in the shorted circuit is the sum of the infeed direct voltage (e.g. the e.m.f. of the DC generator) and the AC-line supply voltage. When rating a fuse link, this sum can be replaced by an AC
voltage whose r.m.s. value is 1.8 times that of the AC-line supply
voltage (UWK = 1.8 Uv0). The fuse links must be rated so that they
reliably quench the voltage UWK.
Rated current In, current carrying capacity
The rated current of a SITOR fuse link is the current specified as
r.m.s. value of the alternating current for the frequency range 45 Hz
to 62 Hz in the Selection and ordering data and Characteristics , as
well as on the fuse link itself.
When operating fuse links with rated current, the following are
considered normal operating conditions:
Natural air cooling with an ambient temperature of +45 C
Conductor cross-sections equal test cross-sections (see Test
cross-sections table), for operation in LV HRC fuse bases and
switchdisconnectors, please refer to the Selection and ordering data
Conduction angle of a half-period 120 el
Continuous load maximum with rated current
For operating conditions that deviate from the above, the permissible load current In of the SITOR fuse link can be determined using
the following formula:
In = ku x kq x kl x kl x WL x In
whereby
In rated current of the fuse link 1)
ku correction factor for ambient temperature (page 1/193)
kq correction factor for conductor cross-section (page 1/193)
kl correction factor for conduction angle (page 1/193)
kl correction factor for increased air cooling (page 1/193)
WL varying load factor (page 1/194)
Test cross-sections
Rated current
In
Test cross-sections
(series 3NC1 0, 3NC1 1,
3NC1 4, 3NC1 5, 3NC2 2,
3NE1 ..., 3NE8 0.., 3NE4 1)
(all other series)
Cu mm2
Cu mm2
10
16
20
1.0
1.5
2.5
45
25
35
40
4
6
10
45
45
45
50
63
80
10
16
25
45
45
45
100
125
160
35
50
70
60
80
100
200
224
250
95
120
125
150
185
315
350
400
2 x 70
2 x 95
2 x 95
240
260
320
450
500
560
2 x 120
2 x 120
2 x 150
320
400
400
630
710
800
2 x 185
2 x (40 x 5)
2 x (50 x 5)
480
560
560
900
1000
1250
2 x (80 x 4)
720
720
960
1) When using SITOR fuse links in LV HRC fuse bases according to

IEC/EN 60269-2-1 and fuse switch-disconnectors and switch disconnectors with fuses, please also refer to the data in the selection and ordering
data.
1/192
Overview
Correction factor for ambient temperature ku
The influence of the ambient temperature on the permissible load of
the SITOR fuse links is taken into account using the correction factor
ku as shown in the following graph.
1.2
Correction factor for conduction angle kl

The rated current of the SITOR fuse links is based on a sinusoidal
alternating current (45 Hz to 62 Hz). However, in converter operation, the arm fuses are loaded with an intermittent current, whereby
the conduction angle is generally 180 el or 120 el. With this load
current wave form, the fuse link can still carry the full rated current.
In the case of smaller conduction angles, the current must be
reduced in accordance with the following graph.
1.1
0.9
0.8
40
20
0
+20
+40 +60
Ambient temperature
+80
C
Correction factor
1.0
ADA94-5054
Correction factor
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
6
7
Correction factor for conductor cross-section kq

The rated current of the SITOR fuse links applies to operation with
conductor cross-sections that correspond to the respective test
cross-section (see the table on page 1/192).
In the case of reduced conductor cross-sections, the correction factor kq, must be used as shown in the following graph.
0.5
30
45
60
90 120
180 240
Valve conducting period
0.95
360
e l
0.90
1.4
l
0.80
ADA94-5057
0.75
0.70
80
60 50 40 30
20 15
10
Connection cross-section
(as a % of the test cross-section)
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.0
0
10
ADA94-5056b
0.85
Correction factor
0.6
Correction factor for increased air cooling kl

In the case of increased air cooling, the current carrying capacity of
the fuse link increases with the air speed, air speeds > 5 m/s do not
effect any significant further increase of current carrying capacity.
1.00
0.65
100
%
ADA94-5055b
0.7
Correction factor
3
4
4
Air velocity
6
m /s
a = reduction of cross-section of one connection

b = reduction of cross-section of both connections
12
13
1/193

Overview
The varying load factor WL is a reduction factor by which the nonaging current carrying capacity of the fuse links can be determined
for any load cycles. Due to their design, the SITOR fuse links have a
range of different varying load factors. In the fuse link characteristics, the respective varying load factor WL for >10,000 load changes
(1 hour "ON", 1 hour "OFF") is specified for the expected operating
time of the fuse links. In the event of a lower number of load changes
during the expected operating time, it may be possible to use a fuse

link with a smaller varying load factor WL as shown in the following
graph.
In the case of uniform loads (no load cycles and no shutdowns), the
varying load factor can be taken as WL = 1. For load cycles and
shutdowns that last longer than 5 min. and are more frequent than
once a week, you need to select the varying load factor WL specified
in the characteristics of the individual fuse links.
LA
/
1.1
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.9
0.95
0.85
0.8
0.8
0.6 1
10
ADA94-5058b
0.7
10
10
2
5
2
5
10
Permissible number of load cycles
10
Waveform of the varying load factor WL for load cycles
Fuse currents for operation in power converter

The r.m.s. value of the fuse current can be calculated for the most
common converter connections from the (smoothed) direct
Converter connection
current Id or the conductor current IL according to the following

table.
r.m.s. value of the conductor current

(phase fuse)
r.m.s. value of the branch-circuit current

(arm fuse)
One-pulse center tap connection
(M1)
1.57 Id
Double-pulse center tap connection
(M2)
0.71 Id
Three-pulse center tap connection
(M3)
0.58 Id
Six-pulse center tap connection
(M6)
0.41 Id
Double three-pulse center tap connection (parallel)
(M3.2)
0.29 Id
Two-pulse bridge connection
(B2)
1.0 Id
0.71 Id
Six-pulse bridge connection
(B6)
0.82 Id
0.58 Id
Single-phase bidirectional connection
(W1)
1.0 IL
0.71 IL
1/194
Overview
I 2t values
In the event of a short-circuit, the current of the fuse link increases
during melting time ts up to let-through current Ic (melting current
peak).
During the arc quenching time tL, the electric arc develops and the
short-circuit current is quenched (see following graph).
Correction factor
3
4
0.8
0.6
0.2
100
ADA94-5060b
DA94-5059
0.4
200
300 400 500

Recovery voltage
600
w
700
V
Correction factor kA for breaking I 2t value
Quenching I 2t value I 2tL

While the melting I 2t value is a characteristic of the fuse link, the
quenching I 2t value depends on circuit data, such as
the recovery voltage Uw
the power factor j of the shorted circuit
the prospective current Ip (current at the installation point of the
fuse link if this is bridged)
The maximum quenching I 2t value is reached at a current of 10 x In
to 30 x In, depending on the fuse type.
2
120
9
10
b
100
a
ADA94-5061b
Melting I 2t value I 2ts

The melting I 2t value can be calculated for the value pairs of the
time/current characteristic curve of the fuse link for any periods.
As the melting time decreases, the melting I 2t value tends towards
a lower limit value at which almost no heat is dissipated from the
bottleneck of the fuse-element to the environment during the melting
process. The melting I 2t values specified in the Selection and ordering data and in the characteristics correspond to the melting time
tvs = 1 ms.
p. f.
Influence of the power factor

The specifications in the characteristics for the breaking I 2t values
(I 2tA) refer to a power factor = 0.35 (exception: for SITOR fuse links
3NC5 8.., 3NE6 4.., 3NE9 4.. the power factor = 0.2 applies).
The dependence of the breaking I 2t values on the power factor at
1.0 x Un and at 0.5 x Un is shown in the following graph.
6
7
A at
I dt (semiconductor, t = 25C,
vj

tp = 10 ms) > I t A (fuse link)
Taking into account the recovery voltage Uw

The recovery voltage Uw is derived from the voltage driving the
short-circuit current. For most faults, the driving voltage is equal to
the supply voltage Uv0, however, for shoot-throughs it is 1.8 times
the value for the supply voltage Uv0 (see rated voltage, page 1/192).
If the shorted circuit contains two arms of a converter connection
and thus two fuse links in series, and if the short-circuit current is sufficiently high (see series connection, page 1/198) it can be assumed
that there is a uniform voltage sharing, i.e. Uw = 0.5 x Uv0 or, in the
case of shoot-throughs Uw = 0.9 x Uv0.
period
(ts+tL), in other words, the breaking I 2t value, determines the heat to
be fed to the semiconductor device that is to be protected during the
breaking procedure.
In order to ensure sufficient protection, the breaking I 2t value of the
fuse link must be smaller than the I 2t value of the semiconductor device. As the temperature increases, i.e. preloading increases, the
breaking I 2t value of the fuse link decreases almost in the same way
as the I 2t value of a semiconductor device, so that it is enough to
compare the I 2t values in a non-loaded (cold) state.
The breaking I 2t value (I 2tA) is the sum of the melting I 2t value (I 2ts)
and the quenching I 2t value(I 2tL).
Example: Series 3NE8 0..

The integral of the current squared I dt over the entire switching
Cleaning- value
(as a % of 2 A at
p. f. = 0.35 or 0.2)
Current path when switching fuse links
80
60
0.2
0.4
12
0.6
0.8
Power factor
Dependence of breaking I 2t value I 2tA of SITOR fuse links on power factor
13
at 1.0 Un
at 0.5 Un
a = for SITOR fuse links 3NC5 8.., 3NE6 4.., 3NE9 4..
(reference to power factor = 0.2)
b = for all other SITOR fuse links (reference to power factor = 0.35)
Breaking I t value I tA, correction factor kA

The breaking I 2t values of the fuse link are specified in the characteristics for the rated voltage Un. In order to determine the breaking
I 2t value for recovery voltage Uw the correction factor kA must be
taken into account.
I 2tA (for Uw) = I 2tA (for Un) x kA
The characteristics "correction factor kA" (see the following graph) is
specified in the characteristics for the individual fuse series.
The breaking I 2t values determined in this way apply for prospective
currents Ip 10 x In and power factor = 0.35.
1/195

Overview
1x10 4
3
1x10
1x10
160A
35A
1x10
-2
1x10 -3
1
x10 1
6 8 1
x10 2
6 8 1
2
x10 3
4
p
6 81
x10 4
A
35 A: Utilization category gR
160 A: Utilization category aR
If the time/current characteristic curve in the long-time range

(tvs > 30 s) is dashed (fuse links of utilization category aR), this
specifies the limit of the permissible overload in a cold state. If the
dashed part of the characteristic curve is exceeded, there is a risk
of damage to the ceramic body of the fuse link. The fuse links can
only be used for short-circuit protection. In this case, an additional
protective device (overload relay, circuit-breaker) is required to protect against overload In the case of controlled converter equipment,
the current limiter is sufficient.
If the time/current characteristic curve is solid over the entire time
range (fuse links of utilization category gR or gS), then the fuse link
can operate in this range. This means it can be used both for overload and short-circuit protection.
Actual melting time
The virtual melting time tvs is specified in the time/current characteristic curve, depending on the prospective current. It is a value that
applies to the current squared (di/dt) = ).
In the case of melting times tvs < 20 ms, the virtual melting time tvs
deviates from the actual melting time ts. The actual melting time may
be several milliseconds longer (depending on the rate of current
rise).
Within the range of several milliseconds, during which the rise of the
short-circuit current can be assumed to be linear, the actual melting
time for a sinusoidal current rise and 50 Hz is as follows:

ts
xI t s

Ic
1/196
IQ
and the frequency of the overloads (see the following graph,

curves a and b).
-1
ADA94-5078b
1x10
HII

1x10 0
1
0.9
0.8
b
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
DA94-5062b
ADA94-5062b
1x10
Taking into account preloading, residual value factor RW

Preloading the fuse link shortens the permissible overload duration
and the melting time.
The residual value factor RW can be used to determine the time that
a fuse link can be operated during a periodic or non-periodic load
cycle, above and beyond the previously determined permissible
load current In, with any overload current ILa without aging.
The residual value factor RW is dependent on the preloading V
(Ieff r.m.s. value of the fuse current during the load cycle at permissible load current In)
Rest value factor
vs
Time/current characteristics
The solid time/current characteristic curves in the following graph
specify the time to melting for the non-loaded fuse link in a cold state
(max. +45 C) an.
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
Pre-load factor
Permissible overload and melting time for previous load

a = frequent surge/load cycle currents (>1/week)
b = infrequent surge/load cycle currents (<1/week)
c = melting time for preloading
Permissible overload duration =

residual value factor RW x melting time tvs (time/current characteristic curve)
A reduction of the melting time of a fuse link in the case of preloading
can be derived from curve c.
Melting time =
residual value factor RW x melting time tvs (time/current characteristic curve)
Overview
Power dissipation, temperature rise
On reaching the rated current, the fuse-elements of the SITOR fuse
links have a considerably higher temperature than the fuse elements
of line protection fuse links.
The power dissipation specified in the characteristic curve is the
upper variance coefficient if the fuse link is loaded with the rated current.
In the case of partial loads, this power dissipation decreases as
shown in the following graph
3
4
Let-through current Ic
The let-through current Ic can be determined from the current limiting characteristics (current limitation at 50 Hz) specified for the respective fuse link. This depends on the prospective current and the
DC component when the short-circuit occurs (instant of closing).
The following graph shows the let-through current Ic of a fuse link,
depending on the prospective short-circuit current Ip, using the
3NE4 333-0B SITOR fuse link as an example.
1x10 5
100
1x10 2
2
1
x102
1
2
4 6 1
2
x10 4
x10 3
4 6
4 6 1
x105
A
Example:
3NE4 333-0B SITOR fuse link
80
60
6
7
40
ADA94-5064b
1x10
Power dissipation at partial load

(as a % of the power
%
dissipated at rated current)
450A
1x10 4
DA94-5079b
Let-through current

DC component 50%
DC component 0%
20
60
80
40
Load current
(as a % of rated current n )
20
100
%
The temperature rise specified in the characteristic curve applies

to the respective reference point and is determined when testing the
fuse link (test setup according to DIN VDE 0636, Part 23 and
IEC 269-4).

The rated breaking capacity of all SITOR fuse links is at least 50 kA,
unless higher values are specified in the characteristic curves.
This data applies to a test voltage of 1.1 x Un, 45 Hz to 62 Hz and
0.1 power factor 0.2. In the case of inception voltages that are
below the rated voltage, or rated currents of the fuse links that are
below the maximum rated current of a fuse series, the breaking
capacity is considerably higher than the rated breaking capacity.
9
10
Peak arc voltage s

During the quenching process, a peak arc voltage s occurs at the
connections of the fuse link, which can significantly exceed the supply voltage. The level of the peak arc voltage depends on the design
of the fuse link and the level of the recovery voltage. The characteristic curve shown below depends on the recovery voltage Uw
(see the following graph).
12
1800
1600
1400
13
1200
1000
800
600
ADA94-5063b
2000
Peak arc voltage
400
200
0
200
400 600 800 1000 1200

Recovery voltage w
V
Example:
The peak arc voltage occurs as a cutoff voltage at the semiconductor devices not in the shorted circuit. In order to prevent voltagerelated hazards, the peak arc voltage must not exceed the peak
cutoff voltage of the semiconductor devices.
1/197

Overview
1.00
20
p>
0.90
p=
10
0.80
n
p=
0.70
0.60
ADA94-5065b
perm
Series connection
There are two kinds of series connection available:
series connection in the converter arm
2 fused converter arms through which a short-circuit current flows
in series
In both cases, uniform voltage sharing can only be assumed if
the melting time of the SITOR fuse link does not exceed the value
specified in the following table.
Permissible direct voltage

The permissible direct voltage Uperm of the fuse links depends on
the rated voltage Un, of the time constants t = L/R in the DC circuit
and on the prospective current Ip. The permissible direct voltage
refers to the rated voltage Un and is specified depending on the time
constants t, the prospective current is a parameter (see the following graphs).
Parallel connection
If an arm of a converter connection has several semiconductor devices so that the fuse links are connected in parallel, only the fuse
link connected in series to the faulty semiconductor device is tripped
in the event of an internal short-circuit. It must quench the full supply
voltage.
To boost the voltage, two or more parallel fuse links can be assigned
to a single semiconductor device without reducing the current. The
resulting breaking I 2t value increases with the square of the number
of parallel connections. In this case, in order to prevent incorrect distribution of the current, you should only use fuse links of the same
type.
Use with direct current

For fuse links that are to be used in DC circuits, some data may vary
from the data specified in the characteristic curves for alternating
current.
perm. DC voltage
rated voltage
Parallel and series connection of fuse links
0.50
SITOR fuse links
Maximum melting time for uniform

voltage sharing
Type
ms
3NC1 0..
3NC1 1..
3NC1 4..
3NC1 5..
3NC2 2..
10
3NC2 4..
3NC5 8..
3NC7 3..
3NC8 4..
40
10
3NE1 0..
3NE1 2..
3NE1 3..
3NE1 4..
3NE1 8..
10
3NE3 2..
3NE3 3..
3NE3 4..
3NE3 5..
3NE3 6..
10
3NE4 1..
3NE4 3..
10
3NE5 4..
3NE5 6..
20
3NE6 4..
10
3NE7 4..
3NE7 6..
20
3NE8 0..
3NE8 7..
10
3NE9 4..
3NE9 6..
10
20
10
20
40
30
50
60
Time constant =
70
80
m s
70
80
m s
with the exception of series 3NE1 0.., 3NE1 8..
20 n
p=
perm
p>
0.80
10
0.70
p=
0.60
0.50
ADA94-5066b
20
0.90
perm. DC voltage
rated voltage
20
10
0.40
0.30
Cooling conditions for series-connected fuse links should be approximately the same. If faults are expected, during which the specified melting times are exceeded (as a result of a slower current rise),
it can no longer be assumed that voltage sharing is uniform. The voltage of the fuse links must then be rated so that a single fuse link can
quench the full supply voltage.
It is best to avoid the series connection of fuse links in a converter
connection arm and instead use a single fuse link with a suitably high
rated voltage.
1/198
0.40
10
20
30
40
50
60
Time constant
with the exception of series 3NE1 0.., 3NE1 8..
Breaking I 2t value I 2tA

The breaking I 2t value I 2tA depends on the voltage, on the time constants t = L/R and on the prospective current Ip. It is calculated from
the I 2tA value specified in the characteristic curve of the respective
fuse link at rated voltage Un and correction factor kA, whereby, instead of the recovery voltage Uw, the direct voltage is used against
which the fuse link is to switch.
The breaking I 2t value determined in this way applies under the
following conditions:
time constant L/R 25 ms for Ip 20 x In
time constant L/R 10 ms for Ip = 10 x In
the breaking I 2t values increase by 20 %
for Ip 20 x In and time constant L/R = 60 ms
for Ip = 10 x In and time constant L/R = 35 ms
Overview
Peak arc voltage s
The peak arc voltage s is determined from the curve specified in
the characteristics for the respective fuse link, whereby instead of
the recovery voltage Uw, the direct voltage is used against which the
fuse link is to switch.
The peak arc voltage determined in this way applies under the following conditions:
The switching voltages increase by 20%
Indicator
An indicator shows the switching of the fuse link. The indicator of the
SITOR fuse links has a transformer operating voltage between
20 V (Un 1000 V) and 40 V (Un > 1000 V).
Accessories
Fuse bases, fuse pullers
Some of the SITOR fuse links can be inserted in matching fuse
bases. The matching fuse bases (single-pole and three-pole) and
the respective fuse pullers are listed in the technical specifications,
from page 1/83.
Note
Even if the values of the rated voltage and/or current of the fuse
bases are lower than that of the allocated fuse link, the values of the
fuse link apply.
Fuse switch disconnectors, switch disconnectors with fuses

Some series of SITOR fuse links are suitable for operation in fuse
switch disconnectors 3NP4 and 3NP5 or in switch disconnectors
with fuses 3KL and 3KM (see catalogs LV 10 and LV 30).
When using switch disconnectors, the following points must be
observed:
Because, compared to LV HRC fuses, the power dissipation of the
SITOR fuse links is higher, the permissible load current of the fuse
links sometimes needs to be reduced, see below (Configuration
manual).
Fuse links with rated currents In > 63 A may also not be used for
overload protection when they have utilization category gR.
Note
All fuse links of the series 3NE1 ... with rated currents In from 16 A to
850 A and utilization categories gR or gS can be used for overload
protection.
The rated voltage and rated isolation voltage of the switch disconnectors must at least correspond to the available voltage.
However, when using fuse links of the series 3NE3 2.., 3NE3 3..,
3NE4 3.., 3NC2 4.. and 3NC8 4.., the switching capacity of the
fuse switch disconnectors must not be fully utilized due to the slotted blade. Occasional switching of currents up to the rated current
of the fuse link is permissible
Fuse links of the series 3NE4 1.., when used in fuse switch disconnectors, may only be occasionally switched, and only without load,
as this places the fuse blade under great mechanical stress.
In the technical specifications, from page 1/83, the switch disconnectors are allocated to their respective individual fuse links.
The permissible load of the fuse link and the required conductor
cross-section can be found in the configuration manual
"Configuring SITOR", Order No.: E20001-A700-P302.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
1/199

Overview
Unknown varying load, but with known maximum current Imax
Rated current In of the fuse link
I Q I PD[ ---------------------------------k X k T k l k O WL
Imax = maximum load current of the fuse link (r.m.s. value)
Varying load with known load cycle
La1
Permissible load current In of the selected fuse link:

In = ku kq kl kl WL In
Load current
RMS
ADA94-5069a
La2
k
I HII
k
n

Lak
I

SD
Continuous load
I HI I
ADA94-5067a
Load current
La
La
Rated current In of the fuse link

I Q I / D
k X k T k l k O WL
ILa = load current of the fuse link (r.m.s. value)
Fewer than 1 shutdown per week: WL = 1
More than 1 shutdown per week: WL = see Technical specifications, from
page 1/83.
1) In the case of varying loads that cannot be assigned to one of the four
types of load shown here, please contact us.
1/200
n'
La3
2. Checking the permissible overload duration of current blocks

exceeding the permissible fuse load current In.
Melting time tvs (time/current characteristic curve) x residual value
factor RW overload duration tk
To do this, you require the previous load ratio
I HII

V
IQ
as well as the characteristic curve "permissible overload and melting time for previous load" (page 1/196, curve a) and the "time/current characteristic curve" for the selected fuse link.
If a determined overload duration is less than the respective required overload duration, then you need to select a fuse link with a
greater rated current In (taking into account the rated voltage Un and
the permissible breaking I 2t value) and repeat the check.
ADA94-5068a
Load current
La
max
La
Specification of the rated current In for non-aging operation

with varying load
Power converters are often operated not with a continuous load, but
with varying loads, that can also temporarily exceed the rated current
of the power converter.
The selection process for non-aging operation of SITOR fuse links for
four typical types of load is as follows:1)
continuous load
unknown varying load, but with known maximum current
varying load with known load cycle
occasional surge load from preloading with unknown surge
outcome
Please heed the diagrams for the correction factors ku, kq, kl , kl,
page 1/193, and the residual value factor RW, page 1/196. The varying load factor WL for the fuse links is specified on page 1/194.
Determining the required rated current In of the fuse link is carried
out in two steps:
1. Determining the rated current In based on the r.m.s. value Irms of
the load current:

I Q ! I HII
k X k T k l k O WL
I La t I La t I La t

SD
ILK = Maximum load current of the fuse link (r.m.s. value)
Overview
Occasional surge load from preloading with unknown surge
outcome
Determining the required rated current In of the fuse link is carried
out in two steps:
1. Determining the rated current In based on the previous load
current Iprev:
Continuous, no-break load
DA94-5071

I Q ! I prev
k X k T k l k O WL
In = ku x kq x kl x kl x WL x In
2. Checking the permissible overload duration of the surge current
Isurge
Melting time tvs (time/current characteristic curve) x residual value
factor RW surge-wave duration tsurge
To do this, you require the previous load ratio
I HII

V
IQ
as well as the characteristic curve "permissible overload and melting time for previous load" (page 1/196, curve a or b) and the
"time/current characteristic curve" for the selected fuse link.
If the determined overload duration is less than the required overload duration tsurge then you need to select a fuse link with a greater
rated current In (taking into account the rated voltage Un and the
permissible breaking I 2t value) and repeat the check.
impulse
Direct current Id = Idn = 850 A

ILa = Id x 0.58 = 493 A
Selected:
3NE3 335 SITOR fuse links
(560 A/1000 V), WL = 1
breaking I 2t value
I 2tA = 360 x 103 x 0.53 = 191 x 103 A2s
test cross-section according to page 1/192: 400 mm2
La
impulse
The following correction factors are to be applied:

ku = 1.02 (Ju = +35 C)
kq = 0.91 (conductor cross-section, double-ended, 40 % of test
cross-section)
kl = 1.0 (conduction angle l = 120)
kl = 1.0 (no forced-air cooling)
Required rated current In of the SITOR fuse link:

I Q I /D
k X k T k l k O WL
$

$

Load current
3
4
493 A
La
Unknown varying load, but with known maximum current
ADA94-5070a
pre
I
I
max
= 435 A
10
La
0
DA94-5072
Condition:
tinterval 3 x tsurge
tinterval 5 min
Sample selections
For a converter assembly in circuit (B6) A (B6) C, whose rated direct
current is Idn = 850 A, fuse links that can be installed as arm fuses
should be selected. The choice of fuse is shown for different duty
types of the converter assembly.
Data for converter assembly
supply voltage
UN = 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V
recovery voltage
UW = 360 V = UN x 0.9 (for shoot-throughs)
thyristor T 508N (from eupec),
l2t value
i2 dt = 320 x 10 3A2s (10 ms, cold)
fuse links, natural air cooling,
ambient temperature Ju = +35 C
conductor cross-section for copper fuse link: 160 mm2
conversion factor
direct current Id/fuse load current ILa : ILa = Id x 0.58
For the following examples, it is assumed, in the case of loads that
exceed the rated direct current of the converter assembly, that the
converter assembly is rated for this load.
$
interval
n'
6
7
Max. direct current Idmax = 750 A

Max. fuse current Imax = Idmax x 0.58 = 435 A
Selected:
(560 A/1000 V), WL = 1
breaking I 2t value
I 2tA = 260 x 103 x 0.53 = 138 x 103 A2s
12

ku = 1.02 (Ju = +35 C)
cross-section)
Required rated current In of the SITOR fuse link:

I Q I PD[
k X k T k l k O WL
$

$

$
1/201
13

Overview
Occasional surge load from preloading with unknown surge
outcome
Varying load with known load cycle

La1 =
696 A
La3 =
580 A
impulse =
La
1015 A
La
'n
317 A
impulse =
290 A
ADA94-5073a
La2 =
pre
8s
= 406 A
ADA94-5074a
RMS =
= 330 s
Direct current:
Id1 = 1200 A
Id2 = 500 A
Id3 = 1000 A
0A
Id4 =
Direct current:
Idvor = 700 A
Idsurge = 500 A
t1 = 20 s
t2 = 240 s
t3 = 10 s
t4 = 60 s
Fuse current:
ILa1 = 1200 x 0.58 = 696 A
ILa2 = 500 x 0.58 = 290 A
ILa3 = 1000 x 0.58 = 580 A
Conditions
tinterval 3 tsurge and tinterval 5 min is met.
r.m.s. value of load current

I HII
$
Selected:
3NE3 333 SITOR fuse link
(450 A/1000 V), WL = 1
Breaking I2t value I2tA = 175 x 103 x 0.53 = 93 x 103 A2s
Test cross-section according to page 1/192: 320 mm2

ku = 1.02 (Ju = +35 C)
cross-section)
1. Required rated current In of the SITOR fuse link:

I Q I (II $
k X k T k l k O WL

$

$

In = ku x kq x kl x kl x WL x In = 1.02 x 0.94 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 450
= 431 A
2. Checking the permissible overload duration of current blocks
exceeding the permissible fuse load current In.
Previous load ratio:
I HII

V

IQ
Residual value factor RW: for V = 0.74 of curve a (characteristic
curve page 1/196, frequent surge/load cycle currents) RW = 0.2
Current block ILa1: Melting time tvs : 230 s (from time/current characteristic curve for 3NE3 333) tvs x RW = 230 s x 0.2 = 46 s > t1
Current block ILa3: Melting time tvs : 1200 s (from time/current
characteristic curve for 3NE3 333) tvs x RW = 1200 s x 0.2 =
240 s > t3
1/202
tsurge = 8 s
Fuse current:
Iprev = Idprev x 0.58 = 406 A
Isurge = Idsurge x 0.58 = 1015 A
Selected:
3NE3 333 SITOR fuse link
(560 A/1000 V), WL = 1
breaking I2t value I2tA = 360 x 103 x 0.53 = 191 x 103 A2s

ku = 1.02 (Ju = +35 C)
cross-section)
1. Required rated current In of the SITOR fuse link:

I Q I prev $
k X k T k l k O WL

$

$

In = ku x kq x kl x kl x WL x In =
1.02 x 0.91 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 560 = 520 A
2. Checking the permissible overload duration of the surge current
Isurge
Previous load ratio:
I prev

V

IQ
Residual value factor RW: for V = 0.78 of curve a (characteristic
curve page 1/196, frequent surge/load cycle currents) RW = 0.18
Surge current Isurge: Melting time tvs : 110 s (from time/current
characteristic curve for 3NE3 333) tvs x RW = 110 s x 0.18
= 19.8 s > tsurge
Correction factors can be found on pages 1/192 and 1/193.
Terms
Overview
The following explains the key terms used in connection with
fuse links for semiconductor protection.
Further definitions can be found in EN 60269-1.
I 2t value
The I 2t value (joule integral) is the integral of the current squared
over a specific time interval:

The rated breaking capacity is the highest prospective short-circuit
current Ip that the fuse link can blow under prescribed conditions at
1.1 rated voltage.
I t
Rated frequency
The rated frequency is the frequency for which the fuse link is rated
with regard to power dissipation, current, voltage, characteristic
curve and breaking capacity.
Rated voltage Un
The rated voltage is the designated voltage of the fuse and according to which test conditions and operating voltage limits are determined.
For SITOR fuse links, the rated voltage is always the r.m.s. value of
an AC voltage.
Rated current In
The rated current of a fuse link is the designated current of the fuse
link and is the current up to which it can be continuously loaded under prescribed conditions (see page 1/192) without adverse affects.
The utilization category is the designation of the function class of a
fuse link in connection with the object to be protected.
Utilization category gS:
general purpose semiconductor safety fuse for use in safety
switching devices
Utilization category gR:
general purpose semiconductor protection
Utilization category aR:
back-up semiconductor protection
Let-through current Ic
The let-through current Ic is the maximum instantaneous value of the
current reached during a switching operation of the fuse.
Let-through current characteristic curve
The let-through current characteristic curve specifies the value of the
let-through current at 50 Hz as a function of the prospective current.
Function class
The function class means the ability of a fuse link to carry specific
currents without damage and to switch off over-currents within a
certain range (breaking capacity range).
Function class a
Back-up fuses:
Fuse links, that carry currents at least up to their rated current and
can interrupt currents above a specific multiple of their rated current
up to their rated breaking capacity.
t
i Gt
Specifies the I 2t values for the melting process (I 2ts) and the shutdown cycle (I 2tA _ sum of melting and quenching I 2t value).
Power dissipation
Power dissipation is the power loss during the load of a fuse link with
its rated current under prescribed conditions.
Peak arc voltage s
The peak arc voltage is the highest value of the voltage that occurs
at the contacts of the fuse link during the arc quenching time.
Residual value factor RW
The residual value factor is a reduction factor for determining the
permissible load period of the fuse link with currents that exceed the
permissible load current In (see rated current In).
Prospective short-circuit current Ip
The prospective short-circuit current is the r.m.s. value of the linefrequency AC component, or the value of the direct current to be expected in the event of a short-circuit occurring after the fuse, were
the fuse to be replaced by a component of negligible impedance.
Virtual time tv
The virtual time is the time span calculated when a I2t value is divided by the square of the prospective current:
i Gt

tY
IS
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
The time/current characteristic curve gives the virtual melting

time tvs.
The varying load factor is a reduction factor for the rated current with
varying load states.
10
Recovery voltage Uw
The recovery voltage (r.m.s. value) is the voltage that occurs at the
contacts of a fuse link after the power is cut off.
Time/current characteristic curve
The time/current characteristic curve specifies the virtual time
(e.g. the melting time) as a function of the prospective current under
specific operating conditions.
12
13
Function class g
General purpose fuse:
Fuse links that can continuously carry currents up to at least their
rated current and can interrupt currents from the smallest melting
current through to the rated breaking capacity.
1/203

Characteristics
Overview
Legend
tvs = Virtual melting time
Ic = Max. let-through current
Ieff = r.m.s. value of the prospective short-circuit current
I2ts= Melting I2t value
I2ta= Breaking-I2t value
In = Rated current
Pv = Rated power dissipation
DJ = Temperature rise
ka = Correction factor for I2t value
Uw = Recovery voltage
s = Peak arc voltage
ip = Peak short-circuit current
$ = Peak short-circuit current with largest DC component
% = Peak short-circuit current without DC component
U = Voltage
i = Current
ts = Melting time
tL = Arc quenching time
The Siemens characteristic curves show the mean virtual melting

time characteristic curves recorded at an ambient temperature of
(20 5) C. They do not apply to preloaded fuse links.
The fuse-element of the fuse links melts so quickly at very high currents that the surge short-circuit current Ip is prevented from occurring. The highest instantaneous value of the current reached during
the shutdown cycle is called the let-through current Ic. The current
limitations are specified in the current limiting diagrams, otherwise
known as let-through current diagrams.
s : Arc voltage
Time/current characteristics
Melting times of fuse links are shown in the time/current diagrams
with logarithmic scale and depending on their currents. The melting
time characteristic curve runs from the smallest melting current,
which just about melts the fuse element, asymptotic to the I2t line of
the same joule value in the range of the higher short-circuit currents,
which specifies the constant joule value I2t. To avoid overcomplication, the time/current characteristic curve diagrams omit the I2t-line
(c).
I
I
c
s
Ic
I
L
P
: Maximum let-through current

: Pre-arcing time
: Arcing time
: Peak short-circuit current
I2_06997b
10 9
t [s]
10 5
a
s
10 1
Oscillograph of a short-circuit current shutdown through a fuse link
1
I2_06996a
101 1
min
10 2
10 3
10 4
1 [A]
General representation of the time/current characteristic curve of a fuse link of

100 A
50 A
10 A
6A
Smallest melting current

Melting time-current characteristic curve
Breaking time characteristic curve
I2t line
The shape of the characteristic curve depends on the outwards heat

transfer from the fuse-element. DIN VDE 0636 specifies tolerancedependent time/current ranges within which the characteristic
curves of the fuse must lie. Deviations of 10 % are permissible in
the direction of the current axis. With Siemens LV HRC fuse links of
utilization category gL/gG, the deviations work out at less than
5 % - a mark of outstanding quality. For currents up to approx.
20 In, the melting time-current characteristic curves are the same as
the break time characteristic curves. In the case of higher short-circuit currents, the two characteristic curves move apart, influenced
by the respective arc quenching time.
The difference between both lines (=arc quenching time) also depends on the power factor, the operational voltage and the breaking
current.
I2_06998a
Imin :
a :
b :
c :
eff
Current limitation diagram;

Let-through current diagram of LV HRC fuse links size 00,
Utilization category gL/gG,
Rated currents 6 A, 10 A, 50 A, 100 A
7
1/204
SR60
Busbar System
2/2
General Data
2/3
Busbar routing
2/7
Mounting components
2/13
Accessories
2/1
SR60 Busbar System

General Data
SR60 Busbar System
Overview
The SR60 busbar system is a modular system for busbars, for
installation in distribution boards. The busbar clearance is 60 mm.
High-quality material
Busbar supports and fuse bases are manufactured from glass-fiber
reinforced, thermoplastic polyester with the color RAL 7035 (light
gray). The material ensures excellent mechanical, chemical and
electrical properties. Furthermore, the material has an extremely low
flammability and meets the requirements of UL 94 V0.
The basic elements are

Busbar routings
Mounting components for mounting onto busbars
Covers for ensuring protection against contact
Design
DIN VDE 0636, DIN VDE 0660 Part 500/ Part 107
Rated voltages: 690 V AC
Rated short-circuit strength: 50 kA for a clearance of 250 mm
between supports
Rated current: depending on selected busbar up to 630 A AC
The modular design facilitates planning and installation
The design can be freely selected
The terminal can be freely positioned
Switching and modular installation devices can be integrated
Adjustable multi-range busbar support for busbars 12 x 5 mm to
30 x 10 mm
The set busbar width can be read at the side
Fast mounting using mounting components, which can be plugged
on and locked in place
Fast mounting using snap-on covers and touch protection
elements
Terminals can be retrofitted onto the busbars without having to be
inserted
Planning
When dimensioning the busbar routings, depending on rated currents, the ambient temperature and the Cu busbar temperature must
also be taken into account. The location and the ability of the busbar
system to dissipate heat through convection also plays a key role in
this calculation. As conditions can differ in each distribution system
planning instructions can be found on page 2/3.
Panel widths:
The SR60 busbar system is designed for ALPHA distribution
systems and is suitable for the following panel widths
W1 = 250 mm
W2 = 500 mm
W3 = 750 mm
W4 = 1000 mm and
W5 = 1250 mm.
The panel widths determine the required busbar length.
6
5
4
3
2
1
14
12
I2_07462a
$ 3-pole NEOZED
bus-mounting base
% 3-pole DIAZED
bus-mounting base
& Panel infeed
( Adapter for modular installation devices according to
DIN 43880
) LV HRC fuse switch
disconnectors
* Edge section
+ End cover
, Blanking cover
- Partition
. DIAZED fuse and screw
cap
/ NEOZED fuses and screw
caps
0 Cu busbars
1 Support for residual field
cover
2 Busbar holders
3 Support for partition and
edge section
Not illustrated:
LV HRC bus-mounting
13
11
2/2
11
10
SR60 Busbar System

Busbar routing
Overview
The busbar supports are set by adjusting their spacers to the
required busbar dimensions. After inserting the busbars in the
busbar supports, they are positioned by screwing together the busbar supports. The recommended spacing for supports is 250 mm.
The terminals can be subsequently mounted onto the busbars
without having to be inserted laterally.
$
%
&
(
)
Busbar holder, 3-phase

Busbar holder N/PE
Incoming and outgoing terminals
Terminal
Cu busbar
1
2
3
I2_07465
4
2
Application
The use of busbar runs with their versatile rail-adaptable connection,
switching and installation devices is an ideal and cost-effective electrotechnical enhancement of modern distribution boards due to their
small footprint, compact design and quick assembly contacts.
Mounting is carried out on distribution board rails or mounting
plates. The direct snap-on contacts of the rail-adaptable switching
and installation devices on the Cu busbars drastically reduces distribution panels and assembly times, as well as the transfer resistance of the connections, compared to conventional installation.
The basic elements of the busbar runs are as follows:
busbar holders, enclosures and cover parts, channels and supports,
as well as the rail-adaptable connection, switching and installation
range such as ingoing/outgoing terminals, incoming supply, adapters for modular installation devices according to DIN 43880, LV HRC
fuse switch disconnectors and three-pole NEOZED and DIAZED
bus-mounting fuses.
Busbar holders and fuse bases are manufactured from glass-fiber

reinforced, thermoplastic polyester (color RAL 7035, light gray). The
material ensures excellent mechanical, chemical and electrical
properties. Furthermore, the material has an extremely low flammability and meets the requirements of UL 94 V0. This satisfies the load
requirements at rated operational voltage 500 V and rated currents
at 200 A to 630 A, as well as the rated short-circuit strength 50 kA.
When dimensioning the busbar routings, depending on rated currents, the ambient temperature and the Cu busbar temperature must
also be taken into account. The location and the ability of the busbar
system to dissipate heat through convection also plays a key role in
this calculation. Because conditions can vary for each distribution
board, the values in the following table serve as a guideline only.
However, they must be applied to the entire power rail length.
Function
Dynamic rated short-circuit strength
The electrodynamic load of the busbar run depends on the level of
short-circuit current, the length of the busbar section through which
the current flows, the support spacing of the busbar holders and, of
course, on the distance between the busbars themselves.
Because, for example, an LV HRC fuse is connected upstream to the
busbars in the protective device, the let-through current iD is the
maximum current to flow through this protective device. The value iD
depends in turn on the maximum system short-circuit current and
the current-limiting action of the protective device used.
The possible let-through values of the protective equipment are
specified by the manufacturers in the form of a current limitation diagram as a function of the so-called prospective short-circuit current
(r.m.s. value of the possible rated short-circuit current for the system). You will find the current-limiting characteristics for Siemens
fuse links in the Chapter "Low-voltage fuse systems".
For busbar holders with power rails of 12 x 5 mm to 20 x 5 mm, the
distance between the holders of the support spacing should be
adapted to suit the bars in the distribution board and, if possible,
should not exceed 250 mm.
When using power rails of 25 x 5 mm, 30 x 5 mm, 12 x 10 mm to
30 x 10 mm the distance can also be up to 500 mm. In the case of
larger distances, subcarriers must be fitted as increased support
spacing reduces the dynamic stability. It is essential to ensure that
the permissible current carrying capacity of the individual busbars is
not exceeded. A center infeed is required in the limit range. However, the infeed can also be carried out from both sides of the busbar
ends.
Diagram of the dynamic short-circuit strength of the busbars
8
9
10
I2_07483
80
Let-through current of the fuse

links utilization
category gL/gG
iD
[kA]
70
In 630 A
12
60
In 500 A
30x10
Busbar dimensions in mm
50
30x5
In 400 A
20x10
12x10
40
20x5
12x5
30
150
6
7
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
In 315 A
In 250 A
550
In 200 A
Distance of the busbar holders in mm

iD: Let-through values (kA) of the LV HRC fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
with rated current 200 A to 630 A for prospective short-circuit current
Ip = 120 kA.
2/3
13
SR60 Busbar System

Busbar routing
Continuous currents depending on the Cu power rail dimensions and Cu busbar temperatures
at 35 C ambient temperature
Cu busbar dimensions
HD
Continuous current for open busbar run ambient

temperature 35 C
Continuous current of fuse link

mm mm
12 5
12 10
200
360
200
315
15 5
15 10
250
447
250
400
20 5
20 10
320
520
315
500
25 5
25 10
400
580
400
500
30 5
30 10
447
630
400
630
As far as other types of upstream protective devices are concerned, please observe the permissible continuous current of the power rail.

Dimensions
WxHxD
Order No.
mm mm mm
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Busbar support
for SR60 busbar system
for busbars with a bar thickness of
5 or 10 mm
and a 12, 15, 20, 25 or 30 mm
busbar height
60 mm busbar distance
external
3-phase
internal
3-phase
internal
4-phase
20 220 50/55
20 185 50/55
20 245 50/55
8US19 23-2AA00
8US19 23-3AA00
8US19 23-4AA00
0.214
0.200
0.269
10
10
10
N/PE busbar support

for mounting onto busbar supports,
can also be used as single support
1-phase
20 90 50/55
5SH3 506
0.070
1/10
5SH3 535
1.657
8US19 21-1AA00
0.607
SR60 connecting terminal plate

3-phase, for conductors from 150 to 300 mm2
(illustration without cover)
Connector block for SR60 busbars

3-phase, for conductors from 35 to 120 mm2
2/4
Weight
1 item
SR60 Busbar System

Busbar routing
Accessories
Conductor cross- Tightening
section
torque
up to mm2
Order No.
Nm
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Terminals
Terminals for one busbar
12 mm 5 mm
8JH4 102
8JH4 105
1.4
3.0
8JH4 102
8JH4 104
0.010
0.030
1
1
8JH4 104
16
16
25
... 70
... 95
... 120
6.0
10.0
10.0
8JH4 105
8JH4 106
8JK3 061
0.030
0.070
0.090
1
1
1
16
16
25
... 35
... 70
... 50
6.0
10.0
10.0
8JH4 105
8JH4 106
8JK3 061
0.030
0.070
0.090
1
1
1
6.0
8JK3 201
1 set
0.100
1 set
8US19 41-2BB00
0.307
8JK3 061
Terminals for two busbars
12 mm 10 mm
8JH4 105
1.5 ... 16
16 ... 35
1
2
8JK3 061
Extension terminal
for 12 mm 5 mm busbar
busbar not included in delivery
Terminal for circular conductor

20 mm 5 mm to
30 mm 10 mm
150
... 240
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
2/5
SR60 Busbar System

Busbar routing
8US19 23 busbar holders for SR60 busbar system
8US19 23-3AA00
8US19 23-4AA00
L1
6,5
8US19 23-2AA00
60
L1
60
60
60
245
125
185
220
75
200
L3
6,5
60
L3
12
20
28
51
20
12
28
51
N/PE busbar support
50
36,5
51
20
26
I2_07476
6,5
63
8US19 23-2AA00
Connector block for SR60 busbars

8US19 21-1AA00
shown closed
84
2/6
55
70
20
80
84
200
31
46
55
I2_06439a
I2_07150
60
175
189
200
60
shown open
I2_07477
20
I2_07475
PE
SR60 Busbar System

Mounting components
Overview
$
%
&
(
)
3-pole NEOZED bus-mounting base

3-pole DIAZED bus-mounting base
Panel infeed
Adapter for modular installation devices according to DIN 43880
4
3
1
1
2
5
I2_08535a

Size
Rated current
Rated
voltage
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting bases

for busbar thickness 5 mm
for NEOZED adapter sleeves
3-pole
D02
63
400
5SG6 202
0.141
1/10
63
400
5SG6 204
0.154
1/10
63
400
5SG6 203
0.138
1/10
400
5SG6 205
0.149
1/10
500
690
5SF6 014
5SF6 214
0.230
0.318
1/10
1/10
500
690
5SF6 015
5SF6 215
0.222
0.310
1/10
1/10
500
690
5SF6 016
5SF6 216
0.233
0.316
1/10
1/10
500
690
5SF6 017
5SF6 217
0.220
0.328
1/10
1/10
6
7
8
excess width with clearance for wiring

D02
NEOZED adapter sleeves
3-pole
D02

D02
63
DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases
for use of DIAZED SR60 adapter rings
3-pole
DII
DIII
25
63
9
10
for use of DIAZED screw adapters

3-pole
DII
DIII
25
63

for use of DIAZED SR60 adapter rings
3-pole
DII
DIII
25
63
for use of DIAZED screw adapters

3-pole
DII
DIII
25
63
2/7
12
13
SR60 Busbar System

Mounting components

Size
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
NEOZED SR60 covers

D02
1.5
5SH5 241
0.026
1/10
5SH5 242
0.031
1/10
5SH5 243
0.040
1/10
2.3
3.2
5SH2 042
5SH2 242
0.050
0.061
1/10
1/10
4.7
6.4
5SH2 043
5SH2 243
0.084
0.106
1/10
1/10
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items

D02
with double width for a larger clearance for wiring

D02
DIAZED SR60 covers

DII
DIII
with double width for a larger clearance for wiring

DII
DIII
Size
Thread
For fuse links

A
DIAZED SR60 adapter rings

only for DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases
DII
DIII
E 27
E 33
2
4
6
5SH3 071
5SH3 072
5SH3 073
0.005
0.005
0.005
10
10
10
10
16
20
5SH3 074
5SH3 075
5SH3 076
0.005
0.005
0.004
10
10
10
2
4
6
5SH3 078
5SH3 080
5SH3 081
0.008
0.008
0.008
10
10
10
10
16
20
5SH3 082
5SH3 083
5SH3 084
0.008
0.008
0.006
10
10
10
25
35
50
5SH3 085
5SH3 086
5SH3 087
0.007
0.006
0.005
10
10
10
For NEOZED screw caps, adapter sleeves and fuse links, see the Chapter "Low-voltage fuse systems", NEOZED fuse system.
For DIAZED screw caps, screw adapters and fuse links, see the Chapter "Low-voltage fuse systems", DIAZED fuse system.
2/8
SR60 Busbar System

Mounting components

Width
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3NH4 052
3NH4 053
0.641
0.646
1
1
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
mm
SR60 LV HRC bus-mounting fuse bases
Size 000 and 00
with cover, top terminals,
for 5 and 10 mm busbar thickness
3-pole
Terminals up to 70 mm2
with saddle-type terminal connection
with flat termination, screw M8
Iu
For LV HRC Conductor crosslinks

section
Size
Type of connection/
adapter
up to mm2

for SR60 busbars
climate-proof, rated operational voltage 690 V AC
delivered without LV HRC fuse links
100
000 and 00
1.5 ... 35
top
bottom
3NP40 16-1CK01
3NP40 16-1CJ01
0.916
0.950
1
1
160
000 and 00
up to 2 70
top
bottom
3NP40 76-1CE01
3NP40 76-1CF01
1.200
1.200
1
1
160
000 and 00
2.5 ... 70
(SIGUT terminal)
top
bottom
3NP40 76-1CK01
3NP40 76-1CJ01
1.290
1.240
1
1
250
0 and 1
max. 150
top or bottom
3NP42 76-1CG01
3.710
400
max. 240
top or bottom
3NP43 76-1CG01
5.440
630
max. 2 240
top or bottom
3NP44 76-1CG01
7.680
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
For additional busbar adapters and fuse switch disconnectors,

see the Chapter "Low-voltage fuse systems, LV HRC fuse system, LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors".
10
12
13
2/9
SR60 Busbar System

Mounting components

Rated current
AC
Rated
voltage AC
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SG7 230
0.700
3NW7 430
0.700
Auxiliary switch
1 changeover contact, 24 to 230 V AC, AC 2 A
5SH5 525
0.007
Lateral module
for NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting switch disconnectors
for better heat conduction at permanent loads over 35 A
Width: 0.5 MW
5SH5 526
0.060
1/5
Reducer
for NEOZED fuse links D01
in the SR60 bus-mounting switch disconnector
5SH5 527
0.003
10
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting switch disconnectors

for busbar thickness 5 and 10 mm
for 3-phase busbar system
Width: 1.5 MW
3-pole
Size D02
63
400
Order No.
2 4 6
1 3 5
SR60 bus-mounting disconnector

for 10 x 38 mm cylindrical fuses
for busbar thickness 5 and 10 mm
for 3-phase busbar system
3-pole
32
690
2 4 6
1 3 5
2/10
SR60 Busbar System

Mounting components
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting bases
DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases
D02/63 A (a = 27 mm)
(t = busbar thickness)
DII/25 A (a = 42 mm)
5SG6 202 (t = 5 mm),

5SG6 203 (t = 10 mm)
60
169
60
5SG6 204 (t = 5 mm),

5SG6 205 (t = 10 mm)
60
t
36
43,5
66
5SF6 014, 5SF6 015 (t = 5 mm),

5SF6 016, 5SF6 017 (t = 10 mm)
NEOZED SR60 cover
DIAZED SR60 cover
D02/63 A
DII/25 A
I2_07496
23
33,5
55
I2_07497
60
t
I2_07498
23
33,5
55
DIII/63 A (a = 57 mm)
169
177
60
t
I2_07478a
60
177
60
60
D02/63 A (a = 36 mm)
1
2
36
43,5
66
5SF6 214, 5SF6 215 (t = 5 mm),

5SF6 216, 5SF6 217 (t = 10 mm)
5
6
7
DIII/63 A
36
5SH5 241
1-fold
5SH5 242
1.33-fold
54
5SH5 243
2-fold
60
60
200
60
60
5SH2 042 (1-fold: a = 42 mm)

5SH2 043 (2-fold: b = 84 mm)
9
10
I2_07512
I2_07499
60
I2_07511
27
200
60
200
60
200
60
I2_07510
I2_07500
60
200
60
5SH2 242 (1-fold: a = 57 mm)

5SH2 243 (2-fold: a = 114 mm)
LV HRC SR60 bus-mounting fuse bases, 3-pole
12
3NH4 052, 3NH4 053
29
33
64
89
4
200
60
13
60
33
99
I2_07479a
2/11
SR60 Busbar System

Mounting components
Busbar adapters for SR60 busbars
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting switch disconnectors/

SR60 bus-mounting disconnectors
8US12 81-6NA00
8US12 71-2NA20
5SG7 230
3NW7 430
L=118mm
188mm
200mm
31,5
I2_08543
I2_08042
60
200
182
85
60
58
14
19,2
27,5
72
26,8
Fuse switch disconnectors for SR60 busbars

Rail distance 60 mm
3NP40 76
108
170
50
16
I2_08044
17
84
70
111
184
168
60
60
19
217
3NP4. 76 (not 3NP40 76)

a
N S E 0 0 2 1 5
Type
Dimensions
a
b
3NP42 76
184
243
66
45.5
60
3NP43 76
210
288
80
48
60
3NP44 76
256
300
94.5
48
60
2/12
100
SR60 Busbar System

Accessories
Overview
$
%
&
(
)
*
+
,
Edge support
Base
Edge
Support for the residual field cover
End cover
Blanking cover
Busbar support, 3-phase
N/PE busbar support
4
3
1
1
2
3
7
5
5
6
7
3
8
I2_07464a

Length
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SH3 526
5SH3 527
1.100
1.300
2
2
5SH3 537
0.075
mm
SR60 covers
Bases
Height 230 mm, for 3 busbars
290 mm, for 4 busbars
Blanking cover
Depth 32 mm
1100
1000
Edges
H x W 17 x 36 mm, for 3 busbars
77 x 36 mm, for 4 busbars
Partition
slotted
H x W 17 x 86 mm
10
12
Cover profiles for busbars

up to 30 x 5 mm
up to 30 x 10 mm
1000
8US19 22-2AA00
8US19 22-2BA00
0.156
0.105
10
10
1100
5SH3 528
5SH3 530
0.311
0.583
2
2
1100
5SH3 531
0.365
2/13
13
SR60 Busbar System

Accessories

Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.038
SR60 covers
End covers for busbar support, lateral
Height 230 mm
5SH3 533
1 set
5SH3 534
0.048
1 set
3-pole
8US19 22-1AC00
0.020
10
4-pole
8US19 22-1AB00
0.055
5SH3 532
0.106
5SH3 536
0.040
290 mm (1 set = 2 items)
End covers for busbar support, top
Edge support and support for partition
Support for blanking cover

for blanking cover
2/14
SR60 Busbar System

Accessories
Blanking cover
End cover for busbar support, lateral
5SH3 537
5SH3 533
5SH3 534
289
229
202
1000
7
I2_07492a
78,5
Edge
5SH3 528, 5SH3 530
1100
17
36
78,5
Edge support and support for partition
I2_07504
5SH3 532
36
1100
132
195
217
77
9
I2_07505
10
Partition
5SH3 531
1100
I2_07488a
17,5
5
6
7
I2_07491a
I2_06697c
32
1
2
48
12
Support for the blanking cover
5 ,5
5SH3 536
1 9 0
5 4
1 4
13
I2
0 6 5 1 3 b
6 6
I2_07506a
86
20
1 0
1 0
5
3 1
4 8 ,5
2/15
SR60 Busbar System

Notes
7
2/16
Miniature Circuit-Breakers
3
4
General Data
3/2
3/7
Product overview
Introduction
Standard product range
3/24
3/25
3/26
3/27
5SY6 ...-.KV, 6 kA
Auxiliary circuit switch/fault signal
contact for 5SY6 ...-.KV
5SJ6, 5SY6, 6 kA
5SY6, 6 kA
High-capacity
product range
3/31
3/37
3/41
5SY4, 10 kA
5SY7, 15 kA
5SY8, 25 kA
UC product range
3/44
5SY5, 10 kA
High-current
product range
3/46
5SP4, 10 kA
Additional components
3/47
3/49
5SM2, product overview

5SM2, type AC, 0.3 ... 63 A,
for 5SY4, 5SY6, 5SY7, 5SY8
5SM2, type A, 0.3 ... 63 A,
5SM2, type AC, 80 ... 100 A,
for 5SP4
5SM2, type A, 80 ... 100 A, for 5SP4
contact for 5SY. and 5SP4
Remote controlled mechanism for
5SY. and 5SP4
Shunt trip/undervoltage release for
5SY. and 5SP4
3/50
3/52
3/53
3/54
3/55
3/56
Accessories
3/57
For 5SJ6, 5SY. and 5SP4
Power supply company

product range
3/61
5SP3, 25 kA
Mounting depth 92 mm
Accessories
for 5SP3, 25 kA
3/63
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
3/1
General Data
Product overview
Overview
Standards
5SJ6
70
EN 60898
5SY6
Rated short-circuit capacity
Usage
Industry
Device
Rated currents In
mounting
depth
[mm]
Res. bldgs.
Tripping
characteristic
Non-res.
Design
Energy limitation class

6
... 32 A
... 63 A
0.3 ... 63 A
0.3 ... 63 A
6 000
3
High-capacity
product range
5SY4
5SY7
5SY8
... 63 A
70
... 80 A
EN 60898
0.3 ... 80 A
0.3 ... 63 A
0.3 ... 63 A
0.3 ... 63 A
0.3 ... 63 A
0.3 ... 63 A
... 63 A
10 000
3
15 000
3
EN 60947-2
25 kA
UC product range
5SY5
70
... 63 A
EN 60898
0.3 ... 63 A
10 000
3
High-current
product range
5SP4
70
80 ... 125 A
80 ... 125 A
EN 60898
80 ... 100 A
10 000

product range
5SP3
Approvals
VDE
92
16 ... 100 A
DIN VDE 0645
25 000
IMQ
BV
DNV
GL
LRS
CCC

5SJ6
5SY6
5SY4
5SY7
High-capacity
product range
5SY8
UC product range
5SY5
High-current
product range
5SP4

product range
5SP3
3/2
General Data
Product overview
Benefits
High rated breaking capacity up to 15 000 A according to
EN 60898/25 kA according to EN 60947-2
Excellent current limiting and selectivity characteristics
Tripping characteristic A, B, C and D
Terminals offer protection against contact with fingers or the back
of the hand acc. to the German accident prevention regulations
VBG 4/BGV A2
Combined terminals enable a simultaneous connection of busbars
and feeder cables
The handle locking device effectively prevents any unauthorized
operation of the handle
Features of 5SJ
Particularly suitable for installation in small distribution boards for
building installations
Features of 5SY
Safe and rapid connection of the feeder cables thanks to the
possibility of relocating the busbars to the back
Identical terminals at both sides for an optional infeed from the
top or the bottom
Reach-round protection exceeds requirements according to
VBG 4/BGV A2
No tool required for mounting or dismounting
Supports a fast and comfortable removal from the assembly
Variable designation system
Separate switching position indicator
Uniform additional components which can be mounted
individually, fast and on-site thanks to their snap-on technique
Design
Miniature circuit-breakers are equipped with a delayed overload/
time-dependent thermal release (thermal bimetal) for low overcurrents and with an instantaneous electromagnetic release for higher
overload and short-circuit currents.
The special contact materials used guarantee a long service life and
offer a high degree of protection against contact welding.
Function
Thanks to the extremely fast contact separation in cases of failures
and the rapid quenching of the arc consequently generated in the
arcing chamber, the miniature circuit-breakers ensure safe and current-limiting disconnection.
The permissible limit-I 2t values of the energy limitation class 3
specified in DIN VDE 0641 Part 11 are generally undercut by 50 %.
This guarantees an excellent selectivity towards upstream overcurrent protection devices.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Features of 5SP4
Disconnection characteristics acc. to DIN VDE 0660 Part 107
Main switch characteristics acc. to EN 60204
Variable designation system
Can also be screwed onto base
Separate switching position indicator
Uniform additional components which can be mounted individually, fast and on-site thanks to their snap-on technique
9
10
11
Application
Miniature circuit-breakers primarily serve to protect cables and lines
against overload and short-circuit. Thus, they also serve to protect
electrical equipment against excessive overheating according to
DIN VDE 0100 Part 430.
Under certain conditions, miniature circuit-breakers also offer protection against dangerous leakage currents caused by excessive
touch voltage due to insulation faults acc. to DIN VDE 0100 Part 410.
Thanks to their fixed rated current settings, the miniature circuitbreakers may also be used for limited motor protection applications.
Various tripping characteristics are available, depending on the respective application. These are explained in detail in the catalog
ET B1 T ("Technical Information on the ET B1 Catalog"). The
EN 60898, DIN VDE 0641 Part 11 and IEC 60898 standards form the
basis for the miniature circuit-breakers design and approval.
When used for industrial applications and for system and plant engineering applications, the miniature circuit-breakers can be supplemented by individually mountable add-on components such as
auxiliary circuit switches, fault signal contacts, shunt trips, undervoltage releases, RCCB modules and individually mountable accessories, such as busbar systems and mounting parts.
12
13
3/3
General Data
Product overview
5SY4
5SY5
5SY6
5SY7
5SY8
5SP4
A, B, C, D
B, C
B, C, D
B, C, D
C, D
B, C, D
1+N
3+N
Tripping characteristic
Number of poles
4
Rated voltage
Operating voltage
V AC
230/400
V DC
220/440
min.
V AC/DC
24
max.
V DC/pole
60 1)
max.
V AC
440
60 1)
220

acc. to EN 60898
acc. to EN 60947-2
kA AC
10
kA DC
kA AC
V AC
250/440
6
10
15
10
25
Insulation coordination
Degree of pollution for
overvoltage category III
Protection against contact
acc. to EN 50274
Main switch characteristics
acc. to EN 60204
Sealable in handle end position
Device depth
mm
70
acc. to DIN 43880

IP00 acc. to DIN 40050, IP20 acc. to DIN 40050 for 5SY., IP40 when mounted in distribution
boards
CFC and silicone-free
yes
Mounting technique
can be snapped onto 35 mm standard mounting rails (EN 60715); additionally with
5SY: quick-assembly system (no tools required for assembly)
5SP4: screw mounting also possible
Terminals
5SY: combined terminals at both sides for a simultaneous connection of

busbars (fork-type) and feeder cables
5SP4: tunnel terminals at both sides
Terminal tightening torque

recommended
Nm
2.5 ... 3
3 ... 3.5
solid and stranded

upper terminal
lower terminal
mm2
mm2
0.75 ... 35
0.75 ... 35
0.75 ... 50
0.75 ... 50

upper terminal
lower terminal
mm2
mm2
0.75 ... 25
0.75 ... 25
0.75 ... 35
0.75 ... 35
differing conductor cross-sections may be clamped together

simultaneously; details are available upon request.
Supply connection
as required, the specified polarity must be observed for DC applications
Mounting position
any
averagely 20,000 operations at the rated load 2)
Service life
Ambient temperature
Resistance to vibrations
-25 ... +45, occasionally +55, max. 95 % humidity, storage temperature: -40 ... +75
6 cycles acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
m/s2
60 at 10 Hz ... 150 Hz acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
1) r Battery charging voltage of 72 V.

2) r 10,000 operations for 5SY5, 40 A, 50 A and 63 A at the rated load.
3/4
General Data
Product overview
Number of poles
5SJ6
5SY6 ...-.KV
5SP3
B, C
V AC
230/400
230
230/400
24
min.
V AC/DC
max.
V DC/pole
max.
V AC
250
EN 60898
kA AC
DIN VDE 0645
kA AC
Operational voltage
3
4
1+N
Rated voltage
1
2
60
440
acc. to
25
V AC
250
6
7
690
Degree of pollution
overvoltage category
2/III
3/IV
acc. to DIN VDE 106 Part 100

Main switch characteristics
acc. to EN 60204
Device depth
mm
70
92
acc. to DIN 43880

IP20 acc. to DIN 40050 for 5SP3, IP40 when mounted in distribution boards
yes
Mounting technique
can be snapped onto 35 mm standard mounting rails (EN 60715); additionally with
5SP3: screw mounting also possible
Terminals
5SP3 saddle terminals at both ends, 5SJ6, 5SY6 ...-.KV tunnel terminals at both
ends
solid and stranded
upper terminal
lower terminal
mm2
mm2
0.75 ... 25
0.75 ... 25
0.75 ... 16
0.75 ... 16
max. 70
max. 70

upper terminal
lower terminal
mm2
mm2
0.75 ... 25
0.75 ... 25
0.75 ... 16
0.75 ... 16
max. 50
max. 50
Supply connection
any
Mounting position
any
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +45, occasionally +55, max. 95 % humidity, storage temperature: -40 ... +75
11
10
averagely 20,000 operations at the rated load.
Service life
m/s2
12
60 at 10 Hz ... 150 Hz acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
13
3/5
General Data
Product overview
Tripping characteristic acc. to EN 60898, DIN VDE 0641 Part 11
Tripping characteristic A
Tripping characteristic C
1 ,1 3 1 ,4 5
1 2 0
1 2 0
A I2 _ 0 6 6 6 3 b
6 0
6 0
2 0
2 0
4 0
1 0
M in u te s
M in u te s
4 0
T r ip p in g tim e
T r ip p in g tim e
4
2
4 0
2 0
1 0
6
4
2
1
4 0
2 0
1 0
4
1 0
6
4
2
S e c o n d s
S e c o n d s
A I2 _ 0 6 3 5 3 c
1
0 ,6
0 ,4
1
0 ,6
0 ,4
0 ,2
0 ,2
0 ,1
0 ,0 6
0 ,0 4
0 ,1
0 ,0 6
0 ,0 4
0 ,0 2
0 ,0 2
0 ,0 1
1
1 ,5
8 1 0
1 5 2 0
M u ltip le o f r a te d c u r r e n t
2
0 ,0 1
3 0
1 ,5
3
4 5 6 8 1 0
1 5 2 0
M u lt ip le o f r a te d c u r r e n t
3 0
For limited semiconductor protection

Protection of measuring circuits with converters
Protection of circuits with significant cable lengths and a requirement for tripping in 0.4 s acc. to DIN VDE 0100 Part 410.
General line protection, especially advantageous with higher

starting currents (lamps, motors, etc.,).
Tripping characteristic B
Tripping characteristic D
1 2 0
1 ,1 3 1 ,4 5
1 2 0
A I2 _ 0 6 3 5 2 c
4 0
M in u te s
2 0
1 0
T r ip p in g tim e
T r ip p in g tim e
M in u te s
4 0
2
4 0
1 0
6
4
2
2 0
1 0
6
4
1 0
6
S e c o n d s
S e c o n d s
2 0
1
4 0
2 0
1
0 ,6
0 ,4
2
1
0 ,6
0 ,4
0 ,2
0 ,2
0 ,1
0 ,0 6
0 ,0 4
0 ,1
0 ,0 6
0 ,0 4
0 ,0 2
0 ,0 2
0 ,0 1
A I2 _ 0 6 3 5 4 c
6 0
6 0
1 ,5
3
4 5 6 8 1 0
1 5 2 0
3 0
Line protection mainly in outlet circuits; no proof required

regarding personal safety
In the case of different ambient temperatures, the current values of

the delayed tripping operation change by approx. 5 % per 10 K
temperature difference -> for temperatures lower and < for temperatures higher than 30 C.
For direct voltages, the maximum current values of the instantaneous tripping operation increase by a factor of 1.2.
If more than one electrical circuit is loaded in a series of circuitbreakers the resulting increase in ambient temperature affects the
characteristic curve.
In this case an additional correction factor, specific to the rated
current of the circuit-breaker, must be taken into account.
3/6
0 ,0 1
1
1 ,5
3
4 5 6 8 1 0
1 5 2 0
3 0
Tripping range adapted to operating equipment involving significant pulse generation (transformers, solenoid valves).
Number
2 ... 3
4 ... 6
>7
Correction factor K
1.00
0.90
0.88
0.85
General Data
Introduction
Overview
1
2
Tripping characteristics
Tripping characteristics at an ambient temperature of 30 C
Tripping
characteristic
Standards
Thermal releases
Test currents:
Electromagnetic releases
Test currents:
limiting
minimum
tripping time
no-damage
current
no-damage
current
In 63 A
In > 63 A
I1
I2
>1h
>2h
<1h
<2h
>1h
>2h
<1h
<2h
>1h
>2h
<1h
<2h
>1h
>2h
<1h
<2h
1.13 x In
1.45 x In
B
IEC 60898/EN 60898
1.13 x In
1.45 x In
DIN VDE 0641 Part 11

C
1.13 x In
1.45 x In
hold
1.13 x In
1.45 x In
latest
tripping time
tripping instant
I4
I5
0.1 s
2 x In
3 x In
< 0.1 s
0.1 s
3 x In
5 x In
< 0.1 s
6
7
0.1 s
5 x In
10 x In
< 0.1 s
0.1 s
10 x In
20 x In
< 0.1 s
(IEC 60898: 50 x In)
Breaking capacity
Particular demands are made on miniature circuit-breakers with
regard to breaking capacity.
The values are standardized and are determined acc. to the test
conditions of EN 60898 or DIN VDE 0641 Part 11.
The most common values are 6 000 and 10 000 .
For other test conditions, different values can be specified that are
higher those of EN 60898 or DIN VDE 0641 Part 11.
One such standard is EN 60947-2 or DIN VDE 0660 Part 101 for
circuit-breakers.
EN 60898 (IEC 60898)

1-pole
230 V AC
2, 3 and 4-pole
400 V AC
EN 60947-2 (IEC 60947-2)

1-pole
230 V AC
2, 3 and 4-pole
400 V AC
Icn [kA]
Icn [kA]
Rated current
In [A]
Icu [kA]
Icu [kA]
5SY6
0.3 ... 6
8 ... 32
40 ... 63
6
6
6
6
6
6
30
15
10
30
15
10
5SY4
0.3 ... 6
8 ... 32
40 ... 63
10
10
10
10
10
10
35
20
15
35
20
15
5SY7
0.3 ... 2
3 ... 6
8 ... 10
15
15
15
15
15
15
50
40
30
50
40
30
15
15
15
15
25
20 1)
25
20 1)
70
50
40
70
50
40
5SY8
5SP4
... 32
... 63
0.3 ... 2
3 ... 6
8 ... 10
8
9
13
40
3
4
13
40
... 32
... 63
30
25 2)
30
25 2)
80
... 125
10
10
20 3)
20 3)
EN 60898-2
1-pole
2-pole
EN 60898-2
1-pole
2-pole
230 V AC
400 V AC
220 V DC
440 V DC
Rated current
In [A]
Icn [kA]
Icn [kA]
Icn [kA]
Icn [kA]
5SY5
0.3 ... 63
10
10
15
15
10
11
12
13
1) D50 and D63: Icu = 15 KA

2) D50 and D63: Icu = 20 KA
3) D80 and D100: Icu = 15 KA
3/7
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Selectivity miniature circuit-breakers/fuses
Distribution systems are usually set up as radial networks. An overcurrent protection device is required for each reduction of the conductor cross-section. This produces a series connection staggered
according to rated currents, which should, if possible, be "selective".
Selectivity means that, in the event of a fault, only the protective
device that is directly next to the fault in the current circuit is tripped.
This means that current circuits in parallel can maintain a power flow.
In the case of miniature circuit-breakers with upstream fuses, the
selectivity limit depends largely on the current limiting and tripping
characteristics of the miniature circuit-breaker and the melting
I2t value of the fuse.
This produces different selectivity limits for miniature circuit-breakers with different characteristics and rated short-circuit capacity.
The following tables provide information on the short-circuit currents
up to which selectivity exists between miniature circuit-breakers and
upstream fuse acc. to DIN VDE 0636 Part 201. For the values that are
specified in kA, these are limit values that were determined under
unfavorable test conditions. Under normal practical conditions, you
can often expect considerably better values, depending on the
upstream fuses.
Limit values of selectivity miniature

circuit-breakers/fuses in kA
Downstream
miniature circuit-breakers
Upstream fuses
In [A]
16 A
20 A
25 A
35 A
50a
63 A
80a
100 A
6
10
13
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.7
0.6
0.5
1.2
1.0
1.0
3.0
2.2
2.2
3.2
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
16
20
25
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.4
2.4
2.0
4.0
4.0
3.5
32
40
50
1.7
2.9
2.0
4.0
4.0
2
3
4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
1.2
0.8
0.6
1.7
1.4
1.1
4.0
3.0
5.0
4.0
6
8
10
0.4
0.6
0.5
0.5
1.0
0.9
0.9
2.4
1.4
1.4
3.2
2.6
2.1
3.1
3.1
13
16
20
0.8
0.8
1.3
1.3
1.3
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
2.7
25
32
40
2.0
2.4
2.2
5.0
4.0
3.5
50
63
3.0
3.0
5SY6
Characteristic B
Characteristic C
r rated short-circuit capacity 5SY6 acc. to EN 60898
3/8
6 000 .
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Selectivity miniature circuit-breakers/fuses
In the event of a short-circuit, there is selectivity between the
5SY4, 5SY7, 5SP4 miniature circuit-breakers and fuses acc. to
DIN VDE 0636 Part 201 up to the specified values in kA.
Downstream
Upstream fuses
16 A
20 A
25 A
35 A
50a
63 A
80a
100 A
125 A
6
10
13
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.7
0.7
1.4
1.2
1.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
4.5
3.5
3.5
9.0
5.0
5.0
16
20
25
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
1.7
2.8
2.6
2.2
4.2
4.2
3.7
9.0
9.0
7.0
32
40
50
1.7
2.2
1.6
3.7
2.2
2.2
7.0
4.0
4.0
6.0
6.0
63
3.0
5.0
2
3
4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
1.5
1.1
0.9
2.0
1.6
1.4
9.0
5.0
3.5
6.0
5.0
9.0
6
8
10
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.5
1.4
1.2
1.2
2.7
2.2
2.0
4.5
3.5
3.0
6.0
5.0
4.2
7.0
7.0
13
16
20
1.0
1.0
1.6
1.5
1.3
2.4
2.2
2.2
3.4
3.0
3.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
25
32
40
2.2
2.9
2.4
2.0
5.0
4.0
3.5
9.0
7.0
4.0
50
63
3.0
3.0
4.0
3.5
2
3
4
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
1.0
0.9
0.8
1.8
1.5
1.2
5.0
4.0
3.0
7.0
5.0
3.8
8.0
5.5
6
8
10
0.7
1.1
0.9
2.5
2.1
2.1
3.1
2.5
2.5
4.4
3.5
3.5
8.1
6.2
6.2
9.3
9.3
13
16
20
2.5
2.2
3.5
3.1
2.7
6.2
5.1
4.3
9.3
7.5
6.3
32
40
50
4.0
3.5
5.5
4.8
4.0
63
In [A]
1
2
3
4
5SY4, 5SY7
Characteristic A, B
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
r rated short-circuit capacity 5SY4 acc. to EN 60898 10 000 .

Downstream
In [A]
Upstream fuses
100 A
125 A
160 A
200 A
224a
250 A
Characteristic B
80
100
125
2.8
3.8
3.5
5.7
5.2
5.2
8.1
7.0
7.0
Characteristic C
80
100
125
2.5
3.5
3.3
5.1
4.5
4.5
7.5
6.5
6.5
9.2
8.0
8.0
Characteristic D
80
100
2.3
3.3
2.8
4.6
4.3
6.9
6.2
8.1
7.5
9.2
13
5SP4
r rated short-circuit capacity 5SP4 acc. to EN 60898 10 000 .

Values for 5SY8 on request.
3/9
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Selectivity miniature circuit-breakers/circuit-breakers
Distribution systems can also be set up without fuses. In such cases,
a circuit-breaker acts as an upstream protective device.
In this case, the selectivity limit depends on the level of peak
current let through by the miniature circuit-breaker and the tripping
current of the circuit-breaker.
The following tables show the short-circuit current in kA up to which

selectivity is guaranteed between miniature circuit-breakers and
upstream circuit-breaker acc. to IEC 60947-2 or DIN VDE 0660,
Part 101 at 230/400 V AC, 50 Hz.
Limit values of selectivity miniature circuit-breakers/

circuit-breakers in kA
Downstream
Upstream circuit-breakers
In [A]
I >[A]
Icn [kA]
3RV1.1
10
12
120
144
50
50
3RV1.2
8
10
96
120
100
100
12.5
150
100
16
192
50
20
240
50
22
264
50
25
300
50
Selectivity limits [kA] 1)
5SY4 ...-5
Characteristic A
2
10
16
6
30
48
10
10
10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.5
0.4
1.5
0.5
0.5
32
40
96
120
10
10
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.4
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.5
1
1.6
5
10
16
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.5
0.5
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.4
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
50
63
500
630
6/10/15
6/10/15
2
6
10
40
120
200
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.4
0.4
16
32
40
50
320
640
800
1 000
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7 ...-6

Characteristic B
5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7 ...-7

Characteristic C
5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7 ...-8

Characteristic D

1) In 240/415 V, 50 Hz systems, the selectivity limits are reduced by 10 %.
I > r tripping current.
3/10
General Data
Introduction
Overview
In the event of a short-circuit, there is selectivity between miniature
circuit-breakers and circuit-breakers acc. to IEC 60947-2 or
DIN VDE 0660 Part 101 up to the specified in kA.
Limit values of selectivity miniature circuit-breakers/fuses in kA
Downstream
In [A]
I >[A]
Icn [kA]
3RV1.3
16
20
192
240
50
50
25
300
50
32
384
50
40
480
50
45
540
50
50
600
50
5SY4 ...-5
Characteristic A
2
10
16
6
30
48
10
10
10
0.2
0.2
0.8
0.4
0.3
1.2
0.5
0.4
2.5
0.6
0.6
3
0.8
0.8
6
1
0.8
6
1.2
1
32
40
96
120
10
10
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
1
1
1.2
1.2
1
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.6
1
1
0.8
1
1
0.8
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.5
1
1.6
5
10
16
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
3
3
3
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.4
0.4
1
0.6
0.6
1
0.8
0.8
1.5
1
1
3
1
1
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.6
0.6
1
0.8
0.8
1
1
1
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
1
1
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
50
63
500
630
6/10/15
6/10/15
2
6
10
40
120
200
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.3
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.5
1.2
0.8
0.6
1.5
1
0.8
1.5
1
0.8
16
32
40
320
640
800
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.6
50
1 000
6/10/15
5SY4, 5SY7...-6
Characteristic B
5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7 ...-7

Characteristic C
5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7 ...-8

Characteristic D

3/11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Downstream
3RV1.4
In [A]
I >[A]
Icn [kA]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
100
192
240
300
384
480
600
756
900
1 080
1 140
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
5SY4 ...-5
Characteristic A
2
10
16
6
30
48
10
10
10
0.5
0.3
0.8
0.4
0.3
1.5
0.5
0.5
2.5
0.6
0.6
3
0.8
0.6
6/7.5
1.2
1
6/10
1.5
1.5
6/10
2.5
2
6/10
3
3
6/10
4
3
32
40
96
120
10
10
0.6
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.2
2
1.5
2.5
2
3
2
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.2
1
1
2
1.5
1.5
3
2.5
2
6/10/15 6/10/15
4
4
3
3
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
1
0.8
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.2
1.2
2
1.5
1.5
3
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
0.5
1
1.6
5
10
16
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
1
1
3
3
3
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15

6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.6
0.6
1
0.8
0.8
3
1
1
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15

2
2.5
5
5
2
2.5
5
5
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.6
0.6
1
1
1
2
1.5
1.5
2.5
2
2
5
3
3
5
3
3
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.6
1.2
1.2
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2
2.5
2.5
2
50
63
500
630
6/10/15
6/10/15
1.2
1.5
1.5
2
1.5
2
6
10
40
120
200
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.4
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.5
1
0.6
0.6
1.5
1
0.8
3
1.5
1.5
4
2.5
2
6/10/15 6/10/15
3
3
3
3
16
32
40
320
640
800
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.5
0.6
0.8
0.6
1.2
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.2
2.5
2
1.5
2.5
2
1.5
50
1 000
6/10/15
1.2
1.5
1.5
80
100
1600
2000
10
10
1.2
80
100
1600
2000
10
10
5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7 ...-6

Characteristic B
5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7 ...-7

Characteristic C
5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7 ...-8

Characteristic D
5SP4...-7
Characteristic C
5SP4...-8
Characteristic D
3/12
General Data
Introduction
Overview
3
4

Downstream
miniature circuitbreakers
In [A]
I >[A]
3VF3
adjustable
50
63
500
630
Icn [kA] 40/70/ 40/70/
100
100
80
800
40/70/
100
100
1 000
40/70/
100
125
1 250
40/70/
100
160
1600
40/70/
100
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
2
3VF3
non-adjustable
50
63
400
500
40/70/ 40/70/
100
100
80
630
40/70/
100
100
800
40/70/
100
125
1 000
40/70/
100
160
1 280
40/70/
100
10
2.5
2.3
10
4
3.7
10
4
3.7
10
4.5
4.4
10
4.9
5
10
10
10
1.8
1.5
3
2
3
2
3.5
2.4
3.7
2.7
6
3.2
5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7

Characteristic A
Characteristic B
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
2
10
16
6
30
48
10
10
10
10
1.6
1.4
10
4.7
4.7
10
6
6
10
10
10
32
40
96
120
10
10
1.2
1
3.6
2.5
4.6
3.1
10
6
6
10
13
30 6/10/15 2.1
50 6/10/15 1.8
65 6/10/15 1.6
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 3.2

6/6.6
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.5
5.1
6/8.2
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.3
6/10/15 6/9.7
6/6.2
4.8
4.6
3.8
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15

6/6.2
6/6.5
6/10/15
4.6
5.1
6/8.9
16
20
25
80 6/10/15 1.6
100 6/10/15 1.6
125 6/10/15 1.4
5.1
5.1
3.5
6/8.2
6/8.2
4.6
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.3

6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.3
5.5
6
6/10/15 2.1
4.6
4.6
3.4
3.8
3.8
3
4.6
4.6
3.4
5.1
5.1
3.7
6/8.9
6/8.9
5.2
32
40
50
160 6/10/15 1.4

200 6/10/15 1.3
250 6/10/15
3.5
2.4
2.4
4.6
2.8
2.8
5.5
3.3
3.3
3.4
2.3
2.3
3
2.2
2.2
3.4
2.4
2.4
3.7
2.7
2.7
5.2
3.6
3.6
6
4.5
4.3
6/10/15 2.1
6.7
1.8
5.8
0.5
1
1.5
5 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
10 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
2
3
4
20 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/9.5
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.5
6/8.2
6/6.3
6/8.2
6/8.6
6/10/15
30 6/10/15 1.9
6/9.5
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.5
6/8.2
6/6.3
6/8.2
6/8.6
6/10/15
40 6/10/15 1.9
6
8
10
60 6/10/15 1.9
80 6/10/15 1.7
100 6/10/15 1.7
6/9.5
4.2
4.2
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.5

6/7.9
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.3
6/7.9
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.3
6/8.2
3.7
3.7
6/6.3
3.8
3.8
6/8.2
3.8
3.8
6/8.6
4.6
4.6
6/10/15
6/9.4
6/9.4
13
16
20
130 6/10/15 1.5

160 6/10/15 1.5
200 6/10/15 1.5
4.2
4.2
4.2
5.5
5.5
5.5
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.1

6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.1
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 2.1
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
4.4
4.4
4.4
6/7.5
6/7.5
6/7.5
25
32
40
250 6/10/15 1.1

320 6/10/15 1.1
400 6/10/15 0.9
3.4
3.4
2.2
4.5
4.5
2.6
5.4
5.4
2.8
5.7
5.7
3.1
6/8.8
6/8.8
4.8
1.9
1.9
1.4
3
3
2.1
3
3
2.2
3
3
2.2
3.6
3.6
2.3
4.9
4.9
2.9
50
500 6/10/15
2.1
2.5
2.8
3.1
4.8
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.9
2
6
10
40 6/10/15 2.4
120 6/10/15 1.4
200 6/10/15 1.3
6
4.2
3.9
6
4.8
5.5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
4.2
2.3
1.9
6
4.1
3.7
6
4.2
3.7
6
4.2
3.7
6
4.3
4
6
6
6
16
32
40
320 6/10/15 1.1

640 6/10/15
800 6/10/15
3.5
4.2
3.3
4.9
3.9
3.1
6
4.2
3.3
6
6
4.9
1.7
3.3
3.7
3.3
2.4
3.5
2.7
1.5
4.7
3.7
3
2.9
4.8
2.6
6/10/15
50
1 000
Characteristic C
80
100
800
1 000
10
10
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2
1.2
1.5
1.5
Characteristic D
80
100
1600
1200
10
10
5SP4

The selectivity limits for adjustable releases apply to the maximum value,
In = rated current.
3/13
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Downstream
miniature circuitbreakers
In [A]
I >[A]
3VF4
125
160
200
250
3VF5
200
250
315
400
3VF6
315
1250
1600
2000
2500
2000
2500
3150
4000
3200
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
45/70/
100
45/70/
100
45/70/
100
45/70/
100
45/70/
100
400800
15756400
45/70/
100
Icn [kA] 40/70/

100
3VF7
4001250
15000
3VF8
8002500
20000
50/70/
100
70/100
3WN1
3156300
378075600
65/80/
100
3WN6
3153200
378048000
65/75
5SY6, 5SY4
Characteristic A
2
10
16
6
30
48
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
32
40
96
120
10
10
10
3.9
10
4.6
10
6
10
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Characteristic B
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/9.6
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10/15 6/9.6
6/10/15 6
6/10/15 5.1
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6
6
6
6
6
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
5.9
6
6
6
6
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
Characteristic C
0.5
1
1.5
5
10
15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10/15 6/8
6/10/15 6/8
6/10/15 3.6
6/9.1
6/9.1
4.8
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
6/6.5
6/6.5
6/6.5
6/6.5
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
50
500
6/10/15 3.6
4.8
6/6.2
6/6.2
6/6.2
6/6.3
6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15 6/10/15
Characteristic D
2
6
10
40
120
200
6/10/15 6/10
6/10/15 6/10
6/10/15 6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
16
32
40
320
640
800
6/10/15 6/10
6/10/15 6/10
6/10/15 4
6/10
6/10
4.9
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
50
1 000
6/10/15 4
4.8
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
5SP4
Characteristic C
80
100
800
1 000
10
10
1.5
1.5
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
5
8
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
5
5
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Characteristic D
80
100
1 600
2 000

In = rated current.
3/14
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Selectivity miniature circuit-breakers/miniature circuit-breakers
Within narrow limits, miniature circuit-breakers also offer selectivity
between circuit-breakers in a fuseless distribution board.
This depends on the let-through peak current of the downstream
miniature circuit-breaker and on the tripping current of the upstream
miniature circuit-breaker.
The following table shows the short-circuit current in kA up to which

there is selectivity between series-connected circuit-breakers at
230/400 V AC.

miniature circuit-breakers in kA
Downstream
5SY4 ...-7
Characteristic C
I >[A]
20
200
Icn [kA] 10
25
250
10
5SP4 ...-7
5SP4 ...-8
Characteristic C Characteristic D
32
320
10
40
400
10
50
500
10
80
800
10
100
1 000
10
80
1 200
10
100
1 500
10
5SY
Characteristic C
3
4
Upstream miniature circuit-breakers
In [A]
Characteristic B
1
2
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15 0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.2
1.2
3
3
2
5
4
3
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.8
0.8
0.6
1.2
1.2
1.2
2
2
1.5
3
3
3
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
1.2
1.2
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
3
2.5
2.5
0.5
1
1.5
5
10
15
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15 0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.2
1.2
1.2
4
4
4
6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15
6/10/15 6/10/15
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15 0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.5
0.5
1.2
0.8
0.8
4
1.5
1.5
6/10/15 6/10/15
3
4
3
4
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15 0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.6
1.5
1.2
1.2
3
2.5
2.5
4
3
3
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15 0.2
6/10/15
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
1.2
1.2
1.2
2
2
2
3
3
3
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10/15
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
1
1
0.8
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2
50
63
500
630
6/10/15
6/10/15
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.2
2
1.5

In = rated current.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
3/15
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Back-up protection miniature circuit-breakers / fuses
If the maximum short-circuit current of the miniature circuit-breaker
at the installation site is unknown, or if the specified rated short-circuit capacity is exceeded, an additional protective device must be
connected upstream as back-up protection to prevent overloading
of the miniature circuit-breaker. This is usually a fuse.
The following table shows the short-circuit currents - in kA - up to

which back-up protection is guaranteed when using fuses acc. to
DIN VDE 0636 Part 201.
Limit values of back-up protection

miniature circuit-breakers/fuses in kA
Downstream
Upstream fuses
In [A]
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
125 A
160 A
no back-up protection required up to 50 kA

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
35
35
10
13
16
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
35
35
50
35
30
35
30
30
20
25
32
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
35
35
35
25
30
30
25
25
25
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
25
25
15
15
63
50
50
35
25
25
15
0.3 ... 6
8
10
no back-up protection required up to 50 kA

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
45
45
45
45
13
16
20
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
45
45
40
40
40
35
35
35
30
25
32
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
40
45
45
35
40
40
30
30
30
50
63
50
50
50
50
50
45
40
40
35
35
25
25
5SY6
I2_06355a
0.3 ... 4
6
8
5SY4, 5SY7
3/16
Test circuit data:
Test cycle:
Up = 250 V
power factor = 0.3 ... 0.5
Acc. to EN 60947 - 2 (0 - C0)
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Back-up protection miniature circuit-breakers / circuit-breakers
If miniature circuit-breakers are installed in fuseless distribution
boards, circuit-breakers acc. to EN 60947-2 or DIN VDE 0660
Part 101 must be used as back-up protection.
The following tables show the short-circuit currents - in kA up to which back-up protection is guaranteed when using
circuit-breakers.
3
4
Limit values of back-up protection

miniature circuit-breakers/circuit-breakers
in kA
Downstream
In [A]
3VF3
adjustable
50
63
630
I >[A] 500
Icn [kA] 40/70/ 40/70/
100
100
80
800
40/70/
100
100
1 000
40/70/
100
125
1 250
40/70/
100
1 60
1 600
40/70/
100
3VF3
non-adjustable
50
63
400
500
40/70/ 40/70/
100
100
1
2
80
630
40/70/
100
100
800
40/70/
100
125
1 000
40/70/
100
160
1 280
40/70/
100
Back-up protection up to kA
I2_06356a
5SY6
Characteristic B,
Characteristic C
0.3 ... 6
8 ... 32
40 ... 63
6
6
6
70
15
10
70
15
10
70
15
10
70
15
10
70
15
10
65
15
10
70
15
10
70
15
10
70
15
10
65
10
10
65
10
10
65
10
10
0.3 ... 6 10/15

8 ... 32 10/15
40 ... 63 10/15
80
30
15
80
30
15
80
30
15
80
30
15
80
30
15
80
20
15
80
35
35
80
35
35
80
35
35
80
35
35
80
35
35
80
35
35
100
70
65
30
100
70
60
30
100
70
60
30
100
70
65
30
100
70
65
30
100
65
45
20
100
70
65
30
100
70
50
30
100
70
50
30
100
65
45
20
100
65
45
20
100
65
45
20
5SY4
Characteristic A,
Characteristic B,
Characteristic C,
Characteristic D
6
7
5SY7
Characteristic B,
Characteristic C,
Characteristic D
0.3 ... 6
8 ... 10
13 ... 32
40 ... 63
10/15
10/15
10/15
10/15
Downstream
3VF4
In [A]
I >[A]
3VF5
3VF6
125
160
200
250
200
250
315
400
1 250
1600
2000
2 500
2000
2 500
3 150
4000
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
45/70/
100
45/70/
100
45/70/
100
45/70/
100
Icn [kA] 40/70/

100
3VF7
3VF8
3WN1/
3WS1
315 ... 400 ... 1 600 ... 315 ...
630
1 250 2 000
6 300
3 200 ... 15 000 20 000 3 780 ...
6 300
75 600
45/70/ 50/70/ 70/100 65 ...
100
100
100
Back-up protection up to kA
5SY6
Characteristic B,
Characteristic C,
Characteristic D
6
6
6
34
15
10
34
15
10
34
15
10
34
15
10
30
15
10
30
15
10
30
15
10
30
15
10
30
15
10
30
15
10
30
15
10
30
15
10
0.3 ... 6 10/15

8 ... 32 10/15
42 ... 63 10/15
50
20
15
50
20
15
50
20
15
50
20
15
50
20
15
45
20
15
45
20
15
45
20
15
35
20
15
35
20
15
35
20
15
35
20
15
10/15
10/15
10/15
100
70
34
100
70
34
100
70
34
100
70
34
100
65
30
100
65
30
100
65
30
100
65
30
65
40
30
50
40
30
50
40
30
50
40
30
13 ... 32 10/15
40 ... 63 10/15
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
0.3 ... 6
8 ... 32
40 ... 63
5SY4
Characteristic A,
Characteristic B,
Characteristic C,
Characteristic D
5SY7
Characteristic B,
Characteristic C,
Characteristic D 1)
0.3 ... 2
3 ... 6
8 ... 10
1) 50 and 63 A, characteristic D: 15 kA
3/17
10
11
12
13
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Data per pole (loaded with In)
Internal resistance and power dissipation

In [A]
Type A
Type B
Type C
Type D
R1
Pv
R1
Pv
R1
Pv
R1
Pv
mW
mW
mW
mW
0.3
0.5
1
1983
2.0
11 000
3 340
1 760
1.0
0.8
1.8
3 220
1 560
0.8
1.6
1.6
2
3
854
554
218
2.2
2.2
2.0
710
470
210
1.8
1.9
1.9
670
465
205
1.7
1.9
1.8
4
6
8
127
65
29.6
2.0
2.3
1.9
70
110
50
14
1.8
1.8
0.9
100
50
12
1.6
1.8
0.8
10
13
16
20.2
11.7
10.1
2.0
2.0
2.6
13
9.7
7.2
1.3
1.6
1.8
11
8.5
6.3
1.1
1.4
1.6
8.8
8.5
6.3
0.9
1.4
1.6
20
25
32
6.2
5.1
3.1
2.5
3.2
3.2
4.7
3.7
3.0
1.9
2.3
3.0
3.7
3.6
3.0
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.7
3.6
3.0
1.5
2.2
3.0
40
50
63
2.5
1.9
1.3
4.0
4.8
5.2
2.3
1.9
1.3
3.7
4.8
5.2
2.3
1.9
1.3
3.7
4.8
5.2
2.3
1.9
1.3
3.7
4.8
5.2
1.1
0.8
0.7
7.0
8.0
10.1
1.1
6.7
0.88 8
0.7 10.9
1.1
0.8
6.7
8
5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7, 5SY8, 5SY5
2.5
5SP4
80
100
125
Correction factor for power dissipation

Direct current and alternating current up to
Alternating current
3/18
60 Hz x 1.0
200 Hz x 1.1
400 Hz x 1.15
1 100 Hz x 1.3
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Personnel safety with miniature circuit-breakers
For the protection from dangerous leaking currents, according to
DIN VDE 0100 Part 410, the cross-sections of the conductor, or its
distance from the protective device, must be
dimensioned such that if a fault with negligible impedance occurs
(i.e. a short-circuit) at any point between an outer conductor and a
PE conductor, or a connected exposed conductive part, automatic
tripping is achieved within the specified times of 0.4 s / 5 s.
This requirement is met through the following condition:

Z s x I a Uo
3
4
Zs r Impedance of the fault loop of the entire circuit

Ia r Current that trips within the specified times
Uo r Voltage to ground
Maximum permissible impedance of fault loop at Uo = 230 V AC

for compliance with trip conditions acc. to DIN VDE 0100 Part 410
In [A]
1
2
Characteristic A
Characteristic B
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
ta 0.4 s
5s
ta 0.4 s
5s
ta 0.4 s
5s
ta 0.4 s
5s
0.3
0.5
1.0
76.6
76.6
76.6
46
23
153
92
46
15.3
92
46
1.6
2
3
47.9
38.3
25.5
47.9
38.3
25.5
14.4
11.5
7.7
28.8
23
15.4
9.6
7.6
5.1
28.8
23
15.4
4
6
8
19.1
12.7
19.1
12.7
7.6
7.6
5.8
3.8
2.8
11.6
7.6
5.7
3.8
2.5
1.9
11.6
7.6
5.7
10
13
16
7.6
4.7
7.6
4.7
4.6
2.9
4.6
3.57
2.9
2.3
1.7
1.4
4.6
3.4
2.8
1.1
0.9
0.7
4.6
3.4
2.8
20
25
32
3.8
3.0
2.4
3.8
3.0
2.4
2.3
1.8
1.4
2.3
1.8
1.4
1.1
0.9
0.7
2.2
1.8
1.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
2.2
1.8
1.4
40
50
1.9
1.9
1.1
0.9
1.1
0.9
0.6
0.5
1.2
1.0
0.28
0.23
1.2
1.0
63
80
100
0.7
0.7
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.14
0.1
0.8
0.6
0.4
125
0.16
0.3
0.1
0.3
5SY, 5SP
At Uo = 240 V AC Zs x 1.04 applies.

At Uo = 127 V AC Zs x 0.55 applies.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
3/19
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Fusing of luminaire circuits
Maximum permissible lamp load of a miniature circuit-breaker when
operating fluorescent lamps L18 W, L 36 W, L 38 W, L 58 W.
Maximum number of fluorescent lamps
In [A]
Lamp
Electronic primary switching devices

Full switching at 230 V
1-lamp 1)
2-lamp
Group switching at 230 V

1-lamp 2)
2-lamp
5SY4, 5SY7
Characteristic
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
17
17
17
37
37
19
66
37
19
17
17
12
35
19
12
35
19
12
66
37
19
66
37
19
66
37
19
35
19
12
35
19
12
35
19
12
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
50
50
25
88
50
25
47
25
16
47
25
16
88
50
25
88
50
25
25
16
47
25
16
10
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
36
36
32
67
62
32
111
62
32
36
32
20
58
32
20
58
32
20
111
62
32
111
62
32
111
62
32
58
32
20
58
32
20
58
32
20
13
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
44
44
41
81
81
41
144
81
41
44
41
26
76
41
26
76
41
26
144
81
41
144
81
41
144
81
41
76
41
26
76
41
26
76
41
26
16
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
56
56
51
100
100
51
177
100
51
56
51
32
94
51
32
94
51
32
177
100
51
177
100
51
177
100
51
94
51
32
94
51
32
94
51
32
20
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
70
70
64
117
117
64
222
125
64
70
64
40
117
64
40
117
64
40
222
125
64
222
125
64
222
125
64
117
64
40
117
64
40
117
64
40
25
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
85
85
80
157
156
80
277
156
80
85
80
51
147
80
51
147
80
51
277
156
80
277
156
80
277
156
80
147
80
51
147
80
51
147
80
51
32
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
100
100
100
144
144
103
355
200
103
100
100
65
144
103
65
188
103
65
355
200
103
355
200
103
355
200
103
188
103
65
188
103
65
188
103
65
40
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
126
126
126
216
216
129
444
250
129
126
126
81
216
129
81
235
129
81
444
250
129
444
250
129
444
250
129
235
129
81
235
129
81
235
129
81
50
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
180
180
161
247
247
161
555
312
161
180
161
102
247
161
102
294
161
102
555
312
161
555
312
161
555
312
161
294
161
102
294
161
102
294
161
102
63
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 58 W
170
170
170
340
340
203
567
393
203
170
170
128
340
203
128
370
203
128
700
393
203
700
393
203
700
393
203
370
203
128
370
203
128
370
203
128
1) All ECGs are turned on simultaneously.

2) The ECGs are turned on in groups one after the other.
Circuit impedance:
The specified lamp load values apply, taking into account a line
impedance of 800 mW.
At 400 mW the permissible values are reduced by 10 %.
Reduction factors for miniature circuit-breakers for the simultaneously switching on of filament lamp load
taking into account the rated current of the miniature circuit-breaker and the summated operating current of the lamps
Reduction factors
Switching with miniature
circuit-breaker
Switching with separate switch
Characteristic A
0.3
0.35
Characteristic B
0.5
0.6
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
5SY, 5SP4
3/20
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Current carrying capacity of circuitbreakers with corrected and uncorrected
HQ, HQI and NAV lamps (no.)
Lamp power [W]
Lamp current
Corr. lamp current
Inrush peak
35
70
150
250
400
1 000
2000
3 500
[A]
[A]
[A]
0.5
0.3
10
1
0.5
18
1.8
1
36
3
1.5
60
3.5
2
70
9.5
6
120
10.3
5.5
125
18
9.8
220
In [A]
Lamp power [W]

150
250
400
1 000
2000
3 500
35
70
5SY4, 5SY7
Characteristic B
6
10
13
2
5
7
1
3
4
0
1
2
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16
20
25
8
11
13
5
6
7
2
3
3
1
1
2
1
1
2
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
32
40
50
16
20
28
8
11
15
4
5
7
2
3
4
2
3
4
1
1
2
1
1
2
0
1
1
63
26
14
6
8
10
6
8
10
3
4
6
1
2
3
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
16
20
13
16
18
7
9
10
3
4
5
2
2
3
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
25
32
40
25
22
33
14
12
18
7
6
9
4
3
5
3
3
4
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
50
63
38
53
21
29
10
14
6
9
5
7
3
4
3
4
1
2
6
8
10
8
11
14
4
5
7
2
3
4
1
2
2
1
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
16
20
18
22
28
9
11
14
5
6
7
3
3
4
2
3
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
25
32
40
35
44
56
17
22
28
9
12
15
5
7
9
5
6
8
2
2
3
1
2
2
1
1
1
50
63
70
88
35
44
19
24
11
14
10
12
4
4
3
4
2
2
Characteristic C
80
100
125
76
98
116
42
54
64
21
27
32
12
16
19
11
14
16
6
8/7
9
6/5
8/6
9/8
3
4
5
Characteristic D
80
100
125
143/112
186/140
186/175
40/31
51/39
51/48
24/18
31/23
31/29
20/16
26/20
26/25
9/6
11/7
14/9
10/5
12/6
15/8
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
5SP4
80/56
103/70
103/87
12
5/3
7/4
8/5
13
Different data for corrected/uncorrected lamps.
3/21
General Data
Introduction
Overview
Direct current, universal current
In direct current systems up to 60 V or 120 V, all 5SJ6, 5SY and 5SP4
miniature circuit-breakers (both 1-pole and 2-pole) can be used.
For higher voltages, the version 5SY5 is required. Contrary to other
product ranges, the arcing chamber area of the 5SY5 is equipped
with an additional permanent magnet to support the positive
quenching of the arc.
For this reason, the polarity of the switch is coded, which it is essential to observe when connecting the conductor.
1 (-)
1 (-)
+
2
+
-
s in g le - p o le
+
A I2 _ 0 6 3 5 7 c
Up to max. 220 V DC battery voltage
+
-
1 (-)
3 (+ )
+
4
1 (-)
3 (+ )
+
2
1 (-)
3 (+ )
+
4
3 (+ )
1 (-)
+
4
+
-
+
+
A I2 _ 0 6 3 5 8 b
1 (-)
2
3 (+ )
+
4
1 (-)
+
(+ )
3
4
d o u b le - p o le
+
-
A I2 _ 0 6 3 5 9 c
3/22
s in g le - p o le
p e r L + /L -
General Data
Introduction
Benefits
1
2
Features of 5SY miniature circuit-breakers 1)
3
4
5
6
7
Easier and faster, more wiring space
Identical top and bottom terminals
Connection of feeder cables vis--vis of the busbar
Larger and more easily accessible wiring space for the feeder
cables
Comfortable insertion of the feeder cables into the terminal
Defined, visible and controllable connection of the feeder cables
Universal infeed with top and bottom busbar mounting options.
Protection against contact with clear advantages

Integrated movable terminal covers located at the feeder
cable input section
The terminals are completely closed when screws are fully
tightened
Effective protection against contact, also when the device is fully
grabbed
Considerably exceeds the requirements of the German VBG
4/BGV A2 accident prevention regulations.
8
9
10
11
12
13
Flexible and no use of tools required

Manual quick-assembly and disassembly systems requiring no
use of tools
Fast assembly and disassembly of the 5SY miniature circuit-breakers to and from the standard mounting rail acc. to EN 60715
All devices can be easily and comfortably replaced at any time.
Removal from the assembly

Thanks to the combination of the various features stated above, the
5SY miniature circuit-breakers can be easily and rapidly removed
from the assembly when circuits need to be changed - with these
devices, a removal of the busbar is no longer necessary.
1) Not for 5SY6 ...-.KV.
3/23
6 000
3
Standard Product Range

5SY6 ...-.KV, 6 kA
Application
Un: 230 V AC, 50 to 60 Hz
Standards: EN 60898, DIN VDE 0641 Part 11, IEC 60898
1+N in 1 MW for distribution applications with only little available
space.

In
MW
Characteristic B
Order No.
Characteristic C
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole + N
2 N
2
4
6
1 N
5SY6 006-6KV
5SY6 002-7KV
5SY6 004-7KV
5SY6 006-7KV
0.132
0.132
0.132
1/12
1/12
1/12
8
10
13
5SY6 010-6KV
5SY6 013-6KV
5SY6 008-7KV
5SY6 010-7KV
5SY6 013-7KV
0.132
0.132
0.132
1/12
1/12
1/12
16
20
25
5SY6 016-6KV
5SY6 020-6KV
5SY6 025-6KV
5SY6 016-7KV
5SY6 020-7KV
5SY6 025-7KV
0.132
0.132
0.132
1/12
1/12
1/12
32
40
5SY6 032-6KV
5SY6 040-6KV
5SY6 032-7KV
5SY6 040-7KV
0.132
0.132
1/12
1/12
I2_08625
45
90
5SY6 ...-.KV miniature circuit-breakers
18
3/24
45
70,5
Auxiliary circuit switch/fault signal contact

for 5SY6 ...-.KV
Benefits
Function
Can be retrofitted individually

Mounting with factory-fitted screws
Min. contact load: 50 mA, 24 V
Max. contact load:
2 A, 230 V AC, AC-15
3 A, 230 V AC, AC-13
0.5 A, 110 V DC, DC- 12
acc. to DIN VDE 0660 Part 200, IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Short-circuit protection ensured by miniature circuit-breakers with
characteristic B or C with
In = 6 A or fuse gL 6 A
Conductor cross-section 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
Remote indication of the MCB switching state

- AS: ON/OFF
- FC: tripped
can be connected through binary inputs to instabus KNX EIB and
AS-Interface bus
A S /F C
M C B
1
2
3
4
5
in p u t
in s ta b u s K N X E IB
I2 _ 1 2 1 0 9
MW
Auxiliary circuit switch (AS) 1)
Order No.
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5
5ST3 018-0KV
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.037
1 4
6
7
1 3
2 1
2 2
Fault signal contact (FC)

1 1
1 2
2 CO
9 5
1 4 9 6
0.5
5ST3 028-0KV
0.045
9 8
10
1) For fault signal contacts and shunt trips, see Chapter "Residual current
protective devices".
11
Auxiliary circuit switch (AS)/fault signal contacts (FC),
can be mounted on 5SY6 ...-.KV miniature circuit-breakers
12
I2_08625
45
80
13
9
17
45
64,5
5ST3 018-0KV and 5ST3 028-0KV, can be retrofitted
3/25
6 000
3

5SJ6, 5SY6, 6 kA
Application
Un: 230/400 V, 50 to 60 Hz, can be used in systems up to
250/440 V AC, 60 V DC per pole
Additional components can be retrofitted

Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SJ6 106-6
5SY6 106-6
5SJ6 110-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
10
13
16 1)
5SY6 110-6
5SY6 113-6
5SJ6 116-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
16
20 1)
20
5SY6 116-6
5SJ6 120-6
5SY6 120-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
25 1)
25
32 1)2)
5SJ6 125-6
5SY6 125-6
5SJ6 132-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
32 2)
40
50
63
5SY6 132-6
5SY6 140-6
5SY6 150-6
5SY6 163-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
1/12
5SY6 506-6
5SY6 510-6
5SY6 513-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
16
20
25
5SY6 516-6
5SY6 520-6
5SY6 525-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
32
40
50
63
5SY6 532-6
5SY6 540-6
5SY6 550-6
5SY6 563-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SY6 206-6
5SY6 210-6
5SY6 213-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
16
20
25
5SY6 216-6
5SY6 220-6
5SY6 225-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
32
40
50
63
5SY6 232-6
5SY6 240-6
5SY6 250-6
5SY6 263-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SY6 306-6
5SY6 310-6
5SY6 313-6
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
16
20
25
5SY6 316-6
5SY6 320-6
5SY6 325-6
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
32 2)
40
50
63
5SY6 332-6
5SY6 340-6
5SY6 350-6
5SY6 363-6
0.495
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
In
MW
Characteristic B
Order No.
A
1-pole 1)
1
2
6 1)
6
10 1)
1-pole + N
1 N
2 N
6
10
13
2-pole
1 3
2 4
6
10
13
3-pole
1 3 5
2 4 6
6
10
13
The 5SY6 versions are certified acc. to UL 1077 and CSA 22.2
No. 235-M 89 and can be installed as "supplementary protectors"
up to 277 V AC (1-pole, 1-pole + N) and 480 V AC (2-pole, 3-pole,
3-pole + N, 4-pole).
For additional components, see page 3/47; for accessories,
see page 3/57.
1) Type 5SJ6 1..-6: no additional components can be mounted.
For further features, please see page 3/3.
2) Also suitable for 21-kW active power at 400 V three-phase AC (e.g. continuous-flow heaters with short-time operation duty) or 7-kW active power at
230 V AC (e.g. storage in not-continuous duty). For continuous load applications, we recommend using miniature circuit-breakers of characteristic
B or C and In = 40 A.
3/26
6 000
3

5SY6, 6 kA

Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SY6 606-6
5SY6 610-6
5SY6 613-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
16
20
25
5SY6 616-6
5SY6 620-6
5SY6 625-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
32
40
50
63
5SY6 632-6
5SY6 640-6
5SY6 650-6
5SY6 663-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
5SY6 406-6
5SY6 410-6
5SY6 413-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
16
20
25
5SY6 416-6
5SY6 420-6
5SY6 425-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
32
40
50
63
5SY6 432-6
5SY6 440-6
5SY6 450-6
5SY6 463-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
In
MW
Characteristic B
Order No.
A
3-pole + N
1 3 5 N
2 4 6 N
6
10
13
4-pole
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
6
10
13
see page 3/57.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
3/27
6 000
3

5SY6, 6 kA
Application

MW
Characteristic C
Order No.
Characteristic D
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
5SY6 114-7
5SY6 105-7
5SY6 101-7
5SY6 114-8
5SY6 105-8
5SY6 101-8
kg
Items
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
1.6
2
3
5SY6 115-7
5SY6 102-7
5SY6 103-7
5SY6 115-8
5SY6 102-8
5SY6 103-8
0.147
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
4
6
8
5SY6 104-7
5SY6 106-7
5SY6 108-7
5SY6 104-8
5SY6 106-8
5SY6 108-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
10
13
16
5SY6 110-7
5SY6 113-7
5SY6 116-7
5SY6 110-8
5SY6 113-8
5SY6 116-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
20
25
32 1)
5SY6 120-7
5SY6 125-7
5SY6 132-7
5SY6 120-8
5SY6 125-8
5SY6 132-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
40
50
63
5SY6 140-7
5SY6 150-7
5SY6 163-7
5SY6 140-8
5SY6 150-8
5SY6 163-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
5SY6 514-7
5SY6 505-7
5SY6 501-7
5SY6 514-8
5SY6 505-8
5SY6 501-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1.6
2
3
5SY6 515-7
5SY6 502-7
5SY6 503-7
5SY6 515-8
5SY6 502-8
5SY6 503-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
4
6
8
5SY6 504-7
5SY6 506-7
5SY6 508-7
5SY6 504-8
5SY6 506-8
5SY6 508-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
13
16
5SY6 510-7
5SY6 513-7
5SY6 516-7
5SY6 510-8
5SY6 513-8
5SY6 516-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
20
25
32
5SY6 520-7
5SY6 525-7
5SY6 532-7
5SY6 520-8
5SY6 525-8
5SY6 532-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
40
50
63
5SY6 540-7
5SY6 550-7
5SY6 563-7
5SY6 540-8
5SY6 550-8
5SY6 563-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SY6 214-7
5SY6 205-7
5SY6 201-7
5SY6 214-8
5SY6 205-8
5SY6 201-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1.6
2
3
5SY6 215-7
5SY6 202-7
5SY6 203-7
5SY6 215-8
5SY6 202-8
5SY6 203-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
4
6
8
5SY6 204-7
5SY6 206-7
5SY6 208-7
5SY6 204-8
5SY6 206-8
5SY6 208-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
13
16
5SY6 210-7
5SY6 213-7
5SY6 216-7
5SY6 210-8
5SY6 213-8
5SY6 216-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
20
25
32
5SY6 220-7
5SY6 225-7
5SY6 232-7
5SY6 220-8
5SY6 225-8
5SY6 232-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
40
50
63
5SY6 240-7
5SY6 250-7
5SY6 263-7
5SY6 240-8
5SY6 250-8
5SY6 263-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
In
A
1-pole
1
2
0.3
0.5
1
1-pole + N
1 N
2 N
0.3
0.5
1
2-pole
1 3
2 4
0.3
0.5
1
see page 3/57.
3/28
230 V AC (e.g. storage in not-continuous duty). For continuous load
applications, we recommend using miniature circuit-breakers of characteristic B or C and In = 40 A.
6 000
3

5SY6, 6 kA

In
MW
Characteristic C
Order No.
Characteristic D
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3-pole
1 3 5
2 4 6
0.3
0.5
1
5SY6 314-7
5SY6 305-7
5SY6 301-7
5SY6 314-8
5SY6 305-8
5SY6 301-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
1.6
2
3
5SY6 315-7
5SY6 302-7
5SY6 303-7
5SY6 315-8
5SY6 302-8
5SY6 303-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
4
6
8
5SY6 304-7
5SY6 306-7
5SY6 308-7
5SY6 304-8
5SY6 306-8
5SY6 308-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
10
13
16
5SY6 310-7
5SY6 313-7
5SY6 316-7
5SY6 310-8
5SY6 313-8
5SY6 316-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
20
25
32 1)
5SY6 320-7
5SY6 325-7
5SY6 332-7
5SY6 320-8
5SY6 325-8
5SY6 332-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
40
50
63
5SY6 340-7
5SY6 350-7
5SY6 363-7
5SY6 340-8
5SY6 350-8
5SY6 363-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
5SY6 614-7
5SY6 605-7
5SY6 601-7
5SY6 614-8
5SY6 605-8
5SY6 601-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1.6
2
3
5SY6 615-7
5SY6 602-7
5SY6 603-7
5SY6 615-8
5SY6 602-8
5SY6 603-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
4
6
8
5SY6 604-7
5SY6 606-7
5SY6 608-7
5SY6 604-8
5SY6 606-8
5SY6 608-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
10
13
16
5SY6 610-7
5SY6 613-7
5SY6 616-7
5SY6 610-8
5SY6 613-8
5SY6 616-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
20
25
32
5SY6 620-7
5SY6 625-7
5SY6 632-7
5SY6 620-8
5SY6 625-8
5SY6 632-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
50
63
5SY6 640-7
5SY6 650-7
5SY6 663-7
5SY6 640-8
5SY6 650-8
5SY6 663-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
5SY6 414-7
5SY6 405-7
5SY6 401-7
5SY6 414-8
5SY6 405-8
5SY6 401-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1.6
2
3
5SY6 415-7
5SY6 402-7
5SY6 403-7
5SY6 415-8
5SY6 402-8
5SY6 403-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
4
6
8
5SY6 404-7
5SY6 406-7
5SY6 408-7
5SY6 404-8
5SY6 406-8
5SY6 408-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
10
13
16
5SY6 410-7
5SY6 413-7
5SY6 416-7
5SY6 410-8
5SY6 413-8
5SY6 416-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
20
25
32
5SY6 420-7
5SY6 425-7
5SY6 432-7
5SY6 420-8
5SY6 425-8
5SY6 432-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
50
63
5SY6 440-7
5SY6 450-7
5SY6 463-7
5SY6 440-8
5SY6 450-8
5SY6 463-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
3-pole + N
1 3 5 N
2 4 6 N
0.3
0.5
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-pole
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
0.3
0.5
1
see page 3/57.

3/29
11
12
13

5SY6, 6 kA
Let-through I2t values
Characteristic B
Characteristic D
[k A
s ]
2
[k A
4
2
4 0 /5 0 /6 3 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
8 /1 0 /1 3 A
6 A
4 A
3 A
2 A
1 ,6 A
s ]
5 0 /6 3 A
2 5 /3 2 /4 0 A
1 3 /1 6 /2 0 A
1 0 A
1 0
1 0
6 A
1 0
6
6
4
4
I2 _ 1 0 7 6 3
I2 _ 1 0 7 6 1
1 0
1 A
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
6
6
4
4
0 ,5 A
0 ,3 A
2
2
-1
1 0
1 0
-1
8 1 0
6
8 1 0
6
8 1 0
6
1 0
[k A ]
p
-1
6
4
Characteristic C
2
1 0
5 0 /6 3 A
2 0 /2 5 /3 2 /4 0 A
1 3 /1 6 A
8 /1 0 A
6 A
3 /4 A
s ]
[k A
I2 _ 1 0 7 6 2
1 0
2
1
1 0
-2
1 0
4
2
1 A
0
1 0
6
0 ,5 A
4
2
-1
1 0
0 ,3 A
6
4
2
1 0
-2
1 0
-2
8 1 0
-1
8 1 0
8 1 0
[k A ]
8 1 0
1
18
3/30
36
54
72
I2_07796
45
90
44
70
8 1 0
-1
8 1 0
8 1 0
2 A
1 ,6 A
6
-2
[k A ]
8 1 0
10 000
3
High-Capacity Product Range

5SY4, 10 kA
Application


In
MW
Characteristic A
Order No.
Characteristic B
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1
2
3
4
1-pole
1
2
1
1.6
2
5SY4 101-5
5SY4 115-5
5SY4 102-5
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
3
4
6
5SY4 103-5
5SY4 104-5
5SY4 106-5
5SY4 106-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
8
10
13
5SY4 108-5
5SY4 110-5
5SY4 113-5
5SY4 110-6
5SY4 113-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
16
20
25
5SY4 116-5
5SY4 120-5
5SY4 125-5
5SY4 116-6
5SY4 120-6
5SY4 125-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
32 1)
40
50
5SY4 132-5
5SY4 140-5
5SY4 150-5
5SY4 132-6
5SY4 140-6
5SY4 150-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
63
80 2)
5SY4 163-5
5SY4 163-6
5SY4 180-6
0.165
0.175
1/12
1/12
5SY4 501-5
5SY4 515-5
5SY4 502-5
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
3
4
6
5SY4 503-5
5SY4 504-5
5SY4 506-5
5SY4 506-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
8
10
13
5SY4 508-5
5SY4 510-5
5SY4 513-5
5SY4 510-6
5SY4 513-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
16
20
25
5SY4 516-5
5SY4 520-5
5SY4 525-5
5SY4 516-6
5SY4 520-6
5SY4 525-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
32
40
50
5SY4 532-5
5SY4 540-5
5SY4 550-5
5SY4 532-6
5SY4 540-6
5SY4 550-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
63
5SY4 563-5
5SY4 563-6
0.330
1/6
5SY4 201-5
5SY4 215-5
5SY4 202-5
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
3
4
6
5SY4 203-5
5SY4 204-5
5SY4 206-5
5SY4 206-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
8
10
13
5SY4 208-5
5SY4 210-5
5SY4 213-5
5SY4 210-6
5SY4 213-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
16
20
25
5SY4 216-5
5SY4 220-5
5SY4 225-5
5SY4 216-6
5SY4 220-6
5SY4 225-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
32
40
50
5SY4 232-5
5SY4 240-5
5SY4 250-5
5SY4 232-6
5SY4 240-6
5SY4 250-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
63
80 2)
5SY4 263-5
5SY4 263-6
5SY4 280-6
0.330
0.345
1/6
1/6
1-pole + N
1 N
2 N
1
1.6
2
2-pole
1 3
2 4
1
1.6
2
see page 3/57.
2) No
1) Only applicable for 5SY4 132-6:

Also suitable for 21-kW active power at 400 V three-phase AC (e.g. continuous-flow heaters with short-time operation duty) or 7-kW active power at
3/31
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
10 000
3

5SY4, 10 kA

In
MW
Characteristic A
Order No.
Characteristic B
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3-pole
1 3 5
2 4 6
1
1.6
2
5SY4 301-5
5SY4 315-5
5SY4 302-5
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
3
4
6
5SY4 303-5
5SY4 304-5
5SY4 306-5
5SY4 306-6
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
8
10
13
5SY4 308-5
5SY4 310-5
5SY4 313-5
5SY4 310-6
5SY4 313-6
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
16
20
25
5SY4 316-5
5SY4 320-5
5SY4 325-5
5SY4 316-6
5SY4 320-6
5SY4 325-6
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
32 1)
40
50
5SY4 332-5
5SY4 340-5
5SY4 350-5
5SY4 332-6
5SY4 340-6
5SY4 350-6
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
63
80 2)
5SY4 363-5
5SY4 363-6
5SY4 380-6
0.495
0.520
1/4
1/4
5SY4 601-5
5SY4 615-5
5SY4 602-5
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
3
4
6
5SY4 603-5
5SY4 604-5
5SY4 606-5
5SY4 606-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
8
10
13
5SY4 608-5
5SY4 610-5
5SY4 613-5
5SY4 610-6
5SY4 613-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
16
20
25
5SY4 616-5
5SY4 620-5
5SY4 625-5
5SY4 616-6
5SY4 620-6
5SY4 625-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
32
40
50
5SY4 632-5
5SY4 640-5
5SY4 650-5
5SY4 632-6
5SY4 640-6
5SY4 650-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
63
5SY4 663-5
5SY4 663-6
0.660
1/3
5SY4 401-5
5SY4 415-5
5SY4 402-5
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
3
4
6
5SY4 403-5
5SY4 404-5
5SY4 406-5
5SY4 406-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
8
10
13
5SY4 408-5
5SY4 410-5
5SY4 413-5
5SY4 410-6
5SY4 413-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
16
20
25
5SY4 416-5
5SY4 420-5
5SY4 425-5
5SY4 416-6
5SY4 420-6
5SY4 425-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
32
40
50
5SY4 432-5
5SY4 440-5
5SY4 450-5
5SY4 432-6
5SY4 440-6
5SY4 450-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
63
80 2)
5SY4 463-5
5SY4 463-6
5SY4 480-6
0.660
0.695
1/3
1/3
3-pole + N
1 3 5 N
2 4 6 N
1
1.6
2
4-pole
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
1
1.6
2
see page 3/57.
2) No
3/32
10 000
3

5SY4, 10 kA

In
MW
Characteristic C
Order No.
Characteristic D
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole
1
2
0.3
0.5
1
5SY4 114-7
5SY4 105-7
5SY4 101-7
5SY4 114-8
5SY4 105-8
5SY4 101-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
1.6
2
3
5SY4 115-7
5SY4 102-7
5SY4 103-7
5SY4 115-8
5SY4 102-8
5SY4 103-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
4
6
8
5SY4 104-7
5SY4 106-7
5SY4 108-7
5SY4 104-8
5SY4 106-8
5SY4 108-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
10
13
16
5SY4 110-7
5SY4 113-7
5SY4 116-7
5SY4 110-8
5SY4 113-8
5SY4 116-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
20
25
32 1)
5SY4 120-7
5SY4 125-7
5SY4 132-7
5SY4 120-8
5SY4 125-8
5SY4 132-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
40
50
63
80 2)
5SY4 140-7
5SY4 150-7
5SY4 163-7
5SY4 180-7
5SY4 140-8
5SY4 150-8
5SY4 163-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
0.175
1/12
1/12
1/12
1/12
0.3
0.5
1
5SY4 514-7
5SY4 505-7
5SY4 501-7
5SY4 514-8
5SY4 505-8
5SY4 501-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1.6
2
3
5SY4 515-7
5SY4 502-7
5SY4 503-7
5SY4 515-8
5SY4 502-8
5SY4 503-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
4
6
8
5SY4 504-7
5SY4 506-7
5SY4 508-7
5SY4 504-8
5SY4 506-8
5SY4 508-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
13
16
5SY4 510-7
5SY4 513-7
5SY4 516-7
5SY4 510-8
5SY4 513-8
5SY4 516-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
20
25
32
5SY4 520-7
5SY4 525-7
5SY4 532-7
5SY4 520-8
5SY4 525-8
5SY4 532-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
40
50
63
80 2)
5SY4 540-7
5SY4 550-7
5SY4 563-7
5SY4 580-7
5SY4 540-8
5SY4 550-8
5SY4 563-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.345
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
0.3
0.5
1
5SY4 214-7
5SY4 205-7
5SY4 201-7
5SY4 214-8
5SY4 205-8
5SY4 201-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1.6
2
3
5SY4 215-7
5SY4 202-7
5SY4 203-7
5SY4 215-8
5SY4 202-8
5SY4 203-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
4
6
8
5SY4 204-7
5SY4 206-7
5SY4 208-7
5SY4 204-8
5SY4 206-8
5SY4 208-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
13
16
5SY4 210-7
5SY4 213-7
5SY4 216-7
5SY4 210-8
5SY4 213-8
5SY4 216-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
20
25
32
5SY4 220-7
5SY4 225-7
5SY4 232-7
5SY4 220-8
5SY4 225-8
5SY4 232-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
40
50
63
80 2)
5SY4 240-7
5SY4 250-7
5SY4 263-7
5SY4 280-7
5SY4 240-8
5SY4 250-8
5SY4 263-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.345
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
1-pole + N
1 N
2 N
2-pole
1 3
2 4
see page 3/57.

2) No
3/33
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
10 000
3

5SY4, 10 kA

In
MW
Characteristic C
Order No.
Characteristic D
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3-pole
1 3 5
2 4 6
0.3
0.5
1
5SY4 314-7
5SY4 305-7
5SY4 301-7
5SY4 314-8
5SY4 305-8
5SY4 301-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
1.6
2
3
5SY4 315-7
5SY4 302-7
5SY4 303-7
5SY4 315-8
5SY4 302-8
5SY4 303-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
4
6
8
5SY4 304-7
5SY4 306-7
5SY4 308-7
5SY4 304-8
5SY4 306-8
5SY4 308-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
10
13
16
5SY4 310-7
5SY4 313-7
5SY4 316-7
5SY4 310-8
5SY4 313-8
5SY4 316-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
20
25
32 1)
5SY4 320-7
5SY4 325-7
5SY4 332-7
5SY4 320-8
5SY4 325-8
5SY4 332-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
40
50
63
80 2)
5SY4 340-7
5SY4 350-7
5SY4 363-7
5SY4 380-7
5SY4 340-8
5SY4 350-8
5SY4 363-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
0.520
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
5SY4 614-7
5SY4 605-7
5SY4 601-7
5SY4 614-8
5SY4 605-8
5SY4 601-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1.6
2
3
5SY4 615-7
5SY4 602-7
5SY4 603-7
5SY4 615-8
5SY4 602-8
5SY4 603-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
4
6
8
5SY4 604-7
5SY4 606-7
5SY4 608-7
5SY4 604-8
5SY4 606-8
5SY4 608-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
10
13
16
5SY4 610-7
5SY4 613-7
5SY4 616-7
5SY4 610-8
5SY4 613-8
5SY4 616-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
20
25
32
5SY4 620-7
5SY4 625-7
5SY4 632-7
5SY4 620-8
5SY4 625-8
5SY4 632-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
50
63
80 2)
5SY4 640-7
5SY4 650-7
5SY4 663-7
5SY4 680-7
5SY4 640-8
5SY4 650-8
5SY4 663-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
0.695
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
5SY4 414-7
5SY4 405-7
5SY4 401-7
5SY4 414-8
5SY4 405-8
5SY4 401-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1.6
2
3
5SY4 415-7
5SY4 402-7
5SY4 403-7
5SY4 415-8
5SY4 402-8
5SY4 403-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
4
6
8
5SY4 404-7
5SY4 406-7
5SY4 408-7
5SY4 404-8
5SY4 406-8
5SY4 408-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
10
13
16
5SY4 410-7
5SY4 413-7
5SY4 416-7
5SY4 410-8
5SY4 413-8
5SY4 416-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
20
25
32
5SY4 420-7
5SY4 425-7
5SY4 432-7
5SY4 420-8
5SY4 425-8
5SY4 432-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
50
63
80 2)
5SY4 440-7
5SY4 450-7
5SY4 463-7
5SY4 480-7
5SY4 440-8
5SY4 450-8
5SY4 463-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
0.695
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
3-pole + N
1 3 5 N
2 4 6 N
0.3
0.5
1
4-pole
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
0.3
0.5
1
The 5SY4 and 5SY7 versions are certified acc. to UL 1077 and
CSA 22.2 No. 235-M 89 and can be installed as "supplementary
protectors" up to 277 V AC (1-pole, 1-pole + N) and 480 V AC
(2-pole, 3-pole, 3-pole + N, 4-pole).
see page 3/57.
3/34
1) Only applicable for 5SY4 332-7 and 5SY7 132-6:

2) No

5SY4, 10 kA
Characteristic A
Characteristic C
[k A
6 /8 A
1
1 0
4
2
2 A
0
1 0
1 A
0
1 0
1 ,6 A
6
6
4
1 A
-1
1 0
6
7
0 ,5 A
4
2
3
4
5
-1
1 0
0 ,3 A
6
4
4
2
2
-2
1 0
-2
8 1 0
-1
8 1 0
8 1 0
4
p
8 1 0
1 0
[k A ]
-2
8 1 0
-1
8 1 0
4
2
8 1 0
4
2
p
[k A ]
8 1 0
Characteristic D
Characteristic B
2
5 0 /6 3 A
2 5 /3 2 /4 0 A
1 3 /1 6 /2 0 A
8
9
[k A
1 0 A
6 A
[k A
s ]
1 0
I2 _ 1 0 7 6 5
1 0
-2
1 0
2
I2 _ 1 0 7 6 7
1 0
s ]
2 A
1 ,6 A
3 A
4
1 0
4 A
6
1 3 /1 6 A
8 /1 0 A
6 A
3 /4 A
4
1 0 A
5 0 /6 3 A
2 0 /2 5 /3 2 /4 0 A
[k A
s ]
3 2 /4 0 /5 0 A
1 3 /1 6 /2 0 /2 5 A
s ]
6 3 A
6
1 0
I2 _ 1 0 7 6 4
1 0
I2 _ 1 0 7 6 6
1
2
4
2
2
0
1 0
1 0
4 0 /5 0 /6 3 A
3 2 A
2 5 A
2 0 A
1 6 A
8 /1 0 /1 3 A
6 A
4 A
3 A
2 A
1 ,6 A
2
1 0
1
1 0
1 0
2
-1
1 0
-1
1 0
8 1 0
2
p
[k A ]
8 1 0
10
11
12
1 A
1 0
0 ,5 A
13
6
4
0 ,3 A
2
-1
1 0
6
4
2
1 0
-2
1 0
-2
8 1 0
-1
8 1 0
4
6
8 1 0
4
2
p
8 1 0
[k A ]
3/35

5SY4, 10 kA
1
18
3/36
36
54
72
I2_07796
45
90
44
70
15 000
3

5SY7, 15 kA
Application

Additional components can be retrofitted.

PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SY7 106-6
5SY7 110-6
5SY7 113-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
16
20
25
5SY7 116-6
5SY7 120-6
5SY7 125-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
32 1)
40
50
63
5SY7 132-6
5SY7 140-6
5SY7 150-6
5SY7 163-6
0.165
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
1/12
5SY7 506-6
5SY7 510-6
5SY7 513-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
16
20
25
5SY7 516-6
5SY7 520-6
5SY7 525-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
32
40
50
63
5SY7 532-6
5SY7 540-6
5SY7 550-6
5SY7 563-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SY7 206-6
5SY7 210-6
5SY7 213-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
16
20
25
5SY7 216-6
5SY7 220-6
5SY7 225-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
32
40
50
63
5SY7 232-6
5SY7 240-6
5SY7 250-6
5SY7 263-6
0.330
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
5SY7 306-6
5SY7 310-6
5SY7 313-6
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
16
20
25
5SY7 316-6
5SY7 320-6
5SY7 325-6
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
11
32
40
50
63
5SY7 332-6
5SY7 340-6
5SY7 350-6
5SY7 363-6
0.495
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
5SY7 606-6
5SY7 610-6
5SY7 613-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
16
20
25
5SY7 616-6
5SY7 620-6
5SY7 625-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
32
40
50
63
5SY7 632-6
5SY7 640-6
5SY7 650-6
5SY7 663-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
5SY7 406-6
5SY7 410-6
5SY7 413-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
16
20
25
5SY7 416-6
5SY7 420-6
5SY7 425-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
32
40
50
63
5SY7 432-6
5SY7 440-6
5SY7 450-6
5SY7 463-6
0.660
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
Characteristic B
Order No.
A
1-pole
1
2
6
10
13
1-pole + N
1 N
2 N
3
4
Weight
1 item
In
MW
1
2
6
10
13
5
6
7
2-pole
1 3
2 4
6
10
13
3-pole
1 3 5
2 4 6
6
10
13
3-pole + N
1 3 5 N
2 4 6 N
6
10
13
4-pole
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
6
10
13
For information and footer, see page 3/38.

3/37
12
13
15 000
3

5SY7, 15 kA

In
MW
Characteristic C
Order No.
Characteristic D
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole
1
2
0.3
0.5
1
5SY7 114-7
5SY7 105-7
5SY7 101-7
5SY7 114-8
5SY7 105-8
5SY7 101-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
1.6
2
3
5SY7 115-7
5SY7 102-7
5SY7 103-7
5SY7 115-8
5SY7 102-8
5SY7 103-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
4
6
8
5SY7 104-7
5SY7 106-7
5SY7 108-7
5SY7 104-8
5SY7 106-8
5SY7 108-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
10
13
16
5SY7 110-7
5SY7 113-7
5SY7 116-7
5SY7 110-8
5SY7 113-8
5SY7 116-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
20
25
32 1)
5SY7 120-7
5SY7 125-7
5SY7 132-7
5SY7 120-8
5SY7 125-8
5SY7 132-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
40
50
63
5SY7 140-7
5SY7 150-7
5SY7 163-7
5SY7 140-8
5SY7 150-8
5SY7 163-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
5SY7 514-7
5SY7 505-7
5SY7 501-7
5SY7 514-8
5SY7 505-8
5SY7 501-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1.6
2
3
5SY7 515-7
5SY7 502-7
5SY7 503-7
5SY7 515-8
5SY7 502-8
5SY7 503-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
4
6
8
5SY7 504-7
5SY7 506-7
5SY7 508-7
5SY7 504-8
5SY7 506-8
5SY7 508-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
13
16
5SY7 510-7
5SY7 513-7
5SY7 516-7
5SY7 510-8
5SY7 513-8
5SY7 516-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
20
25
32
5SY7 520-7
5SY7 525-7
5SY7 532-7
5SY7 520-8
5SY7 525-8
5SY7 532-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
40
50
63
5SY7 540-7
5SY7 550-7
5SY7 563-7
5SY7 540-8
5SY7 550-8
5SY7 563-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SY7 214-7
5SY7 205-7
5SY7 201-7
5SY7 214-8
5SY7 205-8
5SY7 201-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1.6
2
3
5SY7 215-7
5SY7 202-7
5SY7 203-7
5SY7 215-8
5SY7 202-8
5SY7 203-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
4
6
8
5SY7 204-7
5SY7 206-7
5SY7 208-7
5SY7 204-8
5SY7 206-8
5SY7 208-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
13
16
5SY7 210-7
5SY7 213-7
5SY7 216-7
5SY7 210-8
5SY7 213-8
5SY7 216-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
20
25
32
5SY7 220-7
5SY7 225-7
5SY7 232-7
5SY7 220-8
5SY7 225-8
5SY7 232-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
40
50
63
5SY7 240-7
5SY7 250-7
5SY7 263-7
5SY7 240-8
5SY7 250-8
5SY7 263-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1-pole + N
1 N
2 N
0.3
0.5
1
2-pole
1 3
2 4
0.3
0.5
1
Information and footer to pages 3/37 and 3/38:

see page 3/57.
1) Only applies to 5SY7 132-6 and 5SY7 132-7:
3/38
15 000
3

5SY7, 15 kA

In
MW
Characteristic C
Order No.
Characteristic D
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3-pole
1 3 5
2 4 6
0.3
0.5
1
5SY7 314-7
5SY7 305-7
5SY7 301-7
5SY7 314-8
5SY7 305-8
5SY7 301-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
1.6
2
3
5SY7 315-7
5SY7 302-7
5SY7 303-7
5SY7 315-8
5SY7 302-8
5SY7 303-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
4
6
8
5SY7 304-7
5SY7 306-7
5SY7 308-7
5SY7 304-8
5SY7 306-8
5SY7 308-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
10
13
16
5SY7 310-7
5SY7 313-7
5SY7 316-7
5SY7 310-8
5SY7 313-8
5SY7 316-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
20
25
32 1)
5SY7 320-7
5SY7 325-7
5SY7 332-7
5SY7 320-8
5SY7 325-8
5SY7 332-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
40
50
63
5SY7 340-7
5SY7 350-7
5SY7 363-7
5SY7 340-8
5SY7 350-8
5SY7 363-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
5SY7 614-7
5SY7 605-7
5SY7 601-7
5SY7 614-8
5SY7 605-8
5SY7 601-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1.6
2
3
5SY7 615-7
5SY7 602-7
5SY7 603-7
5SY7 615-8
5SY7 602-8
5SY7 603-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
4
6
8
5SY7 604-7
5SY7 606-7
5SY7 608-7
5SY7 604-8
5SY7 606-8
5SY7 608-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
10
13
16
5SY7 610-7
5SY7 613-7
5SY7 616-7
5SY7 610-8
5SY7 613-8
5SY7 616-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
20
25
32
5SY7 620-7
5SY7 625-7
5SY7 632-7
5SY7 620-8
5SY7 625-8
5SY7 632-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
50
63
5SY7 640-7
5SY7 650-7
5SY7 663-7
5SY7 640-8
5SY7 650-8
5SY7 663-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
5SY7 414-7
5SY7 405-7
5SY7 401-7
5SY7 414-8
5SY7 405-8
5SY7 401-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1.6
2
3
5SY7 415-7
5SY7 402-7
5SY7 403-7
5SY7 415-8
5SY7 402-8
5SY7 403-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
4
6
8
5SY7 404-7
5SY7 406-7
5SY7 408-7
5SY7 404-8
5SY7 406-8
5SY7 408-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
10
13
16
5SY7 410-7
5SY7 413-7
5SY7 416-7
5SY7 410-8
5SY7 413-8
5SY7 416-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
20
25
32
5SY7 420-7
5SY7 425-7
5SY7 432-7
5SY7 420-8
5SY7 425-8
5SY7 432-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
50
63
5SY7 440-7
5SY7 450-7
5SY7 463-7
5SY7 440-8
5SY7 450-8
5SY7 463-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
3-pole + N
1 3 5 N
2 4 6 N
0.3
0.5
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4-pole
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
0.3
0.5
1
see page 3/57.
3/39
11
12
13

5SY7, 15 kA
Characteristic B
Characteristic D
1 0 A
1 0
6
4
[k A
[k A
5 0 /6 3 A
s ]
2 5 /3 2 /4 0 A
1 3 /1 6 /2 0 A
s ]
I2 _ 1 0 7 7 0
1 0
I2 _ 1 0 7 6 8
6 A
4 0 /5 0 /6 3 A
2
3 2 A
1 0
2 5
2 0
1 6
8 /1
2
1 0
6
6
4
4
2
0
1 0
6
6
0 /1 3 A
1 A
4
A
A
6 A
4 A
3 A
2 A
1 ,6 A
1 0
2
-1
1 0
1 0
-1
1 0
8
8 1 0
[k A ]
p
8 1 0
1 0
0 ,5 A
6
4
0 ,3 A
Characteristic C
2
2 0 /2 5 /3 2 /4 0 A
1 3 /1 6 A
5 0 /6 3 A
8 /1 0 A
6 A
2
3 /4 A
-1
1 0
6
4
2
[k A
s ]
I2 _ 1 0 7 6 9
1 0
1 0
1
1 0
2 A
-2
1 0
1 ,6 A
6
2
1 A
0
0 ,5 A
4
2
-1
1 0
0 ,3 A
6
4
2
1 0
-2
1 0
-2
2
4
8 1 0
-1
8 1 0
8 1 0
[k A ]
8 1 0
1
18
3/40
36
54
72
I2_07796
45
90
2
4
8 1 0
-1
8 1 0
8 1 0
1 0
-2
44
70
[k A ]
8 1 0

5SY8, 25 kA
Application
Standards: EN 60947-2, IEC 60947-2
Characteristic C
starting currents (lamps, motors, etc.)
Characteristic D
Tripping range adapted to operating equipment involving significant
pulse generation (transformers, solenoid valves).

In
MW
Characteristic C
Order No.
Characteristic D
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole
1
2
0.3
0.5
1
5SY8 114-7
5SY8 105-7
5SY8 101-7
5SY8 114-8
5SY8 105-8
5SY8 101-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
1.6
2
3
5SY8 115-7
5SY8 102-7
5SY8 103-7
5SY8 115-8
5SY8 102-8
5SY8 103-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
4
6
8
5SY8 104-7
5SY8 106-7
5SY8 108-7
5SY8 104-8
5SY8 106-8
5SY8 108-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
10
13
16
5SY8 110-7
5SY8 113-7
5SY8 116-7
5SY8 110-8
5SY8 113-8
5SY8 116-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
20
25
32 1)
5SY8 120-7
5SY8 125-7
5SY8 132-7
5SY8 120-8
5SY8 125-8
5SY8 132-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
40
50
63
5SY8 140-7
5SY8 150-7
5SY8 163-7
5SY8 140-8
5SY8 150-8
5SY8 163-8
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
5SY8 514-7
5SY8 505-7
5SY8 501-7
5SY8 514-8
5SY8 505-8
5SY8 501-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1.6
2
3
5SY8 515-7
5SY8 502-7
5SY8 503-7
5SY8 515-8
5SY8 502-8
5SY8 503-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
4
6
8
5SY8 504-7
5SY8 506-7
5SY8 508-7
5SY8 504-8
5SY8 506-8
5SY8 508-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
13
16
5SY8 510-7
5SY8 513-7
5SY8 516-7
5SY8 510-8
5SY8 513-8
5SY8 516-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
20
25
32
5SY8 520-7
5SY8 525-7
5SY8 532-7
5SY8 520-8
5SY8 525-8
5SY8 532-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
40
50
63
5SY8 540-7
5SY8 550-7
5SY8 563-7
5SY8 540-8
5SY8 550-8
5SY8 563-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SY8 214-7
5SY8 205-7
5SY8 201-7
5SY8 214-8
5SY8 205-8
5SY8 201-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1.6
2
3
5SY8 215-7
5SY8 202-7
5SY8 203-7
5SY8 215-8
5SY8 202-8
5SY8 203-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
4
6
8
5SY8 204-7
5SY8 206-7
5SY8 208-7
5SY8 204-8
5SY8 206-8
5SY8 208-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
13
16
5SY8 210-7
5SY8 213-7
5SY8 216-7
5SY8 210-8
5SY8 213-8
5SY8 216-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
20
25
32
5SY8 220-7
5SY8 225-7
5SY8 232-7
5SY8 220-8
5SY8 225-8
5SY8 232-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
40
50
63
5SY8 240-7
5SY8 250-7
5SY8 263-7
5SY8 240-8
5SY8 250-8
5SY8 263-8
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1-pole + N
1 N
2 N
0.3
0.5
1
2-pole
1 3
2 4
0.3
0.5
1
For additional components, see page 3/47. For accessories,

see page 3/57.

C and In = 40 A.
3/41
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

5SY8, 25 kA

In
MW
Characteristic C
Order No.
Characteristic D
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3-pole
1 3 5
2 4 6
0.3
0.5
1
5SY8 314-7
5SY8 305-7
5SY8 301-7
5SY8 314-8
5SY8 305-8
5SY8 301-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
1.6
2
3
5SY8 315-7
5SY8 302-7
5SY8 303-7
5SY8 315-8
5SY8 302-8
5SY8 303-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
4
6
8
5SY8 304-7
5SY8 306-7
5SY8 308-7
5SY8 304-8
5SY8 306-8
5SY8 308-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
10
13
16
5SY8 310-7
5SY8 313-7
5SY8 316-7
5SY8 310-8
5SY8 313-8
5SY8 316-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
20
25
32 1)
5SY8 320-7
5SY8 325-7
5SY8 332-7
5SY8 320-8
5SY8 325-8
5SY8 332-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
40
50
63
5SY8 340-7
5SY8 350-7
5SY8 363-7
5SY8 340-8
5SY8 350-8
5SY8 363-8
0.495
0.495
0.495
1/4
1/4
1/4
5SY8 614-7
5SY8 605-7
5SY8 601-7
5SY8 614-8
5SY8 605-8
5SY8 601-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1.6
2
3
5SY8 615-7
5SY8 602-7
5SY8 603-7
5SY8 615-8
5SY8 602-8
5SY8 603-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
4
6
8
5SY8 604-7
5SY8 606-7
5SY8 608-7
5SY8 604-8
5SY8 606-8
5SY8 608-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
10
13
16
5SY8 610-7
5SY8 613-7
5SY8 616-7
5SY8 610-8
5SY8 613-8
5SY8 616-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
20
25
32
5SY8 620-7
5SY8 625-7
5SY8 632-7
5SY8 620-8
5SY8 625-8
5SY8 632-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
50
63
5SY8 640-7
5SY8 650-7
5SY8 663-7
5SY8 640-8
5SY8 650-8
5SY8 663-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
5SY8 414-7
5SY8 405-7
5SY8 401-7
5SY8 414-8
5SY8 405-8
5SY8 401-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
1.6
2
3
5SY8 415-7
5SY8 402-7
5SY8 403-7
5SY8 415-8
5SY8 402-8
5SY8 403-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
4
6
8
5SY8 404-7
5SY8 406-7
5SY8 408-7
5SY8 404-8
5SY8 406-8
5SY8 408-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
10
13
16
5SY8 410-7
5SY8 413-7
5SY8 416-7
5SY8 410-8
5SY8 413-8
5SY8 416-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
20
25
32
5SY8 420-7
5SY8 425-7
5SY8 432-7
5SY8 420-8
5SY8 425-8
5SY8 432-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
50
63
5SY8 440-7
5SY8 450-7
5SY8 463-7
5SY8 440-8
5SY8 450-8
5SY8 463-8
0.660
0.660
0.660
1/3
1/3
1/3
3-pole + N
1 3 5 N
2 4 6 N
0.3
0.5
1
4-pole
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
0.3
0.5
1

see page 3/57.
C and In = 40 A is recommended.
3/42

5SY8, 25 kA
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
6
4
[k A
s ]
s ]
2
2
1 0
1 0
6
8 /1 0 A
4
2 A
1 0
3 A
1 A
6
7
4
2
2
1 A
0
1 0
6
1 0
0 ,5 A
0 ,5 A
4
4
0 ,3 A
2
2
-1
1 0
-1
1 0
0 ,3 A
6
6
4
4
2
1 0
2 A
1 ,6 A
1
1 0
1 ,6 A
6
2
-2
1 0
-2
6 8 1 0
-1
6 8 1 0
6 8 1 0
6 8 1 0
2
p
[k A ]
6 8 1 0
1 0
-2
1 0
-2
6 8 1 0
-1
2
4
6 8 1 0
6 8 1 0
6 8 1 0
2
p
[k A ]
6 8 1 0
11
45
90
36
10
18
3
4
5
4 A
3 /4 A
1
3 A
0 A
2 A
5 A
0 A
3 /1 6 A
8 /1 0 A
6 A
6 A
2
5 0 /6
4
3
2
2
1
[k A
5 0 /6 3 A
4 0 A
2 0 /2 5 /3 2 A
1 3 /1 6 A
I2 _ 1 0 7 7 2
1 0
I2 _ 1 0 7 7 1
1 0
1
2
54
72
12
I2_07796
44
70
13
3/43
10 000
3
UC Product Range
5SY5, 10 kA
Application
Un: 230/400 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 220 V DC per pole, can be used in
systems up to 250/440 V AC
- 220 V DC: 1-pole
- 440 V DC: 2-pole


In
MW
Characteristic B
Order No.
Characteristic C
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole
1
0.3
0.5
1
2
+
5SY5 114-7
5SY5 105-7
5SY5 101-7
0.165
0.165
0.147
1/12
1/12
1/12
1.6
2
3
5SY5 115-7
5SY5 102-7
5SY5 103-7
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
4
6
8
5SY5 106-6
5SY5 104-7
5SY5 106-7
5SY5 108-7
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
10
13
16
5SY5 110-6
5SY5 113-6
5SY5 116-6
5SY5 110-7
5SY5 113-7
5SY5 116-7
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
20
25
32 1)
5SY5 120-6
5SY5 125-6
5SY5 132-6
5SY5 120-7
5SY5 125-7
5SY5 132-7
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
40
50
63
5SY5 140-6
5SY5 150-6
5SY5 163-6
5SY5 140-7
5SY5 150-7
5SY5 163-7
0.165
0.165
0.165
1/12
1/12
1/12
5SY5 214-7
5SY5 205-7
5SY5 201-7
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
1.6
2
3
5SY5 215-7
5SY5 202-7
5SY5 203-7
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
4
6
8
5SY5 206-6
5SY5 204-7
5SY5 206-7
5SY5 208-7
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
13
16
5SY5 210-6
5SY5 213-6
5SY5 216-6
5SY5 210-7
5SY5 213-7
5SY5 216-7
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
20
25
32
5SY5 220-6
5SY5 225-6
5SY5 232-6
5SY5 220-7
5SY5 225-7
5SY5 232-7
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
40
50
63
5SY5 240-6
5SY5 250-6
5SY5 263-6
5SY5 240-7
5SY5 250-7
5SY5 263-7
0.330
0.330
0.330
1/6
1/6
1/6
2-pole
1
3
4
0.3
0.5
1
The terminal section indicates the DC polarity value which must

essentially be observed during connection.
see page 3/57.
1) Also suitable for 21-kW active power at 400 V three-phase AC (e.g. continuous-flow heaters with short-time operation duty) or 7-kW active power
at 230 V AC (e.g. storage in not-continuous duty). For continuous load
applications, we recommend using 5SY. ...-6/-7 miniature circuit-breakers
with In = 40 A.
3/44
1
2
UC Product Range
5SY5, 10 kA

Characteristic B
Characteristic C
6
4
[k A
5 0 /6 3 A
3 2 /4 0 A
2 5 A
1 3 /1 6 A
1 0 A
2
1
1 0
6
1 0
6
6 A
1 0
2 A
0
1 0
0
6
4
4
2
1 ,6 A
6
7
1 A
0 ,5 A
-1
1 0
-1
1 0
6
4
0 ,3 A
2
2
-2
1 0
-1
8 1 0
6
8 1 0
6
4
p
8 1 0
1 0
-2
1 0
-1
4
6
8 1 0
4
6
8 1 0
[k A ]
p
4
6
[k A ]
18
4
36
8
10
4
54
6
72
I2_07796
45
90
8 1 0
1
3
4
5
3 /4 A
2
2
1 0
6 3 A
5 0 A
4 0 A
2 5 /3 2 A
1 3 /1 6 A
1 0 A
8 A
6 A
[k A
s ]
s ]
1 0
I2 _ 1 0 7 7 3
1 0
I2 _ 1 0 7 7 4
44
11
70
12
13
3/45
10 000
3
High-Current Product Range

5SP4, 10 kA
Application
Standards: EN 60898, IEC 60898, DIN VDE 0641 Part 11,
EN 60204
Additional components can be retrofitted individually.
Main switch characteristics acc. to EN 60204

Can be snapped onto standard mounting rail acc. to EN 60715
Can be screwed onto bases
As main and miniature circuit-breakers in non-residential and
industrial buildings.

MW Characteristic B
In
Order No.
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
Order No.
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole
1
80 1.5 5SP4 180-6

5SP4 191-6
100
5SP4 192-6
125
5SP4 180-7
5SP4 191-7
5SP4 192-7
5SP4 180-8
5SP4 191-8
0.258
0.258
0.258
1/6
1/6
1/6
80 3
100
125
5SP4 280-6
5SP4 291-6
5SP4 292-6
5SP4 280-7
5SP4 291-7
5SP4 292-7
5SP4 280-8
5SP4 291-8
0.516
0.516
0.516
1/3
1/3
1/3
80 4.5 5SP4 380-6

5SP4 391-6
100
5SP4 392-6
125
5SP4 380-7
5SP4 391-7
5SP4 392-7
5SP4 380-8
5SP4 391-8
0.762
0.762
0.762
1/2
1/2
1/2
80 6
100
125
5SP4 480-7
5SP4 491-7
5SP4 492-7
5SP4 480-8
5SP4 491-8
1.032
1.032
1.032
1
1
1
2-pole
1 3
2 4
3-pole
1 3 5
2 4 6
4-pole
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
5SP4 480-6
5SP4 491-6
5SP4 492-6
For additional components, see page 3/47.

For accessories, see page 3/57.
1
27
3/46
54
81
108
I2_06140c
45
90
44
70
Additional Components
Overview
Number of Rated
poles
residual current IDn
Rated
current In
mA
RC units for 5SY4, 5SY6, 5SY7, 5SY8 miniature circuit-breakers

instantaneous tripping,
2
surge current withstand capability >1 kA 4) 2
MW
can be retrofitted
(type AC) 1) (type A) 2)
A
3)
10
0.3 ... 16
at the MCB
30, 300
30, 300, 500
0.3 ... 40
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
at the MCB
30, 300
30, 300, 500
0.3 ... 40
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
at the MCB
30, 300
30, 300, 500
0.3 ... 40
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
at the MCB
short-time delayed
surge current withstand capability >3 kA
30
0.3 ... 40
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
at the MCB
selective
300
0.3 ... 40
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
at the MCB
300, 500, 1 000
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
300, 500, 1 000
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
30, 300
30, 300
80 ... 100
80 ... 100
3.5
5
at the MCB
at the MCB
selective
300
300, 1 000
80 ... 100
80 ... 100
3.5
5
at the MCB
at the MCB
2
4
1)
= type AC for AC fault currents.
2)
= type A for AC and pulsating DC fault currents.
3
4
5
6
7
RC units for 5SP4 miniature circuit-breakers 3)

2
1
2
3) RC unit, additional components for 5SY. and 5SP4 miniature circuitbreakers, see also section, "Miniature circuit-breakers".
4) For type A.
Installation
8
9
10
11
The RC unit for 5SM2 ... miniature circuit-breaker is selected in accordance

with the number of poles, In and IDn.
The miniature circuit-breaker is selected from the series 5SY4, 5SY6, 5SY7 or
5SY8 with the same number of poles as the desired characteristic (A, B, C or
D) and suitable In.
The two components are simply plugged together without the need for any
tools. After the connecting screws of the conductor connection between the
RC unit and the miniature circuit-breaker have been tightened, the two devices
form an RCBO.
3/47
12
13
(Type AC) (Type A)
IEC/EN 61009, VDE 0664 Part 20, IEC/EN 61543, VDE 0664 Part 30
Standards
2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole
Versions
Rated voltages Un
V AC
230 ... 400, 50 ... 60 Hz
Rated currents In
0.3 ... 16; 0.3 ... 40; 0.3 ... 63; 80 ... 100
Rated residual currents IDn
mA
10, 30, 300, 500, 1 000

gray molded-plastic (RAL 7035)
Enclosure
Mounting depth
mm
Terminals
70
Tunnel terminals with wire protection
Conductor cross-section mm2
Recommended terminal
tightening torque Nm
up to In = 63 A
1.0 ... 25
2.5 ... 3.0
In = 80/100 A
6.0 ... 35
3.0 ... 3.5
Supply connection
either top or bottom
Mounting position
any
Mounting technique
can be snapped onto standard mounting rail 35 mm

(TH 35 acc. to EN 60715)
IP20 acc. to EN 60529 (VDE 0470 Part 1)

IP40 for installation in distribution boards
IP54 for installation in molded-plastic enclosure
Protection against contact with fingers or the back of the hand acc. to EN 50274 (VDE 0660 Part 514)

Minimum operating voltage for
test function operation
V AC
up to In = 63 A, 4-pole
up to In = 63 A, 2 and 3-pole
In = 80/100 A
100
195
100
> 10 000 operations (electrical and mechanical; Test cycle acc. to regulations)
Device service life

Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +45,
for versions with the symbol
-25
: -25 ... +45
acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
28 cycles (55 C; 95 % rel. humidity)
yes
3/48
(Type AC)
5SM2, type AC, 0.3 ... 63 A,

Application
Personnel and fire protection

- IDn 30 mA: Additional protection in the case of direct contact
- IDn 300 mA: Preventative fire protection in the case of ground
fault currents
Product standards: IEC/EN 61009-1; IEC/EN 61009-2-1;
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664, Part 30)
Rated voltage for 2, 3 and 4-pole devices: 230 to 400 V AC;

50 to 60 Hz; applicable in systems up to: 250/440 V AC
Can be combined with miniature circuit-breakers of characteristic
A, B, C and D.

Circuit diagram
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Instantaneous tripping 1)
1
2
3
4
5
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole

1 3 (N )
2 4 (N )
I2 _ 0 7 8 2 0 a
2 /1
10
0.3 ... 16 2
5SM2 121-0
0.170
30
300
0.3 ... 40
5SM2 322-0
5SM2 622-0
0.170
0.170
1
1
30
300
500
1000
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 325-0
5SM2 625-0
5SM2 725-0
5SM2 825-0
0.170
0.170
0.170
0.170
1
1
1
1
30
300
0.3 ... 40 3
5SM2 332-0
5SM2 632-0
0.260
0.260
1
1
30
300
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 335-0
5SM2 635-0
0.260
0.260
1
1
4 /3 (N )
6
7
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 3-pole

1 3 5 (N )
I2 _ 0 8 4 1 1 a
2 /1
4 /3
6 /5
8
9
2 4 6
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1 3 5 7 (N )
I2 _ 0 7 8 1 9 a
2 /1
4 /3
6 /5
8 /7 (N )
30
300
0.3 ... 40 3
5SM2 342-0
5SM2 642-0
0.290
0.290
1
1
30
300
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 345-0
5SM2 645-0
0.290
0.290
1
1
10
11
2 4 6 8 (N )
12
13
3/49
-25
(Type A)
5SM2, type A, 0.3 ... 63 A,

Application

fault currents
Product standards: IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664, Part 20);
IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664, Part 21); IEC/EN 61543
(VDE 0664, Part 30)
Rated voltage for 2, 3 and 4-pole version: 230 to 400 V AC;
A, B, C and D
Definition of surge current withstand capability with current waveform 8/20 s acc. to DIN VDE 0432, Part 2
S-type: Can be used as upstream group switch for selective
tripping contrary to a downstream standard RCCB or RC unit.
Very high surge current withstand capability: >5 kA
K-type: Short-time delayed disconnection in the case of
transient leakage currents. High surge current withstand
capability: >3 kA.

Circuit diagram
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Instantaneous tripping, surge current withstand capability >1 kA 1)

230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
1 3 (N )
2 4 (N )
I2 _ 0 7 8 2 0 a
2 /1
10
0.3 ... 16 2
5SM2 121-6
0.170
30
300
0.3 ... 40 2
5SM2 322-6
5SM2 622-6
0.170
0.170
1
1
30
300
500
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 325-6
5SM2 625-6
5SM2 725-6
0.170
0.170
0.170
1
1
1
30
300
0.3 ... 40 3
5SM2 332-6
5SM2 632-6
0.260
0.260
1
1
30
300
500
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 335-6
5SM2 635-6
5SM2 735-6
0.260
0.260
0.260
1
1
1
30
300
0.3 ... 40 3
5SM2 342-6
5SM2 642-6
0.290
0.290
1
1
30
300
500
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 345-6
5SM2 645-6
5SM2 745-6
0.290
0.290
0.290
1
1
1
4 /3 (N )
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 3-pole

1 3 5 (N )
I2 _ 0 8 4 1 1 a
2 /1
4 /3
6 /5
2 4 6
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1 3 5 7 (N )
I2 _ 0 7 8 1 9 a
2 /1
4 /3
6 /5
8 /7 (N )
2 4 6 8 (N )
short-time delayed, surge current withstand capability >3 kA 1)

0.3 ... 40 3
5SM2 342-6KK01
0.290
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 345-6KK01
0.290
300
300
0.3 ... 40 2
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 622-8
5SM2 625-8
0.170
0.170
1
1
300
500
1 000
0.3 ... 63 3
5SM2 635-8
5SM2 735-8
5SM2 835-8
0.260
0.260
0.260
1
1
1
300
500
1 000
0.3 ... 63 3
5SM2 645-8
5SM2 745-8
5SM2 845-8
0.290
0.290
0.290
1
1
1
30
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
selective, surge current withstand capability >5 kA 1)

230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 3-pole
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
3/50
-25
(Type AC) (Type A)
5SM2, type A, 0.3 ... 63 A,

5SM2 332-6,
5SM2 335-6,
5SM2 632-6,
5SM2 635-.,
5SM2 835-8,
5SM2 342-6,
5SM2 345-6,
5SM2 642-6,
5SM2 645-.,
5SM2 845-8
3
4
45
90
5SM2 322-6,
5SM2 325-6,
5SM2 622-.,
5SM2 625-.,
71
54
106,5
54
124
6,3
44
64
10
36
I2_08434
1
2
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
3/51
(Type AC)
5SM2, type AC, 80 ... 100 A, for 5SP4
Application

fault currents
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664, Part 30)
Rated voltage
- 2-pole: 125 ... 230 V AC; 50 to 60 Hz; applicable in networks up
to 125/240 V AC
- 4-pole: 230 to 400 V AC; 50 to 60 Hz; applicable in networks up
to 230/400 V AC
B and C.

Circuit diagram
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Instantaneous tripping
125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
Y1 Y2
1 3(N)
30
300
80 ... 100 3.5
5SM2 327-0
5SM2 627-0
0.550
0.550
1
1
30
300
80 ... 100 5
5SM2 347-0
5SM2 647-0
0.944
0.944
1
1
2 4 (N)
I2_06662b
2/1
4/3(N)
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

Y 1
Y 2
1 3 5 7 (N )
I2 _ 0 6 6 6 1 c
2 /1
4 /3
3/52
6 /5
8 /7 (N )
2 4 6 8 (N )
-25
(Type A)
5SM2, type A, 80 ... 100 A, for 5SP4
Application

fault currents
(VDE 0664, Part 30)
Rated voltage
to 125/240 V AC
to 230/400 V AC

B and C
Definition of surge current withstand capability with current
waveform 8/20 s acc. to DIN VDE 0432, Part 2
tripping contrary to a downstream standard RCCB. Very high
surge current withstand capability: >5 kA.

Circuit diagram
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.410
0.410
1
1
Instantaneous tripping, surge current withstand capability >1 kA

125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
Y1 Y2
1 3(N)
30
300
80 ... 100 3.5
5SM2 327-6
5SM2 627-6
2/1
4/3(N)
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

Y 1
Y 2
1 3 5 7 (N )
I2 _ 0 6 6 6 1 c
2 4 6 8 (N )
2 /1
4 /3
6 /5
8 /7 (N )
3
4
5
6
7
8
2 4 (N)
I2_06662b
1
2
30
300
80 ... 100 5
0.630
0.630
5SM2 347-6
5SM2 647-6
1
1
9
10
11
selective, surge current withstand capability >5 kA

125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
300
80 ... 100
5SM2 627-8
0.410
300
1 000
80 ... 100
5SM2 647-8
5SM2 847-8
0.630
0.630
1
1
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
5SM2 327-.,
5SM2 627-.
5SM2 347-.,
5SM3 647-.,
5SM2 847-8
63
90
Y1 Y2
45
90
45
90
Y1 Y2
I2_06671c
44
64
I2_6672c
2/1 4/3 6/5 8/7
160
135
2/1 4/3
44
64
3/53
12
13

for 5SY. and 5SP4
Benefits
Design

(for mounting concept, rfer to page 3/55)
Mounting with factory-fitted brackets
Short-circuit protection by means of miniature circuit-breakers
of B or C characteristic and In = 6 A or gL 6 A fuses.
Wide range of applications thanks to additional version for
controlling programmable controllers (PLCs) acc. to EN 61131-2
Can be connected to instabus KNX EIB and AS-Interface bus over
binary inputs
Application
Indication of the miniature circuit-breakers switching state:
- AS: ON/OFF
- FC: tripped.
Auxiliary circuit switch (AS)

5ST3 013
5ST3 014
5ST3 015
Area of application 1 mA/ 5 V DC to 50 mA/30 V DC.
Auxiliary circuit switch (AS) and fault signal contact (FC)
5ST3 0.0
5ST3 0.1
5ST3 0.2
Min. contact load:
50 mA, 24 V
Max. contact load:
NO contacts:
2 A, 400 V AC, AC-14
6 A, 230 V AC, AC-14
1 A, 220 V DC, DC-13
1 A, 110 V DC, DC-13
3 A, 60 V DC, DC-13
6 A, 24 V DC, DC-13
NC contacts:
2 A, 400 V AC, AC-13
6 A, 230 V AC, AC-13
1 A, 220 V DC, DC-13
1 A, 110 V DC, DC-13
3 A, 60 V DC, DC-13
6 A, 24 V DC, DC-13

Version
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Auxiliary circuit switches (AS) for 5SY miniature circuit-breaker 1)

13
21
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5
5ST3 010
5ST3 013
0.050
0.050
1
1
2 NO
5ST3 011
5ST3 014
0.050
0.050
1
1
2 NC
5ST3 012
5ST3 015
0.050
0.050
1
1
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5
5ST3 020
0.050
2 NO
5ST3 021
0.050
2 NC
5ST3 022
0.050
for small output
22
14
13
23
for small output
24
14
11
21
for small output
22
12
Fault signal contacts (FC) for 5SY miniature circuit-breaker 1)

13
21
22
14
13
23
24
14
11
21
22
12
1) Not for 5SY6 ..-.KV.
I2_06335d
45
90
3/54
44
70
Remote controlled mechanism for 5SY. and 5SP4
Benefits
Can be retrofitted individually (for mounting concept, see below)
Can be mechanically latched and locked
Further additional components can be attached
Function switch on the front
Can be connected to instabus KNX EIB and
AS-Interface through binary inputs and outputs
Un = 230 V, 50 to 60 Hz
AC
5SM2
ST
5SM2
MCB
or
UR
AC
AC
FC
AC
FC
AC
FC
FC
AC
AC
FC
FC
AC
AC
FC
AC
FC
AC
FC
FC
AC
6
7
8
9
input
output
3
4
5
or
or
FC
AC
FC
or
or
FC
AC
or
AC
FC
FC
or
5SY 1)
RC
unit
or
or
5SP4
Mounting concept
Using this mounting concept, all additional 5ST3 components
can be combined with miniature circuit-breaker of the 5SY 1)
and 5SP4 series:
1
2
instabus EIB
I2_07795b
10
Function
ON/OFF remote control switch of miniature circuit-breaker
Remote switching ON is possible following acknowledgment of
fault occurrence
Manual switching on-site possible
Remote display of switching status of remote controlled mechanism and miniature circuit-breaker

Rated voltage MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.390
Un
V AC
Remote controlled mechanism (RC) for
5SY and 5SP4 miniature circuit-breakers 1)
230
M
3.5
5ST3 050
P N 1 2 3
I2_10741
ON OFF
For detailed application information, see operator guide.

1) Not for 5SY6 ..-.KV.
3/55
11
12
13
Shunt trip/undervoltage release

for 5SY. and 5SP4
Benefits
Application
Shunt release
Can be retrofitted individually (for mounting concept,
refer to page 3/55)
Response limits acc. to DIN VDE 0660 Part 100, 7.2.1.4
Suitable for voltages:
110 to 415 V AC, 110 V AC
24 to 48 V AC/DC
Can be connected to
instabus KNX EIB and AS-Interface bus through binary outputs
Shunt release
Remote tripping of the miniature circuit-breaker.
Undervoltage releases
Applicable as remote trip in an EMERGENCY-OFF loop
Ensures disconnection of the control circuit acc. to EN 60204
In cases of interrupted or insufficient voltage, the undervoltage
release trips the miniature circuit-breaker or prevents it from
switching on.
Undervoltage releases
Can be retrofitted individually (for mounting concept,
refer to page 3/55)
Response limits acc. to DIN VDE 0660 Part 100, 7.2.1.3
Suitable for voltages:
230 V AC
110 V DC
24 V DC
Can be connected to
instabus KNX EIB and AS-Interface bus through binary outputs

Rated voltage
MW
Order No.
Un
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Shunt trips (ST) for miniature circuit-breakers

5SY4, 5SY6, 5SY7, 5SY8, 5SY5, 5SP4 1)
C2
110 ... 415 V AC
5ST3 030
0.098
24 ... 48 V AC/DC
5ST3 031
0.098
C1
Undervoltage releases (UR) for miniature circuit-breakers

5SY4, 5SY6, 5SY7, 5SY8, 5SY5, 5SP4 1)
D1
13 23
U<
D2
14 24
D1
v
D2
230 V AC
110 V DC
24 V DC
5ST3 040
5ST3 041
5ST3 042
0.115
0.115
0.115
1
1
1
230 V AC
110 V DC
24 V DC
5ST3 043
5ST3 044
5ST3 045
0.115
0.115
0.115
1
1
1
I2_06673b
45
90
18
44
70
3/56
Accessories
for 5SJ6, 5SY. and 5SP4

Application
5ST3 6 busbar system
Acc. to IEC 60664, 500 V (40 C), fully insulated
Load at infeed single-sided/in center
- 50 A/90 A for 10 mm2
- 65 A/120 A for 16 mm2.

Acc. to DIN 57606 and DIN 57659
Load at infeed single-sided/in center
- 50 A/90 A for 10 mm2
- 65 A/120 A for 16 mm2.
Pin-type connections
Single and multi-phase
Cu 10 mm2, 16 mm fully insulated
Lug spacing: 18 mm
No additional connection terminal required for stranded
connections up to 35 mm2
Excellent accessibility of the feeder cables.
Application
Pin-type connections
Any length possible thanks to the combination of 3 fixed busbar
lengths
Favorable current and temperature conduction thanks to the overlapping of individual components
Time-consuming work such as cutting, cutting to length, deburring,
cleaning of cut surfaces as well as mounting of end caps is made
unnecessary
Safe protection against contact for non-assigned connections

Length
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5ST3 730
5ST3 732
0.040
0.040
1/50
1/50
2-phase
2-phase + AS
5ST3 734
5ST3 736
0.060
0.060
1/25
1/25
3-phase
3-phase + AS
3 (1-phase + AS)
5ST3 738
5ST3 741
5ST3 743
0.100
0.100
0.100
1/25
1/25
1/25
4-phase
5ST3 745
0.110
1/20
5ST3 747
0.150
1/25
5ST3 731
5ST3 733
0.190
0.190
1/50
1/50
2-phase
2-phase + AS
5ST3 735
5ST3 737
0.220
0.220
1/20
1/20
3-phase
3-phase + AS
3 (1-phase + AS)
5ST3 740
5ST3 742
5ST3 744
0.430
0.300
0.300
1/20
1/20
1/20
4-phase
5ST3 746
0.700
1/15
5ST3 700
5ST3 702
0.040
0.040
1/50
1/50
2-phase
2-phase + AS
5ST3 704
5ST3 706
0.060
0.060
1/25
1/25
3-phase
3-phase + AS
3 (1-phase + AS)
5ST3 708
5ST3 711
5ST3 713
0.100
0.100
0.100
1/25
1/25
1/25
4-phase
5ST3 715
0.150
1/20
5ST3 717
0.150
1/25
5ST3 701
5ST3 703
0.190
0.190
1/50
1/50
2-phase
2-phase + AS
5ST3 705
5ST3 707
0.290
0.290
1/20
1/20
3-phase
3-phase + AS
3 (1-phase + AS)
5ST3 710
5ST3 712
5ST3 714
0.430
0.430
0.430
1/20
1/20
1/20
4-phase
5ST3 716
0.700
1/15
mm

for miniature circuit-breakers 5SJ6, 5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7, 5SY8, 5SY5
Busbars 10 mm2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
fully insulated:
1-phase
1-phase + AS
214
3-phase, for a 5SM3 4-pole RCCB

with 8 miniature circuit-breakers:
3/N + 8 terminals
without end caps:
1-phase
1-phase + AS
1016
Busbars 16 mm2
fully insulated:
1-phase
1-phase + AS
214
3-phase, for a 5SM3 4-pole RCCB

with 8 miniature circuit-breakers:
3/N + 8 terminals
without end caps:
1-phase
1-phase + AS
1016
3/57
8
9
10
11
12
13
Accessories

Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items

End caps
for lateral insulation of cut-to-length busbars
1-phase
5ST3 748
0.001
1/10
2- and 3-phase
5ST3 750
0.001
1/10
4-phase
5ST3 718
0.001
10
N 5ST3 600
N 5ST3 601
N 5ST3 602
N 5ST3 603
N 5ST3 604
N 5ST3 605
0.005
0.018
0.036
1/10
1/10
1/10
0.008
0.024
0.036
1/10
1/10
1/10
N 5ST3 606
N 5ST3 607
N 5ST3 608
N 5ST3 610
N 5ST3 611
N 5ST3 612
0.016
0.024
0.048
1/10
1/10
1/10
0.020
0.030
0.050
1/10
1/10
1/10
N 5ST3 613
N 5ST3 614
N 5ST3 615
N 5ST3 616
N 5ST3 617
N 5ST3 618
N 5ST3 620
0.039
0.060
0.076
1/10
1/10
1/10
0.040
0.080
1/10
1/10
0.044
0.066
1/10
1/10
N 5ST3 621
N 5ST3 622
N 5ST3 623
0.051
0.078
0.078
1/10
1/10
1/10
N 5ST3 624
N 5ST3 655
0.075
1/10
0.003
1/10

Busbars 10 mm2
fully insulated:
1-phase
2 x single-phase
6 x single-phase
12 x single-phase
2 x (single-phase + AS/FC)
2-phase
2 x 2-phase
3 x 2-phase
6 x 2-phase
2 x (2-phase + AS/FC)
3-phase
2 x 3-phase
3 x 3-phase
4 x 3-phase
2 x (3 x (single-phase) + AS/FC) 1)
4-phase
2 x 4-phase
3 x 4-phase
2 x 3 x (single-phase + N) 2)
3-phase, for a 5SM3 4-pole RCCB with
8 miniature circuit-breakers:
3/N + 8 terminals
for unassigned connections,
yellow (RAL 1004)
1 set
Assortment
20 x 5ST3 613 + 10 x 5ST3 614 +
50 x 5ST3 615 + 50 x 5ST3 655
N 5ST3 656
5.330
1 set
1) 3 x (single-phase + AS/FC) r 3 x (L1 + AS/FC, L2 + AS/FC, L3 + AS/FC).

2) 3 x (single-phase + N) r 3 x (L1 + N, L2 + N, L3 + N).
3/58
Accessories

Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
N 5ST3 630
N 5ST3 631
N 5ST3 632
N 5ST3 633
N 5ST3 634
N 5ST3 635
0.008
0.025
0.048
1/10
1/10
1/10
0.013
0.039
0.059
1/10
1/10
1/10
N 5ST3 636
N 5ST3 637
N 5ST3 638
N 5ST3 640
N 5ST3 641
N 5ST3 642
0.026
0.038
0.076
1/10
1/10
1/10
0.032
0.076
0.084
1/10
1/10
1/10
N 5ST3 643
N 5ST3 644
N 5ST3 645
N 5ST3 646
N 5ST3 647
N 5ST3 648
N 5ST3 650
0.058
0.083
0.110
1/10
1/10
1/10
0.060
0.120
1/10
1/10
0.061
0.093
1/10
1/10
N 5ST3 651
N 5ST3 652
N 5ST3 653
0.080
0.116
0.116
1/10
1/10
1/10
N 5ST3 654
N 5ST3 655
0.114
1/10
0.003
1/10

Busbars 16 mm2
fully insulated:
1-phase
2 x single-phase
6 x single-phase
12 x single-phase
2-phase
2 x 2-phase
3 x 2-phase
6 x 2-phase
3-phase
2 x 3-phase
3 x 3-phase
4 x 3-phase
4-phase
2 x 4-phase
3 x 4-phase
3-phase, for a 5SM3 4-pole RCCB with
3/N + 8 terminals
for unaasigned connections,
yellow (RAL 1004)
1 set
Assortment
20 x 5ST3 643 + 10 x 5ST3 644 +
50 x 5ST3 645 + 50 x 5ST3 655
N 5ST3 657
7.640
1 set
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1) 3 x (single-phase + AS/FC) r 3 x (L1 + AS/FC, L2 + AS/FC, L3 + AS/FC).

2) 3 x (single-phase + N) r 3 x (L1 + N, L2 + N, L3 + N).
12
13
3/59
Accessories

MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5ST3 800
0.001
5/10
5ST3 801
0.008
5ST3 802
0.027
Accessories for miniature circuit-breakers 5SJ6, 5SY6, 5SY4, 5SY7, 5SY8, 5SY5,
Terminal cover
applicable with all types of poles;
as an additional cover for screw openings; prevents removal of the
device from the standard mounting rail; sealable
Handle locking device

applicable with all types of poles;
sealable against unintended on- and off-switching;
padlock with a shackle of max. 3 mm
Padlock
for 5ST3 801 handle locking device
1 set
Locking device
5ST3 803
0.035
1 set
5TG8 240
0.010
5ST2 112
0.008
1/50
1 MW (sheet metal)
5ST2 121
0.017
1/10
4 MW (plastic)
5ST2 201
0.012
1/20
consisting of
5ST3 801 handle locking device and
5ST3 802 padlock
Spacer
contour for modular devices with a mounting depth of 70 mm;
can be snapped onto either side of the busbar, so that two spacers
allow for convenient cable routing
0.5
Snap-on terminal
for 35 mm mounting rail,
for conductors up to 16 mm2 solid
or conductors up to 10 mm2 stranded
width: 0.5 MW
Fixing parts
1 set
Inscription labels (white)

15 mm x 9 mm, 3 frames 44 labels,
can be mounted on lower casing collar
self-adhesive
inscription options
5ST2 173
0.038
1 set
Labeling system
To download the labeling program free of charge,
please visit our Web site at:
www.siemens.de/beta
Recommended labels;
ELAT-3-747
can be ordered at:
Brady GmbH
Otto-Hahn-Str. 5-7
D-63222 Langen
Tel: 06103/7598-660
3/60
Power Supply Company Product Range

5SP3, 25 kA
Overview
Application
Voltage-independent and selective main miniature circuitbreakers (SHU) acc. to DIN VDE 0645
Selective main miniature circuit-breakers are generally based on the
function principle of ordinary miniature circuit-breakers and are
equipped with a delayed thermal release for overload protection, as
well as an electromagnetic fast release with an impact cutout blade
for short-circuit protection.
In addition, they also comprise a selectivity device which detects
whether the downstream miniature circuit-breaker in the load circuit
is capable of independently coping with a short circuit or not. If it
detects that this will exceed the capacity of the miniature circuitbreaker, the selective main miniature circuit-breaker will trip.
Regardless of the rated current of the SHU switch, this ensures a
selectivity for downstream miniature circuit-breakers acc. to
EN 60898 or DIN VDE 0641 Part 11, up to its rated short-circuit
capacity. 6 000
3
Furthermore, the selective main miniature circuit-breaker also offers

a back-up protection of up to 25 kA to all downstream miniature
circuit-breakers.
In the past, melting fuses installed at the meter panel were usually
sealed in order to prevent the theft of power supplies.
Due to the various function principles and thus, the different characteristic curves, only limited short-circuit selectivity is possible in a
cascade of upstream melting fuses and downstream miniature circuit-breakers. This selectivity also depends on the respective rated
currents. This meant that, in the past, if a meter back-up fuse blew
due to an overcurrent or a short circuit, it was necessary to contact
the engineers of the power supply company to replace the sealed
fuse as this could not be done by non-specialists.
However, the new selective main miniature circuit-breakers can be
switched on again - even by non-specialists.
The new selective main miniature circuit-breakers offer the following
advantages to system operators:
Improved current limiting characteristics thanks to the main selective miniature circuit-breaker supporting the downstream miniature
circuit-breaker
System-compatibility as no operation characteristics of other
devices are influenced - apart from the downstream miniature
circuit-breaker.
High and safe selectivity between sub-distribution and meter panel
Safe, fast and cost-favorable on-switching after failures - even by
non-specialists
Prevention of on-switching until the cause of the short-circuit cause
has been eliminated
Tariff monitoring function to assure network-compatible power
consumption
Insulation characteristics with contact position indication acc. to
EN 60204.
Un: 230/400 V, 50-60 Hz, applicable in networks up to:

250/440 V AC
Standards: DIN VDE 0645
As main miniature circuit-breaker at the meter
As group miniature circuit-breaker in distribution board
applications
Characteristic E:
adapted to the special application requirements for cascade
circuits between melting fuses and miniature circuit-breakers.
At a glance
Protection of insulated cables against overcurrents
Disconnecting loads
Assurance of network-compatible power consumption
Can be switched on again after failures even by non- specialists
Complies with defined selectivity requirements for upstream and
downstream overcurrent protection devices
Can be screwed onto mounting plates
Can be clipped onto busbars using adapters
Can be snapped onto standard mounting rails using mounting
plates acc. to EN 60715.
11
12
13
MCB
Selectivity towards upstream fuses up to 2,000 A

S
I2_06719b
230 V
NH
40gl
SHU
E 25
6
7
10
SHU
230 V
3
S
3
4
Application examples
Selectivity towards downstream miniature circuit-breakers up to the
rated short-circuit capacity 6 000
I2_06718b
1
2
MCB
B 16
3/61

5SP3, 25 kA

MW
Characteristic E
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
Order No.
kg
Items
5SP3 716
5SP3 720
0.550
0.550
1/3
1/3
25
32
35
5SP3 725
5SP3 732
5SP3 735
0.550
0.550
0.550
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
50
63
5SP3 740
5SP3 750
5SP3 763
0.550
0.550
0.550
1/3
1/3
1/3
80
100
5SP3 780
5SP3 791
0.550
0.550
1/3
1/3
In
A
Selective main miniature circuit-breakers
16
20
1 set
Selective main miniature circuit-breakers

3 x 1-pole, premounted to 5ST1 328 busbar adapter;
can be clipped onto busbar (spacing: 40 mm); including
three 5ST1 323 transparent operating protective covers
16
20
5SP3 716-1
5SP3 720-1
1.700
1.700
1 set
1 set
25
32
35
5SP3 725-1
5SP3 732-1
5SP3 735-1
1.700
1.700
1.700
1 set
1 set
1 set
40
50
63
5SP3 740-1
5SP3 750-1
5SP3 763-1
1.700
1.700
1.700
1 set
1 set
1 set
80
100
5SP3 780-1
5SP3 791-1
1.700
1.700
1 set
1 set
Tripping characteristics acc. to DIN VDE 0645

Tripping characteristics E
1 ,0 5
1 2 0
5SP3 7 main circuit-breakers (SHU)

Device mounting depth 91 mm
1 ,2
A I2 _ 0 6 6 6 4 b
6 0
2 0
1 0
45
145
M in u te s
4 0
6
2
1
I2_06674b
T r ip p in g tim e
4 0
2 0
1 0
35
6
4
70
91
S e c o n d s
2
1
0 ,6
0 ,4
0 ,2
0 ,1
0 ,0 6
0 ,0 4
0 ,0 2
0 ,0 1
1
1 ,5
4 5 6 8 1 0
1 5 2 0
5 6 ,2 5
3 0
for reliable and high selectivity at meter mounting boards
3/62

Accessories
for 5SP3, 25 kA

Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.234
Accessories for main miniature circuit-breakers (SHU)

Busbar adapter
suitable for a busbar spacing of 40 mm;
can be equipped with 3 main miniature circuit-breakers;
for clip-on assembly
5ST1 328
5ST1 318
0.001
3/10
6
7
Transparent operating protective cover

offering multiple locking options against accidental and
deliberate operation by means of:
Padlocks
Philips screwdrivers
Special wrenches (Antilux)
These can be installed by the operator or the power
supply company
5ST1 323
0.012
1/3
Terminal cover
2 items required per device;
for covering terminals within the overall dimensions
acc. to DIN 43880
3
4
5
Breaker blocking cover

to prevent manual off-switching
1
2
5ST1 316
0.001
9
10
11
12
13
3/63

Notes
7
3/64
Residual Current
Protective Devices
General Data
4/2
4/3
4/9
Residual current
operated circuit-breakers 4/11
(RCCBs)
4/12
4/14
4/15
4/16
4/17
4/18
Residual current
operated circuit-breakers 4/21
(RCCBs), UC sensitive
4/22
RC units for miniature

circuit-breakers
4/23
4/25
4/26
4/28
4/29
RCCBs with integral

overcurrent protection
(RCBOs)
4/30
4/32
4/34
4/36
4/37
4/38
Product overview
Description
5SM3, type AC, 16 ... 125 A
5SM3, type A, 16 ... 125 A
5SM3, type A, SIGRES, for severe
environmetal conditions ,
25 ... 80 A
5SM3, type A, 500 V, 25 ... 63 A
5SM3, type A, 50 ... 400 Hz,
25 ... 40 A
Auxiliary circuit switches for 5SM3
5SZ, product overview
5SZ, type B, 25 ... 63 A
5SM1 930 leakage current
measurement unit
4
5
6
7

5SM2, type AC, 0.3 ... 63 A,
5SM2, type A, 0.3 ... 63 A,
5SM2, type AC, 80 ... 100 A,
for 5SP4
5SM2, type A, 80 ... 100 A, for 5SP4
5SU1, product overview

5SU1, type AC, 6 ... 40 A,
1-pole + N
5SU1, type A, 6 ... 40 A, 1-pole + N
contact for 5SU1, 1-pole + N
Shunt trips for 5SU1, 1-pole + N
5SU1, type AC, 6 ... 32 A, 2-pole
10
RCCB socket outlets

(SRCDs)
4/39
5SM1 and 5SZ9 protective

socket outlets
12
Accessories
4/41
4/42
For all product ranges

For 5SM3 residual current
operated circuit-breakers
13
4/1
Residual Current Protective Devices
General Data
Product overview
Overview
Residual current operated circuit-breakers (RCCBs)
5SM3
Type AC and type A
In = 16 ... 125 A
IDn =10 mA ... 1 A
2-pole (1-pole + N) and 4-pole (3-pole + N)
N-connection, right and left
Versions and
SIGRES for severe environmental conditions
Version for 500 V
Version 50 ... 400 Hz
Residual current operated circuit-breakers (RCCBs),

UC sensitive
5SZ
Type B
In = 25 ... 63 A
IDn = 30 and 300 mA
4-pole (3-pole + N)
Standard and for medical applications
Leakage current measurement units
RC units for miniature circuit-breakers

5SM2
For mounting on miniature circuit-breaker
Combined personnel and line protection
Type AC and type A
In = 0.3 ... 100 A
IDn =10 mA ... 1 A
2, 3 and 4-pole
Versions and
RCCBs with integral overcurrent protection (RCBOs)

5SU1
Combined personnel and line protection
Type AC and type A
In = 6 ... 40 A
IDn = 10 ... 300 mA
Circuit-breaker characteristic B and C
Rated short-circuit capacity 4.5 kA, 6 kA and 10 kA
2-pole and 1-pole + N
RCCB Socket Outlets (SRCDs)

5SM1 and 5SZ9
Can be retrofitted in existing installation
Increased protection level
Type A
In = 16 A
IDn= 10 and 30 mA
Accessories
Locking device
Cu busbars
Covers
Wall box
Definitions
1 MW = 18 mm modular width
4/2
General Data
Description
Overview
Protection against dangerous leakage currents acc. to DIN VDE 0100 Part 410
Application
Protection against indirect contact (indirect personnel protection)
as leakage protection through tripping in the event of higher
touch voltages due to short-circuits to frame on equipment
1 0 m A
3 0 m A
A I2 _ 0 6 1 5 8 d
1 0 0 0 0
m s
2 0 0 0
Using residual current protective devices with IDn 30 mA also

largely protects against direct contact (direct personnel protection) - as additional protection through tripping as soon as live
parts are touched
R a n g e 1
U s u a lly , t h e e ff e c t
is n o t p e r c e iv e d .
R a n g e 2
U s u a lly , t h e r e a r e
n o n o x io u s e ffe c ts .
1 0 0 0
5 0 0
1
2 0 0
R a n g e 3
U s u a lly , n o d a n g e r
o f h e a r t fib r illa tio n .
1 0 0
5 0
2 0
0 ,1
0 ,2
0 ,5
1 0
2 0
5 0 1 0 0 2 0 0
5 0 0
1 0 0 0
m A
1 0 0 0 0
: S h o c k c u rre n t
L 1
N
The permissible tripping time of max. 0.3 s (300 ms) acc. to

VDE 0664 or EN 61008 or IEC 61008 is not reached.
Residual current protective devices with rated residual current 10 or
30 mA also offer reliable protection when a current flows through a
person after accidental direct contact with live parts. This protective
action is not matched by any other comparable protective measure
in the event of indirect contact.
However, when using residual current protective devices, a
suitably grounded PE conductor must also be fitted to the devices
and equipment to be protected. This means that it is only possible
for a person to be subjected to a flow of current if two faults occur or
in the event of accidental contact with live parts.
P E
R
R C C B
R C C B
R C C B
Protective action
While devices for rated residual current IDn > 30 mA provide protection again indirect contact, using devices with IDn 30 mA also offers the best possible additional protection against the accidental
direct contact of live parts.
The diagram above shows a summary of the physiological reactions
of the human body to power flows in the effective current ranges.
The dangerous values are the current/time values in range 4 as they
can trigger ventricular fibrillations, which can cause death.
It also shows the tripping range of the residual current protection
device with rated residual current 10 mA and 30 mA. The tripping
time lies in the middle between 10 ms and 30 ms.
P E
t : D u r a tio n
Effective current ranges acc. to IEC 60479
L 1
N
6
7
R a n g e 4
H e a r t fib r illa tio n
d a n g e r.
3
4
8
9
10
L 1
N
P E
R
A
12
P E
in te
a n d
fa ilu
e q u
c o n d u c to r
rru p te d
in s u la tio n
r e in th e
ip m e n t
C o n d u c to rs
in te r c h a n g e d
13
A I2 _ 0 6 1 5 6 b
D a m a g e d
in s u la tio n
S t
Examples of accidental direct contact
S t
S t
If live parts are directly touched, two resistors determine the level of
the current - the internal resistance of the person RM and the contact
resistance of the location RSt. For a proper assessment of the accident risk, the worst case scenario must be assumed, which is that
the contact resistance of the location is virtually zero.
4/3
General Data
Description
Overview
The resistance of the human body depends on the current path.
Measurements have shown that, e.g. that a current path of
hand/hand or hand/foot has a resistance of approx. 1 000 W.
Taking into account a fault voltage of 230 V AC, this produces a
current of 230 mA for the current path hand/hand.
L1
L2
L3
N
RCCB
Leakage current
RM: Internal resistance of

human being
RCCB
RCCB
N
250 W
RA:
300 mA
166 W
83 W
500 mA
100 W
50 W
1A
50 W
25 W
Grounding resistance of
all bodies connected to a
grounding electrode
Fire protection acc. to HD 384.4.482, DIN VDE 0100-482

Application
When using residual current protective devices with IDn 300 mA
protection against the occurrence of fires started electrically due to
isolation faults
M
TT system
L1
L2
L3
N
I2_06154e
RCCB
TN-S
PE
L 1
L 2
L 3
A I2 _ 0 6 1 5 5 d
R C C B
R C C B
P E
4/4
RCCB
L1
L2
L3
N
IT n e tw o r k ( c o n d itio n a l)
P E
2500 W
830 W
PE
TN-C
25 V
5000 W
500 W
Usage
Residual current protective devices can be used in all three system
configurations (IEC 364-4-41, HD 384.4.41, DIN VDE 0100-410).
In the IT system, tripping is not required for the first fault as this situation cannot produce any dangerous touch voltages. It is essential
that an insulation monitoring device is fitted so that the first fault is
indicated by an acoustic or visual signal and the fault can be eliminated as quickly as possible. Tripping is not requested until the
2nd fault. Depending on the grounding situation, the tripping conditions of the TN or TT system must be complied with. A residualcurrent protective device is also a suitable circuit-protective device,
whereby a separate residual current protective device is required for
each piece of current-using equipment.
I2_06153e
50 V
10 mA
100 mA
I2_06408c
PEN
IDn
1660 W
S t
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
Max. permissible grounding resistance at a

max. permissible touch voltage of
30 mA
Diagram: Additional protection against direct contact with live parts
TN system
Rated residual
current
RSt: Contact resistance of

location
IM:
Grounding resistances
When using residual current protective devices in a
TT system, the maximum grounding resistances (as shown in the
following table) must be complied with, depending on the rated
residual current and the max. permissible touch voltage.
PE
Protective action
HD 384.4.482, DIN VDE 0100-482 requires measures to be taken to
prevent fires in "Locations exposed to fire hazards" that may result
from isolation faults.
Electrical equipment must be selected and set up taking external influences into account so that their temperature rise during normal
operation, and the foreseeable temperature rise, cannot cause a fire
in the event of a fault.
This is achieved by ensuring the equipment is suitably designed or
by implementing additional safety measures during installation.
For this reason, additional residual current protective devices with a
rated residual current of max. 300 mA is required for TN and TT systems used in "Locations exposed to fire hazards".
Where resistance-related faults may cause a fire (e.g. when using
ceiling heating with panel heating elements), the rated residual
current must not exceed max. 30 mA.
The additional protection against fires provided by separate residual
current protective devices should not just be restricted to locations
exposed to fire hazards, rather it should be universally implemented.
General Data
Description
Overview
Setup and method of operation of residual current
protective devices
The setup of residual current protective devices is largely determined by 3 function groups:
1) Summation current transformers for fault-current detection
2) Releases to convert the electrical measured quantities into a
mechanical tripping operation
3) Breaker mechanism with contacts
The summation current transformer covers all conductors required
to conduct the current, i.e. also the neutral conductor where applicable.
In a fault-free system, the magnetizing effects of the conductors
through which current is flowing cancel each other out for the summation current transformer as, in accordance with Kirchhoffs current
law, the sum of all currents is zero. There is no residual magnetic
field left that could induce a voltage in the secondary winding.
However, by contrast, if a residual current is flowing due to an isolation fault, this destroys the equilibrium and a residual magnetic field
is left in the core of the converter. This generates a voltage in the
secondary winding, which then uses the release and the breaker
mechanism to switch off the electrical circuit afflicted with the isolation fault.
This tripping principle operates independently of the system voltage
or an auxiliary power supply. This is also a condition for the high
protection level, offered by residual current protective devices acc.
to IEC/EN 61008 (VDE 0664).
Only this way can it be ensured that the full protective action of the
residual current protective device is maintained even in the event of
a system fault, e.g. failure of an outer conductor or an interruption in
the neutral conductor.
Test button
You can test whether the residual current protective device is ready
to run by simply pressing a test button, with which every residual current protective device is equipped. Pressing the test button generates an artificial residual current - the residual current protective
device must trip.
We recommend testing the functionality when commissioning the
system and then at regular intervals - approx. every six months.
Furthermore, it is also essential to ensure compliance with the test
intervals specified in the pertinent rules and regulations (e.g. accident prevention regulations).
The minimum working voltage for operation of the test equipment
normally is 100 V AC (series 5SM).
3-pole connection
4-pole residual current protective devices can also be operated in 3pole systems. In this case, connection must be at terminals
1, 3 and 5 and 2, 4 and 6.
The function of the test equipment is only ensured if a jumper is fitted
between terminals 3 and N.
Short-time delayed tripping

Electrical loads that temporarily produce high leakage currents
when they are switched on (e.g. temporary residual currents flowing
through interference-suppression capacitors between outer conductor and PE) may trip instantaneous residual current protective
devices, if the leakage current exceeds the rated residual current IDn
of the residual current protective device.
Short-time delayed residual current protective devices can be installed for this type of application, where it is not possible, or only
partially possible, to eliminate such interference sources.
These devices have a minimum tripping delay of 10 ms, i.e., they
should not trip for a residual current pulse of 10 ms. This complies
with the maximum permissible break times acc. to IEC/EN 61008-1
(VDE 0664 Part 10). The devices have a high surge current withstand capability of 3 kA.
Short-time delayed residual current protective devices has the identification code .
Selective tripping
Residual current protective devices normally has an instantaneous
tripping operation. This means that a series connection of this type
of residual current protective devices does not provide selective tripping in the event of a fault. In order to achieve selectivity for a series
connection of residual current protective devices, both the tripping
time and the rated residual current of series-connected devices
must be time graded. Selective residual current protective devices
has a tripping delay.
Furthermore, selective residual current protective devices must
have an increased surge current withstand capability of at least 3 kA
acc. to IEC/EN 61008-1 (VDE 0664, Part 10). Siemens devices have
a surge current withstand capability of 5 kA.
Selective residual current protective devices has the identification
code .
The table below shows the time grading options available for
residual current protective devices for selective tripping
in series connection with devices without time delay and with
short-time delay .
M a in d is tr ib u tio n
b o a rd
R C C B
R C C B
S
U p s tre a m
SIGRES RCCB for severe environmental conditions

Our SIGRES RCCBs have been developed for use in environments
with increased pollution gas loads, such as
Indoor swimming pools: chlorine gas atmosphere;
Agriculture: ammoniac;
Worksite distribution boards, chemical industry: nitrogen oxides
[NOx], sulfur dioxide [SO2]
in s ta n ta n e o u s , s h o r t- tim e d e la y e d K
D o w n s tre a m
R C C B
n
3 0 0 m A
5 0 0 m A
1 0 0 0 m A
D is c o n n e c tio n
tim e
(a t 5
n )
6 0 ...1 1 0 m s
R C C B
in s ta n ta n e o u s
d e s ig n
F o r s e le c t iv e d is c o n n e c tio n S
n
1 0 m
1 0 m
1 0 m
3 0 0
A , 3 0
A , 3 0
A , 3 0
m A o r
m A o
m A o
m A , 1
5 0 0 m
r 1 0 0 m A
r 1 0 0 m A
0 0 m A ,
A
o r
tim e
(a t 5
n )
< 2 0 m s 1 )
s h o r t- tim e d e la y e d
d e s ig n K
tim e
(a t 5
n )
2 0 ...< 4 0 m s
I2 _ 0 6 1 6 8 g
The SIGRES RCCBs are identified by the symbol .

A significant increase in service life is achieved using our patented
active condensation protection.
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
R C C B
s e le c tiv e
d e s ig n
3
4
12
S u b - d is tr ib u tio n b o a r d
L1 L2 L3
I2_07557
L1 L2 L3 N
When using SIGRES RCCBs, the following points must be observed:

The incoming supply must always be from below, from terminals
2/N or 2/4/6/N.
Before carrying out insulation tests on installation systems with voltages greater than 500 V, the SIGRES RCCB must be switched off
or the cables on the input side (underneath) must be disconnected.
1) For residual current circuit-breakers of type AC: <40 ms.
4/5
General Data
Description
Overview
Versions for 50 to 400 Hz
Due to their principle of operation, the standard versions of residual
current protective devices are designed for maximum efficiency in
50/60 Hz systems. Product standards and tripping conditions also
refer to this frequency. The sensitivity decreases with increasing frequency. In order to implement an effective fault-current protection
for applications in systems up to 400 Hz (e.g. industry), you need to
use suitable devices. This type of residual current protective devices
fulfills the tripping conditions up to the specified frequency and provides the appropriate level of protection.
Residual current circuit-breaker with left-side N-connection
Because RCCBs are usually located to the left of the circuit-breakers, but have their N wire connection on the right-hand side, this interferes with the integrated busbar connection. For this reason, when
used with circuit-breakers, RCCBs require a special busbar. In order
to enable the use of standard busbars, 4-pole RCCBs are also provided with their N connection on the left-hand side. This means that
RCCBs can continue to be installed to the left of miniature circuitbreakers using standard busbar connections.
Surge current withstand capability
During thunderstorms, atmospheric overvoltages in the form of traveling waves can penetrate the installations of a system over an overhead system and trip the residual current protective devices.
To prevent such inadvertent tripping operations, residual current
protective devices sensitive to power pulse currents must pass specific tests proving its surge current withstand capability. These tests
are carried out using a surge current of the standardized surge current wave 8/20 ms.
P e a k
%
1 0 0
C h a ra c
D IN V D
T S fro n
T r v ir tu
0 1 v ir tu
Im p e a
9 0
F ro n t
I
T a il
r is tic s
0 4 3 2
tim e in
l tim e
l o r ig in
k v a lu e
o f a c u r r e n t im p u ls e a c c . to
P a rt 2
s
to h a lf- v a lu e o n ta il in s
5 0
te
E
t
a
a
Switching capacity, short-circuit strength

In accordance with the installation regulations IEC 364-4-41,
HD 384.4.41, DIN VDE 0100 Part 410 (protection against electric
shock) residual current protective devices can be installed in three
system types (TN, TT and IT systems).
However, if using the neutral conductor as PE conductor in TN
systems, a fault may cause residual currents similar to a short-circuit. For this reason, residual current protective devices must be
installed together with a series fuse and have the appropriate shortcircuit strength. Tests have been defined for this purpose.
The short-circuit strength of the combination must be specified on
the devices.
Siemens residual current protective devices, together with a suitable
series fuse, have a short-circuit strength of 10 000 A. According to
the VDE regulations, this is the highest possible level of shortcircuit strength.
Data for the rated short-circuit capacity acc. to IEC/EN 61008,
i.e. the maximum permissible short-circuit series fuses for residual
current protective devices are contained in the following table:
Rated current of the
for residual current
protective device
Rated short-circuit
capacity Im acc. to
IEC/EN 61008
(VDE 0664) at a
grid distance of
35 mm
Maximum permissible
short-circuit series fuse
NH, DIAZED, NEOZED
utilization category
gL/gG
for residual current
protective device
125
500 V AC
... 400 V AC
A
A
Type A
16 ... 40
2 MW
500
63
63
2.5 MW
800
100
80
2.5 MW
800
100
25
4 MW
800
100
63
40
4 MW
800
100
63
63
4 MW
800
100
63
80
4 MW
800
100
125
4 MW
1250
125
630
63
Type B
1 0
0
25 ... 63
A I2 _ 0 6 1 6 5 b
0
1
T
S
8 MW
t
r
Surge current wave 8/20 ms (front time 8 ms: Time to half-value 20 ms)
Example:
100 A
Siemens residual current protective devices of types A and B all

have a high surge current withstand capability. The following table
shows the surge current withstand capability of the various versions:
Design
Surge current withstand

capability
Instantaneous
>1 kA
Short-time delayed
>3 kA
Selective
>5 kA
4/6
10 000
Short-circuit strength 10 kA with max. permissible short-circuit series

fuse 100 A.
General Data
Description
Residual current protective devices that trips for both sinusoidal AC

residual currents and pulsating DC residual currents (type A) is
identified by the mark.
Residual current protective devices that also trips for smooth DC residual currents (type B) is identified by the mark
.
3
4
Overview
Types of current
Due to the use of electronic components in household appliances
and industrial plants, insulation faults can also cause residual currents that are not AC residual currents to flow through residual current protective devices, even in the case of devices with ground
terminals (Safety class I).
The regulations for residual current protective devices contain additional requirements and test regulations for residual currents whose
line frequency is zero or virtually zero within a certain period.
Type of current
Current waveform Correct function of residual current Tripping current 1)

protective devices of type
AC
AC residual current
0.5 ... 1.0 IDn
Pulsating DC residual currents (pos. or neg. half-waves)
0.35 ... 1.4 IDn
Start angle 90 el
Start angle 135 el
0.25 ... 1.4 IDn

0.11 ... 1.4 IDn
Half-wave current during superimposition with smooth direct

current of 6 mA
max. 1.4 IDn+ 6 mA
Smooth direct current
0.5 ... 2.0 IDn
Started half-wave currents
5
6
7
8
1) Tripping currents acc. to IEC/EN 61008-1 (VDE 0664, Part 10);

specified for smooth DC residual currents acc. to VDE 0664, Part 100.
9
10
12
13
4/7
General Data
Description
Application
Standards
Application
Required IDn
Recommended residual current

protective devices
[mA]
5SM..
(Type A)
5SZ..
(Type B)
SIGRES
DIN VDE 0100-470
Socket outlets up to 20 A, outdoor plants
30
DIN VDE 0100-482
Fire protection for particular risks or safety hazard
30, 300
DIN VDE 0100-551
Low-voltage generating plants
DIN VDE 0100-559
Lights and lighting installations, display stands for lights
DIN VDE 0100-701
Rooms with baths or showers, socket outlets in zone 3
DIN VDE 0100-702
Swimming pools, zone 1 and 2
DIN VDE 0100-704
Worksites, socket outlet current circuits (single-phase operation)

up to 32 A
and for hand-held equipment
30
30
30
30
30
500
30
30
30
30 or
300
500
DIN VDE 0100-705
Agricultural and general horticultural premises

Socket outlet current circuits
DIN VDE 0100-706
Conductive areas with limited freedom of movement
DIN VDE 0100-708
Feeding points for caravan parking spaces, camping sites
DIN VDE 0100-710
Medical premises, depending on application group 1 or 2

and equipment
DIN VDE 0100-722
Portable buildings, vehicles, mobile homes for fairgrounds,

feeding points
DIN VDE 0100-723

draft
Classrooms with experiment stands
30
DIN VDE 0100-738
Fountains zone 2, general
500
30
30
30
500
General requirements for

correct selection when
using res. current protection
300
30
30
500
30
500
30 (recommended)
Socket outlets in zone 2

Zones 0 and 1
DIN VDE 0100-739
Additional protection against direct contact in homes
DIN VDE 0118-100
Mining plants
EN 50178
(VDE 0160)
Testing the equipment of power installations with electronic

equipment, type B
DIN VDE 0832-100
Traffic signals
Class T1
Class U1
BG FE
BGI 608
Selection and operation of electrical equipment on worksites

General:
Socket outlet circuits > 32 A
Socket outlet circuits > 32 A
Frequency-controlled equipment:
with plug-and-socket device 32 A
with plug-and-socket device > 32 A
Chemical industry and food processing industries
Note:
For reasons of basic fire protection, we recommend a maximum
rated residual current of 300 mA for residual current protection
devices.
DIN VDE 0100 is the German publication of IEC 60364, however
some parts/sections are modified due to special European or German regulations.
4/8
Residual Current Operated Circuit-Breakers (RCCBs)

Overview
Number of
poles
Rated residual
current IDn
Rated
current In
mA
10
16
30, 100, 300
25
40
30, 100, 300
63
80
30, 300
100, 500
25
30, 300
100, 500
MW
Mountable auxiliary N-connection

circuit switch
right
left
2.5
40
30, 300
100, 500
63
30, 300
80
300
100
30, 100, 300, 500
125
300
100
10, 30
16
30, 100, 300
25
40
30, 100, 300
63
80
2.5
30, 300
500
25
30, 300
100, 500
40
30, 300
100, 500
63
30, 300
80
30, 100, 300, 500
125
30
25
40
3
4
Residual current operated circuit-breakers,

type AC 1), 16 ... 125 A
instantaneous tripping
selective,
5
6
7
Residual current operated circuit-breakers,

type A 2), 16 ... 125 A
short-time delayed,
30, 100
63
selective,
100, 300
63
2.5
100, 300
100, 1 000
300
40
63
300, 500
125
30
25
40
30
63
80
2.5
30
30, 300
25
40
63
30
80
300
63
30, 300
25
40
63
30
25
40
8
9
10
12
SIGRES residual current operated circuit-breaker,

type A 2), for severe environmental conditions
selective,
13

2)
Residual current operated circuit-breaker, type A ,

500 V
Residual current operated circuit-breaker, type A 2),

50 ... 400 Hz
1)
2)

4/9
(Type AC) (Type A)
Standards
2 and 4-pole
Versions
Rated voltages Un
V AC
125 ... 230

230 ... 400
500
50 ... 60 Hz
50 ... 60 Hz, 50 ... 400 Hz
50 ... 60 Hz
Rated currents In
16, 25, 40, 63, 80, 100, 125
mA
10, 30, 100, 300, 500, 1 000

Enclosure
Mounting depth
mm
Terminals
70
Tunnel terminals at both ends with wire protection, lower
Conductor crosscombined terminal for simultaneous connection of busbars section mm2
(fork-type) and conductors
Recommended
terminal tightening
torque Nm
for 2 MW
at In = 16 A, 25 A, 40 A
1.0 ... 16
2.5 ... 3.0
for 2.5 MW
at In = 63 A, 80 A
1.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 3.0
for 4 MW
at In = 25 A, 40 A, 63 A, 80 A
1.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 3.0
at In = 125 A
2.5 ... 50
3.0 ... 3.5
Supply connection
optionally top or bottom (except SIGRES: incoming supply from bottom)
Mounting position
any
Mounting technique

(TH 35 acc. to EN 60715)


V AC
16 A ... 80 A
100, 125 A
100
195
Device service life

Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +45,
-25
: -25 ... +45
acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
yes
4/10
(Type AC)

5SM3, type AC, 16 ... 125 A
Application
fault currents
IEC 61008-2-1 (VDE 0664, Part 11); IEC/EN 61543
(VDE 0664, Part 30)
Un 230/400 V; 50 to 60 Hz; applicable in systems up to

240/415 V AC

Circuit diagram/
Rated Rated MW N-connection, right
max. permissible short- residual current
circuit series fuse
current
Order No.
Price
IDn
In
mA
N-connection, left
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Order No.
1 item
2
3
4
5
125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
1 N
I2_05982c
2 NT
10
16
5SM3 111-0
0.220
30
25
40
5SM3 312-0
5SM3 314-0
0.220
0.220
1
1
100
25
40
5SM3 412-0
5SM3 414-0
0.220
0.220
1
1
300
25
40
5SM3 612-0
5SM3 614-0
0.220
0.220
1
1
30
63
80
5SM3 316-0
5SM3 317-0
0.300
0.300
1
1
100
63
80
5SM3 416-0
5SM3 417-0
0.300
0.300
1
1
300
63
80
5SM3 616-0
5SM3 617-0
0.300
0.300
1
1
63 A
6
7
10 000
1 N
I2_05982c
2 NT
2.5
100 A
10 000
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
30
25
40
63
80
100
300
N-connection, right
100 A
10 000
N-connection, right
N 1 3 5
500
I2_10730
N 2 4 6 T
5SM3 342-0
5SM3 344-0
5SM3 346-0
5SM3 347-0
5SM3 342-0KL
5SM3 344-0KL
5SM3 346-0KL
5SM3 347-0KL
0.473
0.473
0.473
0.473
1
1
1
1
25
40
63
5SM3 442-0
5SM3 444-0
5SM3 446-0
0.473
0.473
0.473
1
1
1
25
40
5SM3 642-0
5SM3 644-0
5SM3 642-0KL
5SM3 644-0KL
0.473
0.473
1
1
63
80
100
5SM3 646-0
5SM3 647-0
5SM3 648-0
5SM3 646-0KL
5SM3 647-0KL
0.473
0.473
0.473
1
1
1
25
40
5SM3 742-0
5SM3 744-0
0.473
0.473
1
1
63
5SM3 746-0
0.473
125
5SM3 345-0
5SM3 445-0
5SM3 645-0
5SM3 745-0
0.500
0.480
0.480
0.480
1
1
1
1
5SM3 648-2
0.473
10
12
N-connection, left
100 A
10 000
13
N-connection, left
1
I2 _ 0 6 2 3 2 c
30
100
300
500
T
125 A
10 000

230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
100 A
300
100
10 000
For dimension drawings and terminal designations, see page 4/16.
4/11
-25
(Type A)
5SM3, type A, 16 ... 125 A
Application
fault currents
(VDE 0664, Part 30)
240/415 V AC

surge current withstand capability: >5 kA
K-type: Short-time delayed tripping in the case of transient
leakage currents. High surge current withstand capability:
>3 kA.

Circuit diagram/
Rated MW N-connection, right
Rated
max. permissible short- residual current
circuit series fuse
current
Order No.
Price
I Dn
In
mA
N-connection, left
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Order No.
1 item
Instantaneous tripping,
125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
1 N
10
16
5SM3 111-6
0.230
30
16
25
40
5SM3 311-6
5SM3 312-6
5SM3 314-6
0.230
0.230
0.230
1
1
1
2 NT
100
25
40
5SM3 412-6
5SM3 414-6
0.230
0.230
1
1
10 000
300
25
40
5SM3 612-6
5SM3 614-6
0.210
0.210
1
1
30
63
80
5SM3 316-6
5SM3 317-6
0.320
0.320
1
1
100
63
80
5SM3 416-6
5SM3 417-6
0.300
0.300
1
1
300
63
80
5SM3 616-6
5SM3 617-6
0.280
0.280
1
1
5SM3 342-6
5SM3 344-6
5SM3 346-6
5SM3 347-6
5SM3 342-6KL
5SM3 344-6KL
5SM3 346-6KL
5SM3 347-6KL
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
1
1
1
1
I2_05982c
63 A
1 N
I2_05982c
2 NT
100 A
2.5
10 000
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
N-connection, right
30
25
40
63
80
100
40
63
5SM3 444-6
5SM3 446-6
0.460
0.460
1
1
300
25
40
63
80
5SM3 642-6
5SM3 644-6
5SM3 646-6
5SM3 647-6
5SM3 642-6KL
5SM3 644-6KL
5SM3 646-6KL
5SM3 647-6KL
0.440
0.440
0.440
0.440
1
1
1
1
500
25
40
63
5SM3 742-6
5SM3 744-6
5SM3 746-6
0.440
0.440
0.440
1
1
1
30
100
300
500
125
5SM3 345-6
5SM3 445-6
5SM3 645-6
5SM3 745-6
0.500
0.480
0.480
0.480
1
1
1
1
100 A
10 000
N-connection, right
N 1 3 5
I2_10730
N 2 4 6 T
N-connection, left
N-connection, left
100 A
10 000
I2 _ 0 6 2 3 2 c
125 A
10 000
4/12
-25
(Type A)
5SM3, type A, 16 ... 125 A

Circuit diagram/
Rated Rated MW N-connection, right
max. permissible
residual current
short-circuit series fuse current
Order No.
IDn
In
mA
A1
N-connection, left
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Order No.
short-time delayed,
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
30
25
40
30
100
63
5SM3 342-6KK01
5SM3 344-6KK01
0.500
0.500
1
1
5SM3 346-6KK01
5SM3 446-6KK01
0.500
0.460
1
1
N T
2
3
4
5
100 A
10 000
selective; surge current withstand capability >5 kA

125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
1 N
I2_05982c
100
300
63
2.5
5SM3 416-8
5SM3 616-8
0.300
0.280
1
1
2 NT
100 A
10 000
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
100
40
63
300
1 000
6
7
5SM3 444-8
5SM3 446-8
0.460
0.460
1
1
40
63
5SM3 644-8
5SM3 646-8
5SM3 646-8KL
0.440
0.440
1
1
63
5SM3 846-8
0.515
N-connection, right
10
100 A
10 000
N-connection, right
N 1 3 5
I2_10730
N 2 4 6 T
N-connection, left
N-connection, left
12
100 A
10 000
I2 _ 0 6 2 3 2 c
300
500
125
5SM3 645-8
5SM3 745-8
0.480
0.480
1
1
125 A
10 000
4/13
13
-25
(Type A)
5SM3, type A, SIGRES, for severe

environmental conditions , 25 ... 80 A
Application
240/415 V AC
For use in areas with high levels of pollution gas and humidity, such
as indoor swimming pools, in agriculture, construction distribution
boards or in the chemical industry
fault currents
(VDE 0664, Part 30)

Circuit diagram
Maximum
permissible
short-circuit
back-up fuse
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
instantaneous tripping, surge current withstand capability >1 kA

125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
25
40
10 000
5SM3 312-6KK12
5SM3 314-6KK12
0.230
0.230
1
1
63
80
2.5
10 000
5SM3 316-6KK12
5SM3 317-6KK12
0.320
0.320
1
1
30
25
40
63
80
5SM3 342-6KK12
5SM3 344-6KK12
5SM3 346-6KK12
5SM3 347-6KK12
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
1
1
1
1
300
40
63
5SM3 644-6KK12
5SM3 646-6KK12
0.440
0.440
1
1
5SM3 646-8KK12
0.440
63 A
1 N
30
100 A
I2_05982c
2 NT
Incoming
direction
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
100 A
10 000
Incoming
direction
, selective, surge current withstand capability >5 kA

230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
300
63
4/14
-25
(Type A)
5SM3, type A, 500 V, 25 ... 63 A
Application
Un 500 V; 50 to 60 Hz; applicable in systems up to 500 V AC
waveform 8/20 s acc. to DIN VDE 0432, Part 2.

fault currents
(VDE 0664, Part 30); VDE 0664 Part 101

Circuit diagram
Maximum
permissible
short-circuit
back-up fuse
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SM3 352-6
5SM3 354-6
5SM3 356-6
0.500
0.500
0.500
1
1
1
5SM3 652-6
5SM3 654-6
5SM3 656-6
0.440
0.440
0.440
1
1
1
2
3
4
5

500 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
63 A
30
25
40
63
300
25
40
63
10 000
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
4/15
-25
(Type A)
5SM3, type A, 50 ... 400 Hz, 25 ... 40 A
Application
240/415 V AC
For use with line frequencies between 50 and 400 Hz

(VDE 0664, Part 30)

Circuit diagram
Maximum
permissible
short-circuit
back-up fuse
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.500
0.500
1
1

230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 400 Hz; 4-pole
1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
80 A
30
10 000
25
40
5SM3 342-6KK03
5SM3 344-6KK03
5SM3 residual current protective devices (up to 80 A)
$ 2-pole
1 N
5 N
T
2
T
N
T
6
36
45
72
&
I2_07860a
45
90
1 N
44
7
70
5SM3 111,
5SM3 311, 5SM3 312, 5SM3 314,
5SM3 412, 5SM3 414, 5SM3 416,
5SM3 612, 5SM3 614, 5SM3 616
% 2-pole
5SM3 316, 5SM3 317,
5SM3 416, 5SM3 417,
5SM3 616, 5SM3 617
& 4-pole
5SM3 342, 5SM3 344, 5SM3 346, 5SM3 347,
5SM3 352, 5SM3 354, 5SM3 356,
5SM3 442, 5SM3 444, 5SM3 446,
5SM3 642, 5SM3 644, 5SM3 646, 5SM3 647,
5SM3 652, 5SM3 654, 5SM3 656,
5SM3 742, 5SM3 744, 5SM3 746,
5SM3 846
5SM3 residual current protective devices (100 ... 125 A)

4-pole
5SM3 345, 5SM3 445,
5SM3 645, 5SM3 648,
5SM3 745
45
87
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 7/N
I2_07830
2/L1 4/L2 6/L3 8/N
72
4/16
43
60

Auxiliary circuit switches for 5SM3
Application
Indications of the circuit state of the RCCB: ON/OFF
Short-circuit protection ensured by miniature circuit-breakers of
characteristic B or C with In = 6 A or fuse gL 6 A
Product standards: IEC/EN 62019 (VDE 0640).
3
4
5SW3 30.
Terminals
Recommended tightening torque
mm2
Nm
5SW3 330
0.75 ... 2.5

0.6 ... 0.8
50 mA/24 V
Min. contact load

Max. contact load
230 V AC, AC-12
230 V AC, AC-14
220 V DC, DC-12
A
A
A
6
3.6
1
0.5

Circuit diagram
Version
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Auxiliary circuit switch (AS) on RCCB for 5SM3 up to 80 A

Auxiliary circuit switches (AS)
21 13
1 NO + 1 NC
0.5
5SW3 300
0.042
2 NC
0.5
5SW3 301
0.042
2 NO
0.5
5SW3 302
0.042
22 14
21 11
22 12
23 13
6
7
8
9
24 14
Auxiliary circuit switch (AS) on RCCB for 5SM3, 100 ... 125 A
23 11
1 NO + 1 NC
0.5
0.040
5SW3 330
24 12
Auxiliary circuit switch (AS), can be retrofitted
on 5SM3 residual current operated circuit-breakers (RCCBs),
up to 80 A
on 5SM3 residual current operated circuit-breakers (RCCBs),

100 ... 125 A
5SW3 30 auxiliary circuit switches, can be retrofitted
5SW3 330 auxiliary circuit switch, can be retrofitted
44
7
45
87
43
60
70
12
13
I2_07862a
45
90
I2_07861b
10
4/17
Residual Current Operated Circuit-Breakers (RCCBs), UC Sensitive

Overview
DC residual currents
Industrial current-using equipment is increasingly using connection
methods where smooth DC residual currents or currents with low residual ripple may occur in the case of faults. This is illustrated in the
following diagram of current-using equipment with three-phase rectifier circuits. Such current-using equipment includes frequency
converters, medical devices (e.g. X-ray devices and CT systems)
and UPS systems.
Pulse-current-sensitive residual current protective devices are not
able to detect and switch off such DC residual currents, which also
negatively influence their tripping functions.
For this reason, current-using equipment that generate these kind of
residual currents in the event of a fault should not be operated with
pulse-current-sensitive residual current protective devices connected to the electrical power supply. Protective measures include safety isolation; however this can only be achieved using heavy and
expensive transformers. Universal current-sensitive residual current
protective devices provides a perfect technical and cost-effective
solution. This type of residual current protective device (type B) is included in EN 50 178 (DIN VDE 0160) "Equipping power
installations with electronic equipment".
T h r e e b r id g e
- s ix p u
L
p h a s e
c o n n e c tio n
ls e
1 L 2 L 3
T h r e e p h a s e
s ta r c o n n e c tio n
N
L 1
L 2
A I2 _ 0 6 1 6 1 b
IA 2 _ 0 6 1 6 0 b
I
I
L o a d c u rr e n t
F a u lt c u r r e n t
IB
A I2 _ 0 6 1 6 2 b
Block diagram with fault location
4/18
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
1
M
A
W1
W2
L 3
IB
IB
Design
Universal current sensitive protective devices are based on a pulsecurrent-sensitive circuit-protective device with tripping independent
of line voltage, supplemented with an auxiliary unit for the detection
of smooth DC residual currents. The diagram below shows the basic
setup.
The summation current transformer W1 monitors the electrical system for AC and pulse current-type residual currents, as always. The
summation current transformer W2 detects the smooth DC residualcurrents and, in the event of a fault, relays the tripping command
through electronic unit E to release A.
A Release
M Mechanics of the protective
device
E Electronics for tripping in the
event of smooth DC residual
currents
T Test equipment
n Secondary winding
W1 Summation current transformer for detection of sinusoidal residual currents
W2 Summation current transformer for detection of
smooth DC residual
currents
I2_06666a
Method of operation
In order to provide maximum security of supply, the power supply of
the electronic unit is taken from all three outer conductors and the
neutral conductor. Furthermore, it is dimensioned so that the electronics still reliably trip even with a voltage reduction of up to 70 %
(e.g. between outer conductor and neutral conductor). This ensures
tripping for smooth DC residual currents, as long as such residual
current waveforms can occur, even in the event of faults in the electrical power supply, e.g. an N-conductor break. This means that the
pulse-current-sensitive switch part, which trips regardless of line
voltage, will still reliably trigger the tripping operation - even in the
highly unlikely event that two outer conductors and the neutral conductor fail - if the remaining intact outer conductor presents a fire
hazard due to a ground fault.
The residual current protective devices of type B is suitable for use
in three-phase current systems with 50/60 Hz before input circuits
with rectifiers. They are not intended for use in DC systems and in
networks with operating frequencies other than 50/60 Hz.
They can be used for the detection and disconnection of residualcurrents that can occur in three-phase loads with electronic components (rectifiers) in the power supply unit (e.g. frequency converters,
computer tomographs).
In addition to the described residual current waveforms (AC residual
currents, pulsating and smooth DC residual currents), AC residual
currents with a wide range of frequencies may also occur on this
type of electronic equipment, such as at the outgoing terminal of a
frequency converter.
Requirements for frequencies up to 2 kHz are defined in the device
regulations VDE 0664 Part 100 for residual current protective devices of type B.
To date, only limited statements can be made with regard to the risk
of ventricular fibrillations (up to 1 kHz) for frequencies higher than
100 Hz. No reliable statements can be made on any further effects
and influences on the human organism (thermal, electrolytic).
For this reason, protection against direct contact is only possible for
frequencies up to 100 Hz. For higher frequencies, protection against
indirect contact must be implemented under consideration of the
frequency response of the residual current protective device, the
maximum permissible touch voltages (e.g. 50 V) and permissible
grounding resistance derived from this information.
Residual- Current Operated Circuit-Breakers (RCCBs), UC Sensitive

acc. to IEC 60479 for a range between 0.5 to 2.0 times the rated residual current.
The residual current protective devices of type B are suitable for use
in three-phase current systems with 50/60 Hz. On no account may
they be used in direct voltage networks or in systems with changing
frequencies or frequencies other than 50/60 Hz (e.g.
after frequency converters).
Universal current sensitive residual current protective devices
(type B) are marked with the symbol
.
3
4
Note:
RCCBs with mounted auxiliary circuit switches support the integration of residual current protective devices in building management
systems instabus KNX EIB and AS-i bus or PROFIBUS.
Overview
Configuration
When configuring and erecting electrical plants, electrical loads that
can generate smooth DC residual currents in the event of a fault
must be assigned a separate electrical circuit with a universal current sensitive residual current protective device (type B) (see configuration example).
It is not permitted to branch electrical circuit with these types of
electrical loads after pulse-current-sensitive residual current protective devices (type A). Loads, which can be the source of smooth DC
residual currents in the event of a fault, would restrict the tripping of
the pulse-current-sensitive residual current protective devices
(type A).
The tripping conditions are defined acc. to VDE 0664 Part 100
(for residual current protective devices of type B) and are the same
as those for type A for AC and pulse residual currents. The tripping
values for smooth DC residual currents have been defined in this
product standard, taking into account current compatibility curves
6
7
W h
I2 _ 0 6 1 6 4 d
R C C B
T y p e A
1 n = 3 0 0 m A
R C C B
1 n = 3 0 m A
T y p e A
R C C B
1 n = 1 0 m A
T y p e A
R C C B
1 n = 3 0 m A
T y p e A
R C C B
T y p e B
1 n = 3 0 m A
R C C B
T y p e B
10
Configuration example with residual current protective devices type A and

type B
12
13
4/19
(Type B)
Overview
Number of
poles
Rated residual
current IDn
Rated
current In
mA
MW
Mountable auxiliary circuit switch
Residual current operated circuit-breaker, type B 1)

30, 300
25
40
63
/fixed mounted
selective,
300
63
/fixed mounted
for medical equipment,

30, 300
63
/fixed mounted
1)
= type B for AC fault currents,

pulsating and smooth DC fault currents
Version with fixed mounted auxiliary circuit switch:
contact 1 NO +1 NC, 6 A/ 230 V AC, 1 A/220 V DC;
Terminals for conductor cross-sections up to 2.5 mm
IEC/EN 61008, VDE 0664 Part 10, IEC/EN 61543, VDE 0664 Part 30, VDE 0664 Part 100
Standards
4-pole
Versions
Rated voltages Un
V AC
230 ... 400, 50 ... 60 Hz
Rated currents In
25, 40, 63
mA
30, 300
Enclosure
Mounting depth
mm
Terminals
55
Tunnel terminals at both ends with wire protection
Conductor crosssection mm2
Recommended
terminal tightening
torque Nm
In = 25 A, 40 A, 63 A
1.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 3.0
Screw terminals for auxiliary circuit switches
0.75 ... 2.5
0.6 ... 0.8
Supply connection
Mounting position
any
Mounting technique

(TH 35 acc. to EN 60715)


V AC
100
> 10,000 operations (electrical and mechanical; Test cycle acc. to regulations)
Device service life

Storage temperature
-40 ... +60
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +45,
-25
: -25 ... +45
acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
yes
4/20
-25
VDE
(Type B)
5SZ, type B, 25 ... 63 A
Application
For use in three-phase current systems
240/415 V AC
tripping contrary to a downstream standard RCCB circuitbreaker. Very high surge current withstand capability: >5 kA.
Systems with equipment in which smooth DC fault currents can

also arise (e.g. with B6 bridge circuit on frequency converters and
medical equipment)
fault currents
VDE 0664 Part 100; IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664, Part 30)

Circuit diagram
Maximum
permissible
short-circuit
back-up fuse
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items

230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
1
63 A
30
25
40
63
5SZ3 426-0KG00
5SZ3 446-0KG00
5SZ3 466-0KG00
0.746
0.746
0.746
1
1
1
300
25
40
63
5SZ6 426-0KG00
5SZ6 446-0KG00
5SZ6 466-0KG00
0.706
0.706
0.706
1
1
1
30
300
63
8.5
5SZ3 466-0KG30
5SZ6 466-0KG30
0.750
0.750
1
1
6 000
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 6 c
2
3
4
5
6
7
with auxiliary circuit switch,

fixed mounted

230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
fixed mounted
300
63
5SZ6 468-0KG00
0.706
300
63
8.5
5SZ6 468-0KG30
0.765
For medical equipment, instantaneous tripping,

9
10
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

for medical equipment (e. g. x-ray generators)

fixed mounted
30
300
63
5SZ3 466-0KG05
5SZ6 466-0KG05
0.710
0.710
1
1
30
300
63
8.5
5SZ3 466-0KG35
5SZ6 466-0KG35
0.750
0.750
1
1
12
Residual current operated circuit-breakers, type B
25 A to 63 A, universal current sensitive
63 A, universal current sensitive, with auxiliary circuit switches, fixed mounted
5SZ3 426-0KG00, 5SZ3 446-0KG00, 5SZ3 466-0KG0.,

5SZ6 426-0KG00, 5SZ6 446-0KG00, 5SZ6 466-0KG0.
1 3
5 N
45
88
13
5SZ3 466-0KG3.,
5SZ6 466-0KG3., 5SZ6 468-0KG30
1 4 4 = 8 m o d u la r w id th s
A I2 _ 0 6 0 3 2 e
T
2
4 4
5 5
4 6 N
144 = 8 modular widths

153
I2_07850a
4 5
8 8
5SZ6 468-0KG00
44
55
4/21

5SM1 930 leakage current measurement unit
Benefits
Application
The leakage current measurement unit enables systematic selection of the rated residual current for the RCCB, thus preventing accidental trippings. The measured leakage current should be a
maximum of 1/3 of the rated residual current of the RCCBs. If this
condition is not met due to the rated current required to protect the
RCCB, remedial action must be taken at the equipment that generates the leakage current.
This makes it considerably easier to determine the cause when
RCCBs are accidentally tripped, particularly in extended systems
Matching of measuring curve, particularly on residual current
operated circuit-breakers, universal current sensitive (Type B)
Rated voltage: up to 500 V AC; 50 to 60 Hz

For measuring leakage currents of up to 300 mA in electrical
systems
Using the enclosed calibration curve, a voltmeter with an internal
resistance of > 1 MW can determine the leakage current.
Measuring range for AC voltage: Ueff: 1 mV to 2 V
Function
Leakage currents are currents which, during uninterrupted operation, leak from the PE conductor or other ground connections. As a
result, the difference of the currents flowing to and from the device
will be higher than zero due to the RCCB. If the tripping current of
the RCCB is reached, it then trips since leakage currents are similarly recorded and evaluated as fault currents.
The leakage current measuring unit lets you determine the static
leakage currents flowing during plant runtime. The device records
and evaluates the currents like the RCCB, thus providing a direct
statement on how much the RCCB has already been pre-loaded.

Circuit diagram
Rated residual Rated current MW Order No.

current
IDn
In
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
mA
kg
Items
0 ... 300
63
0.430
5SM1 930 leakage current measurement unit

500 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
1 3 5 N
5SM1 930-0
V 1 M/V
2 4 6 N
I2_07078a
Gossen-Metrawatt offers suitable test devices for RCCB function

tests and for testing protective measures.
Information is available at:

Gossen-Metrawatt GmbH
Thomas-Mann-Str. 16-20
D-90 471 Nrnberg
Tel. +49 (0)911 86 02 111
Fax +49 (0)911 86 02 777
http://www.gmc-instruments.com
e-mail:
info@gmc-instruments.com
5SM1 930-0 leakage current measurement unit
5 N
I2_07843b
45
90
72
7
4/22
44
55
RC Units for Miniature Circuit-Breakers

Overview
Number of Rated
poles
residual current IDn
Rated
current In
mA
RC units for 5SY4, 5SY6, 5SY7, 5SY8 miniature circuit-breakers

2
MW
can be retrofitted
(type AC) 1) (type A) 2)
A
3)
10
0.3 ... 16
at the MCB
30, 300
30, 300, 500
0.3 ... 40
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
at the MCB
30, 300
30, 300, 500
0.3 ... 40
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
at the MCB
30, 300
30, 300, 500
0.3 ... 40
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
at the MCB
short-time delayed
30
0.3 ... 40
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
at the MCB
selective
300
0.3 ... 40
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
at the MCB
300, 500, 1 000
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
300, 500, 1 000
0.3 ... 63
at the MCB
30, 300
30, 300
80 ... 100
80 ... 100
3.5
5
at the MCB
at the MCB
selective
300
300, 1 000
80 ... 100
80 ... 100
3.5
5
at the MCB
at the MCB
2
4
1)
2)
3
4
5
6
7
RC units for 5SP4 miniature circuit-breakers 3)

2
3) RC unit, additional components for 5SY. and 5SP4 miniature circuitbreakers, see also section, "Miniature circuit-breakers".
4) For type A.
Installation
8
9
10
The RC unit for 5SM2 ... miniature circuit-breaker is selected in accordance

with the number of poles, In and IDn.
The miniature circuit-breaker is selected from the series 5SY4, 5SY6, 5SY7 or
5SY8 with the same number of poles as the desired characteristic (A, B, C or
D) and suitable In.
The two components are simply plugged together without the need for any
tools. After the connecting screws of the conductor connection between the
RC unit and the miniature circuit-breaker have been tightened, the two devices
form an RCBO.
4/23
12
13
(Type AC) (Type A)
Standards
2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole
Versions
Rated voltages Un
V AC
230 ... 400, 50 ... 60 Hz
Rated currents In
0.3 ... 16; 0.3 ... 40; 0.3 ... 63; 80 ... 100
mA
10, 30, 300, 500, 1 000

Enclosure
Mounting depth
mm
Terminals
70
Tunnel terminals with wire protection
Conductor cross-section mm2
Recommended terminal
tightening torque Nm
up to In = 63 A
1.0 ... 25
2.5 ... 3.0
In = 80/100 A
6.0 ... 50
3.0 ... 3.5
Supply connection
Mounting position
any
Mounting technique

(TH 35 acc. to EN 60715)


V AC
up to In = 63 A, 4-pole
up to In = 63 A, 2 and 3-pole
In = 80/100 A
100
195
100
Device service life

Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +45,
-25
: -25 ... +45
acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
yes
4/24
(Type AC)
5SM2, type AC, 0.3 ... 63 A,

Application

fault currents
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664, Part 30)
Rated voltage for 2, 3 and 4-pole devices: 230 to 400 V AC;

A, B, C and D.

Circuit diagram
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Instantaneous tripping 1)
2
3
4
5
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole

1 3 (N )
2 4 (N )
I2 _ 0 7 8 2 0 a
2 /1
10
0.3 ... 16 2
5SM2 121-0
0.170
30
300
0.3 ... 40
5SM2 322-0
5SM2 622-0
0.170
0.170
1
1
30
300
500
1000
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 325-0
5SM2 625-0
5SM2 725-0
5SM2 825-0
0.170
0.170
0.170
0.170
1
1
1
1
30
300
0.3 ... 40 3
5SM2 332-0
5SM2 632-0
0.260
0.260
1
1
30
300
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 335-0
5SM2 635-0
0.260
0.260
1
1
4 /3 (N )
6
7
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 3-pole

1 3 5 (N )
I2 _ 0 8 4 1 1 a
2 /1
4 /3
6 /5
8
9
2 4 6
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1 3 5 7 (N )
I2 _ 0 7 8 1 9 a
2 /1
4 /3
6 /5
8 /7 (N )
30
300
0.3 ... 40 3
5SM2 342-0
5SM2 642-0
0.290
0.290
1
1
30
300
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 345-0
5SM2 645-0
0.290
0.290
1
1
10
2 4 6 8 (N )
12
Miniature circuit-breakers,
see section 3, "Miniature circuit-breakers".
13
4/25
-25
(Type A)
5SM2, type A, 0.3 ... 63 A,

Application

fault currents
(VDE 0664, Part 30)
Rated voltage for 2, 3 and 4-pole version: 230 to 400 V AC;
A, B, C and D
Definition of surge current withstand capability with current waveform 8/20 s acc. to DIN VDE 0432, Part 2
tripping contrary to a downstream standard RCCB or RC unit.
Very high surge current withstand capability: >5 kA
K-type: Short-time delayed disconnection in the case of
transient leakage currents. High surge current withstand
capability: >3 kA.

Circuit diagram
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Instantaneous tripping, surge current withstand capability >1 kA 1)

230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
1 3 (N )
2 4 (N )
I2 _ 0 7 8 2 0 a
2 /1
10
0.3 ... 16 2
5SM2 121-6
0.170
30
300
0.3 ... 40 2
5SM2 322-6
5SM2 622-6
0.170
0.170
1
1
30
300
500
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 325-6
5SM2 625-6
5SM2 725-6
0.170
0.170
0.170
1
1
1
30
300
0.3 ... 40 3
5SM2 332-6
5SM2 632-6
0.260
0.260
1
1
30
300
500
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 335-6
5SM2 635-6
5SM2 735-6
0.260
0.260
0.260
1
1
1
30
300
0.3 ... 40 3
5SM2 342-6
5SM2 642-6
0.290
0.290
1
1
30
300
500
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 345-6
5SM2 645-6
5SM2 745-6
0.290
0.290
0.290
1
1
1
4 /3 (N )
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 3-pole

1 3 5 (N )
I2 _ 0 8 4 1 1 a
2 /1
4 /3
6 /5
2 4 6
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1 3 5 7 (N )
I2 _ 0 7 8 1 9 a
2 /1
4 /3
6 /5
8 /7 (N )
2 4 6 8 (N )
short-time delayed, surge current withstand capability >3 kA 1)

0.3 ... 40 3
5SM2 342-6KK01
0.290
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 345-6KK01
0.290
300
300
0.3 ... 40 2
0.3 ... 63
5SM2 622-8
5SM2 625-8
0.170
0.170
1
1
300
500
1 000
0.3 ... 63 3
5SM2 635-8
5SM2 735-8
5SM2 835-8
0.260
0.260
0.260
1
1
1
300
500
1 000
0.3 ... 63 3
5SM2 645-8
5SM2 745-8
5SM2 845-8
0.290
0.290
0.290
1
1
1
30
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
selective, surge current withstand capability >5 kA 1)

230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 3-pole
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
4/26
-25
(Type AC) (Type A)
5SM2, type A, 0.3 ... 63 A,

5SM2 332-.,
5SM2 335-.,
5SM2 632-.,
5SM2 635-.,
5SM2 735-.,
5SM2 835-8,
5SM2 342-.,
5SM2 345-.,
5SM2 642-.,
5SM2 645-.,
5SM2 745-.,
5SM2 845-8,
3
4
45
90
5SM2 121-.,
5SM2 322-.,
5SM2 325-.,
5SM2 622-.,
5SM2 625-.,
5SM2 725-.
5SM2 825-0
71
54
106,5
54
124
6,3
44
64
6
7
10
36
I2_08434
8
9
10
12
13
4/27
(Type AC)
5SM2, type AC, 80 ... 100 A, for 5SP4
Application

fault currents
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664, Part 30)
Rated voltage
to 125/240 V AC
to 230/400 V AC
B and C.

Circuit diagram
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
1 3 (N)
Y1 Y2
I2_06662c
30
300
80 ... 100 3.5
5SM2 327-0
5SM2 627-0
0.550
0.550
1
1
30
300
80 ... 100 5
5SM2 347-0
5SM2 647-0
0.944
0.944
1
1
2 4 (N)
2/1
4/3(N)
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

Y 1
Y 2
1 3 5 7 (N )
I2 _ 0 6 6 6 1 c
2 /1
4 /3
4/28
6 /5
8 /7 (N )
2 4 6 8 (N )
-25
(Type A)
5SM2, type A, 80 ... 100 A, for 5SP4
Application

fault currents
(VDE 0664, Part 30)
Rated voltage
to 125/240 V AC
to 230/400 V AC

B and C

Circuit diagram
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.410
0.410
1
1

125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
1 3 (N)
Y1 Y2
I2_06662c
30
300
80 ... 100 3.5
5SM2 327-6
5SM2 627-6
4/3(N)
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

Y 1
Y 2
1 3 5 7 (N )
I2 _ 0 6 6 6 1 c
2 /1
4 /3
6 /5
8 /7 (N )
3
4
5
6
7
8
2 4 (N)
2/1
30
300
80 ... 100 5
0.630
0.630
5SM2 347-6
5SM2 647-6
1
1
9
10
2 4 6 8 (N )

125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
300
80 ... 100
5SM2 627-8
0.410
300
1 000
80 ... 100
5SM2 647-8
5SM2 847-8
0.630
0.630
1
1
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
5SM2 327-.,
5SM2 627-.,
5SM2 347-.
5SM3 647-.,
5SM2 847-8
63
90
Y1 Y2
I2_06671c
44
64
I2_6672c
2/1 4/3 6/5 8/7
160
135
2/1 4/3
45
90
45
90
Y1 Y2
44
64
4/29
12
13
RCCBs with Integral Overcurrent Protection (RCBO)
(Type AC) (Type A)

Overview
Number of
poles
Rated residual
current IDn
Rated
current In
mA
10, 30, 300
6
10
13
16
30, 300
20
25
32
40
10, 30, 300
6
10
13
16
30, 300
20
25
32
40
10, 30, 300
6
10
13
16
30, 300
20
25
32
40
30
6
10
16
30
20
25
32
MW
can be retrofitted
RCBOs 6 ... 40 A; Type AC 1) and type A 2)

surge current withstand capability >250 A
Rated short-circuit capacity 4.5 kA
Characteristic B and C
Rated short-circuit capacity 6 kA

Rated short-circuit capacity 10 kA

4 500
3
6 000
3
10 000
3
1-pole + N
1-pole + N
1-pole + N
RCBOs 6 ... 32 A; Type AC 1)

instantaneous tripping
Rated short-circuit capacity 4.5 kA
Characteristic B
4 500
3
1)
2)
4/30
(Type AC) (Type A)

Standards
3
4
1-pole + N
Versions
Rated voltages Un
V AC
125 ... 230, 50 ... 60 Hz
Rated currents In
6, 10, 13, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40
mA
10, 30, 300
kA
4.5, 6, 10
3
Enclosure
Mounting depth
mm
70
Terminals
Terminal tightening torque, recommended
mm2
Nm
Tunnel terminals at both ends with wire protection

1.0 ... 25
2.5 ... 3.0
Supply connection
Mounting position
any
Mounting technique

(TH 35 acc. to EN 60715)

Protection against contact with fingers or the back of the hand acc. to EN 50274
(VDE 0660 Part 514)
Minimum operating voltage for test function operation
V AC
195
6
7
Device service life

Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +45,
-25
: -25 ... +45
acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
yes
9
10
12
13
4/31
4 500
3
6 000
3
(Type AC)
5SU1, type AC, 6 ... 40 A, 1-pole + N
Application

fault currents
Product standards: IEC/EN 61009-1; IEC 61009-2-1;
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664, Part 30)
Un 230 V; 50 to 60 Hz
Miniature circuit-breaker characteristic B or C

Circuit diagram/
max. permissible
short-circuit series
fuse
Rated MW
Rated
residual current
current
I Dn
In
mA
MCB characteristic B
MCB characteristic C
Order No.
Order No.
Price
1 item
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 1-pole + N
1
I2 _ 0 6 0 0 1 b
10
6
10
13
16
5SU1 153-0KV06
5SU1 153-0KV10
5SU1 153-0KV13
5SU1 153-0KV16
5SU1 153-1KV06
5SU1 153-1KV10
5SU1 153-1KV13
5SU1 153-1KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
30
6
10
13
16
5SU1 353-0KV06
5SU1 353-0KV10
5SU1 353-0KV13
5SU1 353-0KV16
5SU1 353-1KV06
5SU1 353-1KV10
5SU1 353-1KV13
5SU1 353-1KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 353-0KV20
5SU1 353-0KV25
5SU1 353-0KV32
5SU1 353-0KV40
5SU1 353-1KV20
5SU1 353-1KV25
5SU1 353-1KV32
5SU1 353-1KV40
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 653-0KV06
5SU1 653-0KV10
5SU1 653-0KV13
5SU1 653-0KV16
5SU1 653-1KV06
5SU1 653-1KV10
5SU1 653-1KV13
5SU1 653-1KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 653-0KV20
5SU1 653-0KV25
5SU1 653-0KV32
5SU1 653-0KV40
5SU1 653-1KV20
5SU1 653-1KV25
5SU1 653-1KV32
5SU1 653-1KV40
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
4 500
3
20
25
32
40
300
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 1-pole + N
1
I2 _ 0 6 0 0 1 b
10
6
10
13
16
5SU1 156-0KV06
5SU1 156-0KV10
5SU1 156-0KV13
5SU1 156-0KV16
5SU1 156-1KV06
5SU1 156-1KV10
5SU1 156-1KV13
5SU1 156-1KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
30
6
10
13
16
5SU1 356-0KV06
5SU1 356-0KV10
5SU1 356-0KV13
5SU1 356-0KV16
5SU1 356-1KV06
5SU1 356-1KV10
5SU1 356-1KV13
5SU1 356-1KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
20
25
5SU1 356-0KV20
5SU1 356-0KV25
5SU1 356-1KV20
5SU1 356-1KV25
0.250
0.250
1
1
32
40
5SU1 356-0KV32
5SU1 356-0KV40
5SU1 356-1KV32
5SU1 356-1KV40
0.250
0.250
1
1
5SU1 656-0KV06
5SU1 656-0KV10
5SU1 656-0KV13
5SU1 656-0KV16
5SU1 656-1KV06
5SU1 656-1KV10
5SU1 656-1KV13
5SU1 656-1KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 656-0KV20
5SU1 656-0KV25
5SU1 656-0KV32
5SU1 656-0KV40
5SU1 656-1KV20
5SU1 656-1KV25
5SU1 656-1KV32
5SU1 656-1KV40
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
6 000
3
300
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
4/32
10 000
3
(Type AC)
5SU1, type AC, 6 ... 40 A, 1-pole + N

Circuit diagram/
max. permissible
fuse
Rated MW
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
Order No.
Order No.
Price
1 item
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.250
230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 1-pole + N
1
I2 _ 0 6 0 0 1 b
10
6
10
13
16
5SU1 154-0KV06
5SU1 154-0KV10
5SU1 154-0KV13
5SU1 154-0KV16
5SU1 154-1KV06
5SU1 154-1KV10
5SU1 154-1KV13
5SU1 154-1KV16
30
6
10
13
16
5SU1 354-0KV06
5SU1 354-0KV10
5SU1 354-0KV13
5SU1 354-0KV16
5SU1 354-1KV06
5SU1 354-1KV10
5SU1 354-1KV13
5SU1 354-1KV16
5SU1 354-0KV20
5SU1 354-0KV25
5SU1 354-0KV32
5SU1 354-0KV40
5SU1 354-1KV20
5SU1 354-1KV25
5SU1 354-1KV32
5SU1 354-1KV40
5SU1 654-0KV06
5SU1 654-0KV10
5SU1 654-0KV13
5SU1 654-0KV16
5SU1 654-1KV06
5SU1 654-1KV10
5SU1 654-1KV13
5SU1 654-1KV16
5SU1 654-0KV20
5SU1 654-0KV25
5SU1 654-0KV32
5SU1 654-0KV40
5SU1 654-1KV20
5SU1 654-1KV25
5SU1 654-1KV32
5SU1 654-1KV40
10 000
3
20
25
32
40
300
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
4/33
4 500
3
6 000
3
-25
(Type A)
5SU1, type A, 6 ... 40 A, 1-pole + N
Application

fault currents
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664, Part 30)
Un 230 V; 50 to 60 Hz
Miniature circuit-breaker characteristic B or C

Circuit diagram/
max. permissible
fuse
Rated MW
Rated
residual current
current
I Dn
In
mA
Order No.
Order No.
Price
1 item
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 1-pole + N
1
I2 _ 0 6 0 0 1 b
10
6
10
13
16
5SU1 153-6KV06
5SU1 153-6KV10
5SU1 153-6KV13
5SU1 153-6KV16
5SU1 153-7KV06
5SU1 153-7KV10
5SU1 153-7KV13
5SU1 153-7KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
30
6
10
13
16
5SU1 353-6KV06
5SU1 353-6KV10
5SU1 353-6KV13
5SU1 353-6KV16
5SU1 353-7KV06
5SU1 353-7KV10
5SU1 353-7KV13
5SU1 353-7KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 353-6KV20
5SU1 353-6KV25
5SU1 353-6KV32
5SU1 353-6KV40
5SU1 353-7KV20
5SU1 353-7KV25
5SU1 353-7KV32
5SU1 353-7KV40
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 653-6KV06
5SU1 653-6KV10
5SU1 653-6KV13
5SU1 653-6KV16
5SU1 653-7KV06
5SU1 653-7KV10
5SU1 653-7KV13
5SU1 653-7KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 653-6KV20
5SU1 653-6KV25
5SU1 653-6KV32
5SU1 653-6KV40
5SU1 653-7KV20
5SU1 653-7KV25
5SU1 653-7KV32
5SU1 653-7KV40
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
4 500
3
20
25
32
40
300
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 1-pole + N
1
I2 _ 0 6 0 0 1 b
10
6
10
13
16
5SU1 156-6KV06
5SU1 156-6KV10
5SU1 156-6KV13
5SU1 156-6KV16
5SU1 156-7KV06
5SU1 156-7KV10
5SU1 156-7KV13
5SU1 156-7KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
30
6
10
13
16
5SU1 356-6KV06
5SU1 356-6KV10
5SU1 356-6KV13
5SU1 356-6KV16
5SU1 356-7KV06
5SU1 356-7KV10
5SU1 356-7KV13
5SU1 356-7KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 356-6KV20
5SU1 356-6KV25
5SU1 356-6KV32
5SU1 356-6KV40
5SU1 356-7KV20
5SU1 356-7KV25
5SU1 356-7KV32
5SU1 356-7KV40
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 656-6KV06
5SU1 656-6KV10
5SU1 656-6KV13
5SU1 656-6KV16
5SU1 656-7KV06
5SU1 656-7KV10
5SU1 656-7KV13
5SU1 656-7KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 656-6KV20
5SU1 656-6KV25
5SU1 656-6KV32
5SU1 656-6KV40
5SU1 656-7KV20
5SU1 656-7KV25
5SU1 656-7KV32
5SU1 656-7KV40
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
6 000
3
20
25
32
40
300
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
4/34
10 000
3
-25
(Type A)
5SU1, type A, 6 ... 40 A, 1-pole + N

Circuit diagram/
max. permissible
fuse
Rated MW
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
Order No.
Order No.
Price
1 item
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 1-pole + N
1
I2 _ 0 6 0 0 1 b
10
6
10
13
16
5SU1 154-6KV06
5SU1 154-6KV10
5SU1 154-6KV13
5SU1 154-6KV16
5SU1 154-7KV06
5SU1 154-7KV10
5SU1 154-7KV13
5SU1 154-7KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
30
6
10
13
16
5SU1 354-6KV06
5SU1 354-6KV10
5SU1 354-6KV13
5SU1 354-6KV16
5SU1 354-7KV06
5SU1 354-7KV10
5SU1 354-7KV13
5SU1 354-7KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 354-6KV20
5SU1 354-6KV25
5SU1 354-6KV32
5SU1 354-6KV40
5SU1 354-7KV20
5SU1 354-7KV25
5SU1 354-7KV32
5SU1 354-7KV40
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 654-6KV06
5SU1 654-6KV10
5SU1 654-6KV13
5SU1 654-6KV16
5SU1 654-7KV06
5SU1 654-7KV10
5SU1 654-7KV13
5SU1 654-7KV16
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
5SU1 654-6KV20
5SU1 654-6KV25
5SU1 654-6KV32
5SU1 654-6KV40
5SU1 654-7KV20
5SU1 654-7KV25
5SU1 654-7KV32
5SU1 654-7KV40
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
1
10 000
3
20
25
32
40
300
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
5SU1 RCCBs with integral overcurrent protection in two modular widths
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
6 A ... 40 A
5SU1 153-.KV.., 5SU1 154-.KV.., 5SU1 156-.KV..,
5SU1 353-.KV.., 5SU1 354-.KV.., 5SU1 356-.KV..,
5SU1 653-.KV.., 5SU1 654-.KV.., 5SU1 656-.KV..
45
I2_08412
90
10
36
45
71
12
13
4/35

for 5SU1, 1-pole + N
Benefits
An auxiliary circuit switch or fault signal contact can be fitted to the

left-hand side of the RCBO housing by the customer
Mounting with factory-fitted screws
Can be connected to instabus KNX EIB and AS-Interface bus or
PROFIBUS through binary inputs
A S /F C
Application
Auxiliary circuit switches: Indications of the circuit state of the

RCBO: ON/OFF
Fault signal contacts: Signaling of electrical triggering, no signaling of mechanical shut-down
characteristic B or C with In = 4 A or fuse gL 4 A
Product standards: IEC/EN 62019 (VDE 0640)
R C B O
in p u t
I2 _ 0 8 2 5 8 d
5ST3 018-0KV, 5ST3 028-0KV
Terminals
mm2
0.5 ... 2.5
Nm
0.6 ... 0.8

50 mA/24 V
Min. contact load

Max. contact load
230 V AC, AC-15
230 V AC, AC-13
110 V DC, DC-12
0.5

Circuit diagram
Version
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5ST3 018-0KV
0.037
5ST3 028-0KV
0.045
Auxiliary circuit switch (AS) for 5SU1 RCBO (1-pole + N) 1)

Auxiliary circuit switch (AS)
1 4
1 NO + 1 NC
0.5
2 CO
0.5
1 3
2 1
2 2
Fault signal contact (FC) for 5SU1 RCBO (1-pole + N) 1)

Fault signal contact (FC)
1 1
1 2
9 5
1 4 9 6
9 8
1) Also suitable for fitting to 5SY6 ...-.KV miniature circuit-breakers.
Auxiliary circuit switches (AS)/fault signal contacts (FC),
I2_08625
45
80
can be mounted on 5SU1 RCCBs with integral overcurrent protection

(RCBO) 1)
9
17
4/36
45
64,5
Benefits
Shunt trips for 5SU1, 1-pole + N
Application
A shunt trip can be fitted to the left-hand side of the RCBO housing
by the customer
An additional auxiliary circuit switch or fault signal contact to the
shunt trip can be mounted on the left side.
Remote tripping of the RCBO.
3
4
Technical data
5ST3 037-0KV, 5ST3 038-0KV
Terminals
mm2
Nm
1 ... 25
2.5 ... 3

Operating voltage
range
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5ST3 037-0KV
0.095
5ST3 038-0KV
0.095
Shunt trip (ST) for 5SU1 RCBO (1-pole + N) 1)

Shunt trips (ST)
12 ... 110 V AC/
12 ... 60 V DC
1
110 ... 415 V AC/

110 ... 220 V DC
2
6
7
8
1) Also suitable for fitting to miniature circuit-breakers 5SY6 ...-.KV.
Shunt trip (ST), can be retrofitted

to 5SU1 RCCB with integral overcurrent protection (RCBO) 1)
10
45
80
I2_11983
18
26
5,5
12
44
60
69,5
13
4/37
4 500
3
(Type AC)
5SU1, type AC, 6 ... 32 A, 2-pole
Application

IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664, Part 30)
Un 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 to 60 Hz

Miniature circuit-breaker characteristic C.
Standards
2-pole
Versions
Rated voltages Un
V AC
230 ... 400, 50 ... 60 Hz
Rated currents In
6, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32
mA
30
kA
4.5
3
Enclosure
mm
Mounting depth
Terminals
mm2
Nm
70
RCCB part
MCB part
pillar terminal with wire protection
multi-purpose terminal for connecting

busbars simultaneously (pin version) and
conductors
1.0 ... 25
2.5 ... 3.0
0.75 ...35
2.5 ... 3.0
Supply connection
Mounting position
any
Mounting technique
can be snapped onto standard mounting rail 35 mm (TH 35 acc. to EN 60715)

Protection against contact with fingers or the back of the hand acc. to EN 50274
(VDE 0660 Part 514)
Minimum operating voltage for test function operation
V AC
195
Device service life

Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +45,
-25
: -25 ... +45
Resistance to climate acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
yes

Circuit diagram/
max. permissible short-circuit
series fuse
Rated residual
current
Rated
current
IDn
In
mA
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SU1 323-1BB06
5SU1 323-1BB10
5SU1 323-1BB16
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
5SU1 323-1BB20
5SU1 323-1BB25
5SU1 323-1BB32
0.250
0.250
0.250
1
1
1
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
1
I2 _ 1 2 0 9 1
30
3
6
10
16
20
25
32
4 T
4 500
3
5SU1 323-1BB..
4/38
7 2
3 6
6 ,3
4 4
6 4
1 0
3 6
I2 _ 1 2 1 1 4
9 0
4 5
-25
(Type A)
5SM1 and 5SZ9 protective socket outlets

Overview
Number of poles Rated
current In
A
Rated
residual current
IDn
3
4
(Type A)
mA
RCCB protective socket outlets

For mounting onto device box, equipped with RCCB and
2 5 socket outlets
16
10, 30
Molded-plastic enclosure, equipped with RCCB and 5 socket outlet
16
10
16
10, 30
RCCB protective socket outlet for a higher level of protection

5 DELTA profil socket outlet, titanium white
= Type A for AC and pulsating DC residual currents
Application
Molded-plastic enclosure equipped with residual current
operated circuit-breaker and flush-type 5 socket outlet or
flush-type 5 double socket outlet
Rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 to 60 Hz
For electric devices where, in the event of damage, there is a risk
of accidental contact with live parts
For outdoor connection of gardening equipment and socket outlets
in workshops or for agricultural purposes
Degree of protection IP54 (5SZ9).
RCCB protective socket outlet (SRCD) acc. to VDE 0662,

DELTA profil
Rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 to 60 Hz
Childproof 5 socket outlet with integrated RCCB
For retrofitting in existing installations or for additional protection in
childrens rooms, bathroom, garage, workshop, kindergarten,
schools, etc.
With VDE mark of conformity acc. to the DIN VDE 0662 (stationary
protective socket outlet for a higher level of protection, SRCD) draft
The mode of operation is independent of the system voltage
The protective conductor is monitored but not switched
Degree of protection, IP21
With screwless terminals 1.5 to 2.5 mm2, for Cu and Al conductors
For installation in conventional device boxes, 60 mm, for screw
connection
Operable in TN-S system, TN-C system and TT system
Incl. frame, single frame, with cutout 48 mm 48 mm.
Note:
The protective measures acc. to DIN VDE 0100 must also be
observed when RCCB protective socket outlets (SRCDs) are used.

Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.500
0.500
1
1
RCCB protective socket outlet according to VDE 0664

for mounting on switch and socket box, equipped with
residual current operated circuit-breaker and
2 childproof 5 socket outlets
10
30
16
5SM1 920-5
5SM1 920-8
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
RCCB protective socket outlet according to

VDE 0664 in molded-plastic housing, equipped
with residual current operated circuit-breaker
and flush-mounted 5 socket outlet
10
30
16
5SZ9 206
5SZ9 216
0.760
0.760
1
1
4/39
-25
(Type A)
5SM1 and 5SZ9 protective socket outlets

Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.160
0.160
1
1
RCCB protective socket outlet (SRCD) according

to VDE 0662 for increased protection level
Childproof 5 DELTA profil socket outlet, titanium white
L
N
PE
10
30
PE
16
5SZ9 211
5SZ9 212
I2_06874
Suitable for mounting on 5TG1 825 surface-mounting enclosures.
For further cutout frames for multiple combinations, see the catalog ET D1,
"DELTA switches and outlets".
5SM1 920 RCCB protective socket outlet
according to VDE 0664 for mounting on switch and socket box,
equipped with residual current operated circuit-breaker and
2 childproof 5 socket outlets
5SM1 920-5,
5SM1 920-8
5SZ9 21 RCCB protective socket outlet

childproof 5 DELTA profil socket outlet
5SZ9 211,
5SZ9 212
I2_08414
146
80
I2_07081a
105
43
5SZ9 2.6 RCCB protective socket outlet

molded-plastic enclosure, equipped with RCCB and flush-mounting
5 socket outlet
5SZ9 206,
5SZ9 216
171,5
180
I2_06150d
81
119
4/40
95
185
Accessories
for all product ranges

Accessories
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.084
0.114
1
1
Terminal covers, gray

for surface mounting, degree of protection IP40,
sealable, with 35 mm standard mounting rail
up to 2.5 MW
up to 4.5 MW
5SW3 004
5SW3 005
2
3
4
5
Wall box, gray

for flush mounting, degree of protection IP40
with 35 mm standard mounting rail
up to 2.5 MW
up to 4.5 MW
5SW3 006
5SW3 007
0.126
0.147
1
1
5SW1 200
0.450
Molded-plastic enclosure, gray

surface mounting, IP54, with 35 mm standard mounting rail, sealable,
with transparent hinged lid,
for 4.5 MW
6
7
8
9
10
Covers
can be assembled as mini distribution board, suitable for all devices,
cover parts prepared for rail mounting of conventional label caps,
comprising:
End plate (for snapping onto standard mounting rail)
5ST2 134
0.022
1/10
Angled profile (approx. 1 m long) or, alternatively,
5ST2 135
0.330
1/5
Flat profile
(as a cover between the rows of devices length approx. 1 m)
5ST2 136
0.260
1/5
5ST2 112
0.008
1/50
5ST2 201
0.012
1/20
Snap-on terminal
for 35 mm standard mounting rail,
for conductors up to 16 mm2 solid
or conductors up to 10 mm2 stranded
width 0.5 MW
Fixing parts
4 MW (plastic)
1 set
Inscription labels (white)

15 mm 9 mm, 3 frames with 44 labels each
any attachment and inscription, self-adhesive
5ST2 173
0.038
1 set
Labeling system
to download the labeling program free of charge,
please visit our Web site at:
http://www.siemens.de/beta
Recommended labels ELAT-3-747
can be ordered at: Brady GmbH
Otto-Hahn-Str. 5-7
D-63222 Langen
Tel. +49 (0)61 03 75 98 660
4/41
12
13
Accessories
for 5SM3 residual current operated

circuit-breakers
Accessories
Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SW3 010
5SW3 011
5SW3 008
0.003
0.004
0.006
1 set
1 set
1 set
5SW3 303
0.008
5ST3 802
0.027
Covers for connection terminals
I2_11431
for RCCBs up to 80 A,
sealable (2 items in plastic bag)
2 MW
2.5 MW
4 MW
Locking device
for RCCBs up to 80 A,
sealable and lockable
4.5 mm lock hasp diameter
Padlock
for 5SW3 303 locking device
1 set
Locking device with padlock

comprising 5SW3 303 locking device and
5ST3 802 padlock
5SW3 312
0.035
1 set
2-phase
2-phase + AS
5ST3 704
5ST3 706
0.060
0.060
1/25
1/25
3-phase
5ST3 708
0.100
1/25
Cu busbars 16 mm2
for horizontal busbar mounting on 5SM3 RCCBs
with 5SY miniature circuit-breakers
fully insulated:
length 214 mm
3-phase for a 4-pole

5SM3 RCCB
(N-connection, right) with
8 miniature circuit-breakers
without end caps:

length 1016 mm
End caps
for lateral insulation of
cut-to-length busbars
4/42
3/N + 8 terminals
5ST3 717
0.150
1/25
2-phase
2-phase + AS
5ST3 705
5ST3 707
0.290
0.290
1/20
1/20
3-phase
5ST3 710
0.430
1/20
2- and 3-phase
5ST3 750
0.001
1/10
Lightning and
Surge Arresters
5/2
Product overview
5/3
Introduction
5/6
Lightning arresters,
requirement category I (B)
5/8
Combination arresters,
and II (C)
5/10
Single-pole surge arresters,

requirement category II (C)
5/13
Multipole surge arresters,

requirement category II (C),
5/16
Surge arresters,
requirement category III (D)
5/19
Accessories
5/21
Configuring aids
5/1
Lightning and Surge Arresters

Product overview
Overview
Lightning arresters requirement category I (B)
Combination arresters requirement category I (B) and II (C)
Surge arresters requirement category II (C)
Surge arresters requirement category III (D)
Accessories
5/2

Introduction
Overview
80
I2_11532
Lightning and overvoltage protection WHY?

Powerful information systems form the backbone of our modern
industrial society. A fault or the failure of these types of systems can
have far-reaching consequences. These can even cause service
and industry companies to go bankrupt.
The cause of faults are many and electromagnetic influences play a
major role. In a highly technical, electromagnetic environment, it is
not advisable to simply wait for the mutual influencing of electrical
and electronic devices and systems and then pay good money to
eliminate the resulting problems. Rather it is essential to plan and
take preventative measures that reduce the risk of influences, faults
and destruction.
In spite of all this, the damage and loss statistics of electronic
insurance companies are extremely worrying: more than a quarter of
all claims are as a result of overvoltages due to electromagnetic
influencing (see diagram, "Causes of damage to electronics").
Components and devices that do not carry currents from direct lightning strikes are therefore checked using surge currents 8/20 ms.
[kA]
Introduction to lightning and overvoltage protection
40
20
2
0
0
80
200
350 400
max
Theft
Vandalism
60
Negligence
Other
1
2
600
800
1000
[ s]
[kA] Waveform [ s ] Q [As] W/R [J/
6
7
Test pulse current for

lightning conductors
75
10/350
37,5
1,5 10 6
Test pulse current for

lightnung arresters
15
8/20
0,27
2,75 10 3
Examples of impulse test currents

Water
Fire
Elementary
Overvoltages
Lightning discharges and
Switching operations
The causes of damage to electronics in 2000, analysis of 8400 claims
Causes of overvoltages
Depending on their cause, overvoltages are divided into two categories:
LEMP (Lightning ElectroMagnetic Pulse) overvoltages caused
by atmospheric influences (e.g. direct lightning strikes, electromagnetic lightning fields).
SEMP (Switching ElectroMagnetic Pulse) overvoltages caused
by switching operations (e.g. disconnection of short-circuits,
normal switching of loads).
Overvoltages that are the result of thunderstorms are caused by
direct/close-up or remote lightning strikes (see diagram on
page 5/4).
Direct or close-up strikes are lightning strikes to the lightning protection system of a building, its immediate proximity or to the electrical conductive systems of a building (e.g. l.v. power supply, TC and
control lines). The resulting surge currents and voltages are a particular threat to the system to be protected due to their amplitude and
power.
In the case of direct or close-up lightning strikes, the overvoltages
(see diagram on page 5/4) are caused by the voltage drop at the
surge grounding resistance and the resulting increase in potential of
the building, compared to the distant environment. This represents
the greatest possible loading of an electrical plant in buildings.
The characteristic parameters of the surge current (peak value, rate
of current rise, charge content, specific energy) can be described
using the surge current waveform 10/350 ms (see diagram examples
for impulse test currents). These are defined in the international,
European and national standards as test current for components
and devices for protection in the event of direct strikes.
In addition to the voltage drop at the surge grounding resistance,
overvoltages also occur in electrical building installations and the
connected systems and devices, due to the induction effect of the
electromagnetic lightning field (see diagram on page 5/4: case 1b).
The energy of these induced overvoltages and the resulting pulse
currents is considerably less than that of a direct lightning impulse
current and is therefore only described with surge current
wave 8/20 ms (see diagram examples for impulse test currents).
The protection concept

Remote strikes are lightning strikes at a greater distance from the
objects to be protected, lightning strikes in the medium-voltage
overhead system or the immediate proximity thereof, or lightning discharges from cloud to cloud (see diagram on page 5/4: cases 2a, 2b
and 2c). At the same time as these induced overvoltages, the effects
of remote strikes on the electrical system of a building are controlled
through devices and components, the dimensions of which correspond to surge current wave 8/20 ms.
The causes of overvoltages due to switching operations include
the following:
Switching off of inductive loads
(e.g. transformers, reactors, motors),
Ignition and interruption of electric arcs (e.g. arc-welding device),
Tripping of fuses.
The effects of switching operations in the electrical installation of a
building are simulated for testing purposes with surge currents of
waveform 8/20 ms.
To ensure the continuous availability of complex power and information systems, even in the event of direct lightning strikes, further
measures for overvoltage protection of electrical and electronic systems are required as well as a building lightning protection system.
It is important to take all the causes of overvoltages into account. For
this purpose, the lightning protection zone concept is used as described in IEC 61312-1 (DIN VDE 0185 Part 103) (see diagram on
page 5/5). The building is divided into zones of different danger
levels. Using these zones, it is possible to determine the devices and
components required for the lightning and overvoltage protection.
An EMC-oriented lightning protection zone concept should also include external lightning protection (with air terminals, arresters,
grounding), equipotential bonding, room insulation and overvoltage
protection for power and information systems.
For the definition of lightning protection zones, please use the specifications made in the table.
5/3
8
9
10
12
13

Introduction
Overview
Definition of lightning protection zones
Lightning
protection
zone
Description
0A
Zone where objects are exposed to direct lightning strikes

and must therefore carry the whole lightning current. The
undamped electromagnetic field occurs in this case.
0B
Zone where objects are not exposed to direct lightning strikes

but where the undamped electromagnetic field still occurs.
Zone where objects are not exposed to direct lightning strikes

and in which the currents are reduced compared to Zone 0A.
In this zone, the electromagnetic field may be damped,
depending on the insulation measures implemented.
2, 3
If a significant reduction in the conducted currents and/ or the

electromagnetic field is required, subsequent zones must be
set up. The demand on these zones must be geared towards
the required environment zones of the system to be protected.
In accordance with the demands and loads made on overvoltage

protection devices with regard to their installation site, these are
divided into lightning arresters, surge arresters and combination arresters.
The highest demands with regard to discharge capacity are made
on lightning current and combination arresters, which implement the
transition from lightning protection zone 0A to 1 or 0A to 2.
These surge arresters must be able to carry lightning partial currents
of waveform 10/350 ms several times and thus prevent these destructive currents from penetrating the electrical systems of a building. At the transition area of lightning protection zones 0B to 1 or at
the downstream lightning arrester at the transition area of lightning
protection zones 1 to 2 and higher, surge arresters are installed to
protect against overvoltages. It is their task to further attenuate the
remaining extent of the upstream protection level and restrict the
overvoltages in the system, whether they are induced or self-generated.
The lightning and overvoltage protective measures at the borders of
the lightning protection zones apply in equal measure to the energy
and information system. The holistic approach of the measures
described in the EMC-oriented lightning protection zone concept
means it is possible to achieve permanent plant availability of a
modern infrastructure.
I2 _ 1 0 7 8 3
D ir e c t/c lo s e -u p s tr ik e
1
Strike in outer lightning protection,

Process framework (in industrial plants),
Cables, etc.
1 a
Voltage drop at
surge grounding resistance Rst
1 b
Induced voltage in loops
2 b
2 a
L 1
2 0 k V
L 2
L 3
P E N
2 c
R e m o te s tr ik e :
1 b
IT s y s te m
1 a
R s t
Causes for overvoltages during lightning discharges
5/4
P o w e r
s y s te m
2 a
Strike in mediumvoltage overhead lines
2 b
Overvoltage transformer
waves on overhead lines,
as a result of
cloud-cloud lightning strikes
2 c
Fields of lightning channel

Introduction
Overview
1
2
I2_11533
L P Z 0
L E M P
3
A
L P Z 0
B
L P Z 1
R o o m
L E M P
in s u la tio n
V e n tila tio n
L P Z 2
L P Z 3
T e r m in a l
L E M P
L P Z 2
L P Z 0
P o w e re n g in e e r in g
s y s te m
L P Z 0
B
6
7
S E M P
L P Z 1
IT s y s te m
L ig h tn in g p r o te c tio n
e q u ip o te n tia l b o n d in g
L ig h tn in g c o n d u c to r
L o c a l e q u ip o te n tia l b o n d in g
S u rg e a rre s te r
EMC-oriented lightning protection zone concept
9
10
12
13
5/5

Overview
Supports inclusion of power lines in the lightning protection
equipotential bonding
For protection of low-voltage load systems against overvoltage,
even in the case of direct lightning strikes
Max. permissible operational voltage 255 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Lightning impulse current test, wave-shaped 10/350 ms
The enclosed version can prevent ion emissions, as opposed to

self-extinguishing measuring spark gaps: this facilitates the
mounting of wiring next to other devices in the system.
Supports energy coordination with surge arresters of requirement
category II.
Lightning arresters
1-pole
Order No.
5SD7 311-0
5SD7 311-1
5SD7 318-0
5SD7 318-1
Reference to national regulations

SPD class I acc. to
Surge arrester requirement category B acc. to
SPD type 1 acc. to
IEC 61643-1: 1998-02;

E DIN VDE 0675-6: 1989-11, -6/A1: 1996-03 and -6/A2: 1996-10;
EN 61643: 2001-11
Approval and marks
U, KEMA, VDE
3-pole
1-pole
5SD7 313-1
5SD7 315-0
Class I (B)
Requirement category
Rated voltage Uc (max. permissible
operational voltage)
V AC
255/50 Hz
Rated voltage Un
V AC
230/50 Hz
400/50 Hz
230/50 Hz
Discharge of follow current If

at voltage Uc
kArms
Arms
100
50
Lightning impulse current 1-pole

(10/350 ms) Iimp
kA
75
50
100
50

(10/350 ms) Iimp
kA
100
100
Lightning operating current

monitoring 1.2/50
kV
3.5
Response time tA
ns
100
Max. back-up protection, if not

already provided by the network
250
gL/gG
160
gL/gG
315
gL/gG
Short-circuit strength at
max. back-up protection
kA
50
50
Min. conductor
cross-section
mm2
10 solid/finely stranded
Max. conductor cross-section
mm2
50 stranded, 35 finely stranded
Temperature range
-40 ... +80
Discharge capacity
Protection level at Up
35 mm standard mounting rail acc. to EN 50022
Installation
5/6
160
gL/gG
IP20
Mounting dimensions acc. to
DIN 43880
MW


Discharge capacity
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Lightning arresters
1
2
3
Lightning arresters, 1-pole

unenclosed
N-PE unenclosed
75 kA
100 kA
2
2
5SD7 311-0
5SD7 318-0
0.353
0.295
1
1
enclosed
N-PE enclosed
50 kA
100 kA
2
2
5SD7 311-1
5SD7 318-1
0.262
0.261
1
1
5SD7 318-1
Lightning arresters, 3-pole
enclosed
100 kA
0.620
5SD7 313-1
6
7
Lightning arrester with increased follow current discharge

capacity, 1-pole
safe disconnection of line-follow currents up to 50 kAeff
without back-up fuse
unenclosed
50 kA
0.305
5SD7 315-0
Accessories for 5SD7 311-0, 5SD7 318-0 and 5SD7 315-0 to

ensure the required mounting dimensions:
8HP molded-plastic distribution system in box sizes

1 and 2, see catalog LV 30.
More information
10
Lightning arresters
1-pole
B lo w o u t r a n g e
5SD7 311-0
5SD7 311-1
5SD7 315-0
5SD7 318-0
5SD7 318-1
M a in ta in s a fe ty d is ta n c e
o f 1 5 0 m m to
n o n - in s u la te d p a r ts !
1 5 0 m m
3 0
AI2 _ 0 7 6 1 5 a
1 5 0 m m
4 5
9 0
1 5 0 m m
6 ,7
4 3 ,5
I2 _ 0 7 5 5 3 b
Recommended safety clearance for the installation of surge

arresters in the switchgear cabinet.
These setup instructions only apply to the unenclosed version
(5SD7 311-0 and 5SD7 318-0).
5 8
3-pole
5SD7 313-1
I2_08241
45
90
30
72
(= 4 MW)
6,7
43,5
58
12
13
1 5 0 m m
3 6
(= 2 M W )
5/7

requirement category I (B) and II (C)
Overview
Combination arresters are surge arresters that meet the basic
requirement of requirement category I and II, i.e.:
- have a lightning stroke current discharge capacity of
75 kA/100 kA (10/350 ms)
- can be energy-coordinated with surge arresters of Class II and
III, as well as directly with data terminal equipment of overvoltage
category l (Un = 230 V AC)
Protection level <1.5 kV, corresponding to withstand impulse
voltage of overvoltage category I
Compact unit for all three-phase systems which is ready for
connection
Connection system: double terminal design supports "V wiring"
option
Multifunction terminal in the outgoing circuit

Visual operational voltage display
Remote signaling using separate, overvoltage-protected display
and remote signaling module
Overvoltage and atmospheric lightning arrester in a single device
Perfect "all in one" solution
Cabled complete device for any distribution system
(TT, TN-C and TN-S)
Easy-to-use device selection thanks to simple description
Up to 70 % more space saving than conventional solutions
Simple installation on standard mounting rail
Combination arrester
TN-C
TN-S
TT
2P TT
Order No.
5SD7 343-0
5SD7 344-0
5SD7 343-1
5SD7 341-1

SPD class I acc. to
Surge arrester requirement category B acc. to
SPD type 1 acc. to
IEC 61643-1: 1998-02;

E DIN VDE 0675-6: 1989-11, -6/A1: 1996-03 and -6/A2: 1996-10;
EN 61643: 2001-11
Approval and marks
VDE
Class I (B)
Rated voltage Uc (max. permissible operational voltage)
V AC 255/50 Hz
Rated voltage Un
V AC 400/50 Hz

at voltage Uc
kArms 50
Discharge capacity
Lightning impulse current 1-pole (10/350 ms) Iimp
Lightning impulse current, multipole (10/350 ms) Iimp
kA
kA
25
75
Protection level Up at In
Residual voltage at Iimp
Lightning operating current monitoring 1.2/50
kV
kV
1.5
1.5
Response time tA
ns
100
Max. back-up protection, if not already

provided by the network
315 A gL/gG with spur terminal

125 A gL/gG with V terminal
kA
25/50 Hz
Min. conductor cross-section
mm2
mm2
mm2
35 stranded, 35 finely stranded (L, N, PEN)

50 stranded, 35 finely stranded (L, N, PEN)
-40 ... +60
Temperature range
25
100
25
50
IP20
Installation
Mounting dimensions acc. to DIN 43880
25
100
MW
Operating display for
L1, L2, L3
Remote display
yes, over remote signaling module 5SD7 398-3
5SD7 348-1
Design
Remote signaling module
Order No.
5SD7 348-3
5SD7 348-1
Remote signaling module for combination arresters
5SD7 343-0, 5SD7 344-0 and

5SD7 343-1
5SD7 341-1
Connection of the module
connection only with the provided terminals of the combination arrester

floating changeover
Contact type
Switching capacity Un/In
V AC 250/0.5 A
V DC 250/0.1 A; 125/0.2 A; 75/0.5 A
Power consumption
MW
500
Wavelength of the FOC diode
Nm
660
mm2
0.5 solid/finely stranded
mm2
Temperature range
-40 ... + 80
IP20
Installation
5/8
400
MW
1.5

requirement category I (B) and II (C)

MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Combination arresters
TN-C
5SD7 343-0
1.070
TN-S
5SD7 344-0
1.388
TT
5SD7 343-1
1.402
2P TT
5SD7 341-1
0.832
1
2
3
5
5SD7 343-1
For technical specifications see page 5/8
5SD7 348-3
The remote signaling module is placed on left-hand

side of combination arrester and linked to the existing connecting cables.
contact: 1 changeover
250 V AC, 0.5 A
250 V DC, 0.1 A
125 V DC, 0.2 A
75 V DC, 0.5 A
contact 11/12: operating status
11/14: fault scenario
Remote signaling modules
6
7
14 12
11
for 5SD7 343-0, 5SD7 343-1 and 5SD7 344-0

combination arrester
with 4 connecting cables
1.5
5SD7 348-3
0.146
for 5SD7 341-1 combination arrester

with 2 connecting cables
1.5
5SD7 348-1
0.138
For technical specifications see page 5/8.
Combination arresters
Remote signaling modules
5SD7 343-0
5SD7 348-1
5SD7 348-3
30
30
9
10
I2_08244a
45
90
45
90
I2_08239
12
108
(= 6 MW)
6,7
43,5
58
27
6,7
(= 1,5 MW)
43,5
58
13
5SD7 341-1
5SD7 343-1
5SD7 344-0
3 0
4 5
9 0
I2 _ 0 8 2 4 0
1 4 4
(= 8 M W )
6 ,7
4 3 ,5
5 8
5/9

Requirement category II (C)
Overview
For the protection of low-voltage load system against overvoltage
High discharge capacity through powerful zinc oxide varistors/
spark gaps (N-PE surge arresters)
High monitoring reliability through isolating arrester disconnector,
type "Thermo Dynamic Control" with double monitoring
Fault indication through red marking in inspection window
Multifunction terminals for conductor and busbar connection
Simple replacement of surge arrester connectors

Simple mounting on standard mounting rail with busbars
Design as for multipole version
Same connector as for multipole version
No interaction limiting phase reactor with surge arresters Class III
(formerly D)
Order No.
5SD7 300-2

SPD class II acc. to
Surge arrester requirement category C acc. to
SPD type 2 acc. to
IEC 61643-1: 1998-02;

E DIN VDE 0675-6: 1989-11, -6/A1: 1996-03 and -6/A2: 1996/10;
EN 61643: 2001-11
Approval and marks
U, KEMA, VDE
Class II (C)
Rated voltage Uc
(max. permissible operational voltage)
275 V AC/50 Hz, 350 V DC

at voltage Uc
Discharge capacity
(10/350 ms) Iimp
Rated discharge current (8/20 ms) Isn
Increased discharge current (8/20 ms)
Isnmax
Protection level Up
Lightning operating current
monitoring 1.2/50
Residual voltage at 5 kA (8/20 ms)
Residual voltage at Isn
Arms
kA
kA
20
kA
40
kV
kV
kV
1
1.5
5SD7 301-2
5SD7 302-2
5SD7 302-4
5SD7 303-2
5SD7 303-4
5SD7 308-0
335 V AC/
275 V AC/
335 V AC/
255 V AC/
50 Hz, 420 V 50 Hz, 350 V 50 Hz, 420 V 50 Hz
DC
DC
DC
100
15
20
15
1.1
1.1
12
20
1.5
Response time tA
ns
25
100

125
gL/gG
kA
50/50 Hz
mm2
mm2
Temperature range
-40 ... +80
50/50 Hz
25/50 Hz
IP20
Installation
25/50 Hz
MW
Optical function/fault indication
yes
Remote display
no
yes
no
yes
no
Floating changeover contact
no
yes
no
yes
no
AC:
250 V/0.5 A
DC:
250 V / 0.1 A;
125 V / 0.2 A;
75 V/0.5 Hz
AC:
250 V/0.5 A
DC:
250 V / 0.1 A;
125 V / 0.2 A;
75 V/0.5 Hz
5/10
no

Order No.
5SD7 303-5

surge arrester requirement category C acc. to
SPD type 2 acc. to
5SD7 300-5
IEC 61643-1: 1998-02;

E DIN VDE 0675-6: 1989-11, -6/A1: 1996-03 and -6/A2: 1996/10;
EN 61643-11
Approval and marks
U, KEMA, VDE
Class II (C)
Rated voltage Uc
(max. permissible operational voltage)
385 V AC/50 Hz
500 V DC
Discharge capacity
kA
Increased discharge current (8/20 ms) Isnmax kA
15
40
Protection level Up
kV
kV
1.5
2
Response time tA
ns
25

125
gL/gG
kA
25/50 Hz
mm2
mm2
Temperature range
-40 ... +80
3
5
6
7
IP20
1
2
Installation
MW
yes
Remote display
no
yes
no
yes
AC: 250 V/0.5 A

DC: 250 V / 0.1 A; 125 V / 0.2 A; 75 V/0.5 Hz

MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.125
0.133
1
1
9
10
Surge arresters, 1-pole

acc. to E DIN VDE 0675, Part 6/11.89 and Part 6/A1/03.96 and
Part 6/A2/10.96
Surge arresters
type "Thermo Dynamic Control" with double monitoring function
Fault indication by red marking in the inspection window
Multifunction terminal for conductor and busbar connection
1-pole
Surge arrester rated voltage Uc = 275 V
1
1
12
5SD7 300-2
5SD7 300-5
13
Surge arrester with remote indication 1)

Same design as 5SD7 300-2, but with additional 3-pole terminal for
connection of remote indication
When the monitoring device responds (disconnection of the defective arrester from the line supply as a result of overload) the remote
signaling connections are switched via a floating changeover
contact.
14 12
11
1-pole
5SD7 301-2
0.132
1) The devices can be coupled to instabus KNX EIB and AS-i bus or
PROFIBUS through potential-free changeover contacts.
5/11


Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5SD7 302-2
5SD7 302-4
0.134
0.134
1
1
1
1
1
5SD7 303-2
5SD7 303-4
5SD7 303-5
0.138
0.138
0.137
1
1
1
5SD7 308-0
0.117
MW
Order No.
Surge arresters, 1-pole, plug-in

Plug-in surge arresters
Same design as 5SD7 300-2, but 2-piece,
comprising basic element and plugged protective block
1-pole
1
1
5SD7 302-2
Plug-in surge arresters with remote indication 1)
Same design as 5SD7 302-2,
but with additional 3-pole terminal for
connection of remote indication
When the monitoring device responds (disconnection of the defective arrester from the line supply as a result of overload) the remote
signaling connections are switched via a floating changeover
contact.
14 12
11
5SD7 303-2

N-PE surge arrester for
3+1 circuitry in the TT network
Specially for use in TT system in
"3+1 circuit" according to
DIN V VDE V 0100-534: 1999-04 between
neutral wire N and PE conductor PE/equipotential bonding with
lightning impulse current (10/350 ms) 12 kA
Surge arrester on the basis of spark gaps
Multifunction terminal for conductor and busbar connection

1) The devices can be coupled to instabus KNX EIB and AS-i bus or
PROFIBUS through potential-free changeover contacts.
I2 _ 0 7 6 6 2 a
in p u t
5SD7 300-2, 5SD7 300-5
5SD7 301-2
5SD7 302-2, 5SD7 302-4
5SD7 303-2, 5SD7 303-4, 5SD7 303-5
5SD7 308-0
30
45
90
I2_11622
6,7
18
(= 1 MW)
43,5
64
Remote indication
1
9
I2_07617
15,4
5/12

Overview
Same design as surge arrester, but with additional 3-pole terminal
for connecting remote indication.
When the monitoring device responds (disconnection of the defective arrester from the line supply as a result of overload), the remote
signaling terminals are switched by means of a floating changeover
contact.
Easy installation of the remote indication due to the plug-in terminal.
Designs:
TN-C, plug-in
TN-C, plug-in with remote indication
TN-S, plug-in
TN-S, plug-in with remote indication
TT plug-in
TT plug-in with remote indication
All device models are available for surge arrester rated voltages of
275 V, 335 V and 385 V (see page 5/14).
Accessories: connectors
Models suitable for multipole surge arresters
TN-C/TN-S/TT and single-pole surge arresters.
The pluggable protective block can be replaced with no need to

disconnect the supply voltage or remove the cover plate of the
distribution board.
Benefits
Pre-wired complete units for conventional system types (TN-C,
TN-S, TT), comprising a basic part and plug-in protective blocks
High discharge capacity through powerful zinc oxide varistors or
spark gaps for TT surge arresters
type "Thermo Dynamic Control" with double monitoring
Fault indication by red marking in the inspection window
Multifunction terminals for conductor and busbar connection
Simple replacement of surge arrester connectors
Up to 70 % more space saving than conventional solutions
Simple mounting on standard mounting rail with busbars
Design as for 1-pole version
No interaction limiting phase reactor with surge arresters Class III
(corresp. to D)
Same male connectors as for 1-pole version
Multipole lightning arrester
without remote indication
Order No.
with remote indication
TN-C
TN-S
TT
TN-C
TN-S
TT
5SD7 323-2
5SD7 325-2
5SD7 327-2
5SD7 324-2
5SD7 326-2
5SD7 328-2
L-N
N-PE
L-N
N-PE

IEC 61643-1: 1998;
Surge arrester requirement category C acc. to E DIN VDE 0675-6: 1989-11, -6/A1: 1996-03 and -6/A2: 1996-10;
EN 61643-11
SPD type 2 acc. to
Class II (C)
Rated arrester voltage Uc
(max. permissible operating voltage)
V AC 275/50 Hz
Rated voltage Un
V AC 230/400/50 Hz

at voltage Uc
225/50 Hz
275/50 Hz
255/50 Hz
100
200
Discharge capacity
kA
20
Increased discharge current (8/20 ms)

Isnmax
kA
40
40
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
Protection level Up
kV
kV
1.5
1.5
Response time tA
ns
25
100
25
100
125
gL/gG
125
gL/gG
50/50 Hz
Max. back-up protection, if not already A

kA
50/50 Hz
mm2
mm2
Temperature range
-40 ... +80
IP20
Installation
Mounting dimensions acc. to

DIN 43880
MW
12
13
yes
Remote display
no
yes
no
no
yes
AC: 250 V/0.5 A

DC: 250 V / 0.1 A; 125 V / 0.2 A; 75 V/0.5 Hz
5/13

Multipole surge arresters
Order No.
TN-C
TN-S
TT
TN-C
TN-S
TT
5SD7 323-4
5SD7 325-4
5SD7 327-4
5SD7 324-4
5SD7 326-4
5SD7 328-4
L-N
N-PE
V AC 335/50 Hz
L-N
N-PE
225/50 Hz
335/50 Hz
255/50 Hz
Discharge capacity
kA
15
20
15
20
Protection level Up
kV
kV
1.1
1.5
1.1
1.5
kA
25/50 Hz
25/50 Hz
Multipole surge arresters

Order No.
TN-C
TN-S
TT
TN-C
TN-S
TT
5SD7 323-5
5SD7 325-5
5SD7 327-5
5SD7 324-5
5SD7 326-5
5SD7 328-5
L-N
N-PE
V AC 385/50 Hz
L-N
N-PE
225/50 Hz
385/50 Hz
255/50 Hz
Discharge capacity
kA
15
20
15
20
Protection level Up
kV
kV
1.5
2
1.5
2
kA
25/50 Hz
25/50 Hz

Surge arrester MW
rated voltage
Order No.
Uc
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Surge arresters, multipole, plug-in

TN-C
275 V
335 V
385 V
3
3
3
5SD7 323-2
5SD7 323-4
5SD7 323-5
0.377
0.377
0.377
1
1
1
TN-C with remote indication
275 V
335 V
385 V
3
3
3
5SD7 324-2
5SD7 324-4
5SD7 324-5
0.411
0.411
0.369
1
1
1
TN-S
275 V
335 V
385 V
4
4
4
5SD7 325-2
5SD7 325-4
5SD7 325-5
0.458
0.458
0.438
1
1
1
TN-S with remote indication
275 V
335 V
385 V
4
4
4
5SD7 326-2
5SD7 326-4
5SD7 326-5
0.468
0.468
0.468
1
1
1
TT
275 V
335 V
385 V
4
4
4
5SD7 327-2
5SD7 327-4
5SD7 327-5
0.482
0.482
0.482
1
1
1
TT with remote indication
275 V
335 V
385 V
4
4
4
5SD7 328-2
5SD7 328-4
5SD7 328-5
0.508
0.508
0.508
1
1
1
5SD7 327-2
5SD7 328-2
5/14

5SD7 323-2, 5SD7 323-4, 5SD7 323-5
5SD7 324-2, 5SD7 324-4, 5SD7 324-5
30
5SD7 325-2, 5SD7 325-4, 5SD7 325-5

5SD7 326-2, 5SD7 326-4, 5SD7 326-5
5SD7 327-2, 5SD7 327-4, 5SD7 327-5
5SD7 328-2, 5SD7 328-4, 5SD7 328-5
30
45
90
6,7
64
Remote indication
64
6
7
15,4
I2_07617
I2_07617
43,5
Remote indication
15,4
6,7
72
(= 4 MW)
43,5
54
(= 3 MW)
I2_11624
45
90
I2_11623
1
2
8
9
10
12
13
5/15

Surge arresters,
Design
Protective adapter,
protective adapter
with line filter
Surge arresters
2-pole
4-pole
Overvoltage
safety socket outlet
Order No.
5SD7 335-0,
5SD7 335-1
5SD7 332-0
5SD7 334-0
5UB1 ..., 5UH1 ...
Tested acc. to
E DIN VDE 0675

Part 6/11: 89-11
E DIN VDE 0675, Part 6: 89-11, Part 6/A1: 96-03,

EN 61643-11: 2001; IEC 61643-1: 1998-02
E DIN VDE 0675,

Part 6: 89-11,
Part 6/A1: 96-03 and
Part 6/A2: 96-10
III (D)
V AC 255/50 Hz

V DC
255
440/50 Hz
Rated voltage Un
V AC 230/50 Hz
230/50 Hz
500/50 Hz
400/50 Hz
230/50 Hz
Max. power requirements of load
920 W (4 A) ... 3680 W

(16 A)
Rated current
16
Rated discharge current (8/20 ms) Isn in kA
kA
2.5 L(N) PE, L N

5 L+N PE
3
3
5
Combined surge
kV
5
5
Protection level Up
kV
Response time tA
LL
LN
NPE
3
5
6 L(N) PE
6 LN
10 L+N PE
6 LL
6 LN
10 NPE
1.5
1.25 L N
1.5 L(N) PE
1.25 L N
1.5 L(N) PE
2.5 L L
1.25/ 1.5
ns
25 L N
100 L(N) PE
25 L N
100 L(N) PE

4 (only for 5SD7 335-0)
16 gL/gG or LS C16
mm2
0.75
2.5
2.5
-25 ... +40
-40 ... +80
-25 ... +40

Temperature range
Installation
MW
Remote display
5/16
1.5
L(N) PE, L N
L+N PE
flush mounting
3
NC
Contact type
3
3
5
IP20
L(N) PE, L N
L+N PE
L(N) PE,
LN
L+N PE
AC: 250 V/0.5 A

DC: 250 V / 0.1 A; 125 V / 0.2 A; 75 V/0.5 Hz

Surge arresters,
Benefits
For the protection of electronic device against overvoltages
(overvoltage category II according to DIN VDE 0110-1:1997-04)
Surge arrester of requirement category D according to
E DIN VDE 0675, Part 6/11.89 and 6/A1: 1996-03
SPD Type 3 according to EN 61643-11: 2001

SPD class III according to IEC 61643-1: 1998-2
Visual function indication (green)
Visual fault indication (red)
1
2
3

MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Surge arresters
Complies with E DIN VDE 0675, Part 6: 1989-11 and -6/A1: 1996-03
Surge arrester, 2-pole
2-pole overvoltage protection with monitoring equipment and
isolating arrester disconnector
Floating remote indication contact (NC contact) for fault
indication (no system shutdown)
Rated voltage UN = 230 V
1.5
5SD7 332-0
0.301
Surge arrester, 4-pole

4-pole overvoltage protection with monitoring equipment and
isolating arrester disconnector
Optical function indication for 3 outer conductors
(glow lamp green)
Floating remote indication contact (NC contact) for fault
indication (no system shutdown)
Rated voltage UN = 230 V/400 V
Surge arrester rated voltage Uc = 255 V/440 V
6
7
8
5SD7 334-0
0.301
Surge arresters (socket outlet devices)
9
10
Complies with E DIN VDE 0675, Part 6: 1989-11 and -6/A1: 1996-03
Siemens 5 socket outlet
with overvoltage protection 5UB1.../5UH1... 1)
with labeling field and function indicators
for the DELTA switch-socket outlet range
Protective adapter,
socket outlet adapter to protect electronic devices
12
Can be plugged into 5 socket outlets

With optical function indication/monitoring
Rated current: 16 A
Rated voltage: 230 V/50 Hz
Nominal discharge current 2.5 kA
5SD7 335-0
0.159
5SD7 335-1
0.210
Protective adapter with line filter

like 5SD7 335-0 protective adapter,
but with additional line filter against high-frequency
noise voltages
Rated current: 4 A

1) For prices and additional information, see the ET D1 catalog,
"DELTA switches and outlets".
5/17
13

Surge arresters,
5SD7 332-0
5SD7 334-0
10,2
9
11
I2_10755
L3
N L1 L2
L3
45
90
N L1 L2
27
(= 1,5 MW)
54
(= 3 MW)
6,7
43,5
58
Circuit diagrams
Surge arresters requirement category III (D)
5SD7 332-0
5SD7 334-0
1 6 A
L 1
L 3
1 6 A
L 2
L 1
P E
N
P E
2
N
L 1
L 2
L 3
E le c tr o n ic
d e v ic e
4
N
I2 _ 0 1 0 7 5 3
I2 _ 0 1 0 7 5 2
E le c tr o n ic
d e v ic e
5UB1 ...
5UH1 ...
L 1
L 2
5SD7 335-0
5SD7 335-1
L
b e rs p a n n u n g s s c h u tz
P E
N
I2 _ 1 1 5 3 4 a
I2 _ 1 0 7 5 4
S IE M E N S
L
P E
N
5/18
L 3

Accessories
Design
Decoupling reactors
Order No.
5SD7 390-0
Tested acc. to
E DIN VDE 0675, Part 6: 1989-11, Part 6/A1: 1996-03 and Part 6/A2: 1996-10

V AC 255/50 Hz
Nominal voltage
V AC 500/50 Hz
Through-type terminal
5SD7 391-0
5SD7 360-0
Rated current
35
63
100
Rated inductance
mH
15 20 %
15 20 %
Direct current resistance Rcu
MW
approx. 4
approx. 2

35 gL/gG
63 gL/gG
100 gL/gG
250 gL/gG
Short-circuit strength at max. back-up protection
kA
mm2
mm2
35 stranded/
25 finely stranded
50 stranded/
35 finely stranded
35 stranded/
25 finely stranded
Temperature range
-40 ... +40
50/50 Hz
IP20
Installation
MW

MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
For simple wiring in the different
circuit versions (see section, "Configuring aid")
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
5SD7 360-0
0.120
Male connector for L-N surge arrester

Surge arrester rated voltage UC = 275 V
5SD7 392-2
0.049

10
1-pole
Male connector for surge arresters
Male connectors can be used for both single-pole and
multipole surge arresters
5SD7 392-2
5SD7 392-4
0.049

5SD7 392-5
0.049
Male connector for N-PE surge arrester (TT system)
5SD7 398-0
0.033
5SD7 361-1
0.039
5SD7 361-0
0.020
5SD7 084
0.133
5SD7 085
0.143
5SD7 086
0.079
5SD7 087
0.084
5SD7 088
0.104
5SD7 090
0.064
Busbars
Busbar for lightning arrester
8-pole, 1-phase
12
Busbar for surge arrester

4-pole, 1-phase
Busbar for combination arrester
TN-S/TT and 4-pole residual current protective devices (5SM1
and 5SM3)
TN-S/TT and 4-pole miniature circuit-breaker (5SY)
TN-C and 3-pole residual current protective devices (5SM1 and
5SM3)
TN-C and 3-pole miniature circuit-breaker (5SY)
Busbar for multipole surge arrester
TN-S/TT and 4-pole miniature circuit-breaker (5SY)
Busbar for multipole surge arrester
TN-C and 3-pole miniature circuit-breaker (5SY)
5/19
13

Accessories

MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.355
0.710
1
1
Decoupling reactors
For the energetic coordination of lightning and surge arresters
in the event of a lightning impulse current of 10/350 ms
The concentrated inductance replaces the otherwise necessary cable length for decoupling lightning and surge arrester
Rated voltage:
500 V, 50 Hz ... 60 Hz
Inductance:
15 H 20 %
Rated current:
Rated current:
5SD7 390-0
35 A
63 A
2
4
5SD7 390-0
5SD7 391-0
Decoupling reactors
1-pole
5SD7 390-0 5SD7 391-0
5SD7 360-0
30
AI2_08138
6,7
18
(= 1 MW)
5/20
43,5
58
I2_07616b
45
90
45
90
30
36
(= 2 MW)
72
(= 4 MW)
6,7
43,5
58

Configuring aids
Overview
Requirement categories of surge arresters (SPDs)
Lightning current and overvoltage protection is only effective if
the prescribed insulation resistance of system sections are taken
into account. To do this, the impulse withstand voltage of the different overvoltage categories is coordinated with the protection level
Up of the different SPDs.
6 kV
IV
4 kV
III
SE
2.5 kV
II
I2_08100b
Rated surge withstand capability and overvoltage class

acc. to DIN VDE 0110 Part 1
1.5 kV
I
<1.5 kV
<4 kV
Category
Impulse
withstand
voltage
Description
IV
6 kV
for devices that are upstream of the distribution

board
III
4 kV
for devices that are part of the fixed system

(e.g. distribution boards)
II
2.5 kV
for normal impulse withstand voltage devices

(e.g. household appliances)
1.5 kV
for very sensitive devices

(e.g. electronic devices)
The adjacent circuit diagram and the above table show that lightning
current and surge arresters are divided into requirement categories,
depending on their location in the electrical system.
230/400 V
Protection
level
Impulse withstand voltage categories
none
<1.3 kV
Requirement category acc. to E DIN 0675 Part 6/A1
The international standard IEC 60664-1 (EN 60664-1) distinguishes

between four impulse withstand voltage categories for l.v. devices.
In particular, the following categories apply to l.v. systems with a
nominal line voltage of 230/400 V.
German draft
standard
VDE 0675-6
International
standard
IEC 61643-1
European
standard
EN 61643-11
Designation
Class B
Class I
Type 1
Lightning arresters
Class C
Class II
Type 2
Surge arresters
for distribution
Class D
Class III
Type 3
Surge arresters
for terminal device
Siemens SPDs correspond to the following product standards:

Germany (VDE 0675-6, 1996),
International (IEC 61643-1, 1998),
Italy (CEI EN 61643-11),
Austria VE/NORM E 8001.
I2_10787
Decoupling reactor
Lightning arrester
In practical use, surge arresters of different requirement categories

are more or less connected in parallel. Due to their different response characteristics, discharge capacities and protective tasks,
the different types of arrester must be installed in the system such
that the ratings of the individual devices are not exceeded, thus ensuring system-wide protection. This requires energy considerations
to ensure that a surge current always switches to the surge arrester
connected next in series if there is a risk of the relevant surge arrester being overloaded by the surge current. This is called "energy
coordination". It must be established between surge arresters of
Class I (B) and II (C) and between surge arresters of Class II and
III (D). In the latter case, the energy coordination is already present
if there is a cable between the surge arrester of Class II and the
surge arrester of Class III that is 5 m long. The coordination of
SPDs of Class I and II is described in the following section.
In the event of lightning strikes, the surge arresters of the requirement category II (C) will respond first due to the low protection level.
These surge arresters have a protection level of < 1.5 kV. This voltage value is not sufficient to make the parallel-connected series gap
of the lightning arrester Class I respond, as their response value is
approx. 3.5 kV. In order not to overload the Class II surge arresters,
an additional voltage drop of approx. 2 kV must be generated on the
line between B and C surge arresters which, together with the protection level of the surge arrester, reaches the response value of the
series gap of the lightning arrester.
8
9
kWh
Electric
meter
5
6
7
Coordinated use of lightning current and surge arresters
Cable
entry
1
2
Surge voltage protector 1
10
Surge voltage protector n
The voltage drop is achieved in the power systems using the existing
cable impedances or the concentrated inductances, the so-called
decoupling reactors. The line inductance depends on the cable
routing of the PE conductor. If it is routed in a shared cable with L1,
L2, L3 and N, a cable length of at least 15 m is required in order to
achieve sufficient inductance and the respective voltage drop. If the
PE conductor runs separately from the other lines, at a distance of 1
m or more, a cable length of 5 m is sufficient. If these cable lengths
are not possible, then additional decoupling reactors (5SD7 390-0/ 1) must be installed between the Class I and Class II arresters.
5/21
12
13

Configuring aids
Overview
Lightning arrester
Surge arrester
L1
L2
L3
N
Minimum cable lengths:

_ 5 m if PE conductor is
>
not integrated in cable
_ 15 m if PE conductor is
>
integrated in cable
A I2_08099b
Or: application of a
decoupling reactor
Follow current discharge capacity

The specification of the follow current discharge capability of lightning arresters identifies the level of the max. follow current that the
surge arrester can still interrupt on its own without requiring the help
of an upstream protective device, such as a fuse or a miniature circuit-breaker. The follow current is caused by a transient short-circuit
generated by the lightning arrester when discharging the lightning
current as required. The follow current is therefore a short-circuit
current and has a frequency of 50 Hz.
If the max. possible short-circuit current of the system is smaller than
the max. follow current that can be discharged by the SPD, no upstream protective device is required. Otherwise, a fuse or miniature
circuit-breaker must be installed. The following sections provide
data on the size of the protective device required.
The single-pole 5SD7 315-0 lightning arrester and the 5SD7 343-0,
5SD7 343-1 and 5SD7 344-0 combination arresters have a follow
current discharge capability of 50 kA.
I2_10788
Mounting diagram
F1
Circuit diagram
Decoupling reactor
Decoupling
reactor
Surge
arrester
Lightning
arrester
I2_08098a
Surge
arrester
Energy coordination of lightning and surge arresters

Line formation/
ground connection
Line distribution
Installation of decoupling
reactor necessary if
L1 - L2 - L3 - N
PE installed in
separate line
L1 - L2 - L3 - N
l<5m
PE
I2_10900
L1 - L2 - L3 - N
PE installed in
same line
L1 - L2 - L3 - N - PE
l < 15 m
I2_10901
The energy coordination of surge arresters of requirement category

II and surge arresters of requirement category III is ensured by a
cable length of at least 5 m.
The energy coordination of combination arresters and surge arresters of Class II is ensured without decoupling reactors.
l is the cable length installed between the main switchgear cabinet
and the auxiliary switchgear cabinet or between several auxiliary
switchgear cabinets.
If the length exceeds l 30 m, we recommend that you use a second
protection level, in which further surge arresters of requirement
category II are installed in the input switchgear cabinet.
5/22
F1
F
S
P
D
Lightning
arrester
I2_10789
S
P
D

Configuring aids
Overview
Coordination of SPDs with miniature circuit-breakers and fuses
The coordination between an SPD and overcurrent protective
devices aims to:
Protect the SPD against overload through overcurrent,
Ensure plant availability,
Help discharge line-follow currents, if necessary.
The coordination between SPDs and fuses/miniature circuitbreakers should ensure that the:
max. permissible peak current Ip max and
max. permissible energy value I2tmax
of the SPD is not exceeded. This prevents damage to the SPDs and
thus, exposure of persons/materials to safety hazards.
Description
Requirement category Product designation
Basically, there are 2 types of connection schemes:

The protective device is in the connecting cable of the SPD. If the
circuit-breaker or the fuse blows, this ensures that the power supply is maintained. We recommend the use of a signaling device to
signal that the overvoltage protective function has disconnected
from the system and is therefore no longer effective.
The protection is carried out by the protective device (e.g. house
connection fuse), which is located in the power distribution system
as standard. In this case, the SPD is protected by the system fuse
located in the network. When this fuse blows due to an SPD overload, the system is disconnected from the network. The fuse or
miniature circuit-breaker to be used must be dimensioned to suit
the conductor cross-sections in the installation.
Always take into account the max. permissible number of back-up
fuses for the arrester.
Max. permissible
energy value
Max. permissible
peak current
I2tmax
ip max
2
Comments
I and II
5SD7 343-0,
5SD7 344-0,
5SD7 343-1
600 kA s
18 kA
No protection necessary up
to 50 kA short-circuit current
1-pole surge arrester for high

potential
5SD7 315-0
600 kA2s
18 kA
No protection necessary up
to 50 kA short-circuit current
Enclosed surge arrester
5SD7 311-1, 5SD7 313-1 120 kA2s
10 kA
Unenclosed surge arrester
5SD7 311-0
280 kA2s
13 kA
Surge arresters
II
5SD7 300-2, 5SD7 301-2, 100 kA2s

5SD7 302-2, 5SD7 303-2,
5SD7 323-2, 5SD7 325-2,
5SD7 327-2, 5SD7 324-2,
5SD7 326-2
10 kA
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
5/23

Configuring aids
Overview
Flow diagram for the coordination of SPD and overvoltage protection
The system distribution is implemented according to system
The following flow diagram describes the method of procedure when
standards with switches and fuses.
choosing between fuse and switch as overvoltage protection:
Where required, the lightning/surge arrester should ensure overvoltwhen using a fuse (recommended), you can refer directly to the
age protection through fuses or magneto-thermal switches.
tables on pages 5/25 and 5/26, without using the flow diagram.
The planner can use the plant protection located upstream of the
SPD or provide a series connection for the surge arrester.
C h a r a c te r is tic s o f m in ia tu r e c ir c u it- b r e a k e r A
A
c c e ff
D e te r m in e s h o r t- c ir c u it e ffe c tiv e c u r r e n t
c c e ff
S
P
D e te r m in e lim ite d m a x im u m v a lu e
2
o f p r o te c tiv e d e v ic e A
p a n d
D
A
B
c c
= P r o te c tiv e d e v ic e fo r th e s y s te m
= P r o te c tiv e d e v ic e fo r th e S P D
e ff = B r e a k in g c u r r e n t
p m a x
p
N o
3 )
Y e s
a n d
2
2
m a x
3 )
1 )
N o a d d itio n a l
a r r e s te r fu s e r e q u ir e d
P r o te c tio n B n e c e s s a r y fo r S P D
S w itc h
o r
B a c k -u p fu s e
s w itc h ?
S w itc h s e le c tio n B w ith v e r y
h ig h n a n d s e le c tiv ity
s o th a t:
3 )
p m a x
2
3 )
m a x
S
D
S o lu tio n 3
S (B )
e s e le c tio n B w ith v e r y
n a n d s e le c tiv ity .
o u n t m a x . b a c k -u p fu s e .
o u n t s e le c tiv ity b e tw e e n
b re a k e r a n d fu s e .
S P D p ro te c te d b y b a c k -u p fu s e F (B )
S P D p r o te c te d b y s w itc h S ( B )
2 )
B a c k -u p fu s
h ig h
T a k e in to a c c
T a k e in to a c c
c ir c u it-
F (B )
S
D
S o lu tio n 2
p
2
S o lu tio n 1
A
B a c k -u p fu s e
1) If the SPD needs to be replaced, an assigned cross-section element enables fast recovery of line operation once the SPD is replaced.
2) Recommended, because fuses have a lower voltage drop and ensure better protection.
3) For values, see table on page 5/23.
5/24

Configuring aids
Overview
System protected by miniature circuit-breakers
The following tables show the conditions under which it is necessary
to protect the max. current, as well as the max. rated current of the
fuse suitable for the SPD.
We recommend using fuses instead of magneto-thermal switches as

they have a lower voltage drop and ensure better protection Uprot.
Surge arresters
1-pole and multipole surge arresters
5SD7 315-0 1) 5SD7 313-1,

5SD7 311-1
5SD7 300-2, 5SD7 301-2, 5SD7 302-2, 5SD7 302-4, 5SD7 303-2,
5SD7 303-4, 5SD7 303-5, 5SD7 308-0, 5SD7 323-2, 5SD7 324-2,
5SD7 325-2, 5SD7 326-2, 5SD7 327-2, 5SD7 328-2
MCB
upstream
Lq1
Lq2
Lq3
Fuse F
Fuse F
[gL/gG]
MCB
upstream
Lq1
Lq2
Lq3
Fuse F
[gL/gG]
[A]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[gL/gG]
[A]
[A]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[A]
16
2.5
2.5
16
10
1.5
1.5
25
16
16
2.5
2.5
32
10
10
16
25
50
16
16
16
up to 125
32
10
10
10
63
25
25
25
up to 160
50
16
16
16
80
35
35
35
up to 160
63
25
25
25
up to 125
100
50
35
35
up to 160
80
35
25
25
up to 125
125
50
35
35
up to 160
100
50
25
25
up to 125
160
95
35
35
up to 160
125
50
25
25
up to 125
200
120
35
35
up to 160
160
95
25
25
up to 125
250
35
35
up to 160
200
120
25
25
up to 125
> 250
35
35
up to 160
250
25
25
up to 125
> 250
25
25
up to 125
1) The 5SD7 315-0 surge arrester does not require a safety fuse up to 50 kA.
MCB
Lq1
MCB
I2_10790
Lq1
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
Lq2
I2_10791
Lq2
S
P
D
Lq3
S
P
D
10
Lq3
F Safety fuse
Lq1 Conductor cross-section of system
Lq2 Arrester cross-section to surge arrester
Lq3 Conductor cross-section with ground fault
5SD7 343-0, 5SD7 343-1, 5SD7 344-0
12
Arrester connection 2)
Feed-through connection
MCB
upstream
Lq1 = Lq2
Lq3
MCB
upstream
Lq1
Lq2
Lq3
Fuse F
[gL/gG]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[gL/gG]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[gL/gG]
16
2.5
16
16
2.5
2.5
16
25
16
25
16
35
10
16*
32
10
10
16
50
16
16
50
16
16
16
63
25
25
63
25
25
25
80
35
35
80
35
25
35
100
50
50
100
50
25
35
125
50
50
125
50
25
35
160
95
25
35
200
120
25
35
250
25
35
> 250
25
35
13
2) Follow current discharge capacity 50 kA.

/ = No arrester protection necessary
5/25

Configuring aids
Overview
Fuse-protected system
Fuse
upstream
Lq1
Lq2
2
Lq3
2
Surge arresters
5SD7 315-0 1) 5SD7 311-1,

5SD7 313-1
5SD7 300-2, 5SD7 301-2, 5SD7 302-2, 5SD7 302-4, 5SD7 303-2,
5SD7 303-4, 5SD7 303-5, 5SD7 308-0, 5SD7 323-2, 5SD7 324-2,
5SD7 325-2, 5SD7 326-2, 5SD7 327-2, 5SD7 328-2
Fuse F
Fuse
upstream
Fuse F
[gL/gG]
Lq1
Lq2
2
Lq3
2
Fuse F
[gL/gG]
2
[A]
[mm ]
[mm ]
[mm ]
[gL/gG]
[A]
[A]
[mm ]
[mm ]
[mm ]
[A]
16
2.5
2.5
16
10
1.5
1.5
25
16
16
2.5
2.5
32
10
10
16
25
50
16
16
16
32
10
10
10
63
25
25
25
50
16
16
16
80
35
35
35
63
25
25
25
100
50
35
35
80
35
25
25
125
50
35
35
100
50
25
25
160
95
35
35
125
50
25
25
200
120
35
35
up to 160
160
95
25
25
up to 125
250
35
35
up to 160
200
120
25
25
up to 125
250
35
35
up to 160
250
25
25
up to 125
> 250
25
25
up to 125
1) The 5SD7 315-0 surge arrester does not require a safety fuse up to 50 kA.
Lq1
Lq1
I2_10793
Lq2
F1
Lq2
I2_10794
F1
S
P
D
Lq3
S
P
D
Lq3
F Safety fuse
Lq1 Conductor cross-section of system
Lq2 Arrester cross-section to surge arrester
Lq3 Conductor cross-section with ground fault
5SD7 343-0, 5SD7 343-1, 5SD7 344-0
Arrester connection 2)
Feed-through connection
MCB
upstream
Lq1 = Lq2
Lq3
MCB
upstream
Lq1
Lq2
Lq3
Fuse F
[AgL]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[gL/gG]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[gL/gG]
16
2.5
16
16
2.5
2.5
16
25
16
25
16
35
10
16
32
10
10
16
50
16
16
50
16
16
16
63
25
25
63
25
25
25
80
35
35
80
35
25
35
100
50
50
100
50
25
35
125
50
50
125
50
25
35
160
95
25
35
200
120
25
35
250
25
35
> 250
25
50
2) Follow current discharge capacity 50 kA.

/ = No arrester protection necessary
5/26

Configuring aids
Circuit diagrams
Connection overview
TN-C system
L1
1
2
3
F1
L2
L3
N
F2
Wh
F3
1
Terminal
6
7
PE
A
PE
4 arresters
class B
I2_07555b
Arrester module
class D
4 arresters
class C
For feeding with a TN-C system, the

arrester between N and PE is omitted
TT system "wiring 3+1" 1)

L1
F1
L2
L3
F2
10
F3
Wh
Terminal
PE
12
A
PE
3 arresters
class B
3 arresters
class C
N/PE arrester module

class D
I2_07554c
13
1 N/PE-arrester
class B
1 N/PE-arrester
class C
For protection rating F2 and F3, see pages 5/23 to 5/26.

An S-differential must be fitted if the lightning and surge arresters
are to be installed upstream of the residual current operated circuitbreaker.
1) In the case of single-phase TT systems, the circuit diagram is called
"Wiring1+1".
5/27

Configuring aids
Circuit diagrams
Combination arresters (installation instructions)
Combination arrester - protection zone
MD = Main distribution board
SD = Sub-distribution board
Attention:
Protection zone of combination arrester amounts to 5 m!
If the terminal devices distance to the combination
arrester exceeds a cable length of 5 m, an additional
overvoltage protection device is required in front of
the terminal device.
SD
MD
TD
I2_08234a
Terminal device
TD
Surge arrester
Combination arrester - use with combination main and sub-distribution boards
SD

TD
I2_08235
Socket outlet with overvoltage

protection
TD
Surge arrester
SD
TD

protection
Surge arrester
MD
SD
TD
Terminal device
TD
Multipole surge arrester
Conventional installation with decoupling reactor
SD
TD
I2_08236
TD

protection
Surge arrester
SD
TD
Surge arrester

protection
MD+SD
TD
Terminal device
TD
Lightning
arrester
5/28
Surge arrester
Decoupling reactor

protection


Configuring aids
Circuit diagrams
1
2
Lightning arresters, requirement categories I (B)

TN-C system
Version with 1-pole surge arresters
3-pole version
L3
L2
L1
L1
L2
L3
I2_10902
PEN
1
I2_08089b
6
7
PEN
$ 3 x 5SD7 311-1 surge arresters

% 5SD7 361-1 busbar (cut for 6-pole)
$ 3x 5SD7 313-1 surge arresters
TN-S system
3-pole version
N
L3
L2
L1
N
L1
L2
L3
10
I2_10903
PE
PE
I2_08090b
$ 4x 5SD7 311-1 surge arresters

% 5SD7 361-1 busbar
$ 5SD7 313-1 surge arrester

% 5SD7 311-1 surge arrester
& 5SD7 361-0 busbar
TT system
12
3-pole version
N
L3
L2
L1
N
L1
L2
L3
13
1
1
PE
PE
$
%
&
(
)
I2_10904
I2_08091b
3x 5SD7 311-1 surge arresters

5SD7 360-0 through-type terminal
N-PE 5SD7 318-1 surge arrester
5SD7 361-0 busbar (cut for 2-pole)
5SD7 361-1 busbar
$
%
&
(
5SD7 313-1 surge arrester

5SD7 360-0 through-type terminal
N-PE 5SD7 318-1 surge arrester
5SD7 361-0 busbar
5/29

Configuring aids
Circuit diagrams
Lightning arresters, requirement categories I (B)
TT system
"Wiring 3+1" (with decoupling reactors)
L1
L2
L1
L2
L3
L3
PE
Caution!
The configuration of the combination arrester is such that it ensures
energy coordination with Class II limiters without the need for an decoupling reactor. See the solution on the next page.
Note: to simplify these circuit diagrams, the safety fuses and magneto-thermal protection of the surge arresters are not shown: for
making operations and ratings, see the coordination tables on
pages 5/25 and 5/26.
I2_10905

1x 5SD7 318-1 surge arrester
4 decoupling reactors
1x 5SD7 360-0 through-type terminal
1x 5ST2 147 busbar
2x 5SD7 361-1 fanning strips
2x 5SD7 361-0 fanning strips
PE
Surge arresters, requirement category II (C)

TN-S system
Version with 1-pole surge arrester
N
L3
L2
L1
Version with multipole surge arrester

PE
Fault signal
I2_08093b
I2_08231b
PE

% 5SD7 361-0 busbar
Austria:

% 5SD7 361-0 busbar
L1
L2
L3
N
TN system:
Surge arrester for
one TNS system (5SD7 068
or 5SD7 072)
$ 1x 5SD7 326-2 surge arrester

Austria:
5/30

Configuring aids
Circuit diagrams
1
2
Surge arresters, requirement category II (C)

TT system
Version with 1-pole surge arrester
L3
L2
L1
N
PE
Version with multipole surge arrester

PE
Fault signal
I2_08094b
I2_08232b
$
%
&
(

1x 5SD7 360-0 through-type terminal
3 x 5SD7 302-2 surge arresters
5SD7 361-1 busbar (cut for 5-pole)
Austria:
% 1 5SD7 360-0 through-type terminal
& 3 x 5SD7 303-4 surge arresters
( 5SD7 361-0 busbar (cut for 5-pole)
6
7
L1
L2
L3
N
TT system:
Surge arrester for
one TT system (5SD7 327-2
or 5SD7 328-2)
$ 1x 5SD7 328-2 surge arrester,

Austria:

5SD7 300-2, 5SD7 301-2, 5SD7 302-2, 5SD7 303-2, 5SD7 323-2,
5SD7 324-2, 5SD7 325-2, 5SD7 326-2, 5SD7 327-2, 5SD7 328-2
F1
Miniature circuit-breaker
F1 >125 A gL/gG
F3 =125 A gL/gG
F3
On the line of the surge
arrester
F1 >125 A gL/gG
10
F3
Note:
To simplify these circuit diagrams, the safety fuses and magnetothermal protection of the surge arresters is not shown: for rating the
protective device, see the coordination tables on pages 5/25 and
5/26.
12
13
5/31

Configuring aids
Circuit diagrams
Combination arrester, requirement category I (B) and II (C)
TN-S combination arrester
Sample application: V-wiring
L1'
L2'
L3'
N'
PE
SC
F5
F4
F6
F1 F2 F3
L1
I2_08237b
L2'
L2
L1'
H1
L3
H2
L3'
N'
H3
F 1 - F 3
> 1 2 5 A g L /g G
5SD7 344-0
N PE
5SD7 348-3
1 2 3 4
PE
F 4 - F 6
= 1 2 5 A g L /g G
PAS
L1 L2 L3 PE/N
Service cable
TT combination arrester
Sample application: parallel wiring
L1'
L2'
L3'
N'
SC
F4
F5
S
PE
F6
S
F1 F2 F3
L1
L1'
L2
I2_08238b
H1
L2'
H2
L3
L3'
N'
H3
F 1 - F 3
> 3 1 5 A g L /g G
5SD7 343-1
5SD7 348-3
1 2 3 4
PE
F 4 - F 6
= 3 1 5 A g L /g G
(s = 5 0 m m 2 C u )
PE
L1 L2 L3
PAS
Service cable
Note: The 5SD7 343-0, 5SD7 344-0 and 5SD7 343-1 combination
arresters can be linked using "V wiring" or through branching, see
coordination tables on page 5/26.
5/32

Configuring aids
More information
Glossary
Response time tA
The response time indicates the general response behavior of the
individual protective elements used with the surge arresters. The
response time may fluctuate between certain limits due to the speed
du/dt, or the surge current di/dt .
Versions for Austria
In Austria, the standard VE/NORM E 8001-1 with its respective
supplements applies generally.
The key difference when using devices of requirement category
C (II) is that they need to have a higher rated voltage (335 V AC,
440 V AC).
Area temperature d
The area temperature specifies the area in which the devices can be
used. In the case of devices without their own heating, the area temperature corresponds to the ambient temperature. Any increase in
temperature of devices with their own heating must not exceed the
specified maximum value.
Lightning impulse current Iimp
This is a standardized lightning impulse current, wave shaped
10/350 ms.
The lightning impulse current with its parameters (maximum value,
charging and specific energy) serves to represent the loads through
natural lightning current. (See CEI 81-8, CEI 81-1,
E DIN VDE 0675-6/A1: 1996-03 and DIN VDE 0185-103).
The arresters designed to cope with the load of a lightning impulse
current must be able to discharge lightning impulse currents several
times without incurring any damage.
Damping the reverse current aR
During use with high frequencies, the damping of the reverse current
indicates how many parts of the "forward current" are reflected by
the protective device ("interaction point").
The damping has a direct value, which can be used to adapt the
protective device to the impedance system.
Follow current discharge capability If
This is the uninfluenced r.m.s. value (expected value) of the follow
current, which can be interrupted independently of the surge suppressor by applying UC .
This capability is proven in accordance with
E DIN 0675-6/A1: 1996-03.
Cutoff frequency fG
The cutoff frequency describes the behavior of a surge arrester.
Cutoff frequency means the frequency that, under prescribed
test conditions, causes a typical damping (aE) of 3 dB
(see DIN VDE 0845-2: 1993-10).
Unless specified otherwise, the cutoff frequency refers to a 50 Ohm
system.
Holding short-circuit current
This is the uninfluenced short-circuit current with industrial frequency (50 Hz), which is supported by the surge suppressor and the
upstream overvoltage back-up fuse.
Combined peak current UOC
The combined peak current is generated by a hybrid generator
(1.2/50 ms, 8/20 ms) with an ideal internal impedance of 2 W.
The open-circuit voltage of this generator is called UOC. LUOC,
as specified for Class D surge arresters.
Max. direct voltage (rated voltage) Uc
is the r.m.s. value of the max. voltage that can be used at the connection terminals of the surge suppressor. This is the max. voltage
in a non-conducting area of a surge arrester. It ensures insulation
recovery after a tripping operation.
The value Uc depends on the rated voltage UO of the system to be
protected and the regulations in accordance with CEI 81-8: 2002-03
and IEC 60634-5-534 (E DIN VDE 0100-534/A1: 1996-10).
Max. peak current Imax

This is the highest value of a peak current, wave shaped 8/20 ms,
at which no damage should be incurred to the surge arrester.
(Isn max according to draft standard E DIN VDE 0675-6).
1
2
3
Rated voltage Un
refers to the rated voltage of the system to be protected. In the case
of AC voltage, it is specified as the r.m.s. value.
Rated peak current In
This is the highest value of a surge current 8/20 ms to which the surge
arrester can be exposed during a test program.
The surge arrester for networks should discharge the rated peak
current and at the same time use the max. rated voltage Uc 20 times
without negatively influencing any of the other features.
(Isn according to standard VDE 0375-6).
Rated peak current for discharging a lightning arrester
The respective value of the current carrying capacity of the rated
peak current of multipole surge suppressors and single-pole
combined protective devices.
N-PE surge arrester
Protective devices which are intended to be installed between N and
PE conductors.
The degree of protection, IP complies with the protective rating
according to IEC 60529, EN 60529.
Protection level Up
The protection level of a surge suppressor is the momentary maximum value of the terminal voltage of a surge arrester determined by
standardized tests:
Striking surge 1.2/50 ms (100%)
Starting voltage with a speed of 1 kV/ms
Residual voltage with rated discharge current
The protection level identifies the surge suppressor in which the
residual overvoltages are limited.
In addition, the protection level helps determine the installation site
of surge arresters, depending on applications for the power system
with regard to the overvoltage category according to IEC 60439-1,
EN 60439-1 and IEC 60664-1, DIN VDE 0110-1: 1997-04.
Protective circuits
The protective circuits are a protective device arranged in step form.
The individual protection levels can be made up of discharge
elements, varistors and semiconductor elements.
The energy coordination of the individual protection levels is implemented using decoupling elements.
Current on the protective conductor IPE
This is the current flowing through the PE conductor when the protective device is connected to the max. direct voltage UOC according to the mounting instructions and without downstream loads.
Technical specifications for surge arresters
The technical specifications for the surge arresters contain data that
define their use according to:
Application
(e.g. mounting, system environment, temperature)
Behavior during activities:
(for example: discharge capacity of peak current, follow current
discharge capacity of system, degree of protection, response
time)
Operational performance
(e.g. rated current, damping, insulation resistance)
Behavior in the event of a fault
(e.g. series fuse, cross-section facility, failsafe).
The holding short-circuit current is tested up to 50 kA at 50 Hz.
To achieve higher values, such as the holding short-circuit current,
the max. series fuse must be reduced according to the criterion for
fuse selectivity, i.e. by the factor 1.6: In this case, the holding shortcircuit current is that of the breaking capacity of the series fuse.
5/33
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13

Configuring aids
More information
Thermal disconnecting device
All surge suppressors equipped with a varistor for use in power systems are equipped with a disconnecting device, which disconnects
the protective device from the overvoltages in the event of a system
overload.
This disconnection is subsequently signaled.
This device reacts to the heat influence of the current in the P-type
varistor and switches off at a temperature specified by the surge
suppressor.
The task of the disconnecting device is to disconnect the overloaded
surge suppressor in time to prevent the risk of fire.
The device cannot ensure protection against indirect contact.
The function of the thermal disconnecting device is tested by
simulating an overload/aging of the surge arrester.
Typical damping aE
The typical damping of a surge suppressor shows the correlation of
voltage values at the installation site before and after the surge
suppressor has been switched on.
Unless specified otherwise, the typical damping refers to a 50 Ohm
system.
Overvoltage protection on the line side/series fuse of the surge
arrester
This is the surge suppressor (e.g. magneto-thermal fuse/switch). It is
mounted on the supply side outside the surge arrester in order to
interrupt the short-circuit current with line frequency (50 Hz) if the arc
quenching capability of the surge suppressor is exceeded.
Surge suppressors
The surge suppressors largely comprise a linear resistance (varistors, diodes) and/or measuring spark gaps (discharge elements).
The surge suppressors serve to protect other components and
systems against non-permissible transient overvoltages and/or to
achieve equipotentiality. The surge suppressors are divided into
three groups according to the discharge capacity of the peak
current:
Lightning arresters for the protection of devices and loads
against direct or close-up electrical discharges (use in lightning
protection zones (LPZ) 0A and 1).
They must be able to withstand lightning partial currents due to
their size according to CEI 81-8: 2002-03.
Surge arresters for remote discharges, overvoltages of circuits
and electrostatic discharges (application: follow-up transitions
between impulse current protection (LPZ) and lightning protection
zones (LPZ 0B)). According to CEI 81-8, they must withstand a
discharge current of 10 kA waveform 8/20 ms.
Combination arresters for protection of installations, loads and
data terminal equipment against direct or close-up electrical
discharges (use in lightning protection zones (LPZ) 0A and 1 e 0A
and 2).
5/34
Legend
Symbol
Reference to
national
regulations
Lightning current and surge arresters,

general
S
Description
Lightning current and surge arresters from

atmospheric influences
Varistor
IEC 60617
Part 4
04-01-04
Measuring spark gap
IEC 60617
Part 7
07-22-01
Back-up fuse
IEC 60617
Part 7
07-21-01
Thermal disconnecting device
IEC 60617
Part 7
07-09-03
Thermodynamic disconnecting device
IEC 60617
Parts 7 + 11
07-09-03
111-07-02
Capacitor
IEC 60617
Part 4
04-02-01
Inductance
Socket
connector
IEC 60617
Part 3
03-03-05
NC
IEC 60617
Part 3
07-02-03
CO
IEC 60617
Part 7
07-02-04
NO
IEC 60617
Part 8
07-02-01

Configuring aids
More information
DIN standards
DIN V VDE V 0100-534
Electrical systems in buildings Part 534: Selection and installation
of equipment - overvoltage protective devices
DIN VDE 0185-103 (withdrawn)
Protection against lightning electromagnetic impulse Part 1: General principles
E DIN VDE 0675-6 (withdrawn)
Surge arresters for use in AC systems with rated voltages between
100 V and 1000 V
DIN EN 60099-1 (VDE 0675 Part 1)
Surge arresters - Part 1: Non-linear resistor-type gapped surge
arresters for AC systems
DIN EN 60439-1 (VDE 0660 Part 500)
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1: Type-tested and partially type-tested combinations
DIN EN 60664-1 (VDE 0110 Part 1)
Insulation coordination for electrical equipment in low-voltage
systems Part 1: Principles, requirements and tests
DIN EN 61643-11 (VDE 0675 Part 6-11)
Surge suppressors for low-voltage Part 11: surge suppressors for
use in l.v. systems Requirements and tests
DIN EN 61643-21 (VDE 0845 Part 3-1)
Surge suppressors for low-voltage Part 11: Surge suppressors for
use in telecommunications and signaling networks
Performance requirements and testing methods
IEC standards
IEC 60099-1:1999-12
Surge arresters Part 1: Non-linear resistor type gapped surge
arresters for a.c. systems
IEC 60439-1:1999-09
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies; Part 1:
Type-tested and partially type-tested assemblies
IEC 60664-1:1992-10
Insulation coordination for equipment within low-voltage systems;
Part 1: Principles, requirements and tests
IEC 61024-1:1990-04
Protection of structures against lightning; Part 1: General principles
IEC 61024-1-1:1993-09
Protection of structures against lightning; Part 1: General principles;
Section 1: Guide A Selection of protection levels for lightning
protection systems
IEC 61024-1-2:1998-05
Protection of structures against lightning; Part 1-2: General
principles Guide B Design, installation, maintenance and
inspection of lightning protection systems
IEC 61312-1:1995-03
Protection against lightning electromagnetic impulse
Part 1: General principles
IEC 61643-1:1998-02
Surge protective devices connected to low-voltage power distribution systems Part 1: Performance requirements and testing
methods
IEC 61643-21:2000-09
Low voltage surge protective devices Part 21: Surge protective
devices connected to telecommunications and signaling networks
Performance requirements and testing methods
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
5/35

Configuring aids
More information
Type
Description
Lightning arresters as a result of atmospheric influences

Requirement category I (B)
5SD7 311-0
Lightning arrester, 1-pole, unenclosed, 10/350 ms, limp = 75 kA
5SD7 311-1
Lightning arrester, 1-pole, enclosed, 10/350 ms, limp = 50 kA
5SD7 313-1
Lightning arrester, 3-pole, enclosed, 10/350 ms, limp = 100 kA
5SD7 315-0
Lightning arrester, 1-pole, unenclosed, 10/350 ms, limp = 50 kA
5SD7 318-0
Lightning arrester, 1-pole, N-PE, unenclosed, 10/350 ms, limp = 100 kA
5SD7 318-1
Lightning arrester, 1-pole, N-PE, enclosed, 10/350 ms, limp = 100 kA
Combination arresters requirement category I (B) and II (C)

5SD7 341-1
Combination arrester for 2P TT networks, 10/350 ms, limp = 25/50 kA, 1-pole/multipole
5SD7 343-0
Combination arrester for TN-C networks, 10/350 ms, limp = 25/75 kA, 1-pole/multipole
5SD7 343-1
Combination arrester for TT networks, 10/350 ms, limp = 25/100 kA, 1-pole/multipole
5SD7 344-0
Combination arrester for TN-S networks, 10/350 ms, limp = 25/100 kA, 1-pole/multipole
5SD7 348-1
Remote signaling module for 5SD7 341-1 combination arrester
5SD7 348-3
Remote signaling module for 5SD7 343-0, 5SD7 343-1, 5SD7 344-0 combination arresters
Surge arresters requirement category II (C), single-pole

5SD7 300-2
Surge arrester, 8/20 ms, Isn = 20 kA, Isn max = 40 kA, Uc = 275 V
5SD7 300-5
Surge arrester, 8/20 ms, Isn = 15 kA, Isn max = 40 kA, Uc = 385 V
5SD7 301-2
Surge arrester, 8/20 ms, Isn = 20 kA, Isn max = 40 kA, with remote indication, Uc = 275 V
5SD7 302-2
Surge arrester, 8/20 ms, Isn = 20 kA, Isn max = 40 kA, plug-in, Uc = 275 V
5SD7 302-4
Surge arrester, 8/20 ms, Isn = 15 kA, Isn max = 40 kA, plug-in, Uc = 335 V
5SD7 303-2
Surge arrester, 8/20 ms, Isn = 20 kA, Isn max = 40 kA, plug-in, with remote indication,
Uc = 275 V
5SD7 303-4
Uc = 335 V
5SD7 303-5
Uc = 385 V
5SD7 308-0
Surge arrester, 10/350 ms, Iimp = 12 kA, 8/20 ms, Isn = 20 kA, Isn max = 40 kA,
plug-in between N-PE, Uc = 275 V
Surge arrester requirement category II (C), multipole

5SD7 323-2
5SD7 323-4
5SD7 323-5
Surge arrester for TN-C systems 3-pole, Uc = 275 V

5SD7 324-2
5SD7 324-4
5SD7 324-5
Surge arrester for TN-C systems 3-pole, with remote indication, Uc = 275 V
5SD7 325-2
5SD7 325-4
5SD7 325-5
Surge arrester for TN-S systems 3-pole, Uc = 275 V

5SD7 326-2
5SD7 326-4
5SD7 326-5
Surge arrester for TN-S systems 3-pole, with remote indication, Uc = 275 V
5SD7 327-2
5SD7 327-4
5SD7 327-5
Surge arrester for TT systems 3-pole, Uc = 275 V

5SD7 328-2
5SD7 328-4
5SD7 328-5
Surge arrester for TT systems 3-pole, with remote indication, Uc = 275 V

Surge arrester requirement category III (D)

5SD7 335-0
5SD7 335-1
5SD7 332-0
5SD7 334-0
Surge arrester, socket outlet adapter, 8/20 ms, Isn = 2.5 kA

Surge arrester, socket outlet adapter with line filter, 8/20 ms, Isn = 2.5 kA
Surge arrester, 2-pole, 8/20 ms, Isn = 3.0 kA
Surge arrester, 4-pole, 8/20 ms, Isn = 3.0 kA
Accessories
5SD7 360-0
Through-type terminal, 1-pole
5SD7 361-0
Busbar for surge arrester Class II, 4-pole, 1-phase
5SD7 361-1
Busbar for surge arrester Class I, 8-pole, 1-phase
5SD7 390-0
Decoupling reactor, In = 35 A
5SD7 391-0
Decoupling reactor, In = 63 A
5SD7 392-2
Male connector for surge arrester, plug-in, Class II, Uc = 275 V
5SD7 392-4
5SD7 392-5
5SD7 398-0
Male connector for surge arrester, plug-in, Class II, TT system
7
5/36
Switches
6/2
Introduction
6/3
5TE8 control switches
6/9
5TE4 8 pushbuttons
6/14
5TE8 On/Off switches
6/19
5TE1 switch disconnectors
4
6
6/1
Switches
Introduction
Switches
Overview
For the switching of luminaires,

motors and other electrical
devices
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3

(VDE 0660 Part 107)
IEC 60669-1, EN 60669-1
(VDE 0632 Part 1)
Usage
Industry
Standards
Res. bldgs.
Application
Non-res. bldgs.
Devices

5TE8 changeover switches
20 A
5TE8 group switches with center position
20 A
20 A
For the application of logical links

in control cabinets
5TE4 8 pushbuttons
5TE4 8 pushbuttons
with/without maintained-contact function
To be used as pushbuttons in
control systems, e.g. to switch on
seal-in circuits or as pushbuttons
with latching function for manual
use, as control switches or for the
switching of loads
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3

(VDE 0660 Part 107)
IEC 60669-1, EN 60669-1
(VDE 0632 Part 1)

5TE8 On/off switches
20 A to 125 A
For the application of logical links 16 A to 25 A and 40 A to 100 A:

in control cabinets
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
(VDE 0660 Part 107)
IEC 60669-1, EN 60669-1
(VDE 0632 Part 1)
32 A and 125 A:
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
(VDE 0660 Part 107)

100 A to 200 A
Definitions
= Rated operational current
Ie
Ue
= Rated operational voltage
= Rated control supply current
Ic
= Rated control supply voltage
Uc
Ps
= Rated operational capacity
6/2
For the switching of system

components
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3,

KEMA certified according to
UL 508
Switches
Overview
1
2
Devices for rated operational current 20 and 32 A
3
4
5
Uniform auxiliary switches
Wtih a few exceptions, the 5TE8 switches (20 A and 32 A) can be
retrofitted with auxiliary switches without the use of tools. Some
switches (e.g. 4-pole designs, right) that cannot be retrofitted are
available in a fully assembled design ex works. The auxiliary switches can be installed as 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO or 2 NC. They can also be
applied with the 5SY and 5SP4 miniature circuit-breakers. Advantage: easier storage.
Uniform busbar mounting of switches

All 5TE8 switches (20 A and 32 A) can be fed via the single or
two-phase 5TE9 busbar. In the same way, 5TE4 8 pushbuttons,
5TE5 8 light indicators and 5TT5 5 remote control switches can
be busbar mounted.
Advantage: easier storage.
6
7
8
9
New infeed for the busbar mounting of switches

The 5TE9 phase bar is fed in at the socket terminal up to 32 A for
conductors up to 6 mm2.
Flexible handling of the busbar mounting

The 5TE9 phase bars can be cut to length, terminal lugs can be cut
out if necessary. Perforations have not been used as they would only
reduce the cross-section and an inexact perforation detachment
would no longer guarantee the required insulation spacing to the
terminals which must be infed separately.
10
11
12
13
One tool for both mounting and connection

All 5TE8 switches (20 A and 32 A) can be connected or removed
from the mounting rail using a Pozidrive 1- or 4-mm screwdriver. The
same applies for 5TE4 8 pushbuttons, 5TE5 8 light indicators and
5TT5 5 remote control switches.
Safe positioning on the mounting rail

The tried and tested latching slide for all 5TE8 switches (20 A and
32 A) ensures secure and straight fixing on the standard mounting
rail. Unpack, hang on and press without the use of tools. Furthermore, the latching slide does not protrude from the device. Thus, it
is not concealed by cables. 5TE8 switches (20 and 32 A), 5TE4 8
pushbuttons, 5TE5 8 light indicators, 5TT5 5 remote control switches
and 5TT5 7 Insta contactors are also fitted with the latching slidetechnology.
6/3
Switches
Overview
Spacers
Spacers can be used as a balancing element and have a width of
0.5 MW. They come with an integrated conductor canal for the insertion of conductors. Two oppositely installed spacers thus offer space
for large conductor cross-sections up to a 15 mm diameter.
Uniform terminal covers and handle locking devices

The handle locking device prevents inadvertent manual on and off
switching. It can be sealed. Regardless of that, all 5TE8 switches
can also be sealed in the ON and OFF position.
The sealable terminal cover ensures access to the terminal with all
switches 32 A to 125 A. With switches 32 A to 63 A, it also prevents
the removal of the devices from the mounting rail.
Changeover
On/off switches
switches
Group switches in
center position
Control switches
20 A
20 and 32 A
32 to 63 A
80 to 125 A
Separate handle locking device
Sealable switch position
Mountable auxiliary switch
5TE8 151
5TE8 161
Position indicator red/green
Optional: red handle (instead of gray)
6/4
Switches
Switches
Acc. to IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660 Part 107)
and IEC 60669-1, EN 60669-1 (VDE 0632 Part 1)
5TE8 1
Rated operational current Ie
per current path
1-pole
multipole
V AC
V AC
Rated power dissipation Pv
contact 1) per pole
VA
Thermal rated current Ithe
0.7
20
at p.f. = 0.65
60
Rated making capacity
at p.f. = 0.65
60
Short-circuit strength
use together with a fuse with the same rated operational current
(DIN EN 60269 gL/gG)
kA
10
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
>5
mm
mm
2 >2
>7
mm
>7
Clearances
open contacts 2)
between the poles
Creepage distances
Mechanical lifetime
switching cycles
25 000
Electrical service life
switching cycles
10 000
Minimum contact load

Rated short-time currents 3)
per current path at p.f. = 0.7
up to 0.2 s
up to 0.5 s
up to 1 s
up to 3 s
Terminals/max. tightening torque
screw (Pozidrive); Nm
rigid
flexible with sleeve
3
4
20
230
400
V; mA
10; 300
A
A
A
A
650
400
290
170
5
6
7
1; 1.2
1.5 ... 6
mm2
min. mm2 1
-5 ... +40
acc. to DIN 50015 at 95 % relative air humidity
45
1
2
1) For rated operational current.

2) For 5TE8 14. switches with center position = 2 x 2.5 mm.
3) The corresponding rated surge current can be established through multiplying by factor 1.5.
10
11
12
13
6/5
Switches

Version
Ue
Ie
Conductor
MW
cross-sections
V AC
up to mm2
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Changeover switches (20 A)

with separate handle locking device, sealable switch position,
mountable auxiliary switch
1 NO contact, 1 NC contact
5TE8 151
400
20
5TE8 151
0.062
1/12
2 NO contacts, 2 NC contacts
auxiliary switch cannot be mounted
400
20
5TE8 152
0.081
1/12
3 NO contacts, 1 NC contact
400
20
5TE8 153
0.082
1/12
230
20
5TE8 161
0.060
1/12
2 COs
400
20
5TE8 162
0.076
1/12
1 CO contact
5TE8 162
Group switches with center position (20 A)
max. mounting depth of 73.5 mm in center position,
1 CO contact
230
20
5TE8 141
0.060
1/12
400
20
5TE8 142
0.077
1/12
2 CO contacts
5TE8 141
Control switches (20 A)
with fixed mounted 230 V glow lamp or 48 V diode,
replaceable, white luminescent cap,
separate handle locking device, sealable switch position,
1 NO contact
230
48
20
5TE8 101
5TE8 101-3
0.057
0.057
1/12
1/12
400
20
5TE8 102
0.066
1/12
400
20
5TE8 103
0.078
1/12
5TE8 108
0.128
1/8
2 NO contacts
5TE8 101
3 NO contacts
3 NO contacts with mounted auxiliary switch
(1 NO contact, 1 NC contact)
400
20
5TE8 108
6/6
Switches
Accessories
Version
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Auxiliary switches (AS)

for all 5TE8 switches,
for right-side retrofitting with factory-fitted brackets,
for further technical specifications, see also section,
"Miniature circuit-breakers"
1 NO contact + 1 NC contact
5ST3 010
0.050
2 NO contacts
5ST3 011
0.050
2 NC contacts
5ST3 012
0.050
5ST3 801
0.008
5ST3 010
can be sealed against unwanted manual ON/OFF switching,
for padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
Single-phase busbar
for all 5TE8 switches, 20 A and 32 A,
5TE9 100
0.040
1/10
in the 12 MW design for the cutting of unused terminal lugs

to ensure insulation clearances if one device terminal is to be
supplied separately despite being mounted on the busbar,
modular clearance = 1 MW
Can be mounted top or bottom in the front or rear terminal area

Two-phase bar
5TE9 101
0.060
1/10
Both copper conductors of the two-phase bar are insulated

together
Infeed of the busbar at the device terminal with a conductor
cross-section of 6 mm2 to 32 A
5
6
7
9
10
Can be mounted from top or bottom, or in the front or rear

terminal area, thus allowing realization of a 4-conductor
connection using two two-phase busbars.
1 set
End cap for two-phase bars

End cap for 5TE9 101 two-phase busbars to keep insulation
clearances when the bar is being cut.
3
4
Infeed of the busbar to the device terminal with a conductor

cross-section of 6 mm2 to 32 A
for all 5TE8 switches, 20 and 32 A, in 12 MW design, each with

1 MW division, whereby the two rails are offset by 0.5 MW.
1
2
5TE9 102
0.001
1 set
1 set = 10 items
11
12

32 A to 125 A in 1 MW per pole version,
for ordering data, see Chapter "Accessories for 5SJ6, 5SY. and
5SP4 miniature circuit-breakers"
Spacer
13
Contour for modular devices with a mounting depth of 70 mm;

can be snapped onto either side of the busbar, so that two
spacers allow for convenient cable routing
5TG8 240
0.010
Plate sets
for manual changing of the luminous plates for 5TE8 10
control switches
Cap set comprising 1 red, green, and yellow cap each
1 set
5TG8 068
0.006
1 set
6/7
Switches
Group switches with intermediate position,
5TE8 changeover switches, 20 A
5TE8 control switches, 20 A, with lamp
5TE8 151 5TE8 152 5TE8 141 5TE8 142

5TE8 153 5TE8 161 5TE8 162
5TE8 101 5TE8 102 5TE8 103

5TE8 101-3
1 3
1 7
2 4
L1
L1 L2
1 N
3 5
1 N
1 N
45
67
90
3 5
45
67
90
2 8
4 6
18
18
18
18
24
I2_07888
44
18
4 6
18
18
64
70
5TE8 control switches, 20 A, with pilot light and auxiliary switch
5ST3 auxiliary switches
5TE8 108
5ST3 010
5ST3 011
5ST3 012
3 5
24
I2_08008
44
64
70
11
4 6 12
I2_11583
2 8/N 24
I2_06335d
45
67
90
45
90
1 7/N 23
27
24
44
44
70
64
70
Schematics
5TE8 151
5TE8 152
5TE8 153
1 3
5 7
3 5 7
2 4
6 8
4 6 8
5TE8 161
1
2
L1
5TE 8 141
1
2
L1
6/8
2 3
L1
4
L2
5TE8 142
1
2 3
L1
4
L2
5TE8 102
3 1
4 2
5TE8 103
5 3 1
6 4 2
5TE8 108
5TE8 162
1
5TE8 101
5TE8 101-3
5 3 1
N 23 11
6 4 2
24 12
5ST3 010
5ST3 011
5ST3 012
13
21
13
23
11
21
22
14
24
14
22
12
Switches
5TE4 8 pushbuttons
Switches
Overview
1
2
3
4
5
Two functions in one device

Pushbuttons with setting function for momentary-contact or maintained-contact operation can be changed over after installation and
connection as the setting switch is always accessible.
Pushbuttons and light indicators with separate infeed in one

device
Control pushbuttons with pilot light in one modular width in momentary-contact or maintained-contact operation save room. The lights
are fed via isolated terminals. Thus, they can also be used for voltages other than the switching voltage.
6
7
8
9
Double functions, 2 systems in one device

Double pushbuttons and double pushbuttons with pilot lights for
separate infeed even voltages differing from the switching voltage
in one modular width help to save mounting space. Changeover
from momentary to maintained-contact operation is done separately
for each pushbutton from top to bottom. Thus, two systems have
been incorporated in one device.
Changing of pilot lights and caps without the use of tools

Pilot lights and caps can safely be replaced during operation without
the use of tools. Transparent caps in different colors allow signaling
of system states according to IEC 60073, e.g. red: danger, yellow:
warning and green: safety.
Features
Momentary-contact/maintained-contact changeover after installation and connection in disconnected state
Double pushbuttons
Pushbuttons with pilot lights
Caps and lamps can be changed
Lamps also available with voltages other than 230 V
(standard: 230 V)
Always correctly polarized

The pilot lights, depending on the voltage either glow lamp or diode,
are nested in a slotted base. Thus correct polarization is always ensured for DC applications.
6/9
10
11
12
13
Switches
5TE4 8 pushbuttons
Acc. to IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660 Part 107)
5TE4 8
per current path
1-pole
multipole
V AC
V AC
per pole
VA
20
230
400
0.6
20
60
at p. f. = 0.65
at p. f. = 0.65
60
kV
>5
mm
mm
2>2
>7

open contacts
between the poles
Clearances
>7
mm
Creepage distances
25 000
switching cycles
Mechanical lifetime
per current path at p. f. = 0.7
up to 0.2 s
up to 0.5 s
up to 1 s
up to 3 s
Terminals/tightening torque
rigid
V; mA
10; 300
A
A
A
A
650
400
290
170
1; 1.2
1.5 ... 6
mm2
min. mm2 1
-5 ... +40
45
5TG8 050
5TG8 051
5TG8 052
5TG8 053
5TG8 054
5TG8 055
Power loss of 5TG8 05. lamps

V AC
12
24
48
60
115
230
MW
70
160
350
420
70
170
V DC
12
24
48
60
110
220
MW
85
190
450
550
50
135
Color coding acc. to IEC 60073

Color
Safety of people or environment
Process state
System state
Red
Danger
Emergency
Faulty
Yellow
Warning/Caution
Abnormal
Green
Safety
Normal
Blue
Stipulation
White
Gray
Black
No special significance assigned
1) The corresponding rated surge current can be established by multiplying by 1.5.
6/10
Switches
5TE4 8 pushbuttons

Version
Ue
Ie
Conductor
crosssections
V AC
up to mm2
Order No.
MW
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5TE4 800
0.061
1/12
Pushbuttons without maintained-contact function

1 gray pushbutton
230
20
1 NO contact, 1 NO contact
1 green, 1 blue pushbutton
230
20
5TE4 804
0.053
1/12
1 red pushbutton
230
20
5TE4 805
0.061
1/12
1 green pushbutton
230
20
5TE4 806
0.061
1/12
1 yellow pushbutton
230
20
5TE4 807
0.061
1/12
1 blue pushbutton
230
20
5TE4 808
0.061
1/12
5TE4 800
Pushbuttons with maintained-contact function
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1 gray pushbutton
230
20
5TE4 810
0.060
1/12
2 NO contacts
1 gray pushbutton
400
20
5TE4 811
0.061
1/12
3 NO contacts + N
1 gray pushbutton
400
20
5TE4 812
0.080
1/12
4 NC contacts
1 gray pushbutton
400
20
5TE4 813
0.080
1/12
2 COs
1 gray pushbutton
400
20
5TE4 814
0.075
1/12
10
11
Control pushbuttons with maintained-contact function and 230 V

pilot light for max. 5 m cable length
1 red pushbutton
400
20
5TE4 820
0.071
1/12
1 NO contact
1 red pushbutton
230
20
5TE4 821
0.078
1/12
1 red pushbutton
400
20
5TE4 823
0.080
1/12
2 NC contacts
1 red pushbutton
400
20
5TE4 824
0.080
1/12
5TE4 822
0.078
1/12
5TE4 830
0.065
1/12
5TE4 831
0.084
1/12
2 NO contacts
5TE4 820
Control pushbuttons with maintained-contact function and 230 V

pilot light for max. 150 m cable length
1 NO contact
1 red pushbutton
400
20
Double pushbuttons with maintained-contact function

1 NO contact and 1 NC contact
1 red, 1 green pushbutton
400
20
1 NO contact, 1 NC contact + 1 NO contact, 1 NC contact

1 red, 1 green pushbutton
400
20
6
5TE4 830
6/11
8
9
12
13
Switches
5TE4 8 pushbuttons

Version
Ue
Ie
Conductor
crosssections
V AC
up to mm2
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Double pushbuttons with maintained-contact function and

two 230 V pilot lights for max. 5 m cable length
1 NO contact and 1 NO contact
1 red pushbutton, 1 green
400
pushbutton
20
5TE4 840
0.080
1/12
1 NO contact and 1 NC contact

1 red pushbutton, 1 green
400
pushbutton
20
5TE4 841
0.080
1/12
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5TE4 840
Accessories
Version
Ue
V
5TG8 050
5TG8 060
Lamps, manually removable for voltages other than 230 V or as

spare lamps with label
LED
12 AC/DC
5TG8 050
0.001
LED
24 AC/DC
5TG8 051
0.001
LED
48 AC/DC
5TG8 052
0.001
LED
60 AC/DC
5TG8 053
0.001
Glow lamp
115 AC
110 DC
5TG8 054
0.001
Glow lamp
230 AC
220 DC
5TG8 055
0.001
Cap sets, manually replaceable with colored caps with or without

lamp equipping
gray, non-transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 060
1 set
0.002
1 set
red, transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 061
0.002
1 set
green, transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 062
0.002
1 set
yellow, transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 063
0.002
1 set
blue, transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 064
0.002
1 set
black, non-transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 065
0.002
1 set
white, transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 066
0.002
1 set
red and green (1 set contains 10 lamps per color),

yellow, blue and white (1 set contains 5 lamps per color)
5TG8 067
0.012
1 set
red, green, yellow (1 set = 3 items)
5TG8 070
0.002
1 set
5TG8 061
6/12
Switches
5TE4 8 pushbuttons
5TE4 8 pushbuttons
3
4
5TE4 820 5TE4 821 5TE4 800 5TE4 812 5TE4 813 5TE4 814
5TE4 823 5TE4 822 5TE4 805
5TE4 824
5TE4 806
5TE4 807
5TE4 808
5TE4 810
5TE4 811
1
3 5
3 5
2 4
1 7/N
1 7
1 3
45
67
90
1 3
X6 N
X6 N
2 8/N
2 8
2 4
4 6
4 6
L1 L2
18
18
18
18
18
18
24
I2_07875
44
64
70
5TE4 804 pushbuttons
5TE4 8 double pushbuttons with maintained-contact function
5TE4 804
5TE4 830 5TE4 831 5TE4 840

5TE4 841
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
5 7
X5 N
45
67
90
X6 N
2 4
24
I2_11984
44
6 8
X6 N
2 4
2 4
2 4
18
18
18
9
7
24
64
70
I2_07870
44
10
64
70
Schematics
11
5TE4 8 pushbuttons
5TE4 800
5TE4 805
5TE4 806
5TE4 807
5TE4 808
5TE4 823
5TE4 804
5TE4 810
1 3 X5 N1
2 4 X6 N2
5TE4 811
5TE4 812
5TE4 813
1 3 5 7/N
1 3 5 7
2 4 6
2 4 6 8
5TE4 820
1 2 3 4
L1
8/N
L2
4 X6
5TE4 821
1
X6
5TE4 824
4 X6
5TE4 822
4 X6
2 X6
55TE4 830
5TE4 831
5TE4 814
6
7
8
45
67
90
X5 N
18
1
2
5TE4 840
12
13
5TE4 841
X5
X5
X6
X6
6/13
Switches
Switches
20 A: acc. to IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660 Part 107)
32 A: acc. to IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660 Part 107)
5TE8 1
5TE8 2
32
per current path
20
1-pole
multipole
V AC
V AC
230
400
per pole, max.
VA
0.7
20
32
at p. f. = 0.65
60
96
at p. f. = 0.65
60
96
(EN 60269 gL/gG)
kA
10
kV
>5
mm
mm
2 x >2
>7
mm
>7
Clearances
open contacts 1)
between the poles
Creepage distances
Mechanical lifetime
switching cycles
switching cycles

up to 0.2 s
up to 0.5 s
up to 1 s
up to 3 s
rigid
25 000
10 000
V; mA
10; 300
A
A
A
A
650
400
290
170
1;1.2
1.5 ... 6
mm2
min. mm2 1
-5 ... +40
45
40 A ... 100 A:
acc. to IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660 Part 107)

32 A and 125 A: acc. to IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660 Part 107)
5TE8 3
per current path
1-pole
multipole
V AC
V AC
per pole, max.
VA
1 000
630
450
250
32
5TE8 4
40
5TE8 5
63
5TE8 6
80
5TE8 7
5TE8 8
100
125
230
400
0.7
0.9
2.2
3.5
5.5
8.6
32
40
63
80
100
125
at p. f. = 0.65
96
120
196
240
300
375
at p. f. = 0.65
96
120
196
240
300
375
kA
10
5000
1 000
(EN 60269 gL/gG)
Clearances
open contacts
between the poles
Creepage distances
Mechanical lifetime
switching cycles
switching cycles

>5
>7
>7
mm
>7
20 000
10 000
V; mA
24; 300
1-pole
2-pole
3-/4-pole
kW
kW
kW
5
9
15
6.5
11
15
10
18
30
13
22
39
16
28
48
16
28
48
up to 0.2 s
up to 0.5 s
up to 1 s
up to 3 s
A
A
A
A
760
500
400
280
950
630
500
350
1500
1 000
800
560
2700
1650
1350
800
3400
2100
1700
1 000
3400
2100
1700
1000

Rated power
switching of resistive loads
including moderate overload AC-21
kV
mm
mm
rigid
2; 3.5
1 ... 35
mm2
min. mm2 1
-5 ... +40
45
1) For 5TE8 14. switches with center position. = 2 x 2.5 mm.

2) The corresponding rated surge current can be established through multiplying by factor 1.5.
6/14
2.5 ... 50
2.5
Switches

Version
Ue
Ie
Conductor
crosssections
V AC
up to mm2
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
On/off switches (20 A and 32 A)

auxiliary switch can be mounted
1 NO contact
230
20
32
5TE8 111
5TE8 211
0.053
0.053
1/12
1/12
400
20
32
5TE8 112
5TE8 212
0.062
0.062
1/12
1/12
400
20
32
5TE8 113
5TE8 213
0.072
0.072
1/12
1/12
400
20
32
5TE8 114
5TE8 214
0.082
0.081
1/12
1/12
400
20
32
1.5
5TE8 118
5TE8 218
0.128
0.128
1/8
1/8
5TE8 521
5TE8 721
0.100
0.112
1/12
1/12
1
2
3
4
2 NO contacts
5TE8 111
3 NO contacts
3 NO contacts + N
auxiliary switch
cannot be mounted
3 NO contacts + N
with mounted auxiliary switch
5
6
7
5TE8 218
On/Off switches (32 A to 125 A)
can be used as switch disconnector according to EN 60947-1

auxiliary switch, can be mounted, position indication red/green
1 NO contact, red handle
230
1 NO contact
5TE8 511
2 NO contacts, red handle
400
2 NO contacts
5TE8 514
3 NO contacts, red handle
400
3 NO contacts
3 NO contacts + N, red handle 400

5TE8 533
3 NO contacts + N
63
100
35
50
32
40
63
35
5TE8 311
5TE8 411
5TE8 511
0.100
0.100
0.100
1/12
1/12
1/12
80
100
125
50
5TE8 611
5TE8 711
5TE8 811
0.112
0.112
0.112
1/12
1/12
1/12
63
100
35
50
5TE8 522
5TE8 722
0.204
0.225
1/6
1/6
32
40
63
35
5TE8 312
5TE8 412
5TE8 512
0.204
0.204
0.204
1/6
1/6
1/6
80
100
125
50
5TE8 612
5TE8 712
5TE8 812
0.225
0.225
0.225
1/6
1/6
1/6
63
100
35
50
5TE8 523
5TE8 723
0.307
0.338
1/4
1/4
32
40
63
35
5TE8 313
5TE8 413
5TE8 513
0.307
0.307
0.307
1/4
1/4
1/4
80
100
125
50
5TE8 613
5TE8 713
5TE8 813
0.340
0.338
0.338
1/4
1/4
1/4
63
100
35
50
5TE8 524
5TE8 724
0.413
0.445
1/3
1/3
32
40
63
35
5TE8 314
5TE8 414
5TE8 514
0.410
0.410
0.413
1/3
1/3
1/3
80
100
125
50
5TE8 614
5TE8 714
5TE8 814
0.455
0.445
0.455
1/3
1/3
1/3
5TE8 533
0.263
1/4
Terminal access from the bottom and off-position lockable with special
key (exclusive power supply company tool). Reduced lower terminal
entry for conductors with approx. 7 mm diameter
3 NO contacts
400
63
35
6/15
9
10
11
12
13
Switches
Accessories
Version
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Auxiliary switches (AS)

for right-side retrofitting with factory-fitted brackets,
for further technical specifications, see also Section,
"Miniature circuit-breakers"
5ST3 010
0.5
5ST3 010
0.050
2 NO contacts
0.5
5ST3 011
0.050
2 NC contacts
0.5
5ST3 012
0.050
5ST3 801
0.008
5ST3 800
0.001
5/10
5TG8 240
0.010
8GB4 576
0.026
5ST2 112
0.008
1/50
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5TE9 112
0.111
1/12
5TE9 113
0.111
1/12

can be sealed against unwanted manual ON/OFF switching,
padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
Terminal cover
for all 5TE8 5 to 5TE8 8 switches,
in 1 MW per pole version,
for covering screw openings,
sealable
Spacer
contour for modular devices with a mounting depth of 70 mm;
can be snapped onto either side of the busbar, so that
two spacers allow for convenient cable routing
0.5
Fixpoint terminal
with snap-on mounting for attaching to the standard mounting rail
and lateral cable entry,
Can also be used as RCCB terminal,
with 3 terminals for conductors from 1.5 mm2 to 10 mm2 and
1 terminal for conductors from 1.5 mm2 to 25 mm
Snap-on terminal
with snap-on mounting for mounting on the standard mounting
rail with terminals for conductors up to 16 mm2 solid and
10 mm2 stranded
Version
Ue
Ie
Conductor
crosssections
V AC
up to mm2
MW
Phase connector
for easier wiring in various different wiring versions
and busbars or as a fixpoint terminal for conductors from
2.5 mm2 to 50 mm2
1-pole
230
125
50
N conductor connector
for easier wiring in different circuit versions
and busbar mountings or as a fixpoint terminal for N conductors from
2.5 mm2 to 50 mm2 with blue color marking
1-pole
6/16
230
125
50
Switches
5TE8 On/Off switches, 20 A and 32 A
5ST3 auxiliary switches
5TE8 111 5TE8 112 5TE8 113 5TE8 114

5TE8 211 5TE8 212 5TE8 213 5TE8 214
5ST3 010
5ST3 011
5ST3 012
3 5
3 5
1 7/N
2 8/N
4 6
4 6
18
18
18
24
I2_08002
44
I2_06335d
18
3
4
45
90
45
67
90
64
70
44
70
6
7
5TE8 On/Off switches , 32 A to 125 A

5TE8 311
5TE8 411
5TE8 511
5TE8 521
5TE8 312
5TE8 412
5TE8 512
5TE8 522
5TE8 611
5TE8 711
5TE8 721
5TE8 811
5TE8 612
5TE8 712
5TE8 722
5TE8 812
5TE8 313
5TE8 413
5TE8 513
5TE8 523
5TE8 533
5TE8 613
5TE8 713
5TE8 723
5TE8 813
5TE8 118
5TE8 218
5TE8 314
5TE8 414
5TE8 514
5TE8 524
5TE8 614
5TE8 714
5TE8 724
5TE8 814
3 5
1
11
1 N 23
18
36
54
72
I2_08001
24
4 6
44
64
70
45
67
90
45
90
27
12
10
I2_11617
24
44
64
70
11
Phase connector/N-conductor connector

5TE9 112
5TE9 113
12
18
18
I2_11584
45
90
1
2
13
44
64
70
6/17
Switches
Schematics
Auxiliary switches

5TE8 111
5TE8 211
5TE8 112
5TE8 212
5TE8 113
5TE8 213
5ST3 010
1 3
1 3 5
13
21
2 4
2 4 6
22
14
5TE8 114
5TE8 214
5TE8 118
5TE8 218
5TE8 311
5TE8 411
5TE8 511
5TE8 521
5TE8 611
5TE8 711
5TE8 721
5TE8 811
1 3 5 7/N
1 3 5 7/N 23 11
2 4 6 8/N
2 4 6 8/N 24 12
5TE8 312
5TE8 412
5TE8 512
5TE8 522
5TE8 533
5TE8 612
5TE8 712
5TE8 722
5TE8 812
5TE8 313
5TE8 413
5TE8 513
5TE8 523
5TE8 314
5TE8 414
5TE8 514
5TE8 524
5TE8 613
5TE8 713
5TE8 723
5TE8 813
5TE8 614
5TE8 714
5TE8 724
5TE8 814
1 3
1 3 5
1 3 5 7/N
2 4
2 4 6
2 4 6 8/N
6/18
5ST3 011
5ST3 012
13
23
11
21
24
14
22
12
Switches
Switches
Overview
From 160 A: delivery with one terminal cover
160 A and 200 A: version for connection with lug
Installation on standard mounting rail acc. to EN 60715, which is

raised at least 5 mm from the base plate
Screw connection on base plate.
Design
Connection versions of 5TE1 .3 and 5TE1 .4 switches, 160 and 200 A versions
10-12
I2_08070
3
4
5
SW 5
SW 13
max. 12 Nm
1
2
10-12
6
7
8,5
max. 6
5TE9 003
5TE9 004
SW 5
20 max.
max. 14
Acc. to IEC 60947-3, DIN EN 60947-3
UL 508 KEMA certified
5TE1 .1
5TE1 .2
5TE1 .3
5TE1 .4

with utilization category AC-21A
per current path at Ue =
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
A
A
A
A
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200

400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
A
A
A
A
100
100
100
63
125
125
100
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200

400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
A
A
A
A
80
80
50
40
125
125
125
63
160
160

with utilization category DC-23A
2 poles in series
2 poles in series
4 poles in series
110 V
220 V
220 V
A
A
A
100
100
160
100
160
V AC
690
V AC
690
2000 m
Impulse test voltage
at sea level
at Ue =
Max. rated operating capacity AC-23A
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
kV
kV
12.3
kW
kW
kW
kW
44
46
35
36
88
92
86
76
at 40 C, 50 C and 60 C
100
160
200
1875
3200
4000
at 415 V AC-23A
1 000
1920
2400
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking

capacity Icm
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
kA
kA
kA
kA
10
10
6.7
6.7
Rated short-time withstand current Icw

(peak value)
per current path
0.25 s
1s
kA
kA
5
2.5
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V
kA
kA
kA
kA
50
50
50
33
33
20
18
kvar
50
60
77
97
at 400 V
Number of poles
poles
per pole
Frequency
125
69
72
86
60
at 415 V AC-23A
Capacitive load
11
12
at Ue =
10
80

with back-up protection with back-up fuse
with identical rated current
13
6
3
2/3/4
VA
2.9
Hz
50/60
4.5
6.5
10
6/19
Switches
Acc. to IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
UL 508 KEMA certified
5TE1 .1
mm2
Service life (switching cycles)
electrical
mechanical
Acc. to UL 508
UL 508 General Use 480 V
In
FLA
UL 508 Manual motor controller 480 V

UL 508 Short circuit at 480 V
power output
K5 fuses
J fuses
5TE1 .2
5TE1 .3
5TE1 .4
6 ... 50
Cu busbar max. 20 6
1 500
20 000
1 000
10 000
A
A
100
34
125
40
HP
kA
kA
25
10
50
30

Version
Ue
Ie
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Switch disconnectors, lockable,

with gray knob and transparent casing,
mounting depth 92 mm
2 NO contacts
690
100
125
5TE1 210
5TE1 220
0.480
0.480
1
1
160
200
5TE1 230
5TE1 240
0.620
0.620
1
1
100
125
5TE1 310
5TE1 320
0.540
0.540
1
1
160
200
5TE1 330
5TE1 340
0.730
0.730
1
1
100
125
5TE1 410
5TE1 420
0.590
0.590
1
1
160
200
5TE1 430
5TE1 440
0.770
0.770
1
1
100
125
5TE1 610
5TE1 620
0.590
0.590
1
1
160
200
5TE1 630
5TE1 640
0.770
0.770
1
1
3 NO contacts
690
5TE1 210
4 NO contacts
690
3 NO contacts with N conductor through-type terminal

690
Switch disconnectors with red knob and yellow cap,

can be used as emergency system interrupter according
to IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113 T1)
if switch is easily accessible,
3 NO contacts
690
100
125
5TE1 315
5TE1 325
0.540
0.540
1
1
160
200
5TE1 335
5TE1 345
0.730
0.730
1
1
100
125
5TE1 415
5TE1 425
0.590
0.590
1
1
160
200
5TE1 435
5TE1 445
0.770
0.770
1
1
4 NO contacts
690
5TE1 315
6/20
Switches
Accessories
Version
Ue
Ie
V AC
A AC
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Terminal covers
for 100 A and 125 A switch disconnectors; sealable
5TE9 000
0.060
for 160 A and 200 A switch disconnectors; sealable
5TE9 001
0.050
5TE9 000
1
2
3
4
5
5TE9 001
Cage clamp terminals
5TE9 003
for 160 A and 200 A switch disconnectors

terminal diameter 14.5 mm for 92 mm2 lines
Allen screw, 5 mm
1 set
1 set
5TE9 004
0.080
1 set
0.080
Set comprising three cage clamp terminals
5TE9 003
Set comprising four cage clamp terminals
1 set
Auxiliary switches
Auxiliary switches optionally mountable left or
right or both sides (2 items)
minimum contact load 24 V, 50 mA
1-pole CO contact
230
5TE9 005
0.080
2-pole CO contact
230
5TE9 006
0.080
6
7
8
9
5TE9 005
Locking unit
for up to three padlocks with max. 8 mm
5TE9 014
0.230
5TE9 015
1 set
0.110
1 set
200 mm
400 mm
5TE9 010
5TE9 011
0.550
0.550
1
1
200 mm
400 mm
5TE9 012
5TE9 013
0.550
0.550
1
1
4-pole conversion kit for 100 A and 125 A for the connection
of busbars or cables with cable lugs
for busbars max. 15 mm wide
including terminal cover
Rotary actuators with extension axes for mounting

on hinged doors or casing lids, lockable, IP65
Black knob
Shaft length
5TE9 01.
10
11
12
Red knob
Shaft length
6/21
13
Switches
5TE1 switch disconnectors, 100 A and 125 A
5TE1 410
5TE1 420
5TE1 415
5TE1 425
5TE9 auxiliary switches

5TE1 610
5TE1 620
45
73
I2_07109
I2_07111b
90
75
44
5TE9 005
5TE9 006
90
92,5
5TE1 switch disconnectors , 160 A and 200 A

5TE1 230
5TE1 240
5TE1 330
5TE1 335
5TE1 340
5TE1 345
5TE1 430
5TE1 435
5TE1 440
5TE1 445
42
5TE9 004 locking units
35
1x 2x 3x
I2_07112
max. 8 mm
I2_07110
90
OFF
45
13
ON
80
70
44
5,5
35
73
5TE1 630
5TE1 640
73
35
45
5TE1 310
5TE1 320
5TE1 315
5TE1 325
90
44
5TE1 210
5TE1 220
70
144
92,5
5TE9 rotary actuators with extension axis

with switch disconnectors 100 A and 125 A
5TE9 010, 5TE9 011,
5TE9 012, 5TE9 013
19 H 165 / 365
H+35 L H+100
H+35
L H+100
65
53,5
2,5
H-7
2,5
SW16
SW16
19 H 165 / 365
73
79
H-7
65
53,5
73
79
with switch disconnectors 160 A and 200 A

5TE9 010, 5TE9 011,
5TE9 012, 5TE9 013
I2_07205a
0 37,5
32
I2_07206a
It is possible to open the door in both a connected and disconnected state.
6/22
Switches
Schematics
Auxiliary switches

5TE1 210
5TE1 220
5TE1 230
5TE1 240
5TE1 310
5TE1 320
5TE1 330
5TE1 340
5TE1 410
5TE1 420
5TE1 430
5TE1 440
1 3
1 3 5
1 3 5 7
2 4
2 4 6
2 4 6 8
5TE1 610
5TE1 620
5TE1 630
5TE1 640
5TE1 315
5TE1 325
5TE1 335
5TE1 345
1
2
5TE9 005
1 2
L
5TE9 006
3
4
1 2 3 4
L1
L2
5TE1 415
5TE1 425
5TE1 435
5TE1 445
1 3 5 N
1 3 5
1 3 5 7
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6 8
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
6/23
Switches
Notes
6/24
Switching Devices
7/2
Product overview
7/3
5TT5 remote control switches
7/13
5TT3 0 switching relays
7/17
7/22
5TT3 4 soft-starting devices
7/24
5TT5 2 EMERGENCY-STOP
modules
7/27
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
7/1
Switching Devices
Product overview
Switching Devices
Overview
Switching of lighting by pushbutton
EN 61095 (VDE 0637)

EN 60669 (VDE 0632)
Usage
Industry
Standards
Res. bldgs.
Application
Non-res. bldgs.
Devices
Remote control switches

without central switching
with central switching
with central and group switching
Blind and series remote control switches
Electronic series remote control switches
Flush-mounting remote control switches
without central switching
with central and group switching
System remote control switches
Relays
for PLCs
Switching of small loads or application

in controllers
EN 60255 (VDE 0435)
for capacitive loads
Specially suited for the switching of

luminaires such as fluorescent lamps or
high-pressure and metal-halide lamps,
with capacitive properties
Insta contactors
Switching of motors, heating or lighting, EN 60947-4-1,

such as fluorescent lamps or filament
EN 60947-5-1,
lamps, and resistive and inductive
EN 61095
loads
Soft-starting devices
5TT3 441, 230 V AC
5TT3 440, 400 V AC
Protection of machines with transmission, belt or chain drives,

conveyor belts, fans, pumps,
compressors, packing machines, door
operating mechanisms
EN 60947-4-2, (VDE 0660

Part 117)
N-type EMERGENCY-STOP modules

5TT5 200, 10 A
EMERGENCY-STOP switching of
Acc. to the EC directive
machines in industrial, commercial and for machines 98/37/EG,
private economic applications
EN 954-1
There are a number of general operational demands, particularly with

regard to the switching of lighting, that need to be taken into consideration during planning. The technical background represented here
is for illustration and clarification purposes and is intended to help
you avoid planning errors and prevent the time and hassle caused by
premature failures.
Definitions
Ie
Ue
Ic
Uc
Ps
Uniform mounting depth
Fitted with a transparent cap, these devices have the same uniform
mounting depth valid for all products.
7/2
Switching Devices
Switching Devices
Overview
Remote control
switches
Blind and series

remote control
switches
Electronic series
remote control
switches
Flush-mounting
remote control
switches
System remote
control switches
5TT5 5
5TT5 15
5TT5 16
5TT5 650
5TT5 431
5TT5 60
5TT5 61
5TT5 62
Manual operation
Switch position indication
Fuse protected against continuous

voltage
For different phases between magnet

coil and terminals for central and
group input
yes, 5TT5 15 no
no
no
no
yes
Operating noises
standard
quiet
very quiet
quiet
very quiet
Short-circuit current proof up to 800 A
Pushbutton malfunction
Pushbuttons may jam, thus exposing the remote control switch to a
continuous voltage. It will then no longer react when a second pushbutton is actuated. All our remote control switches are protected
against such malfunction.
Central switching functions
Versions with central ON/OFF or group ON/OFF functions allow the
central switching of all connected remote control switches. Such
central switching can also be actuated using a time switch. All
remote control switches are switched to the ON or OFF switching
state, regardless of the current switching state.
System remote control switches
A 2-MW casing holds up to four remote control switches, which are
wired in the device. This saves space and mounting time. These remote control switches offer particularly quiet switching properties.
These are superior to electronic remote control switches because
they do not require a permanent power supply for the electronics
and the switching position is maintained even in the event of a power
failure. The operating noises are the same as those for the electronic
remote control switches.
3
4
5
Function
Remote control switches are used to switch lightings by means of
several pushbuttons. This makes complex cross/two-way switching
unnecessary. With each pushbutton impulse, the remote control
switch changes its contact position from OFF to ON, etc. In the event
of a power failure, the last switch position is mechanically stored.
1
2
Parallel connection of remote control switches

It is not possible to control more than one remote control switch
using just one pushbutton or contact. This would lead to an undefined contact position as there is no synchronization.
Remote control switches are primarily used for the switching of
incandescent lamps, which may occasionally be subject to shortcircuits during operation. A feature of the 5TT5 5 remote control
switches is their short-circuit strength of 800 A.
Central lockout device
System remote control switches also allow actuation of the central
functions during continuous operation. However, this means that the
room pushbutton can no longer be switched. This range is specially
suited for emergency lighting in switching rooms of banks, object
lighting, sales premises but also prisons.
Glow lamp load, compensator
If the installed glow lamp load is too high, or if the system has a high
line capacity, the 5TG8 230 compensator can be used to increase
the glow lamp load of a remote control switch. The incandescent
lamp load stated always refers to a 230-V actuation. The compensators are switched parallel to the coil. Several compensators can be
switched in parallel.
1 compensator
2 compensators
for 5TT5 53
from 10 mA
to 30 mA
to 50 mA
for 5TT5 15
from 4 mA
to 14 mA
to 24 mA
for 5TT5 16
from 4 mA
to 26 mA
to 48 mA
for 5TT5 6
from 5 mA
to 20 mA
to 35 mA
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
7/3
Switching Devices
5TT5 5, 5TT5 1, 5TT5 4 acc. to EN 61095 (VDE 0637) and
EN 60669 (VDE 0632)
5TT5 6 acc. to EN 60669 (VDE 0632)
5TT5 5
5TT5 15
V AC
Rated control voltage Uc

Operating range Uc
5TT5 16
5TT5 650
5TT5 431
5TT5 153
5TT5 60
5TT5 61
5TT5 62
11
1.5
20
0.8
20
0.9
30
0.9
0.8
See selection table

0.9 ... 1.1
magnet coil, pulse per

contact only at 16 A
at 8 and 10 A
Minimum pulse duration
approx. VA
VA
VA
30
0.9
ms
30
yes
Fuse protected against continuous voltage magnet coil
>3
-contact
-contact
-contact
>3
1-pole
2-pole
3-pole
V AC
V AC
V AC
250
400
400
250
250
250
250
250
Safe isolation
creepage distances and

clearances
magnet coil/contact
mm
>8
Different phases
magnet coil/contact
permissible
magnet coil/terminals for

central-and group input
yes,
5TT5 15 no
Contact gap
16
kV
>4
V; mA
10; 100
Rated operational current Is
for p. f. = 1
mm
screw (Pozidrive)
rigid
yes
50000
in switching cycles for

Ie and Ue or specified
lamp load
Terminals
>3
1
max. mm2
min. mm2
1.5 ... 4
0.5
2 x 2.5
0.5
-10 ... +40
-20 ... +45
acc. to EN 60529
IP20
acc. to DIN 50015 at

C
95 % relative air humidity
45
Humidity class
acc. to DIN 50016

acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
1.5 ... 2.5

0.5
-10 ... +40
IP20
45
FW 24
5TT5 5
1-pole and
1 CO
contact
5TT5 5
multipole
and
5TT5 511
5TT5 1
5TT5 650
5TT5 60
5TT5 61
5TT5 62
Switching of lamps
Incandescent lamp loads
2400
1200
1500
1500
1500
Transformers for halogen lamps
1200
800
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
Fluorescent and compact lamps in ballast operation

non-corrected
L18
L36
L58
W
W
W
35
35
25
30
30
20
20
parallel-corrected
L18/4.5
L36/4.5
L58/7
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
40
40
28
50
50
30
DUO switching, 2-lamp

2 lamps
L18
L36
L58
W
W
W
2 x 30
2 x 30
2 x 20
2 x 24
2 x 24
2 x 16
2 x 22
2 x 22
2 x 14
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
AC operation, 1-lamp
L18
L36
L58
W
W
W
36
36
24
30
30
20
L18/4.5
L36/4.5
L58/7
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
2 x 22
2 x 22
2 x 15
2 x 18
2 x 18
2 x 12
Fluorescent and compact lamps with electronic ballast (ECG)
7/4
Switching Devices

Version
Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5TT5 511
5TT5 501
5TT5 551
0.090
0.090
0.090
1/12
1/12
1/12
5TT5 521
5TT5 541
5TT5 531
0.090
0.090
0.090
1/12
1/12
1/12
5TT5 512
5TT5 502
5TT5 552
0.097
0.097
0.097
1/12
1/12
1/12
5TT5 522
5TT5 542
5TT5 532
0.097
0.097
0.097
1/12
1/12
1/12
5TT5 516
5TT5 506
5TT5 526
0.091
0.091
0.091
1/12
1/12
1/12
5TT5 546
5TT5 536
0.091
0.091
1/12
1/12
V DC
Remote control switches with transparent cap

contact gap 3 mm, short-circuit strength up to 800 A
1 NO contact
2 NO contacts
230
400
16
8
12
12
24
110
230
24
110
220
8
12
12
24
110
230
24
110
220
8
12
24
24
110
230
110
220
16
5TT5 511
1 CO contact
5TT5 150
230
16
with central switching, contact gap 3 mm,

short-circuit current strength up to 800 A
1 CO contact
230
16
230
5TT5 535
0.091
1/12
2 NO contacts
400
16
230
5TT5 534
0.114
1/12
3 NO contacts
400
16
230
5TT5 537
0.137
1/6
with central and group switching, m contact, very quiet operation

1 NO contact
230
16
24
230
5TT5 150
5TT5 151
0.150
0.150
1
1
2 NO contacts
230
16
24
230
5TT5 152
5TT5 153
0.150
0.150
1
1
22
24
110
24
110
5TT5 503
5TT5 523
5TT5 543
0.150
0.150
0.150
1/6
1/6
1/6
230
230
5TT5 533
0.150
1/6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Remote control switches, without transparent cap

contact gap 3 mm, short-circuit strength up to 800 A
3 NO contacts
400
16
10
11
5TT5 503
Blind remote control switch with transparent cap
contact sequence 1 0 2 0, contact gap 3 mm
2 NO contacts
230
16
230
5TT5 163
0.100
12
13
5TT5 163
Series remote control switches with transparent cap
contact sequence 1 2 1 + 2 0, contact gap 3 mm
2 NO contacts
230
16
12
24
230
5TT5 166
5TT5 165
5TT5 164
0.100
0.100
0.100
1
1
1
5TT5 166
7/5
Switching Devices

Version
Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
V DC
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Electronic series remote control switch with transparent cap

contact sequence 1 2 1 + 2 0, m-contacts
2 NO contacts
230
16
12
5TT5 650
0.100
5TT5 650
Remote control system switches with transparent cap,
m-contact, very quiet operation
1 NO contact
230
16
24
230
12
5TT5 601
5TT5 602
5TT5 603
0.065
0.065
0.073
1
1
1
with 2 switching systems

1 NO contact per switching system
230
10
24
230
12
5TT5 605
5TT5 606
5TT5 607
0.080
0.065
0.073
1
1
1
230
10
230
5TT5 611
0.065
5TT5 612
0.080
5TT5 613
0.140
5TT5 614
0.160
5TT5 621
0.065
5TT5 623
0.140
5TG8 230
0.050
Spare part for devices with an overall width of 1 MW

5TT5 5.
Only for devices with an overall width of 1 MW.
(1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 236
1 set
0.025
1 set
Spare part for 5TT3 0., 5TT3 1, 5TT3 4., 5TT5 1. and 5TT5 6.
devices with an overall width of 1 MW
2 transparent caps are required for 5TT5 1. devices
with an overall width of 2 MW
(1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 237
1 set
0.025
1 set
Spare part for 5TT3 4., 5TT5 6. and 5TT6 1.devices

with an overall width of 2 MW
(1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 238
1 set
0.045
1 set
5TT5 601
1 NO contact
with central switching, with 2 switching systems

230
230

230
5TT5 613
10
230

230
10
230
with central and group switching, with transparent cap

1 NO contact
230
10
230
with central and group switching, with 3 switching systems

230
5TT5 621
10
230
Compensator, mounting depth 55 mm

PTC resistor combination for increasing glow lamp loads
230
5TG8 230
Transparent caps
5TG8 236 5TG8 238
7/6
Switching Devices
5TT5 5 remote control switches
5TT5 501
5TT5 511
5TT5 521
5TT5 531
5TT5 541
5TT5 551
5TT5 502
5TT5 512
5TT5 522
5TT5 532
5TT5 542
5TT5 552
5TT5 506
5TT5 516
5TT5 526
5TT5 536
5TT5 546
A 1 A 2
3
4
5TT5 503
5TT5 523
5TT5 533
5TT5 543
A 1 A 2
A 1 A 2
L /1
L /1
18
2
4
2
1
18
4
1
6
3
I2_11585
45
67
90
A 1 A 2
36
18
24
44
64
5TT5 remote control switches, central ON/OFF
5TT5 16 blind and series remote control switches/

5TT5 650 electronic series remote control switch
5TT5 534
5TT5 163
5TT5 164
5TT5 165
5TT5 166
5TT5 650
5TT5 535
5TT5 537
Z A Z E
Z A Z E
Z A Z E
A 1
5TG8 230
compensator
2
3
2
3
4
1
L /1
6
3
18
36
18
18
45
90
A1A2
13 23
18
24
I2_11587
4
1
I2_11586
10
43
64
44
64
5TT5 150
5TT5 151
5TT5 152
5TT5 153
ZE ZA
11
ZE ZA
1 4 24
12
L N
L N
QEQA 1 3
GE GA 1 3 23
36
I2_11588
45
90
14
36
13
43
64
5TT5 6 remote control switch system

5TT5 601
5TT5 602
5TT5 603
5TT5 605
5TT5 606
5TT7 607
5TT5 611
5TT5 612
5TT5 613
5TT5 614
5TT5 621
5TT5 623
ZE ZA
ZE ZA GE GA
T1 T2 T3 T4
T1 GE
T1 T2 T3
ZE ZA
ZE ZA
ZE ZA
T1
T1 T2
T1
T1 T2
T1 T2 T3
13
13 23
13 N
13 N
13 23 33
13 23 33 43
13 N
13 23 33 N
14
14 24
14
14 24
14 24 34
14 24 34 44
14 GA
14 24 34
36
18
ZE ZA
18
18
18
18
36
36
I2_11589
45
90
6
7
8
14 24
A 1 A 2
A 1
45
67
90
A 1
1
2
43
64
7/7
Switching Devices
Schematics
5TT5 5. 2
A1 2
A2 1
5TT5 150
5TT5 151
L N
5TT5 5. 3
A1 2 4 6
A1 2 3
A2 1 3
A2 1 3 5
A2
5TT5 152
5TT5 153
5TT5 16
5TT5 535
5TT5 601
5TT5 602
5TT5 603
A2 14 24
T1
14
ZE ZA GE GA 14 24
A1 13 23
13
5TT5 534
ZA ZE A1 2 3
13 23
L N
13
ZE ZA GE GA 14
5TT5 5. 6
A1 2 4
L/1
5TT5 605
5TT5 606
5TT5 607
N
T1
T2
5TT5 537
ZA ZE A1 2 4 6
ZA ZE A1 2 4
1 3
5TT5 611
5TT5 612
14
T1 N
13
13
ZE ZA
14
ZE ZA N
T1 13
14
24
23
5TT5 613
5TT5 614
5TT5 621
L N
ZE ZA N
ZE ZA N
T1
13
23
T2
24
I2_07007a
T3
T3
34
13
23
24
T2
23
33
34
T4
I2_07008a
5TT5 431
14
T1
ZE ZA GE GA 14
24
33
24
ZE ZA GE GA N
14
14
T2
13
T2
5TT5 623
13
34
T3
I2_07009a
T1
1 3 5
I2_07577
5TT5 5. 1
33
43
44
5TG8 230
A1
13
A1
A2
14
A2
Switching example: 5TT5 602
Switching example: 5TT5 535 with central ON/OFF switching

230 V AC
L1
L2
L1 L2
3 x AC 230 V
L3
13
L1
ZA ZE A1
I2_07014a
14
L1
ZA ZE A1
I2_07013b
Single-phase lighting circuit with 230 V AC actuation,

e.g. in office buildings
With the 2-pushbutton central "ON" and "OFF" function, all remote
control switches can be switched on or off from a central point,
e.g. at the start and end of work. A time switch with a one-second
pulse can also be used if desired. Once a central on/off switching
has been executed, the remote control switches can also be
switched on and off locally at any time. The phase relation of ZA, ZE
and A1 is arbitrary.
7/8
Switching Devices
Schematics
1
2

L 1
L 2
3 x A C
3
4
2 3 0 V
L 3
N
C e n tra l
O N /O F F
G ro u p 1
O N /O F F
L
Z E
1 3
2 3
Z A G E G A 1 4
2 4
G ro u p 2
O N /O F F
L
Z E
1 3
2 3
Z A G E G A 1 4
2 4
Z E
1 3
2 3
Z A G E G A 1 4
2 4
5
6
7
A I2 _ 0 6 6 4 1 d
With the 2-pushbutton central "ON" and "OFF", all remote control
switches can be switched on or off from a central point, e.g. at the
start and end of work. With the 2 pushbutton group "ON" and "OFF"
function, all remote control switches assigned to the respective
group, e.g. halls, are switched on/off. A time switch with a onesecond pulse can also be used with the "central" and "group"
function if desired.
Once a central on/off switching has been executed, the remote

control switches can also be switched on and off locally at any time.
The phase relation of ZA, ZE and GA, GE and L do not have to be
the same. If the contact 13/14 is used for the central "ON" and "OFF"
function as a check-back contact, as shown above, terminals 13 of
all remote control switches must be in-phase.
8
9

L1 L2 L3
10
N
Central/Group
ON/OFF
3x AC 230 V
11
T1
13
14
T2
23
T3
24
33
ZA ZE GA GE
34
12
13
A
I2_07269b
The 5TT5 623 remote control switch comprises 3 separately controllable remote control switches for central/group ON/OFF with
housing-internal wiring of the central/group ON/OFF function. In our
example, we have used pushbuttons to control the central/group
ON/OFF function. However, if the room pushbuttons T1 to T3 are to
be permanently locked, then switches must be used for the central/

group ON/OFF function instead of pushbuttons. Voltage must not be
applied to ZA/ZE and GA and GE simultaneously. This type of priority, the permanent locking of system pushbuttons, e.g. prisons, security areas (banks, exhibitions), should only be switched centrally.
7/9
Switching Devices
Schematics
Switching example: triple tap-changing gear and neutral position - 1, 2 and 3
N
L1 AC 230 V
FS1
I2_07592
FS1
FS2
I2_07591
FS2
3
1
Devices required:
5TT5 164 series remote control switch
5TT3 065 or 5TT3 075 switching relay
5TE5 804 light indicator
Switching example: quadruple tap-changing gear - 1, 2, 3 or 4
N
L1 AC 230 V
I2_07590
I2_07589
FS1
FS1
FS2
FS2
3
1
3
4
Devices required:
5TT5 164 series remote control switch
5TT3 065 or 5TT3 075 switching relay
5TE5 804 light indicator
7/10
Switching Devices
Schematics
Switching example: 5TT5 535 with ON/OFF time switching

L1 AC 230 V N
AC
8V
3
4
AC 230 V
L1
1
M
5TE4 700
2
A1
A2
1
7LF4 130
ZE ZA A1
I2_07012b
6
7
I2_07011b
5TT5 535
Single-phase lighting circuit with safety extra-low voltage 8 V AC,

pushbutton and glow lamp.
5TE6 700
Printers and copiers are to be switched on with the pushbutton at the

beginning of the working day. At the end of the working day, e.g.
6 p.m. to 10 p.m., an hourly one-second pulse of the time switch
switches the outlet off. This ensures that printers and copiers are not
"forgotten". If the device is switched on again after 6 p.m., a switchoff is actuated again hourly.
L 1
L 2
L 3
3 x A C 2 3 0 V
1 3
T 2
2 3
T 3
N
C e n tra l
O N /O F F
3 3
Z A
8
9
T 1
1
2
10
11
Z E
12
1 4
2 4
3 4
13
A I2 _ 0 7 5 8 7 a
The 5TT5 613 remote control switch comprises 3 separately controllable remote control switches for central ON/OFF switching with
housing-internal wiring of the central ON/OFF function. In our
example, pushbuttons have been used to control the central ON/
OFF function. However, if room pushbuttons T1 to T3 are to be
permanently locked, switches must be used for the central ON/OFF
function instead of pushbuttons. Voltage must not be applied
simultaneously to the ZA and ZE terminals. Suitable switches are the
5TE7 141 group switches with center position or double changeover
switches for wall mounting.
7/11
Switching Devices
Schematics
Glow lamp load and line capacity
230V AC 230V 3x AC
L1
L1 L2 L3 N
A1 A2
1 3 5
2 4 6
5TG8 230
I2_07005a
5TT5 533
When the pushbutton is open, the glow lamps in the pushbuttons

draw their current over the magnet coil of the remote control switch.
If the current is too high, this can prevent the armature from
dropping.
The 5TG8 230 compensator, which is switched in parallel to the
magnet coil, discharges the current.
7/12
Switching Devices
Switching Devices
Overview
Function
Switching relays are used in control systems as coupling relays, for
the electrical or safe isolation of electrical circuits.
Checking functions using the manual switch

Switching relays have a manual switch that shows the switching
position. This switch can be used to manually switch the switching
relay, thus allowing system devices and control functions to be
checked.
Safe isolation
The magnet coil and the contacts meet the requirements for safety
extra-low voltage from the actuating voltage safely through to
disconnection.
Acc. to EN 60255 (VDE 0435)
5TT3 05.
5TT3 06.
5TT3 07.
5TT3 080
Rated control supply voltage Uc

Operating range
8, 12, 24, 110 or 230

12, 24, 30 or 110, depending on type
Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
pick-up power, approx. 20 ms VA

holding power
VA
per contact
VA
2.1
1.3
1
Rated frequency
AC versions
Hz
50
Response time/returning time
ms
30
Contact gap
mm
m-contact
1-pole
V AC
250
Safe isolation

clearances
magnet coil/contact
mm
>8
Different phases
magnet coil/contact
for p. f. = 1
16
magnet coil/contact
contact/contact
kV
kV
>4
>2.5
V; mA
10; 100
Terminals
1.1
1.8
1
2.1
1.3
1
5TT3 085
max.
min. mm
2 x 2.5
0.5
-20 ... +45
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730-1
IP20
acc. to EN 60529
II
Humidity class
acc. to DIN 50016

acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
FW 24
8
9
1
mm2
2
3
4
6
7
1.1
1.8
1
permissible
screw (Pozidrive)
rigid
5TT3 081
V AC
V DC
5TT3 040
1
2
10
11
12
13
7/13
Switching Devices
Switching of lamps
5TT3 0..
Incandescent lamp loads
1200
5TT3 081

uncorrected
W
W
W
L18
L36
L58
Items
Items
Items
36
31
20
parallel-corrected
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
S11/4.5
L18/4.5
L24/4.5
L36/4.5
L58/7
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
20
20
20
20
13
DUO switching, 2-lamp
W
W
W
L18
L36
L58
Items
Items
Items
W
W
W
L18
L36
L58
Items
Items
Items
58
32
20
Fluorescent and compact lamps

with electronic ballast (ECG)
Metal-vapor and high-pressure mercury-vapor lamps

uncorrected
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
50
80
125
250
400
700
1000
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
16
12
8
4
3
2
1
parallel-corrected
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
50/ 7
80/ 8
125/10
250/18
400/25
700/40
1000/60
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
13
11
9
5
3
2
1
Items
Items
Items
Items
10
5
3
2
Halogen metal-vapor lamps

uncorrected
W
W
W
W
70
150
250
400
parallel-corrected
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
70/12
150/20
250/20
400/35
1000/85
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
7
4
3
2
1
uncorrected
W
W
W
W
W
50
70
110
150
250
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
13
10
8
5
2
parallel-corrected
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
W/mF
50/8
70/12
110/12
150/20
250/36
400/45
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
Items
11
7
7
4
2
2
High-pressure sodium-vapor lamps
7/14
Switching Devices

Design
MW
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5TT3 041
5TT3 042
5TT3 043
0.100
0.100
0.100
1
1
1
5TT3 044
5TT3 045
0.100
0.100
1
1
5TT3 051
5TT3 052
5TT3 053
0.100
0.100
0.100
1
1
1
5TT3 054
5TT3 055
0.100
0.100
1
1
5TT3 061
5TT3 062
5TT3 063
0.100
0.100
0.100
1
1
1
5TT3 064
5TT3 065
0.100
0.100
1
1
5TT3 071
5TT3 072
5TT3 073
0.100
0.100
0.100
1
1
1
5TT3 074
5TT3 075
0.100
0.100
1
1
5TT3 078
5TT3 076
0.105
0.100
1
1
5TT3 082
5TT3 077
0.120
0.100
1
1
5TT3 081
0.100
5TT3 085
0.110
10
5TT3 080
0.100
11
Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
A AC
V AC
V DC
8
12
24
110
230
8
12
24
110
230
8
12
24
110
230
8
12
24
110
230
12
24
30
110
230
Order No.
Switching relays with transparent cap 1)

1 NO contact
2 NO contacts
230
230
16
16
5TT3 041
1 CO contact
2 CO contacts
230
230
16
16
5TT3 061
for control with direct voltage

2 CO contacts
230
16
for switching capacitive loads; of lighting

1 NO contact
230
16
for control of PLCs

contact: 15 to 60 V, 2 to 30 mA according to EN 61131-2, type 1
1 NO contact
230
16
230
Sealable enable relay, mounting depth 55 mm

used for boiler /storage relays
In the case of continuous duty, a distance of 1 MW
must be maintained between the devices.
1 CO contact
230
16
230
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
5TT3 080
1) Spare transparent cap, see Page 7/6.
13
7/15
Switching Devices
14 24
5TT3 081
5TT3 07.
5TT3 080
5TT3 082
14
14 24
12
12 22
14
13
A1A2
A1A2
A1A2
A1A2
13
13 23
11
11 21
18
18
18
I2_11590
45
90
14
5TT3 06.
45
100
5TT3 05.
I2_06543a
5TT3 04.
5TT3 085
A1 A2
11
18
43
37
19
64
Schematics
5TT3 04.
5TT3 081
5TT3 085
5TT3 05.
13 23
A1 13
A1
A2 14
A2 14 24
7/16
5TT3 06.
5TT3 07.
5TT3 080
5TT3 082
A1 14 12
A1 14 12 24 22
A2 11
A2 11
21
55
Switching Devices
Switching Devices
Overview
1
2
3
4
5
Low-noise contactors, 24, 40 and 63 A devices

The 5TT5 73., 5TT5 74. and 5TT5 75. Insta contactors are equipped
with a DC magnetic system. Apart from a very quiet switching noise,
they are noise-free. They are therefore especially suitable for applications in residential buildings.
Heat dissipation
If Insta contactors are installed in distribution boards, they should be
designed for a standard temperature of 40 C. If more than one Insta
contactor is installed, a 5TG8 240 spacer must be installed after
every second contactor.
Spacers
Spacers can be used as a balancing element and have a width of
MW. They come with an integrated wiring duct for the insertion of
conductors. Two oppositely installed spacers thus offer space for
large conductor cross-sections up to a 14 mm diameter.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
7/17
Switching Devices
V AC
V DC

Operating range Uc
5TT5 70
2-pole
5TT5 73
4-pole
5TT5 74
4-pole
24, 230
24, 115, 230

24, 110, 220
24, 230
24, 220
5TT5 75
4-pole
0.85 ... 1.1
250
440
440
440
A
A
A
A
20
20
9
9
24
24
9
6
40
30
22
63
30
30
VA
VA
VA
8
3.2
1
4
4
1.5
5
5
3
65
4.2
6
Hz
50
ms
ms
12
12
40
40
40
40
40
40
kV
mm
1.5
2.4
2.8
2.6
AC-1/AC-7a, NO contacts
AC-1/AC-7a, NC contacts
AC-3/AC-7b, NO contacts
AC-3/AC-7b, NC contacts

Pick-up power
Holding power
per contact AC-1/AC-7a
Rated frequency
at AC
Switching times
closing (NO contacts)
opening (NO contacts)
Contact gap
(NO contacts) min.

for switching cycles at Ie and load AC-1
100.000
100.000
50.000
50.000
V AC
230
230
230
230
kW
kW
5.3
16
8.8
26
13.8
41
Switching of three-phase asynchronous motors AC-3
V AC
230
400
400
400
for rated operational power Ps (NO contacts)
1-phase
3-phase
kW
kW
1.3
11
15
at 10 s
72
72
176
240
characteristic gL/gG
20
35
63
80
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
Nm
Nm
0.9
1.2
0.9
1.0
0.9
2.5
0.9
2.5
Switching of resistive loads AC-1

for rated operational power Ps (NO contacts)
1-phase
3-phase
Overload withstand capability

per current path (NO contacts only)
Short-circuit protection,
acc. to coordination type 1
back-up fuse
Terminals
screw (Pozidrive)
Tightening torque
coil connection
main connection
coil connection
rigid
rigid
mm2
mm2
1.0 ... 2.5

1.0 ... 2.5
1.5 ...
1.5 ...
main connection
rigid
mm2
mm2
1.0 ... 4
1.0 ... 4
1.5 ... 10
1.5 ... 6
2.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 16
2.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 16
C
C
-25 ... +55

-40 ... +70
-25 ... +55

-50 ... +80
-25 ... +55

-50 ... +80
-25 ... +55

-50 ... +80
1 contact
2 contacts
in series
3 contacts
in series
4 contacts
in series
4
2.5
1.5 ...
1.5 ...
4
2.5
1.5 ...
1.5 ...
4
2.5

for operation
for storage
IP20
acc. to EN 60529
Switching of direct voltages DC-1

Permissible DC switching currents for NO contacts at p. f. = 1
4 contacts in series are not recommended for 24 V due to unreliable contacts
5TT5 70, 2-pole, 20 A
Ie at Ue =24 V DC
Ie at Ue = 220 V DC
A
A
20
20
5TT5 73, 4-pole, 24 A
Ie at Ue =24 V DC
Ie at Ue =110 V DC
Ie at Ue = 220 V DC
A
A
A
24
2
0.5
24
4
1.5
24
6
2.5
24
8
3.5
5TT5 74, 4-pole, 40 A
Ie at Ue =24 V DC
Ie at Ue = 220 V DC
A
A
40
0.8
40
5
40
15
40
18
5TT5 75, 4-pole, 63 A
Ie at Ue =24 V DC
Ie at Ue = 220 V DC
A
A
50
0.8
63
5.5
63
17
63
20
7/18
Switching Devices
1
2
Switching of lamps
3
4
Incabdescent lamp loads

5TT5 70, 2-pole, 20 A
per current path
1000
5TT5 73, 4-pole, 24 A
per current path
1000
5TT5 74, 4-pole, 40 A
per current path
3000
5TT5 75, 4-pole, 63 A
per current path
5000
Maximum number of lamps,

per conducting path at 230 V AC, 50 Hz.

Uncorrected
Lamp type
Capacitor capacitance
W
mF
Parallel-corrected
DUO circuit
2-lamp
L18
L36
L58
L18
4.5
L36
4.5
L58
7.0
L18
L36
L58
5TT5 70, 2-pole
20 A
NO
22
14
10
17
11
10
5TT5 73, 4-pole
24A
NO
24
20
12
24
20
12
5TT5 74, 4-pole
40 A
NO
85
65
40
16
16
10
85
65
40
5TT5 75, 4-pole
63 A
NO
135
95
60
67
67
43
140
95
60
6
7
Fluorescent and compact lamps with electronic ballast (ECG)

1-lamp
2-lamp
L18
L36
L58
5TT5 70, 2-pole
20 A
NO
15
12
28
26
23
5TT5 73, 4-pole
24A
NO
24
16
12
2 16
28
25
5TT5 74, 4-pole
40 A
NO
55
30
22
2 20
2 10
28
5TT5 75, 4-pole
63 A
NO
76
42
30
2 24
2 13
29
Lamp type
L18
L36
L58
8
9
High-pressure mercury-vapor lamps

Uncorrected
Lamp type
W
mF
50
Parallel-corrected
80
125
250
400
700
1 000 50
80
8
125
10
250
18
400
25
700
45
1 000
60
5TT5 70, 2-pole
20 A
NO
12
5TT5 73, 4-pole
24A
NO
14
10
5TT5 74, 4-pole
40 A
NO
36
27
19
10
3 10
5TT5 75, 4-pole
63 A
NO
50
38
26
14
10
4 43
37
26
15
10
Halogen metal-vapor lamps

Uncorrected
Lamp type
W
mF
150
250
400
1 000
2000
70
12
150
20
250
33
400
35
1 000
95
20 A
NO
5TT5 73, 4-pole
24A
NO
5TT5 74, 4-pole
40 A
NO
14
5TT5 75, 4-pole
63 A
NO
20
11
18
High-pressure sodium-vapor lamps

Uncorrected
W
mF
11
12
Parallel-corrected
70
5TT5 70, 2-pole
Lamp type
10
Parallel-corrected
150
-
250
-
400
-
1 000
-
150
20
250
33
400
48
1 000
106
5TT5 70, 2-pole
20 A
NO
5TT5 73, 4-pole
24A
NO
5TT5 74, 4-pole
40 A
NO
12
5TT5 75, 4-pole
63 A
NO
19
11
15
7/19
13
Switching Devices

Design
Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
V DC
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Insta contactors
for alternating current continuous operation, with switch position
indication, with alternating current magnetic system
2 NO contacts
250
20
230
24
5TT5 700-0
5TT5 700-2
0.132
0.132
1
1
1 NO contact,
1 NC contact
250
20
230
5TT5 701-0
0.132
24
5TT5 701-2
0.132
20
230
24
5TT5 702-0
5TT5 702-2
0.132
0.132
1
1
2 NC contacts
250
5TT5 700-0
for AC or DC continuous operation,
with switch position indication,
with DC magnetic system
5TT5 730-0
5TT5 740-0
4 NO contacts
440
24
230
115
24
220
110
24
5TT5 730-0
5TT5 730-1
5TT5 730-2
0.247
0.247
0.247
1
1
1
3 NO contacts,
1 NC contact
440
24
230
220
5TT5 731-0
0.247
24
24
5TT5 731-2
0.247
220
5TT5 732-0
0.247
2 NO contacts,
2 NC contacts
440
24
230
24
24
5TT5 732-2
0.247
4 NC contacts
440
24
230
24
220
24
5TT5 733-0
5TT5 733-2
0.247
0.247
1
1
4 NO contacts
440
40
230
24
220
24
5TT5 740-0
5TT5 740-2
0.410
0.410
1
1
3 NO contacts,
1 NC contact
440
40 1)
230
220
5TT5 741-0
0.410
24
24
5TT5 741-2
0.410
2 NO contacts,
2 NC contacts
440
40 1)
230
220
5TT5 742-0
0.410
24
24
5TT5 742-2
0.410
4 NO contacts
440
63
230
24
220
24
5TT5 750-0
5TT5 750-2
0.410
0.410
1
1
3 NO contacts,
1 NC contact
440
63 1)
230
220
5TT5 751-0
0.410
24
24
5TT5 751-2
0.410
230
220
5TT5 752-0
0.410
24
24
5TT5 752-2
0.410
2 NO contacts,
2 NC contacts
440
63 1)
Auxiliary switches
for left-sided mounting on the 24-A, 40-A and 63-A Insta contactor;
max. one auxiliary switch per Insta contactor.
minimum contact load 24 V AC; 5 mA
2 NO contacts
230, AC-15
0.5
5TT5 900
0.039
1 NO contact,
1 NC contact
230, AC-15
0.5
5TT5 901
0.039
0.5
5TG8 240
0.010
5TT5 902
0.010
1 set
5TT5 903
1 set
0.010
1 set
5TT5 900
Spacer
for heat conduction between the Insta contactors. We recommend placing a spacer between each second Insta contactor.
Can be mounted reciprocally, so that two spacers enable
greater cable penetration
5TG8 240
1 set
Sealable terminal covers

for Insta contactors 24 A, (1 set = 2 items)
for Insta contactors 40 A and 63 A, (1 set = 2 items)
5TT5 903
1) For NC contacts 30 A.
7/20
Switching Devices
5TT5 700
1
5TT5 701
1 1 2 1
A 1
A 1
4 5
9 0
A 1
3
4
5TT5 702
2 1
A 2
4
1 8
A 2
2 2
1 2 2 2
1 8
5TT5 730
1 8
5TT5 731
1 3 A 1 5 7
(1 3 )
I2 _ 1 1 5 9 1 a
A 2
2
5TT5 732
1 3
2 2
1 4
2 1
A 1
3 1
*)
6 4
5TT5 733
4 3
1 1
4 4
1 2
2 1
A 1
3 1
6
7
4 1
(1 4 )
2 4 A 2 6 8
2
3 6
A 2
2 2
3 6
A 2
3 2
3 6
2 2
A 2
3 2
I2 _ 0 8 1 0 1 a
4 5
9 0
2 1
A 1
4 3 ,5
4 2
3 6
4 3 ,5
*)
6 4
*) Without sealable terminal cover

5TT5 740
5TT5 750
3
A 1
2 1
(1 3 )
A 1
5TT5 742
5TT5 752
5
1 1
2 3 A 1 3 3
4 1
4 5
9 0
5TT5 741
5TT5 751
A 2
2 2
5 4
A 2
1 2
2 4 A 2
3 4
4 2
5 4
5 4
10
I2 _ 1 1 5 9 2 a
(1 4 )
4 3 ,5
*)
11
6 4
5TT5 900 5TT5 901

6 1
5 3
5 3
5 4
5 4
6 4
6 2
12
4 5
9 0
6 3
1
2
I2 _ 1 1 5 9 3 a
13
7
4 3 ,5
*)
6 4
Schematics
5TT5 700
A1 1
A2 2
5TT5 701
5TT5 702
A1 1 21
A1 11 21
A 1 1
A2 2 22
A2 12 22
A 2 2
5TT5 742
5TT5 752
5TT5 733
5TT5 732
5TT5 730
5TT5 740
5TT5 750
3
5
4
5TT5 900
A 1 1 3 2 1 3 1 4 3
A 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 4 1
A 1 1 1
2 1 3 1 4 1
A 2 1 4 2 2 3 2 4 4
A 2 1 2 2 4 3 4 4 2
A 2 1 2 2 2
3 2 4 2
5TT5 731
7 (1 3 )
A 1 1
2 1 3
8 (1 4 )
A 2 2
2 2 4
5TT5 741
5TT5 751
5
A 1 2 1 1
A 2 2 2 2
5
4
5TT5 901
63 53
61 53
64 54
62 54
7/21
Switching Devices
Switching Devices
Overview
1-phase 1.5 kW
3-phase 5.5 kW
Increases the service life of one-phase asynchronous motors and
mechanical drive equipment
Can also be retrofitted in existing systems
Separate setting of acceleration time and starting torque

With LED display for startup or continuous operation
The power semiconductors are bridged after completion of
start-up.
Data acc. to EN 60947-4-2 (VDE 0660 Part 117)
V AC
Supply/motor voltage
5TT3 440
5TT3 441
400
230
0.8 ... 1.1
Operating range Uc
Rated power
VA
3.5
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
coil/drive
contact1) per pole
Max. rated motor power
at 400 V
Min. rated motor power
at 400 V
1.4
3.5
4.6
1.7
0.7
VA
5500
1500
VA
300
Startup voltage
30 ... 70
Starting ramp
0.1 ... 10
Recovery time
ms
100
200
switching
cycles/h
switching
cycles/h
36 (to 3 kW)
10
100
20 ... 70
Switching frequency
3 IN, TAN = 10 s, nu = 20 %
3 IN, TAN = 10 s, nu = 20 %
20 (from 3 ... 5.5 kW)
Semiconductor fuse
super quick
35
rigid
max. mm2
min. mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +60
-20 ... +55
20/60/4
20/55/4

acc. to EN 60068-1
20

Design
Ue
Pc
MW
Order No.
V AC W
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Soft-starting device with transparent cap 1)

1-phase
230
L1
T1
T2
100 ... 1 500
5TT3 441
0.135
300 ... 5 500
5TT3 440
0.430
AI2_07513
5TT3 441
tacc
Mst
tacc: Acceleration time

Mst: Starting torque
Soft-starting device, mounting depth 55 mm

3-phase, 2-phase motor actuation
400
L3
L2
L1
T3
T2
T1
AI2_07514
5TT3 440
tacc
Mst
tacc: Acceleration time

Mst: Starting torque
1) Spare transparent cap, see Page 7/6.
7/22
Switching Devices
1
2

5TT3 440
3
4
5TT3 441
L1 L2 L3
T1 T2 T3
105
45
90
T1 T2
43
55
36
I2_11595
I2_11594
45
90
L1 N
43
64
Schematics
L1
3 AC 230/400 A
The soft-starting device is an electronic control for the soft startup

of three-phase asynchronous machines. Two of three phases are influenced by the phase control such that the current rises steadily.
This also increases the motor torque and the drive starts up smoothly.
Because drive elements are handled more gently, they can be
designed more cost-effectively.
As well as a considerable reduction in startup noise, this also helps
prevent the tipping or sliding of materials to be transported.
The starting current is minimized.
To prevent losses in the device, the power electronics are bridged
with relay contacts after startup.
Note:
There is no speed adjustment. There is no marked soft start behavior
without a mechanically connect load. In the case of high switching
frequencies, we recommend installing a thermistor motor protection
for monitoring the permissible motor temperature.
The soft-starting device must not be operated with capacitive load.
There must be no source of heat located underneath the device.
However, soft-starting devices can be arranged next to each other.
I2_07281a
L2
L3
N
PE
Reversing
switch
K1
S
0 R
K2
K2
K1
L1 L2 L3
T1 T2 T3
5TT3 440
K1
9
10
11
3~

L1 AC 230 V
I2_07602
F1
R
S1
Q1
S2
K1
K1
L1 N
Q1
T1 T2
5TT3 441
M
K2
M
PE
6
7
K1
The soft-starting device is an electronic control for the soft startup of

one-phase asynchronous machines. A phase control causes the
current to rise steadily. This also increases the motor torque and the
drive starts up smoothly.
Because drive elements are handled more gently they can be
designed more cost-effectively.
As well as a considerable reduction in startup noise, this also helps
prevent the tipping or sliding of materials to be transported.
The starting current is minimized.
To prevent losses in the device, the power electronics are bridged
with relay contacts after startup.
Note:
There is no speed adjustment. There is no marked soft start behavior
without a mechanically connect load. If the power semiconductor is
to be protected against short circuits or ground faults during startup,
a super-quick fuse must be installed. Otherwise, the usual line and
motor protective measures must be used. In the case of high switching frequencies, we recommend installing a thermistor motor protection for monitoring the permissible motor temperature.
The soft-starting device must not be operated with capacitive load.
In order to ensure the safety of persons and systems, only suitably
qualified personnel should work on these devices.
1~
7/23
12
13
Switching Devices
5TT5 2 EMERGENCY-STOP modules
Switching Devices
Overview
Regulations
The machine Directive 98/37/EG, valid from 31.12.1994, only specifies global safety standards. Details on how to implement individual
safety demands are defined in standards, e.g. by the European
Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC),
which are based on international standards.
Key standards
EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1):1998
"Machine safety Electrical equipment of machinery
Part 1: General requirements"
EC Directive machinery 98/37/EG
EN 292-1:1991
"Basic concepts, general principles for design
Part 1: Basic terminology, methodology"
EN 292-2:1991 and EN 292-2/A1:1995

"Basic concepts, general principles for design
Part 2: Technical principles and specifications"
EN 418:1992
"Safety of machinery Emergency stop equipment,
functional aspects, principles for design"
EN 954-1:1996
"Safety of machinery Safety-related parts of control systems
Part 1: General principles for design"
EN 1088:1995
"Safety of machinery Interlocking devices associated with
guards Principles for design and selection"
Category of safety-related parts of control systems acc. to CEN/TC 114 EN 954-1

Category
Summary of requirements
System behavior
The safety-related parts of machine control systems and/or their

protective devices and their components must be state of the art and
designed, selected, assembled and combined such that they can
withstand the expected influences.
The occurrence of a fault can lead to the loss of the safety function.
Some faults remain undetected.
The requirements of B must be fulfilled. Use of proven safety components As described for category B, but with a higher level of safety-related
and principles.
reliability
The requirements of B must be fulfilled and tried and tested safety

principles must be implemented.
The safety functions must be tested at suitable intervals
by the control system of the machine.
The occurrence of a fault can lead to the loss of safety function

between testing intervals. The fault is detected by the test.
Note: What is considered suitable depends on the application and the

type of machine.
The requirements of B must be fulfilled and tried and tested safety

If a single fault occurs, the safety function is always maintained.
principles must be implemented. The control systems must be designed Some, but not all, faults are detected.
so that:
An accumulation of undetected faults may lead to the loss of the
safety function.
a) A single fault in the control system does not lead to the loss of the
safety function(s) and
b) Wherever practically possible, the single fault is detected by the

appropriate means, which must be state-of-the-art.
The requirements of B must be fulfilled and tried and tested safety princi- If faults occur, the safety function is always maintained. The faults are
ples must be implemented. A control system must be designed so that: detected in time to prevent the loss of the safety function.
a) A single fault in the control system does not lead to the loss of the
safety function(s) and
b) Whenever possible, a single fault is detected at or before the next
request for the safety function or
c) If b) is not possible, that an accumulation of faults does not lead to the
loss of the safety function.
7/24
Switching Devices
Overview
Scope
The scope of the EC Directive Machines is no longer restricted to industrial machinery, but now covers virtually all machines used in all
areas of commercial and private trade and industry and applies to all
stationary
movable,
hand-held,
mobile
machine tools and processing machines
prime movers and production machines
compressors
Risk analysis and selection of a suitable category
Engineers and operators assume responsibility for the correct risk
assessment.
It is difficult to make a quantitative assessment of the risk, so that
when selecting the category, the reasonable risk can be determined
within a broad band width.
Risk parameter S:
seriousness of injury
Risk parameter F:
frequency and
duration
operating and packaging machines

machines in underground mining
earthmoving machines and harvesters
hoisting equipment
floor conveyors
machines for lifting persons
plants
interchangeable equipment, such as snow ploughs and mountable
sweeping devices
This becomes clear if you select "F2 - frequently to continuous"

instead of "F1 - rarely to frequently", for the risk parameters "F - Frequency and duration" when drawing up a risk graph (see image).
The whole band width of safety categories may lie between the
assessment of "often" and "frequently".
Categories
Risk parameter P:
possibility of
avoiding injuries
minor injury
serious and irreversible
injury of one or several
persons or death of a
person
preferred categories for

reference points
possible under certain

circumstances
rarely to frequently
possible category which requires

additional measures with regard
to the risk
hardly possible
possible under certain
circumstances
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I2_08404a
frequently to constantly
hardly possible
overdimensioned measures with

regard to the risk
Benefits
Acc. to the 98/37/EC EC directive for machines
Safety category 4 acc. to EN 954-1
Acc. to the 98/37/EC EC directive for machines
Safety category 4 acc. to EN 954-1

Electrical isolation between electric circuit and control
LED display for operation and circuit state
10
Data acc. to IEC 60204-1; EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113 Part 1)
coil/drive
contact 1) per pole
Control supply voltage
terminal Y1
Control current
terminal Y1
Recovery time
creepage and clearances
actuator/contact
actuator/contact
Contact
NO contact
NC
NO contact/NC
contact
AC-15
AC-15
AC-1
Contact gap
AC-15, 2A, 230 V AC
Reliable switching frequency

Vibration strength
according to EN 60068-2-6
10 to 55 Hz
Terminals
+/- screw (Pozidrive)
rigid

acc. to EN 60068-1
12
0.8 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
230
3.5
0.8
Operating range Uc
Electrical isolation
11
5TT5 200
V AC
Hz
50
V AC/DC
24
DC mA
45
ms
500
mm
kV
>4
A
A
A
3
2
5
mm
>1
operating
cycles
105
switching
cycles/h
600
amplitude in mm
13
0.35
1
max. mm2
min. mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
0 ... +50
0/55/04

7/25
Switching Devices

Design
MW
Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.250
EMERGENCY-STOP module, mounting depth 55 mm

400
230
5TT5 200
5TT5 200
5TT5 200 emergency stop module
16
A1
Y1
13 23 33 41
A2
Y2
14 24 34 42
I2_08437
45
90
Netz K1/2
71
43
55
Schematics
Switching examples
L1
L1
EmergencyStop
K3
EmergencyStop
On
On
K4
A1
Y1
Y2
13
23 33
41
A1
Y1
Y2
K1
13
23 33
41
14
24 34
42
K1
Monitoring
logic
Monitoring
logic
K2
K2
L1 L2 L3
A2
14
24 34
42
A2
K3
K4
N
N
I2_08435a
I2_08436a
Direct connection 230 V/400 V to 5 A
Connection of external contactors
The monitoring logic checks internal relay contacts (not shown) to

see whether both relays have been released prior to switching on.
This ensures that no contacts are welded. In addition, the voltage
level at terminal A1 is monitored. The parallel NC contacts K1 and
K2 (terminals 41 and 42) can be connected as required.
External contactors may be used when they are equipped with

positively driven contacts according to safety regulations ZH1/457 of
the German Trade Association (compare catalog ET B1 2002,
Technical specifications, pages 6/15 or 6/20). Contactors with 3 NO
contacts and 1 NC contact must be used, whereby the NC contacts
must be integrated in the monitoring loop terminals Y1/Y2. The parallel NC contacts K1 and K2 (terminals 41 and 42) can be connected
as required.
7/26
Switching Devices
Overview
Connecting loads
The increased starting currents of different loads and thus the risk of
contacts welding is often underestimated.
Resistive load:
The resistive load, e.g. electrical heating, does not increase the
starting current.
Incandescent lamps:
The cold coiled filament in incandescent lamps or halogen lamps
causes a 6 to 10-fold starting current for approx. 10 ms.
I/I d u r a tio n
8 ...10
1
AI2_07254
Uncorrected fluorescent lamps:

When switched on over several periods, the heating current of the
coiled filament and the operating current produce a 2 to 2.5-fold
inductive current.
I/I d u r a tio n
L1
Selecting contacts for lighting installations

A wide range of different contacts are used for modular installation
devices:
Contacts as for contactors with >3 mm contact gap, as for remote
switches
Relay contacts with >3 mm contact gap, as for Insta contactors
Manually operated contacts with >3 mm contact gap, as for
switches
Relay contacts with m-contacts (contact gap >0.5 mm), like those
used on the printed boards of electronic devices.
The selection table of devices at the end of this chapter helps you to
find the correct switching device for different illumination systems.
Disconnecting loads
If a contact with current flowing through it opens, this always ignites
an electric arc from around 24 to 30 V. This electric arc depends on
the voltage, length of the isolating distance, contact speed, actuating angle and current intensity. The principle of the so-called zero
cutoff is that after no more than 1 half-waves, the electric arc is
quenched in the current zero. There are no further quenching aids
or current limiters, as is the case with the miniature circuit-breakers.
I
2 ... 2.5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AI2_07255
I2_07260
L
St
I2_07256
Parallel corrected fluorescent lamps:

When switched on, the capacitor causes an
extreme, up to 13-fold current for approx. 10 ms.
L1
I/I d u r a tio n
N
V
D
approx.13
Disconnecting direct currents

When switching direct voltages, there is no zero-crossing of the
current to quench the electric arc. In order to still be able to switch
appreciable currents, contacts are connected in series to increase
the isolating distance.
Some switching devices are provided with planning data for switching direct currents. Compliance with these planning data is essential. If the data values are exceeded the electric arc is not reliably
quenched and there is a risk of fire.
I
9
10
St
I2_07258
11
t
AI2_07257
I2_07261
Fluorescent lamps in Duo circuit:

The series capacitor effects a correction. In spite of this, an
increased starting current is produced over several periods, just as
for uncorrected fluorescent lamps.
L1 N
I/I d u r a tio n
2 ... 2.5
1
AI2_07255
K1
Safe isolation
When operating 230 V and safety extra-low voltage SELV voltage
of bell transformers or transformers for permanent load on a
device, it is essential to ensure "safe isolation". This requires at least
8 mm creepage distances and clearances and a voltage
endurance greater than 4 kV. If these conditions 8 mm or 4 kV are
not fulfilled, the term "electrical isolation" as "not SELV" is used
instead of the term "safe isolation".
L
St
St
I2_07259
7/27
12
13
Switching Devices
Notes
7
7/28
Timers
General Data
8/2
Introduction
Timers for buildings
8/3
7LF6 1, 5TT1 3 timers
Timers for industrial

applications
8/8
5TT3 1 timers
Time switches
8/11
7LF5 1, 7LF5 2 mechanical time

switches
7
8
9
10
11
8/1
Timers
General Data
Introduction
Standards
Res. bldgs.
Units
Usage
7LF6 110, 7LF6 111 stairwell lighting timers
Energy saving in stairwell lighting
EN 60669, IEC 60699
7LF6 113 stairwell lighting timers with

advance warning
With warning through flashing prior to EN 60669, IEC 60699,

the stairwell lighting switching off in DIN 18015
apartment houses
5TT1 303 stairwell lighting timers ECG
For controlling electronic primary

EN 60669, IEC 60699,
switching devices for fluorescent
DIN 18015
lamps and warning by dimming prior
to switching off the stairwell lighting
in stairwells with multiple apartments
7LF6 114 lighting timers with

advance warning
For saving energy in little or variously EN 60669, IEC 60699,

used rooms, with warning by flashing DIN 18015
prior to switching off the stairwell
lighting in stairwells with multiple
apartments
Energy saving in bathrooms
EN 60699, IEC 60699
For influencing time sequences in

control systems
EN 60255, IEC 60255
Industry
Application
Non-res. bldgs.
Overvierw
Timers for buildings
7LF6 115 energy-saving timers with

advancewarning
7LF6 112 time switch for fan
Timers for industrial applications
5TT3 185 multifunction timers
5TT3 181 delay timers
5TT3 182 wiper timers
5TT3 183 flashing timers
5TT3 184 Off-delay timers
7LF5 1, 7LF5 2 mechanical time switches

7LF5 1.0, 7LF5 2 time switches
Definitions
Ie
Ue
Ic
Uc
Ps
8/2
Switching of day and week program, EN 60730, IEC 60730

accurate to 30 minutes
Timers
Timers for Buildings

Overview
Stairwell lighting timers
Lighting timer
Energysaving timer
Time switch
for fans
7LF6 110
7LF6 111
7LF6 113
5TT1 303
7LF6 114
7LF6 115
7LF6 112
Setting range in minutes
0.5 ... 10
0.5 ... 10
0.5 ... 10
1 ... 10
0.5 ... 10
3 ... 60
0.5 ... 10
Manual switch, steady light
continuous
operation
Resettable
Switch off warning
flashing
dimming
flashing
flashing
ECG control
Quadruple runtime extension by

extended pressing of pushbutton
Switch off by pressing pushbutton

twice
4-wire circuit, L-momentary contact
3-wire circuit, N-momentary contact
Design
Stairwell lighting
This is required in DIN 18015-2 "Electrical systems in residential
buildings; minimum type and scope of the equipment". What is less
known is that 100 lux is required acc. to EN 12464-1 "Lighting of
workplaces" for traffic areas and corridors, section 5.3. This means
that approx. 60 W incandescent lamps, 25 W energy-saving lamps
or 25 W fluorescent lamps need to be used. It is hard to see why
lesser requirements should apply to stairwells in residential buildings than stipulated in EN 12464-1.
4 wires are installed within the building. The timing interval is started
by pressing phase L. During the runtime, the timer can be reset at all
times.
by pressing phase L. No resetting is possible during the runtime as
the pushbuttons input and output are exposed to the same potential
during this period. The glow lamps are switched off during the
runtime.
3-wire circuit, N-momentary contact
by pressing the N-conductor. During the runtime, the timer can be
reset at all times. However, this circuit no longer conforms to
DIN VDE 0100. It is only still in use in old installations.
3
4
5
Function
Safety through warning prior to switching off
DIN 18015-2 "Electrical systems in residential buildings; type and
scope of minimum equipment" stipulates that the automatic lightingoff control in stairwells of multifunctional dwellings must be equipped
with a warning function to prevent sudden darkness in the building.
This contribution towards safety is offered by 4 device models. The
7LF6 113 lighting timer, the 7LF6 114 lighting timer and the
7LF6 115 energy-saving timer warn of an impending off by
flashing, the ECG 5TT1 303 stairwell lighting timer warns of an
impending off by dimming, allowing sufficient time for the light switch
to be pressed again.
Manual switch
All time switches have a manual switch for the function
Automatic/ON. This allows the operator to switch to permanent light
in the event of moving house or emergencies.
Useful continuous contact
Pushbuttons should never jam. For this reason, all our time switches
have a safeguard to prevent this type of malfunction. Even better,
this feature can be used (e.g. by caretakers of properties) to switch
to a permanent steady light in the event of moving house or emergencies.
Setting accuracy
The electronic remote switches offer a high degree of accuracy. The
runtime can be set precisely to +30 seconds using the push-to-lock
knurling wheel setting. The factory settings ensure that the limit
values of 1 and 10 or 60 minutes can be reliably set.
Stairwell lighting timers are primarily used for the switching of incandescent lamps, which may occasionally be subject to short-circuits.
A key feature of all devices is their high short-circuit strength without
the contacts welding.
Switching of fluorescent lamps
In order to extend their service life as far as possible, fluorescent
lamps should only be switched using a stairwell lighting timer if the
switching frequency is not excessive. Using electronic ballast (ECG)
to operate them is more gentle on the device and saves energy. The
5TT1 303 stairwell lighting timer ECG switches the electronic ballast
and warns of an impending off by dimming.
Switching of energy-saving lamps
The switching of energy-saving lamps has provoked heated discussions. Energy-saving lamps require a certain time before they
produce their full light output. The characteristic of the electronics is
not ideal for flashing operation. They do not dim. It is difficult to find
suppliers of energy-saving lamps that are suitable for stairwell
lighting timers and comply with the required specifications.
1
2
8/3
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Timers

7LF6 110 7LF6 111 7LF6 113 5TT1 303 7LF6 114 7LF6 115 7LF6 112
V AC
230
Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated power dissipation Ps
approx. VA
Setting range
min
0.5 ... 10
Accuracy
30
mA
50

Operating range
at 50/60 Hz
Glow lamp load

Manual switch
0.5 ... 10
3 ... 60
0.5 ... 10
50
16
yes
automatic/permanent
ms
Minimum push duration
1 ... 10
30
yes
Continuous voltage
at pushbutton input
(pushbutton malfunction)
Contact
contact gap
minimum contact load
mm
V; mA
>3
10; 300
V AC
250
for p. f. = 1
16
10
700
Max. incandescent lamp load
2000
Max. fan load
VA
200

screw (Pozidrive)
Terminals
rigid
mm2
1.5 ... 6
flexible with sleeve, min.
mm2
1
IP20
C

8/4
acc. to DIN 50016
-10 ... +50

FW 24
Timers


Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
7LF6 110
0.085
7LF6 111
0.085
7LF6 113
0.085

with switch for steady light and latch setting,
setting range 0.5 ... 10 minutes
for 3-wire circuit, L-momentary contact, not resettable
250
16
230
for 4-wire circuit, L-momentary contact, resettable,

or 3-wire circuit, N-momentary contact, resettable
250
16
230
with warning by flashing prior to switching off,

250
16
230
Lighting timer
setting range 0.5 ... 10 minutes, quadruple extension of runtime
by pressing pushbutton for 1 second,
for 4-wire circuit, L-momentary contact,
or 3-wire circuit, N-momentary contact
250
16
230
0.085
7LF6 114
Energy saving timer

setting range 3 ... 60 minutes,
switching off by pressing button twice as with a remote control
switch
7LF6 115
0.085
230
7LF6 112
0.085
ECG control switch with transparent cap,

for ECG dynamic
10
with transparent cap, with switch for steady light and position
indication, setting range 1 ... 10 minutes,
with warning prior to switching off by dimming,
DC output 1 to 10 V for control
of 20 ECG dynamic
11
250
250
10
230
0.130
5TT1 303
12
7LF6 111
7LF6 112
7LF6 113
7LF6 114
7LF6 115
5TT1 303
13
A1 13 14 T
B2
1 8
1
L
1 8
A2
I2_10911
24
+ --
36
I2_06708c
I2 _ 1 0 9 1 0
45
67
90
45
90
B1
6
7
16

setting range 0.5 ... 10 minutes,
for delayed switching on of fan
230
250
3
4
Time switch for fan up to 200 VA
7LF6 110
1
2
43
64
44
64
8/5
Timers

Schematics
230 V AC
Switching example: 7LF6 115 energy-saving timer with warning

The time switch is connected in the same way as the 7LF6 111 time
switch in a 4-wire circuit or 3-wire circuit. The energy-saving timer
switches on if pressed once and switches off when it is pressed
again. If not switched off manually, it is automatically switched off after the set time, max. 60 minutes. 40 seconds before expiry of the set
time, the time switch flashes briefly to warn of an impending off. The
timing interval can be switched off before the start of the warning
time and can be reset after the start of the warning time.
I2_10919a
Switching example: 7LF6 111 time switch in 4-wire circuit,

L-momentary contact, resettable
Usual circuit for new installation with separate cable routing for
pushbuttons and lights. The additional DI switch allows external
switching to permanent light. A time switch can also be used. An
additional attic circuit is also available, which operates independently of the time switch, but on the same electrical circuit. The time
switch can be restarted before the set time expires.
L2
appr. 30s
te
L N
DE
I2_10916
L2
1
te
te
te
appr. 30s
te>t >te-30s
te -30s>t
te
te = runtime

L-momentary contact, not resettable
Circuit for new installation with shared cable routing for pushbuttons
and lights. The time switch can only be restarted after the set time
expires.
L
I2_10912
230 V AC
te = runtime

N-momentary contact, resettable
Can only be used with a limited number of wires. The time switch can
be restarted before the set time expires. While this 3-wire circuit with
N-momentary contact is technically possible, it does not correspond
to the current version of DIN VDE 0100-460. However, it is used in
old systems for replacement purposes.
L
230 V AC
N
I2_10920
L2
te
N
I2_10915
te = runtime
L N
I2_10917
L2
1
te
te
te
Switching example: 7LF6 113 time switch with warning

switch in a 4-wire circuit or 3-wire circuit. 40 seconds before expiry
of the set time, the time switch flashes briefly to warn of an
impending off.
I2_10921
I2_10913
Warning
L2
te = runtime
Switching example: 7LF6 112 time switch for fans up to 200 VA

The switch switches the light on immediately, e.g. in a toilet. After a
delay of approx. 1 minute, the fan is switched on. When the light is
switched off, the fan continues to run for the time set at the time
switch.
L 230 V AC N
L N
ca. 30s
Switching example: 7LF6 114 lighting time switch with warning

switch in a 4-wire circuit or 3-wire circuit. When pressed, the lighting
timer switches on for the set runtime, up to 5 minutes. If the switch is
pressed for more than one second, the light is switched on for four
times the set time, i.e. up to 20 minutes. The last press of the pushbutton is decisive. 40 seconds before expiry of the set time, the time
switch flashes briefly to warn of an impending off. The timing
interval restarts each time the button is pressed.
1 Min
t <1s
1 Min
te
te
I2_10914
8/6
te = runtime
t>1s
L2
appr. 30s
te = runtime
t<1s
I2_10922a
I2_10918
L2
2
te = runtime
appr. 30s
te>t
te >t
appr. 30s
4 x te
Timers

Schematics
1
2
Switching example: 5TT1 303 ECG control switch

L1 AC 230 V
The device is fitted with a direct voltage input for the control of an
5LZ. ...-4 ECG dynamic. When the pushbutton is actuated, the
power supply is released and the ECG dynamic is brightened,
depending on the setting of the time switch, for up to 10 minutes.
On expiry of this time, the ECG dynamic is dimmed according to the
set dimmer level, if pressed again it brightens again. If the switch is
not pressed for 30 minutes, the lighting switches off completely. In
addition to these functions, the dimming time and brightness period
can also be controlled using a separate pushbutton or time switch
over control inputs B1 and B2.
Switching the ECG dynamic and the fluorescent lamp as little as
possible extends the service life.
L
N
+
-
13 A2 A1
L
N
+
-
L
N
+
-
14 T
+ -
B1 B2
AI2-7691
t3
t1
13
t1
t3
t1
t3
t2
t2
t1
14
t2
t2
5
6
7
I2_07450
B1 B2
3
4
10
B1
11
B2
t 1 : Bright phase
t 2 : Operating period
t 2 : Dim phase
Corridor lighting in homes for the elderly

At mealtimes, from 5 - 7 p.m., the light in the corridors can be permanently switched on using a time switch (contact B1). Between 7
and 10 p.m., the lighting is dimmed using switch B2. Simply press
the corridor pushbutton again to return the lighting to the bright setting at any time. After 10 p.m., the light is switched off. It can be
switched back on at any time by pressing the corridor pushbutton.
Corridor lighting in hospitals

During the day during peak periods, lunch times, visiting times,
shift changes, doctor's rounds - the light is switched on. During quiet
periods, i.e. afternoons and nights, the light is switched to a dimmed
state. A patient can switch the light back to the bright setting at any
time by pressing the corridor pushbutton. In emergencies, the nurse
can switch the light to "emergency operation", i.e. permanently
bright, using switch B1 (no time limit of bright period).
8/7
12
13
Timers
Timers for Industrial Applications

5TT3 1 timers
Benefits
Multifunction timers Delay timers
Wiping timers
Flashing timers
Off-delay timers
5TT3 185
5TT3 181
5TT3 182
5TT3 183
5TT3 184
Setting range
Number
0.02 s ... 300 h

8
0.25 ... 640 s

4
1 ... 10 s
1
1 ... 10 s
1
0.5 ... 10 s
1
LED for switch position indication
LED for operation indication
Large voltage range
Programmable
Repeat accuracy 1%
Function
5TT3 185
is then set back to the time range 3 ... 300 min and the setting
process is completed.
Setting aids
The period of the flashing of the green LED 1 when set for a timing
interval is 1 s 4 %, which can therefore be used as a setting aid.
This is particularly useful in the lower time setting range and for long
delay times, because the multiplication factors between the individual time ranges are exact.
Example:
Delay time to be set: 40 min.
Using the fine setting, this delay time can be set within the time range
3 ... 300 min. However, in this case it takes a long time to check the
time and requires several operational sequences in realtime. To
speed up the setting process, we will switch to the time range
0.03 ... 3 min. In this case, the required value corresponds to a delay
time 0.4 min (= 24 s). The timing interval is triggered and the potentiometer is set to 24 flashing periods of the yellow LED 2. The device
Time operation interruption/time addition

For the functions AV, EW, IE, BI, the timing interval can be interrupted at any time by activating B1 (+) and by removing the control voltage continued again (time addition).
Control input B1
The functions RV, IF, AW, AV/RV can be controlled using the control
input B1 (+) with potential against terminal A2. The auxiliary voltage
of terminal A1 can be used for this purpose, as well as any other voltage within the range 12 ... 240 V AC/DC. The operation of parallel
loads (e.g. contactors) from B1 (+) to A2 is also permissible.
If voltage is simultaneously applied to the control input B1 (+) and A1
for the IF function, this triggers an output pulse with the set time interval t1.
Data acc. to DIN VDE 0435-110, EN 60255
5TT3 185
5TT3 181
5TT3 182
5TT3 183
5TT3 184
220 ... 240
110 ... 240

110 ... 240
V AC
V DC
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
Operating range
Uc
0.8 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
45 ... 400
50/60
VA
approx. 1.5
approx. 5
ms
15 ... 80
kV
>4
V AC
250
Contact gap minimum contact load
mm
V; mA
m-contact
10; 300
1a
1.5 105
Recovery time
input/output
in switching cycles
at AC-15
Terminals
rigid
8/8
2
max. mm2
min. mm2
C

approx. 1
please refer to time setting ranges and time sequences
Setting ranges
acc. to EN 60068-1
2 2.5
2 1.5
-40 ... +60
40/60/4
approx. 40
approx. 100
1.5 105
1.5 105
Timers

5TT3 1 timers
1
2
5TT3 185 multifunction timer

Timer
position
0.02
0.06
0.3
0.03
0.3
3
0.3
3
A1-A2
St
B1-A2
Response delay
AV
15-18
15-16
t1
Passing make contact

function
EW
15-18
15-16
t1
IPulse generator, delayed
IE
15-18
15-16
t1
Flashing relais, starting

with impulse
BI
15-18
15-16
t1
Control S2
Passing break contact

function
Response-/ Off-delay
IF
AW
AV/RV
15-18
15-16
15-18
15-16
15-18
15-16
15-18
15-16
Control S1
Contact S1
For the functions: response delay,
passing make contact function,
pulse generator delayed,
clock generator (start with pulse)
the timing interval is triggered by
closing the switch contact S1.
t1
t1
LED 2 yellow
LED 1
LED 2
E1
Z
E2
I2_07022
A2
Z2
Control contact S2
The functions: off delay,
pulse shape, passing break contact
function, response and off delay are
triggered by continuous power
supply over the control contact S2
between A1 and B1 (+).
tV
tV = Time delay
Possible time setting ranges tv

0.25 s
1s
8s
64 s
... 2.5 s
... 10 s
... 80 s
... 300 s
E2
status display
switch position indication
time range adjuster
fine adjuster for time ranges
function settings for timing interval
Device indications
B1(+) A2
LED 1 lights up if operational voltage is

Front view
applied (green)
LED 2 indicates the timing interval and state LED 1 green: status display
of the equalizing relay (yellow)
LED 2 yellow: Switch position
Steady light
indication
- off output relay not activated, no timing E1: time range adjuster
interval
Z: fine adjuster for time
- on output relay not activated, no timing
ranges
interval
E2: function settings for
Flashing light
timing interval
- short on, long off
output relay not activated, timing interval
- long on, short off
output relay activated, timing interval
A1-A2
15-18
15-16
1 s ... 10 s
tan = Relay energized

tab = Relay de-energized
flashing function
Possible time setting ranges tw

1 s ... 10 s
Possible time setting range t1
A1-A2
A I2_07025
A1-A2
15-18
15-16
5TT3 184 off delay time switch

A I2_07023
5TT3 182 wiper timer
t1
15-18
15-16
tW
1 s ... 10 s
t
t1 < t
tV = Wiping time
t = Drop out delay
wiping function
off-delay
9
10
11
12
13
Possible joint time setting

range of tan and tab
tan tab
response delay
6
7
5TT3 183 flashing timer

I2_07026
A1-A2
LED 1 green
Operator interface
5TT3 181 delay timer
15-18
15-16
t1
I2_10908a
B1(+) A1
Z1
A 2
t1
16 18
E1
t1
S2
A 1
A1 15
t1
t1
t1
L+
S 1
t1
t1
t1
s
s
s
min
min
min
h
h
t1
t1
Control S2
L +
t1
AI2_07024
Puls converter
1
6
30
3
30
300
30
300
=Response delay
=Passing make contact
function
IE
=Pulse generator, delayed
BI
=Flashing relay,
Begin with pulse
RV
=Off delay
IF
=Pulse shape
AW =Passing break contact
function
AV/RV=Response/off delay
B1-A2
RV
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
AV
EW
0,5 s
A1-A2
Off-delay
3
4
Possible time setting ranges t
Contact
I2_11970
Control S1
8/9
Timers

5TT3 1 timers

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Multifunction timer with transparent cap

programmable for:
response delay; passing make contact function; delayed pulse
generator; clock-pulse relay starting with impulse; off-delay;
pulse converter; passing break contact function; response/off-delay
1 CO contact
250
12 ... 240 DC
12 ... 240 AC
5TT3 185
0.065
220 ... 240
5TT3 181
0.100
220 ... 240
5TT3 182
0.100
220 ... 240
5TT3 183
0.100
110 ... 240 AC

110 ... 240 DC
5TT3 184
0.100
Delay timer with transparent cap

1 CO contact
250
Wiping timer with transparent cap

1 CO contact
250
Flashing timer with transparent cap

pulse duration is equal to idle time
1 CO contact
250
Off-delay timer with transparent cap

1 CO contact
250
5TT3 182
5TT3 183
5TT3 184
5TT3 181
A 1 1 5
A 1 1 5
A 1 1 5
1 6 1 8
1 6 1 8
1 6 1 8
Z 5 Z 4
B 1 A 2
Z 3 A 2
1 8
1 8
A 2
1 8
I2 _ 0 6 5 5 1 a
4 5
9 0
5TT3 185
4 3
6 4
Schematics
Circuit diagrams
5TT3 185
A 1 B 1
A 2
8/10
M F
5TT3 181
1 6 1 8
1 5
A1
5TT3 182
16 18
A2 Z3 Z4 Z5 15
5TT3 183
5TT3 184
A1 18 16
A1 16 18
A2 15
A2
15
Timers
Time Switches
Overview
1
2
Mechanical time switches

7LF5 110,
7LF5 150
7LF5 201,
7LF5 211
7LF5 205, 7LF5 206, 7LF5 207,

7LF5 216, 7LF5 217
Minimum switching interval

Day disk
Week disk
Hour disk
15 min
-
30 min
-
30 min
3h
1.25 min
Manual switch
ON/CLOCK/OFF
CLOCK/ON
ON/CLOCK/OFF
Sealable transparent cap
With terminal cover
Suitable for the switching of safety extra-low

voltages
Application
Mechanical time switches can be used for all applications of digital
time switches, provided that the minimum switching intervals are
sufficiently long. The switching control pins can be set without the
use of tools.
3
4
5
Function
Synchronous time switches without power reserve
The control gear is driven by a synchronous motor so it is dependent
on the power supply frequency. If this frequency is unstable, the devices cannot be used. In the event of a power failure, the time switch
will stop.
Quartz time switch with power reserve
A quartz electronic circuit supplies the drive with a stabilized frequency so that the time switch is not dependent on the power supply
frequency. In the event of a power failure, the time switch continues
to operate.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
8/11
Timers
Time Switches
Data acc. to EN 60730-1, EN 60730-2-7
7LF5 201

Operating range
at 50 Hz
7LF5 110
day
week
hour
day
30
120
1.2
15
Uc
0.85 ... 1.1
7LF5 205
synchronous
Rated frequency
drive
contact
Hz
50
VA
VA
3.1
1.7
Time program
min
NO contact
-contact
Contact
7LF5 207
220 ... 240
Operating mode
Power loss
7LF5 206
V AC

for p. f. = 1
for p. f. = 0.6
Different phases
actuator/contact permissible
Safe isolation

actuator/contact

actuator/contact
actuator/contact
V AC
250
A
A
16
4
1
1
CO contact
yes
no
yes
mm
mm
kV
>4
> 2.5
>4
V; mA
20; 100
10; 100
20; 100
Incandescent lamp load
1 000
1350
synchronous
Clock error per day

Terminals
rigid
1
mm2
min. mm2
C
1.5 ... 4
1 0.5
-25 ... +55
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730-1
II
acc. to EN 60529
IP20
acc. to EN 60068-1
FW 24
Data acc. to EN 60730-1, EN 60730-2-7
7LF5 211

Operating range
at 50 Hz
drive
contact
week
day
30
120
15
0.85 ... 1.1
Hz
50 ... 60
VA
VA
1
1
Time program
min

-contact
NO contact

for p. f. = 1
for p. f. = 0.6
Different phases
Safe isolation

actuator/contact

actuator/contact
actuator/contact

Clock error per day
day
Uc
typ. at +20C
Power reserve typical

Minimum loading time
for power reserve
Terminals
rigid
V AC
250
A
A
16
4
CO contact
8
no
yes
mm
mm
kV
>4
> 2.5
>4
V; mA
20; 100
10; 100
20; 100
1 000
1350
2.5
50
150
100
70
1
mm2
min. mm2
1.5 ... 4
1 0.5
-25 ... +55
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730-1
II
acc. to EN 60529
IP20
acc. to EN 60068-1
FW 24
50
yes
8/12
7LF5 216
quartz
Rated frequency
Contact
7LF5 150
220 ... 240
Operating mode
Power loss
7LF5 217
V AC
Timers
Time Switches

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Synchronous time switches without power reserve

Synchronous time switch with transparent cap
Day disk, 1 NO contact
250
16
220 ... 240
7LF5 201
0.120
16
220 ... 240
7LF5 205
0.160
16
220 ... 240
7LF5 206
0.160
16
220 ... 240
7LF5 207
0.160
220 ... 240
7LF5 110
0.120
Day disk, 1 CO contact

250
1
2
3
4
5
Week disk, 1 CO contact

250
Hour disk, 1 CO contact
250
Synchronous time switch for wall mounting

250
16
6
7
8
Quartz time switch with power reserve

Quartz time switch with transparent cap
250
16
230
7LF5 211
0.160
9
10

250
16
230
7LF5 216
0.160
16
230
7LF5 217
0.160

250
11
12
Quartz time switch for wall mounting

250
16
230
7LF5 150
0.120
8/13
13
Timers
Time Switches
7LF5 201
7LF5 211
7LF5 205
7LF5 206
7LF5 207
7LF5 216
7LF5 217
1 2
18
5,5
1 2
64
I2_07130
81
107
7LF5 110
7LF5 150
1 2 3 4 5
65
72
5,5
38
52
Schematics
Circuit diagrams
7LF5 201
7LF5 211
1 3
M
2 4
8/14
3 4 5
54
44
7LF5 205
7LF5 206
7LF5 207
7LF5 216
7LF5 217
1 5 3
M
2 4
7LF5 110
7LF5 150
1 3 5
M
I2_10782
I2_10781
45
90
45
90
3 4
5,5
44
64
Power Supply Units
9/2
Introduction
9/3
4AC3 0, 4AC3 1 bell transformers
9/5
4AC3 4, 4AC3 5, 4AC3 6

transformers
9/8
4AC2 4 power supply units
9/10
5TE6 7 socket outlets
8
9
10
11
9/1
Power Supply Units

Introduction
Standards
Usage
AC voltage/current supply up to 40 VA as
safety extra-low voltage for the supply of
gongs, buzzers, bells, door openers, intercoms, remote control switches and AC
power supplies for safety e.l.v. systems for
short-time operation.
EN 61558-2-8
AC voltage/current supply up to 63 VA as
EN 61558-2-2
safety extra-low voltage for the supply of
calibration circuits, switching relays,
Insta contactors and AC power supplies for
safety e.l.v. systems for continuous operation.
Direct voltage/current supply up to 24 V DC, EN 61558-2-6

2.0 A as safety extra-low voltage for the
supply of gongs, buzzers, bells, door openers, switching relays, Insta contactors and
DC power supplies for safety e.l.v. systems
for continuous operation.
For power supply during maintenance in

distribution boards
Industry
Application
Res. bldgs.
Devices
Non-res. bldgs.
Overview
Bell transformers
4AC3 0, 4AC3 1
Transformers
for permanent load
4AC3 4, 4AC3 5, 4AC3 6
Power supply units

for direct voltages
4AC2 4
Socket outlets
5TE6 7
Definitions
Ie
Ue
Ic
Uc
Ps
1 MW
9/2
=
=
=
=
=
=
Rated operational current

Rated operational voltage
Rated control supply current
Rated control supply voltage
Rated operational capacity
18 mm modular width
DIN VDE 0620,

CEE 7 Standard Sheet V
Power Supply Units

Overview
Certification
The bell transformers are IMQ and VDE approved.
Two secondary voltages

The 12 V outputs must be switched in parallel or in series. In parallel
connection, they can be used, e.g. for 12 V 8 VA, in series connection for 24 V 8 VA. In these types of circuits, the PTC resistor ensures
full protection of the transformer.
Uniform standards
The standard EN 61558 distinguishes between transformers for
short-time loading and those for permanent loading. This means that
clear requirements for bell transformers are defined. A bell transformers must maintain 100 % of its rated power for 1 min or 20 % for
5 min, without shutting down.
Typical applications
Short-time use, as occurs with bells, gongs, door openers or remote
control switches in residential buildings.
Failsafe with PTC

Siemens bell transformers are protected against short circuit or
moderate overload by a PTC resistor. If a disconnection occurs, the
bell transformer must be switched off for approx. 30 min to cool
down the PTC resistor.
Data acc. to EN 61558-2-8

Rated operating capacity Ps
4AC3 008
4AC3 016
4AC3 108
4AC3 116
4AC3 140
VA
16
16
40
V AC
230
2 x 0.33
0.33
2 x 0.67
0.67
2 x 1.67
1.67
1.6
3.6
8.2
1.2
17.2
at 50/60 Hz
0.9 ... 1.06
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Operating range frequency
Hz
48 ... 62
Secondary rated voltage Usec
in series connection
V AC
V AC
2x4
8
at 4 V
at 8 V
at 12 V
at 24 V
A AC
A AC
A AC
A AC
2 x 1.0
1
2 x 2.0
2
in no-load operation
at rated load
W
W
1.8
5
2.4
23
Safe isolation
mm
>3
Test voltage, 50 Hz 1 minute
primary against secondary

winding
kV
Terminals
screw (Pozidrive)
rigid
Secondary rated current Isec
2 x 12
24
10
-10 ... +25
Permissible humidity
80
acc. to EN 60529
IP20
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730
II
11

Usec
Isec
Ps
V AC
V AC
A AC
VA
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Bell transformers
2x0.33/0.33
2x0.67/0.67
2x1.67/1.67
12
13
with PTC protection for AC voltage/current supply as safety

extra-low voltage for short-time operation, for the supply of
gongs, buzzers, bells, door openers, intercoms and remote
control switches
2x12/24
> 3.75
max. mm2 1.5 ... 6

min. mm2 0.75
Ue
6
7
9
Insulation class
with two secondary voltages, optionally for

series or parallel switching
230
2x4/8
2x1/1
2x2/2
3
4
5
Operating range Uc
1
2
8
16
2
2
4AC3 008
4AC3 016
0.290
0.370
1
1
8
16
40
2
2
3
4AC3 108
4AC3 116
4AC3 140
0.260
0.320
0.490
1
1
1
9/3
Power Supply Units

4AC3 008
4AC3 016
4AC3 108
4AC3 116
45
90
9 10
1 2
6
36
44
I2_11316
I2_11315
45
90
67
4AC3 140
4567
54
64
25
44
64
Schematics
Circuit diagrams
10
4 V/4 VA
230 V/50 Hz
4 V/8 VA
4AC3 140
12 V/20 VA
4 V/8 VA
12 V/40 VA
7
12 V/20 VA
230 V/50 Hz
12 V/20 VA
12 V/20 VA
2
1
230 V/50 Hz
The 12 V outputs must be switched in parallel or in series. Our example shows the 4AC3 140. In parallel connection, they can be used for
12 V/40 VA, in series connection for 24 V/40 VA. In these types of
circuits, the PTC resistor ensures full protection of the transformer.
9/4
12 V/4 VA
4AC3 140
parallel switching
I2_11296
10
230 V/50 Hz
24 V/40 VA
4
I2_11293
4 V/4 VA
4AC3 116
24 V/8 VA
I2_11609
I2_11292
4AC3 108
8 V/16 VA
24 V/16 VA
10
12 V/4 VA
230 V/50 Hz
12 V/8 VA
10
12 V/8 VA
230 V/50 Hz
I2_11295
4AC3 016
8 V/8 VA
I2_11294
4AC3 008
Power Supply Units

4AC3 4, 4AC3 5, 4AC3 6 transformers
Overview
Certification
The transformers are IMQ and VDE approved.
Hum-free
The transformers with 24, 40 and 63 VA cores are molded, which
means that they are hum-free and suitable for installation in soundsensitive distribution boards.
Uniform standards
short-time loading and those for permanent loading.
Failsafe with PTC
Siemens transformers for permanent loading are protected against
short circuit or moderate overload by a PTC resistor. If a disconnection occurs, the transformer must be switched off for approx. 30 min
to cool down the PTC resistor.
connection, they can be used, e.g. for 12 V, 16 VA, in series
connection for 24 V, 16 VA. In these types of circuits, the PTC resistor ensures full protection of the transformer.
Voltage stability
According to EN 61558-2-2, in the case of transformers for
permanent loading, the difference between the non-loaded output
voltage and the output voltage loaded with the rated load must not
be higher than 10 %. This requirement places the highest demands
on the design of this type of transformer. It can only be met by using
high-quality core materials and a core design with an extraordinarily
high efficiency, such as type EI acc. to DIN 41302.
AC voltage/current supply for 8, 12 or 24 V AC up to 63 VA as safety
extra-low voltage for the supply of calibration circuits, switching
relays or Insta contactors in continuous duty.
4AC3 408
4AC3 516
4AC3 524
4AC3 540
4AC3 616
4AC3 624
4AC3 640
4AC3 663
VA
16
24
40
16
24
40
63
Rated instantaneous power

p. f. = 0.5; t = 10 s
VA
10
18
27
48
18
27
48
80
V AC
230
Operating range Uc
at 50/60 Hz
50
Hz
48 ... 62

V AC
V AC
2x4
8

at 4 V
at 8 V
at 12 V
at 24 V
A AC
A AC
A AC
A AC
2x2
2
Rated power dissipation PV

at rated load
VA
W
3.5
2.6
10.3
4.6
Hum-free
core molded
Safe isolation
mm
yes
13.8
6.9
6
7
2 x 0.67
0.67
2x1
1
2 x 1.67
1.67
2 x 2.62
2.62
8.0
3.6
13.1
6.3
8.3
5.7
23.0
10.0
yes
10
11
3
B
Insulation class
Test voltage, 50Hz 1 minute
primary against secondary winding
Terminals
8.0
2.7
2 x 12
24
3
4
0.9 ... 1.1

Hz
Rated frequency
1
2
kV
rigid
12
screw (Pozidrive)
mm2
1 ... 6
min. mm2 0.75

in operation
-10 ... +40
80
acc. to EN 60529
IP20
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730
II
13
9/5
Power Supply Units


Ue
Usec
Isec
Ps
V AC
V AC
A AC
VA
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Transformers for permanent loads

extra-low voltage for continuous operation for the supply of
calibration circuits, switching relays and Insta contactors
with one secondary voltage
230
8
1
3
5
with two secondary voltages, optionally

available with series or parallel switching
230
2x4/8
2x2/2
2x12/24
2x0.67/0.67
2x1.0/1.0
2x1.67/1.67
2x2.62/2.62
8
24
40
3
4
4
4AC3 408
4AC3 524
4AC3 540
0.320
0.940
0.870
1
1
1
16
4AC3 516
0.600
16
24
40
63
3
4
4
5
4AC3 616
4AC3 624
4AC3 640
4AC3 663
0.600
0.910
0.840
1.170
1
1
1
1
4AC3 408
1 2
4567
1 2
54
I2_11320
45
90
4AC3 516
4AC3 616
6 7
54
44
64
4AC3 624
4AC3 640
9 10
3 4 5
6 7
72
9 10
I2_11317
45
64
90
4AC3 524
4AC3 540
25
72
29
44
64
1 2
4567
90
9/6
I2_11318
45
90
4AC3 663
25
44
64
Power Supply Units

Schematics
1
2
Circuit diagrams
4 V/8 VA
4AC3 616
12 V/8 VA
4 V/8 VA
230 V/50 Hz
12 V/8 VA
230 V/50 Hz
230 V/50 Hz
12 V/12 VA
10
230 V/50 Hz
3
4
4AC3 663
24 V/40 VA
10
12 V/12 VA
230 V/50 Hz
8 V/40 VA
4AC3 640
I2_11300
10
24 V/24 VA
I2_11301
4AC3 624
24 V/16 VA
4
8 V/24 VA
I2_11299
4AC3 540
12 V/20 VA
12 V/20 VA
230 V/50 Hz
24 V/63 VA
10
12 V/31,5 VA
12 V/31,5 VA
230 V/50 Hz
I2_11305
4AC3 524
8 V/16 VA
I2_11304
230 V/50 Hz
I2_11303
4AC3 516
8 V/8 VA
I2_11297
I2_11298
4AC3 408
6
7
4AC3 616
Parallel connection
12 V/8 VA
12 V/8 VA
230 V/50 Hz
I2_11302
12 V/16 VA
The 12 V outputs must be switched in parallel or in series. Our

example shows the 4AC3 616. In parallel connection, they can be
used for 12 V/16 VA, in series connection for 24 V/16 VA.
In these types of circuits, the PTC resistor ensures full protection of
the transformer.
10
11
12
13
9/7
Power Supply Units

Overview
Certification
The power supply units are IMQ and VDE approved.
Direct current supply up to 24 V DC, 2.0 A with safety extra-low
voltage for the supply of gongs, bells, door openers, switching
relays, remote control switches, Insta contactors and DC power
supplies for safety e.l.v. systems in continuous operation.
Failsafe with PTC

Siemens power supply units are protected against short circuit or
moderate overload by a PTC resistor. If a disconnection occurs, the
power supply unit must be switched off for approx. 30 min to cool
down the PTC resistor.
4AC2 400
4AC2 401

W
24
48
V AC
230
at 50/60 Hz
Operating range Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Hz
48 ... 52
V DC
12
24
A DC
2.0
2.0
W
W
5
10
6
15
at rated load
Yes
Hum-free
core molded
Safe isolation
mm
Insulation class
Test voltage 50 Hz, 1 min
primary against secondary winding kV
>4
Terminals
screw (Pozidrive)
rigid
1.5 ... 6
mm2
min. mm2 0.75
-10 ... +40
80
acc. to EN 60529
IP20
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730
II

Ue
Usec
Isec
Ps
V AC
V DC
A DC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.860
1.170
1
1
Power supply units

with transformer for safety extra-low voltage,
with bridge rectifier
230
12
24
2.0
2.0
24
48
4
5
4AC2 400
4AC2 401
45
90
4AC2 401
9 10
72
9/8
1 2
6
29
44
6 7
90
64
I2_11313a
I2_11312
45
64
90
4AC2 400
25
44
64
Power Supply Units

Schematics
1
2
Circuit diagrams
230 V/50 Hz
DC 24 V
2A
+
10
I2_11306a
DC 12 V
3
4
4AC2 401
230 V/50 Hz
2A
+
I2_11307a
4AC2 400
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
9/9
Power Supply Units

5TE6 7 socket outlets
Overview
Application
Power supply for maintenance purposes, when required in distribution boards in buildings and in switchgear. In order to make sure that
it is possible to work on the distribution board in the event of a power
failure, we recommend that the socket outlet is fed from the incoming
supply using a short-circuit current proof cable installation and a
separate fuse.
Connection of plug-in communication devices in communication
distribution boards or in private plants for the occasional use of
devices with heavy starting and separate fusing.
Standard equipment
A socket outlet is a standard product in all distribution boards. In the
event of faults, this then proves to be a very worthwhile investment.
Data acc. to DIN VDE 0620 and CEE 7 standard sheet V
5TE6 700

Terminals
screw (Pozidrive)
rigid
V AC
230
A AC
16
5TE6 710
5TE6 711
1
max. mm2 1.5 ... 4
min. mm2 0.5
-10 ... +50

acc. to EN 60529
IP20
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730-1

Ue
Ie
Conductor
MW
cross-section
V AC
mm2
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5 Socket outlet according to DIN VDE 0620

230
16
2.5
5TE6 700
0.140
1/10
2.5
5TE6 710
0.120
2.5
5TE6 711
0.120
Socket outlet according to CEE 7 Standard sheet V

with grounding pin
230
16
with grounding pin and child-proof device

230
16
5TE6 700
5TE6 710
5TE6 711
44
24
I2_07115a
I2_07114
45
76
61
45
67
90
4,5
8,2
15
44
55
16
45
44
55
Schematics
Circuit diagram
5TE6 700
5TE6 710
5TE6 711
According to the currently valid standards, L and N can be connected any way required. The terminals are therefore not indicated.
7
9/10
10
Measuring Devices
10/2
Introduction
10/4
7KT5 8 time and pulse counters
10/6
7KT5 5 and 7KT5 6 time counters

for front-panel mounting
10/8
7KT1 0 analog measuring

devices
10/10
7KT1 1 digital measuring devices
10/11
7KT1 30 multimeters
10/16
7KT1 3 multicounters
10/22
7KT1 14 E-counters,
single-phase
10/24
7KT1 5 E-counters, three-phase
10/28
7KT1 16 E-counters, three-phase,

instabus KNX EIB
10/32
7KT1 390 LAN server
10/35
7KT1 2 current transformers
10
11
10/1
Measuring Devices
Introduction
Application
Standards
Res. bldgs.
Industry
Devices
Non-res. bldgs.
Overview
Usage
Monitoring of operating hours and

starting operations of devices or plants
IEC 60255-6,
EN 60255-6
(VDE 0435 T 301)
Monitoring of operating hours of devices IEC 60255-6,

or plants
EN 60255-6
(VDE 0435 T 301)
For measuring voltages and currents, for IEC 60051-2,

monitoring input and output currents or EN 60051-2
device currents
For measuring voltages and currents, for DIN 43751-1,

monitoring input and output currents or DIN 43751-2
device currents
For the display and assessment of

23 electrical measured values in
switchgear, incoming supplies and
outgoing feeders
IEC 60051-2,
EN 60051-2
For the display and assessment of

35 electrical measured values and
consumption values in switchgear,
incoming supplies and outgoing feeders
IEC 60051-2,
EN 60051-2
Time and pulse counters

7KT5 80 and 7KT5 82
time counters
7KT5 81 and 7KT5 83
pulse counters
Time counters for front-panel mounting

7KT5 5 and 7KT5 6
Analog measuring devices

7KT1 0
Digital measuring devices

7KT1 1
Multimeters
7KT1 30
IEC 61010-1,
DIN EN 61010-1
(VDE 0411 T 1)
Multicounters
3KT1 31, 3KT1 34, 3KT1 35
IEC 61010-1,
EN 61010-1 (VDE 0411 T 1)
IEC 62053-21,
EN 62053-21
(VDE 0418 T 3-21)
10/2
Measuring Devices
Introduction
Overview
For the measurement of kWh in singlephase systems, e.g. in industrial plants,

offices and apartments in apartment
houses
IEC 62053-11,
EN 62053-11
(VDE 0418 T 3-11)
For the measurement of kWh in single

and three-phase systems, e.g. in
industrial plants, offices and apartments
in apartment houses
IEC 61010-1,
EN 61010-1
(VDE 0411 T 1)
Usage
Industry
Standards
Res. bldgs.
Application
Non-res. bldgs.
Devices
E-counters, single-phase
7KT1 14
IEC 62053-11,
EN 62053-11
(VDE 0418 T 3-11)
IEC 62053-21,
EN 62053-21
(VDE 0418 T 3-21)
E-counters, three-phase,
instabus KNX EIB
7KT1 16
3
4
5
IEC 62053-21,
EN 62053-21
(VDE 0418 T 3-21)
E-counters, three-phase
7KT1 50, 7KT1 51, 7KT1 52
1
2
With instabus KNX EIB interface,

IEC 61036
for the measurement of kWh in single
EN 61036
and three-phase systems, e.g. in indus- (VDE 0418 T7)
trial plants, offices and apartments in
apartment houses
Worldwide data communication with

measuring devices using LAN/Internet
6
7
8
9
LAN server
3KT1 390
IEEE 802
11
Current transformers
7KT1 2
10
For non-contact measuring of primary

currents of a 3-phase system
IEC 60044-1,
EN 60044-1
(VDE 0414 T 44-1)
12
13
Definitions
Ie
Ue
Ic
Uc
Ps
10/3
Measuring Devices
Overview
Function
The counters are designed for installation in switching, control and

distribution boards and can be snapped onto standard mounting
rails 35 mm acc. to EN 60715.
Time counters count the time in hours with an accuracy of two

decimal places (hundredths of hours). The pulse counter adds the
number of pulses, e.g. the making operations of devices.
In the case of electronic counters, the counting result is saved indefinitely in the event of a power failure (EEPROM). On recovery of the
power, the counting is continued from the saved value.
Data acc. to DIN VDE 0435-110, EN 60255-6
7KT5 801
V AC
V DC 12 ... 24
Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
VA
<1
Operating range
at 50/60 Hz
Method of operation
counting of
Display
drum-type register
Terminals
screw (Phillips)
rigid
acc. to EN 60529
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730-1
50
60
<2
1.5
0.75
-10 ... +70
< 80
7KT5 811
V AC
V DC 12 ... 24
Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
Hz
VA
<1
at 50/60 Hz
230
00000.00
Rated frequency
Operating range
7KT5 807
115
II

7KT5 806
230
IP20
%
7KT5 804
115
1
mm2
C
7KT5 803
24
hours
h
flexible with sleeve, min. mm2

7KT5 802
7KT5 812
7KT5 814
7KT5 821
24
230
24 ... 240
12 ... 150
<2
<1
7KT5 822
7KT5 823
7KT5 833
50/60
Method of operation
counting of
pulses
hours
pulses
Display
drum-type register
LCD
0000000
000000.0
0000000
Counting frequency
Hz
10
10
Pulse duration
ms
50
electrical
mechanical
Terminals
screw (Phillips)
rigid
mm2
1.5
0.75
Resetting

acc. to EN 60529
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730-1
10/4
-10 ... +70

IP20
II
< 80
50
Measuring Devices

Uc
Frequency
Hz
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Time counters
Mechanical register,
display 00000.00 h without resetting
12 ... 24 DC
7KT5 801
0.095
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
50
7KT5 802
7KT5 803
7KT5 804
0.095
0.095
0.095
1
1
1
115 AC
230 AC
60
7KT5 806
7KT5 807
0.095
0.095
1
1
7KT5 811
0.095
7KT5 812
7KT5 814
0.095
0.095
1
1
7KT5 821
0.080
50/60
7KT5 822
0.080
50/60
7KT5 823
0.080
7KT5 833
0.080
Mechanical register,
display 0000000
3
4
5
Pulse counters
7KT5 801
1
2
without resetting
10 ... 24 DC
24 AC
230 AC
50/60
6
7
Electronic time counters

LCD 000000.0 h without resetting
12 ... 150 DC, 24 ... 240 AC
50/60
with electrical resetting

12 ... 150 DC, 24 ... 240 AC
with electrical and mechanical resetting
12 ... 150 DC, 24 ... 240 AC
Electronic pulse counter

LCD display 0000000
7KT5 823
with electrical and mechanical resetting

10 ... 150 DC, 24 ... 240 AC
Connections
7KT5 801
7KT5 821
7KT5 802
7KT5 803
7KT5 804
7KT5 806
7KT5 807
2(L)
2(+)
M
36
2(+)
2(L)
3(-)
3(N)
7KT5 821
44
10
+ /~
/~
L 1 (+ ) N ( )
C o u n t
K 1
2
12
+ /~
/~
L 1 (+ ) N ( )
K 1
64
1
11
7KT5 822
7KT5 823
7KT5 833
C o u n t
7KT5 812
7KT5 814
R e s e t
13
K 2
4
I2 _ 1 1 2 8 8 a
36
3(N)
3(-)
I2 _ 1 1 6 1 6 a
1 2 3 4
7KT5 811
45
2 3
Schematics
7KT5 821
7KT5 822
7KT5 823
7KT5 833
I2_11289
7KT5 801
7KT5 802
7KT5 803
7KT5 804
7KT5 806
7KT5 807
7KT5 821
7KT5 811
7KT5 812
7KT5 814
50/60
Electronic counters
A power supply is required at terminals 1 and 3 so that the device
can continuously show the measured value.
Once terminal 3 is supplied with voltage (for DC "+"), the counting
procedure starts. If terminal 4 is supplied short-time with voltage
(for DC "+"), the counter is reset.
In the event of a power failure, the counting result is indefinitely
stored in EEPROM. On recovery of the power, the counting is
continued from the saved value.
10/5
Measuring Devices
7KT5 5 and 7KT5 6
time counters for front-panel mounting
Application
Function
Areas of application are time and pulse recording for switchgear

cabinets, control and mechanical engineering, e.g. boilers, machine
tools or compressors.
Time counters count the time in hours with an accuracy of two

decimal places (hundredths of hours).
Preventive maintenance
Time counters provide support when planning preventive maintenance. In-time and regular maintenance is the best protection
against unexpected shutdowns and ensures high plant availability.
7KT5 500
7KT5 501
7KT5 502
7KT5 503
7KT5 504
7KT5 505
V AC
V DC
10 ... 80
115
230
115
230
24
Operating range
Uc
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
50
VA
<1
0.2
counting of
Display
drum-type register
00000.00
Pulse duration
pulse length, pulse

interval
ms
50
Front-panel mounting
without cover 55 mm 55 mm
with cover 55 mm 55 mm
Switchboard cutout
Terminals
screw (Phillips)
rigid
mm2
1.5
0.75
C
acc. to EN 60529
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730-1
-10 ... +70
II
%

V AC
V DC
< 93
7KT5 600
7KT5 601
7KT5 602
7KT5 603
7KT5 604
10 ... 50
115
230
115
230
0.9 ... 1.1
Operating range Uc
Rated frequency
Hz
VA
<1
hours
Method of operation
counting of
Display
drum-type register
00000.00
Pulse duration
pulse length, pulse

interval
ms
50
Front-panel mounting
Switchboard cutout
mm mm 68+0.5 68+0.5
Terminals
screw (Phillips)
rigid
mm2
1.5
0.75

front panel
terminals
acc. to EN 60529
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730-1
10/6
0.2
IP65
IP43
IP20
1.8
mm mm 45.2 45.2+0.3
mm
50.2+0.3
front panel
installation with seal
terminals
50
0.9
hours
Method of operation
60
1.8
-10 ... +70

IP52
IP00
II
< 93
50
60
Measuring Devices
7KT5 5 and 7KT5 6
time counters for front-panel mounting

Uc
Frequency
Hz
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Time counters
mechanical register, display 00000.00 h,
for front-panel mounting, front frame 48 mm x 48 mm
10 ... 80 DC
7KT5 500
0.045
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
50
7KT5 505
7KT5 501
7KT5 502
0.045
0.045
0.045
1
1
1
115 AC
230 AC
60
7KT5 503
7KT5 504
0.045
0.045
1
1
for front-panel mounting, front frame 72 mm x 72 mm

with narrow frame according to DIN 43700
10 ... 50 DC
7KT5 600
0.120
115 AC
230 AC
50
7KT5 601
7KT5 602
0.120
0.120
1
1
115 AC
230 AC
60
7KT5 603
7KT5 604
0.120
0.120
1
1
7KT9 020
0.015
7KT9 000
1 set
0.020
1 set
7KT9 021
0.010
6
7
7KT5 600
Cover for 7KT5 5 time counter
55 mm 55 mm
Sealing ring for 7KT9 020 cover
IP 43-installation in switchboards with smooth surfaces
(1 set = 5 pcs)
Terminal cover for 7KT5 6 time counter
degree of protection IP20
7KT5 5
Connections
7KT5 6
I2_06021a
72
67,5
45
48
10
7KT5 5, 7KT5 6
L
M
11
5,5
34
5,5
8
9
Schematics
I2_07089a
3
4
5
7KT5 500
1
2
44
59
12
13
10/7
Measuring Devices
7KT1 0 analog measuring devices
Overview
These devices for measuring voltages and currents can be used for
monitoring input and output currents or device currents. They are
suitable for direct connection in a single-phase network or, together
with a measuring selector switch, for three-phase networks.
Depending on the transformer, the ammeter for transformer
connection can be fitted with interchangeable scales of 60, 100,

250, 400, 600 and 1000 A AC.
Main features of the devices are:
extensive scale,
continuous overload up to 20 %
Data acc. to EN 60051-2
7KT1 000
7KT1 01.
7KT1 020
transformer measurement
V AC
A AC
A AC
A AC
A AC
0 ... 500
0 ... 25
0 ... 40
0 ... 60
0 ... 150/5
Max. permissible measuring frequency
Hz
45 ... 65
Measuring ranges
direct measurement
pointer
Display
%
1.5
Rated operational capacity Ps
VA
<2
< 1.1
Temperature influence
%/ C
0.03
at 23 1 C
Measuring accuracy
1.2 Umeas
2 Umeas
continuous
short-time for 1 s
Overload capability
Test voltage
50 Hz, 1 min
Terminals
rigid, max.
kV
1.2 Imeas
10 Imeas
>2
1
mm2
mm2
1 x 6/2 x 4
0.75
1 25 / 2 16
1 x 6/2 x 4
0.75
-10 ... +55

IP20

Uc
Umeas
Imeas
V AC
V AC
A AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Analog voltmeter
500
7KT1 000
0.105
25
40
60
7KT1 010
7KT1 011
7KT1 012
0.110
0.125
0.135
1
1
1
0 ... 150/5
7KT1 020
0.105
60
100
250
7KT9 001
7KT9 002
7KT9 004
0.005
0.005
0.005
1
1
1
400
600
1000
7KT9 005
7KT9 006
7KT9 007
0.005
0.005
0.005
1
1
1
Analog ammeter for direct connection
Analog ammeter for transformer connection

with AC scale 0 to 150 A
7KT1 000
Changeable scales for 7KT1 020 ammeter
easy on-site replacement
7KT9 001
7KT1 000
Schematics
Connections
7KT1 010,
7KT1 011,
7KT1 012,
7KT1 020
7KT1 000
7KT1 01., 7KT1 020

6
V
7
5
70
10/8
6 7
7
70
I2_11611
45
86
44
64
Measuring Devices
Overview
Function
These devices for measuring voltages and currents can be used for
monitoring input and output currents or device currents. They are
suitable for direct connection in a single-phase network or, together
with a measuring selector switch, for three-phase networks.
The measuring ranges of the ammeter are set at the device with a
coding switch.
1
2
Range selector switch for 7KT1 120 digital ammeter

1 2 3 4
Direct measurement
20 A AC
0000
0 Transformer measurement
25/5A
AC
1000
40/5A AC
0100
1 2 3 4 1
50/5A AC
1100
I2_00183b
60/5A AC
0010
80/5A AC
1010
100/5A AC
0110
150/5A AC
1110
0001
1001
0101
1101
0011
1011
0111
3
4
200/5A AC
250/5A AC
400/5A AC
500/5A AC
600/5A AC
800/5A AC
999/5A AC
5
6
7
Data in compliance with DIN 43751-1 and DIN 43751-2
7KT1 110
V AC
230
Operating range
Uc
0.9 ... 1.15
Rated frequency
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
<2
7KT1 120
Measuring range
voltage
direct measurement
V AC
12 ... 600
current
direct measurement
transformer measurement
A AC
A AC
0.4 ... 20 direct

0.1 ... 1000/5
voltage
voltage > 600 V

voltage 12 V
HHH

current
direct current > 20 A

current transformer > 5 A
HHH
HHH
direct current < 0.4 A

current transformer < 0.1 A
Measuring cycle
Measuring accuracy
3 LEDs red; height 10 mm
Display
at 23 C
Temperature influence
/s
4 times
0.5 1 digit
%/ C
0.03
10
11
Overload capability
voltage
continuous
short-time for 1 s
V
V
720
780
current
continuous, direct
continuous transformer
A
A
22
5.5
short-time for 1 s, direct

short-time for 1 s, transformer
A
A
200
50
3
4.3
3.0
1.5
2.1
1.5
2.2
1.35
clearances
creepage distances in the device
creepage distances on the printed board
printed boards not installed
mm
mm
mm
Test voltage
50 Hz, 1 min
kV
Terminals
rigid, max.

12
13
1
mm2
mm2
1 x 6/2 x 4
0.75
-10 ... +55

IP20
10/9
Measuring Devices

Uc
Umeas
Imeas
V AC
V AC
A AC
230
600
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Digital voltmeter
2
7KT1 110
0.190
0 ... 20
2
transformer/5
7KT1 120
0.200
Digital ammeter for direct and transformer connection

230
I2_07806
45
90
7KT1 110,
7KT1 120
12345
36
44
64
Schematics
Switching examples
Digital voltmeter
10/10
7 KT1 110
2 3 0 V
7 K T 1 1 2 0
A C
L 1
5
1
D ir e c t c o n n e c tio n u p to 2 0 A
2 3 0 V
A C
L 2
2 3 0 V A C
L 1
7 K T 1 1 2 0
D ir e c t c o n n e c tio n
o f d iffe r e n t p h a s e s
u p to 2 0 A
1
5
L 2
7 K T 1 1 2 0
I2 _ 0 7 8 3 7 a
7 KT1 110
I2 _ 0 7 8 3 6 a
max. AC 600 V
L2 N
I2 _ 0 7 8 3 5 a
I2_07833a
Digital ammeter
AC 230 V
L1 N
I2_07834b
AC 230 V
N
L
T r a n s fo r m e r c o n n e c tio n
T ra n s fo rm e r /5 A
Measuring Devices
7KT1 30 multimeters
Overview
All required measuring values of an installation clearly visible at a
glance
Innovative matrix selection of assignment and selection of
measurement data of the display registers
For direct connection 63 A or for transformer /1A or /5A
For transformer primary current of 10 to 5000 A.
Input is in 5 A increments
Size, 11 mm high, attractive green 7-segment display for
measured values
Clearly recognizable orange text display of units assigned to the
displays where the measured value appears
Representation of measured values on 5 triple 7-segment displays
and an auxiliary 7-segment display for input of primary current.
Detection of connection errors (phase transposition)
With error detection in the case of incorrect connection
Measuring accuracy for voltage, current and output: 2 % 1 digit
SL symbol for the 3-phase system

This indicates that all physical units shown under this symbol are
always 3-phase.
L 1 -N
Extremely compact multifunction display for direct or transformer

connection in a three-phase network with star-delta measurement for
the display of up to 31 different electrical measured values in a
switchgear or incoming or outgoing feeders.
A special feature is the analysis of the different loads on the phases.
Phase displacement, unsymetrical or unbalanced loads can cause
partial overloads. In this case, the multimeter offers a range of
different options to combine measured values and assess them.
L 3 -N
Display
Unit
1
2
3
4
5
6
Active power
Voltage
Current
Apparent power
p. f.
Voltage
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
W
V
A
VA
p. f.
V
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1 L2
7
8
9
10
11
12
Active power
Voltage
Current
Apparent power
p. f.
Voltage
D2
D2
D2
D2
D2
D2
W
V
A
VA
p. f.
V
L2
L2
L2
L2
L2
L2 L3
13
14
15
16
17
18
Active power
Voltage
Current
Apparent power
p. f.
Voltage
D3
D3
D3
D3
D3
D3
W
V
A
VA
p. f.
V
L3
L3
L3
L3
L3
L3 L1
19
20
Active power
Apparent power
W
VA
SL
SL
21
22
23
Reactive power
Frequency
p. f.
D5
D1, D2, D3,
D5
D5
D4
D1, D2, D3,
D4
var
Hz
p. f.
SL
SL
SL
l2
L 2
L 2 -L 3
I2 _ 0 8 4 1 0 a
D1
M k W V A COS
L1
L1-2
L
D2
Transformer setting
Transformer setting
D5
D5
MkWVAR
CT/A
HZ
D5
OK
8
9
COS
D4
I2_11614
Matrix selection
Conventional measuring instruments usually provide voltage, current or other similar values for three phases. Multimeters with their
matrix selection are considerably more flexible and more universal.
The 3-fold indications are selected using the rotary and the desired
indications confirmed with OK. This is followed by the horizontal
selection e.g. W V A or p. f. , and then the vertical selection,
e.g. L1 L1-L2 SL. Your matrix selection is set.
The vertical data on the display can be assigned to any measured
value in the horizontal data. The letters M and k are automatically
assigned according to measuring range, i.e. measured value,
e.g.: kW or MW. Capacitive loads are automatically indicated by a
capacitor, inductive loads by a coil.
The following diagram shows an example of what your matrix selection might look like.
,
kW
L1
kW
L2
kW
L3
A
/1 or /5
10 ... 5000
M k W V A COS
L3
L3-1
L
6
7
Assignment
CT/A
CT/A
D3
M k W V A COS
L2
L2-3
L
2 set values are also indicated

24
25
L 2 -N
Display
The multimeters have a covered brightly lit LED display. The measured values are indicated on an 11-mm high, green, 7-segment
LED, the physical units are indicated on an orange LED. Both colors
are easier to read than the previously used red LED. Capacitive
loads are automatically indicated by a capacitor, inductive loads by
a coil.
Voltage measurement
The multimeter measures the delta voltages L1 against L2; L2
against L3 and L3 against L1 or the star voltages L1, L2, L3
against N.
Readout data
Of the following 23 options, you can continuously display 5 indicated
values.
Measured value
Function
Number
L 1 -L 2
l1
l3
L 3
Application
3
4
L 1
L 3 -L 1
1
2
OK
COS
L
I2_10803
10/11
10
11
12
13
Measuring Devices
7KT1 30 multimeters
Data in compliance with DIN 43751-1, DIN 43751-2 and EN 61010-1
7KT1 300
7KT1 301
7KT1 302
Supply
V AC
230
Operating range
Uc
0.8 ... 1.2
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Frequency range
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
10
continuous: phase/phase
1 second: phase/phase
V
V
480
800
continuous: phase/N
1 second: phase/N
V
V
276
460
continuous
0.5 s
10 ms
A
A
A
76
1000
6
110
direct
transformer /1 A or /5 A
Voltage Ue
phase/phase
phase/N
V
V
400
230
Operating range voltage
phase/phase
phase/N
V
V
87 ... 400
50 ... 230
Current Ie
63
1 or 5
Operating range current
0.1 ... 63
0.01 ... 5
10 ... 5000
5
Overload capability
Voltage
Current
Measuring input
Type of connection
Transformer current
primary current of the transformer A

smallest input step
A
Frequency
Hz
Hz
50
45 ... 65
Display
Connection errors
inverted phases
Voltage: 3 displays, 3-digit
delta L1L2, L2L3, L3L1

star L1/N L2/N L3/N
voltage > 480/276 V
voltage 87/50 V
V
V
Err
87 ... 480
50 ... 276
HHH

Current: 3 displays, 3-digit
L1L2L3
A or kA
0.1 ... 76
1.2 or 0.1 ... 6 x transformer conversion

ratio
HHH
for current > 76; 1.2 or

6 A x transformer conversion ratio
for current < 0.1; 0.01 A x
transformer conversion ratio
Frequency: 1 display, 3-digit
SL
Active power: 3 displays, 3-digit or 1 display,

3 of 7 digits
W, kW or
L1 L2 L3; SL
display with floating decimal point MW
0 ... 999
Reactive power: 1 display, 3-digit
SL, with capacitive or inductive

var, kvar
indication;
display with floating decimal point or Mvar
0 ... 999
Apparent power: 3 displays, 3-digit or

1 display, 3-digit
VA, kVA or 0 ... 999

L1 L2 L3; SL
display with floating decimal point MVA
p. f. : 3 displays, 3-digit or
1 display, 3-digit
L1 L2 L3; SL,
display with floating decimal point
Transformer primary current
only if set
10 ... 5000
Transformer secondary current
only if set
1 or 5
/s
Display period
Hz
45.0 ... 65.0
0.01 ... 1.00
EEPROM
Storage of setting
Measuring accuracy
Voltage
2 1 digit
Current
2 1 digit
Power output
2 1 digit
p. f.
2 ... 10 1 digit
Frequency
1 1 digit
10/12
Measuring Devices
7KT1 30 multimeters
Data in compliance with DIN 43751-1, DIN 43751-2 and EN 61010-1
7KT1 300
7KT1 301
7KT1 302
3
4
Safety acc. to EN 61010-1

Degree of pollution
Overvoltage category
II
Operational voltage
600
Clearances
mm
3.0
mm
mm
4.3
3.0
Creepage distances
in device
on printed boards (not installed)
Test surge voltage
1.2/50 s
kV
Test voltage
50 Hz, 1 min
kV
2.2
Terminals
Main current paths
screw (Pozidrive)
Supply terminals
blade for slotted screw
mm mm 4 2.5
Conductor cross-sections main current paths
rigid, max.
mm2
rigid, min.
mm2
1 25 or
2 16
1 1.5
mm2
mm2
1 2.5 or 2 1.5
1 0.75
Temperature
0 ... +55
Relative humidity
80
0.25
Conductor cross-sections for supply terminals rigid, max.

1
1 6 or
24
6
7
Environmental conditions
Vibrations
sine amplitude at 50 Hz
mm
Protection class
acc. to EN 61010-1
II
acc. to EN 60529
front panel, 96 mm 96 mm
IP20
IP54

Uc
Ie
Ue
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
1
2
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Multimeters
10
for the display of 23 electrical values,

of which 5 values can be continuously displayed.
for 3-phase, 3/4-wire connection
for direct connection
230
7KT1 300
63
3 x 230/400
7KT1 300
0.400
3 x 230/400
7KT1 301
0.400
7KT1 302
0.410
for transformer connection of 10 to 5000 A,

adjustable in 5 A increments
secondary current, optionally 1 A or 5 A
230
/1 or /5
for front-panel mounting 96 mm 96 mm

for transformer connection of 10 to 5000 A,
adjustable in 5 A increments
secondary current, optionally 1 A or 5 A
230
/1 or /5
12
3 x 230/400
13
7KT1 302
11
10/13
Measuring Devices
7KT1 30 multimeters
7KT1 300
7KT1 301
2 3
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
108
45
90
k1
l1 k2
L1
44
64
k 1
l1
k 2
l2
L 2
k 3
l3
L 3
9 7
8 9 ,5
L 1
10/14
5 9
I2 _ 1 1 6 1 0 a
I3
L3
108
7KT1 302
9 7
I2 k3
L2
I2_11334a
L1
I2_11333a
45
90
2 3
44
64
Measuring Devices
7KT1 30 multimeters
Schematics
Instructions for the connection of transformer counters
In the case of cross-section reduction, a short-circuit resistant cable
is required for the power supply of terminals 2, 5 and 8, depending
on the fusing for phases L1, L2, L3. A fuse of 6 A is recommended
for line protection.
Current transformers must not be operated with open terminals as
dangerously high voltages can occur, which may result in personal
injuries and property damages. It may also lead to a thermal
overload of the transformers.
3
4
230 V AC
230 V AC
L N
L N
2 3
L1
2 3
7KT1 300
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
k1
7KT1 301
7KT1 302
L1 l1
k2
L2 l2
k3
L3
l3
6
7
L1 63 A
L2 63 A
L3 63 A
N
6A 6A 6A
230 / 400 V AC
Direct connection 63 A, 4-wire circuit
L1
L2
L3
N
L1
1
2
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
230 / 400 V AC
Current transformer connection 4-wire circuit
L1 63 A
L2 63 A
k1
L1 l1
k2
L2 l2
k3
L3
l3
L3 63 A
400 V AC
10
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
6A 6A 6A
L1
11
L2
L1 63 A
L3
N
230 V AC
I2_11424
400 V AC
Direct connection 63 A, single-phase

k1
L1 l1
k2
L2 l2
k3
L3
l3
12
13
6A
L1
N
230 V AC
I2_11425
Current transformer connection single-phase
10/15
Measuring Devices
Overview
Function
All required measuring values of an installation clearly visible at a

glance
Innovative matrix selection of assignment and selection of
measurement data of the display registers
For direct connection 63 A or for transformer /1A or /5A
For transformer primary current of 10 to 5000 A.
Size, 11 mm high, attractive green 7-segment display for
measured values
Clearly recognizable orange text display of units assigned to the
displays where the measured value appears
Display of measured values on 4 three-fold 7-segment displays
and a 7-fold 7-segment display
Selection of display for active, reactive and apparent energy value,
3 or 7-digit
Accuracy class 2 acc. to IEC 62053-21, -23
Version with LAN and MS user interface
Versions with PROFIBUS DP V1 interface
Application
Extremely compact multifunction display for direct or transformer
connection in a three-phase network with star-delta measurement for
the display of up to 35 different electrical measured values in a
switchgear, incoming or outgoing feeders.
A special feature is the analysis of the different loads on the phases.
Phase displacement, unsymetrical or unbalanced loads can cause
partial overloads. In this case, the multicounter offers a range of different options to combine measured values and assess them.
You will find information on LAN operation and the MS Excel user
interface under "LAN Server".
Voltage measurement
The multicounter measures the delta voltages L1 against L2; L2
against L3 and L3 against L1 or the star voltages L1, L2, L3
against N.
Readout data
Of the following 35 options, you can continuously display 5 indicated
values.
Number Measured value
Display
Unit
Assignment
1
2
3
4
5
6
Active power
Voltage
Current
Apparent power
p. f.
Voltage
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
D1
W
V
A
VA
p. f.
V
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1 L2
7
8
9
10
11
12
Active power
Voltage
Current
Apparent power
p. f.
Voltage
D2
D2
D2
D2
D2
D2
W
V
A
VA
p. f.
V
L2
L2
L2
L2
L2
L2 L3
13
14
15
16
17
18
Active power
Voltage
Current
Apparent power
p. f.
Voltage
D3
D3
D3
D3
D3
D3
W
V
A
VA
p. f.
V
L3
L3
L3
L3
L3
L3 L1
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Temperature
Current, N-conductor
Active power
Reactive power
Apparent power
Frequency
p. f.
D6
D6
D4
D5
D5
D6
D1, D2, D3,
D6
C
A
W
var
VA
Hz
p. f.
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Active energy rate 1

Reactive energy rate 1
Apparent energy rate 1
Apparent energy rate 2
D4
D4
D4
D4
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
Wh
Wh
Wh
Wh
varh
varh
varh
varh
VAh
VAh
SL
SL
SL
SL
SL, ind.
SL, ind.
SL, cap.
SL, cap.
SL
SL
D4
D5
CT/A
CT/A
/1 or /5
10 ... 5000
2 set values are also indicated

36
37
10/16
Transformer setting
Transformer setting
Measuring Devices
Function
SL symbol for the 3-phase system
This indicates that all physical units shown under this symbol are
always 3-phase.
L 1
L 1 -N
L 3 -L 1
L 1 -L 2
l1
l3
N
L 3 -N
L 3
I2 _ 0 8 4 1 0 a
l2
L 2 -N
Display
The multicounters have a covered brightly lit LED display. The
measured values are indicated on an 11-mm high, green, 7-segment
LED, the physical units are indicated on an orange LED. Both colors
are easier to read than the previously used red LED.
D2
M k W V A COS
L1
L1-2
L
M k W V A COS
L2
L2-3
L
M k W V A HZ COS
C
N
L
Mk
CT/A
T12
L
D6
VARh
D5
or D5 + D4
D3
M k W V A COS
L3
L3-1
L
L1 -2
L2 -3
L3 -1
OK
OK
kWh
MkWh
D4
3
4
6
7
L 2
L 2 -L 3
D1
Matrix selection
Conventional measuring instruments usually provide voltage, current or other similar values for three phases. Multicounters with their
matrix selection are considerably more flexible and more universal.
The 3-fold indications are selected using the rotary and the desired
indications confirmed with OK. This is followed by the horizontal
selection e.g. W V A VA or p. f., and then the vertical selection,
e.g. L1 L1-L2 SL. Your matrix selection is set.
The vertical data on the display can be assigned to any measured
value in the horizontal data. The letters M and k are automatically
assigned according to measuring range, i.e. measured value,
e.g.: kW or MW. Capacitive loads are automatically indicated by a
capacitor, inductive loads by a coil.
The following diagram shows an example of what your matrix
selection might look like.
1
2
I2_11615
10
L
I2_10799
11
12
13
10/17
Measuring Devices
Data in compliance with EN 61010-1, EN 62053-21, -23, -31
7KT1 310
7KT1 311,
7KT1 312
7KT1 340
7KT1 341,
7KT1 342
7KT1 350
7KT1 351,
7KT1 352
76
2000
6
110
76
2000
6
110
Supply
V AC
230
Operating range
Uc
0.8 ... 1.2
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Frequency range
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
10
V
V
480
800
continuous: phase/N
1 second: phase/N
V
V
276
460
continuous
0.5 s
10 ms
A
A
A
76
2000
6
110
direct
transformer direct
/1 A or /5 A
transformer direct
/1 A or /5 A
transformer
/1 A or /5 A
Overload capability
Voltage
Current
Measuring input
Type of connection
Voltage Ue
phase/phase
phase/N
V
V
400
230
phase/phase
phase/N
V
V
87 ... 400
50 ... 230
Current Ie
63
1 or 5
63
1 or 5
63
1 or 5
0.1 ... 6.3
0.01 ... 5.5
0.1 ... 6.3
0.01 ... 5.5
0.1 ... 6.3
0.01 ... 5.5
10 ... 5000
10 ... 5000
10 ... 5000
Hz
Hz
50
45 ... 65
Transformer current
primary current of the

transformer
smallest input step
Frequency
Display
Connection errors
inverted phases
Voltage: 3 displays, 3-digit
delta L1L2, L2L3, L3L1

star L1/N L2/N L3/N
voltage > 480/276 V
voltage < 87/50 V
V AC
V AC
Err
87 ... 480
50 ... 276
HHH
LLL
Current
L1 L2 L3 neutral
conductor
A or kA
0.1 ... 76
(0.1 ... 1.2 0.1 ... 76

or 6)
transformer conversion
ratio
HHH
for current > 76; (1.2 or 6 A)

for current <0.1 A; 0.01 A x
LLL
Frequency: 1 display, 3-digit
SL
Hz
45.0 ... 65.0
Active power: 3 displays, 3-digit
L1 L2 L3,
display with floating decimal
point
W, kW or
MW
0 ... 999
Active power: 1 display, 3-digit ,

3 of 7 digits + display import or
export
SL
point
W, kW or
MW
0 ... 999
SL
Reactive power: 1 display,
3 of 7 digits + capacitive or inductive display with floating decimal
point
indication
var, kvar
or Mvar
0 ... 999
Apparent power: 3 displays,

3-digit
L1 L2 L3,
point
VA, kVA or 0 ... 999

MVA
Apparent power: 5 displays,

3-digit, adjustable
SL
point
VA, kVA or 0 ... 999

MVA
Active energy: 1 display, 7-digit

+ display import or export,
+ display tariff 1 or 2
SL
point
Wh, kWh
or MWh
0 ... 9999999 or
0 ... 999
varh,
kvarh or
Mvarh
0 ... 9999999 or
0 ... 999
Reactive energy: 1 indicator, 7-digit SL

+ capacitive or inductive indication display with floating decimal
point
Apparent energy: 5 displays,
3-digit, adjustable tariff
SL
point
p. f.: 3 displays, 3-digit
L1 L2 L3
(U 0.1 Ue, I Ie)
0.01 ... 1.00
p. f.: 5 displays, 3-digit, adjustable
SL, (U 0.1 Ue, I Ie)
0.01 ... 1.00
10/18
VAh, kVAh 0 ... 9999999 or

or MVAh 0 ... 999
(0.1 ... 1.2 0.1 ... 76

or 6)
ratio
(0.1 ... 1.2

or 6)
ratio
Measuring Devices
7KT1 310
7KT1 311,
7KT1 312
7KT1 340
7KT1 341,
7KT1 342
7KT1 350
7KT1 351,
7KT1 352
10 ... 5000
10 ... 5000
10 ... 5000
1 or 5
1 or 5
1 or 5
Display (contd.)
only if set
Transformer secondary current
only if set
Temperature
0 ... +99
Display period
/s
Storage of setting and energy values
EEPROM
S0 interface
acc. to IEC 62053-31
Terminal output
for direct connection 63 A,

adjustable and automatic
1010.1
0.010.001
Pulse duration
ms
125
Minimum interval between 2 pulses
ms
125
Required voltage
V DC
5 ... 30
Current
mA
10 ... 20
1010.1
0.010.001
LAN interface
Plug-and-play technology
terminals
+, , shielding
RS 485
Transmission rate
9.6642561000
kbit/s
Measuring accuracy
Voltage
2 1 digit
Current
2 1 digit
Power output
2 1 digit
Energy
2 1 digit
p. f.
2 ... 10 1 digit
Frequency
1 1 digit
Temperature
3 1 digit

Degree of pollution
10
2
II
Operational voltage
600
mm
3.0
Creepage distances
in device
on printed boards (not
installed)
mm
mm
4.3
3.0
Test pulse voltage
1.2/50 s
kV
Test voltage
50 Hz, 1 min
kV
2.2
Clearances
11
12
Terminals
Main current paths
screw (Pozidrive)
Supply and control terminals
2
mm
rigid, min.
mm
rigid, max.
mm2
rigid, max.
1 25 or
2 16
1 1.5
mm
Temperature
0 ... +55
Relative humidity
80
0.25
1 6 or
24
1 25 or
2 16
1 6 or
24
1 25 or
2 16
1 6 or
24
IP54
IP54
IP54
mm mm 4 2.5
1 6 or
24
1 0.75
Conductor cross-sections supply

and control terminals
6
7
9-Pin Sub-D
Connection
main current paths
3
4
Imp/kWh
depending on transformer fac- Imp/kWh

tor, adjustable and automatic
PROFIBUS DP interface
1
2
Environmental conditions
Vibrations
sinus amplitude at 50 Hz
mm
Protection class
acc. to EN 61010-1
II
acc. to EN 60529
front panel, 96 mm 96 mm
IP20
10/19
13
Measuring Devices

MW
Uc
Ie
Ue
V AC
A AC
V AC
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
7KT1 310
0.410
7KT1 311
0.410
Multicounters
for the display of 38 electrical values, of which
5 or 6 values can be continuously displayed
With S0 interface
230
63
3 230/400 6
for transformer connection of 10 ... 5000 A, adjustable in 5 A

increments, secondary current optionally 1 or 5 A
7KT1 310
230
/1 or /5
3 230/400 6

230
/1 or /5
3 230/400
7KT1 312
0.420
63
3 230/400 6
7KT1 340
0.420
7KT1 341
0.420
With LAN-Interface
230

7KT1 312
230
/1 or /5
3 230/400 6

230
/1 or /5
3 230/400
7KT1 342
0.430
63
3 230/400 6
7KT1 350
0.420
7KT1 351
0.420
7KT1 352
0.430
With PROFIBUS DP Interface

230

230
/1 or /5
3 230/400 6

230
/1 or /5
3 230/400
7KT1 3.0
7KT1 3.1
2 3
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
108
l1 k2
L1
44
I2 k3
L2
I3
L3
108
64
7KT1 3.2
44
64
Rear panel
2
l1
k 2
l2
k 3
1 0 1 1 1 2
9 7
8 9 ,5
k 1
L 1
9 7
10/20
45
90
k1
I2_11334a
L1
I2_11333a
45
90
2 3
5 9
L 2
l3
L 3
N
I2 _ 1 1 5 1 4
Measuring Devices
Schematics
S0 interface
The short-circuit resistant optocoupler is operated at 5 to 30 V DC.
The current must be selected within a range of max. 20 mA. The
pulse duration is 125 ms. The minimum pulse interval is also 125 ms.
Grounding terminal
The interpolation point grounding terminals required for the transmission technology only serve to shield the transmission cables and
do not have a protective function.

on the fusing for phases L1, L2, L3. A fuse of 6 A is recommended
for the line protection.
dangerously high voltages can occur, which may result in personal
injuries and property damages. It may also lead to a thermal overload of the transformers.
230 V AC 230 V AC
L N N L
1 2 3 4 5
Tariff
230 V AC 230 V AC
L N N L
230 V AC 230 V AC
+ _
L N N L
7KT1 340
1 2 3 4 5
Rate
LAN Server
230 V AC
7KT1 351
7KT1 352
RS 485 - PROFIBUS
shielding
Shield
7KT1 350
RS 485 - PROFIBUS
1 2 3 4 5 6
7KT1 341
7KT1 342
Tariff
6
7
LAN Server
2 x DC5 30 V
L N N L
230 V AC 230 V AC
2 3 4 5
7 8 9
7KT1 310
2 x DC5 30 V
L N N L
+ +
Rate
2 3 4 5
7 8 9
7KT1 311
7KT1 312
Tariff
+ +
2 x S0-Interface
2 x S0-interface
L1
L1
L2
3
4
230 V AC 230 V AC
L N NL
1 2 3 4 5
Rate
1
2
L2
L3
L3
N
k1
L1 l1
k2
L2 l2
k3
L3
l3
L1 63 A
L2 63 A
L3 63 A
N
230 / 400 V AC
6A 6A 6A
L1
10
L2
L3
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
11
N
230 / 400 V AC

L1 63 A
L2 63 A
L3 63 A
k1
L1 l1
k2
L2 l2
k3
L3
l3
12
400 V AC
6A 6A 6A
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
N
L1
13
L2
L1 63 A
L3
N
I2_11426a
230 V AC
400 V AC
RS 485-PROFIBUS socket
k1
I2_11430
345
RS 485 - PROFIBUS-Socket
1=
3= +RxTx
4= RTS
5=
6= DC +5 V
8= -RxTx
L1 l1
k2
L2 l2
k3
L3
l3
6A
L1
N
230 V AC
I2_11427
10/21
Measuring Devices
7KT1 14 E-counters, single-phase
Overview
Application
E-counters serve the measurement of kWh in single-phase systems,
e.g. in industrial plants, offices and apartments in apartment houses
Features
Accuracy class 2 acc. to IEC 62053-11
With drum-type register 4 1.2 mm
Short-circuit resistant pulse output
Data acc. to EN 62053-11, -31
7KT1 140
7KT1 141
Supply
V AC
230
Operating range Uc
Uc
0.80 ... 1.20
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
Measuring input
Type of connection
direct
Voltage
230
184 ... 276
Current
63
0.005 ... 63
Minimum operating current
mA
Frequency
Hz
50
intermodulation distortion 3 %;
symmetric sinusoid curve
Hz
45 ... 65
Voltage Ue
continuous: phase/N
1 second: phase/N
V
V
276
300
Current Ie
continuous
1 second
A
A
63
126
drum-type register H W
mm mm 4 1.2
direct connection
Overload capability
Display
Rate
single
Active energy
0 ... 999999.9
7-digit with 1 decimal

Measuring accuracy
Active energy
at 23 C 1 C
Safety
Separation of current and voltage circuit
electrical

inputs against ground

for 1 min. at 50 Hz
acc. to EN 60664-1
600
kV
4
III
Pulse output
S0 interface acc. to DIN 43864, IEC 62053-31
IR test output LED
Imp/Wh
10
terminals, output
Imp/kWh
10
Pulse duration
ms
125
Minimum interval between 2 pulses ms
125
Required voltage
V DC
5 ... 30
Permissible current range
mA
10 ... 20
Terminals
Main current paths
screw (Pozidrive)
S0 interface/control terminals
mm
2
0.4 2.5
Conductor cross-sections main current paths
rigid, max.
rigid, min.
mm2
mm2
1 35
1 1.5
Conductor cross-sections S0 interface/control

terminals
rigid, max.
mm2
mm2
1 2.5
1 0.75
Temperature
storage
operation
C
C
40 ... +70
0 ... + 55
Relative air humidity
storage
operation
%
%
Minimum vibration
amplitude at 50 Hz
mm
98
80
0.25
Degree of pollution
acc. to EN 60664-1
Ambient conditions
10/22
2
IP20
double
2 x (4 x 1.2)
2 x (0 ... 999999.9)
Measuring Devices
7KT1 14 E-counters, single-phase

Uc
Ie
Ue
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
E-counters for active energy

with drum-type register 4 12 mm,
with S0 interface, for single-phase operation
direct connection, single rate
230
63
230
7KT1 140
0.185
230
7KT1 141
0.220
direct connection, double rate

230
63
7KT1 141
6
7
7KT1 140
1
5 6
3
I2 _ 0 7 8 0 8 a
4 5
9 0
5 6
3
4
5
7KT1 140
1
2
3 6
3 6
4 4
6
6 4
Schematics
7KT1 141
230 V AC
L N
230 V AC
L
N
3
Tariff
Tarif
5 6
+
63 A
L1
N
230 V AC
11
S0 Interface
I2_07804b
I2_07803a
10
S0 Interface
5 6
7KT1 141
5 - 30 V DC
7KT1 140
5 - 30 V DC
63 A
L1
N
230 V AC
Rate switchover
L1
L1
L1 63 A
N
12
I2_11974
7KT1 140
230 V AC
If there is a voltage of 230 V AC

at terminal 1, the rate must be switched
to 2.
10/23
13
Measuring Devices
Overview
Function
Features
1- or 3-phase measurement for 3- or 4-wire connection and
center-tap calculation for 3-wire connection
For direct connection 63 A or for transformer /5A
For transformer primary current of 10 A to 5000 A.
7-fold 7-segment display for energy values and additional function
indication
Versions with LAN interface and MS Excel user interface
Accuracy class 2 according to IEC 61036
PTB test started.
Application
E-counters serve the measurement of kWh in single and three-phase
systems, e.g. in industrial plants, offices and apartments in apartment houses.
Versions with LAN interface with LCD are used for consumption
analysis and minimization of operating costs in industrial plants and
office buildings. For information on LAN operation and the MS Excel
user interface, see "LAN Server" on page 10/32.
Display
Unit
ID
Rate 1
kWh
Arrow and T1
Rate 2
kWh
Arrow and T2
Rate 1
kvarh
Arrow and T1
Rate 2
kvarh
Arrow and T2
Active power
kW
Utilization and
instantaneous value
Reactive power
kvar
Utilization and
instantaneous value
Active energy
Reactive energy
Phase-sequence
indication
123
Primary transformer
current
10 ... 5000
Flashing triangle next

to left-hand phase
sequence
CT
(current transformer)
LAN communication
6 measured values, active energy rate 1 and rate 2, reactive energy
rate 1 and rate 2, active power and reactive power are transmitted.
Transformer setting
The primary transformer current is set at the device switch. With
regard to the transformer setting, the device display is internally
converted. This setting can be sealed on certification.
kWh
kvarh
CT
T1 T2
kM 3
W var
T
I2_10805
7KT1 500, 7KT1 502,

7KT1 510, 7KT1 512,
7KT1 520
7KT1 501, 7KT1 503,

7KT1 511, 7KT1 513,
7KT1 521
Supply
V AC
230
Operating range
Uc
0.80 ... 1.20
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
10
Measuring input
Type of connection
direct
Voltage Ue
phase/phase
phase/N
V
V
400
230
phase/phase
phase/N
V
V
87 ... 400
50 ... 230
transformer /5 A
63
direct connection
transformer connection
0.1 ... 69.3
0.01 ... 5.5
Transformer current
primary current
smallest input step
A
A
10 ... 5000
5
Frequency
Hz
50
Hz
45 ... 65
V
V
480
800
continuous: phase/N
1 second: phase/N
V
V
276
460
continuous
0.5 seconds
10 ms
A
A
A
76
2000
Current Ie
Overload capability
Voltage Ue
Current Ie
10/24
6
110
Measuring Devices
7KT1 500, 7KT1 502,

7KT1 510, 7KT1 512,
7KT1 520
7KT1 501, 7KT1 503,

7KT1 511, 7KT1 513,
7KT1 521
Display
Connection errors
discernible from phase-sequence

indication
Active energy: 1 display, 7-digit

+ display import or export (arrow)
kWh
000000.0 ... 999999.9
Reactive energy: 1 display, 7-digit

kvarh
000000.0 ... 999999.9
Active power: 1 display, 3-digit

kW or MW 000 ... 999
Reactive power: 1 display, 3-digit

kvar or
Mvar
Instantaneous rate measurement:

1 display, 1-digit
for 7KT1 510, 7KT1 511, 7KT1 512,

7KT1 513, 7KT1 520, 7KT1 521
1 or 2
Display rate identifier
for 7KT1 510, 7KT1 511, 7KT1 512,

7KT1 513, 7KT1 520, 7KT1 521
T1 or T2
adjustable in 5 A steps
Display period
/s
6
7
10 ... 5000
EEPROM
Storage of setting and energy values

Measuring accuracy
Active or reactive energy
2 1 digit
Active or reactive power
2 1 digit
S0 interface
acc. to IEC 62053-31
Terminal output
for 7KT1 500 fixed

Imp/kWh
for 7KT1 502, 7KT1 510, 7KT1 512
Imp/kWh
for direct connection 63 A, adjustable
10
1010.10.010.001
for 7KT1 501 fixed

for 7KT1 503, 7KT1 511, 7KT1 513
depending on the transformer factor,
adjustable
Imp/kWh
Imp/kWh
1
1010.10.010.001
Pulse duration
ms
125
Minimum interval between 2 pulses
ms
125
Required voltage
V DC
5 ... 30
Permissible current range
mA
10 ... 20
LAN interface
3
4
5
000 ... 999
for 7KT1 500, 7KT1 501, 7KT1 502,

7KT1 503
1
2
9
10
only for 7KT1 520, 7KT1 521
Terminals
+, , shielding
11

Degree of pollution
2
II
Operational voltage
600
Clearances
mm
3.0
Creepage distances
in device
on printed boards (not installed)
mm
mm
4.3
Test pulse voltage
1.2/50 s
kV
Test voltage
50 Hz, 1 min
kV
2.2
12
3.0
13
Terminals
Main current paths
screw (Pozidrive)
Supply and control terminals
mm mm 0.4 2.5
Conductor cross-sections main current paths rigid (max.)

rigid (min.)
mm2
mm2
1 x 2.5 or 2 x 16
1 x 1.5
Conductor cross-sections supply and control rigid (max.)

flexible with sleeve (min.)
terminals
mm2
mm2
1 x 2.5 or 2 x 1.5
0.75
1 x 6 or 2 x 4
1 x 0.95
Ambient conditions
C
0 ... +55
Relative humidity
Ambient temperature
storage
Vibration
mm
80
0.25
(terminal area)
IP40 (IP20)
Protection class
acc. to EN 61010-1
II
10/25
Measuring Devices

Uc
Ie
Ue
V AC
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
E-counters for active energy

with S0 interface and IR interface,
for direct connection, single rate
230
63
3 230/400
7KT1 500
0.400
3 230/400
7KT1 501
0.390
3 230/400
7KT1 510
0.400
3 230/400
7KT1 511
0.390
3 230/400
7KT1 502
0.400
3 230/400
7KT1 503
0.390
3 230/400
7KT1 512
0.400
3 230/400
7KT1 513
0.390
3 230/400
7KT1 520
0.410
3 230/400
7KT1 521
0.400
for transformer connection, single rate

230
transformer /5
for direct connection, double rate

230
63
for transformer connection, double rate

230
transformer /5
E-counters for active and reactive energy

with S0 interface and IR interface,
for direct connection, single rate
230
63
for transformer connection, single rate

230
transformer /5

230
63

230
transformer /5
E-counters for active and reactive energy

with LAN interface and IR interface,
for 3 phase, 3/4-wire connection
230
63

230
transformer /5
7KT1 500, 7KT1 502,
7KT1 510, 7KT1 512,
7KT1 520
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12
L2
L2
L3
L3
108
k1
l1 k2
L1
44
64
l2 k3
l3
L3
L2
108
I2_11412
L1
I2_11411
L1
45
90
45
90
1 2 3 4
7KT1 501, 7KT1 503,

7KT1 511, 7KT1 513,
7KT1 521
44
64
Schematics
Grounding terminal
The grounding terminals required for the transmission technology
for 7KT1 520 and 7KT1 521 versions only serve to shield the transmission cables and do not have a protective function.
Current transformers must not be operated with open terminals since

dangerous high voltages might occur which may result in personal
injuries and property damages. In addition to this, the transformers
are exposed to thermal overload.

is required for the power supply of terminals L1, L2 and L3 depending on the fusing for phases L1, L2 and L3. A fuse of 6 A is recommended for the line protection.
Rate switchover
If there is a voltage of 230 V AC at terminals 4 and 5, the rate
is switched to 2.
10/26
Measuring Devices
230 V AC 230 V
L N N L
1 2 3 4 5
AC 230 V AC 230 V
+ _
L N N L
7KT1 520
2 3 4 5
Tariff
LAN Server
230 V AC 230 V AC
shielding
Shield
2xDC5 30 V
L N N L
2 3 4 5
7 8 9
7KT1 512
2 3 4 5
+ +
Tariff
7 8 9
7KT1 513
+ +
Tariff
2 x S0-Interface
230 V AC 230 V AC
2 x S0-interface
DC5 30 V
DC5 30 V
AC 230 V AC 230 V
L N N L
L N N L
2 3 4 5
8 9
7KT1 510
2 3 4 5
Tariff
8 9
7KT1 511
Tariff
S0-Interface
230 V AC
S0-interface
2 x DC5 30 V
AC 230 V
L N
2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9
7KT1 503
+ +
2 x S0-Interface
230 V AC
6
7
2 x DC5 30 V
L N
7 8 9
7KT1 502
+ +
2 x S0-interface
DC5 30 V
AC 230 V
L N
DC5 30 V
L N
2 3
8 9
7KT1 500
2 3
S0-Interface
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
8 9
7KT1 501
L1
3
4
LAN Server
AC 230 V AC 230 V
L N NL
7KT1 521
Tariff
2 x DC5 30 V
1
2
S0-interface
k1
L1 l1
k2
L2 l2
k3
L3
l3
10
L1 63 A
L2 63 A
L3 63 A
N
6A 6A 6A
230 / 400 V AC
L1
11
L2
L3
N
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
AC 230 / 400 V
12

L1 63 A
L2 63 A
k1
L3 63 A
L1 l1
k2
L2 l2
k3
L3
l3
400 V AC
13
6A 6A 6A
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
L1
L2
L3
L1 63 A
N
230 V AC
AC 400 V
I2_11428

k1
L1 l1
k2
L2 l2
k3
L3
l3
6A
L1
N
AC 230 V
I2_11429

10/27
Measuring Devices
instabus KNX EIB
Overview
Data transmission instabus KNX EIB

The 7KT1 162 and 7KT1 165 counters are intended for the following
data transmission:
Active energy (kWh) rate 1
Active energy (kWh) rate 2
Device number
Active power (kW) phase L1
E-counter with LCD display

2
KUM MAX MkWArh
PhQLT 1234
Visualization software "Recording of consumption data

and maximum time analysis" (available soon)
The software can read out and assign counter readings, and prepare the data for accounting.
The system does not differentiate between counters that are read out
manually or in online operation.
A maximum time analysis can be carried out over several days on
the PC in online operation. Graphical analyses are also available.
Hz
I2_07812
3
1
2
3
4
5
Large-size 7-digit LCD 8 4 mm

IR readout interface for mounting the readout measuring head
Display pushbutton
IR test output LED (10 IMP./W)
Sealable Set/Reset pushbutton
Readout data for consumption analysis

Manual readout
The above data can be called up and manually displayed directly on
the E-meter by pressing pushbuttons 5) Set/Reset pushbutton and
3) Display pushbutton. The E-counter calculates the consumption
costs when the price per kWh has been entered. The ability to input
the device number facilitates assignment to a number system and
cost assignment to one of the various cost centers.
Readout software for the IR measuring head
The data of the above table are read into a PC using the magnetic
IR measuring head and stored in an ASCII file in compliance with
IEC 61107.
This ASCII file can be further processed in an Excel or Access file.
The product range can run under Windows 95, 98 and Windows NT.
Readout data on the LCD or over IR interface
7KT1 162
7KT1 165
Active energy
rate 1/2
kWh
x/x
Price per kWh, adjustable
rate 1/2
Cost/
kWh
x/x
Total costs
rate 1/2
Total
cost
x/x
Reactive energy
rate 1/2
kvarh
x/x
Apparent energy
rate 1/2
kVAh
Maximum active power
rate 1/2
kW
Integration periods,
adjustable
rate 1/2
min
Instantaneous active power
sum total
phase L1/L2/L3
kW
kW
x
x
Instantaneous voltage
phase L1/L2/L3
Instantaneous imported kWh sum total

phase L1/L2/L3
A
A
FA I
x1)
sum total
kvar
Instantaneous current factor

Instantaneous reactive
power
phase L1/L2/L3
kvar
Instantaneous apparent
power
sum total
phase L1/L2/L3
kVA
kVA
Instantaneous p. f.
phase L1/L2/L3
p.f.
Instantaneous frequency
Hz
Device number, adjustable
No.
x = data are displayed

1) Only for transformer meters
10/28
Energy flow direction

Counting is only carried out in the specified energy flow direction.
For meters with transformer connection, the energy flow direction of
the transformer (primary and secondary) as well as the correct
assignment of the voltage and current paths must be taken into
account.
Benefits
PTB-approved
Accuracy class 2
LCD
Short-circuit resistant pulse output
With network analysis functions and direct cost display
Application
For the measurement of kWh in single and three-phase systems,
e.g. in industrial plants, offices and apartments in apartment houses.
The versions with LCD display are used as network analysis devices
for consumption analysis and minimization of operating costs in
industrial plants and office buildings.
Measuring Devices
instabus KNX EIB
7KT1 162
7KT1 165
3
4
Supply
Rated control voltage Ue
V AC
230
0.80 ... 1.20
Operating range Ue
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
0.8
Power consumption
per phase
Measuring input
Type of connection
direct
Voltage
400
320 ... 480
Current
63
A
A
0.005 ... 63
mA
direct connection
transformer connection
Minimum operating current

Current factor
of transformer, input in full digits FAI
Frequency
Hz
transformer
5
0.005 ... 6
6
7
0 ... 255
50
Intermodulation distortion 3 %; Hz
symmetric sine curve
45 ... 65
Voltage
duration: phase/N
1 second: phase/N
duration: phase/phase
V
V
V
V
276
460
480
800
Current
duration
1 second
A
A
76
126
LCD H x W
readout data
7-digit with decimal points
mm x mm
double
8x4
drum-type register H x W:
7-digit with
1 decimal
mm x mm

Overload capability
6
10
Display
Rate
Active energy
Active/reactive
Display period
/s
0.5
kWH
EEPROM
class
Measuring accuracy
at 23 C 1 C
Active energy
acc. to IEC 61036
1)
Storage of measured values
10
11
Safety
Supply measuring circuit isolation
electrical

inputs against ground

for 1 min. at 50 Hz
VDE 0110 T1
Pulse output, S0 interface
acc. to IEC 61393/

DIN 43864
600
kV
12
III
IR test output LED
Imp/Wh
10
terminals, output
Imp/kWh
10
minimum pulse duration
ms
125
external voltage
V DC
5 ... 30
current
mA
10 ... 20
resistance
kW
0.5 ... 1.5
13
instabus KNX EIB interface

Standard
EIS 9
Readout data
1)
Terminals
Main current paths
screw (Pozidrive)
Supply/control-circuit terminals
mm
0.4 x 2.5
main current paths
rigid (max.)
rigid (min.)
mm2
mm2
1 x 10
1 x 1.5
supply/control terminals
rigid (max.)
mm2
mm2
1 x 2.5
1 x 0.75
1
2
1) See table on page 10/28.
10/29
Measuring Devices
instabus KNX EIB
7KT1 162
7KT1 165
Ambient conditions
Temperature
storage
operation
C
C
-40 ... +70

0 ... +55
Relative air humidity
storage
operation
%
%
Minimum vibration
amplitude at 50 Hz
mm
98
80
0.25
Degree of pollution
VDE 0110-1
(terminal area)
IP40 (IP20)

Display
Ie
Ue
A AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
E-counters for 3/4 wire connection, with LCD,

with IR interface for double rate
Direct connection, with 2 S0 pulse outputs and
instabus KNX EIB interface
Active and reactive power 10 (63)
3 230/400
7KT1 162
0.450
7KT1 165
0.390
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.170
Transformer connection, with 2 S0 pulse outputs

and instabus KNX EIB interface
7KT1 162
Active and reactive power transformers/5(6) 3 230/400
Accessories
7KT9 030
IR measuring head
for reading out the data acc. to IEC 61107
with 9-pole COM connector and readout software
E-counters
7KT1 162
7KT1 165
2 3
6
7
9 1 0 11 1 2
6
7
9 1 0 11 1 2
7
9
1 0
1 2
1 0 7
10/30
1 0 7
1 1 1 1 1 1
I2 _ 1 1 9 7 8
4 5
9 0
4 4
6 4
Measuring Devices
instabus KNX EIB
Schematics
The circuit diagram shows the RC circuit with 7KT5 780 or 7KT5 751
pulse counters and the 4AC2 321 power supply unit for the external
display of rates 1 and 2.
S0 interface
L N
1 3 4
+
1 3 4
+
1 3 11 12
+
7KT5 780
Active
energy
7KT5 780
Reactive
energy
4AC2 321

on the fusing for phases L1, L2, L3. A 6 A fuse is recommended for
the line protection.
I2_07805a
9 10 11 12
+
+
7KT1 15.
7KT1 16.
RC circuit of S0 interface
The short-circuit resistant optocoupler is operated at 5 ... 30 V DC.
The current must be selected within a range of max. 20 mA.
The pulse duration is 125 ms.
Direct connection 10 (63) A

2 3 0 V A C
L
1
4 5
2 x 5 - 3 0 V D C
+
+
7 K T 1 1 6 2
3
4
5
6
7
Transformer connection 5 (6) A
1
2
2 3 0 V A C
L
9 1 0 1 1 1 2
1
T a r if
2 x 5 - 3 0 V D C
+
+
N
7 K T 1 1 6 5
9 1 0 1 1 1 2
T a r if
8
1
7
9
1 0
1 2
1
L 1 6 3 A
L 2 6 3 A
L 3 6 3 A
6 A 6 A 6 A
L 1
2 3 0 / 4 0 0 V A C
k
K
I2 _ 1 1 9 7 9
3
2
l
L
6
5
1 1
1 1
1 1
l
K
10
L
L 2
L 3
N
2 3 0 / 4 0 0 V A C
11
I2 _ 1 1 9 8 0
12
13
10/31
Measuring Devices
7KT1 390 LAN server
Overview
Worldwide communication with measuring devices
TCP/IP data protocol
One LAN server for 10 devices
Microsoft Excel user interface
Limit value signals can be set for all measured values
Limit violations are signaled with time information
Analysis of 35 measured values with the 7KT1 340 or 7KT1 341
multicounters
Application
LAN servers are the data communication link between a PC and a
group of up to 10 measuring devices (multicounters or E-counters)
with one LAN interface. The LAN server can either be linked directly
to a PC or in a company-specific LAN.
All devices are switched in parallel with a shielded 2-wire LAN interface line. The hardware interface between the devices and the LAN
server supports plug-and-play technology.
Function
Operator interface
The operator interface is already well-known and widely used for office communications. It enables all operators to configure their own
programs to suit individual requirements. The integrated macros are
based on MS Visual Basic and are disclosed. This enables all software manufacturers to create their own company software or to integrate their devices in an existing software.
The MS Excel operator interface supports:
Selection of any device that is connected to a LAN server
Definition of limit values (alarm tripping) for up to 10 measured
values for each device
Running diagnostics of a system
Copying and separate storage of instantaneous measured values
for documentation purposes.
Measured values
The measured values vary according to the measuring device specifications of the multicounters and E-counters. The following applies:
All manually read out measured values are transmitted from the LAN
server and listed in MS Excel.
Plug and play

Each device has a factory-set 12-digit software number. This number allows the LAN server to recognize the connected device and
initialize the appropriate data protocol. This software number is
entered on the device and can be read in MS Excel. This enables the
identification of a device and its installation location.
Limit value signal
Microsoft Excel supports the setting of any limit values as minimum
and maximum values. The delay specifies how long a measured
value should be pending before a signal indicates that it is
exceeded.
Data protocol
The data communication between the LAN server and PC uses the
TCP/IP protocol. This also supports integration in PROFINET.
Date and time
The date and time of the PC is used.
Transmission rate
The data transmission rate is limited due to the LAN characteristic,
e.g. the internet or the internal network. The transmission rate of data
between the LAN server and the connected devices is considerably
higher and does not reduce the overall results.
Data storage
Address data of the devices and the PC and the continuously received measured values are stored in the LAN server for a minimum
of 10 years. In the event of a power failure, a warning is sent over the
LAN. On power recovery, the LAN server automatically restarts and
the saved data are automatically sent to the PC.
Microsoft Excel
PC
PC server
LAN network
7KT1 390
LAN server
LAN Interface line
Device 1
Device 2
Device 10
I2_11597a
Block diagram of a system
10/32
Measuring Devices
7KT1 390 LAN server
7KT1 390
3
4
Supply
V AC
230
Operating range
Uc
0.8 ... 1.2
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Frequency range
Hz
45 ... 65
VA
Function
System start
1
2
automatic when the control supply voltage is switched on

through IP of the PC
LAN server identification
plug and play
Device identification
automatic
Transmission rate
limited due to LAN
Operator interface
Microsoft Excel
Mbit/s
100
version 6 or higher
MS Windows 2000 and XP
Operating system
6
7
LAN interface
Line
design
minimum
max. line capacity
impedance
mm2
pF/m
W
STP (shielded twisted pair)

2 0.2; 24 AWG
<50
100
Cable length
max.
100
flash memory
years
parallel connection
Type of installation
Data storage
10

Degree of pollution
2
II
Operating voltage category
600
II
Material
mm
>3
Creepage distances
in device
on printed board, not installed
mm
mm
>4.3
>3
Test pulse voltage
1.2/50 s
kV
Test voltage
50 Hz, 1 min
kV
2.2
Terminals
screw (Pozidrive)
rigid, max.
mm2
mm2
1 x 2.5 or 2 x 1.5
1 x 0.75
Clearances
9
10
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
in operation
0 ... +55
Relative humidity
in operation
80
Vibration
mm
0.25
acc. to EN 60529
IP20
Protection class
acc. to EN 61010-1
II
11
12

Uc
MW
Order No.
V AC
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.300
LAN server
for connection of 10 devices with LAN interface, with software for
installation and startup routines and Microsoft Excel and tables for
operating, setting limit values and monitoring
230
7KT1 390
10/33
13
Measuring Devices
7KT1 390 LAN server
Schematics
7KT 390
RJ45
123
I2_11413
45
90
I2_11414a
RJ45
56 7
54
5,5
L
N
230 V AC
6
25
44
64
+
with shield
Connection of devices to the LAN server

All devices are switched in parallel with a shielded 2-wire line. Pointto-point installations, junctions or ring installations are not possible.
Grounding potential
Both the LAN cable with the RJ45 connector and the shielded cable
of the LAN interface must be grounded. This also applies to devices
connected to the LAN server.
I2 _ 1 1 5 9 6
L A N s e rv e r
7 K T 1 3 9 0
10/34
D e v ic e 1
D e v ic e 2
D e v ic e 1 0
Measuring Devices
7KT1 2 current transformers
Overview
Application
Three-phase current transformer set

Accuracy class 1 according to EN 60044-1
Straight-through transformer for conductors with a diameter of up
to 13 mm, e.g. H07V-R with 50 mm2 conductor cross-section
Primary rated current 60 A, 100 A and 150 A
Transformer ratio 60/5 A, 100/5 A and 150/5 A
Straight-through transformer set in modular distribution board

design acc. to DIN 43880 for installation in distribution boards. It is
possible to route the measuring leads straight through the transformer and vertically to the standard mounting rail acc. to EN 60715.
With this type of construction, the current transformer is suitable
for supply systems or outgoing conductors in connection with the
installation of a 5TE8 switch or a 5TE1 disconnector as the primary
connecting leads do not have to be interrupted.
Note:
dangerous high voltages can occur, which may result in personal
injuries and property damage. It also exposes the transformer to
thermal overload.
7KT1 200
7KT1 201
7KT1 202

A AC
3 60
3 100
3 150
Secondary rated current strength
Accuracy class
Cl.
V AC
720
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
60 Ie
Thermal continuous current
1 Ie
Overcurrent limit factor
FS
kV
>3
Creepage and clearances
mm
>3
short-time
Thermal current limit Ith
Terminals
rigid
0.5 ... 4
0.5 ... 2.5
-5 ... +60
Current transformers
Ue
Isec
Measuring
range
V AC
A AC
720
3 60
3 100
3 150
MW
Order No.
7KT1 200
7KT1 201
7KT1 202
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.460
0.460
0.465
1
1
1
10
11
12
7KT1 200
13
Schematics
7KT1 200
7KT1 201
7KT1 202
7KT1 200
7KT1 201
7KT1 202
K/P1
105
K/P1
I2_07809
45
64
90
k L/P2 l k L/P2 l k L/P2 l
K/P1
20/60/4
acc. to EN 60068-1
3
4
6
7
1
mm2
mm2
1
2
24
44
64
10/35
Measuring Devices
Notes
10/36
11
Monitoring Devices
11/2
11/4
11/7
11/9
11/11
11/14
11/17
11/19
11/21
11/23
11/30
11/36
11/38
11/41
11/43
11/46
Introduction
5TE5 8 indicators ligths
4AC3 0, 4AC3 1 bells, buzzers
5TT3 46 fault signaling units
7LQ2 1, 5TT3 3 dusk switches
7LQ2 0 temperature controllers
5TT3 170 fuse monitors
5TT3 171 circuit relays
5TT3 42 phase / phase sequence
monitors
5TT3 1 and 5TT3 4 voltage relays
5TT6 1 current relays
5TT6 10 priority switches
5TT3 4 insulation monitors for
industrial applications
5TT3 472 p.f. monitors
5TT3 435 level relays
5TT3 43 thermistor motor protection
relays
11
11/1
Monitoring Devices
Introduction
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Optical signaling in installations and

control circuits to indicate switching
states or faults
DIN VDE 0710-1
Usage
Industry
Standards
Res. bldgs.
Application
Non-res.bldgs.
Devices
Indicators lights
5TE5 8
Bells, buzzers
with power supply
4AC3 004, 4AC3 104
Bells or buzzers with 230 V AC connec- DIN EN 61558-2-8

tion in a device that can also be pushbutton-operated with safety extra-low
voltage 12 V AC.
Fault signaling units
11/2
5TT3 460 centralized fault signaling unit

5TT3 461 expansion fault signaling unit
Evaluation and display of fault alarms

and alarm messages for monitoring
industrial plants and control units
Dusk switches
7LQ2 1, 5TT3 3
For demand-oriented switching of

EN 60730
lighting installations for shop windows or
paths in order to cut costs.
Temperature controllers
7LQ2 0
Controlling and limiting

temperatures
EN 60730
Fuse monitors
5TT3 170
Monitoring of all types of fuses
IEC 60255,
DIN VDE 0435
Circuit relays
5TT3 171
Shutdown of unused lines
IEC 60255,
DIN VDE 0435
Phase /phase sequence monitors

5TT3 421/5TT3 423
Monitoring of the phase sequence

of a system and the power supply
IEC 60255,
DIN VDE 0435
IEC 60255,
DIN VDE 0435-303
Monitoring Devices
Introduction
Overview
Usage
Industry
Standards
Res. bldgs.
Application
Non-res. bldgs.
Devices
Voltage relays
5TT3 400 to 5TT3 403 undervoltage relays
Monitoring of the power supply of

emergency lighting in public buildings
IEC 60255,
DIN VDE 0435-303,
DIN VDE 0108
5TT3 407 short-time voltage relays
Monitoring of the power supply for

short-time failures of 20 ms
5TT3 408 undervoltage/overvoltage relay

ensuring operational parameters for
devices or plant sections
IEC 60255,
DIN VDE 0435
5TT3 410 undervoltage/overvoltage relay
Monitoring of the neutral conductor for

breaks
DIN VDE 0633
5TT3 19 overvoltage relay

ensuring operational parameters for
devices or plant sections
IEC 60255,
DIN VDE 0435
Current relays
5TT6 1
Monitoring of emergency and signal

lighting and motors
IEC 60255,
DIN VDE 0435-303
5TT3 404 to 5TT3 406 undervoltage relays
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Priority switches
5TT6 10
Switching of system loads in

residential buildings
IEC 60669 (VDE 0632),

BTO 6 Section 4
Insulation monitors for industry

5TT3 4
Monitoring of the insulation resistance

in non-grounded systems
IEC 60255,
IEC 61557
Power factor monitors

5TT3 472
For monitoring of the underload of

IEC 60255
motors up to approx. 5 A AC by making IEC 61557
power factor measurements
Level relays
5TT3 430/5TT3 435
Control of liquid levels in containers
IEC 60255,
DIN VDE 0435
Thermistor motor protection relays

5TT3 43
Thermal protection of motor

windings
IEC 60255,
DIN VDE 0435
Definitions
= rated operational current
Ie
Ue
= rated operational voltage
= rated control supply current
Ic
= rated control supply voltage
Uc
Ps
= rated operational capacity
9
10
11
12
Transparent cap
13
Adding a transparent cap extends the 55 mm mounting depth of a

device to 70 mm. This is a useful option for improving the appearance of the distribution board.
11/3
Monitoring Devices
5TE5 8 indicator lights
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Changing of lamps and caps without the use of tools

Caps and lamps can safely be replaced during operation without the
use of tools. Transparent caps in different colors allow signaling of
system states according to IEC 60073, e.g. red: danger,
yellow: warning/caution and green: safety.
Always correctly polarized

The lamps, depending on the voltage either glow lamp or diode, are
nested in a slotted base. Thus correct polarization is always ensured
for DC applications.
Preferred positions for the busbar mounting of N conductors

In order to be able to mount the N terminals on busbars, preferred
positions are provided for them at the device. This also applies to the
5TE8 switches with pilot lamps.
The option for busbar mountings is described in Chapter "Miniature
circuit-breakers".
Triple light indicator

A light indicator with three lamps and green caps enables threephase signaling within one modular width. A cap set is available for
a "traffic light warning" according to IEC 60073 with "red: danger,
yellow: warning/caution, green: safety."
Significance
Safety of people
or environment
Process state
System state
red
Danger
Emergency
Faulty
yellow
Warning/Caution
Abnormal
green
Safety
Normal
blue
Stipulation
white
gray
black
Color
11/4
Monitoring Devices
DIN VDE 0710-1
5TE5 8
max.

Clearances
between the terminals
rigid
V AC
230 (for a different voltage see 5TG8 lamps)
VA
see lamp 5TG8
mm
>7
1; 1.2
C
C
3
4
1.5 ... 6
mm2
min. mm2 1
-5 ... +40
45
5TG8 05.
LED
glow lamp
VA
VA
0.4
0.4

Ue
Conductor
MW
cross-sections
V AC
up to mm2
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5TE5 800
5TE5 801
5TE5 802
0.060
0.056
0.063
1/12
1/12
1/12
5TE5 804
0.060
1/12
Indicator lights for a max. cable length of up to 5 m

with 1 red lamp
with 2 lamps, red and green
with 3 green lamps
230
Indicator lights for a max. cable length of up to 250 m

with 1 red lamp
230
1
2
6
7
8
9
10
11
Accessories
Ie
Ue
mA
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Lamps for manual replacement for voltages

other than 230 V or as spare lamps with inscription label
AC/DC 12
5TG8 050
0.001
LED
LED
AC/DC 24
5TG8 051
0.001
LED
AC/DC 48
5TG8 052
0.001
LED
AC/DC 60
5TG8 053
0.001
glow lamp
AC 115
DC 110
5TG8 054
0.001
glow lamp
230 AC
DC 220
5TG8 055
0.001
5TG8 050
0.4
1 set
Cap sets for manual changing of colored caps

red, transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 061
0.002
1 set
green, transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 062
0.002
1 set
yellow, transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 063
0.002
1 set
blue, transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 064
0.002
1 set
white, transparent (1 set = 5 items)
5TG8 066
0.002
1 set
red and green (1 set = 10 lamps per color),

yellow, blue and white (1 set = 5 lamps per color)
5TG8 067
0.012
1 set
red, green, yellow (1 set = 3 items)
5TG8 070
0.002
1 set
5TG8 061
11/5
12
13
Monitoring Devices
Schematics
Circuit diagrams
5TE5 800 5TE5 801 5TE5 802

5TE5 804
X2 N
X1
X1
X1
X3
18
11/6
18
18
24
I2_07895
44
64
68
5TE5 801
X3
X1
X1
X2 N
45
67
90
5TE5 800
5TE5 802
X3
X2
X1
5TE5 804
N
N
X1
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Integrated power supply
The bell or the buzzer is fitted with a transformer as a combination
device in a space-saving casing of only 2 MW. Actuation is using
safety extra-low voltage 12 V AC.
Bells or buzzers with 230 V AC connection as a combination device
that can also be pushbutton-operated with safety extra-low voltage
12 V AC. These devices are used in residential buildings.
Data acc. to DIN EN 61558-2-8
4AC3 004

VA
V AC
230
at 50/60 Hz
Operating range Uc
4AC3 104
V AC
12
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Hz
48 ... 62
1.7
Volume
in 1-m distance
dB (A)
82
Protective separation
mm
6
7
66
Insulation class
primary against secondary winding kV
> 3.75
Terminals
screw (Pozidrive)
Conductor cross sections
rigid
1.5 ... 8
mm2
min. mm2 0.75
-10 ... +25
80
acc. to DIN EN 60529
IP20
Protection class
II
8
9

Ue
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.280
Bell
with transformer for safety extra-low voltage, which can be
pushbutton-operated with extra-low voltage.
Volume 82 dB (A) at a 1 m distance
230
12
4AC3 004
with transformer for safety extra-low voltage, which can be

pushbutton-operated with extra-low voltage.
Volume 66 dB (A) at a 1 m distance
230
12
10
11
12
Buzzer
3
4
5
0.9 ... 1.1
1
2
4AC3 104
0.270
11/7
13
Monitoring Devices
Schematics
4AC3 104
4AC3 004
67
I2_11290
4AC3 004
4AC3 104
3
36
11/8
I2_11314
45
90
12 V/4 VA
44
64
230 V/50 Hz
I2_11291
12 V/4 VA
230 V/50 Hz
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Function
4 fault signal inputs with LED

1 LED as centralized fault indicator
One unit each for centralized fault indication and acoustic signaling
With acknowledgment for acoustic indicators
Open-/closed-circuit principle to the 4 inputs can be set via jumpers X1-X2
A maximum of 39 expansion fault signaling units 5TT3 461 can be
connected to the 5TT3 460 centralized fault signaling unit.
A fault is indicated as a centralized fault at the LED, and a centralized fault indication is initiated. The LED is lit as long as the fault
exists. Until the acknowledgment, momentary faults can be identified by the remaining centralized fault.
Data acc. to DIN VDE 0435-110, -303, IEC 60255
5TT3 460
V AC
0.8 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Fault signaling inputs S1 to S4
V AC
230
Noise pulse duration
ms
100
Acknowledgment pulse duration
ms
200
Rated operational voltage Uc
V AC
230
V/mA
10/100
Terminals
1 screw (Pozidrive)
rigid
max. mm2 2 2.5

min. mm2 1 0.5
-20 ... +60
acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
Humidity class
6
7

MW
Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
3
4
5
5TT3 461
230
Operating range Uc
1
2
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.130
Centralized fault signaling unit with transparent cap

250
230
5TT3 460
10
11
Expansion fault signaling unit with transparent cap

250
5TT3 460
S H
Schematics
Circuit diagrams
5TT3 461
A1
S H
5TT3 461
A1 A2 S1 S2 S3 S4
S1 S2 S3 S4
14 24
A1 A2 S1 S2 S3 S4
13 23 X1 X2
X1 X2
14 24 QH A2
36
A2
36
H QH
X1 X2 S
I2_11511
45
90
13 23
X1 X2 S
43
64
12
13
5TT3 460
A1
S1 S2 S3 S4
0.110
5TT3 461
11/9
Monitoring Devices
Schematics
Switching example, functional diagram
L1
AC 230 V
AI2_07282b
N
Acknowledgement
key
A1
A2
13
23
S1
S2
S3
S4 QH
14
24
X1
X2
A1
A2
S1
S2
S3
S4
X1
X2
SM
5TT3 460
5TT3 461
Working current
Closed-circuit
current
Fault
alarm
FA
The terminals A1, S1 to S4 and QH must be operated in-phase.

If no external acknowledgment key is connected, terminal QH must
be laid to L1.
If jumper X1/X2 is fitted, open-circuit protection (otherwise closedcircuit protection).
Contacts 13/14 and 23/24 close in the event of an incoming fault. The
assigned LED lights up and the centralized fault indication LED SM.
The alarm sensor (contact 13/14) is switched off using the acknowledgment key. The assigned LED and the centralized fault indication
LED continue to light up and contact 23/24 remains closed until the
fault is eliminated.
Cables S and H carry an extra-low voltage. In the case of long connections between different distribution boards a shielded cable must
be laid parallel to the installed load lines.
As a light signal sensor for the group messages, we recommend the
device 5TE5 7 or 5TE5 8; as alarm sensor, the devices 5TT3 450 to
5TT3 453.
AI2_07283b
Fault 1
Fault 2
Central indication
relay
Central indication
horn
Acknowledge.
horn
dark
11/10
bright
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices
Overview
7LQ2 100
7LQ2 101
7LQ2 102
7LQ2 103
5TT3 303
Setting ranges in lux
2 ... 500
2 x 2 ... 500
2 ... 500
2 x 2 ... 500
2 ... 2000
Adjustable time delay
no
yes
no
yes
Switching status indication
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
Light sensor, max. cable length
20 m
20 m
20 m
20 m
Switching channels
2000 W
2 x 2000 W
2000 W
2 x 2000 W
1200 W
3
4
Function
A light sensor measures the level of daylight. Switching depends on
the desired brightness. A time delay and the switching hysteresis
prevent clock-pulse behavior.
The sensor must be mounted so that it is not influenced by the
lighting (feedback).
Energy saving
Dusk switches are used for the demand-oriented switching of lighting installations for shop windows or paths in order to cut operating
costs.
A single light sensor serves several switching channels

The devices 7LQ2 101 and 7LQ2 103 have 2 switching channels that
can be set independently of each other. 12 of these devices can be
switched parallel to a light sensor. This saves the multiple installation
of light sensors in a single system. All switching channels operate independently of each other and can be adjusted individually.
Data acc. to EN 60730
7LQ2 100
V AC

Operating range Uc
at 50/60 Hz
7LQ2 101
7LQ2 102
7LQ2 103
0.85 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
48 ... 62
Measuring range, setting range
Lux
2 ... 500
2 2 ... 500
2 ... 500
2 2 ... 500
2 ... 2000
75 25
75 25
50
2 50 ... 100
2 50 ... 100
Time delay
fixed
adjustable
50
Contact
m-contact
1 NO
contact
2 NO
contacts
1 NO
contact
2 NO
contacts
1 NO
contact
Contact switching
closes with approaching terminals

darkness
3/4
5/6 and 9/10
3/4
5/6 and 9/10
Status indication, LED
switching status
indication
switching state OFF
switching state ON
instantaneous
green
red

for p.f. = 1
for p.f. = 0.4
250
A
A
16
4
2000
2 2 000
2000
2 2 000
1200
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
10
2
actuator/contact
permissible
contact/contact
creepage and
clearances
actuator/contact
contact/contact
mm
mm
4
4
4
4
actuator/contact
contact/contact
kV
kV
> 2.5
> 2.5
> 2.5
> 2.5
> 2.5
> 2.5
V; mA
10; 100

rigid
mm2
min. mm2
1.5 ... 6
0.75
1.5
0.5
device
light sensor
C
C
-10 ... +55

-30 ... +70
device
light sensor
%
%
< 80
< 98
acc. to DIN 50016

device
light sensor
IP20
IP55
II
Protection class
9
11
13
FW 24
IP54
12
Terminals
IP65
6
7
10
V AC
Different phases

1.2/50 ms
5TT3 303
230
0.8 ... 1.2
1
2
11/11
Monitoring Devices

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Dusk switches
setting range 2 ... 500 lux
1-channel version, with light sensor
for surface mounting, IP55
250
16
7LQ2 100
7LQ2 100
0.210
2-channel version, with light sensor,

for surface mounting, IP55
expandable to 24 channels through parallel switching of 12 devices,
which can be mutually controlled through a light sensor.
250
16
230
3
230
7LQ2 101
0.210
1-channel version, with light sensor

for flush wall mounting, IP65
250
16
7LQ2 102
0.210
7LQ2 103
0.210
5TT3 303
0.190
degree of protection IP55, for 7LQ2 100 and 7LQ2 101,

for surface mounting, 2 ... 500 Lux
7LQ2 910
0.060
degree of protection IP65, for 7LQ2 102 and 7LQ2 103,

for flush wall mounting, 2 ... 500 Lux
7LQ2 911
0.060
230
2-channel version, with light sensor,

for flush wall mounting, IP65
expandable to 24 channels through parallel switching of 12 devices,
which can be mutually controlled through a light sensor.
250
16
230
3
setting range 2 ... 2000 lux
1-channel version, with integrated light sensor,
for surface wall mounting
250
10
230
7LQ2 103
5TT3 303
Replacement light sensor
with watertight/resistant resin molding material, heat-resistant to 70C
7LQ2 100
7LQ2 102
7LQ2 101
7LQ2 103
9 10
36
11/12
45
71
90
12
44
64
56
54
I2_11327
1 23 4
I2_11326
45
90
9 10
25
44
64
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 303
1
2
7LQ2 910
3
4
Wall-mounted version
I2_11328
105
67
I2_07133
52,5
56,5
10
30
44
40
80
7LQ2 911
20 +1
20
29
I2_11329a
6
7
27
1,5 m
30
6 max
Schematics
Dusk switches
7LQ2 100
7LQ2 102
Dusk switches
7LQ2 101
7LQ2 103
Sensor
Sensor
10
Sensor
13
14
10
10
12
I2_11330a
230 V AC
Up to 12 dusk switches with a single sensor

7LQ2 101
7LQ2 103
13
14
10
12
13
14
10
11
I2_11331a
230 V AC
The cable length between the device and the light sensor must not exceed
a maximum of 20 m. The conductor cross-section must be a minimum of
2 x 0.75 mm.
12
I2_11332a
230 V AC
13
230 V AC
Up to 12 dusk switches can be operated with a single sensor
If the device measures a light level below the set value or if the
device is no-voltage, the contacts are in the position shown.
If the surrounding light level increases by approx. 30 to
100 % above the set value, the light is switched off after the set time
delay.
If the surrounding light level falls below the set value, the light is
switched on after the set time delay.
11/13
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices
Overview
7LQ2 001
7LQ2 002
7LQ2 003
7LQ2 005
Setting ranges in C
-30 ... +30
0 ... +60
+40 ... +100
+2 ... +400
Switching status indication
yes
yes
yes
yes
Adjustable switching hysteresis in C
1 ... 5
1 ... 5
1 ... 5
1 ... 20
Temperature sensor, measuring element
KTY 11-6
KTY 11-6
KTY 11-6
for PT100
Max. cable length
100 m
100 m
100 m
100 m
Application
Function
The temperature controllers are used for controlling or limiting temperatures in residential and non-residential buildings, as well as in
industrial areas. Theyre used for heating registers, panel and hot air
heating and direct floor heating, as a limiting thermostat for air-conditioning systems and cooling systems, switchgear cabinet cooling,
etc. as well as for temperature control in humid and dusty rooms.
Can also be used for inaccessible room temperature setting for
rooms in public buildings, such as schools, dayrooms and comparable applications.
Electronic 2-element temperature controllers with LED red/green for

voltage indication, switching status indication and temperature sensor monitoring. The temperature sensor with the measuring element
KTY or a PT100 measuring element is monitored for short circuits
and interruptions.
7LQ2 001
V AC

Operating range Uc
at 50/60 Hz
Hz
48 ... 62
Measuring range, setting range
-30 ... +30
1 ... 5
adjustable
Contact
m-contact
Contact switching
closes with rising

temperature
Status indication, LED
switching status indication

actuating voltage
switching state ON
break or short circuit of
sensor conductor
7LQ2 005
0 ... +60
+40 ... +100
2 ... +400
4 ... 20
1 CO contact
terminals
3/4
green
red
red flashing
V AC
250
A
A
16
4
for p.f. = 1
for p.f. = 0.4
Different phases

actuator/contact
mm

1.2/50 ms
actuator/contact
kV
> 2.5
V; mA
10; 100
7LQ2 003
0.8 ... 1.2
Rated frequency
Switching hysteresis
7LQ2 002
230
yes
Terminals
screw (Pozidrive)
rigid
mm2
min. mm2
1.5 ... 6
0.75
device
temperature sensor
C
C
-10 ... +55

-30 ... +105
-10 ... +55
device
temperature sensor
%
%
80
98
80

device
temperature sensor
IP20
IP65
IP20
II
Protection class
11/14
Monitoring Devices

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3
4
Temperature controllers
with temperature sensor KTY 11-6
Setting range -30 ... +30 C, 1 changeover
250
16
230
7LQ2 001
0.200
230
7LQ2 002
0.200
230
7LQ2 003
0.200
7LQ2 005
0.170
7LQ2 900
0.030
6
7
Setting range 0 ... +60 C, 1 changeover

250
16
1
2
Setting range +40 ... +100 C, 1 changeover

250
16
Temperature controller without temperature sensor

7LQ2 001
for PT 100 measuring element (not included in delivery)

Setting range +2 ... +400 C, 1 changeover
250
16
230
Replacement temperature sensor KTY 11-6

safety class IP65, for 7LQ2 001, 7LQ2 002 and 7LQ2 003,
molded, with watertight/resistant resin molding material,
with 1 m silicone line, heat-resistant up to 105 C,
can be extended up to 100 m
230
3 5 0 0
R e s is ta n c e [
R e s is ta n c e
I2
1 1 3 2 3
2 5 0
4 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
2 0 0
1 5 0
2 5 0 0
8
10
2 0 0 0
1 0 0
11
1 5 0 0
5 0
1 0 0 0
-4 0
-2 0
0
2 0
4 0
6 0
8 0
1 0 0
T e m p e ra tu re [ C ]
Resistor characteristic curves KTY11-6
1 2 0
-5 0
0
5 0
1 0 0
1 5 0
2 0 0
2 5 0
3 0 0
3 5 0
4 0 0
4 5 0
T e m p e ra tu re [ C ]
Resistor characteristic curves PT100 acc. to EN 60751 (96)
12
13
11/15
Monitoring Devices
7LQ2 00.
7LQ2 900
I2_11325a
9
1500
I2_11324
45
90
22
123 45
36
44
64
Schematics
Switching examples
7LQ2 0 temperature controller in cooling operation with adjustable
functioning temperature difference
7LQ2 0 temperature controller in heating operation with adjustable

functioning temperature difference
I2_11509a
10
L N
230 V AC
I2_11510
Sensor
Sensor
10
230 V AC
The cable length between the device and the temperature sensor
must not exceed a maximum of 100 m. The conductor cross-section
must be a minimum of 2 x 0.75 mm.
11/16
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Application
For all fuse systems

Signal is output even when load is shut off
Also suitable for asymmetrical networks, networks with harmonics
or motors with feedback
With two display LEDs, 1 for "Fuse OK" and 1 for "Fuse Failed"
For the fuse monitoring of all kinds of fuses, in particular for the
automatic shutdown and closing lockout of three-phase a.c. motors
in the event of the failure of one or more phase fuses.
Note:
The internal resistance of the measuring paths of the fuse monitor is
in the MW-range so that the VDE regulations with regard to touch
voltage are met in the event of faulty fuses, (>1 000 W/V).
To isolate, the main switch must be switched off. The enclosed label
should be affixed to the switchgear as a reminder.
Data acc. to DIN VDE 0435-110, IEC 60255
3
4
5
5TT3 170
V
1
2
3x 380 ... 415 AC

0.8 ... 1.1
Operating range Uc
Hz
50 ... 400
W/V
> 1 000
Max. permissible rear feed
90
Response/release time
ms
< 50
Rated frequency
of measuring paths
Internal resistance
input/output

AC-1
in switching cycles at 1 A
AC-11
Terminals
rigid
kV
>4
V AC
250
4
1.5 105
1
-20 ... +45

20/45/4
acc. to DIN EN 60068-1
max. mm2 2 2.5

min. mm2 1 0.5
C
6
7
9

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.150
Fuse monitor with transparent cap,

for all low-voltage fuse systems.
Can be used in asymmetric systems afflicted with harmonics
and regenerative feedback motors. Alarm also for disconnected
loads.
230
3x 380 ... 415 AC 2
5TT3 170
10
11
12
13
11/17
Monitoring Devices
L1 L2 L3
I2_11512
45
90
14
15
L1 L2 L3
36
43
64
Schematics
Circuit diagram
L1 L2 L3 14
L1' L2' L3' 13
Switching example: functional diagram

N
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3 13
L1/L2/L3
13-14
L1' L2' L3' 14
Off
On
M
3~
11/18
AI2_07251a
I2_07037
F1 F2 F3
If the fuse fails, the motor is immediately disconnected (prevention

of two-phase run). After changing the fuse, the motor can be restarted by pressing the On button.
It is not possible to switch the motor on if the fuse is faulty, contrary
to conventional motor circuit-breakers.
Note:
The internal resistance of the measuring paths of the fuse monitor is
in the MW-range so that the VDE regulations with regard to touch
voltage are met in the event of faulty fuses, (>1 000 W/V). To isolate,
the main switch must be switched off. The enclosed label should be
affixed to the switchgear as a reminder.
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Function
Adjustable from 2 to 20 VA
With status display for contact position
With switch continuously ON
With safety information on stickers for outlets and distribution
boards
If loads are disconnected manually, and if the gateway measures a

usage of only 2 to 20 VA (adjustable), it disconnects the cable to the
system voltage and switches over to extra-low voltage. As soon as
loads are reconnected, the gateway detects the increase in usage
and switches back to the system voltage.
Application
For disconnecting the voltage or field circuit of electrical systems
even when loads are disabled.
The gateway switches off the plant section, but is not a device for
ensuring isolation in the sense of safe disconnection.
It detects resistive, capacitive and inductive loads.

The gateway cannot detect a load with electronic power supply
units, e.g. electronically controlled vacuum cleaners. It is advisable
to connect these types of devices to a base load resistance (PTC resistor) so that the gateway always switches back to system voltage.
1
2
3
4
5
5TT3 171
V AC
6
7
230
0.85 ... 1.15
Operating range Uc
Hz
50/60
electronics
contact
VA
VA
5
2.6
Response value
adjustable
VA
2 ... 20
Release value
% of the response value
input/output
Rated frequency
Monitoring voltage

AC-1
AC-11
70
kV
>4
V AC
250
A
A
16
3
m-contact
Contact
5 105
in switching cycles at 3 A,
AC-11

Terminals
rigid
1
max. mm2 2 2.5
min. mm2 1 0.5
-20 ... +60
acc. to DIN 60529
IP20
Protection class
II
Humidity class
acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
10

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5TT3 171
0.072
5TG8 222
0.010
Circuit relay with transparent cap

for disconnecting the voltage or field circuit of electrical systems even
when loads are disabled.
1 NC contact
250
16
230
Base load resistance for electronic devices

with 15-cm connection wires, end sleeves and shrink sleeving
5TT3 171
11/19
11
12
13
Monitoring Devices
Schematics
Switching example
L N
230 V AC
45
90
L1
N
18
N
Electronic
43
PTC
AI2_07036a
I2_10775
64
If the output falls to 2 to 20 VA (adjustable), the gateway disconnects

the line from the system voltage and switches over to extra-low
voltage.
Once consumption increases, it reconnects. An electronic load must
be connected with the base load resistance 5TG8 222.
11/20
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 42 phase / phase sequence monitors
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Application
Phase monitor with 3-fold LED display

Phase sequence monitor with single LED display
For visual detection / signaling of phase failures in 3-phase system.

The phase sequence is arbitrary. The device is also suitable for
1, 2 or 3-phase operation.
Indication of phase sequence in 3-phase system.
Data acc. to DIN VDE 0435, IEC 60255
V AC
5TT3 421
5TT3 423
230/400
400
1
2
3
4
0.8 ... 1.1
Operating range Uc
Hz
50/60
VA
VA
9
0.2
V AC
250
V/mA
10/100
Rated frequency
electronics
contact
between coil/contact
kV
Contact
m-contact (AC-11)

actuator/contact
mm
actuator/contact
kV
> 2.5
Terminals
rigid
Protection class
IP20
II
-20 ... +60
20/60/4
6
7
max. mm2 2 2.5

min. mm2

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.060
Phase monitor with transparent cap

with 3 green LEDs for 3 phases
1 CO contact
250
230/400
5TT3 421
9
10
11
Phase sequence monitor with transparent cap

with one green LED, which lights up for right-rotating field
1 CO contact
250
400
5TT3 423
0.050
12
13
11/21
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 42 phase / phase sequence monitors
5TT3 421
5TT3 423
L1
L2 L3
L2 L3
12
12
14 11
14 11
18
18
I2_10780
45
90
L1 N
43
64
Schematics
Circuit diagrams
5TT3 421
5TT3 423
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3 14 12
14 12
11
11
Switching examples
5TT3 421 voltage monitor
The voltage monitor can be operated either in 1, 2 or 3-phase
operation.
L1
L2
PE
L3
L1 L2 L3
14 12
I2_10776
L1
5TT3 423 phase sequence monitor

The phase sequence monitor must always be connected in
3-phase.
11
Single-phase operation
L1
L1
L2 L3
I2_10777
L1
L2 N
K1
14 12
A I2_10778
L1
L2
L3 N
L3
14 12
11
Three-phase operation
11/22
I2_10779
11
L2
L3
14 12
11
Two-phase operation
L1
L2
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices
Overview
5TT3
194
5TT3
195
5TT3
400
5TT3
401
5TT3
402
5TT3
403
5TT3
404
5TT3
405
5TT3
406
5TT3
407
5TT3
408
5TT3
410
General monitoring
Monitoring of safety light devices
Monitoring of medical facilities
Monitoring of N-conductor
Monitoring of short-time interruptions
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
1, 2, 3-phase against N
3 phases against N
Asymmetry detection
N-conductor monitoring
Reverse voltage detection
Short-time failure detection
Phase failure detection
Switching thresholds:
0.7 / 0.9 x Uc, not adjustable
0.8 / 0, 85 x Uc, not adjustable
0.85 / 0.95 x Uc, not adjustable
0.7 ... 0.95 x Uc, 5 % hysteresis, adjustable
Adjustable time delay
Contact: 1 CO contact
Contact: 2 COs
Application
General voltage monitoring
For general device and plant protection, voltage relays with switching thresholds of 0.7 x Uc, i.e. 161 V are used. If they have fixed,
unchangeable switching thresholds, they switch back to normal
operation at 0.85 x Uc, 195 V or at 0.9 x Uc, 207 V, depending on the
version. If they have adjustable threshold values, they switch back to
normal operation with 4 % hysteresis, 9 V.
1, 2 or 3 phases against N or 3 phases against N
All voltage relays require an N-conductor. Devices for 1, 2 or 3 phases against N can be used for 1, 2, or 3-phase operation. Devices for
3 phases against N require all three phases, whereby the sequence
in which they are connected is irrelevant.
Asymmetry detection
If different voltages occur in a 3-phase network, this is called phase
asymmetry. Some voltage relays detect an asymmetry of approx.
6 to 8 % of the phase-to-neutral voltage, i.e. approx. 14 to 16 V and
switch off. This type of operation is used to protect motors against a
"skew" (for example).
An N-conductor break causes a skew, depending on the phase
load. In extreme cases, this could cause 380 V to be applied to a
phase and destroy the connected devices. Each voltage relay with
asymmetry detection is tripped by an N-conductor break, if the
phase displacement is at least 14 to 18 V.
The 5TT3 410 N-conductor monitor detects a phase displacement of
5 %, which is roughly 12 V. This protects the connected devices
earlier against overvoltage. The N-conductor monitor does not react
if the voltage drops or rises in all phases simultaneously; but also if
a phase is swapped with the N-conductor.

If a phase fails completely, the voltage relays disconnect with a
delay as specified in the technical specifications.
Short-time failure detection
Short-time failures upwards of 20 ms cannot be detected with conventional voltage relays. However, they can occur in the case of
system transfers or lightning strikes and can lead to uncertainty for
sensitive process sequences or measuring procedures.
The 5TT3 407 short-time voltage relay has a reset function that
allows a procedure to be permanently interrupted after a fault.
Series fuse 2 A
The voltage relays do not require a series fuse as device protection.
However, they are often installed in junctions, i.e. in main supply systems with high fusing. In this case, the supply lead to the voltage
relay must be short-circuit resistant. The series fuse only serves as
line protection.
Monitoring of safety light devices
DIN VDE 0108 requires that buildings/rooms where "people meet"
have emergency lighting. Depending on what the rooms are used for
the emergency lighting must be switched on after 0.5 to 15 s if the
voltage falls 15 % below the rated voltage of 230 V, i.e. 195 V. This
switching threshold must not be adjustable. The voltage relays for
safety light devices react after 150 ms. At 5 % undervoltage, i.e.
at 218 V they already switch back to normal operation.
Monitoring of medical premises acc. to DIN VDE 0107
In the case of undervoltage, there is no guarantee that medical
equipment will continue to function. Because of the risk this presents
to patients, e.g. during operations, it is essential that systems switch
to an emergency power supply in the event of undervoltage.
Reverse voltage detection

If a phase fails, the motors feed a reverse voltage to the missing
phase. However, voltage relays with reverse voltage detection will
disconnect in this case because they are monitoring the phase
angle.
11/23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Monitoring Devices
Data acc. to DIN VDE 0435-110, -303, IEC 60255
5TT3 400
5TT3 401
5TT3 402
5TT3 403
V AC

Operating range Uc (overload capability)
5TT3 404
5TT3 405
Rated frequency
terminals L1/L2/L3
Response values Uc
on-switching
off-switching
Hz
50/60
400
4 % hysteresis
0.7 ... 0.95
0.9 ... 1.3
V/mA
10/100
Phase asymmetry
at L1 or L2
at L3
ms
ms
100
100
kV
Contact
m-contact (AC-11)

actuator/contact
mm
5.5
actuator/contact
kV
>2.5
>4
Terminals
rigid
6 ... 8
140
30
yes
-20 ... +60

20/60/4
5TT3 407
V AC
Operating range Uc (overload capability)
5TT3 408
5TT3 410
1.35
1.2
230/400
1.1
Rated frequency
max. mm2 2 2.5

min. mm2 0.5
6 ... 8
Hz
50/60
Back-up fuse
terminals L1/L2/L3
Response values Uc
Overvoltage:
off-switching
on-switching
0.9 ... 1.3 Uc

4 % hysteresis
undervoltage:
off-switching
on-switching
0.8
0.85
0.7 ... 1.1 Uc

4 % hysteresis
V/mA
10/100
Phase asymmetry
6 ... 8
ms
20
100
OFF delay
0.1 ... 20
Automatic reclosing delay
0.2 ... 20
kV
Contact
m-contact (AC-11)

clearances
contact/contact
actuator/contact
mm
mm
actuator/contact
kV
>4
AC operation:
230 V and p.f. = 1
230 V and p.f. = 0.4
VA
VA
2000
1 250
DC operation:
Ue = 24 V and Ie = 6 A
Ue = 60 V and Ie = 1 A
Ue = 110 V and Ie = 0.6 A
Ue = 220 V and Ie = 0.5 A
W
W
W
W
max. 100
max. 100
max. 100
max. 100
at L1, L2 or L3
Terminals
rigid
Humidity class
11/24
1
max. mm2 2 2.5
min. mm2 0.5
C

acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
5TT3 195
1.35
0.9/0.95
0.7/0.85
5TT3 194
230/400
1.1
Back-up fuse
5TT3 406
-20 ... +60

F
>5
5.5
Monitoring Devices

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Voltage relays with transparent cap

for general overvoltage monitoring of 1, 2 or 3 phases against N,
with reverse voltage and phase failure detection
switching thresholds: 0.9 ... 1.3 x Uc, 4 % hysteresis, adjustable
contacts,
2 changeovers
5TT3 194
230
230/400
5TT3 194
0.150
5TT3 195
0.150
5TT3 400
0.065
5TT3 401
0.065
5TT3 402
0.110
5TT3 403
0.110
5TT3 404
0.110
for general overvoltage monitoring of 3 phases against N,

with asymmetry, reverse voltage and phase failure detection,
with N-conductor monitoring,
switching thresholds: 0.7 ... 0.9 x Uc, not adjustable
contacts,
2 changeovers
230
230/400
for general undervoltage monitoring of 1, 2 or 3 phases against N,

with phase failure detection,
switching thresholds: 0.7 and 0.9 x Uc, not adjustable
contacts,
1 changeover
230
230/400
for undervoltage monitoring of safety light devices

of 1, 2 or 3 phases against N, with phase failure detection,
5TT3 400
contacts,
1 changeover
230
230/400

contacts,
2 changeovers
230
230/400

5TT3 402
contacts,
2 changeovers
230
230/400
for general undervoltage monitoring of 3 phases against N,

contacts,
2 changeovers
5TT3 404
230
230/400
for undervoltage monitoring of safety light devices

of 3-phases against N,
contacts,
2 changeovers
230
230/400
5TT3 407
5TT3 405
0.110
230/400
230
230/400
230
230/400
6
7
8
9
10
12
5TT3 406
0.110
5TT3 407
0.110
5TT3 408
0.110
for general under and overvoltage monitoring

of 3 phases against N,
with N-conductor monitoring and adjustable time delay of 0.1 ... 20 s,
switching thresholds:
undervoltage: 0.7 ... 1.1 x Uc, 4 % hysteresis, adjustable
overvoltage: 0.9 ... 1.3 x Uc, 4 % hysteresis, adjustable
contacts,
2 changeovers
monitoring of short-time failure detection 20 ms

of 1, 2 or 3-phases against N,
with phase failure detection and N-conductor monitoring,
switching thresholds: 0.8 ... 0.85 x Uc, not adjustable
contacts,
2 changeovers
5TT3 408
230
3
4
11
for undervoltage monitoring of medical facilities

of 3-phases against N,
contacts,
2 changeovers
1
2
11/25
13
Monitoring Devices

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
0.110
N-conductor monitor with transparent cap

with asymmetry detection and N-conductor monitoring
contacts,
2 changeovers
230
230/400
5TT3 410
Timing interval of
5TT3 400 - 5TT3 406 undervoltage relays
Timing interval of
5TT3 410 N-conductor monitor
L1, L2, L3
U
UN
U c
U a b
AI2_07516a
L 3
L 2
AI2_07033b
L 1
1 1 -1 4
1 1 -1 2
U a b = R e le a s e v a lu e
11-14
11-12
PEN conductor
interruption
Timing interval of
5TT3 407 short-time voltage relay
Timing interval of
5TT3 408 under/overvoltage relay
U
A I2_07271b
UN
0
AI2_07270b
>U
hysteresis
UH
without fault
storage
11-14
11-12
Good-signal
hysteresis
<U
Good-signal
L1, L2, L3
tv
tv
Response time
11-14
11-12
t
"RESET"
"RESET"
T
0
on
LED
green
off
with fault
storage
11-14
11-12
Good-signal
tv
Good-signal
LED
red
<U
LED
red
>U
on
off
tv
Response time
on
off
tv: Adjustable automatic reclosing delay 0.2 to 20 s
t: Adjustable OFF delay 0.1 to 20 s
The undervoltage relay switches at a phase asymmetry of 6 to 8 %,

regardless of the response values for undervoltage. The above
diagram shows the timing interval for undervoltage or asymmetry.
The undervoltage relay switches at a phase asymmetry of 6 to 8 %,

regardless of the response values for undervoltage. The above
diagram shows the timing interval for undervoltage.
11/26
Monitoring Devices
1
2

5TT3 400
5TT3 401
5TT3 402
5TT3 403
5TT3 404
5TT3 405
5TT3 407
5TT3 408
5TT3 194
5TT3 195
5TT3 406
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3 N
L1 L2 L3 N
12
12
12
12
14 11
14 11 24 21
14 11 24 21
14 11 24 21
18
36
36
36
L1 N
3
4
45
90
L1 L2
22
I2_11515
22
22
43
64
6
7
12
I2_11516
45
90
L1 L2 L3 N
22
14 11 24 21
36
43
64
Schematics
Circuit diagrams
5TT3 194
5TT3 195
5TT3 402
5TT3 403
5TT3 404
5TT3 405
5TT3 400
5TT3 401
5TT3 406
5TT3 407
5TT3 408
5TT3 410
11
10
L1 L2 L3 14 12
L1 L2 L3 14 12 24 22
11
21
11
Switching example:
5TT3 195, 5TT3 40 voltage relays
1, 2, 3-phase operation against N
L2
L3
14 12 24 22
11
One-phase operation
21
L1
L2
L2 L3
L1
14 12 24 22
11
Two-phase operation
21
A I2_07596a
L1
L1
I2_07595a
AI2_07594a
L1
L1
L2
L2
12
L3 N
L3
14 12 24 22
11
13
21
Three-phase operation
11/27
Monitoring Devices
Schematics
Switching example:
5TT3 401, 5TT3 403, 5TT3 405 undervoltage relays
Emergency
power supply
Standard
power supply
L1' L2' L3' N'
L1 L2 L3 N
3x AC 230 V
L1 L2 L3 L4
K2
14 12 24 22
11
K1
21
K2
A I2_07272b
K1
Application of the undervoltage relay is in accordance with

DIN VDE 0108, which stipulates switching to a supply system for
safety service after a fault. Buildings are distinguished according to
use, such as business premises, exhibition areas or guest houses.
These are all covered generically as rooms/buildings where
"people meet/gather".
There is a fault if the voltage of the general power supply drops for
0.5 seconds >15 % in relation to the rated voltage (i.e. 195 V at
230 V).
In this case, depending on the type of use of the building, the lighting
must be switched to a safety power supply after 0.5 to 15 s. A safety
power supply may be: battery system, generating set or a quickstarting standby generating set.
Emergency
lighting
Standard
lighting
Switching example:
5TT3 404, 5TT3 405, 5TT3 406, 5TT3 408 voltage relays
PE
Switching example:
L1 L2 L3 N
L1 L2 L3 N
Phase failure
AI2_07273b
L1
L2 L3 N
L1
14 12 24 22
L2
L3 N
14 12 24 22
reset
11
K1
21
11
These voltage relays can only be used for 3-phase operation. They
monitor not only under and overvoltages in accordance with their
description, but also reverse voltage, asymmetry and N-conductor
breaks.
11/28
K1
AI2_07597a
K1
21
In the case of sensitive technical sequences, it is often not possible

to tell whether this interrupt has interfered with the process
sequence. The switch disconnects the power supply, which can
then be switched back on using the reset pushbutton.
Monitoring Devices
Schematics
Switching example:
L1 L2 L3 N
In simple cases, it may be sufficient that a short-time interrupt is

registered without the need to disconnect the power supply. In the
case of a short-time interrupt, this is counted by the pulse counter.
The pulse counter can be reset if required.
3 230 V AC
reset
AI2_07598a
L1
L2
L3
14 12 24 22
11
5KT7 686
6
7
Switching example:
L1
F1
L2
F2
L3
F3
3
4
5
21
5TT3 407
1
2
K1
A I2_07517a
N
PE
Test and
service
switch
S1
L1 L2 L3
11
14
F4
F5
F6
9
10
5TT3 410
K1
11
12
13
11/29
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Direct measurement, transformer measurement
All current relays can be connected with direct measurement or
through transformers.
Response time
Current relays are not circuit-protection devices for lines.
They switch with a delay in the ms range.
N potential
Versions 5TT6 113 to 5TT6 120 can be connected with separate
N potential.
Overload capability
Independent of the set measuring range and set measured value,
current relays can be permanently overloaded up to 15 A and 20 A;
for 3 s; even up to 20 A and 30 A.
Device overview
5TT6 111
5TT6 112
5TT6 113
5TT6 114
5TT6 115
5TT6 120
Undercurrent
Overcurrent
1-phase
3-phase
Separate N potential
Measuring
ranges:
Contact
0.1 ... 1 A
0.5 ... 5 A
1 ... 10 A
1.5 ... 15 A
1 CO contact
2 COs
Application
Current relays provide 1 and 3-phase monitoring of the over/undercurrent in an AC system. They are used to monitor lighting and
motors.
Buildings/object-safe guiding lights
In the approach corridors of planes, high buildings must be fitted
with position lighting. The same planning instructions apply to the
monitoring of this type of lighting and runway lighting as the monitoring of emergency lighting.
Monitoring of emergency lighting with incandescent lamps
The function of emergency lighting acc. to DIN VDE 0108 must be
checked at regular intervals. The operating current is continuously
monitored using current relays. It is irrelevant whether this lighting is
integrated in the general lighting system or just supplied on demand
with emergency current.
The current relays is set so that it switches on at the max. lamp
current. If an incandescent lamp fails, a fault is signaled.
Monitoring of motors
If the warning is sent early enough, the fault can be eliminated before
the motor starts to overheat and the circuit-breaker switches the
motor off.
Current relays reliably safeguard the monitoring of fault-free
running motors and, in some cases are more suitable than a voltage
relay, which is geared more towards motor protection.
11/30
Example: screw conveyor

Hard objects in screw conveyors, e.g. in sewage treatment plants,
often lead to the conveyor system becoming blocked up. Appropriately set, the current relay signals over its contact(s) that a
hazardous situation has occurred and threatens to block the motor.
Example: stirrer
As with the conveyor processes, changes to the viscosity can lead
to an overload of the motors.
Example: crane motor control system
The current monitoring of the main motor (hoisting motor) ensures
that the electrical holding brake is not released until the main motor
is in operation and the load is held.
Example: dust extraction
In the interests of work safety and to protect against massive dust
development, it is essential to ensured that the dust extraction
system is working perfectly before a saw or sanding machine is
switched on.
Monitoring Devices
Function
Planning the monitoring of an incandescent lamp
Current relays have a hysteresis of approx. 4 %. The smallest lamp
must not exceed the set measuring range by more than 8 %.
Example: 12 lamps 100 W = 1200 W, which corresponds to a
current of approx. 5.2 A. If a lamp fails, the current drops by 0.4 A.
This 0.4 A corresponds to 8 % of the set measured value 5.2 A.
5TT6 1 overcurrent relay signal
Pick-up
ms
I2_07469b
10
250
70
70
120
30
10
180
15
20
220
10
30
240
12
t
1
6
7
Iact
F=
Dropout
ms
3
4
UN
Response time
The response time of the fault signal is produced by the "Adjustable
switching delay" (see relevant Technical specifications in Catalog ET
B1) and an additional delay, which is determined from the actual
current and the set value.
F
Imeas
Iact:
Actual current
Imeas:
Set current threshold value to be measured
Pick-up: With an overcurrent relay, the contact 11-14 (21-24) to the
fault signal closes when the actual current flowing is higher
than the switching threshold. The relay picks up.
Dropout: With an undercurrent relay, the contact 11-12 (21-22) to
the fault signal closes when the actual current flowing is
lower than the switching threshold. The relay drops out.
1
2
LED
green
on
LED
red
on
off
off
tv
Function chart for 5TT6 115 under/overcurrent relay signal

U
I2_07472b
t
N
Function chart for 5TT6 1 undercurrent relay signal

U
Hyst.
10
Hyst.
I2_07508c
11
Fault
Fault
2
Hyst.
1
LED
green
on
LED
red
on
LED
red
on
12
off
t
4
Fault
off
13
2
LED
on
off
green
LED
red
off
tv
tv
tv
Contrary to all other current relays, a fault signal is always output

over the contact 11-14 (21-24). The red LEDs indicate whether the
signal is for an undercurrent or an overcurrent.
on
off
tv
tv
11/31
Monitoring Devices
5TT6 111
Rated control current Ic
1 ... 10
V AC
230
Operating range Uc
Overload capability, continuous
Overload capability, short-time
V
A
A
0.9 ... 1.1

15
20
Hz
50/60
at 50 C ambienttemperature max. 3 s
Rated frequency
Response values Ic
switching on
infinitely variable,
switching off
non-adjustable
0.1 ... 1
4 % hysteresis
Switching delay tv
infinitely adjustable
0.1 ... 20
Response time
non-adjustable
ms
1)
V/mA
10/100

kV
2.5
Contact
m-contact (AC-15)
NO
NC
A
A
3
1

actuator/contact
mm
kV
>4
actuator/contact
Terminals
rigid
1
max. mm2 2 2.5
min. mm2 1 0.5
C
-20 ... +60

20/60/4
5TT6 113
A
A
A
A
4 ranges
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
V AC
230
Operating range Uc
Overload capability, continuous
Overload capability independent of
Measuring range
V
A
A
0.9 ... 1.1

20
30
Hz
50/60
at 50 C ambienttemperature max. 3 s
Rated frequency
Response values Ic
switching on
infinitely variable,
switching off
non-adjustable
1 ... 10
4 % hysteresis
Switching delay tv
infinitely adjustable
0.1 ... 20
Response time
non-adjustable
ms
see page 11/31
V/mA
10/100

kV
2.5
Contact
m-contact (AC-15)
NO
NC
A
A
5
1

clearances
actuator/contact
mm
kV
>4
actuator/contact
Terminals
rigid
1) Current corresponds to the rating of the continuous-flow heater.
11/32
1
max. mm2 2 2.5
min. mm2 1 0.5
C
5TT6 112
-20 ... +60

20/60/4
5TT6 114
5TT6 115
5TT6 120
1 area
0.5 ... 5
15
Monitoring Devices

Ue
Ie
Measuring range MW
V AC
A AC
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Current relay with transparent cap for single-phase loads

up to 230 V AC, auxiliary voltage and measuring circuit, not isolated
undervoltage monitoring, single-phase
1 CO contact
230
1 ... 10
5TT6 111
0.065
1 ... 10
5TT6 112
0.065
overvoltage monitoring, single-phase

1 CO contact
230
Current relay with transparent cap for single-phase loads

up to 230 V AC, auxiliary voltage and measuring circuit, isolated
undervoltage monitoring, single-phase
230
4 ranges
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
5TT6 113
0.122
4 ranges
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
5TT6 114
0.122
4 ranges
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
5TT6 115
0.122
overvoltage monitoring, single-phase

5TT6 113
2 COs
230
over/undervoltage monitoring, single-phase

2 COs
230
Current relay, mounting depth 55 mm, for 3-phase loads

for 3 400 V AC, separate signal with N-wire connection
over/undervoltage monitoring, 3-phase
230
0.5 ... 5
6
7
8
9
5TT6 115
2 changeovers each for

overcurrent/undercurrent
respectively
3
4
5
5TT6 111
2 COs
1
2
5TT6 120
0.220
10
11
12
13
11/33
Monitoring Devices
5TT6 113
5TT6 114
5TT6 115
5TT6 120
L/i L/i
A1 A2 i k
A1 A2 i k
A1 A2 i1 k1 A1 A2 i3 k3
N L/k
Z2 Z3 Z1 Z4
Z2 Z3 Z1 Z4
12 14
12
11
14 11 24 21
14 11 24 21
36
36
18
22
12
12
22
32
I2_11517
I2_11518
22
45
90
45
90
5TT6 111
5TT6 112
5TT6 120 current relay
42
14 11 24 21 34 31 44 41
43
72
64
43
55
Schematics
Circuit diagrams
5TT6 111
5TT6 112
5TT6 113
L i L k 14 12
A1 A2 i
>I
5TT6 114
k 14 12 24 22
A1 A2 i
>I
11
5TT6 115
k 14 12 24 22
A1 A2 i
<I
Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 11
21
Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 11
5TT6 120
A1 A2
k 14 12 24 22
>< I
21
Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 11
>I
21
34 32 44 42
31
41
14 12 24 22
<I
11
i1-i3
Switching example: 5TT6 111 undercurrent relay

L1
AC 230 V
I2_07522b
A
Switching example: 5TT6 114 with transformer measurement

for overcurrent measurement
L1
3AC 230/400 V
I2_07560
L2
L3
N
PE
L/i
L/k
12
14
11
To the 5TT3 460

or 5TT3 461 fault
signaling relay
K1
K1
A1 A2
PE
12
14
11
5TT6 114
11/34
21
k1-k3
24
22
21
Monitoring Devices
Schematics
Switching example: 5TT6 114 with direct measurement
up to 15 A for overcurrent measurement
L1
3AC 230/400 V
I2_07559
Switching example: 5TT6 120 with direct measurement

up to 5 A for undercurrent/overcurrent measurement
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
3AC 230/400 V
3
4
I2_07561
PE
PE
1
2
5
K1
K1
K1
K1
I min
A1 A2
12
14
11
i1
24
22
i2
k 1 k2 k3
21
12
14
11
I max
24
22
21
32
34
31
44
42
41
5TT6 120
5TT6 114
PE
i 3 A1 A2
6
7
PE
9
10
11
12
13
11/35
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Application
Control circuit terminals, sealable

Reduction of the connection fee, which depends on the maximum
load to be supplied (BTO, German Federal Regulation on
Tariffs 6 Section 4), when used in systems with continuous-flow
heaters and electric storage heaters where the continuous-flow
heaters are switched with priority.
In mixed operation of electric hot water and electric storage heaters,

the priority switch interrupts the charging procedure of the storage
heater if hot water is required during the low-tariff time, thus limiting
the connected load.
5TT6 101
5TT6 102
5TT6 103
Data acc. to EN 60669 (VDE 0632), BTO 6 Section 4

A
40 1)
54 1)
6 ... 40 1)
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Response current
13 2)
23 2)
kW
kW
9
27
12
36
1.5 ... 9
4.5 ... 27
kV
> 2.5
V AC
250
for continuous-flow heaters

up to
230 V AC
to 3
230 V AC
Rated operational capacity
at Ue =
230 V AC
Terminals
coil,
for conductor cross-sections
up to
contact,
for conductor cross-sections
up to
mm2
10
mm2
2 2.5
-20 ... +40

FW 24
acc. to DIN 50016
1) Current corresponds to the rating of the continuous-flow heater.

2) Continuous rise not permissible.

Ue
Ie
Op.
current
Cont.
current
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Priority switches, mounting depth 55 mm

for continuous-flow heaters up to 27 kW
230
40
13
40
5TT6 101
0.100
23
54
5TT6 102
0.100
5TT6 103
0.100
for continuous-flow heaters up to 33 kW

230
54
for electronically controlled continuous-flow heaters up to 27 kW

230
40
6 ... 40
40
5TT6 101
5TT6 101, 5TT6 102, 5TT6 103
with terminal cover
45
86
i
11
12
k
18
11/36
44
55
I2_06544a
Monitoring Devices
Schematics
1
2
Circuit diagrams
3
4
5TT6 101
5TT6 102
5TT6 103
i
12
I>
11
Switching example 5TT6 10

EVU release
N L1 L2
L1
11
A2
14 12
A1
L3 N
L1
L1 L2 L3
6
7
5TT3 080
i
v
1
k
A1
A2
Electric
storage
heater
9
5TT3 983
10
AI2_07042b
5TT6 101
or 5TT6 102
or 5TT6 103
11
Continuous-flow
water heater
In mixed operation of electric hot water and electric storage heaters,

the priority switch interrupts the charging procedure of the storage
heater if hot water is required during the low-tariff time, thus limiting
the connected load.
12
13
11/37
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 47 insulation monitors
for industrial applications
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Application
Version for AC voltage:

For AC voltage systems from 0 to 500 V AC and 10 to 1000 Hz
Adjustable alarm value 2 to 100 kW
Electrical insulation of measuring circuit, power supply and
contact voltage
Also supports monitoring in current-free systems
Version for direct voltage:
For direct voltage systems from 12 to 280 V DC
Adjustable alarm value 2 to 200 kW
Selective insulation-fault detection according to L+ and L-.
Electrical insulation of measuring circuit contact voltage
Both versions:
Closed-circuit principle
Adjustable fault storage and hysteresis
LED display for operation and insulation faults
With canceling and test button
We recommend using insulation monitors in all non-grounded

systems according to regulations:
VDE 0100 Erection of power installations up to 1000 V
VDE 0105 Operation of power installations up to 1000 V
VDE 0113 Working and processing machines
VDE 0118 Underground mining
VDE 0168 Open-pit mining, quarries and others
Function
If the insulation resistance of the system falls below the value set at
the device, the output relay drops out. If the insulation resistance
improves after a while, the relay picks up again after a hysteresis.
Alternatively the response can be stored through wiring. The reset is
then implemented by pressing a pushbutton or by briefly disconnecting the device.
Actuating the test button "Test" simulates an insulation fault so that
the functionality of the device can be tested.
V AC
V DC

Operating range Uc
for AC supply
for DC supply
5TT3 470
5TT3 471
220 ... 240
12 ... 280
0.8 ... 1.1
0.9 ... 1.25
Hz
45 ... 400
for AC supply
for DC supply
approx. VA
approx. W
terminal A1 to A2
terminal L to PE
terminals A1, A2 to L, PE
terminals against contacts
kV
kV
kV
kV
<4
<4
<4
<6
<4
<4
<3
<6
for AC systems
for direct voltage systems
0 ... 500
12 ... 280
Frequency range for Uc
Measuring circuit
V AC
V DC
Measurement voltage range Umeas
0 ... 1.1
0.9 ... 1.1
Hz
10 ... 1000
kW
5 ... 10
5 ... 200
infinitely variable
infinitely variable
kW
> 250
kW
kW
> 250
each 75
Operating range Umeas

Frequency range for Umeas
Alarm value
measuring shunt RAL
Setting of alarm value
on absolute scale
internal testing resistor
internal testing resistor
Alternating current internal resistance

Direct current internal resistance
L+ and L- acc. to PE
Measurement voltage
internal
approx. V
DC
15
Max. measurement current
short circuit
mA
< 0.1
0.2 ... 4 depending on the

voltage
Direct interference voltage
max. permissible
V DC
500
Response delay
at RAL 50 kW and 1 mF
and to 0.9 x Rmeas
and Rmeas from to 0 W
s
s
< 1.3
< 0.7
0.8
0.4
Switching hysteresis
at Rmeas 50 kW
15
10 ... 15
Contact
m-contact

Rated operating current Is
Thermal current Ith

AC 13 at 24 V DC
AC 13 at 250 V DC
AC 15
AC 15 NO contact
AC 15 NC contact
Terminals
rigid

EN 60529
acc. to EN 60068-1
11/38
2 COs
2 COs
V AC
250
250
A
A
A
A
A
A
5
2
3
0.2
3
max. mm2
min. mm2
2 2.5
1 x 0.50
-20 ... +60
IP20
20 / 060 / 04
Monitoring Devices

Uc
Ue
Measuring
range
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
PS*/
P. unit
1 item
kg
Items
insulation monitor with transparent cap

for monitoring the insulation resistance in ungrounded
AC and three-phase systems, from 10 ... 1000 Hz
contacts,
2 changeovers
250
0 ... 500 V AC
5 ... 100
5TT3 470
0.160
5TT3 471
0.170
1
2
3
4
for monitoring the insulation resistance in non-grounded

DC systems
contacts,
2 changeovers
250
12 ... 280 V DC
5 ... 200
5TT3 470
5TT3 470
PE PT LT1 LT2
6
7
5TT3 471
PE PT X1 LT
A1 A2
L+ L-
22
12
45
90
22
14 11 24 21
14 11 24 21
36
36
I2_11519
12
43
64
Schematics
5TT3 470 for AC systems
5TT3 471 for direct voltage systems
L1
L+
L2
L-
L3
PE
10
PE
L
11
L-
L+
PE
LT1
LT2
11
A1
A2
12
I2_11520a
I2_11521
PT
PE
LT
12 14
21
22
Switching example for monitoring a non-grounded system of

3 AC 0 ... 500 V with a frequency of 10 ... 1000 Hz.
The actuating voltage of terminals A1 - A2 can be taken from the
system being monitored. However, in this case it is important to comply with the voltage range according to the technical specifications.
With a jumper LT1 - LT2: A fault signal is not stored; the device is
automatically released again if the insulation resistance improves.
Without a jumper LT1 - LT2: The error message is stored;
Pressing the pushbutton terminals LT1 - LT2 clears the fault signal.
Pressing the pushbutton terminals PT - PE simulates a fault.
X1
PT 11
12
14
21
22
24
13
24
Switching example for monitoring a non-grounded direct

voltage system 12 ... 280 V DC.
The actuating voltage for the terminals L+ and L- is also the
measurement voltage.
With a jumper LT - X1: A fault signal is not stored; the device is
automatically released again if the insulation resistance improves.
Without a jumper LT - X1: The error message is stored;
Pressing the pushbutton terminals LT - X1 clears the fault signal.
Pressing the pushbutton terminals PT - X1 simulates a fault.
11/39
Monitoring Devices
Further information
Function chart
Front views
5TT3 470, 5TT3 471
5TT3 470
PE PT LT1 LT2
Uc
A1 A2
LED green
R
Insulation resistance
Set value
T1
LED red
T2
E1
Without fault storage

11-14
11-12
12
22
14 11 24 21
With fault storage

Reset-button
I2_11971
on
off
Red LED
LED green: status display (ON)

LED red: insulation fault (AL)
E1: alarm value adjuster (RAL)
11-14
11-12
Red LED
T1: Test
T2: Reset
on
off
I2_11522
5TT3 471
PE PX X1 LT
5TT4 71 for direct voltage systems

The line insulation monitor can be installed in systems with higher
leakage capacitance against PE. In the case of high-resistance
alarm values, a transient alarm signal may occur when switching on
the system being monitored due to an existing ground leakage
capacitance .
For the following set values for R, these values for the CE capacitance are approx.:
R = 200 kW: CE > 0.8 mF
R = 50 kW: CE > 2.0 mF
R = 20 kW: CE > 4.5 mF
In these applications, you should work without an alarm storage.
Due to the measuring function with bridge circuit, the line insulation
monitor does not respond in the event of a simultaneous, exactly
symmetric ground fault of L+ and L-. However, exactly symmetric
ground faults are highly unlikely in practice.
LEDs:
Green LED lights up if actuating voltage Uc is applied
Red LED 1 lights up for insulation fault L+ against PE
Red LED 2 lights up for insulation fault L- against PE
11/40
L+ L
LED green
T1
LED 1 red
T2
LED 2 red
E1
12
22
14 11 24 21
I2_11972
5TT3 470 for AC systems

While direct interference voltages do not damage the devices they
often interfere with conditions in the measuring circuit. In a system
being monitored, only one line insulation monitor should be
connected. This must be taken into account if gateways are used.
System capacitances against the protective ground do not corrupt
the insulation measurement as these are implemented with direct
current. However, it may extend the response time in the event of an
insulation fault, primarily in the case of the time constant RE times
CE. The auxiliary power of the line insulation monitor can be taken
from a separate system or from the one being monitored. In this case
the voltage range of the auxiliary power input must be taken into
account.
LEDs:
Green LED lights up if actuating voltage Uc is applied.
Red LED lights up in the event of an insulation fault.
LED grn: status display (ON)

LED 1 rot: insulation fault L (RE)
LED 2 rot: insulation fault L+ (RE+)
E1: alarm value adjuster (RAL)
T1: Test
T2: Reset
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 472 p.f. monitor
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Function
For AC and three-phase loads, such as motors

Adjustable power factor response value from 0 to 0.97
Current range up to 8 A
For motors up to approx. 5 A, phase-sequence independent
Suitable for transformer connection
LED display for operation and alarm
Automatic resetting of alarm
Application
Monitoring of asynchronous motors for underload and no-load operation, e.g. for fan monitoring in the case of V-belt breakage, for
monitoring filters in the event of filter blockages, for pump monitoring
in the event of valve closure or dry runs, or for general power factor
monitoring.
The p.f. controller monitors the phase displacement between current

and voltage. Because the phase displacement angle changes with
the load of the motor, this measurement method is ideal for the monitoring of asynchronous motors for underloading and no-load operation, independent of size. However, in some cases, the p.f. barely
changes if the load of the motor changes, e.g. in the case of relatively minor load changes on large-scale motors or single-phase splitpole motors or collector motors.
If the p.f. value set at the p.f. controller is fallen below for the duration
of the set response delay, the output relay switches to the alarm state
and the red LED lights up. If it exceeds the p.f. value, the output relay
switches back without any significant delay.
6
7
5TT3 472
3 V AC
Operating range Uc
for AC supply
400
0.8 ... 1.1
45 ... 65
Frequency range
Hz
approx. VA 11
against contacts
kV
<4
for AC systems
Current measuring circuit

Current measuring range Imeas
A AC
0.4 ... 8
A
A
20
40
Short-time overload capability
for 2 s
for 0.5 s
Current transformer, Class 3 or better
secondary current
1 or 5
Setting range
adjustable
p.f.
0 ... 0.97
Response delay
adjustable
1 ... 100
Contact
m-contact
8
9
1 CO contact
V AC
250
thermal current
AC 15 NO contact
AC 15 NC contact
AC 13 at 24 V DC
A
A
A
A
4
3
1
1
fuse 4 A gL
V/mA
10/100

Terminals
rigid
10
2
max. mm2
min. mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +60
acc. to EN 60529
IP20
acc. to EN 60068-1
20/060/04
11
12

Ie
Uc
Measuring range
V AC
A AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
0.065
P.f. monitor with transparent cap

for monitoring the underloading of motors up to approx. 5 A AC through
power factor measurement, power factor setting range from 0 to 0.97
with transparent cap
Contact,
1 changeover
3 400
0.4 ... 8
3
4
5
1
2
5TT3 472
11/41
13
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 472 p.f. monitor
L 3 L 2
I2 _ 1 1 5 2 8 a
4 5
9 0
L 1 L 1
12
11
14
1 8
4 3
6 4
Schematics
L
L1
L2
L3
Last
L1 L1' L2 L3
L1
L2
L3
L1 L1' L2 L3
I2_11524a
I2_11525a
Low
speed
k
L1 L1 L2 L3
1V1
1U1
1W1
Connection of three-phase load
Connection of single-phase load
L1
I2_11527
2W1
L2
High
Speed
2U1
2V1
L3
Connection of motors with separate windings
I2_11526a
L1 L1' L2 L3
Connection of three-phase load with

external current transformer. Whereby
the winding sense of the current transformer must be taken into account.
Further information
Function chart
Front view
U(L1/L2/L3)
L3 L2
L1 L1'
I(L1/L2)
LED green
E1
LED yellow
11-14
11-12
E2
12
I2_11523a
ty
If the p.f. value set at the p.f. controller is fallen below for the
duration of the set response delay, the output relay switches to the
alarm state. Contact 11-14 closes and the red LED lights up.
11 14
I2_11973
cos
Trip
LED 1 green: status display (U)

LED 2 gelb: underloading indicator (cos alarm)
E1: response value
E2: response delay y
11/42
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Application
3 electrode connections for 1-step and 2-step level control

All current products can be used as electrodes
High immunity to interference of the measuring circuit isolated from
the system
Max. cable length to the electrodes: 1500 m
Large setting range: 2 to 450 kW
- this enables differentiation between foam and liquid
Programmable for open-circuit principle (with bridge X2 COM) or
closed-circuit principle (without bridge)
Separately adjustable delay times for tv min and tv max,
0.2 to 2 s
Level monitoring and control of conductive liquids and powders,

e.g. maximum and minimum levels, overflow and dry run protection.
Monitoring and control of mixture ratio of conductive liquids. General
resistance monitoring tasks, e.g. temperature limit detection with
PTC.
LED displays:
Green LED: lights up when operational voltage is applied
Yellow LED: lights up if MIN output relay is activated
Red LED: lights up if MAX output relay is activated
3
4
5
6
7
5TT3 435
V AC
230
0.8 ... 1.1
Operating range Uc
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Setting range of the liquid level
kW
2 ... 450
Switching point hysteresis of set value
at 450 kW
at 2 kW
%
%
3
6
Voltage temperature influence
from set value
<2
Max. cable length to the

electrodes at 100 mF/km
set value kW
450
100
35
10
5
M
M
M
M
M
50
200
500
1500
3000
Electrode voltage, max.
AC
approx. 10
Electrode current, max.
AC
mA
approx. 1.5
Response delay
adjustable
0.2 ... 20
Off-delay
adjustable
0.2 ... 20
250
kV
kV
kV
4
4
4
Test voltage
input/auxiliary circuit
input/output circuit
auxiliary/output circuit
Terminals
rigid

1
2
8
9
10
2
max. mm2
min. mm2
2 2.5
1 0.5
-20 ... +60
11
20/60/4
12
13
11/43
Monitoring Devices

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
230
230
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5TT3 435
0.162
5TG8 223
0.100
Level relay with transparent cap

2
Submersible electrodes
I2_07474
1-pole, made of stainless steel

Temperature range 0 to +90 C
suitable for pure water in open containers
with terminal connection
removable
electrode
5TG8 223 submersible electrode
5TT3 430
5TG8 223
COM X2
5TT3 435
23
X1COM X2
MIN MAX A1 A2
12
12
36
I2_07484
36
43
64
11/44
Removable
electrode
6,6
22
14 11 24 21
I2_11529
22
14 11 24 21
135
45
90
MIN MAX A1 A2
Monitoring Devices
Schematics
1
2
Circuit diagram
X1 X2 A1 A2
MIN MAX COM
14 12 24 22
11
21
Switching example 5TT3 435

One-step level control
L1
N AC 230 V
A1
A2
AI2_07520b
Supply
0
Level
AI2_07518a
MAX
14
11
MIN
12
22
MIN
MAX
21-24
21-22
X1 COM X2
21-24
21-22
X1 COM X2
11-14/21-24
11-12/21-22
X1 COM X2
11-14/21-24
11-12/21-22
24
21
MAX
COM
X1 COM X2
X1
The one-step level control is

particularly suitable for dry run
or overrun protection with free
inflow/outflow.
The COM reference electrode
and the MAX electrode are
required.
Without the jumper X1-COM
only relay 21-22-24 switches.
With the jumper X1-COM both
relays switch together.
X2
Level
COM X2
COM X2
Static current
N AC 230 V
The 2-step level control keeps

the liquid level between a minimum and a maximum level.
Three electrodes are required:
MIN, MAX and COM.
Without the jumper X1-COM
switching is as follows:
If the max. level is fallen below/exceeded, only
relay 21-22-24 switches.
If the min. level is fallen below/
exceeded, only
relay 11-12-14 switches.
With the jumper X1-COM both
relays switch together if the
max. level is exceed or the
min. level is fallen below.
0
Level
A2
MAX
MIN
AI2_07519a
14
11
MIN
24
21
MAX
MIN
MAX
X1
X1 COM X2
11-14
11-12
22
COM
21-24
21-22
12
X2
21-24
21-22
X1 COM X2
11-14
11-12
Level
X1 COM X2
11-14, 21-24
11-12, 21-22
X1 COM X2
11-14, 21-24
11-12, 21-22
t
t v min
COM X2
COM X2
6
7
Load current
Two-step level control
A1
8
t
t = tv max adjustable from 0.2 s to 20 s
L1
3
4
t v min
max
t
max
Static current
Load current
tv max and tv min adjustable from 0.2 s to 20 s
11/45
10
11
12
13
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 43 thermistor motor protection relays
Monitoring Devices
Overview
Application
Detects
- temperature limits being exceeded
- wire breaks in sensor circuits
1 input for 1 to 6 thermistors
With 2 LEDs green/yellow for ready-to-run and fault
Response value: 3.2 to 3.8 kW
Release value: 1.5 to 1.8 kW
Max. cable length of sensor supply cable NYM 2 1.5 is 100 m
Remote reset: over A1/A2 (NC contact) or over X1/X2 (NO contact)
For the prevention of thermal motor overloads, e.g. due to high

switching frequency, single-phasing, disabled cooling or excessive
ambient temperatures.
LED displays:
green LED: lights up when operational voltage is applied
red LED:
lights up in the event of excess temperatures or an
interruption in the sensor circuit
5TT3 431
5TT3 432
V AC
230
0.9 ... 1.1
Operating range Uc
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Response value
kW
3.2 ... 3.8
Release value
kW
1.5 ... 1.8
V AC
250
V/mA
10/100
kV
Contact
m-contact (AC-11)

actuator/contact
mm
actuator/contact
kV
> 2.5
Terminals
rigid
1
max. mm2 2 2.5
min. mm2 1 0.5
-20 ... +60
20/60/4

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
Thermistor motor protection relays

with transparent cap
with fault storage,
reset pushbutton and remote reset
230
230
5TT3 431
0.160
230
230
5TT3 432
0.160
5TT3 431
11/46
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 43 thermistor motor protection relays
1
2
5TT3 43 Thermistor motor protection relays

5TT3 431
5TT3 432
A1
A1
P1 P2
A2
X1 X2
12
22
P1 P2
3
4
12
22
14 11 24 21
14 11 24 21
36
36
I2_11530
45
90
A2
43
64
Schematics
6
7
Circuit diagrams
5TT3 431
A1 A2
P1 P2
5TT3 432
14 12 24 22
11
A1 A2
21
14 12 24 22
P1 P2 X1 X2 11
21
Switching examples 5TT3 431, 5TT3 432

Reset
key
X1
L1
A1
X2
230 V AC
N
12
24
21
A I2_07041b
AI2_07280c
A2
14
11
22
UH
3,2 k
1,8 k
P1/P2
TEST/RESETkey
(X1/X2)
TEST/ Overtemperature/ Voltage
RESET sensor breakage failure RESET
1...6 v +
10
TEST/
RESET
11
M
11-14
5TT3 431: 11-12
12
11-14
5TT3 432: 11-12
13
If one of the thermistors (possible for up to 6) reaches the

response temperature, the device switches.
5TT3 431 (without terminals X1/X2 and without RESET pushbutton)
switches back on after cooling and after the value falls below that
permanently set for the hysteresis. To switch on before this time,
briefly disconnect the power supply.
5TT3 432 stores the fault and remains switched off until the
RESET pushbutton is pressed.
11/47
Monitoring Devices
Notes
7
11/48
12
Modular Installation Devices

Mounting Depth 55 mm
N-system
Miniature
circuit-breakers
12/2
Introduction
12/6
12/7
12/26
12/28
12/32
12/34
12/35
Overview
Introduction
5SQ2, 3 kA
5SX2, 6 kA
5SX4, 10 kA
5SX5, 4.5 kA (10 kA)
for 5SX2, 5SX4, 5SX5
Accessories for 5SX2, 5SX4, 5SX5
Accessories for 5SQ2, 5SX2, 5SX4,
5SX5
12/36
12/39
12/45
12/46

5SM1 residual-current operated
circuit-breakers (RCCBs),
type AC, 16 ... 80 A
5SM1 residual-current operated
circuit-breakers (RCCBs),
type A, 16 ... 80 A
Additional components for 5SM1
Accessories for 5SM1
Switches
12/47
12/51
12/53
5TE7 1 ... 5TE7 3 switches

5TE4 7 pushbuttons
Timers
12/56
5TT1 3 time switches for

building lighting
7LF4 1, 7LF4 2 digital time switches
7LF5 1, 7LQ1 1, 7LS1 1 mechanical
time switches
Residual current
protective devices
12/40
12/42
12/43
12/62
12/69
Power supply units
12/72
4AC2 9 transformers
Measuring devices
12/75
Monitoring devices
12/77
12/79
5TE5 70 light signals

5TT3 45 alarm signaling devices,
55/70 mm
5TT3 42 phase and phase sequence
indicators, 55/70 mm
5TT3 196 direct voltage monitor,
55/70 mm
5TT6 110 current monitor, 55/70 mm
12/80
12/81
12/83
Note:
This chapter lists all the devices with 55 mm mounting depth, which will be available for the period of validity of this catalog, up to fall 2005. From fall 2005, we are
planning a basic product range that will ensure the long-term availability of the devices. For further information, please refer to the Chapter Information on product
transition.
The Chapters Switchgear, Power supply units and Monitoring devices also
contain modular installation devices with 55 mm mounting depth and modular installation devices with transparent caps. The latter can also be installed without
their transparent caps in distribution boards with 55 mm mounting depth.
12/1
12
Modular Installation Devices, Mounting Depth 55 mm N-System

Introduction
Overview
Standards
IEC/EN 60898
0.5 ... 63 A
... 40 A
... 50 A
Usage
0.3 ... 63 A
0.5 ... 50 A
0.5 ... 50 A
0.5 ... 32 A
Industry
Rated currents
In
Res. bldgs.
Tripping
characteristic
Non-res.
Devices
Miniature circuit-breakers
5SQ2
5SX2
5SX4
5SX5
... 40 A
... 50 A
... 32 A
IEC/EN 60898
IEC/EN 60898
IEC/EN 60898
3 000
6 000
3
10 000
3
4 500
3
10 000 T4
Residual-current operated
circuit-breakers (RCCBs)
5SM1
Type AC and type A
IEC/EN 61008
In = 16 ... 80 A
IDn =10 mA ... 1 A
2-pole (1-pole + N) and 4-pole (3-pole + N)
Versions and
Version for 500 V
Version 50 ... 400 Hz
For the switching of luminaires,

motors and other electrical
devices
16 A to 25 A and 80 A to 100 A:
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3;
IEC 60669-1, EN 60669-1
Usage
Industry
Standards
Res. bldgs.
Application
Non-res.
Devices
Switches
Switches
5TE7 changeover switches
16 A
5TE7 group switches with center position
16 A
5TE7
switches with pilot lamp 16 A
16 A to 125 A
12/2
For the application of logical links 32 A and 125 A:

in control cabinets
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3

Introduction
Overview
Usage
Industry
Standards
Res. bldgs.
Application
Non-res.
Devices
Switches
Pushbuttons
5TE4 7 pushbuttons
In control systems, e.g. for switching on IEC 60669-1, EN 60669-1

modal electrical
circuits
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Timers
Time switches for building lighting
5TT1 310-1 and 5TT1 311-1 stairwell time
switches, 16 A
Energy saving in stairwell lighting
IEC 60669, EN 60669
5TT1 313 prewarning timer, 10 A
Warns of impending off of stairwell

lighting in apartment houses
IEC 60669, EN 60669,

DIN 18015
5TT1 300 energy-saving timer
Energy saving in rooms with

infrequent or varied usage
IEC 60669, EN 60669
5TT1 301 lighting time switch
5TT1 312 delay timer for fans
Fan delay time for toilet areas
DIN VDE 0637
5TT1 303 ECG control switch for

ECG dynamic
Stairwell lighting timer for fluorescent

lamps with ECG dynamic
IEC 60669, EN 60669
8
9
Digital time switches

Time switches with daily and weekly
programs
7LF4 11, 7LF4 12
To-the-minute switching in daily,

weekly and yearly sequences
IEC 60730, EN 60730;

VDE 0633
7LF4 15 time switches with yearly/weekly

program
Automatic operational startup without

input of time and monitoring for
accuracy
IEC 60730, EN 60730;

IEC 60255, EN 60255;
IEC 61812-1, EN 61812-1
7LF4 2 time switches with weekly program

for wall mounting or front-panel mounting
Creating, changing and documenting

switching programs
IEC 60730, EN 60730;

IEC 60255, EN 60255;
IEC 61812-1, EN 61812-1
7LF4 101 mini time switches

7LS1 0 synchronous time switches,
mounting width 36 mm
Switching of day and week program,

accurate to 30 minutes
IEC 60730, EN 60730;

VDE 0633
10
11
12
7LQ1 0 quartz time switches,

mounting width 36 mm
7LS1 10 synchronous time switch, mounting

width 54 mm
7LQ1 10 quartz time switches, mounting

width 54 mm
14
15
13
Power Supply Units

Transformers
for continuous load
4AC2 9
AC voltage/current supply up to 40 VA
as safety extra-low voltage for the
supply of calibration circuits, switching
relays, Insta contactors and AC power
supplies for SELF systems for continuous operation.
16
12/3
17

Introduction
Overview
Usage
Industry
Standards
Res. bldgs.
Application
Non-res.
Devices
Measuring Devices
Time counters and pulse counters
7KT5 7 time counters
7KT5 7 pulse counters
Monitoring of operating hours and making IEC 60255, EN 60255;

operations of devices and plants
VDE 0435
7KT5 77
time counters 7KT5 78 pulse counters
Monitoring Devices
Light signals
5TE5 70
Visual signal output in PLCs for the

indication of switching states or faults
DIN VDE 0710-1
5TT3 45
Acoustic alarm output of fault indications
IEC 60255, EN 60255;

DIN VDE 0435-303
Phase indicators, 55/70 mm

5TT3 420
Monitoring of power supply
IEC 60255, EN 60255;

VDE 0435
Phase sequence indicators, 55/70 mm

5TT3 422
Monitoring of the direction of rotation

of a power supply
IEC 60255, EN 60255;

VDE 0435
Direct voltage monitors, 55/70 mm

5TT3 196
Monitoring of 24-V DC power supplies
IEC 60255, EN 60255;

VDE 0435
Current monitors, 55/70 mm

5TT6 110
Monitoring of lamps and transformers

for halogen lighting
IEC 60255, EN 60255;

VDE 0435
Alarm signaling devices, 55/70 mm
12/4

Introduction
Overview
3
4
Definitions
Ie
Ue
Ic
Uc
Ps
1 MW
55/70 mm
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
1
2
rated operational current

rated operational voltage
rated control supply current
rated control supply voltage
rated operational capacity
18 mm modular width
mounting depth either 55 mm or 70 mm,
due to transparent cap; see adjacent figure.
Transparent cap
Adding a transparent cap extends the 55 mm mounting depth of a
device to 70 mm. This is a useful option for improving the appearance of a distribution board. All products that are marked with
55/70 mm are supplied with an extra transparent cap as shown here.
You will find the product designation 55/70 mm in the Chapters,
"Switching devices", "Power supply units" and "Monitoring devices".
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/5
17
Overview
5SQ2
5SX2
5SX4
5SX5
B, C
A, B, C, D
B, C
B, C
1+N
3+N
Number of poles
Rated voltage
Operational voltage
V AC
230/400
V DC
min.
V AC/DC
24
max.
V DC/pole
60 1)
max.
V AC
440

acc. to EN 60898
kA AC
kA DC
V AC
250/440
rated insulation voltage
degree of soiling for overvoltage category III

acc. to IEC 61140, EN 61140; EN 50274
Protection against contact with fingers or the back of the hand

Device depth according to DIN 43880
mm
55
IP00, IP40 for installation in distribution boards
yes
Mounting technique
can be snapped onto 35 mm standard mounting rails (EN 60715)
Terminals
5SQ2 with box terminals at both sides

5SX2, 5SX4, 5SX5 with combination terminals underneath for the simultaneous
connection of busbars (fork-type version) and conductors, box terminals above
Nm
2.5 ... 3
solid and stranded, max.

upper terminal
lower terminal
mm2
mm2
25
25
16
25
finely stranded with end sleeve, max.

upper terminal
lower terminal
mm2
mm2
16
16
10
16

different conductor cross sections may be clamped together simultaneously;

further details available on request.
Supply connection
any, observe the polarity for DC applications
Mounting position
any
an average of 20.000 operations at the rated load
Service life
Ambient temperature
1) r Battery charging voltage of 72 V.
2) r For rated currents 32 A: 10 mm2.
12/6
-25 ... +45, occasionally +55, max. 95% humidity,

storage temperature: -40 ... +75
m/s2
60 at 10 Hz ... 150 Hz acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
Introduction
Overview
1
2
Tripping characteristics
Tripping characteristics at an ambient temperature of 30 C
Tripping
characteristic
Standards
Thermal releases
Test currents:
Electromagnetic releases
Test currents:
limiting
no-damage
current
minimum
no-damage
current
tripping time
In 63 A
I1
I2
1.13 x In
1.45 x In
B
IEC 60898-1/EN 60898-1 1.13 x In

1.45 x In
1.13 x In
1.45 x In
1.13 x In
1.45 x In
>1h
>2h
<1h
<2h
>1h
>2h
<1h
<2h
>1h
>2h
<1h
<2h
>1h
>2h
<1h
<2h
Breaking capacity
Particular demands are made on miniature circuit-breakers with
regard to breaking capacity.
The values are standardized and are determined acc. to the test
conditions of EN 60898-1.
The most common values are 6 000 and 10 000 .
hold
latest
tripping time
tripping instant
I4
I5
In > 63 A
0.1 s
2 x In
3 x In
< 0.1 s
0.1 s
3 x In
5 x In
< 0.1 s
0.1 s
5 x In
10 x In
6
7
< 0.1 s
0.1 s
10 x In
20 x In
< 0.1 s
For other test conditions, different values can be specified that are
higher those of EN 60898-1.
One such standard is IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2 for circuit-breakers.
EN 60898 (IEC 60898)

1-pole
230 V AC
2, 3 and 4-pole
400 V AC
EN 60947-2 (IEC 60947-2)

1-pole
2, 3 and 4-pole
230 V AC
400 V AC
Icn [kA]
Icn [kA]
Icu [kA]
Rated current
In [A]
5SQ2
0.5
... 63
4.5
4.5
5SX2
0.5
... 63
10 1)
10 1)
5SX4
0.5
... 50
10
10
15 2)
15 2)
E DIN VDE 0641 T 12

1-pole
230 V AC
2-pole
400 V AC
E DIN VDE 0641 T 12

1-pole
220 V AC
2-pole
440 V AC
Icn [kA]
Icn [kA]
Icu [kA]
Icu [kA]
10 1)
10 1)
Rated current
In [A]
0.5
... 32
4.5
4.5
8
9
5SX5
3
4
Icu [kA]
10
11
1) In = 63 A corresponds to Icu = 6 kA
12
2) In = 40 A and 50 A corresponds to Icu = 10 kA
13
14
15
16
12/7
17
Introduction
Overview
Selective miniature circuit-breakers/fuses
Distribution systems are usually set up as radial networks. An overcurrent protection device is required for each reduction of the cable
cross section. This produces a series connection staggered according to rated currents, which should, if possible, be selective.
Selectivity means that, in the event of a fault, only the protective device that is directly next to the fault in the current circuit is tripped.
This means that current circuits in parallel can maintain a power flow.
In the case of miniature circuit-breakers with upstream fuses, the
selectivity limit depends largely on the current limiting and tripping
characteristics of the miniature circuit-breaker and the melting I2t
value of the fuse.
This produces different selectivity limits for miniature circuit-breakers with different characteristics and rated short-circuit capacity.
The following tables provide information on the short-circuit currents
up to which selectivity exists between miniature circuit-breakers and
upstream fuse acc. to IEC 60269-2-1, DIN VDE 0636-201. The values specified in kA are limit values that were determined under unfavorable test conditions. Under normal practical conditions, you
can often expect considerably better values, depending on the upstream fuses.
Limit values of selective line miniature circuit-breakers/fuses in kA

Downstream miniature circuit-breakers
Upstream fuses
In [A]
16 A
20 A
25 A
35 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
2
3
4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.7
0.6
0.6
2.0
1.6
0.9
2.0
1.6
6
10
16
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.5
1.2
1.1
1.0
3.0
2.2
2.0
3.2
3.0
2.6
4.5
20
25
32
1.0
2.0
1.5
1.2
2.4
2.0
1.8
4.1
3.7
3.0
5.0
40
1.7
2.5
4.0
6
10
13
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.7
0.6
0.5
1.2
1.0
1.0
3.0
2.2
2.2
3.2
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
16
20
25
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.4
2.4
2.0
4.0
4.0
3.5
32
40
50
1.7
2.9
4.0
4.0
2
3
4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
1.2
0.8
0.6
1.7
1.4
1.1
4.0
3.0
5.0
4.0
6
8
10
0.4
0.6
0.5
0.5
1.0
0.9
0.9
2.4
1.4
1.4
3.2
2.6
2.1
3.1
3.1
13
16
20
0.8
0.8
1.3
1.3
1.3
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
2.7
25
32
40
2.0
2.4
2.2
5.0
4.0
3.5
50
63
3.0
3.0
2
3
4
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.7
0.7
0.6
1.3
1.2
1.0
3.0
3.0
2.5
4.0
6
8
10
0.5
0.9
0.7
2.0
1.4
1.4
3.0
2.0
2.0
3.1
3.1
13
16
20
1.7
1.7
3.0
3.0
2.4
5.0
25
32
40
5.0
4.0
5SX2
Characteristic A
Characteristic B
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
50
r rated short-circuit capacity 5SX2 acc. to EN 60898
12/8
6 000 .
Introduction
Overview
Selective miniature circuit-breakers/fuses
In the event of a short circuit, when using the 5SX4 MCBs and fuses
according to to IEC 60269-2-1, DIN VDE 0636-201, selectivity is provided up to the indicated values in kA.
Downstream miniature circuitbreakers
Upstream fuses
In [A]
16 A
20 A
25 A
35 A
50 A
63 A
80 A
100 A
125 A
6
10
13
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.7
0.7
1.4
1.2
1.2
3.2
2.5
2.5
4.5
3.5
3.5
9.0
5.0
5.0
16
20
25
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
1.7
2.8
2.6
2.2
4.2
4.2
3.7
9.0
9.0
7.0
32
40
50
1.7
2.2
1.6
3.7
2.2
2.2
7.0
4.0
4.0
6.0
6.0
1
2
3
4
5SX4
Characteristic B
Characteristic C
63
3.0
5.0
2
3
4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
1.5
1.1
0.9
2.0
1.6
1.4
9.0
5.0
3.5
6.0
5.0
9.0
6
8
10
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.5
1.4
1.2
1.2
2.7
2.2
2.0
4.5
3.5
3.0
6.0
5.0
4.2
7.0
7.0
13
16
20
1.0
1.0
1.6
1.5
1.3
2.4
2.2
2.2
3.4
3.0
3.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
25
32
40
2.2
2.9
2.4
2.0
5.0
4.0
3.5
9.0
7.0
4.0
50
63
3.0
4.0
5
6
7
8
9
r rated short-circuit capacity 5SX4 acc. to EN 60898 10 000 .
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/9
17
Introduction
Overview
Selective miniature circuit-breakers/circuit-breakers
Distribution systems can also be set up without fuses. In such cases,
a circuit-breaker acts as an upstream protective device.
In this case, the selectivity limit depends on the level of peak current
let through by the miniature circuit-breaker and the tripping current
of the circuit-breaker.
The following tables show the short-circuit current in kA up to which

selectivity is guaranteed between miniature circuit-breakers and
upstream circuit-breaker acc. to IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2 at 230/
400 V AC, 50 Hz.
Limit values of selective miniature circuit-breakers/circuit-breakers in kA

3RV1.1
In [A]
I >[A]
3RV1.2
10
12
10
16
20
22
25
120
144
96
120
150
192
240
264
300
50
50
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
Icn [kA]
12.5
5SX2
Characteristic A
2
10
16
6
30
48
6
6
6
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
1.2
0.5
0.4
1.5
0.5
0.5
32
40
96
120
6
6
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.4
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.5
1
1.6
5
10
16
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.5
0.5
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.4
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10
6/10
6/10
50
63
500
630
6/10
6
2
6
10
40
120
200
6
6
6
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.4
0.4
16
32
40
320
640
800
6
6
6
50
1,000
5SX2/5SX4
Characteristic B
5SX2/5SX4
Characteristic C
5SX2
Characteristic D

12/10
Introduction
Overview
circuit-breakers and circuit-breakers acc. to IEC 60947-2,
EN 60947-2 up to the specified values in kA.
3RV1.3
In [A]
I >[A]
16
20
25
32
40
45
50
192
240
300
384
480
540
600
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Icn [kA]
5SX2
Characteristic A
2
10
16
6
30
48
6
6
6
0.2
0.2
0.8
0.4
0.3
1.2
0.5
0.4
2.5
0.6
0.6
3
0.8
0.8
6
1
0.8
6
1.2
1
32
40
96
120
6
6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
1
1
1.2
1.2
1
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.6
1
1
0.8
1
1
0.8
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.5
1
1.6
5
10
16
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
3
3
3
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.4
0.4
1
0.6
0.6
1
0.8
0.8
1.5
1
1
3
1
1
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.6
0.6
1
0.8
0.8
1
1
1
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
1
1
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
50
63
500
630
6/10
6
2
6
10
40
120
200
6
6
6
0.3
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.5
1.2
0.8
0.6
1.5
1
0.8
1.5
1
0.8
16
32
40
320
640
800
6
6
6
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.6
50
1000
5SX2/5SX4
Characteristic B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5SX2/5SX4
Characteristic C
9
10
5SX2
Characteristic D

11
12
13
14
15
16
12/11
17
Introduction
Overview
Limit values of selective miniature circuit-breakers/ circuit-breakers in kA
3RV1.4
In [A]
I >[A]
Icn [kA]
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
75
90
100
192
240
300
384
480
600
756
900
1 080
1 140
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
5SX2
Characteristic A
2
10
16
6
30
48
6
6
6
0.5
0.3
0.8
0.4
0.3
1.5
0.5
0.5
2.5
0.6
0.6
3
0.8
0.6
6
1,2
1
6
1.5
1.5
6
2.5
2
6
3
3
6
4
3
32
40
96
120
6
6
0.6
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.2
2
1.5
2.5
2
3
2
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.2
1
1
2
1.5
1.5
3
2.5
2
6/10
4
3
6/10
4
3
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
1
0.8
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.2
1.2
2
1.5
1.5
3
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
0.5
1
1.6
5
10
16
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
1
1
3
3
3
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.6
0.6
1
0.8
0.8
3
1
1
6/10
2
2
6/10
2.5
2.5
6/10
5
5
6/10
5
5
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.6
0.6
1
1
1
2
1.5
1.5
2.5
2
2
5
3
3
5
3
3
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.6
1.2
1.2
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2
2.5
2.5
2
50
63
500
630
6/10
6/10
1.2
1.5
1.5
2
1.5
2
6
10
40
120
200
6
6
6
0.4
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.5
1
0.6
0.6
1.5
1
0.8
3
1.5
1.5
4
2.5
2
6
3
3
6
3
3
16
32
40
320
640
800
6
6
6
0.5
0.6
0.8
0.6
1.2
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.2
2.5
2
1.5
2.5
2
1.5
50
1000
1.2
1.5
1.5
5SX2/5SX4
Characteristic B
5SX2/SX4
Characteristic C
5SX2
Characteristic D

12/12
Introduction
Overview
3
4

3VF3
adjustable
In [A]
I >[A]
Icn [kA]
1
2
3VF3
fixed setting
50
63
80
100
125
160
50
63
80
100
125
160
500
630
800
1 000
1 250
1600
400
500
630
800
1 000
1 280
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
5SX2
Characteristic A
2
10
16
6
30
48
6
6
6
6
1.6
1.4
6
4.7
4.7
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
2.5
2.3
6
4
3.7
6
4
3.7
6
4.5
4.4
6
4.9
5
6
6
6
32
40
96
120
6
6
1.2
1
3.6
2.5
4.6
3.1
6
6
6
6
6
6
1.8
1.5
3
2
3
2
3.5
2.4
3.7
2.7
6
3.2
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10
6/10
6/10
2.1
1.8
1.6
6/10
6/8
5.1
6/10
6/10
8.2
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
3.2
2.5
2.3
6/10
6/6.2
4.6
6/9.7
4.8
3.8
6/10
6/6.2
4.6
6/10
6/6.5
5.1
6/10
6/10
6/8.9
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10
6/10
6/10
1.6
1.6
1.4
5.1
5.1
3.5
8.2
8.2
4.6
6/10
6/10
5.5
6/10
6/10
6
6/10
6/10
6/10
2.3
2.3
2.1
4.6
4.6
3.4
3.8
3.8
3
4.6
4.6
3.4
5.1
5.1
3.7
6/8.9
6/8.9
5.2
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10
6/10
6/10
1.4
1.3
3.5
2.4
2.4
4.6
2.8
2.8
5.5
3.3
3.3
6
4.5
4.3
6/10
6.7
5.8
2.1
1.8
3.4
2.3
2.3
3
2.2
2.2
3.4
2.4
2.4
3.7
2.7
2.7
5.2
3.6
3.6
0.5
1
1.5
5
10
15
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
1.9
1.9
6/10
6/9.5
6/9.5
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
2.5
2.5
6/10
6/8.2
6/8.2
6/10
6/6.3
6/6.3
6/10
6/8.2
6/8.2
6/10
6/8.6
6/8.6
6/10
6/10
6/10
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10
6/10
6/10
1.9
1.7
1.7
6/9.5
4.2
4.2
6/10
6/7.9
6/7.9
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
2.5
2.3
2.3
6/8.2
3.7
3.7
6/6.3
3.8
3.8
6/8.2
3.8
3.8
6/8.6
4.6
4.6
6/10
6/9.4
6/9.4
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10
6/10
6/10
1.5
1.5
1.5
4.2
4.2
4.2
5.5
5.5
5.5
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
2.1
2.1
2.1
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
4.4
4.4
4.4
6/7.5
6/7.5
6/7.5
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10
6/10
6/10
1.1
1.1
0.9
3.4
3.4
2.2
4.5
4.5
2.6
5.4
5.4
2.8
5.7
5.7
3.1
6/8.8
6/8.8
4.8
1.9
1.9
1.4
3
3
2.1
3
3
2.2
3
3
2.2
3.6
3.6
2.3
4.9
4.9
2.9
50
500
6/10
2.1
2.5
2.8
3.1
4.8
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.9
2
6
10
40
120
200
6
6
6
2.4
1.4
1.3
6
4.2
3.9
6
4.8
5.5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
4.2
2.3
1.9
6
4.1
3.7
6
4.2
3.7
6
4.2
3.7
6
4.3
4
6
6
6
16
32
40
320
640
800
6
6
6
1.1
3.5
4.2
3.3
4.9
3.9
3.1
6
4.2
3.3
6
6
4.9
1.7
3.3
3.7
3.3
2.4
3.5
2.7
1.5
4.7
3.7
3
50
1000
2.9
4.8
2.6
5SX2/3SX4
Characteristic B
5SX2/3SX4
Characteristic C
5SX2
Characteristic D

In = rated current.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/13
17
Introduction
Overview
3VF4
125
160
200
250
In [A]
I >[A]
Icn [kA]
3VF5
200
250
3VF6
315
400800
1250 1600 2000 2500 2000 2500 3150 4000 3200 15756400
40/70/ 40/70/ 40/70/ 40/70/ 45/70/ 45/70/ 45/70/ 45/70/ 45/70/ 45/70/
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
315
400
3VF7
4001250
15000
3VF8
8002500
20000
50/70/ 70/
100
100
3WN1
3156300
378075600
65/80/
100
3WN6
3153200
378048000
65/75
5SX2/3SX4
Characteristic A
Characteristic B
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
2
10
16
6
30
48
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
32
40
96
120
6
6
6
3.9
6
4.6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/9.6
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/9.6
6
5.1
6/10
6
5.9
6/10
6
6
6/10
6
6
6/10
6
6
6/10
6
6
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.5
1
1.5
5
10
15
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/8
6/8
3.6
6/9.1
6/9.1
4.8
6/10
6/10
6/6.5
6/10
6/10
6/6.5
6/10
6/10
6/6.5
6/10
6/10
6/6.5
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
50
500
6/10
3.6
4.8
6/6.2
6/6.2
6/6.2
6/6.3
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
2
6
10
40
120
200
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
16
32
40
320
640
800
6
6
6
6
6
4
6
6
4.9
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
50
1000
4.8

In = rated current.
12/14
Introduction
Overview
Selective miniature circuit-breakers/miniature circuit-breakers
Within narrow limits, miniature circuit-breakers also offer selectivity
between circuit-breakers in a fuseless distribution board.
This depends on the let-through peak current of the downstream
miniature circuit-breaker and on the tripping current of the upstream
miniature circuit-breaker.
The following table shows the short-circuit current in kA up to which

there is selectivity between series-connected circuit-breakers at
230 V AC.
Limit values of selective miniature circuit-breakers/ miniature circuit-breakers in kA

Upstream miniature circuit-breakers

5SX4 7
C characteristic
In [A]
I >[A]
5SP4 7
C characteristic
5SP4 8
D characteristic
20
25
32
40
50
80
100
80
100
200
250
320
400
500
800
1 000
1 200
1 500
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Icn [kA]
1
2
3
4
5
Selectivity limits [kA]
5SX2/5SX4
Characteristic B
Characteristic C
6
10
13
30
50
65
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.2
1.2
3
3
2
5
4
3
16
20
25
80
100
125
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.8
0.8
0.6
1.2
1.2
1.2
2
2
1.5
3
3
3
32
40
50
160
200
250
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
1.2
1.2
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
3
2.5
2.5
0.5
1
1.5
5
10
15
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.2
1.2
1.2
4
4
4
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
6/10
2
3
4
20
30
40
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.5
0.5
1.2
0.8
0.8
4
1.5
1.5
6/10
3
3
6/10
4
4
6
8
10
60
80
100
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.8
0.6
0.6
1.5
1.2
1.2
3
2.5
2.5
4
3
3
13
16
20
130
160
200
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
1.2
1.2
1.2
2
2
2
3
3
3
25
32
40
250
320
400
6/10
6/10
6/10
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
1
1
0.8
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2
50
63
500
630
6/10
6
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.2
2
1.5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/15
17
Introduction
Overview
Back-up protection miniature circuit-breakers/fuses
If the maximum short-circuit current of the miniature circuit-breaker
at the installation site is unknown, or if the specified rated short-circuit capacity is exceeded, an additional protective device must be
connected upstream as back-up protection to prevent overloading
of the miniature circuit-breaker. This is usually a fuse.
The following table shows the short-circuit currents in kA up to which

back-up protection is guaranteed when using fuses acc. to
IEC 60269-2-1, DIN VDE 0636-201.
Limit values of back-up protection miniature circuit-breakers/fuses in kA

Upstream fuses
In [A]
50 A
63 A
80a
100 A
125 A
160 A
50
50
50
50
35
35
5SX2/5SX4
I2_06355a
0.3 ... 4 no back-up protection required up to 50 kA

6
50
50
50
8
50
50
50
12/16
10
13
16
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
35
35
50
35
30
35
30
30
20
25
32
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
35
35
35
25
30
30
25
25
25
40
50
63
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
35
50
50
25
25
25
25
15
15
15
Test circuit data:
Test cycle:
Up = 250 V
power factor = 0.3 ... 0.5
Acc. to EN 60947 - 2 (0 - C0)
Introduction
Overview
1
2
Back-up protection miniature circuit-breakers/circuit-breakers

If MCBs are used in fuseless distribution boards, circuit-breakers are
to be provided as back-up protection according to EN 60947-2.
The following table shows the short-circuit currents in kA up to which

back-up protection is guaranteed if circuit-breakers are used.
Limit values of back-up protection miniature circuit-breakers/circuit-breakers in kA

Downstream MCBs
In [A]
3VF3
adjustable
50
63
630
I >[A] 500
Icn [kA] 40/70/ 40/70/
100
100
80
800
40/70/
100
100
1 000
40/70/
100
125
1 250
40/70/
100
1 60
1 600
40/70/
100
3VF3
fixed setting
50
63
400
500
40/70/ 40/70/
100
100
80
630
40/70/
100
100
800
40/70/
100
125
1 000
40/70/
100
160
1 280
40/70/
100
Back-up-protection up to kA
I2_06356a
5SX2/5SX4
Characteristic A,
Characteristic B,
Characteristic C,
Characteristic D
0.3 ... 4 6/10
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
32
40
50
6/10
6/10
6/10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
63
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
0.5 ... 2 3
3, 4
3
6 ... 63 3
6
4
4,5
6
4
4,5
6
4
4,5
6
4
4,5
6
4
4,5
6
4
4,5
6
4
4,5
6
4
4
3VF6
3VF7
3VF8
Downstream MCBs
6
4
4
6
4
4
6
4
4
6
4
4
3VF4
3VF5
125
160
200
250
200
250
315
400
1,250
1,600
2,000
2,500
2,000
2,500
3,150
4,000
Icn [kA] 40/70/

100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
40/70/
100
45/70/
100
45/70/
100
45/70/
100
45/70/
100
I >[A]
6
7
8
In [A]
No back-up protection required up to 50 kA
6
6/10
8 ... 20 6/10
25
6/10
5SQ2
Characteristic B,
Characteristic C
3
4
3WN1/
3WS1
315 400 1,600 - 315 630
1,250 2,000 6,300
3,200 - 15,000 20,000 3,780 6,300
75,600
45/70/ 50/70/ 70/100 65-100
100
100
9
10
Back-up-protection up to kA
5SX2/5SX4
Characteristic A,
Characteristic B,
Characteristic C,
Characteristic D
0.3 ... 4 6/10
No back-up protection required up to 50 kA
6
6/10
8 ... 20 6/10
25
6/10
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
50
25
20
32
40
50
6/10
6/10
6/10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
20
20
10
63
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
12
5SQ2
Characteristic B,
Characteristic C
0.5 ... 2 3
3, 4
3
6 ... 63 3
3
3
3
6
4
3
6
4
3
6
4
3
6
4
3
6
4
3
6
4
3
6
4
3
6
4
3
6
4
3
6
4
3
6
4
3
13
14
15
16
12/17
17
Introduction
Overview
Data per pole (loaded with In)
Internal resistance and power dissipation

In [A]
Type A
Type B
Type C
Type D
R1
Pv
R1
Pv
R1
Pv
R1
Pv
mW
mW
mW
mW
0.3
0.5
1
1,400
1.4
10,500
3,000
640
0.95
0.75
0.64
3,000
650
0.75
0.65
1.6
2
3
540
380
170
1.4
1.5
1.5
312
212
82
0.80
0.85
0.74
270
165
77
0.7
0.66
0.7
120
43
1.9
1.5
28
1.0
53
19
15
0.85
0.70
0.96
60
20
14
1
0.7
0.9
18
1.8
2.5
16.5
11.5
8.5
1.65
1.94
1.17
12.5
9
7.8
1.25
1.52
2
12
10
7
1.2
1.7
1.8
7.5
4.7
3.1
3
2.9
3.6
6.5
4.8
4
2.6
3
4.1
6
4.5
3.7
2.4
2.8
3.8
5.6
4.5
2.9
2.2
2.8
3
2.6
4.2
2.7
2
2.5
1.9
1.6
4
4.7
6.6
2.4
1.8
4.3
5
3.8
4.5
0.5
1
8,000
1,850
2
1.85
1.6
2
3
631
690
260
1.62
2.76
2.34
4
6
8
77
2.8
170
68
42.5
2.72
2.45
2.72
10
13
16
16.2
10.3
8
1.6
1.7
2.1
13.5
8.1
6.8
1.95
1.37
1.74
20
25
32
5.9
5.2
3.9
2.3
3.2
4
5.5
4.6
2.6
2.2
2.87
2.66
40
50
63
4.96
2.3
1.8
1.5
3.68
4.5
5.95
5SX2, 5SX4, 5SX5
4
6
8
10
13
16
10
20
25
32
40
50
63
5SQ2
3.1
Correction factor for power dissipation

Direct current and alternating current up to
Alternating current
12/18
60 Hz:
x 1.0
200 Hz: x 1.1

400 Hz: x 1.15
1 100 Hz: x 1.3
Introduction
Overview
Personnel safety with miniature circuit-breakers
According to DIN VDE 0100-410 (IEC 60364-4-41), in order to protect against dangerous leakage currents in the TN system, the
cross-sections of the conductor, or its distance from the protective
device, must be dimensioned such that if a fault with negligible impedance occurs (i.e. a short-circuit) at any point between an outer
conductor and a PE conductor, or a connected exposed conductive
part, automatic tripping is achieved within the specified times of
0.4 s / 5 s.
This requirement is met through the following condition:

Zs x Ia Uo
3
4
Zs r impedance of the fault loop of all electrical circuits

Ia r current that trips within the specified times
Uo r voltage against ground
Maximum permissible impedance of fault loop at Uo = 230 V AC for compliance with trip conditions
according to DIN VDE 0100-410.
In [A]
Characteristic A
Characteristic B
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
ta 0.4 s
5s
ta 0.4 s
5s
ta 0.4 s
5s
ta 0.4 s
5s
0.3
0.5
1.0
76.6
76.6
76.6
46
23
153
92
46
15.3
92
46
1.6
2
3
47.9
38.3
25.5
47.9
38.3
25.5
14.4
11.5
7.7
28.8
23
15.4
9.6
7.6
5.1
28.8
23
15.4
4
6
8
19.1
12.7
19.1
12.7
7.6
7.6
5.8
3.8
2.8
11.6
7.6
5.7
3.8
2.5
1.9
11.6
7.6
5.7
7.6
5SX, 5SQ
10
13
16
7.6
4.7
4.7
4.6
2.9
4.6
3.57
2.9
2.3
1.7
1.4
4.6
3.4
2.8
1.1
0.9
0.7
4.6
3.4
2.8
3.8
3.0
2.4
3.8
3.0
2.4
2.3
1.8
1.4
2.3
1.8
1.4
1.1
0.9
0.7
2.2
1.8
1.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
2.2
1.8
1.4
1.9
20
25
32
1.9
1
2
40
50
63
1.1
0.9
0.7
1.1
0.9
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.28
0.23
0.2
1.2
1.0
0.8
80
100
125
0.3
0.2
0.16
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.14
0.1
0.1
0.6
0.4
0.3
At Uo = 240 V AC, Zs x 1.04 applies.
5
6
7
8
9
10
At Uo = 127 V AC, Zs x 0.55 applies.
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/19
17
Introduction
Overview
Fusing of luminaire circuits
Maximum permissible lamp load of a miniature circuit-breaker when
operating fluorescent lamps L18 W, L 36 W, L 38 W, L 58 W.
Maximum number of fluorescent lamps
In [A]
Lamp
Conventional
Electronic ballast
ballast
single-lamp
full switching
uncorparallel
single lamp
corrected
rected
group switching
single
two lamps
lamp
two lamps
5SX
Characteristic
all
all
10
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 38 W
L 58 W
21
18
18
11
26
26
26
16
20
20
20
13
C
40
40
40
28
B
27
27
27
12
C
56
48
46
25
all
80
46
44
30
all
92
48
46
30
13
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 38 W
L 58 W
28
24
24
15
34
34
34
21
26
26
26
17
52
52
52
36
35
35
35
16
72
62
60
33
104
60
57
40
121
62
60
40
16
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 38 W
L 58 W
34
29
29
18
42
42
42
27
32
32
32
22
65
65
65
44
44
44
44
20
89
76
75
41
128
75
70
48
150
76
75
49
20
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 38 W
L 58 W
43
36
36
23
52
52
52
33
40
40
40
28
81
81
81
56
56
56
56
25
112
96
92
52
160
93
88
60
187
96
92
62
25
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 38 W
L 58 W
53
46
46
29
66
66
66
42
51
51
51
34
102
102
102
69
68
68
68
32
139
120
116
65
200
117
110
76
235
120
116
78
32
L 18 W
L 36 W
L 38 W
L 58 W
68
59
59
37
84
84
84
54
65
65
65
44
131
131
131
89
89
89
89
41
179
153
150
84
250
150
141
98
300
153
150
99
Comments:
Circuit impedance:
The specified lamp load values apply, taking into account a line impedance of 800 mW.
At 400 mW the permissible values are reduced by 10 %, at 200 mW by 20 %.
Reduction factors for miniature circuit-breakers for the simultaneously switching on of filament lamp load
taking into account the rated current of the miniature circuit-breaker and the summated current of the lamps
Reduction factors
Switching with miniature circuit-breaker
Switching with separate switch
5SX, 5SQ2
Characteristic A
0.3
0.35
Characteristic B
0.5
0.6
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
12/20
Introduction
Overview
Current carrying capacity of circuit- breakers with corrected and uncorrected HQ, HQI and NAV lamps (no.)
Lamp wattage [W]
35
0.5
70
150
1.8
Lamp current
[A]
Corr. lamp current
[A]
Inrush peak
[A]
10
In [A]
Lamp wattage [W]
0.3
35
0.5
18
70
250
3
1.5
400
1 000
2000
3.5
9.5
10.3
5.5
3 500
18
36
60
70
120
125
220
9.8
150
250
400
1 000
2000
3 500
5SX2, 5SX4
Characteristic B
Characteristic C
Characteristic D
6
10
13
3
5
6
1
2
3
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16
20
25
8
10
13
4
5
7
2
2
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
32
40
50
16
20
21
8
11
12
4
5
6
2
3
3
2
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1.6
2
1
2
2
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
4
6
3
4
6
1
2
3
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
10
13
8
10
13
4
5
7
2
2
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
16
20
25
16
20
25
9
11
14
4
5
7
2
3
4
2
2
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
1
32
40
50
32
40
50
17
22
27
8
11
13
5
6
8
4
5
7
2
3
4
2
3
3
1
1
2
1
1.6
2
1
2
2
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
4
6
3
5
8
2
2
4
1
1
2
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
10
13
11
14
18
5
7
9
3
4
5
2
2
3
1
2
2
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
16
20
25
22
28
35
11
14
17
6
7
9
3
4
5
3
4
5
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
1
32
40
50
44
56
70
22
28
35
12
15
19
7
9
11
6
8
10
2
3
4
2
3
3
1
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/21
17
Introduction
Overview
MCBs for DC and AC/DC
In DC networks up to 60 V or 120 V, all MCBs 5SX2 and 5SX4 are
suitable for single-pole and double-pole application.
For this reason, the polarity of the MCB is clearly marked and must
be observed when connecting the cables and conductors.
The 5SX5 design is required for higher voltages. Contrary to the

standard product range, the 5SX5 MCBs are equipped with additional permanent magnets in the quenching chamber to support arc
suppression.
Up to max. 220 V DC
battery voltage
+
2 (-)
2 (-)
1 +
1 +
- +
single-pole
+ A I2-6357b
Up to max. 220 V DC
battery voltage
- +
- +
+
2 (-)
4 (+)
2 (-)
4 (+)
2 (-)
4 (+)
2 (-)
4 (+)
1 +
3 -
1 +
3 -
1 +
3 -
1 +
3 -
+ -
Up to max. 440 V DC
battery voltage
A I2-6358a
- +
2 (-)
4 (+)
2 (-)
4 (+)
1 +
3 -
1 +
3 -
+ A I2-6359b
12/22
+ -
double-pole
single-pole
per L+/L-
Introduction
Benefits
1
2
Sample applications for 5SX miniature circuit-breakers
3
4
5
Simultaneous connection of the supply leads coming from below
with cross-sections of up to 25 mm2 and the three-pole 5ST2 144
busbar to the combination terminal of the miniature circuit-breaker.
Simultaneous connection of the supply leads coming from below

with cross-sections of up to 35 mm2 and 2-pole 5ST2 143 busbar
over 5ST2 166 terminal.
Process is the same if the connecting cables are fed in from above.
6
7
8
9
10
11
Connection of the supply leads coming from above with cross-sections of up to 35 mm2 to 5ST2 144 busbar over additional terminal
5ST2 157.
Simultaneous connection of supply leads of up to 25 mm2 and 5ST2

165 busbar to combination terminal of the miniature circuit-breaker
with auxiliary circuit switches that have been added on-site.
The busbars and connection terminals are described on
page 12/36.
12
13
14
15
16
12/23
17
Introduction
Tripping characteristic acc. to IEC 60898-1, EN 60898-1
Tripping characteristic A
1,13 1,45
120
20
10
6
4
2
1
40
20
10
6
4
Seconds
Application
N system miniature circuit-breakers primarily serve to protect cables
and lines against overload and short circuit. Thus, they also serve to
protect electrical equipment against excessive overheating acc. to
DIN VDE 0100-430 (see also IEC 60364-4).
Under certain conditions, miniature circuit-breakers also offer protection against dangerous leakage currents caused by excessive
touch voltage due to insulation faults acc. to DIN VDE 0100-410.
Thanks to their fixed rated current settings, the miniature circuitbreakers may also be used for limited motor protection applications.
A range of different tripping characteristics are available for the applications described here. The EN 60898-1 and IEC 60898-1 standards form the basis for the miniature circuit-breakers design and
approval.
When used for industrial applications and for system and plant engineering applications, the N system miniature circuit-breakers can be
supplemented by individually mountable add-on components such
as auxiliary circuit switches, fault signal contacts, shunt trips and individually mountable accessories, such as busbar systems and
mounting parts.
2
1
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,06
0,04
0,02
0,01
3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20
Multiple of rated current
30
1 ,1 3 1 ,4 5
A I2 _ 0 6 3 5 2 c
6 0
M in u te s
4 0
2 0
1 0
6
T r ip p in g tim e
4
2
4 0
2 0
1 0
6
4
S e c o n d s
Thanks to the extremely fast contact separation in cases of failures

and the rapid quenching of the arc consequently generated in the
arcing chamber, the N system miniature circuit-breakers ensure
safe and current-limiting disconnection.
The permissible limit I 2t values of the energy limitation class 3
specified in EN 60898-1 and IEC 60898-1 are generally undercut by
50%. This guarantees an excellent selectivity towards upstream
overcurrent protection devices.
1,5 2
Tripping characteristic B
1 2 0
Function
For limited semiconductor protection

Protection of measuring circuits with transformers
Protection of circuits with long cable lengths which will require
tripping within 0.4 s acc. to DIN VDE 0100-410
Design
N system miniature circuit-breakers are equipped with a delayed
overload/time-dependent thermal release (thermal bimetal) for low
overcurrents and with an instantaneous electromagnetic release for
higher overload and short-circuit currents.
The special contact materials used guarantee a long service life and
offer a high degree of protection against contact welding.
AI2-6663b
60
40
Minutes
High rated breaking capacity up to 10,000 A acc. to EN 60898

Excellent current limiting and selectivity characteristics
Tripping characteristics B and C
Terminals offer protection against contact with fingers or the back
of the hand acc. to the German accident prevention regulations
VBG 4/BGV A2
Combined terminals enable a simultaneous connection of busbars
and feeder cables
Uniform additional components which can be mounted individually, fast and on-site thanks to their snap-on technique
The handle locking device effectively prevents any unauthorized
operation of the handle
Particularly suitable for installation in flat distribution boards for
building installations
Tripping time
Benefits
1
0 ,6
0 ,4
0 ,2
0 ,1
0 ,0 6
0 ,0 4
0 ,0 2
0 ,0 1
1
1 ,5
3
4 5 6 8 1 0
1 5 2 0
3 0
Line protection mainly in outlet circuits; no proof required

regarding personnel safety
12/24
Introduction
Tripping characteristic C
1 2 0
A I2 _ 0 6 3 5 3 c
6 0
T r ip p in g tim e
M in u te s
4 0
2 0
1 0
6
4
2
1
4 0
2 0
S e c o n d s
1 0
6
4
In the case of different ambient temperatures, the current values of

the delayed tripping operation change by approx. 5% per 10 K
temperature difference -> for temperatures lower and < for temperatures higher than 30 C.
For direct voltages, the maximum current values of the instantaneous tripping operation increase by a factor of 1.2.
If more than one electrical circuit is loaded in a series of circuitbreakers the resulting increase in ambient temperature affects the
characteristic curve.
In this case an additional correction factor, specific to the rated current of the circuit-breaker, must be taken into account.
Number
2 ... 3
4 ... 6
>7
Correction factor K
1.00
0.90
0.88
0.85
1
2
3
4
5
2
1
0 ,6
0 ,4
6
7
0 ,2
0 ,1
0 ,0 6
0 ,0 4
0 ,0 2
0 ,0 1
1
1 ,5
3
4 5 6 8 1 0
1 5 2 0
M u lt ip le o f r a te d c u r r e n t
3 0

starting currents (lamps, motors, etc.,).
Tripping characteristic D
1,13 1,45
120
A I2_06354c
Tripping time
Minutes
60
40
20
10
10
6
4
2
1
40
11
20
Seconds
10
6
4
12
2
1
0,6
0,4
0,2
13
0,1
0,06
0,04
0,02
0,01
1
1,5 2
3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20
Multiple of rated current
14
30
The tripping range has been matched to applications involving

equipment generating significant pulses (transformers, solenoid
valves)
15
16
12/25
17
3 000
5SQ2, 3 kA
Application

In
MW
Characteristic B
Order No.
Characteristic C
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole
2
1
0.5
1
1.6
5SQ2 170-0KA05
5SQ2 170-0KA01
5SQ2 170-0KA15
0.100
0.100
0.100
1/12
1/12
1/12
5SQ2 170-0KA02
5SQ2 170-0KA03
5SQ2 170-0KA04
0.100
0.100
0.100
1/12
1/12
1/12
6
8
10
5SQ2 160-0KA06
5SQ2 160-0KA10
5SQ2 170-0KA06
5SQ2 170-0KA08
5SQ2 170-0KA10
0.100
0.100
0.100
1/12
1/12
1/12
13
16
20
5SQ2 160-0KA13
5SQ2 160-0KA16
5SQ2 160-0KA20
5SQ2 170-0KA13
5SQ2 170-0KA16
5SQ2 170-0KA20
0.100
0.100
0.100
1/12
1/12
1/12
25
32
40
5SQ2 160-0KA25
5SQ2 160-0KA32
5SQ2 160-0KA40
5SQ2 170-0KA25
5SQ2 170-0KA32
5SQ2 170-0KA40
0.100
0.100
0.100
1/12
1/12
1/12
50
63
5SQ2 170-0KA50
5SQ2 170-0KA63
0.100
0.100
1/12
1/12
5SQ2 570-0KA05
5SQ2 570-0KA01
5SQ2 570-0KA15
0.180
0.180
0.180
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SQ2 570-0KA02
5SQ2 570-0KA03
5SQ2 570-0KA04
0.180
0.180
0.180
1/6
1/6
1/6
6
8
10
5SQ2 560-0KA06
5SQ2 560-0KA10
5SQ2 570-0KA06
5SQ2 570-0KA08
5SQ2 570-0KA10
0.180
0.180
0.180
1/6
1/6
1/6
13
16
20
5SQ2 560-0KA13
5SQ2 560-0KA16
5SQ2 560-0KA20
5SQ2 570-0KA13
5SQ2 570-0KA16
5SQ2 570-0KA20
0.180
0.180
0.180
1/6
1/6
1/6
25
32
40
5SQ2 560-0KA25
5SQ2 560-0KA32
5SQ2 560-0KA40
5SQ2 570-0KA25
5SQ2 570-0KA32
5SQ2 570-0KA40
0.180
0.180
0.180
1/6
1/6
1/6
50
63
5SQ2 570-0KA50
5SQ2 570-0KA63
0.180
0.180
1/6
1/6
5SQ2 270-0KA05
5SQ2 270-0KA01
5SQ2 270-0KA15
0.200
0.200
0.200
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SQ2 270-0KA02
5SQ2 270-0KA03
5SQ2 270-0KA04
0.200
0.200
0.200
1/6
1/6
1/6
6
8
10
5SQ2 260-0KA06
5SQ2 260-0KA10
5SQ2 270-0KA06
5SQ2 270-0KA08
5SQ2 270-0KA10
0.200
0.200
0.200
1/6
1/6
1/6
13
16
20
5SQ2 260-0KA13
5SQ2 260-0KA16
5SQ2 260-0KA20
5SQ2 270-0KA13
5SQ2 270-0KA16
5SQ2 270-0KA20
0.200
0.200
0.200
1/6
1/6
1/6
25
32
40
5SQ2 260-0KA25
5SQ2 260-0KA32
5SQ2 260-0KA40
5SQ2 270-0KA25
5SQ2 270-0KA32
5SQ2 270-0KA40
0.200
0.200
0.200
1/6
1/6
1/6
50
63
5SQ2 270-0KA50
5SQ2 270-0KA63
0.200
0.200
1/6
1/6
2
3
4
1-pole + N
2 N/14
1 N/13
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
4
2-pole
2 4
1 3
0.5
1
1.6
2
3
4
12/26

3 000
5SQ2, 3 kA

In
MW
Characteristic B
Order No.
Characteristic C
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3-pole
0.5
1
1.6
2 4 6
1 3 5
5SQ2 370-0KA05
5SQ2 370-0KA01
5SQ2 370-0KA15
0.300
0.300
0.300
1/4
1/4
1/4
5SQ2 370-0KA02
5SQ2 370-0KA03
5SQ2 370-0KA04
0.300
0.300
0.300
1/4
1/4
1/4
6
8
10
5SQ2 360-0KA06
5SQ2 360-0KA10
5SQ2 370-0KA06
5SQ2 370-0KA08
5SQ2 370-0KA10
0.300
0.300
0.300
1/4
1/4
1/4
13
16
20
5SQ2 360-0KA13
5SQ2 360-0KA16
5SQ2 360-0KA20
5SQ2 370-0KA13
5SQ2 370-0KA16
5SQ2 370-0KA20
0.300
0.300
0.300
1/4
1/4
1/4
25
32
40
5SQ2 360-0KA25
5SQ2 360-0KA32
5SQ2 360-0KA40
5SQ2 370-0KA25
5SQ2 370-0KA32
5SQ2 370-0KA40
0.300
0.300
0.300
1/4
1/4
1/4
50
63
5SQ2 370-0KA50
5SQ2 370-0KA63
0.300
0.300
1/4
1/4
5SQ2 670-0KA05
5SQ2 670-0KA01
5SQ2 670-0KA15
0.380
0.380
0.380
1/3
1/3
1/3
2
3
4
5SQ2 670-0KA02
5SQ2 670-0KA03
5SQ2 670-0KA04
0.380
0.380
0.380
1/3
1/3
1/3
6
8
10
5SQ2 670-0KA06
5SQ2 670-0KA08
5SQ2 670-0KA10
0.380
0.380
0.380
1/3
1/3
1/3
13
16
20
5SQ2 670-0KA13
5SQ2 670-0KA16
5SQ2 670-0KA20
0.380
0.380
0.380
1/3
1/3
1/3
25
32
40
5SQ2 670-0KA25
5SQ2 670-0KA32
5SQ2 670-0KA40
0.380
0.380
0.380
1/3
1/3
1/3
50
63
5SQ2 670-0KA50
5SQ2 670-0KA63
0.380
0.380
1/3
1/3
2
3
4
3-pole + N
0.5
1
1.6
2 4 6 N/14
1 3 5 N/13
5SQ2
2
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
45
90
36
3
4
11
18
1
2
54
72
I2_06332b
13
7
44
53
14
15
16
12/27
17
6 000
3
5SX2, 6 kA
Application


In
MW
Characteristic A
Order No.
Characteristic B
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole
2
1
1
1.6
2
5SX2 101-5
5SX2 115-5
5SX2 102-5
0.150
0.150
0.150
1/12
1/12
1/12
3
4
6
5SX2 103-5
5SX2 104-5
5SX2 106-5
5SX2 106-6
0.150
0.150
0.150
1/12
1/12
1/12
10
13
16
5SX2 110-5
5SX2 116-5
5SX2 110-6
5SX2 113-6
5SX2 116-6
0.150
0.150
0.150
1/12
1/12
1/12
20
25
32
5SX2 120-5
5SX2 125-5
5SX2 132-5
5SX2 120-6
5SX2 125-6
5SX2 132-6
0.150
0.150
1/12
1/12
40
50
5SX2 140-5
5SX2 140-6
5SX2 150-6
0.150
0.150
1/12
1/12
5SX2 506-6
5SX2 510-6
5SX2 513-6
0.210
0.210
0.210
1/6
1/6
1/6
16
20
25
5SX2 516-6
5SX2 520-6
5SX2 525-6
0.210
0.210
0.210
1/6
1/6
1/6
32
40
50
5SX2 532-6
5SX2 540-6
5SX2 550-6
0.210
0.210
0.210
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SX2 201-5
5SX2 215-5
5SX2 202-5
0.300
0.300
0.300
1/6
1/6
1/6
3
4
6
5SX2 203-5
5SX2 204-5
5SX2 206-5
5SX2 206-6
0.300
0.300
0.300
1/6
1/6
1/6
10
13
16
5SX2 210-5
5SX2 216-5
5SX2 210-6
5SX2 213-6
5SX2 216-6
0.300
0.300
0.300
1/6
1/6
1/6
20
25
32
5SX2 220-5
5SX2 225-5
5SX2 232-5
5SX2 220-6
5SX2 225-6
5SX2 232-6
0.300
0.300
0.300
1/6
1/6
1/6
40
50
5SX2 240-5
5SX2 240-6
5SX2 250-6
0.300
0.300
1/6
1/6
5SX2 301-5
5SX2 315-5
5SX2 302-5
0.450
0.450
0.450
1/4
1/4
1/4
3
4
6
5SX2 303-5
5SX2 304-5
5SX2 306-5
5SX2 306-6
0.450
0.450
0.450
1/4
1/4
1/4
10
13
16
5SX2 310-5
5SX2 316-5
5SX2 310-6
5SX2 313-6
5SX2 316-6
0.450
0.450
0.450
1/4
1/4
1/4
20
25
32 1)
5SX2 320-5
5SX2 325-5
5SX2 332-5
5SX2 320-6
5SX2 325-6
5SX2 332-6
0.450
0.450
0.450
1/4
1/4
1/4
40
50
5SX2 340-5
5SX2 340-6
5SX2 350-6
0.450
0.450
1/4
1/4
1-pole + N
2 N/14
1 N/13
6
10
13
2-pole
2 4
1 3
1
1.6
2
3-pole
2 4 6
1 3 5
1
1.6
2
The versions 5SX2 B 6 ... 32 1-pole, 2-pole and 3-pole are certified
to UL 1077 and CSA 22.2 No. 235-M 89 and can be used as supplementary protectors up to 277 V AC (1-pole) and 480 V AC (2-pole,
3-pole).
For accessories, See pages 12/36 to 12/39.
1) Also suitable for 21-kW active power with three-phase currents of 400 V
(e.g. continuous-flow heaters with short-time operation duty) or 7-kW active
power at 230 V AC (e.g. storage in not-continuous duty). For continuous
load applications, the use of miniature circuit-breakers of characteristic B
or C and In = 40 A is recommended.
12/28
6 000
3
5SX2, 6 kA

In
MW
Characteristic A
Order No.
Characteristic B
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3-pole + N
2 4 6 N/14
1 3 5 N/13
10
13
16
5SX2 610-6
5SX2 613-6
5SX2 616-6
0.450
0.450
0.450
1/3
1/3
1/3
20
25
32
5SX2 620-6
5SX2 625-6
5SX2 632-6
0.450
0.450
0.450
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
50
5SX2 640-6
5SX2 650-6
0.450
0.450
1/3
1/3
20 1)
25 1)
32 1)
5SX2 420-6
5SX2 425-6
5SX2 432-6
0.590
0.590
0.590
1/3
1/3
1/3
40
5SX2 440-6
0.590
1/3
4-pole
2 4 6 8
1 3 5 7

1) Without
V mark.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/29
17
6 000
3
5SX2, 6 kA

In
MW
Characteristic C
Order No.
Characteristic D
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole
2
1
0.3
0.5
1
5SX2 114-7
5SX2 105-7
5SX2 101-7
5SX2 105-8
5SX2 101-8
0.140
0.140
0.140
1/12
1/12
1/12
1.6
2
3
5SX2 115-7
5SX2 102-7
5SX2 103-7
5SX2 115-8
5SX2 102-8
5SX2 103-8
4
6
8
5SX2 104-7
5SX2 106-7
5SX2 108-7
5SX2 104-8
5SX2 106-8
5SX2 108-8
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
1/12
1/12
1/12
1/12
0.140
0.140
1/12
1/12
10
13
16
5SX2 110-7
5SX2 113-7
5SX2 116-7
5SX2 110-8
5SX2 113-8
5SX2 116-8
0.140
0.140
0.140
1/12
1/12
1/12
20
25
32 1)
5SX2 120-7
5SX2 125-7
5SX2 132-7
5SX2 120-8
5SX2 125-8
5SX2 132-8
0.140
0.140
0.140
1/12
1/12
1/12
40 2)
50 2)
63 3)
5SX2 140-7
5SX2 150-7
5SX2 163-7
5SX2 140-8
5SX2 150-8
0.150
0.150
0.150
1/12
1/12
1/12
5SX2 506-7
5SX2 510-7
5SX2 513-7
0.210
0.210
0.210
1/6
1/6
1/6
16
20
25
5SX2 516-7
5SX2 520-7
5SX2 525-7
0.210
0.210
0.210
1/6
1/6
1/6
32
40
50
5SX2 532-7
5SX2 540-7
5SX2 550-7
0.210
0.210
0.210
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SX2 205-7
5SX2 201-7
5SX2 215-7
5SX2 205-8
5SX2 201-8
5SX2 215-8
0.280
0.280
0.280
1/6
1/6
1/6
2
3
4
5SX2 202-7
5SX2 203-7
5SX2 204-7
5SX2 202-8
5SX2 203-8
5SX2 204-8
0.280
0.280
0.280
1/6
1/6
1/6
6
8
10
5SX2 206-7
5SX2 208-7
5SX2 210-7
5SX2 206-8
5SX2 208-8
5SX2 210-8
0.280
0.280
0.280
1/6
1/6
1/6
13
16
20
5SX2 213-7
5SX2 216-7
5SX2 220-7
5SX2 213-8
5SX2 216-8
5SX2 220-8
0.280
0.280
0.280
1/6
1/6
1/6
25
32
40
5SX2 225-7
5SX2 232-7
5SX2 240-7
5SX2 225-8
5SX2 232-8
5SX2 240-8
0.280
0.280
0.300
1/6
1/6
1/6
50 2)
63 3)
5SX2 250-7
5SX2 263-7
5SX2 250-8
0.300
0.300
1/6
1/6
1-pole + N
2 N/14
1 N/13
6
10
13
2-pole
2 4
1 3
0.5
1
1.6
The versions 5SX2 C 0.5 ... 32 1-pole, 2-pole and 3-pole are certified
3-pole).
2) Rated breaking capacity 4.5 kA is only valid for characteristic D.
3) Without
12/30
V mark.
6 000
3
5SX2, 6 kA

MW
In
Characteristic C
Order No.
Characteristic D
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3-pole
2 4 6
1 3 5
0.5
1
1.6
5SX2 305-7
5SX2 301-7
5SX2 315-7
5SX2 305-8
5SX2 301-8
5SX2 315-8
0.440
0.440
0.440
1/4
1/4
1/4
2
3
4
5SX2 302-7
5SX2 303-7
5SX2 304-7
5SX2 302-8
5SX2 303-8
5SX2 304-8
0.440
0.440
0.440
1/4
1/4
1/4
6
8
10
5SX2 306-7
5SX2 308-7
5SX2 310-7
5SX2 306-8
5SX2 308-8
5SX2 310-8
0.440
0.440
0.440
1/4
1/4
1/4
13
16
20
5SX2 313-7
5SX2 316-7
5SX2 320-7
5SX2 313-8
5SX2 316-8
5SX2 320-8
0.440
0.440
0.440
1/4
1/4
1/4
25
32 1)
40 2)
5SX2 325-7
5SX2 332-7
5SX2 340-7
5SX2 325-8
5SX2 332-8
5SX2 340-8
0.440
0.440
0.450
1/4
1/4
1/4
50 2)
63 3)
5SX2 350-7
5SX2 363-7
5SX2 350-8
0.450
0.450
1/4
1/4
5SX2 606-7
5SX2 610-7
5SX2 613-7
0.450
0.450
0.450
1/3
1/3
1/3
16
20
25
5SX2 616-7
5SX2 620-7
5SX2 625-7
0.450
0.450
0.450
1/3
1/3
1/3
32
40
50
5SX2 632-7
5SX2 640-7
5SX2 650-7
0.450
0.450
0.450
1/3
1/3
1/3
5SX2 406-7
5SX2 410-7
5SX2 413-7
0.590
0.590
0.590
1/3
1/3
1/3
16 3)
20 3)
25 3)
5SX2 416-7
5SX2 420-7
5SX2 425-7
0.590
0.590
0.590
1/3
1/3
1/3
32 3)
40
50
5SX2 432-7
5SX2 440-7
5SX2 450-7
0.590
0.590
0.590
1/3
1/3
1/3
3-pole + N
2 4 6 N/14
1 3 5 N/13
6
10
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4-pole
2 4 6 8
1 3 5 7
6 3)
10 3)
13 3)
The versions 5SX2 C 0.5 ... 32 1-pole, 2-pole and 3-pole are certified
3-pole).
9
10
11
2) Rated breaking capacity 4.5 kA is only valid for characteristic D.

3) Without
V mark.
12
5SX2
2
13
45
90
18
36
54
72
I2_06139a
14
7
44
55
15
16
12/31
17
10 000
3
5SX4, 10 kA
Application


In
MW
Characteristic B
Order No.
Characteristic C
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole
2
1
0,5
1
1,6
5SX4 105-7
5SX4 101-7
5SX4 115-7
0,140
0,140
0,140
1/12
1/12
1/12
5SX4 102-7
5SX4 103-7
5SX4 104-7
0,140
0,140
0,140
1/12
1/12
1/12
6
8
10
5SX4 106-6
5SX4 110-6
5SX4 106-7
5SX4 108-7
5SX4 110-7
0,140
0,140
0,140
1/12
1/12
1/12
13
16
20
5SX4 113-6
5SX4 116-6
5SX4 120-6
5SX4 113-7
5SX4 116-7
5SX4 120-7
0,140
0,140
0,140
1/12
1/12
1/12
25
321)
40
5SX4 125-6
5SX4 132-6
5SX4 140-6
5SX4 125-7
5SX4 132-7
5SX4 140-7
0,140
0,140
0,115
1/12
1/12
1/12
50
5SX4 150-6
5SX4 150-7
0,115
1/12
5SX4 506-6
5SX4 510-6
5SX4 513-6
5SX4 506-7
5SX4 510-7
5SX4 513-7
0,210
0,210
0,210
1/6
1/6
1/6
16
20
25
5SX4 516-6
5SX4 520-6
5SX4 525-6
5SX4 516-7
5SX4 520-7
5SX4 525-7
0,210
0,210
0,210
1/6
1/6
1/6
32
40
50
5SX4 532-6
5SX4 540-6
5SX4 550-6
5SX4 532-7
5SX4 540-7
5SX4 550-7
0,210
0,300
0,300
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SX4 205-7
5SX4 201-7
5SX4 215-7
0,280
0,280
0,280
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SX4 202-7
5SX4 203-7
5SX4 204-7
0,280
0,280
0,280
1/6
1/6
1/6
6
8
10
5SX4 206-6
5SX4 210-6
5SX4 206-7
5SX4 208-7
5SX4 210-7
0,280
0,280
0,280
1/6
1/6
1/6
13
16
20
5SX4 213-6
5SX4 216-6
5SX4 220-6
5SX4 213-7
5SX4 216-7
5SX4 220-7
0,280
0,280
0,280
1/6
1/6
1/6
25
32
40
5SX4 225-6
5SX4 232-6
5SX4 240-6
5SX4 225-7
5SX4 232-7
5SX4 240-7
0,280
0,280
0,280
1/6
1/6
1/6
50
5SX4 250-6
5SX4 250-7
0,280
1/6
2
3
4
1-pole + N
2 N/14
1 N/13
6
10
13
2-pole
2 4
1 3
0,5
1
1,6
2
3
4

1) Also suitable for 21 kW active power with three-phase currents of 400 V
(e.g. continuous-flow heaters with short-time operation duty) or 7 kW active
12/32

10 000
3
5SX4, 10 kA

MW
In
Characteristic B
Order No.
Characteristic C
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
3-pole
2 4 6
1 3 5
0,5
1
1,6
5SX4 305-7
5SX4 301-7
5SX4 315-7
0,440
0,440
0,440
4
4
4
5SX4 302-7
5SX4 303-7
5SX4 304-7
0,440
0,440
0,440
4
4
4
6
8
10
5SX4 306-6
5SX4 310-6
5SX4 306-7
5SX4 308-7
5SX4 310-7
0,044
0,440
0,440
4
4
4
13
16
20
5SX4 313-6
5SX4 316-6
5SX4 320-6
5SX4 313-7
5SX4 316-7
5SX4 320-7
0,440
0,440
0,440
4
4
4
25
321)
40
5SX4 325-6
5SX4 332-6
5SX4 340-6
5SX4 325-7
5SX4 332-7
5SX4 340-7
0,440
0,450
0,450
4
4
4
50
5SX4 350-6
5SX4 350-7
0,450
5SX4 610-6
5SX4 613-6
5SX4 606-7
5SX4 610-7
5SX4 613-7
0,450
0,450
0,450
3
1
3
16
20
25
5SX4 616-6
5SX4 620-6
5SX4 625-6
5SX4 616-7
5SX4 620-7
5SX4 625-7
0,450
0,450
0,450
3
3
3
32
40
50
5SX4 632-6
5SX4 640-6
5SX4 650-6
5SX4 632-7
5SX4 640-7
5SX4 650-7
0,450
0,610
0,610
3
3
3
5SX4 406-7
5SX4 410-7
5SX4 413-7
0,590
0,590
0,590
3
3
3
16
20
25
5SX4 416-7
5SX4 420-7
5SX4 425-7
0,590
0,590
0,590
3
3
3
32
40
50
5SX4 432-7
5SX4 440-7
5SX4 450-7
0,590
0,590
0,590
3
3
3
2
3
4
3-pole + N
2 4 6 N/14
1 3 5 N/13
6
10
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4-pole
2 4 6 8
1 3 5 7
6
10
13

1) Also suitable for 21 kW active power with three-phase currents of 400 V

(e.g. continuous-flow heaters with short-time operation duty) or 7 kW active
2) Without
V mark.
2
11
13
54
72
I2_06139a
45
90
36
10
12
5SX4
18
14
44
55
15
16
12/33
17
4 500
3
10 000 T4
5SX5, 4.5 kA (10 kA)
Application
Un: 230/400 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 220 V DC per pole, can be used in
systems up to 250/440 V AC,
- 1-pole: 220 V DC
- 2-pole: 440 V DC


MW
In
Characteristic B
Order No.
Characteristic C
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
1-pole
0,5
1
1,6
2
1
5SX5 105-7
5SX5 101-7
5SX5 115-7
0,145
0,145
0,145
1/12
1/12
1/12
5SX5 102-7
5SX5 103-7
5SX5 104-7
0,145
0,145
0,145
1/12
1/12
1/12
6
8
10
5SX5 106-6
5SX5 110-6
5SX5 106-7
5SX5 108-7
5SX5 110-7
0,145
0,145
0,145
1/12
1/12
1/12
13
16
20
5SX5 113-6
5SX5 116-6
5SX5 120-6
5SX5 113-7
5SX5 116-7
5SX5 120-7
0,145
0,145
0,145
1/12
1/12
1/12
25
32
5SX5 125-6
5SX5 132-6
5SX5 125-7
5SX5 132-7
0,145
0,145
1/12
1/12
5SX5 205-7
5SX5 201-7
5SX5 215-7
0,290
0,290
0,290
1/6
1/6
1/6
5SX5 202-7
5SX5 203-7
5SX5 204-7
0,290
0,290
0,290
1/6
1/6
1/6
6
8
10
5SX5 206-6
5SX5 210-6
5SX5 206-7
5SX5 208-7
5SX5 210-7
0,290
0,290
0,290
1/6
1/6
1/6
13
16
20
5SX5 213-6
5SX5 216-6
5SX5 220-6
5SX5 213-7
5SX5 216-7
5SX5 220-7
0,290
0,290
0,290
1/6
1/6
1/6
25
32
5SX5 225-6
5SX5 232-6
5SX5 225-7
5SX5 232-7
0,290
0,290
1/6
1/6
2
3
4
2-pole
0,5
1
1,6
2 4
1 3
2
3
4

5SX5
2
18
12/34
36
54
72
I2_06139a
45
90
44
55
for 5SX2, 5SX4, 5SX5
Benefits
Can be connected to instabus KNX EIB and AS-Interface bus
through binary inputs.
Auxiliary circuit switches (AS) and fault signal contacts (FC)
Max. contact load:
6 A, 230 V AC, AC-15
1 A, 220 V DC, DC-13
acc. to EN 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1
Short-circuit protection through 5SX2 miniature circuit-breakers
...-6, ...-7 with In = 6 A or fuse gL 6 A, depending on the version.
Remote indication of the miniature circuit-breaker switching state
- AS: ON/OFF
- FS: tripped.
Shunt trips (ST)

Assembly with enclosed screws
Applicable for voltages of 110 to 415 V AC
Short-circuit protection through 5SX2 ...-7
miniature circuit-breaker with In 16 A
Remote tripping of the miniature circuit-breaker
3
4
I2 _ 0 7 4 1 8 d
o r
S T
M C B
A C
o u tp u t
o r
o r
F C
A C
A C
A C
F C
in p u t

Design
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
5SX9 100
0.040
2 NO
5SX9 101
0.040
2 NC
5SX9 102
0.040
5SX9 200
0.040
2 NO
5SX9 201
0.040
2 NC
5SX9 202
0.040
5SX9 300
0.141

24 12
1 NO + 1 NC
0.5
23 11
44 34
43 33
42 32
41 31
Fault signal contacts (FS)

24 12
1 NO + 1 NC
0.5
23 11
44 34
43 33
42 32
1
2
6
7
8
9
10
11
41 31
Shunt trip (ST) 100 % duty ratio

C2
C1
13
14
5SX9 1.., 5SX9 2..
45
90
15
16
I2_06334b
12
55
12/35
17
Application
Acc. to DIN 57606 and DIN 57659
Load for one-side/central infeed:
50 A/90 A for 10 mm2
65 A/120 A for 16 mm2
Fork-type connections
Single and multi-phase
Cu 10 mm2 and 16 mm2, fully insulated
5ST2 13, 5ST2 14, 5ST2 15, 5ST2 16 busbar systems
Lug spacing: 18 mm
No additional connection terminal required for bottom connection.
5ST2 18, 5ST2 19 busbar systems
Lug spacing: 17.8 mm

Acc. to EN 60664-1, IEC 60664-1, 500 V (40 C), fully insulated
Load at center infeed:
single-phase: up to 70 A
2- to 4-phase: up to 120 A
Application
Fork-type connections
Any length possible thanks to the combination of 3 fixed busbar
lengths
Favorable current and temperature conduction thanks to the overlapping of individual components
Time-consuming work such as cutting, cutting to length, deburring,
cleaning of cut surfaces as well as mounting of end caps is made
unnecessary
Safe protection against contact for non-assigned connections.

Version
Length
Order No.
mm
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
5ST2 13, 5ST2 14, 5ST2 15, 5ST2 16 busbar systems

Cu busbars 10 mm2
with end caps
1-phase
2-phase
3-phase
210
5ST2 137
5ST2 138
5ST2 140
0.088
0.103
0.153
1/25
1/10
1/10
1 000
5ST2 146
5ST2 147
5ST2 148
0.408
0.523
0.838
1/10
1/5
1/10
210
5ST2 142
5ST2 143
5ST2 144
5ST2 145
0.102
0.154
0.231
0.315
1/25
1/10
1/10
1/10
1 000
5ST2 151
5ST2 152
5ST2 153
5ST2 154
0.487
0.692
1.100
1.498
1/10
1/5
1/10
1/5
5ST2 163
5ST2 164
5ST2 165
0.460
0.900
1.490
1/5
1/5
1/10
5ST2 155
5ST2 156
0.013
0.017
10
10
5ST2 166
5ST2 167
0.020
0.020
1/10
1/10
5ST2 157
0.030
without end caps:

1-phase
2-phase
3-phase
Cu busbars 16 mm2
with end caps
1-phase
2-phase
3-phase
3-phase + N
without end caps:
1-phase
2-phase
3-phase
3-phase + N
without end caps:
lug spacing acc. to the busbar mounting of devices;
1-pole, 2-pole, 3-pole with one auxiliary circuit switch
each
1-phase + AS
2-phase + AS
3-phase + AS
1 000
End caps
for lateral insulation of cut-to-length busbars
1- and 2-phase
3- and 4-phase
Connection terminals up to 35 mm2 (stranded)
for top or bottom direct infeed into miniature
circuit-breakers; side-by-side mounting possible
for 1- and 2-phase busbars
for 3- and 4-phase busbars
Connection terminal up to 35 mm2 (stranded)
for direct infeed into miniature circuit-breakers,
side-by-side mounting possible
For sample applications of busbars, see page 12/36.
12/36

Design
Length
Order No.
mm
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
5ST2 18, 5ST2 19 busbar systems

Cu busbars 10 mm2
with end caps
1-phase
2-phase
3-phase
220
5ST2 180
5ST2 181
5ST2 182
0.060
0.080
0.110
1/50
1/25
1/25
1 000
5ST2 183
5ST2 184
5ST2 185
0.290
0.600
0.820
1/20
1/20
1/20
220
5ST2 186
5ST2 187
5ST2 188
0.090
0.160
0.230
1/50
1/25
1/25
1 000
5ST2 190
5ST2 191
5ST2 192
0.500
0.710
1.100
1/20
1/20
1/20
5ST2 193
5ST2 194
5ST2 195
0.450
0.890
1.470
1/10
1/10
1/10
5ST2 196
5ST2 197
0.001
0.001
1/10
1/10
without end caps:

1-phase
2-phase
3-phase
1
2
3
4
5
Cu busbars 16 mm2
with end caps
1-phase
2-phase
3-phase
without end caps:
1-phase
2-phase
3-phase
6
7
without end caps:
lug spacing to match busbar mountings of devices

1-pole, 2-pole, 3-pole, each with 1 auxiliary circuit
switch respectively
1-phase + AS
2-phase + AS
3-phase + AS
1 000
End caps
for Cu busbars, for the lateral insulation of
cut-to-length busbars
1-phase
2- and 3-phase
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/37
17

Design
Order No.
Number of electrical circuits
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items

Cu busbars
1-phase
2 x single-phase
6 x single-phase
12 x single-phase
5ST2 400
5ST2 401
5ST2 402
0.006
0.017
0.033
1/20
1/20
1/20
2 x (single-phase + HS/FS)
5ST2 403
5ST2 404
5ST2 405
0.008
0.024
0.036
1/20
1/20
1/20
2 x 2-phase
3 x 2-phase
6 x 2-phase
5ST2 406
5ST2 407
5ST2 408
0.011
0.017
0.033
1/10
1/10
1/10
2 x (2-phase + HS/FS)
5ST2 410
5ST2 411
5ST2 412
0.023
0.034
0.056
1/10
1/10
1/10
5ST2 413
5ST2 414
5ST2 415
0.037
0.055
0.086
1/10
1/10
1/10
5ST2 416
5ST2 417
0.057
0.065
1/10
1/10
5ST2 418
5ST2 420
0.057
0.086
1/10
1/10
5ST2 421
5ST2 422
5ST2 423
0.046
0.091
0.060
1/5
1/5
1/5
3/N + 8 terminals
5ST2 424
0.091
1/5
Feeder terminal
can be mounted side-by-side, for supply to 35 mm2
busbar system (stranded)
5ST2 425
0.024
1/10

for free connections, yellow (RAL 1004)
5ST2 426
0.004
1/10
2-phase
3-phase
2 x 3-phase
3 x 3-phase
4 x 3-phase
2 x (3 x (single-phase) + HS/FS)
3 x (3 x (single-phase) + HS/FS)
1)
1)
4-phase
2 x 4-phase
3 x 4-phase
3-phase, for a 5SM1 4-pole RCCB module with
1) 3 x (single-phase + HS/FS) r 3 x (L 1 + HS/FS, L 2 + HS/FS, L3 + HS/FS).

2) 3 x (single-phase + N) r 3 x (L 1 + N, L 2 + N, L3 + N).
12/38
Accessories
for 5SQ2, 5SX2, 5SX4, 5SX5

Design
Length
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
5ST1 292
5ST1 293
0.008
0.017
5/50
5/50
for 16 mm2 1-wire or

10 mm2 stranded
width: 0.5 MW
5ST2 112
0.008
1/50
Spacer
(contour miniature circuit-breaker, 0.5 MW)
5ST2 122
0.009
1/10
mm
Mounting and cover parts

Cable links
cross-section 6 mm2
end sleeves at both ends
125
250
Snap-on terminal
Packer
for increasing height from 53 to 60 mm
snap-on adapter
1 MW
5ST2 120
0.002
1/10
5ST2 201
0.012
1/20
Fixing parts
4 MW (plastic)
3
4
5
6
7
8

for 5SX miniature circuit-breaker 1-pole for protection
against accidental mechanical
switching on (part red)
switching off (part transparent)
1
2
5ST2 168
5ST2 170
0.007
0.007
1/10
1/10
5SW3 004
5SW3 005
0.084
0.114
1
1
Terminal cover, gray

for surface mounting, degree of protection, IP40
with 35 mm mounting rail, sealable
up to 2.5 MW
up to 4.5 MW
10
11
for flush mounting, degree of protection, IP40

with 35 mm mounting rail
up to 2.5 MW
up to 4.5 MW
5SW3 006
5SW3 007
0.126
0.147
1
1
12
13
surface mounting, IP54 with 35 mm mounting rail,
sealable, with transparent hinged lid
up to 4.5 MW
5SW1 200
0.450
15
Cover
can be assembled as mini-distribution boards,
cover parts prepared for rail mounting of conventional
label caps,comprising:
end plate
(for snapping onto standard mounting rail)
5ST2 134
0.022
1/10
angle section (approx. 1 m long)
5ST2 135
0.330
1/5
flat section(as cover between the device types)
5ST2 136
0.260
1/5
14
12/39
16
17
Residual-Current Operated Circuit-Breakers

Overview
Number of
poles
Rated residual
current IDn
Rated current In MW
Mountable auxiliary
circuit switch
mA
10
30, 100, 300
16
25
40
30, 100, 300
63
80
2.5
30, 100, 300, 500
25
40
63
30, 300
80
10, 30
30, 100, 300
16
25
40
30, 100, 300
63
80
2.5
30, 300, 500

30, 100, 300, 500
25
40
63
30, 300
80
30
Residual-current operated circuit-breakers

RCCBs, type AC 1), 16 ... 80 A

RCCBs, type A 2), 16 ... 80 A
short-time delayed
100
25
40
63
selective
300
63
2.5
100, 300
300, 1 000
40
63
for 50 Hz to 400 Hz
30
25
40
for 500 V AC
30, 300
25
40
63
1)
= Type AC for AC residual-currents
2)
= Type A for AC and pulsating DC residual-currents
Note:
= Type B for AC residual currents, pulsating and smooth
DC residual-currents, see chapter 4 Residual current protective
devices.
For description, see chapter 4 Residual current protective devices,
General data.
12/40
Residual-Current Operated Circuit-Breakers
(Type AC)
IEC/EN 61008-1, IEC/EN 61543
Standards
3
4
2 and 4-pole
Designs
Rated voltages Un
V AC
125 ... 230

230 ... 400
500
Rated currents In
16, 25, 40, 63, 80
mA
10, 30, 100, 300, 500, 1 000
50 ... 60
50 ... 60 Hz, 50 ... 400 Hz
50 ... 60 Hz
Casing
gray plastic (RAL 7035)
Terminals
tunnel terminals at both ends with wire protection, lower

Conductor
combined terminal for simultaneous connection of busbars cross-section
(fork-type) and conductors
mm2
Recommended
tightening torque
Nm
for 2 MW
at In = 16 A, 25 A, 40 A
1.0 ... 16
2.5 ... 3.0
for 2.5 MW
at In = 63 A, 80 A
1.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 3.0
for 4 MW
at In = 25 A, 40 A, 63 A, 80 A
1.5 ... 25
2.5 ... 3.0
0.75 ... 2.5
0.6 ... 0.8
screw terminals for auxiliary circuit switches

Feeder connection
Mounting position
any
Mounting technique
can be snapped onto 35 mm mounting rail (TH 35 acc. to DIN EN 60715)
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
IP20
IP54 for installation in molded-plastic housing

acc. to EN 50274
protection against contact with fingers or the back of the hand

V AC
1
2
5
6
7
8
100
Device service life

Storage temperature
-40 ... +75
Ambient temperature
-5 ... +45,
-25
: -25 ... +45
according to DIN IEC 60068-2-30
yes
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/41
17
(Type AC)
5SM1 residual-current operated circuit-breakers

(RCCBs), type AC, 16 ... 80 A
Application
Product standards: IEC 61008-1, EN 61008-1; IEC 61008-2-1,
EN 61008-2-1; IEC 61543, EN 61543
Un 230/400 V; 50 to 60 Hz; applicable in networks up to
240/415 V AC

fault currents

Circuit diagram
Maximum
permissible
short-circuit
back-up fuse
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
63 A
1 N
I2_05982c
10 000
10
16
5SM1 111-0
0.220
30
25
40
5SM1 312-0
5SM1 314-0
0.220
0.220
1
1
100
25
40
5SM1 412-0
5SM1 414-0
0.220
0.220
1
1
300
25
40
5SM1 612-0
5SM1 614-0
0.220
0.220
1
1
30
63
80
5SM1 316-0
5SM1 317-0
0.300
0.300
1
1
100
63
80
5SM1 416-0
5SM1 417-0
0.300
0.300
1
1
300
63
80
5SM1 616-0
5SM1 617-0
0.300
0.300
1
1
30
25
40
63
80
5SM1 342-0
5SM1 344-0
5SM1 346-0
5SM1 347-0
0.473
0.473
0.473
0.473
1
1
1
1
100
25
40
63
5SM1 442-0
5SM1 444-0
5SM1 446-0
0.473
0.473
0.473
1
1
1
300
25
40
63
80
5SM1 642-0
5SM1 644-0
5SM1 646-0
5SM1 647-0
0.473
0.473
0.473
0.473
1
1
1
1
500
25
40
63
5SM1 742-0
5SM1 744-0
5SM1 746-0
0.473
0.473
0.473
1
1
1
2 NT
125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole

100 A
1 N
I2_05982c
10 000
2 NT
2.5
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
100 A
10 000

12/42
-25
(Type A)

(RCCBs), type A, 16 ... 80 A
Application
Definition of surge current withstand capability with current waveform 8/20 s acc. to IEC/EN 60060-2
tripping contrary to downstream standard RCCBs.
Extremely high surge current withstand capability >5 kA
K-type: Short-time delayed tripping in the case of transient
leakage currents.
High surge current withstand capability: >3 kA
50 ... 400 Hz version for use with line frequencies between
50 and 400 Hz

fault currents
Product standards: IEC 61008-1, EN 61008-1; IEC 61008-2-1,
EN 61008-2-1; IEC 61543, EN 61543
Un 230/400 V; 50 to 60 Hz; applicable in networks up to
240/415 V AC
Un 500 V; 50 to 60 Hz; applicable in networks up to 500 V AC

Circuit diagram
Maximum
permissible
short-circuit
back-up fuse
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items

125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
63 A
1 N
I2_05982c
10 000
2 NT
10
16
5SM1 111-6
0.218
30
16
5SM1 311-6
0.218
30
25
40
5SM1 312-6
5SM1 314-6
0.218
0.218
1
1
100
25
40
5SM1 412-6
5SM1 414-6
0.218
0.218
1
1
300
25
40
5SM1 612-6
5SM1 614-6
0.218
0.218
1
1
30
63
80
5SM1 316-6
5SM1 317-6
0.300
0.300
1
1
100
63
80
5SM1 416-6
5SM1 417-6
0.280
0.280
1
1
300
63
80
5SM1 616-6
5SM1 617-6
0.280
0.280
1
1
30
25
40
63
80
5SM1 342-6
5SM1 344-6
5SM1 346-6
5SM1 347-6
0.473
0.473
0.473
0.473
1
1
1
1
100
40
63
5SM1 444-6
5SM1 446-6
0.483
0.509
1
1
300
25
40
63
80
5SM1 642-6
5SM1 644-6
5SM1 646-6
5SM1 647-6
0.473
0.473
0.473
0.473
1
1
1
1
500
25
40
63
5SM1 742-6
5SM1 744-6
5SM1 746-6
0.473
0.473
0.473
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole

100 A
1 N
I2_05982c
10 000
2 NT
2.5
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
100 A
10 000
9
10
11
12
13

Device designs with terminals located at the left hand side for the
neutral conductor are available on request.
14
15
16
12/43
17
-25
(Type A)

(RCCBs), type A, 16 ... 80 A

Circuit diagram
Maximum
permissible
short-circuit
back-up fuse
Rated
Rated
residual current
current
IDn
In
mA
MW Version
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items
short-time delayed, surge current withstand capability > 3 kA

230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 400 Hz; 4-pole
1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
100 A
30
25
40
100
63
300
63
10 000
5SM1 342-6KK01
5SM1 344-6KK01
0.473
0.473
1
1
5SM1 446-6KK01
0.473
2.5
5SM1 616-8
0.280
selective, surge current withstand capability > 5 kA

125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 2-pole
100 A
1 N
I2_05982c
10 000
2 NT
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole

1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
100 A
10 000
100
40
5SM1 444-8
0.473
300
40
63
5SM1 644-8
5SM1 646-8
0.473
0.473
1
1
1 000
63
5SM1 846-8
0.473
5SM1 352-6
5SM1 354-6
5SM1 356-6
0.515
0.515
0.515
1
1
1
5SM1 652-6
5SM1 654-6
5SM1 656-6
0.515
0.515
0.515
1
1
1
5SM1 342-6KK03
5SM1 344-6KK03
0.473
0.473
1
1
Type A, 500 V, 25 ... 63 A, surge current withstand capability > 1 kA

500 V AC 1); 50 ... 60 Hz; 4-pole
1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
63 A
30
25
40
63
300
25
40
63
10 000
Type A, 50 ... 400 Hz, 25 ... 40 A, surge current withstand capability > 1 kA
230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 400 Hz; 4-pole
1
I2 _ 0 5 9 7 7 d
80 A
30
10 000
25
40

1) Approval acc. to IEC/EN 61008, only possible up to 440 V.
16 ... 80 A for busbar mounting
$ 5SM1 111,
1 N
1 3
1 N
5SM1 311, 5SM. 312, 5SM1 314,

5SM1 412, 5SM. 414,
5SM1 612, 5SM. 614
5 N
45
90
% 5SM1 316, 5SM. 317,
T
N
12/44
T
6
& 5SM1 342, 5SM. 344, 5SM. 346, 5SM. 347,

N
72
45
36
I2_11341
&
5SM1 416, 5SM. 417,

5SM1 616, 5SM. 617
44
55
5SM1 352, 5SM. 354, 5SM. 356,

5SM1 444, 5SM. 446,
5SM1 642, 5SM. 644, 5SM. 646, 5SM. 647,
5SM1 652, 5SM. 654, 5SM. 656,
5SM1 742, 5SM. 744, 5SM. 746,
5SM1 846

Additional components for 5SM1
Benefits
Application
An auxiliary circuit switch can be fitted to the right-hand side of the

RCCB casing by the customer
Ideal for installation in flat distribution boards
Can be connected to instabus KNX EIB and AS-Interface bus or
PROFIBUS through binary inputs.
5SW3 00.
Remote indications of the circuit state of the RCCB:

ON/OFF
B or C characteristic with In = 6 A or fuse gL 6 A
Product standards: IEC/EN 62019 (VDE 0640).
5SW3 00.
RCCB
Terminals
Conductor cross section
I2_7482
AS
input
mm
Nm
Max. contact load

230 V AC, AC-12
230 V AC, AC-14
220 V DC, DC-12
0.75 ... 2.5

0.6 ... 0.8
A
A
A
6
3.6
1

Circuit diagram
Version
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P. unit
kg
Items

21 13
1 NO + 1 NC
0.5
5SW3 000
0.042
2 NC
0.5
5SW3 001
0.042
2 NO
0.5
5SW3 002
0.042
22 14
21 11
22 12
23 13
8
10
5SW3 auxiliary circuit switches, can be retrofitted
45
90
11
I2_11342
6
7
9
24 14
3
4
5
50 mA/24 V
Min. contact load

i n s t a b u s KNX E I B
1
2
12
44
55
13
14
15
16
12/45
17

Accessories for 5SM1

Length Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
mm
kg
Items
Cover for connection terminals
5SW3 010
5SW3 011
5SW3 008
0.003
0.004
0.006
1 set
1 set
1 set
5SW3 003
0.008
5ST3 802
0.027
I2_11431
for residual-current operated circuit-breakers up to 80 A,

sealable (2 pcs in plastic bag)
2 MW
2.5 MW
4 MW
Locking device
sealable and lockable
4.5 mm lock hasp diameter
Padlock
for locking device 5SW3 003
1 set
Locking device with padlock

comprising locking device 5SW3 003 and
padlock 5ST3 802
5SW3 012
0.035
1 set
Cu busbars 16 mm2
for horizontal busbar mounting of 5SM1 RCCBs,
with 5SX2 miniature circuit-breakers or
5TE7 flush-mounting switches with Ie 40 A ... 100 A
2-phase
210
1 000
5ST2 143
5ST2 152
0.154
0.692
1/10
1/5
3-phase
210
1 000
5ST2 144
5ST2 153
0.231
1.100
1/10
1/10
3-phase + N
210
1 000
5ST2 145
5ST2 154
0.315
1.498
1/10
1/5
single and 2-phase
5ST2 155
0.013
10
3 and 4-phase
5ST2 156
0.017
10
5ST2 424
0.091
1/5
End caps
required for lateral insulation of cut-to-length busbars
Busbar, 3-phase
for a 4-pole 5SM1 RCCB module with
8 miniature circuit-breakers
3/N + 8 terminals
For further busbar versions, see section Miniature circuit-breakers.
12/46
Switches
16 A, 25 A and 40 A to 100 A according to DIN VDE 0632-101 and
EN 60947-3
5TE7 1
5TE7 2
5TE7 3
3
4
32 A acc. to EN 60947-3
40 A to 125 A acc. to EN 60947-3 utilization category AC-22b
but for cable cross-sections up to 9.5 mm diameter
and without complying with the bending test
per current path
1-pole
V AC
230
V AC
400
multi-pole
25, 32
16
25
for p.f. = 0.65
48
75
for p.f. = 0.65
48
75
used together with

fuse of the same
rated operating current
(DIN VDE 0636 gL/gG)
kA
10
kV
>5
open contacts
between the poles
mm
mm
2 4.5
>7
mm
>7

Clearances
Creepage distances
Mechanical lifetime
16
V; mA
2.4
1.2
switching cycles
20 000
Rated power
Switching of resistive load including
moderate overload AC-21
1-pole
2-pole
3-/4-pole
switching cycles
Rated power
Switching of mixed resistive and inductive load including moderate overload
AC-22
1-pole
2-pole
3-/4-pole
6
7
10; 300
incandescent lamp load

kW
halogen lamps with transformer kW
Switching of lamp loads
kW
kW
kW
2.5
4.5
8
20 000
kW
kW
kW
1.1
1.9
3.5
20 000
10 000
0.5
0.7
1.2
20 000
10 000
switching cycles
Rated power
Switching of motor loads to other highly
inductive loads AC-23
1-pole
2-pole
3-/4-pole
switching cycles
Switching of direct voltages 1)
per current path up to 24 V DC

per current path at 24 V DC
100 V DC
220 V DC
A
A
A
A
16
4
0.9
0.45
25

for p.f. = 0.7
per current path up to 0.2 s

0.5 s
1s
3s
A
A
A
A
650
400
290
170
1 000
630
450
260
Terminals
+/- screw (Pozidriv)
rigid
1.5 ... 6
mm2
min. mm2 1
C
-5 ... +40
acc. to DIN 50015 at 95 %

relative air humidity
45
12
25 000
switching cycles
kW
kW
kW
1
2
9
10
11
12
13
1) The switches are designed as zero-current interrupters and have no

additional quenching aids.
The rated breaking current for voltages over 24 V DC is very limited due to
the safety hazard of the non-quenching electric arc.
14
2) The corresponding rated surge current can be established through

multiplying by factor 1.5.
15
16
12/47
17
Switches
Devices for switching lamps
Fluorescent and compact lamps (DULUX) in ballast operation (KVG)
Maximum number of lamps per current path at 230 V, 50 Hz
Uncorrected
Lamp type
W
mF
Parallel-corrected
S11
L18
L24
L36
L58
S11
4.5
L18
4.5
L24
4.5
L36
4.5
L58
7.0
35
35
25
50
50
35
Switches
16 A
5TE7 111
5TE7 112
5TE7 113
Fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast

Lamp type
DUO circuit
specifications are for lights with 2 lamps each
respectively
AC operation
1-lamp
S11
L18
L24
L36
L58
L18
L36
L58
L18
L36
L58
30
30
20
45
45
30
222
222
215
2-lamp
Switches
16 A
5TE7 111
5TE7 112
5TE7 113

Order No.
Short designation
Power loss Pv (VA)

contact 1) per pole
5TE7 101
5TE7 105
switch 16 A , 1 NO contact indicator light

switch 16 A, 1 NO contact indicator light 150 m
0.8
0.8
5TE7 111
5TE7 112
5TE7 113
switch 16 A, 1 NO contact
switch 16 A, 2 NO contacts
0.6
0.6
0.6
5TE7 141
5TE7 142
switch 16 A 1 CO contact, group

switch 16 A 2 CO contacts, group
0.6
0.6
5TE7 161
5TE7 162
switch 16 A, 1 CO contact
switch 16 A, 1 CO contact
0.6
0.6
5TE7 211
5TE7 212
5TE7 213
5TE7 214
switch 32 A, 1 NO contact
0.6
0.6
2.5
2.5
5TE7 313
5TE7 314
1.5
1.5
12/48
Switches

Ue
Ie
Conductor
M
cross sections W
V AC
up to mm2
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
Changeover switches
with sealable switch position
1 CO contact
230
16
5TE7 161
0.058
1/12
400
16
5TE7 162
0.110
1/6
400
1 3 5 7
16
5TE7 165
0.120
1/6
1 2
L
1
2
3
4
2 COs
1 2 3 4
L1
L2
2 4 6 8
Group switches with center position

1 CO contact
1 2
230
16
5TE7 141
0.058
1/12
400
16
5TE7 142
0.110
1/6
230
16
5TE7 101
0.055
1/12
230
16
5TE7 105
0.055
1/12
5
6
7
2 CO contacts
1 2 3 4
L1
L2
Control switches with glow lamp

for max. 5 m cable length
1
L
for max. 150 m cable length

1
10
11

1 NO contact
1
230
16
32
5TE7 111
5TE7 211
0.050
0.050
1/12
1/12
400
16
32
5TE7 112
5TE7 212
0.060
0.060
1/12
1/12
400
16
25
32
5TE7 113
5TE7 313
5TE7 213
0.100
0.100
0.100
1/6
1/6
1/6
400
25
32
5TE7 314
5TE7 214
0.120
0.120
1/6
1/6
2 NO contacts
1 3
2 4
3 NO contacts
1 3 5
2 4 6
3 NO contacts + N
1 3 5 7/N
12
13
14
2 4 6 8/N
15
16
12/49
17
Switches
5TE7 switches 1, 2, 3
18
12/50
18
18
36
1 3 5 7/N
2 4 6 8/N
36
1 2
18
5TE7 142
5TE7 162
1 2 3 4
L1
L2
36
I2_05952b
2 4 6
5TE7 141
5TE7 161
I2_05951a
2 4
5TE7 165
5TE7 214
5TE7 314
I2_05949a
I2_05950a
5TE7 113
5TE7 213
5TE7 313
1 3 5
1 3
I2_05953a
L N
5TE7 112
5TE7 212
I2 05948a
5TE7 111
5TE7 211
I2_05947a
5TE7 101
5TE7 105
Switches
5TE4 7 pushbuttons
Overview
1
2

Color
Safety of people or environment
Process state
System state
Red
Danger
Emergency
Faulty
Yellow
Warning/Caution
Abnormal
Green
Safety
Normal
Blue
Stipulation
White
Gray
Black
3
4
5
Benefits
Control glow lamp, white, transparent
Acc. to IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
and IEC 60669-1, EN 60669-1
per current path
1-pole
multi-pole
V AC
V AC
16
230
400
20
for p.f. = 0.65
60
for p.f. = 0.65
Rated thermal current Ithe

open contacts
between the poles
Clearances
Creepage distances
Mechanical lifetime
per current path

up to
for p.f. = 0.7
60
kV
>5
mm
mm
2>2
>7
mm
>7
25 000
switching cycles
V; mA
10; 300
0.2 s
650
0.5 s
1s
3s
A
A
A
400
290
170

6
7
5TE4 7
screw (Pozidriv); Nm
rigid
10
1; 1.2
1.5 ... 6
mm2
min. mm2 1
C
11
-5 ... +40

Order No.
Short designation
Power loss Pv (VA)

coil/drive
contact 1) per pole
5TE4 700
5TE4 701
5TE4 702
5TE4 703
16 A pushbutton 1NO contact 1 NC contact, gray

230 V AC pushbutton 16 A 1 NO contact, gray, indicator light
230 V AC pushbutton 16 A 1 NC contact, gray, indicator light
230 V AC pushbutton 16 A 1 NO contact, gray, indicator light
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
5TE4 704
5TE4 705
5TE4 706
5TE4 707
16 A pushbutton 1 NO contact 1 NC contact, red

16 A pushbutton 1 NO contact 1 NC contact, green
16 A pushbutton 1 NO contact 1 NC contact, yellow
16 A pushbutton 1 NO contact 1 NC contact, blue
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
12
13
14
15
16
12/51
17
Switches
5TE4 7 pushbuttons

Ue
Ie
Conductor
cross sect.
V AC
up to mm2
230
16
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
5TE4 700
5TE4 704
5TE4 705
5TE4 706
5TE4 707
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
1/12
1/12
1/12
1/12
1/12
Pushbuttons
1 NO contact,
1 NC contact
1 3
2 4
gray pushbutton
red pushbutton
green pushbutton
yellow pushbutton
blue pushbutton
Pushbuttons with control glow lamp for max. 5 m cable length

1 NO contact
3
X1
X2
gray pushbutton
230
16
5TE4 701
0.050
1/12
230
16
5TE4 702
0.050
1/12
5TE4 703
0.060
1/12
1 NC contact
1
X1
X2
gray pushbutton
Pushbuttons with control glow lamp for max. 150 m cable length
1 NO contact
3
X1
X2
gray pushbutton
230
16
5TE4 7 pushbuttons
5TE4 701
5TE4 702
1
18
12/52
X2
4
X1
I2_05927b
I2_06004b
X1
18
X2
2
I2_06003a
5TE4 700
5TE4 703
5TE4 704
5TE4 705
5TE4 706
5TE4 707
18
Switches
16 A, 25 A and 40 A to 100 A according to IEC 60669-1, EN 60669-1
and IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
5TE7 4
5TE7 5
5TE7 6
5TE7 7
5TE7 8
3
4
32 A acc. to IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3

40 A to 125 A acc. to EN 60947-3 utilization category AC-22b
but for cable cross-sections up to 9.5 mm diameter
and without complying with the bending test
per current path
1-pole
V AC
230
V AC
400
multi-pole
63
80
100
40
63
80
100
for p.f. = 0.65
120
190
240
300
for p.f. = 0.65
120
190
240
300
used together with

fuse of the same
rated operating current
(IEC 60269 gL/gG)
kA
10
kV
>7
open contacts
between the poles
mm
mm
>7
Thermal rated current
Ithe

Clearances
Creepage distances
Mechanical lifetime
switching cycles
Rated power
Switching of resistive load including
moderate overload AC-21
1-pole
2-pole
3-/4-pole
switching cycles
Rated power
Switching of mixed resistive and inductive
load including moderate overload AC-22
1-pole
2-pole
3-/4-pole
switching cycles
Rated power
Switching of motor loads to other highly
inductive loads AC-23
1-pole
2-pole
3-/4-pole
kW
kW
kW
Terminals

rigid
6.9
7.6
9.6
6.5
11.5
20
10
18
30
13
22
39
28
48
10 000
3 000
1 000
2.7
4.5
8
4
7.3
13
5.5
9.3
16
11.5
20
5 000
1 000
1
1.8
3
1.6
2.8
5
2
3.5
6
4.4
7.5
5 000
1 000
40
63
80
100
A
A
A
4
0.9
0.45
0.2 s
1 350
2 000
2 700
3 400
0.5 s
1s
3s
A
A
A
840
680
400
1 300
1 000
580
1 650
1 350
800
2 100
1 700
1 000
switching cycles
3.6
1.2
kW
kW
kW
per current path

24 V DC
up to
per current path at 24 V DC
100 V DC
220 V DC
per current path
up to
24; 300
kW
kW
20 000
for p.f. = 0.7
V; mA
kW
kW
kW
Switching of direct voltages 1)

6
7
25 000

halogen lamps with
transformer
mm
switching cycles

40
according to DIN 50015 at

95 % relative humidity
1
2
9
10
11
12
13
mm2
6 ... 50
min. mm2 2.5
C
-5 ... +40
45
14
1) The switches are designed as zero-current interrupters and have no

additional quenching aids.
The rated breaking current for voltages over 24 V DC is very limited
due to the safety hazard of the non-quenching electric arc.
2) The corresponding rated surge current can be established through
multiplying by factor 1.5.
15
16
12/53
17
Switches
Order No.
Short designation
Power loss Pv (VA)

contact 1) per pole
5TE7 411
5TE7 412
5TE7 413
5TE7 414
switch 40 A 1 NO contact
switch 40 A 2 NO contacts
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
5TE7 511
5TE7 512
5TE7 513
5TE7 513-2
switch 63 A 4 NO contacts, lockable
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
5TE7 514
5TE7 514-2
switch 63 A 4 NO contacts, lockable
2.2
2.2
5TE7 611
5TE7 612
5TE7 613
5TE7 614
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
5TE7 711
5TE7 712
5TE7 713
5TE7 714

5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5TE7 813
8.6

Ue
Ie
Conductor
MW
cross sections
V AC
up to mm2
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items

can be used as switch-disconnector according to EN 60947-1
1 NO contact
1
230
40
63
80
100
50
5TE7 411
5TE7 511
5TE7 611
5TE7 711
0.105
0.105
0.105
0.105
1/12
1/12
1/12
1/12
400
40
63
80
100
50
5TE7 412
5TE7 512
5TE7 612
5TE7 712
0.205
0.205
0.212
0.205
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
400
40
63
80
100
125
50
5TE7 413
5TE7 513
5TE7 613
5TE7 713
5TE7 813
0.311
0.311
0.311
0.311
0.318
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
400
40
63
80
100
50
5TE7 414
5TE7 514
5TE7 614
5TE7 714
0.415
0.415
0.425
0.415
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
400
63
50
5TE7 513-2
0.321
1/4
400
63
50
5TE7 514-2
0.425
1/3
2 NO contacts
1 3
2 4
3 NO contacts
1 3 5
2 4 6
3 NO contacts + N
1 3 5 7/N
2 4 6 8/N
handle can be locked with padlock

(lock fastener max. 3.5 mm)
3 NO contacts
1 3 5
2 4 6
3 NO contacts + N
1 3 5 7/N
2 4 6 8/N
5ST2 400 to 5ST2 424 for 5TE7 411 to 5TE7 813 busbars see page 12/38.
12/54
Switches
Accessories
Ue
Ie
Conductor
MW
cross sections
V AC
up to mm2
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
0.111
1/12
Phase connector
for easier wiring in various wiring versions
and busbars or as a fixpoint terminal for conductors from
2.5 mm2 to 50 mm2
1-pole
230
125
50
5TE9 110
1
2
3
4
5
N conductor connector
for easier wiring in different circuit versions and busbar mountings or
as a fixpoint terminal for conductors from
2.5 mm2 to 50 mm2 with blue color marking
1-pole
230
5TE9 111
0.111
1/12
for all 5TE7 switches with 1 MW for protection against accidental

switching on or off
5ST2 168
5ST2 170
0.007
0.007
1/10
1/10
125
50
6
7
8
5TE7 4, 5TE7 5, 5TE7 6, 5TE7 7, 5TE7 813 switches

5TE7 411
5TE7 511
5TE7 611
5TE7 711
5TE9 110
5TE7 413
5TE7 513
5TE7 513-2
5TE7 613
5TE7 713
5TE7 813
5TE7 414
5TE7 514
5TE7 514-2
5TE7 614
5TE7 714
10
7/N
8/N
11
18
36
54
72
12
I2_05942a
I2_05946a
I2 05945a
I2_05944a
I2_05943a
45
90
5TE7 412
5TE7 512
5TE7 612
5TE7 712
44
55
13
14
15
16
* This quantity or a multiple therof can be ordered.
12/55
17
Timers
5TT1 3
Overview
Switching lighting
filament lamp load:
fluorescent lamp load 58 W
- Uncorrected
- parallel-corrected
- DUO circuit
- ECG Siemens, 1-lamp
2-lamp
5TT1 300 and 5TT1 301
5TT1 310-1 and 5TT1 311-1
1200 W
1200 W
20
2 20
items
14
17
14
18
29
Items
items
items
items
items
items
Benefits
Energy
saving timer
Lighting timer
5TT1 300
5TT1 301
5TT1 310-1
5TT1 311-1
Setting range
3 ... 60 min
0.3 ... 5 min
1 ... 10 min
1 ... 10 min
3-wire circuit L-momentary contact,

can be reset
4-wire circuit L-momentary contact,

can be reset
3-wire circuit N-momentary contact,

cannot be reset
Early deactivation by pushing

the button a 2nd time
2 ... 5 min
Half-light switching
ECG control 1 ... 10 V
4-conductor circuit, L-momentary contact

4 conductors are installed within the building. The timing interval is
started with a phase L. During the runtime, the device can be reset
at any time, i.e. the runtime restarts.
High setting accuracy

The electronic remote control switch works very accurately. The setting can be made every +30 seconds. The factory settings ensure
reliable setting of the 1 and 10-minute limit values.
3-conductor circuit, N-momentary contact

started with the neutral conductor. During the runtime, the timer can
be reset at all times. However, this switching no longer corresponds
to DIN VDE 0110 T460. It is only still in use in old installations.
Useful continuous contact

If pushbuttons jam, a so-called pushbutton malfunction, this does
not damage the devices but produces a steady light. This feature
can be used (e.g. by caretakers of properties) to switch to a permanent steady light in the event of moving house or emergencies.
3-conductor circuit, L-momentary contact

started with a phase L. No resetting is possible during the runtime as
the pushbuttons input and output are exposed to the same potential
during the runtime. The glow lamps are switched off during the runtime.
Stairwell lighting timers are primarily used for the switching of incandescent lamps, which may occasionally be subject to short-circuits
during operation.
12/56
Timers
5TT1 3
Data according to DIN VDE 0632
5TT1 300
V AC
Hz
50/60
operating time
connection B1
degree of dimming
connection B2
min
%
3 ... 60
ms
20
in the event of pushbutton

malfunction
100
mA
10
kV
> 2.5
V AC
250
10
mm
V; mA
m-contact
10; 300
1200
Rated frequency

Max. On period
Direct current output
for control of
ECG dynamic

for p.f. = 1
Contact gap Minimum contact load


in switching cycles at Ie or specified lamp load and
Ue = 230 V AC
Terminals
rigid
C
according to
DIN IEC 60068-1
-20 ... +60
-20 ... +45
20/60/4
20/45/4
9
V AC
250
10
0.9 ... 1.1
Operating range Uc
Hz
Rated frequency
50 ... 60
0.5 ... 10 min/10 s
Setting range/accuracy
ms
30
100
mA
15
V AC
230

in the event of pushbutton
malfunction
for p.f. = 1
16
mm
VA
V; mA
10; 300
1200
halogen lamps with transformer
600
Contact gap
Maximum fan load
Terminals
rigid
11
12
13
1)
fluorescent lamp load

in switching cycles at Ie or specified lamp load ad
Ue = 230 V AC
100 000
14
2
max. mm2
min. mm2

2 2.5
1 0.5
5TT1 310-1, 5TT1 311-1
6
7
2
max. mm2
min. mm2
40
50 000
Max. On period
0.5 ... 5/20
1)
fluorescent lamp loads
3
4
230
0.8 ... 1.1
Operating range Uc
Setting ranges
5TT1 301
1
2
acc. to DIN IEC 60068-2-3

at 95 % relative humidity
2.5
1.5
-15 ... +40
40
15
1) See next page.
16
12/57
17
Timers
5TT1 3
A
Devices for switching lamps

Fluorescent and compact lamps (DULUX) in ballast operation (KVG)
Uncorrected
Lamp type
W
mF
Parallel-corrected
S11
L18
L24
22
DUO circuit
specifications are for lights with
2 lamps each respectively
L36
L58
S11
4.5
L18
4.5
L24
4.5
L36
4.5
L58
7.0
22
14
S11
L18
L24
21
L36
L58
21
10
Timers
5TT1 300
5TT1 301
10 A
Fluorescent lamps with electronic primary switching device (ballast)

AC operation
1-lamp
Lamp type
DC operation, 3 current paths in series

1-lamp
2-lamp
2-lamp
L18
L36
L58
L18
L36
L58
26
26
18
2 12
2 12
28
L18
L36
L58
L18
L36
L58
Timers
5TT1 300 1)
5TT1 301 1)
10 A
1) Max. capacitive load 10 mF.

Order No.
Short designation
Power loss Pv (VA)

coil/drive
contact 1) per pole
5TT1 300
5TT1 301
time switch 230 V AC 10 A 1 CO contact energy-saving

time switch 230 V AC 10 A 1 CO contact, lighting
3
5
0.9
0.9

2) Only short-time operation max. 10 min.
3) Only short-time operation max. 30 s.
12/58
Timers
5TT1 3

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items

setting range 1 to 12 minutes, manual switch
four-wire connection L-momentary contact or
three-wire connection N-momentary contact, can be reset
L
230
10
230
5TT1 311-1
0.080
5TT1 310-1
0.075
for 3-wire circuit, L-momentary contact, cannot be reset

2
230
10
230
Energy-saving timer 55/70 mm

setting range 3 to 60 minutes, manual switch
switch-off through timing interval or 2nd press of the button
four-wire connection L-momentary contact or
3-wire circuit N-momentary contact
A1 16 18
230
10
230
5TT1 300
0.075
5TT1 301
0.075
T A2 15
Lighting time switch 55/70 mm

setting range 0.5 to 5 minutes, manual switch
if the button is pushed for longer than 1 second,
the runtime is extended by 20 minutes
four-wire connection L-momentary contact
A2 T
15
230
10
230
A1
5TT1 31 time switches for stairwell lighting and fans
5TT1 300 energy-saving timer

5TT1 301 lighting time switch
5TT1 310-1
5TT1 300
5TT1 301
A115
A115
5TT1 311-1
L
1 8
5
6
7
8
11
45
90
4 5
9 0
1 8
I2 _ 1 1 9 7 5
10
A218
3
4
1
2
4 3
5 5
16 T
A2 T
18
18
12
5
43
55
I2_06550
13
14
15
16
12/59
17
Timers
5TT1 3
Schematics
Switching example: 5TT1 310-1 time switch in 3-wire circuit, L-momentary contact
L 1 A C 2 3 0 V
Circuit for new installation with shared cable routing for pushbuttons
and lights.
The time switch can only be restarted after the set time expires.
N
C o n tro l
L 1 -1
C o n ta c t
L -2
A I2 _ 0 7 2 2 8 a
te
te
t e = R u n tim e
I2 _ 0 7 4 4 8 a
Switching example: 5TT1 311-1 time switch in four-wire connection, L-momentary contact with permanent light and attic circuit
L 1
A C
2 3 0 V
Usual circuit for new installation with separate cable routing for
pushbuttons and lights.
The additional DI switch allows external switching to permanent
light. A time switch can also be used.
An additional attic circuit is also available, which operates independently of the time switch, but on the same electrical circuit.
The time switch can be restarted before the set time expires.
N
C o n tro l
A I2 _ 0 7 2 2 6 a
L 1 -1
C o n ta c t
2
1
L -2
te
te
I2 _ 0 7 2 3 1 b
t e = R u n tim e
Switching example: 5TT1 311-1 time switch in 3-wire circuit, N-momentary contact
L 1
A C 2 3 0 V
Can only be used with a limited number of wires.

The time switch can be restarted before the set time expires.
While this 3-wire circuit with N-momentary contact is technically
possible, it does not comply with DIN VDE 0100 Part 460 (compare
IEC 60364-4-46).
However, it is used in old systems for replacement purposes.
N
C o n tro l
A I2 _ 0 7 2 2 7 a
N -1
C o n ta c t
L -2
t e
t e
t e = R u n tim e
2
I2 _ 0 7 4 4 9 a
12/60
Timers
5TT1 3
Schematics
1
2
Switching example: 5TT1 300 energy-saving timer in four-wire connection, L-momentary contact
A2 A1 15
15-18
15-16
18
6
7
Switching example: 5TT1 300 energy-saving timer in 3-wire circuit, N-momentary contact
L1 AC 230 V
The energy-saving timer switches on if pressed once and switches

off at the 2nd press of the button. If it is not switched off manually,
it is automatically switched off after the set time, max. 60 minutes.
While this 3-wire circuit with N-momentary contact is technically
possible, it does not comply with DIN VDE 0100 Part 460.
However, it is used in old systems for replacement purposes.
I2_07593
15-18
15-16
10
I2_07017b
18
8
9
A2 A1 15
3
4
5
I2_07016b
The energy-saving timer switches on if pressed once and switches

off at the 2nd press of the button. If it is not switched off manually,
it is automatically switched off after the set time, max. 60 minutes.
I2_07593
L1 AC 230 V N
11
Switching example: 5TT1 301 lighting time switch in four-wire connection, L-momentary contact
L1 230 V AC
When pressed, the lighting time switch switches on for the set runtime, up to 5 minutes. If the switch is pressed for more than one
second, the light is switched on for four times the set time, i. e. up to
20 minutes.
The last press of the pushbutton is decisive.
A 1 -1 5 /1 8
A 1 -1 5 /1 8
t
1
t
1
13
14
P u s h b u tto n < 1 : s h o r t - tim e u p to 5 m in .

P u s h b u tto n > 1 : lo n g - tim e u p to 2 0 m in .
15
15
I2_07019a
12
A1
A I2 _ 0 7 2 2 9 a
A2
16
12/61
17
Timers
7LF4 1, 7LF4 2
Benefits
Mini
digital time
switches
7LF4 101
7LF4 110
7LF4 111
7LF4 112
7LF4 114
7LF4 200
7LF4 120
7LF4 121
7LF4 201
7LF4 15
Weekly program with user-definable block programming
Year program
Single-shot date switching
Cycle program 1 to 99 min.
7LF4 114
7LF4 121
Pulse program 1 to 59 s
7LF4 114
7LF4 121
Random program 1 to 59 min.
DC-77 radio signal application
Automatic daylight savings
Manual switching
Switching instants
42
12
28
42
105
Permanent storage
Supercap
Protected programming
Reserve power (h)
150
50
50
50
70
Day program
User-definable block programming

Switching instants can be freely assigned to weekdays during
programming.
Year time switch
The year timer is always based on a 7-day time switch. By entering
date ranges, whole days can be hidden or additional weekly switching programs activated.
Single-shot date switching
After execution, a time switching point is automatically deleted because it will not be required in the year to follow, e.g. Easter vacation.
Automatic daylight savings

The system automatically switches over to daylight saving on the last
weekends in March and October (in the nights from Saturday to
Sunday) in accordance with statutory regulations.
If required, the following additional options are also available:
H = semi-automatic:
The switchover is always performed on the set date. If no date is entered, there is no switchover.
C = calculated:
Switchovers are always effected on the same weekday of the calendar week.
Cycle program
Instead of an ON command, an ON time of e.g. 5 min. and an
OFF time of e.g. 55 min. can be programmed.
This cycle is then constantly repeated until it is ended by the cycle
OFF command.
For example, if you want a fan to run for 5 minutes in every hour from
8 am to 6 pm, only four further switching instants are required.
Manual switching
The automatic time program can be also be temporarily or permanently disabled by means of special pushbuttons.
Pulse program
Instead of an ON command, you can program a pulse of
1 - 59 seconds. This enables automation of pushbutton
commands for remote-control switches or self-holding switches.
Supercap
Wear-free, passive component for maintaining the reserve power
during a power failure.
Random program
An ON or OFF command is randomly delayed from 1 - 59 min.
DCF-77 technology
A long-wave time signal with a range of approx. 1500 km is emitted
from Frankfurt/Main. This time signal synchronizes the internal time
signal of the time switch. There is never any need to correct the time
of day. In the event of a power failure, the time of day is automatically
set correctly.
12/62
Permanent storage
The programmed switching instants are not lost in the event of a
power failure. The Time of Day continues to be calculated, even
when the power reserve is activated.
Protected programming
The devices have a sealable device cover.
Application
Digital time switches can be used for switching systems or system
sections, or for a wide range of functions, including the following:
irrigation systems, greenhouses, public gardens, swimming pools,
filtering installations, canopy control, school bells, church bells,
shop window lighting, advertising lighting, gym lighting, street lighting, illuminated signs, traffic light controls, office lighting, lighting of
stairwells and entrances, object illumination, preheating of industrial
furnaces, spraying machines, baking ovens, heating systems, air
conditioning systems and devices, fans and ventilation systems,
heating circulation pumps, sauna systems, aquariums, fountains.
Timers
7LF4 1, 7LF4 2
Design
Control elements
Mo
PC operator interface for year time switch
Tu
We
Th
Fr
Su
Sa
1
1x
min
C
A
date
RND
prog
3
4
I
H
AM
Prog.3
back
next
sf
6
Prog.2
1
2
change
Prog.1
clear
3
7
I2_06586b
7LF4 152 display
Pushbutton functions
1 Pushbutton for entering the time, date and if applicable changing the
automatic daylight savings.
2 Pushbutton(s) for entering the switching instant per channel, such
as the type of switching command (ON/OFF). Switching time, selection of week day, date and date range.
3 Pushbuttons for switching backwards and forwards when reading, switching backwards and forwards in programming mode or
when entering
corrections, changing times, switching instants, date ranges and
manual/automatic switching.
4 Pushbutton for selecting inputs, e.g., Friday from 7 weekdays or
for
counting increments, e.g. for entering a time of 20:30.
5 Manual/Automatic switching. The Automatic function can be temporarily or permanently disabled and the time switch can be permanently switched on or off.
6 The "sf" pushbutton (special function) is required for programming
cycles, pulses and random programs and if applicable for
changing the daylight savings.
7 This pushbutton lets you delete switching points.
Indicators
A Time indication. The 7LF4 13 devices display a date (day, month)
at the top. The programming mode offers a display aid with the
term "date", see G.
B Indicates the switching state of the time switch, such as ON/OFF,
duration ON/OFF.
C Manual/Automatic indication.
D Weekday indication. The day blocks are displayed in programming mode.
E Daylight savings indication.
F Display of special functions, such as cycle, pulse, random (RND)
or single-shot date switching.
G Mode indication, such as Time of Day or programming mode. To
ensure the programming mode is unambiguous, "min" indicates
minutes and "date" the date input. AM indicates a 12-hour display.
H Indicates reception of the DCF-77 time signal.
I Indication of year, i.e. 96 for 1996, or a block number, like the ones
used for programming data ranges.
MS Windows 3.11/MS Windows 95/MS Windows NT

Free channel definitions
Switching states represented as symbols, can be freely selected
Symbol library
Clearly arranged display of the switching program
Wizard support when creating switching programs
Control options:
- Year overview of the switching program
- Day/week simulation of the switching program
- Statistics of switching commands for definable time periods
Status indication of free memory space
Clearly arranged, table display.
Application
The PC user interface is intuitive and user-friendly and makes it easy
to create complex switching programs.
Benefits
Due to the large number of switching commands and dates entered,
switching programs can be very confusing. In these situations,
direct programming at the digital time switch is not particularly
helpful. However, the PC user interface allows the fast and reliable
creation of complex switching programs.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Function
The quartz-controlled Time of Day is compared with the switching
program and switched on or off, depending on the programmed
switching instant.
Digital time switches can switch to the minute exactly and execute
different time switchings on weekdays, on a specific date or within
data ranges. They are therefore far superior to mechanical time
switches.
13
14
15
16
12/63
17
Timers
7LF4 1, 7LF4 2
Data according to IEC 60730, EN 60730
V AC
V DC

Operating range Uc
at 50 Hz
at 60 Hz
7LF4 110
7LF4 111
7LF4 112
7LF4 114
7LF4 200
7LF4 120
7LF4 121
7LF4 201
7LF4 15
230 ... 240
230
12, 24, 230

12, 24
230
12, 24, 230

12, 24
1 ... 3
0.85 ... 1.1

0.85 ... 1.06
Rated frequency
Channels/contacts
7LF4 101
mcontact, changeover

for p.f. = 1
for p.f. = 0.6
Different phases
contact/contact

actuator/contact
contact/contact
actuator/contact
contact/contact
Hz
50 ... 60
Items
V AC
250
A
A
16
2.5
16
4
10
4
yes
yes
no
mm
mm
kV
kV
>2.5
>2.5
V; mA
10; 300
1 000
min
Rated impulse
withstand voltage Uimp
400
Clock error per day
typical
2.5
for power reserve
70
24
Ni/Cd
Supercap
Power reserve storage

Terminals
rigid

1.0
1
min.
mm2
mm2
1.5 ... 4
0.5
-10 ... +55
acc. to DIN 50016
FW 24
Available switching instants
Number
Switching instant requirements
Number
7LF4 150
105
Standard (time, weekday/block)
7LF4 151
2 53
Random command (RND)
7LF4 152
3 35
Pulse command
7LF4 153
3 35
Cycle command
7LF4 154
3 35
Date/data range/1 switching
each + 1

Order No.
Short designation
Power loss Pv (VA)

coil/drive
contact 1) per pole
7LF4 101
digital time switch 230 V AC 16 A 1 MW
3.1
1.1
7LF4 110
7LF4 111
7LF4 112
7LF4 114
digital time switch 230 V AC 16 A, day

digital time switch 230 V AC 16 A, week
digital time switch 24 V AC/DC 16 A, week
digital time switch 230 V AC 16 A, week
7.6
5.3
1.8
6.2
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
7LF4 120
7LF4 121
digital time switch 230 V AC 16 A, week, two-channel

digital time switch 230 V AC 16 A week, two-channel, special
5.4
6.2
1.6
1.6
7LF4 150
7LF4 151
7LF4 152
digital time switch 230 V AC 10 A, year

digital time switch 230 V AC 10 A, year, two-channel
digital time switch 230 V AC 10 A, year, three-channel
6.4
9
9.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
7LF4 153
7LF4 154
digital time switch 24 V AC/DC 10 A, year, three-channel

digital time switch 12 V AC/DC 10 A, year, three-channel
2.9
0.9
0.5
0.5
7LF4 200
7LF4 201
5.3
digital time switch 230 V AC week, surface-mounting/front
digital time switch 230 V AC, week, two-channel, surface-mounting/front 0.8
1.2
1.2
12/64
Timers
7LF4 1, 7LF4 2

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
250
16
230 AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
0.100
7LF4 1 digital time switches

Day program
single-channel
50 h reserve power
12 switching instants
1 5 3
M
2 4
7LF4 110
single-channel
50 h reserve power
250
16
230 AC
AC/DC 24
16
230 AC
16
230
16
230
7LF4 111
7LF4 112
0.100
0.175
1
1
7LF4 114
0.100
7LF4 120
0.100
7LF4 121
0.130
with cycle and pulse program

1 5 3
M
2 4
250
two-channel
50 h reserve power
2 21 switching instants
1 5 3 8 6
M
2 4
7
3
4
5
Week program
1 5 3
M
2 4
1
2
250
6
7
8
with cycle and pulse program

1 5 3 8 6
M
2 4
7
250
Year/week program
for DCF-77 radio signal startup
70 h reserve power
1.0 s/day typ. accuracy with
cycle, random and pulse program and
single-shot date switching
9
10
single-channel
1 5 3
M
2 4
250
11
10
230
7LF4 150
0.170
10
230
7LF4 151
0.180
12
10
230
13
two-channel
1 5 3 8 6
M
2 4
7
250
three-channel
1 5 3 8 6 11 9
M
2 4
7
10
250
7LF4 152
0.200
24
7LF4 153
0.200
12
7LF4 154
0.200
14
15
16
12/65
17
Timers
7LF4 1, 7LF4 2

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
7LF4 2 digital time switches for wall mounting or front-panel mounting

Week program
50 h reserve power
with terminal cover
degree of protection, IP20
panel cutout 68+0.5 68+0.5 mm
single-channel
1 5 3
M
2 4
250
16
230
7LF4 200
0.200
16
230
7LF4 201
0.230
230
7LF4 101
0.120
two-channel
1 5 3 8 6
M
2 4
7
250
7LF4 101 mini digital time switches

Day and week program
reserve power: 150 h/typ.
manual daylight savings switchover
permanent switching
99-day switching
random program for presence simulation
1 CO contact, 42 switching instants
1 3 5
250
16
12/66
Timers
7LF4 1, 7LF4 2
Accessories
Uc
MW
Order No.
V AC
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
0.230
Expansion units for 7LF4 15 digital time switches

DCF-77 aerial
for the control of 7LF4 14 power supply units.
degree of protection, IP54, temperature range -20 C to +60 C
cable length 1.5 m extension up to 100 m with
NYM 2 0.75 mm2 line possible
7LF4 142
DCF-77 power supply unit
1
2
3
4
5
one power supply unit is required for each time switch. This is plugged
onto the right-hand side of the time switch. The signal of the DCF-77
aerial can be looped through any number of DCF-77 power supply
units. Maximum cable length between the power supply units: 50 m.
230
7LF4 143
0.170
230
7LF4 144
0.170
with IR interface
for the IR program transmitter
6
7
8
IR program transmitter
used to transmit switching programs to the time switch.
Programs stored in the time switch can also be read by to the
IR program transmitter.
Up to four different switching programs can be stored in the

IR program transmitter.
Operation is over three pushbuttons and is supported by an LCD.
Scope of delivery includes the software (CD),
which can run under Windows 3.1, Windows 95 and Windows NT.
7LF4 148
0.197
7LF9 00 mount for the front-mounting of time switches
10
for mounting on panels with a sheet thickness of up to 2.5 mm.

the mount must be completely filled with devices.
I2_08105
for devices with 2 MW

cutout dimensions H W: 45+0.5 mm 45+0.5 mm
front dimensions H W: 72 mm 55 mm
7LF9 002
0.017

7LF9 004
0.017

7LF9 003
0.017
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/67
17
Timers
7LF4 1, 7LF4 2
7LF4 110
7LF4 111
7LF4 112
7LF4 113
7LF4 114
7LF4 120
7LF4 121
7LF4 150
7LF4 151
6 7 8
6 7 8
7LF4 152
7LF4 153
7LF4 154
9 10 11
45
90
6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
36
36
36
1 2
1 2
3 4 5
3 4 5
DCF 7LF4 power supply unit

7LF4 143
1 2
54
54
3 4 5
54
44
55
I2_06547a
7LF4 101 mini digital time switches
7LF4 144
+_
3 4
6 7 8
6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
36
36
44
55

7LF4 200
7LF4 201
66
72
I2_07127
81
102
Also suitable for front-panel mounting

panel cutout: 66 66 mm2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
12/68
45
90
18
25
58
I2_05936a
1 2
I2_05958a
I2_07128a
45
90
+_
5,5
44
55
35
Timers
7LF5 1, 7LQ1 1, 7LS1 1

Data according to IEC 60730, EN 60730
V AC

Operating range Uc
at 50 Hz
at 60 Hz
Operating mode
Hz
Rated frequency
7LF5 141
220 ... 240
230
0.85 to 1.1
0.85 to 1.1
0.85 ... 1.06
synchronous
quartz
50
50 ... 60
NO contact
-contact
V AC
250
A
A
16
4
for p.f. = 1
for p.f. = 0.6
Different phases
actuator/contact
permissible

actuator/contact
mm
actuator/contact
kV
>4
V; mA
20; 100
1 000
typical
min
30
synchronous
2.5
Ni/Cd
Power reserve storage

Power reserve typical
for power reserve
Terminals
rigid
50
100
Data acc. to EN 60730-1, EN 60760-2-7
-25 ... +55
7LS1 105
V AC
at 50 Hz
at 60 Hz
Operating mode
Hz
Rated frequency
7LS1 106
7LS1 107
7LQ1 106
0.85 to 1.1
0.85 to 1.1
synchronous
quartz
50
V AC
250
A
A
16
4
for p.f. = 1
for p.f. = 0.6
Different phases
drive/contact permissible
contact/contact

actuator/contact
mm
actuator/contact
kV
>2.5
V; mA
10; 100
1350
min
30
synchronous
typ. at +20C
9
7LQ1 107
10
50 ... 60
week
hour
day
week
CO contact
-contact
Clock error per day
-20 ... +55
230
day
Switching program
Contact
1.5 ... 4
1 0.5
FW 24
acc. to DIN 50016

Operating range Uc
1
mm2
min. mm2

6
7
yes
yes
Day program
Clock error per day
3
4
day
Switching program
Contact
7LF5 101
13
210
1.2
30
210
2.5
14
yes
Terminals
rigid
1
mm2
min. mm2
C
1.5 ... 4
0.5
-25 ... +55
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730-1
II
acc. to EN 60529
IP20
acc. to IEC 60068
FW 24
11
12
yes
Pointer element
1
2
15
16
12/69
17
Timers
7LF5 1, 7LQ1 1, 7LS1 1

Order No.
Short designation
Power loss Pv (VA)

coil/drive
contact 1) per pole
7LF5 101
Synchronous time switch 230 V AC 16 A 1 MW
3.1
1.7
7LF5 141
Quartz time switch 230 V AC 16 A 1 MW
2.2
1.7
7LQ1 106
7LQ1 107
Quartz time switch 230 V AC 16 A 3 MW, day

Quartz time switch 230 V AC 16 A 3 MW, week
1
1
1
1
7LS1 105
7LS1 106
7LS1 107
Synchronous time switch 230 V AC 16 A 3 MW, day

Synchronous time switch 230 V AC 16 A 3 MW, week
Synchronous time switch 230 V AC 16 A 3 MW, hour
1
1
1
1
1
1

MW
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
7LF5 101
0.120
7LS1 105
0.160
230
7LS1 106
0.160
16
230
7LS1 107
0.160
16
230
7LF5 141
0.120
16
230
7LQ1 106
0.160
16
230
7LQ1 107
0.160
Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
16
220 ... 240 1
16
230
16
Order No.
Synchronous time switches

Synchronous time switches
without reserve power
1 3
250
2 4

a 3 2
M
b 1
250

a 3 2
M
b 1
250
Hour disk, 1 CO contact

a 3 2
M
b 1
250
Quartz-clock time switches

reserve power 50 h typ.
1 3
250
2 4

a 3 2
M
b 1
250

a 3 2
M
b 1
12/70
250
Timers
7LF5 1, 7LQ1 1, 7LS1 1

7LQ1, 7LS1 mechanical time switches
7LF5 mechanical time switches
7LQ1 106
7LQ1 107
7LF5 101
7LF5 141
3
4
7LS1 105
7LS1 106
7LS1 107
5,5
44
55
I2_07569
18
I2_07086
1 2
3 4 5
54
45
90
45
90
3 4
1 2
1
2
5,5
6
7
44
55
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/71
17
Power Supply Units
4AC2 9 transformers
Overview
Certification
VDE approval pending.
Hum-free
The transformers with 24 and 40 VA cores are molded, which means
that they are virtually hum-free and highly suitable for installation in
sound-sensitive distribution boards.
Uniform standards
short-time loading and those for permanent loading.
Voltage stability
EN 61558-2-2 specifies that the difference between the non-loaded
output voltage and the output voltage loaded with the rated load for
transformers for permanent loading must not exceed 10 %. This requirement places the highest demands on the design of this type of
transformer. It can only be met by using high-quality core materials
and a core design with an extraordinarily high efficiency, such as
type EI acc. to DIN 41302.
Failsafe with PTC

Siemens transformers for permanent loading are protected against
short circuit or moderate overload by a PTC resistor. If a disconnection occurs, the transformer must be switched off for approx. 30 min
to cool down the PTC resistor.
connection, they can be used, e.g. for 12 V and 16 VA, in series connection for 24 V and 16 VA. In these types of circuits, the PTC resistor ensures full protection of the transformer.
AC voltage/current supply for 8, 12 or 24 V AC, up to 55 VA as safety
extra-low voltage with a mounting depth of 55 mm for the supply of
calibration circuits, switching relays or Insta contactors in continuous duty.
4AC2 940-8 4AC2 951-6 4AC2 952-4 4AC2 961-6 4AC2 962-4 4AC2 964-0
Rated apparent power Ps
VA
16
24
16
24
40
Rated short-time power

p.f. = 0.5, t = 10 s
VA
10
18
27
18
27
48
V AC
230
2 x 12
24
0.67
0.67
1
1
1.67
1.67
Operating range Uc
at 50/60 Hz
0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency
Hz
50
Operating frequency range
Hz
48 ... 62
Secondary rated voltage Usek

V AC
V AC
2x4
8
Secondary rated current Isek

at 4 V
at 8 V
at 12 V
at 24 V
A AC
A AC
A AC
A AC
2x2
2

at rated load
VA
W
3.5
2.6
10.3
4.6
8.0
2.7
8.0
3.6
13.1
6.3
8.3
5.7
yes
yes
yes
yes
Core molded
mm

primary against secondary winding
kV
rigid
4
1
screw (Pozidriv)
Terminals
3
B
Insulation class
mm2
min. mm2
1 ... 6
0.75

in operation
-10 ... +40
80
acc. to EN 60529
IP20
Protection class
acc. to EN 60730
II
12/72
Power Supply Units
4AC2 9 transformers

Ue
Usec
Isec
Ps
V AC
V AC
A AC
VA
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
Transformers for permanent loads

extra-low voltage for continuous operation for the supply of
calibration circuits, switching relays and Insta contactors
with one secondary voltage
230
8
1
3
8
24
with two secondary voltages, optionally available with

series or parallel switching
230
2x4/8
2x2/2
16
2x12/24
2x0.67/0.67
2x1.0/1.0
2x1.67/1.67
16
24
40
3
4
4AC2 940-8
4AC2 952-4
0.380
0.590
1
1
4AC2 951-6
0.540
3
4
4
4AC2 961-6
4AC2 962-4
4AC2 964-0
0.580
0.590
0.790
1
1
1
4AC2 962-4
4AC2 964-0
45
64
90
3 4 5
9 10
72
9 10
6 7
72
29
44
55
10
4AC2 940-8
11
45
90
4AC2 951-6
4AC2 961-6
4567
54
1 2
6 7
54
12
I2_11977
1 2
I2_11976
3
4
6
7
4AC2 952-4
1
2
25
44
55
13
14
15
16
12/73
17
Power Supply Units
4AC2 9 transformers
Schematics
8 V/24 VA
230 V/50 Hz
8 V/16 VA
10
4AC2 961-6
4AC2 961-6
parallel connection
12 V/8 VA
230 V/50 Hz
12 V/8 VA
12 V/8 VA
230 V/50 Hz
The 12 V outputs must be switched in parallel or in series.

Our example shows the 4AC3 616. In parallel connection, they can
be used for 12 V/16 VA, in series connection for 24 V/16 VA.
In these types of circuits, the PTC resistor ensures full protection
of the transformer.
12/74
230 V/50 Hz
12 V/12 VA
2
1
4AC2 964-0
24 V/40 VA
24 V/24 VA
6
I2_11302
12 V/8 VA
I2_11301
4 V/8 VA
4AC2 962-4
12 V/16 VA
24 V/16 VA
4
4 V/8 VA
10
12 V/12 VA
230 V/50 Hz
12 V/20 VA
10
12 V/20 VA
230 V/50 Hz
I2_11304
I2_11298
230 V/50 Hz
4AC2 951-6
I2_11303
8 V/8 VA
I2_11297
4AC2 952-4
I2_11299
4AC2 940-8
Measuring Devices
Benefits
Counting mechanism 00000.0 h or 000000
Suppression of leading zero from the 3rd decade onwards
7-Segment display, 6-digit, height 5 mm
Start/Stop and Reset function
Unlimited data backup in the event of a power failure

Ambient temperature -30 C to +65 C (below -5 C increasing
slowness/delay of indication)
Data according to VDE 0435
7KT5 745-0
7KT5 745-1
7KT5 745-2
7KT5 745-3
7KT5 745-4
EEPROM
unlimited
Data backup
Minimum pulse lengths
Max. counting frequency
pulse
Terminals
rigid
Ambient temperature
ms
20
15
6
7
1
max. mm2
2 2.5
-30 ... +65
Order No.
Short designation
Power loss Pv (VA)

coil/drive
7KT5 745
7KT5 745-0
7KT5 745-1
time counter 12 ... 24 V DC

time counter 115 V AC 50 Hz
0.1
0.9
1.8
7KT5 745-2
7KT5 745-3
7KT5 745-4

0.9
1.8
0.2
7KT5 751
7KT5 752
7KT5 753
pulse counter 24 V DC
pulse counter 24 V AC 50 Hz
pulse counter 230 V AC 50 Hz
0.1
0.1
0.1
7KT5 761
7KT5 762
7KT5 763
time counter 2 230 V AC 50 Hz

time/pulse counter 2 230 V AC 50 Hz
pulse counter 2 230 V AC 50 Hz
1.6
1.9
2.2
3
4
5
00000.0 or 00000
Display
1
2
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/75
17
Measuring Devices

Ps
Uc
MW
Order No.
VA
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
Time counter with one counting mechanism
Counting mechanism 00000.0 h

10 ... 27 V DC
2(+)
0.07 ... 0.09
7KT5 745
0.084
24 V AC, 50 Hz
115 V AC, 50 Hz
0.2
0.9
7KT5 745-4
7KT5 745-0
0.087
0.060
1
1
230 V AC, 50 Hz
1.8
7KT5 745-1
0.087
115 V AC, 60 Hz
0.9
7KT5 745-2
0.087
230 V AC, 60 Hz
1.8
7KT5 745-3
0.087
7KT5 761
0.108
3(-)
2(L)
M
3(N)
Time counter with two counting mechanisms
Counting mechanism 00000.00 h

1
M
2 230 V AC, 50 Hz
0.8 1) each
Pulse counter with one counting mechanism

Counting mechanism 0000000
Counting frequency 10 Imp/s
Pulse duration/interval 10 ms
1(-)
24 V DC
0.1
7KT5 751
0.092
24 V AC, 50 Hz
230 V AC, 50 Hz
0.1
1.1
7KT5 752
7KT5 753
0.092
0.092
1
1
7KT5 763
0.108
7KT5 762
0.108
4
3(+)
1
4
3
Pulse counter with two counting mechanisms

Counting mechanism 0000000
1
2 230 V AC, 50 Hz
2 1.1
Combined time and pulse counter

Counting mechanism 00000.00 h and 0000000
1
2 230 V AC, 50 Hz
0.8 1)/1.1
h
2
1) Clocked power consumption: max. 10 mA.
7KT5 7 time counters
7KT5 751
7KT5 752
7KT5 753
7KT5 761
7KT5 762
7KT5 763
35,5
12/76
35,5
1 2 3 4
35,5
I2_07131
45
85
7KT5 745
7KT5 745-0 to
7KT5 745-4
40,5
53
Monitoring Devices
Benefits
According to DIN VDE 0710-1
With glow lamp 230 V, E10 socket, without cap
Colors acc. to IEC 60073
3
4
Data according to DIN VDE 0710-1
5TE5 7
Rated voltage Ue
V AC
230
mm
>7
Clearances
between the terminals
screw (Pozidriv); Nm
rigid
1.5 ... 6
mm2
min. mm2 1
C
-5 ... +40

45
1; 1.2

5
6
7

Order No.
Short designation
Power loss Pv (VA)

coil/drive
5TE5 700
5TE5 702
light signal 230 V AC lamp without cap

light signal 230 V AC lamp without cap
see lamp 5TG8

see lamp 5TG8
5TG8 004
5TG8 006
glow lamp 230 V AC for light signal

glow lamp 230 V AC green for light signal
0.4
0.4
5TG8 037
filament lamp 24 V for light signal
5TG8 040
glow lamp 110 V AC for light signal
0.4

Ue
V AC
Conductor
cross section
up to mm
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
Light signaling device

for max. cable length 5 m, without cap
1
1
2
230
5TE5 700
0.045
1/12
5TE5 702
0.045
1/12
9
10
for max. cable length 250 m, without cap

1
230
11
12
13
14
15
16
12/77
17
Monitoring Devices
Accessories
Ue
Conductor
cross section
V AC
up to mm2
Order No.
Weight
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
1 item
Caps
clear
red
green
yellow
blue
5TG8 036
5TG8 034
5TG8 035
5TG8 041
5TG8 042
0.002
0.002
0.002
0.001
0.001
5/10
5/10
5/10
5/10
5/10
5TG8 004
5TG8 006
5TG8 040
0.002
0.002
0.003
5/10
1/10
5/10
Spare glow lamps

for red, yellow, blue and
clear caps
for green cap
for all caps
230
230
115
1 set
Filament lamp
1.2 W, 24 V, E10 socket, clear
1 set comprises 10 filament lamps
and a lamp extractor
5TG8 037
0.020
1 set
5TE5 70 light signal
5TE5 700, 5TE5 702
2 4
I2_07113
45
67
90
1 3
18
12/78
24
44
55
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 45
Alarm signaling devices, 55/70 mm
Benefits
Continuous tone, fixed pitch
Interval/continuous tone, adjustable
3
4
5TT3 450
5TT3 451
V AC
1
2
5TT3 452
5TT3 453
24, 230
0.8 ... 1.1
Operating range Uc
(overload capability)
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Continuous tone
kHz
3.8
2.4/4.8 adjustable
Interval
pulse/interval
0.25/0.25
Volume
in 2-m distance
dB (A)
80
55 at 2.4 kHz/75 at 4.8 kHz
Terminals
rigid
-20 ... +60

F
acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
Humidity class
6
7
max. mm2 2 2.5

min. mm2 1 0.5

Order No.
Short designation
Power loss Pv (VA)

coil/drive
5TT3 450
5TT3 451
5TT3 452
5TT3 453
alarm sensor 230 V AC, non-adjustable

alarm sensor 24 V AC, non-adjustable
alarm sensor 230 V AC, adjustable
alarm sensor 24 V AC, adjustable
5
5
5
5
8
9

Uc
MW
Order No.
V AC
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
Alarm signaling devices
10
non-adjustable continuous tone and pitch

230
24
A1
5TT3 450
5TT3 451
0.110
0.110
1
1
5TT3 452
5TT3 453
0.110
0.110
1
1
A2
11
adjustable pitch and continuous tone/interval

230
24
A1
A2
13
5TT3 45 alarm signaling devices

5TT3 452
5TT3 453
A1A2
A1A2
14
45
90
5TT3 450
5TT3 451
18
18
12
43
55
15
I2_07146
16
12/79
17
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 42 phase and phase sequence indicators

55/70 mm
Benefits
Application
Phase indicator
LED display for each phase
1 CO contact
Any phase sequence
Conductor cross-sections up to 2 2.5 mm2
Phase indicator
For visual detection / signaling of phase failures in a 3-phase system.
The three LEDs can all be controlled with the same phase.
Phase sequence indicator
For optical detection or indication of the phase sequence
L1, L2, L3 in a 3-phase system.

LED display for the phase sequence
V AC
5TT3 420
5TT3 422
230/400
400
0.8 ... 1.1
Operating range Uc
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Terminals
rigid
max. mm2 2 2.5

min. mm2 1 0.5
-20 ... +60
20/60/4

Order No.
Short designation
Power loss Pv (VA)

coil/drive
5TT3 420
5TT3 422
Phase indicator 230 V AC

Phase sequence indicator 230 V AC
4.6
9

MW
Uc
Order No.
V AC
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
Phase indicator
for optical monitoring of phases
L1 L2 L3
230/400
5TT3 420
0.050
400
5TT3 422
0.050

for optical monitoring of the phase sequence
L1 L2 L3
5TT3 42 phase indicator
5TT3 42 phase sequence indicator
5TT3 420
5TT3 422
5TT3 421
5TT3 423
L1 N
L1
L1
L2 L3
L2 L3
L2 L3
L2 L3
18
12/80
18
12
14 13
43
55
18
18
I2_07137
14 11
I2_07136
12
45
90
45
90
L1 N
43
55
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 196 direct voltage monitor, 55/70 mm
Benefits
Application
residual ripple detection 0 % to 15 %, adjustable

for undervoltage Ufrom = 0.82
for overvoltage Ufrom = 1.18
conductor cross-sections up to 2 2.5 mm2
For monitoring under- and overvoltages and residual ripple of a 24 V

direct voltage system.
5TT3 196
V DC
24

coil/drive
contact 1) per pole
VA
VA
0.6
0.8
Hysteresis
undervoltage
overvoltage
Response values Uc
0.82
1.18
infinitely variable
0 ... 15
Overload capability
33 V DC
35 V DC
45 V DC
ms
ms
continuous
500
10
mm
input/output
kV
> 2.5
V/mA
24/300
A
A
1
4
Creepage and clearances

AC-11
AC-1
6
7
-contact
Contact
Terminals
rigid
1
max. mm2 2 2.5
min. mm2 1 0.5
-20 ... +60
20/60/4
5 105
in switching cycles at Ie

Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V DC
230
24
MW
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
0.150
Direct voltage monitor

e(+) 24 12
f
3
4
5
Residual ripple tripping DUc
1
2
5TT3 196
10
11
23 11
12
13
14
15
16
12/81
17
Monitoring Devices
5TT3 196 direct voltage monitor, 55/70 mm
Schematics
5TT3 196 direct voltage monitors
Switching example, functional diagram
e+ f
A I2 _ 0 7 2 7 4 a
L 3
45
90
5 T T 3 1 9 6
L 2
11 12
18
43
55
2 4
2 3
L o a d s
L 1
23 24
e + 1 2
1 1
I2_06552
D C
2 4 V
0,82 x U c
23-24
11-12
I2_07035a
1,18 x U c
If 0.82 Uc is fallen below or 1.18 Uc exceeded, or in the event of

excessive residual ripple, contact 11/12 is closed and contact 23/24
opened.
12/82
Monitoring Devices
Benefits
Application
For the detection of power supply (transformers) faults, such as

- short circuits
- overload
- underload (failed lamps)
3 measuring ranges, can be set using jumpers
For monitoring halogen lamps, as well as dimmed and undimmed

filament lamps in low-voltage lighting systems, in particular in safety
monitoring systems.
5TT6 110
V AC
230

coil/drive
contact 1) per pole
VA
VA
2
3.5
V AC
60 ... 265
without dimming
Operating range Uc
Hz
50/60
Set value
(lower window value)
link
x3 x4
x4 x5
none
transformer load
200 VA
300 VA
400 VA
VA
VA
VA
25 ... 200
30 ... 300
50 ... 400
Monitoring window
(acceptance range)
x3 x4
x4 x5
none
200 VA
300 VA
400 VA
VA
VA
VA
approx. 30
approx. 45
approx. 60
break time
for Overcurrent
Undercurrent
short circuit
ms
ms
ms
max. 100
max. 300
max. 10
V AC
250
V/mA
10/100
Rated frequency
Contact
m-contact (AC-11)
Terminals
rigid
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
max. mm2 2 2.5
min. mm2 1 0.5
C
1
2
-20 ... +60

20/60/4
10
Timing interval
U
A I2 _ 0 7 2 8 7 b
11
t
P u s h b u tto n
S e t
v a lu e
12
G
13
1 1 -1 2
14
= P e r fo r m a n c e r a n g e ( m o n ito r in g w in d o w ) , th e w id th o f th e w in d o w c a n n o t b e a d ju s te d .
15
16
12/83
17
Monitoring Devices

MW
Ue
Ie
Uc
V AC
V AC
230
230
Order No.
Weight
1 item
PS*/
P.unit
kg
Items
0.100
Current monitor
N L/11
5TT6 110
X3 X4 X5 12
5TT6 110 current monitor
X3 X4 X5
45
90
L/1112 / Tr
N N/ Tr
36
43
55
I2_07145
Schematics
Switching example
L 1
N
A C 2 3 0 V
A I2 _ 0 7 2 8 6 b
L /1 1
X 3
A 1
1 3
A 2
1 4
5 T T 3 0 4 5
X 4
X 5
1 2
5 T T 6 1 1 0
T o a la r m
r e la y
The current monitor monitors the operational current of the

transformer.
If the current is too high (incl. short circuit) or too low, the transformer
is switched off. The reset pushbutton is used to switch the device
back on.
This ensures reliable operation, particularly in the case of object
illumination.
A 5TT3 045 switching relay accepts the fault indication and the
phase separation for the alarm relay 5TT3 460 or 5TT3 461.
12/84
13
Notes on Product
Changeover
13/2
Introduction
13/3
Devices available for delivery over the long

term
13/4
Replacement products for devices

with a mounting depth of 55 mm
13/5

13/15

13
13/1
Notes on Product Changeover

Introduction
Overview
In the spring of 2004 we introduced numerous new modular installation devices at the Light & Building Trade Fair. Another move in the
conversion of devices from 55 mm to 70 mm mounting depth has
thus been taken.
Devices with a mounting depth of 55 mm are still available; see the
chapter "Modular Installation Devices, Mounting Depth 55 mm
N-System". For the autumn of 2005 we are planning a basic range
that will provide you with suitable devices over the long term. In this
chapter you will find notes on the product changeover:
Devices that are available for delivery over the long term
Replacement products for devices with a mounting depth of
55 mm (from the chapter "Modular Installation Devices, 55 mm
Mounting Depth N-System")
Successor products for devices with a mounting depth of 55 mm
Successor products for devices with a mounting depth of 70 mm
Modular installation devices with a mounting depth of 55 mm and
modular installation devices with transparent caps can also be found
in the chapters "Switching Devices", "Timers" and "Monitoring Devices". These devices can also be used without the transparent cap in
distributors with 55 mm mounting depth.
Note:
For planning security we have marked devices as having "long-term"
availability if their discontinuation is not planned. These devices will
ensure that demand for replacements and retrofits in distributors for
55 mm mounting depth will be met for several years to come.
13/2

Devices available for delivery over the long term
Overview
1
2
Switching Devices
Type
Product, not listed,

Available
5TT3 983
Remote switch, 230 V, 20 A, 4NO
long-term
5TT3 984
long-term
5TT3 985
long-term
5TT3 986
Remote switch, 24 V DC, 20 A, 4NO
long-term
5TT3 987
Remote switch, 230 V, 20 A, 3NO, 1NC
long-term
5TT3 988
long-term
5TT3 990
long-term
5TT3 991
Remote switch, 24 V DC, 20 A, 3NO, 1NC
long-term
Type
Product from the chapter "Switching

Devices", mounting depth 55/70 mm
Available
5TT3 045
Switching relay, 230 V AC, 16 A, 1NO
long-term
5TT5 501
Remote switch, 12 V AC, 16 A, OFF, 1-pole
long-term
5TT5 502
Remote switch, 12 V AC, 16 A, OFF, 2-pole
long-term
5TT5 511
Remote switch, 8 V, 16 A, OFF, 1-pole
long-term
5TT5 512
long-term
5TT5 521
long-term
5TT5 522
long-term
5TT5 531
long-term
5TT5 532
long-term
5TT5 163
Blind remote switch, 230 V, 2NO
long-term
5TT5 164
Series remote switch, 230 V, 2NO
long-term
5TT5 166
Series remote switch, 12 V, 2NO
long-term
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
13/3
17

Replacement products
for devices with a mounting depth of 55 mm
Overview
Timers
Type, so far Discontinued product, not listed,
Available
Type, new
Replacement product in chapter "Modular Instal- Available

lation Devices, mount. depth 55 mm N-System"
5TT1 310
Timer 230 V, 3-wire switch., L-momentary contact no longer

available
5TT1 310-1 Timer 230 V, 3-wire switch., L-momentary contact long-term
5TT1 311
Timer 230 V, 3/4-wire switch., N/L-momentary

contact
no longer
available
5TT1 311-1 Timer 230 V, 3/4-wire switch., N/L-momentary

contact
long-term
7LQ1 005
Quartz time switch, 1NO, day
no longer
available
7LF5 141
Quartz time switch, 1 MW, day
long-term
7LQ1 006
Quartz time switch, 1CO, day
no longer
available
7LQ1 106
Quartz time switch, 3 MW, day
long-term
7LQ1 007
Quartz time switch, day/week
no longer
available
7LQ1 107
Quartz time switch, 3 MW, week
long-term
7LQ1008
no longer
available
no replacement
7LS1 004
Synchronous time switch, 1NO, day
til 03/2005
7LF5 101
Synchronous time switch, 1 MW
long-term
7LS1 005
Synchronous time switch, 1CO, day
til 03/2005
7LS1 105
Synchronous time switch, 3 MW, day
til 09/2005
7LS1 006
Synchronous time switch, 1CO, week
til 03/2005
7LS1 106
Synchronous time switch, 3 MW, week
til 09/2005
7LS1 007
Synchronous time switch, 1CO, hour
til 03/2005
7LS1 107
Synchronous time switch, 3 MW, hour
til 09/2005
7LS1 008
Synchronous time switch, day/week
til 03/2005
no replacement
7LS1 010
Synchronous time switch, day/day
til 03/2005
no replacement

Available
Type, new
Replacement product in chapter "Modular Instal- Available

lation Devices, mount. depth 55 mm N-System"
4AC2 020
Transformer 8 V, 1 A
no longer
available
4AC2 940-8 Transformer, continuous duty, 8 V, 8 VA, PTC
4AC2 021
Transformer 8 V, 1 A, switch
no longer
available
Without switch: 4AC2 940-8
long-term
4AC2 022
Transformer 4/8/12 V, 1/1/0.67 A
no longer
available
4 V: 4AC2 951-6;
8 V: 4AC2 940-8;
12 V: 4AC2 961-6
long-term
4AC2 023
Transformer 4/6/8 V, 1/1/1 A PTC
no longer
available
4 V: 4AC2 951-6;
6 V: no replacement;
8 V: 4AC2 951-6
long-term
4AC2 100
Transformer 8 V, 1 A, PTC
no longer
available
4AC2 940-8 Transformer, continuous duty, 8 V, 8 VA, PTC
long-term
4AC2 101
no longer
available
4AC2 951-6 Transformer, continuous duty, 4+4 V, 16 VA, PTC
long-term
4AC2 102
Transformer 12 V, 1.33 A, PTC
no longer
available
4AC2 961-6 Transformer, continuous duty, 12+12 V, 16 VA, PTC long-term
4AC2 103
Transformer 8 V, 1 A, PTC, switch
no longer
available
long-term
4AC2 104
no longer
available
long-term
4AC2 105
Transformer 12 V, 1.33 A, PTC, switch
no longer
available
long-term
4AC2 120
Transformer 4/8/12 V, 2/2/2 A, PTC
no longer
available
4 V: 4AC2 951-6;
8 V: 4AC2 951-6;
12 V: 4AC2 962-4
long-term
4AC2 121
no longer
available
8 V: 4AC2 951-6;
12 V: 4AC2 962-4;
24 V: 4AC2 962-4
long-term
4AC2 122
no longer
available
4AC2 123
Transformer 12/24 V, 5.25/2.65 A PTC
no longer
available
4AC2 222
Transformer 24 V, 1.25 A, FS
no longer
available
4AC2 223
Transformer 12/24 V, 1/1/0.67 A, FS
no longer
available
4AC2 224
Transformer 4/8/12 V, 3/3/2.5 A, FS
no longer
available
4AC2 225
Transformer 2 X 12/24 V, 2 x 1.5/1 A, FS
no longer
available
4AC2 320
Power supply unit 12 V DC, 1 A
no longer
available
no replacement
4AC2 321
no longer
available
no replacement
Power Supply Units
13/4
no replacement
8 V: 4AC2 952-4;
12 V: 4AC2 964-0
long-term
long-term
long-term

Replacement products for
devices with a mounting depth of 55 mm
Overview
1
2
Type, so far Product in the chapter "Modular Installation Devices, Available
mounting depth 55 mm N-System"
Type, new
Replacement product in the chapter "Miniature

Circuit-Breakers, mounting depth 70 mm"
5SX2 101-7 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole, Char. C, 1 A
long-term
5SY6 101-7 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole, Char. C, 1 A
long-term
long-term
long-term
5SX2 105-7 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole, Char. C, 0.5 A
long-term
5SY6 105-7 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole, Char. C, 0.5 A
5SX2 106-6 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole, Char. B, 6 A
long-term
5SJ6 106-6 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole, Char. B, 6 A,

no additional components
long-term
long-term
long-term
5SJ6 110-6 Min. circ.-br., 6 kA, 1-pole, Char. B, 10 A, no addit. compon.
long-term
long-term
5SY6 113-6 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole, Char. B, 13 A
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
13/5
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Overview
Miniature circuit-breakers (Contd.)
Type, new

long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
5SX2 506-6 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole + N, Char. B, 6 A
long-term
5SY6 506-6 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole + N, Char. B, 6 A
5SX2 506-7 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole + N, Char. C, 6 A
long-term
5SY6 506-7 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole + N, Char. C, 6 A
5SX2 510-6 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole + N, Char. B, 10 A long-term
5SX2 510-7 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 1-pole + N, Char. C, 10 A long-term
13/6

Overview
1
2

Type, new
5SX2 606-7 Miniature circuit-breaker, 6 kA, 3-pole + N, Char. C, 6 A
long-term

Type, so far Product, not listed,

Available
Type, new
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term

13/7
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Overview
Available
Type, new

long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
13/8

Overview
1
2

Available
Type, new

long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
13/9
17

Overview
Residual current protective devices
Type, so far Product in the chapter "Modular Installation Devices,
Available
Type, new
Replacement product in the chapter

"Residual current protective devices",
5SM1 111-6 Residual current operated circuit-breaker,

type A, 16 A, 2-pole, 10 mA, 2 MW
long-term
5SM3 111-6 Residual current operated circuit-breaker,

5SM1 311-6 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 16 A, 2-pole, 30 mA, 2 MW
long-term
long-term
long-term
5SM1 316-6 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 63 A, 2-pole, 30 mA, 2.5 MW
long-term
long-term
long-term
5SM1 3426KK01
Residual current operated circuit-breaker,

long-term
5SM3 3426KK01

5SM1 3426KK03

type A, 25 A, 4-pole, 30 mA, 50 ... 400 Hz
long-term
5SM3 3426KK03

type A, 25 A, 4-pole, 30 mA, 4 MW, 50 ... 400 Hz
long-term
5SM1 3446KK01

long-term
5SM3 3446KK01

5SM1 3446KK03

type A, 40 A, 4-pole, 30 mA, 50 ... 400 Hz
long-term
5SM3 3446KK03

type A, 40 A, 4-pole, 30 mA, 4 MW, 50 ... 400 Hz
long-term
long-term
5SM1 352-6 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 25 A, 4-p., 30 mA, 500 V, 4 MW
long-term
5SM3 352-6 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 25 A, 4-p., 30 mA, 4 MW, 500 V
long-term
long-term
5SM1 412-6 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 25 A, 2-pole, 0.1 A, 2 MW
long-term
long-term
5SM1 416-6 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 63 A, 2-pole, 0.1 A, 2.5 MW
long-term
long-term
long-term
5SM1 444-8 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 40 A, 4-p., 0.1 A, 4 MW, sel.
long-term
long-term

type A, 63 A, 4-pole, 0.1 A, 4 MW
long-term
5SM3 4466KK01
long-term
long-term
long-term
5SM1 616-8 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 63 A, 2-p., 0.3 A, 2.5 MW, sel.
long-term
5SM3 616-8 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 63 A, 2-p., 0.3 A, 2.5 MW, sel.
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
5SM1 652-6 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 25 A, 4-p., 0.3 A, 500 V, 4 MW
long-term
5SM3 652-6 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 25 A, 4-p., 0.3 A, 4 MW, 500 V
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
long-term
5SM1 846-8 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 63 A, 4-pole, 1.0 A, 4 MW, sel. long-term
5SM3 846-8 Res. curr. opr. circ.-br., type A, 63 A, 4-pole, 1.0 A, 4 MW,
sel.
5SM1 4466KK01
13/10

type A, 63 A, 4-pole, 0.1 A, 4 MW

Overview
1
2
Switches
Type, so far Discontinued product in the chapter "Modular Instal- Available
lation Devices, mounting depth 55 mm N-System"
Type, new
Replacement product in the chapter "Switches",

5TE4 700
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NO, 1NC, gray
til 09/2005
5TE4 800
Pushbutton, 1NO, 1NC, 1 button,

without maintained-contact function
5TE4 701
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NO, gray, illuminated
til 09/2005
5TE4 821
Pushbutton, 1NO, 1 button, lamp
5TE4 702
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NC, gray, illuminated
til 09/2005
5TE4 820
Pushbutton, 1NO, 1NC, 1 button, lamp
5TE4 703
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NO, gray, illuminated
til 09/2005
5TE4 822
Pushbutton, 1NO, 1 button, lamp, for long cable
5TE4 704
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NO, 1NC, red
til 09/2005
5TE4 805
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NO, 1NC, red
5TE4 705
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NO, 1NC, green
til 09/2005
5TE4 806
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NO, 1NC, green
5TE4 706
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NO, 1NC, yellow
til 09/2005
5TE4 807
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NO, 1NC, yellow
5TE4 707
Pushbutton, 16 A, 1NO, 1NC, blue
til 09/2005
5TE4 808
5TE4 708
til 09/2005
5TE4 808
5TE7 101
Switch with pilot lamp, 16 A, 1-pole, 16 A, OFF
long-term
5TE8 101
Switch with pilot lamp, 20 A, 1NO, 1 lamp
5TE7 105
Switch with pilot lamp, 16 A, 1-pole, 16 A, OFF
til 09/2005
Changeover in 04/2005
5TE7 111
On/off switch, 16 A, 1-pole, 16 A, OFF, sealed
til 09/2005
5TE8 111
On/off switch, 20 A, 1NO
5TE7 112
til 09/2005
5TE8 112
5TE7 113
til 09/2005
5TE8 113
5TE7 141
Group switch, 16 A, 1-pole,
long-term
5TE8 141
Group switch, 20 A, 1 group
5TE7 142
Group switch, 16 A, 2-pole
til 09/2005
5TE8 142
Group switch, 20 A, 2 groups
5TE7 161
Changeover switch, 16 A, 1-pole
til 09/2005
5TE8 151
Changeover switch, 20 A, 1NO, 1NC
5TE7 162
Changeover switch, 16 A, 2-pole
til 09/2005
5TE8 152
5TE7 165
til 09/2005
5TE8 152
5TE7 211
On/off switch, 32 A, 1-pole, sealed
long-term
5TE8 211
On/off switch, 32 A, 1NO, terminal 6 mm2
5TE7 212
til 09/2005
5TE8 212
5TE7 213
til 09/2005
5TE8 213
5TE7 214
On/off switch, 32 A, 3-pole, +N, sealed
til 09/2005
5TE8 214
On/off switch, 32 A, 3NO+N, terminal 6 mm2
5TE7 313
til 09/2005
5TE8 213
5TE7 314
til 09/2005
5TE8 218
On/off switch, 32 A, 3NO+N+AS, terminal 6 mm2
5TE7 411
til 09/2005
5TE8 411
5TE7 412
til 09/2005
5TE8 412
5TE7 413
til 09/2005
5TE8 413
5TE7 414
til 09/2005
5TE8 414
On/off switch, 40 A, 3NO+N
5TE7 511
til 09/2005
5TE8 511
5TE7 512
til 09/2005
5TE8 512
5TE7 513
long-term
5TE8 513
til 09/2005
no replacement
til 09/2005
5TE8 514
til 09/2005
no replacement
5TE7 513-2 On/off switch, 63 A, 3-pin, 63 A, lockable

5TE7 514
On/off switch, 63 A, 3-pole +N, sealed
5TE7 514-2 On/off switch, 63 A, 3+-pole, 63 A, lockable

5TE7 611
til 09/2005
5TE8 611
5TE7 612
til 09/2005
5TE8 612
5TE7 613
til 09/2005
5TE8 613
5TE7 614
til 09/2005
5TE8 614
5TE7 711
long-term
5TE8 711
5TE7 712
til 09/2005
5TE8 712
5TE7 713
til 09/2005
5TE8 713
5TE7 714
til 09/2005
5TE8 714
5TE7 813
til 09/2005
5TE8 813
5TE9 110
Phase connector, 50 mm2
til 09/2005
5TE9 112
Phase connector, 50 mm2
5TE9 111
Neutral conductor connector, 50 mm2
til 09/2005
5TE9 113
Neutral conductor connector, 50 mm2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
13/11
17

Overview
Switching Devices
Available
Type, new
Replacement product in the chapter "Switching

Devices", mounting depth 70 mm
5TT3 801
til 12/2004
5TT5 730-0 Insta contactor, 230 V AC/DC , 24 A, 4NO
5TT3 802
til 12/2004
5TT5 731-0 Insta contactor, 230 V AC/DC, 24 A, 3NO, 1NC
5TT3 803
til 12/2004
5TT3 804
Remote switch, 230 V, 24 A, 4NC
til 12/2004
5TT5 733-0 Insta contactor, 230 V AC/DC , 24 A, 4NC
5TT3 806
til 12/2004
5TT3 807
til 12/2004
5TT3 811
til 12/2004
5TT3 812
til 12/2004
5TT3 813
til 12/2004
5TT3 814
til 12/2004
5TT3 816
til 12/2004
5TT3 817
til 12/2004
5TT3 821
til 12/2004
5TT3 822
til 12/2004
5TT3 823
til 12/2004
5TT3 824
til 12/2004
5TT3 825
til 12/2004
5TT3 831
til 12/2004
5TT3 835
til 12/2004
5TT3 841
til 12/2004
5TT3 842
til 12/2004
5TT3 843
til 12/2004
5TT3 844
til 12/2004
5TT3 845
til 12/2004
5TT3 861
til 12/2004
5TT5 700-0 Insta contactor, 230 V AC, 20 A, 2NO
5TT3 862
til 12/2004
5TT5 701-0 Insta contactor, 230 V AC, 20 A, 1NO, 1NC
5TT3 863
til 12/2004
5TT5 702-0 Insta contactor, 230 V AC, 20 A, 2NC
5TT3 864
til 12/2004
no replacement
5TT3 865
til 12/2004
no replacement
5TT3 871
til 12/2004
5TT3 872
til 12/2004
5TT3 873
til 12/2004
5TT3 874
til 12/2004
no replacement
5TT3 875
til 12/2004
no replacement
Available
Type, new
Replacement product in the chapter "Timers",

no replacement
no replacement
no replacement
Timers
5TT1 310
Time switch 230 V, 3-wire switch.,

L-momentary contact
no longer
available
7LF6 110
Time switch 230 V, 2000 W, 3-wire switch.,

L-momentary contact
5TT1 311
Time switch 230 V, 3/4-wire switch.,

N/L-momentary contact
no longer
available
7LF6 111
Time switch 230 V, 2000 W, 3/4-wire switch.,

N/L-momentary contact
5TT1 312
Time switch, 230 V, fan
til 03/2005
7LF6 112
Time switch, 230 V AC, fan
5TT1 313
Time switch, 230 V, advance warning
til 03/2005
7LF6 113
Time switch, 230 V AC, warning
5TT3 180
Multifunctional time switch, 24 ... 230 V
no longer
available
5TT3 185
Multifunctional time switch, 12 ... 230 V
7LQ1 005
Quartz time switch, 1NO, day
til 12/2004
7LF5 211
Quartz time switch, 1NO, day, 1 MW
7LQ1 006
Quartz time switch, 1CO, day
til 12/2004
7LF5 216
Quartz time switch, 1CO, day, 3 MW
7LQ1 007
til 12/2004
7LF5 217
Quartz time switch, 1CO, week, 3 MW
7LQ1008
til 12/2004
7LS1 004
Synchronous time switch, 1NO, day
til 03/2005
7LF5 201
Synchronous time switch, 1NO, day, 1 MW
7LS1 005
Synchronous time switch, 1CO, day
til 03/2005
7LF5 205
Synchronous time switch, 1CO, day, 3 MW
7LS1 006
Synchronous time switch, 1CO, week
til 03/2005
7LF5 206
Synchronous time switch, 1CO, week, 3 MW
7LS1 007
Synchronous time switch, 1CO, hour
til 03/2005
7LF5 207
Synchronous time switch, 1CO, hour, 3 MW
7LS1 008
Synchronous time switch, day/week
til 03/2005
no replacement
7LS1 010
Synchronous time switch, day/day
til 03/2005
no replacement
13/12
no replacement

Overview
1
2
Timers
Type, new
Replacement product in the chapter "Timers",

5TT1 300
Energy-saving timer, 230 V
til 09/2005
7LF6 115
Energy-saving timer, 230 V AC
5TT1 301
Lighting timer, 230 V
til 09/2005
7LF6 114
Lighting timer, 230 V AC
5TT3 080
Switching relay, sealable
long-term
no changeover
7LF4 101
Dig. time switch, 1 channel, 230 V, 16 A
long-term
7LF4 300-0 Dig. time switch Mini 1), 1 channel, week, 230 V
7LF4 110
Dig. time switch, 1 channel, day, 230 V, 16 A
til 09/2005
7LF4 310-0 Dig. time switch Top 1), 1 channel, day, 230 V
7LF4 111
Dig. time switch, 1 channel, week, 230 V, 16 A
long-term
7LF4 311-0 Dig. time switch Top 1), 1 channel, week, 230 V
7LF4 112
til 09/2005
7LF4 114
til 09/2005
7LF4 321-0 Dig. time switch Profi 1), 1 channel, week, 230 V
no replacement
7LF4 120
Dig. time switch, 2 channels, week, 230 V
long-term
7LF4 313-0 Dig. time switch Top 1), 2 channels, week, 230 V
1),
7LF4 121
Dig. time switch, 2 channels, week, 230 V
til 09/2005
7LF4 321-0 Dig. time switch Profi
7LF4 143
DC F-77 power supply unit
til 09/2005
no replacement
7LF4 144
DC F-77 power supply unit + IR interface
til 09/2005
no replacement
7LF4 150
Dig. time switch, year
til 09/2005
7LF4 151
Dig. time switch, 2 channels, year
til 09/2005
7LF4 322-0 Dig. time switch Profi 1), 2 channels, week, 230 V
7LF4 152
Dig. time switch, 3 channels, year
til 09/2005
7LF4 153
Dig. time switch, 3 channels, year, 24 V
til 09/2005
no replacement
7LF4 154
Dig. time switch, 3 channels, year, 12 V
til 09/2005
no replacement
7LF5 101
Synchronous time switch, 1 MW
long-term
7LF5 201
Synchronous time switch, day, 1NO, 1 MW
7LF5 141
Quartz time switch, day, 1 MW
long-term
7LF5 211
Quartz time switch, day, 1NO, 1 MW
7LQ1 106
Quartz time switch, day, 3 MW
long-term
7LF5 216
Quartz time switch, day, 1CO, 3 MW
7LQ1 107
Quartz time switch, week, 3 MW
long-term
7LF5 217
Quartz time switch, week, 1CO, 3 MW
7LS1 105
Synchronous time switch, day, 3 MW
til 09/2005
7LF5 205
Synchronous time switch, day, 1CO, 3 MW
7LS1 106
Synchronous time switch, week, 3 MW
til 09/2005
7LF5 206
Synchronous time switch, week, 1CO, 3 MW
7LS1 107
Synchronous time switch, hour, 3 MW
til 09/2005
7LF5 207
Synchronous time switch, hour, 1CO, 3 MW
1 channel, week, 230 V

Available
Type, new

"Power Supply Units", mounting depth 70 mm
4AC2 020
Transformer 8 V, 1 A
no longer
available
4AC3 408
Transformer, continuous duty, 8 V, 8 VA, PTC
4AC2 021
Transformer 8 V, 1 A, switch
no longer
available
without switch: 4AC3 408
4AC2 022
Transformer 4/8/12 V, 1/1/0.67 A
no longer
available
4 V: 4AC3 516;
8 V: 4AC3 516;
12 V: 4AC3 616
4AC2 023
Transformer 4/6/8 V, 1/1/1 A PTC
no longer
available
4 V: 4AC3 516;
6 V: no replacement
8 V: 4AC3 516
4AC2 100
no longer
available
4AC3 408
4AC2 101
no longer
available
4AC3 524
4AC2 102
Transformer 12 V, 1.33 A, PTC
no longer
available
4AC3 616
Transformer, continuous duty, 12+12 V, 16 VA, PTC
4AC2 103
no longer
available
4AC2 104
no longer
available
4AC2 105
Transformer 12 V, 1.33 A, PTC, switch
no longer
available
4AC2 120
no longer
available
4 V: 4AC3 516;
8 V: 4AC3 516;
12 V: 4AC3 624
4AC2 121
no longer
available
8 V: 4AC3 524;
12 V: 4AC3 624;
24 V: 4AC3 624
4AC2 122
no longer
available
4AC3 624
4AC2 123
Transformer 12/24 V, 5.25/2.65 A PTC
no longer
available
4AC3 663
6
7
8
9
Power Supply Units
1)
3
4
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Available for delivery from 2nd quarter 2005.
13/13
17

Overview
Power Supply Units (Contd.)
Available
Type, new

"Power Supply Units", mounting depth 70 mm
4AC2 222
Transformer 24 V, 1.25 A, FS
no longer
available
4AC3 640
4AC2 223
Transformer 12/24 V, 1/1/0.67 A, FS
no longer
available
4AC3 616
4AC2 224
Transformer 4/8/12 V, 3/3/2.5 A, FS
no longer
available
8 V: 4AC3 524;
12 V: 4AC3 640
4AC2 225
Transformer 2 x 12/24 V, 2 x 1.5/1 A, FS
no longer
available
4AC3 640
4AC2 320
no longer
available
4AC2 400
Power supply unit 12 V DC, 40 VA
4AC2 321
no longer
available
4AC2 401
Power supply unit 24 V DC, 63 VA
Type, new
Replacement product in chapter "Measuring

Measuring Devices
til 09/2005
7KT5 801
Mech. time counter, 10 ... 27 V DC
7KT5 745-0 Time counter, 115 V AC 50 Hz
til 09/2005
7KT5 803
Mech. time counter, 115 V AC 50 Hz
til 09/2005
7KT5 804
til 09/2005
7KT5 806
til 09/2005
7KT5 807
til 09/2005
7KT5 802
7KT5 745
Time counter, 12 ... 24 V DC
7KT5 751
Pulse counter 24 V DC
til 09/2005
7KT5 811
Mech. pulse counter, 24 V DC
7KT5 752
Pulse counter, 24 V AC 50 Hz
til 09/2005
7KT5 812
Mech. pulse counter, 24 V AC 50/60 Hz
7KT5 753
Pulse counter, 230 V AC 50 Hz
til 09/2005
7KT5 814
Mech. pulse counter, 230 V AC 50/60 Hz
7KT5 761
Time counter 2 x 230 V AC 50 Hz
til 09/2005
no replacement
7KT5 762
Time/pulse counter, 2 x 230 V AC
til 09/2005
no replacement
7KT5 763
Pulse counter, 2 x 230 V AC 50 Hz
til 09/2005
no replacement
7KT5 770
Time counter, 12 ... 60 V DC
no longer
available
7KT5 821
El. time counter, 12 ... 150 V DC, 24 ... 240 V AC

50/60 Hz
7KT5 771
Time counter, 80 ... 230 V AC 50 Hz
no longer
available
7KT5 821

50/60 Hz
7KT5 775
Time counter, 12 ... 60 V DC, reset
no longer
available
7KT5 822

50/60 Hz, el. reset
7KT5 776
Time counter, 80 ... 230 V AC 50 Hz, reset
no longer
available
7KT5 822

50/60 Hz, el. reset
7KT5 780
Pulse counter, 12 ... 60 V DC
no longer
available
7KT5 833
El. pulse counter, 12 ... 150 V DC, 24 ... 240 V AC

50/60 Hz, el./with reset
7KT5 781
Pulse counter, 80 ... 230 V AC 50 Hz
no longer
available
7KT5 833

7KT5 785
Pulse counter, 12 ... 60 V DC, reset
no longer
available
7KT5 833

7KT5 786
Pulse counter, 80 ... 230 V AC 50 Hz, reset
no longer
available
7KT5 833

13/14

Overview
1
2
Monitoring Devices
Available
Type, new

"Monitoring Devices", mounting depth 70 mm
5TT3 304
Dusk switch, 500 lux, 1 channel
til 03/2005
7LQ2 100
Dusk switch, 500 lux, 1 channel, 230 V
5TT3 305
Dusk switch, 500 lux, 2 channels
til 03/2005
7LQ2 101
Dusk switch, 500 lux, 2 channels, 230 V
5TT3 306
Dusk switch, 500 lux, 1 channel
no longer
available
7LQ2 100
Dusk switch, 500 lux, 1 channel, 230 V
5TT3 600
Temperature controller, ON/OFF/Frost
no longer
available
no replacement
5TT3 601
Temperature controller, Summer/OFF/Winter
no longer
available
no replacement
5TT3 602
Temperature controller, Summer/Winter
no longer
available
no replacement
5TT3 608
Temperature display, for 5TT3 602
no longer
available
no replacement
5TT3 610
Temperature controller, -30 ... +30 C
no longer
available
7LQ2 001
Temperature controller, -30 ... +30 C, KTY
5TT3 611
Temperature controller, -20 ... +40 C
no longer
available
7LQ2 001
Temperature controller, -30 ... +30 C, KTY
5TT3 612
Temperature controller, 0 ... +60 C
no longer
available
7LQ2 002
Temperature controller, 0 ... +60 C, KTY
5TT3 613
Temperature controller, +40 ... +100 C
no longer
available
7LQ2 003
Temperature controller, +40 ... +100 C, KTY
5TT3 893
Interference voltage limiter
til 12/2004
no replacement
5TE5 701
Light signal, 230 V AC 2 diodes
til 09/2005
no replacement
Type, new

"Monitoring Devices", mounting depth 70 mm

3
4
5
5TT3 420
Phase indication, 230 V AC
til 09/2005
5TE5 802
Phase monitor, 3 lamps
5TT3 422
Rotation indication, 230 V AC
til 09/2005
5TT3 423
Phase sequence monitor, 230 V, 4 A
5TT3 450
Alarm sensor, 230 V
til 09/2005
no replacement
5TT3 451
Alarm sensor, 24 V
til 09/2005
no replacement
5TT3 452
Alarm sensor, 230 V AC, adjustable
til 09/2005
no replacement
5TT3 453
Alarm sensor, 24 V, adjustable
til 09/2005
no replacement
5TE5 700
Light signal, lamp without cap
til 09/2005
5TE5 800
Light indicator, 1 lamp
5TE5 702
Light signal, lamp without cap, for long cables
til 09/2005
5TE5 804
Light indicator, 1 lamp, for long cables
5TT6 110
Current monitor, 230 V, 5 A, for transformer
til 09/2005
no replacement
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
13/15
17

Overview
Switching Devices
Available
Type, new
Replacement product in the chapter "Switching

5TT3 701
Insta contactor, 230 V, 24 A, 4NO
til 12/2004
5TT3 702
Insta contactor, 230 V, 24 A, 3NO, 1NC
til 12/2004
5TT3 703
til 12/2004
5TT3 704
Insta contactor, 230 V, 24 A, 4NC
til 12/2004
5TT3 706
til 12/2004
5TT3 707
til 12/2004
5TT3 711
til 12/2004
5TT3 712
til 12/2004
5TT3 713
til 12/2004
5TT3 714
til 12/2004
5TT3 716
til 12/2004
5TT3 717
til 12/2004
5TT3 721
til 12/2004
5TT3 722
til 12/2004
5TT3 723
til 12/2004
5TT3 724
til 12/2004
5TT3 725
til 12/2004
5TT3 726
til 12/2004
5TT3 731
til 12/2004
5TT3 735
til 12/2004
5TT3 741
til 12/2004
5TT3 742
til 12/2004
5TT3 743
til 12/2004
5TT3 744
til 12/2004
5TT3 745
til 12/2004
5TT3 746
til 12/2004
5TT3 761
til 12/2004
5TT3 762
til 12/2004
5TT3 763
til 12/2004
5TT3 764
til 12/2004
no replacement
5TT3 765
til 12/2004
no replacement
5TT3 771
til 12/2004
5TT3 772
til 12/2004
5TT3 773
til 12/2004
5TT3 774
til 12/2004
no replacement
5TT3 775
til 12/2004
no replacement
5TT3 791
Auxiliary circuit switch, 230 V, 6 A, 2NO
til 12/2004
no replacement
5TT3 792
Auxiliary circuit switch, 230 V, 6 A, 1NO, 1NC
til 12/2004
no replacement
5TT3 794
Auxiliary circuit switch, 48 V, 1 A, 1CO
til 12/2004
no replacement
Available
Type, new
Replacement product in chapter "Measuring

Devices",mounting depth 70 mm
no replacement
no replacement
no replacement
no replacement
no replacement
Measuring Devices
7KT1 130
Multimeter with S0 interface, direct connection
til 09/2005
7KT1 310
Multicounter with S0 interface
7KT1 131
Multimeter with S0 interface, transformer connection
til 09/2005
7KT1 311
Multicounter with S0 interface, transformer connection
7KT1 132
Multimeter with S0 interface, direct connection
til 09/2005
7KT1 310
Multicounter with S0 interface
7KT1 133
Multimeter with S0 interface, transformer connection
til 09/2005
7KT1 311
Multicounter with S0 interface, transformer connection
7KT1 151
E-counter, 3/4L, 63 A, S0 pulse output, single rate
til 03/2005
7KT1 500
E-counter, 63 A, kWh, single rate
7KT1 152
E-counter, 3/4L, 63 A, S0 pulse output, double rate
til 03/2005
7KT1 510
E-counter, 63 A, kWh, double rate
7KT1 154
E-counter, 3/4L, /5 A, S0 pulse output, single rate
til 03/2005
7KT1 501
E-counter, /5 A, kWh, single rate
7KT1 155
E-counter, 3/4L, /5 A, S0 pulse output, double rate
til 03/2005
7KT1 511
E-counter, /5 A, kWh, double rate
7KT1 160
E-counter, 3/4L, 63 A 1 x S0 pulse output, LCD
til 03/2005
7KT1 502
E-counter, 63 A, kWh/kvarh, single rate
7KT1 161
E-counter, 3/4L, 63 A 2 x S0 pulse output, LCD
til 03/2005
7KT1 512
E-counter, 63 A, kWh/kvarh, double rate
7KT1 163
E-counter, 3/4L, /5 A 1 x S0 pulse output, LCD
til 03/2005
7KT1 503
E-counter, /5 A, kWh/kvarh, single rate
7KT1 164
E-counter, 3/4L, /5 A 2 x S0 pulse output, LCD
til 03/2005
7KT1 513
E-counter, /5 A, kWh/kvarh, double rate
13/16
14
Appendix
14/2
Order information
14/3
Contacts
14/4
A&D online services
14/5
Customer support
14/6
Subject index
14/9
Order number index
14/10
Conditions of sale and delivery
14/11
Export regulations
14
14/1
Appendix
Order information
Order information
Ag and Cu surcharges
Small orders
Surcharges for copper (Cu) and silver (AG) will be added to the
product prices if the limit value is exceeded. The level of surcharge
will be calculated as follows:
When small orders are placed, the costs associated with order processing are greater than the order value. We recommend therefore
that you combine several small orders. Where this is not possible, we
unfortunately find it necessary to charge a processing supplement
of 15.- to cover our costs for order processing and invoicing for all
orders with a net goods value of less than 100.-.
Nonferrous metal surcharges =

("stock exchange listing of metal"1) "limit value") x the metal weight
contained in the respective product
The limit value is as follows:
for copper (Cu)
100 kg
for silver (Ag)
001 kg.
Internet
All product designations may be registered trademarks or product

names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. Third parties
using these trademarks or product names for their own purposes
might infringe upon the rights of the trademark owners.
Visit our Automation and Drives Web site on the Internet. You will find
us at the following addresses
for the sector Automation and Drives:
for the division
Installation Technology:
- Germany
http://www.siemens.com/e-installation
for our offline A&D Mall (CA 01):
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
Ordering special designs
Please note
When ordering products that differ from the versions listed in the catalog, the order number specified in the catalog must be supplemented with "Z"; the required features must be defined using the
alphanumeric order codes or in plain text.
Unless otherwise stated on the individual pages of this catalog, all

specified values, dimensions and weights are subject to change
without notice.
1)
for Cu: Previous month's average of the above Cu DEL quotation +

1% handling fee
for Ag: "German listing processed"; both to be found in the EIS of GPL.
Registered trademarks
All dimensions are specified in mm, illustrations are non-binding.

Technical data is for general information purposes only. During
mounting, operation and maintenance, it is essential to comply with
the operating manuals and any instructions on the products themselves.
14/2
Appendix
Contacts
Siemens contacts worldwide
Overview
At
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
Technical Support,
Spare parts/repairs,
Service,
Training,
Sales or
Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
Country,
Product or
Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.
14
14/3
Appendix
A&D Online Services

Information and ordering
on the Internet and on CD-ROM
A&D in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services available is essential when planning and configuring automation systems. It goes without saying that this information must always be
fully up-to-date.
The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore
built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide
Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.
Under the address
you will find everything you need to know about products, systems
and services.
Product selection using the interactive catalog

Detailed information together with convenient interactive functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation and
Drives product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to work
with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found on the
Internet under
http://www.siemens.de/automation/ca01
or on CD-ROM or DVD.
Easy shopping with the A&D Mall

The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG on the
Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the required products, which can be immediately checked for availability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes can be
carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.de/automation/mall
14/4
Appendix
Customer Support
Our services at all project phases
General
Configuring and software engineering
Support in configuring and developing with customer-oriented services from actual configuration to
implementation of the automation
project. 1)
Service on site
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to
keep ahead all the time:
With service on site we offer services for startup and maintenance, essential for ensuring
system availability.
In Germany Tel.:
+49 (0)180 50 50 444 1)
A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for

the necessary support - in every phase.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a
complete range of different services for automation and drives.
In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and
upgrading.
Repairs and spare parts
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the productivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.
Online support
The comprehensive information

system available round the clock
via Internet ranging from
Product Support and Service &
Support services to Support Tools
in the Shop.
http://www.siemens.com/
automation/service&support
Technical support
In the operating phase of a machine or automation system we

provide a comprehensive repair
and spare parts service ensuring
the highest degree of operating
safety and reliability.
In Germany Tel.:
+49 (0)180 50 50 448 1)
Optimization and upgrading
To enhance productivity and save

costs in your project we offer highquality services in optimization
and upgrading. 1)
Competent consulting in technical

questions covering a wide range
of customer-oriented services for
all our products and systems.
Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223
E-mail: adsupport@siemens.com
Technical consulting
Support in the planning and designing of your project from detailed actual-state analysis, target
definition and consulting on product and system questions right to
the creation of the automation solution. 1)
14
1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at

http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
14/5
Appendix
Subject index
A
Adapter sleeves for

DIAZED 1/45
NEOZED 1/18
Additional component for
Auxiliary circuit switches 3/25, 3/54, 12/35
Fault signal contacts 3/25, 3/54, 12/35
RCCB modules 3/49, 3/50, 3/52, 3/53
Remote-controlled mechanisms 3/55
Shunt trips 3/56, 12/35
Undervoltage releases 3/56
Additional components for residual-currentprotective devices
Auxiliary circuit switches 4/17, 12/45
Alarm signaling devices 12/79
Ammeters
Analog 10/8
Digital 10/10
Analog measuring devices
Ammeter 10/8
Voltmeter 10/8
Auxiliary circuit switches for
Cylindrical fuses 1/176
Insta contactors 7/20
LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors 1/140,
1/148
Miniature circuit-breakers 3/25, 3/54, 12/35
MINIZED switch disconnectors 1/26
Residual-current protective devices 4/36
SR60 busbar systems 2/10
Switches 6/7, 6/16, 6/22
B
Bases for cylindrical fuses 1/176
Bases for
Cylindrical fuses 1/168
LV HRC fuses 1/120, 1/121
Bell transformers 9/3
Bells 11/7
Blind remote control switches 7/5
Break switches 6/15
Breaker blocking covers for miniature circuitbreakers 3/58
Busbar adapters for
Main line circuit breakers (SHU) 3/63
Miniature circuit-breakers 3/63
NEOZED 1/16
SR60 busbars 2/9
Busbar holders 2/4
Busbar runs 2/4, 2/5
Busbar system
for miniature circuit-breakers 3/57 ... 3/59
for switches 6/7
SR60 2/1 ... 2/16
Busbars for
DIAZED 1/44
DIAZED bus-mounting bases 1/44
Lightning current and surge arresters 5/11
LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors 1/140
Miniature circuit-breakers 3/57 ... 3/59,
12/36 ... 12/38
NEOZED 1/16
Switches 6/7
Bus-mounting bases
DIAZED EZR 1/43
SR60 DIAZED 2/7
SR60 NEOZED 2/7
Buzzers 11/7
14/6
Cap sets for

Monitoring devices 11/5
Switches 6/8, 6/12
Caps for NEOZED 1/15
Captive terminals for switches 6/21
Centralized fault signaling units 11/9
Changeable scales for ammeter 10/8
Combined arresters 5/9
Compensators for remote control switches 7/6
Connection terminal covers for switches 6/21
Connection terminals for miniature circuit-breakers
12/36, 12/38
Connectors for switches
Interlocking unit for switches 6/21
Control pushbuttons 6/11
Control pushbuttons 6/11
Control switches 6/6
Control switches
ECG 8/5
Group switches 6/6
Two-way switches 6/6
Conversion set for switches 6/22
Covers for time counters 10/7
Covers for
DIAZED 1/44
SR60 2/13
SR60 DIAZED 2/8
SR60 NEOZED 2/8
Covers for
Cu busbars for residual-current protective
devices 4/42, 12/46
Current monitor 12/84
Current relays 11/33
Current transformers 10/28
Cylindrical fuse-links 1/159
SITOR 1/168
Cylindrical fuses
Bases (SITOR) 1/168
Bases (SITOR) 1/175
Inserts (SITOR) 1/168
Inserts 1/159
Switch disconnectors (SITOR) 1/168
Tongs (SITOR) 1/168
Cylindrical fusesBases 1/168
Switch disconnectors 1/168
System 1/157 to 1/178
D
Delay time switches 8/10
DIAZED adapter sleeves 1/45
DIAZED screw adapters 1/45
DIAZED SR60 adapter rings 2/10
DIAZED
Adapter sleeves 1/45
Bases 1/42, 1/43
Busbars 1/44
Caps 1/44
Covers 1/44
EZR bus-mounting bases 1/43
Fuse systems 1/27 to 1/50
Fuse-bases 1/42 to 1/49
Fuse-links 1/30, 1/31
Screw adapters 1/45
Screw caps 1/46
SILIZED fuse-links
(utilization category gR) 1/39
SR60 adapter rings 2/8
SR60 bus-mounting bases 2/7
SR60 covers 2/8
Terminals 1/44
Digital measuring devices
Ammeter 10/10
Voltmeter 10/10
Double pushbuttons 6/11

Double pushbuttons 6/11, 6/12
Drives for switches 6/21
Dusk switches 11/12
E
ECG control switches 8/5
Electronic
Pulse counters 10/5
Series remote control switches 7/6
Time counters 10/5
Emergency stop modules 7/26
E-meters 10/23, 10/26
End caps for Busbars 1/16, 3/58, 6/7, 12/36, 12/37
Energy-saving timers 8/5
Expansion fault signaling units 11/9
EZR, DIAZED bus-mounting bases 1/43
F
Fault signal contacts for miniature circuit-breakers
3/25, 3/54, 12/35
Fault signaling units
Centralized fault signaling units 11/9
Expansion fault signaling units 11/9
Feed-through terminal for lightning current and
surge arresters 5/19
Fixing parts for
Fixpoint terminals for switches 6/16
Flashing timers 8/10
Fuse monitors 11/17
Fuse switch-disconnectors (LV HRC) 1/132 to
1/156
for advanced technical demands 1/143 to
1/148
for SR60 busbars 2/9
for switch boards 1/138 to 1/142
Fuse systems
Cylinders 1/157 to 1/178
DIAZED 1/27 to 1/50
LV HRC 1/51 to 1/117
NEOZED 1/4 to 1/26
Fuse tongs for SITOR cylindrical fuse-links 1/168
Fuse-bases
DIAZED 1/42 to 1/44
NEOZED 1/13 to 1/17
Fuse-links
DIAZED (utilization category gR) 1/39
DIAZED 1/30, 1/31
LV HRC 1/56 to 1/62
NEOZED (utilization category gR) 1/8
NEOZED 1/5
SITOR 1/89 to 1/93
G
Gateways 11/19
Group switches 6/6
H
Handle locking devices for
Miniature circuit-breakers 3/60, 12/39
Switches 6/7, 6/16
Appendix
Subject index
I
Immersion electrodes 11/44
Inscription labels for
Insulating covers for LV HRC fuse switch
disconnectors 1/141, 1/142, 1/147, 1/148
Isolation monitors 11/39
L
Lamps for
Monitoring devices 11/5
Switches 6/12
LAN server 10/33
Leakage current measurement unit 4/22
Level relays 11/44
Light signaling devices 11/5, 12/77
Light sensors for dusk switches 11/12
Lighting time switches 8/5
Lightning arresters 5/7
Lightning current and surge arresters 5/1 to 5/36
Combined arresters 5/9
Lightning arresters 5/7
Surge arresters 5/11 to 5/18
Lock for
Locking devices for
Residual-current protectiove devices
(RCCBs) 4/42, 12/46
Lockout mechanism caps for miniature
circuit-breakers 3/63
Low-voltage fuse systems 1/1 to 1/204
LV HRC bases 1/120, 1/121
LV HRC bus-mounting bases for busbars 1/121
LV HRC fuse switch-disconnectors 1/132 to 1/156
for advanced technical demands 1/143 to
1/148
for switch boards 1/138 to 1/142
LV HRC fuse systems 1/51 to 1/156
LV HRC bases 1/118 to 1/130
LV HRC fuse-links 1/55 to 1/81
LV HRC SITOR fuse-links 1/82 to 1/117
LV HRC fuse-links
Combination actuators 1/56 to 1/58
Front indicators 1/59 to 1/62
SITOR 1/89 to 1/93
LV HRC signal detectors 1/131
LV HRC SR60 bus-mounting fuse-bases 2/9
M
Main line circuit breakers (SHU) 3/62
Measuring devices 10/1 to 10/36
Analog 10/8
Digital 10/10
E-meters 10/23, 10/26, 10/30
LAN server 10/33
Multimeter 10/20
Multimeters 10/13
Pulse counters 10/5, 12/76
Time counters 10/5, 10/7, 12/76
Quartz 8/13
Synchronous 8/13
Miniature circuit-breakers 3/1 ... 3/46,
12/26 ... 12/34
AC/DC (UC) product range 3/44
Additional components 3/25, 3/49 ... 3/56,
12/35
High-capacity product range 3/31 to 3/42
High-current product range 3/46
Power supply company product range 3/62
RCCB modules 3/49, 3/50, 3/52, 3/53
Standard product range 3/24 to 3/29
MINIZED switch disconnectors 1/25
Monitoring devices 11/1 ... 11/48, 12/77 ... 12/84
Alarm signalling devices 12/79
Bells 11/7
Buzzers 11/7
Current relays 11/33, 12/84
Dusk switches 11/12
Fault signaling units 11/9
Fuse monitors 11/17
Gateways 11/19
Isolation monitors 11/39
Level relays 11/44
Light indicators 11/5, 12/77
Motor protective relays 11/46
Phase monitors 11/21, 12/80
Phase sequence monitors 11/21, 12/80
Power-factor monitors 11/41
Priority switches 11/36
Temperature controllers 11/15
Voltage relays 11/25, 12/81
Monitors
Isolation 11/39
N-conductor 11/26
Phase 11/21
Phase sequence 11/21
Power-factor 11/41
Motor protective relays 11/46
Mounting parts for
DIAZED fuse-bases 1/44
LV HRC bus-mounting bases 1/122
LV HRC fuse-bases 1/122
LV HRC fuses 1/123
Multifunctional time switches 8/10
Multimeter 10/20
Multimeters 10/13
N
N-conductor connectors 6/17
N-conductor monitors 11/26
NEOZED adapter sleeve fitters 1/18
NEOZED adapter sleeves 1/26
NEOZED adapters 1/26
NEOZED fuse disconnectors 1/22
NEOZED retaining springs 1/18
NEOZED screw caps 1/17
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting
switch-disconnectors 2/10
NEOZED
Adapter sleeve fitters 1/18
Adapters 1/26
Busbar adapters 1/16
Busbars 1/16
Caps 1/15
Covers 1/15
Fuse disconnectors 1/22
Fuse systems 1/4 to 1/26
Fuse-bases 1/13 to 1/14
Fuse-links 1/5
Retaining springs 1/18
Screw caps 1/17
SILIZED fuse-links
(utilization category gR) 1/8
SR60 bus-mounting bases 2/7
SR60 bus-mounting switch-disconnectors 2/10
SR60 covers 2/8
N-PE surge arresters 5/12
O
Off delay time switches 8/10
On/Off switches 6/15, 6/16
Outlet devices (surge arresters) 5/17
Outlets
Residual-current 4/39, 4/40
SCHUKO 4/39, 4/40, 5/17, 9/10
14
14/7
Appendix
Subject index
P
Padlocks 3/60, 12/46

Phase connectors 6/16
Phase monitors 11/21, 12/80
Phase sequence monitors 11/21, 12/80
Power supply units 9/1 to 9/10
Bell transformers 9/3
Outlets 9/10
Power supply units 9/8
Transformers 9/6
Power supply units 9/8
Power-factor monitors 11/41
Priority switches 11/36
Profiles for busbars 2/13
Protection adapters 5/17
Pulse counters 10/5, 12/76
Pushbuttons 6/11, 12/52
Q
Quartz time switches 8/21
R
Railway supply rectifiers (fuse-links) 1/189
RCBO residual-current/miniature circuit-breakers,
with integral overcurrent protection 4/32 ... 4/35
RCCB modules for miniature circuit-breakers 3/49,
3/50, 3/52, 3/53, 4/24, 4/26
RCCB residual-current operated circuit-breakers
4/11 to 4/16, 12/42 ... 12/44
SIGRES 4/14
Universal current sensitive (Type B) 4/21, 4/22
Rectifiers in electrolysis systems (fuse-links) 1/180
Relays 7/15
Release relays 7/15
Release relays 7/15
Remote control switch systems 7/6
Remote control switches
Blind remote control switches 7/5
Compensators 7/6
Remote control switch systems 7/6
Series remote control switches 7/5, 7/6
Remote signaling modules for combined arresters
5/9
Remote-controlled mechanisms for miniature
Residual-current / miniature circuit-breakers,
combined devices (RCBOs) 4/32 ... 4/35
(RCCBs) 4/11 to 4/16, 12/42 ... 12/44
SIGRES 4/14
Universal current sensitive (Type B) 4/21, 4/22
Residual-current outlets 4/39, 4/40
Residual-current protective devices 4/1 ... 4/40,
12/42... 12/44
Residual-current protective outlets 4/4/39, 4/40
Rotary actuator for switches 6/22
14/8
SCHUKO outlets 4/39, 4/40, 5/17, 9/10

Series remote control switches 7/5, 7/6
Shunt trips for miniature circuit-breakers
3/56, 12/35
SIGRES residual-current operated circuit-breakers
4/14
SILIZED
DIAZED fuse-links 1/39
NEOZED fuse-links 1/8
Single-phase rails for switches 6/7
SITOR fuse-links for special applications 1/179 to
1/191
Railway supply rectifiers 1/189
Rectifiers in electrolysis systems 1/180
SITOR thyristor sets 1/185
SITOR semiconductor safety fuses
General data 1/192 to 1/204
SITOR thyristor sets (fuse-links) 1/185
Snap-on terminal for
Switches 6/16
Soft starting devices 7/22
Spacers for
Miniature circuit-breakers 3/60, 12/39
Switches 6/7, 6/16
Switchgear 7/22
SR60 busbar systems
Auxiliary circuit switches 2/10
Bus-mounting disconnectors 2/10
Covers 2/13
DIAZED adapter rings 2/8
DIAZED bus-mounting bases 2/7
DIAZED covers 2/8
Fuse switch-disconnectors 2/9
LV HRC bus-mounting fuse-bases 2/9
NEOZED bus-mounting bases 2/7
NEOZED bus-mounting switch-disconnectors
2/10
NEOZED covers 2/8
SR60 bus-mounting disconnectors 2/10
Stairwell time switches 8/5
Supply terminals for miniature circuit-breakers
3/60
Surge Arresters
Multi-pole 5/14, 5/17
N-PE 5/12
Outlet devices 5/17
Single-pole 5/11, 5/12
for cylindrical fuses 1/168
MINIZED 1/25
Switches 6/1 ... 6/24, 12/54, 12/55, 12/59
On/Off switches 6/15 to 6/17, 12/54
Switching devices 7/1 to 7/28
Emergency stop modules 7/26
Relays 7/15
Remote control switches 7/5, 7/6
Soft starting devices 7/22
Synchronous time switches 8/21
T
Temperature controllers 11/15
Temperature sensors 11/15
Terminal covers for
Terminal covers for
Switches 6/16
Switchgear 7/20
Time counters 10/7
Terminals for
Busbars 1/17, 2/5
Switches 6/16
Time and pulse counters 10/5
Time counters 10/5, 10/7, 12/76
Time switches for
Building lighting 8/3, 12/59
Industrial applications 8/8
Time switches
Digital 12/65, 12/66
Mechanical 8/11, 12/70
Time switches
Mechanical 8/13
Quartz 8/13
Time switching devices 8/1 to 8/14
for buildings 8/3, 12/59
for industrial applications 8/8
Time switches 8/11
Tongs for SITOR cylindrical fuse-links 1/168
Transformers 9/6, 12/73
Transparent caps for switchgear 7/6
Two-phase busbars for switches 6/7
Two-way switches 6/6
U
Undervoltage release for miniature
Universal current sensitive residual-current
operated circuit-breakers (RCCBs) 4/21, 4/22
V
Voltage monitors 11/25, 12/81
Voltage relays 11/25
N-conductor monitors 11/26
Voltmeters
Analog 10/8
Digital 10/10
W
Wall box for residual-current protective
devices 4/41
Wiping timers 8/10
Appendix
Order number index
Order No.
Page
Order No.
Page
3NA
1/56 ... 1/61
5SX5
12/34
3NC
1/89, 1/168, 1/180, 1/189
5SX9
12/35
3ND
1/62
5SY4
3/31 ... 3/34
3NE
1/89 ... 1/93, 1/180, 1/185
5SY5
3/44
3NG
1/123
5SY6
3/24 ... 3/29
3NH
1/120, 1/121, 2/9
5SY7
3/37 ... 3/39
3NP
1/143 ... 1/145, 1/198, 2/9
5SY8
3/41, 3/42
3NW
1/159, 1/176, 2/10
5SZ
4/21, 4/39, 4/40
3NX
1/122, 1/123, 1/131
5TE1
6/20
3NY
1/140 ... 1/142, 1/147, 1/148
5TE4
6/11, 6/12, 12/52
3TX
1/147
5TE5
11/5, 12/77
4AC
9/3, 9/6, 9/8, 11/7, 12/73
5TE6
9/10
5SA
1/30
5TE7
12/49, 12/54
5SB
1/30
5TE8
6/6, 6/15
5SC
1/30
5TE9
6/7, 6/16, 6/21, 12/55
5SD4
1/39
5TG8 0
6/7, 6/12, 11/5, 12/78
5SD5
1/39
5TG8 22
11/19, 11/44
5SD6
1/31
5TG8 23
7/6
5SD7
5/7, 5/9, 5/11, 5/12, 5/14, 5/17, 5/19, 5/20
5TG8 24
3/60, 6/7, 6/16, 7/20
5SD8
1/31
5TT1
8/5, 12/59
5SE
1/5, 1/8
5TT3 0
7/15
5SF
1/42, 1/43, 2/7
5TT3 1
8/10, 11/17, 11/19, 11/25, 12/81
5SG
1/13, 1/14, 1/22, 1/25, 2/7, 2/10
5TT3 3
11/12
5SH1
1/46
5TT3 40
11/25
5SH2
1/44, 2/8
5TT3 41
11/26
5SH3
1/44, 1/45, 2/4, 2/8, 2/13, 2/14
5TT3 42
11/21, 12/80
5SH4
1/17
5TT3 43
11/44, 11/46
5SH5 0
1/18
5TT3 44
7/22
5SH5 1
1/18
5TT3 45
12/79
5SH5 2
1/15, 2/8
5TT3 46
11/9
5SH5 3
1/16, 1/17, 1/44
5TT3 47
11/39, 11/41
5SH5 4
1/18
5TT5
7/5, 7/6, 7/20, 7/26
5SH5 5
1/16, 1/26, 2/10, 4/34
5TT6
11/33, 11/36, 12/71, 12/84
5SJ6
3/26
7KT1 0
10/8
5SM1
4/22, 4/39, 12/42 ... 12/44
7KT1 1
10/10, 10/23, 10/29, 10/30
5SM2
3/49 ... 3/53, 4/25, 4/26, 4/28, 4/29
7KT1 2
10/35
5SM3
4/11 ... 4/16
7KT1 3
10/13, 10/20, 10/33
5SP
3/46, 3/62
7KT1 5
10/26
5SQ
12/26, 12/27
7KT5
10/5, 10/7, 12/76
5ST1
3/63
7KT9
10/7, 10/8, 10/30
5ST2
1/16, 1/17, 3/56, 3/60, 4/41, 6/16,

12/36 ... 12/39, 12/46, 12/55
7LF
8/5, 8/13, 12/65 ... 12/67, 12/70
7LQ
11/12, 11/15, 12/70
7LS
12/70
8GB
6/16
8HP
1/141
8JH
1/44, 2/5
8JK
2/5
8US
1/147, 2/4, 2/5, 2/9, 2/13, 2/14
5ST3 0
3/25, 3/54 ... 3/56, 4/36, 4/37, 6/7, 6/16
5ST3 6
3/58, 3/59
5ST3 7
3/57, 3/58, 4/42
5ST3 8
3/60, 4/42, 6/7, 6/16
5SU
5SW
4/32 ... 4/36, 4/38

4/17, 4/41, 4/42, 12/39, 12/45, 12/46
5SX2
12/28 ... 12/31
5SX4
12/32, 12/33
14
14/9
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the following
terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the conditions for
supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens
entity having a registered office outside of Germany, shall be subject
exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the respective
Siemens entity.
For customers with a seat or registered office in the
Federal Republic of Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics
Industry shall apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for Software
Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply.
For customers with a seat or registered office
outside of Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for
Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for Software
Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.
General
The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It shall
be debited separately at the respective rate according to the applicable legal regulations.
In addition to the prices of products which include silver and/or copper, surcharges may be calculated if the respective limits of the
notes are exceeded.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit the
prices valid at the time of delivery.
The dimensions are in mm. Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given these are subject to change without prior notice.
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business office under the following Order Nos.:
6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0
(for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany)
6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0
(for customers based outside of the Federal Republic of Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.de/automation/mall
(Germany: A&D Mall Online Help system)
14/10
Appendix
Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval by
the competent authorities.
According to current provisions, the following export regulations
must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog / price list:
Even without a label or with an "AL: N" or "ECCN: N", authorization

may be required due to the final destination and purpose for which
the goods are to be used.
The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
A&D/VuL/De 14.11.03
AL
Number of the German Export List.

Products marked other than "N" require an export
license.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also
be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an "AL not equal to N" are subject to a European or German export authorization
when being exported out of the EU.
ECCN
Export Control Classification Number.

Products marked other than "N" are subject to a reexport license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an "ECCN not equal to N" are
subject to a US re-export authorization.
14
14/11
Appendix
Notes
Siemens AG
Postfach 10 09 53
93009 REGENSBURG
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
14/12
Order No.:
E86060-K8229-A101-A6-7600
KG K 0305 7.0 E 644 En/503058
Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany
Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive catalog on CD-ROM
Catalog
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution

Low-Voltage Switchgear Controlgear for Industry
Catalog
LV 10
The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives
CA 01
Power Distribution Products and Systems

for Low-Voltage Power Distribution
LV 30
Automation Systems for Machine Tools

SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE
SIDAC reactors and filters
LV 60
NC 60
SIVACON 8PS Busbar trunking systems

CD, BD01, BD2 up to 1250 A
LV 70
Low-Voltage Controlgear, Switchgear and Systems
LV 90
Motion Control System SIMOTION
PM 10
Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units,
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
D 11
SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units
D 11.1
SINAMICS S120 Servo Control Drive System
D 21.2
SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
D 21.3
DC Motors
DA 12
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis

Converters
DA 21.1
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters
DA 21.2
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter

Cabinet Units
DA 22
Process Instrumentation and Analytics

Field Instruments for Process Automation
Measuring Instruments for Pressure,
Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,
Positioners and Liquid Meters
FI 01
PDF: Indicators for panel mounting
MP 12
SIREC Recorders and Accessories
MP 20
SIPART, Controllers and Software
MP 31
DA 45
SIWAREX Weighing Systems
WT 01
DA 48
Continuous Weighing and Process Protection
WT 02
MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters
DA 51.2
Gas Analysis Equipment for the Process Industry
PA 10
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411
DA 51.3
PDF: Process Analytics,

Components for the System Integration
PA 11
SIMOVERT MV Medium-Voltage Drives
DA 63
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control
DA 65.10
SIPAN Liquid Analysis
PA 20
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
DA 65.11
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
DA 65.3
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems

SIMATIC PCS Process Control System
ST 45
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO
DA 65.4
PDF: SIMATIC S5/505 Automation Systems
ST 50
ST 70
Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled
M 11
Products for Totally Integrated Automation and

Micro Automation
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE
NC 60
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems

SIEMOSYN Motors
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
Main Spindle Motors

Feed Motors
Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment
HE 1

ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and
Distribution Boards
ET A1
PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System
ET A3
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks
ET A5
ET B1
DELTA Switches and Outlets
ET D1
GAMMA Building Management Systems
ET G1
Factory Automation Sensors
FS 10
Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI
ST 80
Industrial Communication for

IK PI
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
ST PCS 7
PDF: Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System
ST PCS 7.A
pc-based Automation
ST PC
SIMATIC Control Systems
ST DA
SIPOS Electric Actuators

Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators
MP 35
Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants
MP 35.1/.2
Systems Engineering
Power supplies SITOP power
KT 10.1
System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect
KT 10.2
System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
TELEPERM M Process Control System

PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems
PLT 112
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

A&D/3U/En 02.03.05
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
always apply as described or which may change as a result of
further development of the products. An obligation to provide
the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed
in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications
are subject to change without notice.
Token fee 10.00
Siemens AG
Postfach 10 09 53
93009 REGENSBURG
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
www.siemens.de/installationstechnik
www.siemens.de/beta
www.siemens.at/ad/installationstechnik
Order No. E86060-K8229-A101-A6-7600
Techn. Information ET B1 T INT 2005

ET B1 T 2005 English

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

ET B1 T 2005 English

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

beta

BETA Modular Installation Devices

Electrical Installations from A to Z

Techn. Information ET B1 T INT 2005

Catalogs for the division:

ALPHA Distribution Boards and Terminal Blocks

Flags for fast orientation

GAMMA Building Management Systems

Products marked other than "N" require an

DELTA Switches and Outlets

Number of the German Export List

ECCN Number of the US Export List

The A&D Offline Mall

Goods marked "ECCN not equal to N" are

Even without a label, or with the label "AL: N" or

SR60 busbar system

Lightning and surge arresters

Power supply units

Catalog ET B1 T INT 2005

Invalid: Catalog ET B1 October 2003

The products included in this

The products and systems listed in this catalog

AuD_Einleitungsseiten_en.FH10 Wed Apr 06 14:13:44 2005

We would like to welcome you to Automation and

AuD_Einleitungsseiten_en.FH10 Wed Apr 06 14:13:44 2005

AuD_Einleitungsseiten_en.FH10 Wed Apr 06 14:13:44 2005

Totally Integrated Automation

With the launch of Totally Integrated Automation in 1996, we

AuD_Einleitungsseiten_en.FH10 Wed Apr 06 14:13:44 2005

and production areas to shipping. Thanks to the system-oriented

AuD_Einleitungsseiten_en.FH10 Wed Apr 06 14:13:44 2005

Totally Integrated Power

Totally Integrated Power by Siemens offers integrated

PROCESS FIELD BUS

Products and systems

Planning and configuration

AuD_Einleitungsseiten_en.FH10 Wed Apr 06 14:13:44 2005

Air conditioning system

OVER THE HOURS

New developments in 2004

5SY4 miniature circuit-breakers for 80 A

5TT5 7 Insta contactors

SIGRES residual current circuit-breakers for severe

7LF6 stairwell lighting timers

4AC3 transformers for permanent loads

7KT1 3 multimeters and multicounters

More details can be

7KT 1 3 LAN server

7LQ2 dusk switches

NEOZED fuse system

LV HRC fuse system

Cylindrical fuse system

SITOR fuse links for

General data for

DIAZED fuse system

Low-Voltage Fuse Systems

Low-Voltage Fuse Systems

Rated power dissipation

Load capability with increased ambient temperature

Assignment of cable and line protection

Test setup in compliance with DIN VDE 0636/201

Low-Voltage Fuse Systems

NEOZED Fuse System

Low-Voltage Fuse Systems